openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

December 2015

14 participants
516 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95154 - trunk/yast/hu/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:05:08 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95154 Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hu Modified: trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2015-12-07 19:05:03 UTC (rev 95153) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2015-12-07 19:05:08 UTC (rev 95154) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Hitelesített kliensek" # modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:231 modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:246 @@ -102,43 +102,44 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Kiválasztott szolgáltatás" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Egyedi regisztrációs kiszolgáló" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Név" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Érték" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Leírás" # clients/lan_modem.ycp:602 #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Modemparaméterek" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Szűrő:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -155,32 +156,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "A jelenleg aktív profilt nem lehet törölni." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Valóban törölni akarja a(z) %1 partíciót?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" # clients/lan_modem.ycp:688 #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "A modem paramétereinek részletei" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -189,13 +190,13 @@ # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Naplózás engedélyezve" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95153 - trunk/yast/hr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:05:03 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95153 Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hr Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:56 UTC (rev 95152) +++ trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2015-12-07 19:05:03 UTC (rev 95153) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Autorizacijski ključ" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -97,42 +97,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Izabrani servis" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Xgl options" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Prilagođeni Xgl izbori" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Vrijednost" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parametri modema" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name of New File" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Naziv nove datoteke" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -149,31 +150,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Zaista obrisati dio %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite ukloniti particiju %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Detalji parametara modema" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -181,13 +182,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "N&IS domain name:" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Na&ziv NIS domene:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -195,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95152 - trunk/yast/hi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:56 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95152 Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for hi Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:50 UTC (rev 95151) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:56 UTC (rev 95152) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "सेवा सृजित करें" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "नाम" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "वैल्यू" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "विवरण" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "छलनी" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "मोडम प्राचल का विस्तृत सूचना" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "लोगिगं समर्थ हैं" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95151 - trunk/yast/he/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:50 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95151 Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for he Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-12-07 19:04:43 UTC (rev 95150) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-12-07 19:04:50 UTC (rev 95151) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -93,44 +93,45 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" # table header texts -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 #, fuzzy #| msgid "V&alue" msgid "Value" msgstr "ע&רך" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "תיאור" # label text #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Module &Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "פילטר:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" @@ -155,23 +156,23 @@ # /////////////////////////////////////////////////// # now delete partition!! # popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -179,11 +180,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95150 - trunk/yast/gu/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:43 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95150 Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for gu Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2015-12-07 19:04:41 UTC (rev 95149) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2015-12-07 19:04:43 UTC (rev 95150) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "ઓથેન્ટીકેશન મેથડ" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "સેવા બનાવો" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "નામ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "મૂલ્ય" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "વર્ણન" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "મોડેમ પારામિટર્સ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "ફિલ્ટર:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "ખરેખર સેક્શન %1 કાઢી નાખવું છે?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr " તમે ખરેખર %1 પાર્ટીશન કાઢી નાખવા માગો છો? " #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "મોડેમ પારામીટર ડિટેલ્સ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "લોગિંગ સક્ષમ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95149 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:41 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95149 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po Log: Merged tune.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:40 UTC (rev 95148) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:41 UTC (rev 95149) @@ -25,12 +25,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, " -"use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware - este módulo non é compatíbel interface de liña de " -"ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware - este módulo non é compatíbel interface de liña de ordes, empregue '%1' no seu lugar." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -63,16 +59,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "O módulo Información do hardware mostra a información sobre\n" -"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.<" -"/p>\n" +"o hardware do seu computador. Prema en calquera nodo para máis información.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and " -"enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en Gardar en " -"ficheiro e escriba o nome do ficheiro." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Pode gardar información de hardware nun ficheiro. Prema en Gardar en ficheiro e escriba o nome do ficheiro." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -97,12 +88,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de " -"hardware seleccionados." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "Detalles Aquí móstranse os detalles dos compoñentes de hardware seleccionados." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -153,27 +140,16 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Hardware detectado Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de " -"hardware detectados no seu sistema." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Hardware detectado Esta táboa contén todos os compoñentes de hardware detectados no seu sistema." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Seleccione un compoñente e prema en Detallespara " -"ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Detalles Seleccione un compoñente e prema en Detallespara ver unha descrición polo miúdo do compoñente." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "Save to File You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in Save to File." msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." @@ -309,51 +285,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"É posíbel engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar a " -"base de datos interna de dispositivos compatíbeis." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "É posíbel engadir un ID PCI a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar a base de datos interna de dispositivos compatíbeis." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números " -"hexadecimais. Dir. SysFS é o nome dun cartafol no directorio " -"/sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como " -"nome do directorio." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Os números de identificación de PCI introdúcense e móstranse como números hexadecimais. Dir. SysFS é o nome dun cartafol no directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se está baleiro, empregarase o nome do controlador como nome do directorio." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and " -"enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e " -"introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Se compila o controlador no kernel, deixe baleiro o nome do controlador e introduza no seu lugar o nome do directorio SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %" -"1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para cambiar a lista de " -"identificadores ID PCI. Prema en %1 para activar os axustes." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Empregue os botóns situados baixo a táboa para cambiar a lista de identificadores ID PCI. Prema en %1 para activar os axustes." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o " -"que está a facer." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Aviso: Esta é unha configuración avanzada. Continúe só se sabe o que está a facer." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1105,22 +1058,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the " -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificador global de E/S</big> \n" "Seleccione o algoritmo que ordena e envía ordes aos dispositivos\n" -"de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos de " -"disco\n" +"de disco. Esta é una opción global, utilizarase con todos os dispositivos de disco\n" "do sistema. Se a opción non está configurada, emprégase o planificador\n" "predeterminado (normalmente 'cfq'). Consulte a documentación no directorio\n" -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter máis " -"información.\n" +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obter máis información.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1131,23 +1079,17 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big> \n" -"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda " -"que este\n" -"se quebre (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si a opción está " -"activada, a combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar " -"o\n" -"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, " -"consulte \n" +"Se activa a tecla PetSis (SysRq), terá certo control sobre o sistema aínda que este\n" +"se quebre (por exemplo, durante a depuración do kernel). Si a opción está activada, a combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará a orde respectiva (por exemplo, reiniciar o\n" +"computador, envorcar a información do kernel). Para máis información, consulte \n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95148 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:40 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95148 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po Log: Merged sysconfig.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:38 UTC (rev 95147) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:40 UTC (rev 95148) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" +msgstr "Establece o valor da variábel. Precisa das opcións 'variable' e 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -313,25 +312,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Tras gardar as modificacións, este editor cambia as variabeis no ficheiro\n" -"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que modifican " -"os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" -"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en " -"sysconfig teña efecto.\n" +"sysconfig correspondente. Daquela inicia as ordes de activación que modifican os ficheiros de configuración subxacentes, reinicia os daemons e executa\n" +"as ferramentas de configuración de baixo nivel para que a configuración en sysconfig teña efecto.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Importante: Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración manualmente. " -"O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Importante: Pode editar cada ficheiro de configuración manualmente. O nome do ficheiro amósase na descrición da variábel." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -344,23 +335,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor de configuración do sistemaO editor de configuración " -"do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar " -"YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor de configuración do sistemaO editor de configuración do sistema permítelle cambiar a configuración do sistema. Tamén pode usar YaST parar configurar o hardware e o sistema." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Nota: as descricións non están traducidas porque se len " -"directamente dos ficheiros de configuración." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Nota: as descricións non están traducidas porque se len directamente dos ficheiros de configuración." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -389,13 +370,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a " -"buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema " -"\"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí pode ver os resultados da súa busca. Se ve o elemento que estaba a buscar, prema nel e despois en \"Aceptar\". En caso contrario, prema \"Cancelar\" para pechar este diálogo." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -577,32 +553,26 @@ #. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart #. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 -#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Recargando o servizo %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 -#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao recargar o servizo %s" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "O servizo %s vaise recargar" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 -#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Reiniciando o servizo %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 -#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao recargar o servizo %s" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "O servizo %s será reiniciado" @@ -612,10 +582,8 @@ #. @param service name #. @return [Boolean] active? #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 -#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "" -"Non se pode determinar o estado do servizo, o servizo systemd non existe:" +msgstr "Non se pode determinar o estado do servizo, o servizo systemd non existe:" #. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95147 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:38 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95147 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po Log: Merged qt.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:36 UTC (rev 95146) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:38 UTC (rev 95147) @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ msgstr "Axuda" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Pechar" @@ -136,21 +136,18 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 -#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Notas da Publicación" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 -#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Pasos" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 -#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Árbore"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95146 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:36 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95146 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po Log: Merged opensuse_mirror.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:35 UTC (rev 95145) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:36 UTC (rev 95146) @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ msgstr "Directorio" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Replicado" @@ -54,12 +53,10 @@ msgstr "non" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 -#| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Saír" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 -#| msgid "Error" msgid "&Mirror" msgstr "Servidor de &réplica" @@ -68,7 +65,5 @@ msgstr "&Non replicar" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 -#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgid "Select/Deselect &All" msgstr "Seleccionar/deselecionar &todo" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95145 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:35 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95145 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po Log: Merged nfs.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:31 UTC (rev 95144) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:35 UTC (rev 95145) @@ -75,9 +75,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é " -"nfs." +msgstr "Id do sistema de ficheiros, nfs e nfs4 permitidos. O valor predeterminado é nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -169,16 +167,14 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "A táboa contén todos os directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS " -"(recursos NFS)." +"exportados desde servidores remotos e montados localmente a través de NFS (recursos NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Cada recurso NFS identifícase a través do enderezo do servidor\n" @@ -190,30 +186,24 @@ #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Para montar un novo recurso NFS, prema en Engadir. Para\n" -"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en Editar" -".\n" +"cambiar a configuración do recurso montado actualmente, prema en Editar.\n" "Desinstale ou desmonte o recurso seleccionado con Eliminar.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do " -"protocolo NFS),\n" +"Se necesita acceder a recursos NFSv4 (NFSv4 é unha versión máis nova do protocolo NFS),\n" "marque a opción Activar NFSv4. Neste caso, necesitará o\n" -"Nome de dominio NFSv4 específico, requirido para configurar " -"correctamente\n" +"Nome de dominio NFSv4 específico, requirido para configurar correctamente\n" "os permisos de acceso de ficheiros e directorios.\n" #. selection box label @@ -340,14 +330,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"En Punto de montaxe, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local " -"onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" +"En Punto de montaxe, introduza a ruta do sistema de ficheiros local onde se debe montar o directorio. Prema\n" "Examinar, para seleccionar o punto de montaxe\n" "de xeito interactivo." @@ -478,25 +466,21 @@ #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor inesperado '%{value}' da opción '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 -#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Opción descoñecida: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 -#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Opción incorrecta: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor baleiro para a opción: '%{key}'"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95144 - trunk/yast/gl/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:31 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95144 Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for gl Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:28 UTC (rev 95143) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2015-12-07 19:04:31 UTC (rev 95144) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Clientes autenticados" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -98,42 +98,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Servizo seleccionado" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Servidor de rexistro de usuario" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrición" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros do Módem" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtro:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -150,29 +151,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar esta entrada?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -180,13 +181,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "N&IS domain name:" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Nome de dominio N&IS:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95143 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:28 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95143 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po Log: Merged ncurses-pkg.pot for fr Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:23 UTC (rev 95142) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:28 UTC (rev 95143) @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-10 19:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" "Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" @@ -63,11 +63,8 @@ msgstr "suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un " -"système corrompu." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un système corrompu." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -140,36 +137,20 @@ msgstr "Non nécessaire(s)" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont " -"recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà " -"installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur " -"mise à jour est impossible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur mise à jour est impossible." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances " -"ne sont plus en applicables." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances ne sont plus en applicables." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -208,12 +189,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la " -"localisation de %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la localisation de %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -441,8 +418,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "" -"&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant" +msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -469,8 +445,7 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "" -"paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" +msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " @@ -634,9 +609,7 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement.</" -"i>" +msgstr "Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__210 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 @@ -763,98 +736,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à " -"gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, " -"mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas " -"(ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. " -"Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances " -"quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour " -"vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: " -"filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas (ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée " -"parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher " -"uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné " -"(par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés " -"spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans " -"Comment utiliser les filtres." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné (par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans Comment utiliser les filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de " -"paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre " -"courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de " -"recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" -"" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets " -"et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</" -"li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version " -"installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</" -"li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du " -"paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de " -"supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour " -"l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement " -"en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples " -"informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles</" -"i>)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances " -"des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer " -"des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus " -"d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -863,31 +771,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions " -"ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez " -"'+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie " -"que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état " -"\"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait " -"toujours être conservée." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez '+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état \"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait toujours être conservée." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour " -"basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de " -"changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les " -"paquets listés')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les paquets listés')." # TLABEL online-update_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. part 3 of help text package status @@ -897,31 +787,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ </" -"b> : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet " -"sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour " -"automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : " -"le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet " -"(tabou)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet (tabou)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour " -"ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma " -"et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de " -"cette langue sont satisfaits." +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de cette langue sont satisfaits." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -930,88 +802,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets " -"disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur " -"les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets " -"(schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. " -"Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres " -"spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets (schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions " -"souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). " -"Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous " -"est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et " -"suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour " -"installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et " -"modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. " -"Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et " -"d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM</" -"b> ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, " -"l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet " -"lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de " -"dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__22 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une " -"partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour " -"rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez " -"aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou " -"requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'." -" " +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'. " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata " -"été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou " -"suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre " -" Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets " -"Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -1019,135 +832,32 @@ msgstr "Fonctions utiles du menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la " -"gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets " -"sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits " -"entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de " -"résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des " -"solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement " -"d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous " -"pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier " -"les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système " -"vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les " -"conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les " -"paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, " -"utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela " -"génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/" -"log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin " -"lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :" -" Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), " -"Installer les paquets recommandés : si elle est activée, les " -"dépendances faibles seront installées, Mode de vérification du système</" -"i> : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout " -"immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec " -"Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du " -"système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options " -"sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/" -"sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont : Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), Installer les paquets recommandés : si elle est activée, les dépendances faibles seront installées, Mode de vérification du système : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets</" -"i> : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement " -"de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur " -"du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent " -"uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la " -"bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du " -"paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau " -"des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données " -"techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes " -"disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) " -"et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi " -"que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous " -"pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts " -"configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer " -"le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la " -"configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir " -"l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la " -"fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la " -"liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les " -"paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML " -"spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer " -"une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur " -"différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le " -"même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque " -"disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation " -"du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1362,8 +1072,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. the headline of the help popup @@ -1374,92 +1083,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du " -"type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons " -"fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs " -"recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections " -"de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes " -"intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des " -"schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres " -"correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs " -"concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés " -"et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif " -"particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les " -"exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez " -"sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs " -"correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore " -"appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. " -"Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il " -"pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci " -"est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont " -"toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, " -"satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les " -"correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les " -"correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs." -" Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif." -" Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets " -"concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous " -"les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait " -"apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des " -"paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu " -"Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée " -"'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs. Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif. Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée 'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1509,12 +1154,8 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197 #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou " -"de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1567,20 +1208,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste " -"ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles :</" -"p> Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de " -"version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.</" -"p>Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir " -"manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles : Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) @@ -1614,32 +1243,13 @@ msgstr "Versions du paquet incompatibles" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes en train d'essayer d'installer en même temps une version de ce " -"paquet supportant le multi-version et une autre version ne le supportant pas." -"" +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "Vous êtes en train d'essayer d'installer en même temps une version de ce paquet supportant le multi-version et une autre version ne le supportant pas." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "" -"Cette version supporte le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » " -"pour installer cette version et désélectionner la version ne supportant pas " -"le multi-version, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder " -"l'autre." +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "Cette version supporte le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » pour installer cette version et désélectionner la version ne supportant pas le multi-version, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder l'autre." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "" -"Cette version ne supporte pas le multi-version.Appuyer sur " -"« Continuer » pour installer seulement cette version et désélectionner " -"toutes les autres, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder " -"les autres." +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "Cette version ne supporte pas le multi-version.Appuyer sur « Continuer » pour installer seulement cette version et désélectionner toutes les autres, « Annuler » pour désélectionner cette version et garder les autres."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95142 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:23 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95142 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for fr Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:22 UTC (rev 95141) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-12-07 19:04:23 UTC (rev 95142) @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 17:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.com>\n" "Language-Team: French <>\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95141 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:22 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95141 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po Log: Merged vpn.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/vpn.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:22 UTC (rev 95141) @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +msgid "Pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +msgid "Set" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +msgid "Show key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +msgid "(hidden)" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +msgid "Please select a user to delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +msgid "Gateway certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +msgid "Path to certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Pick.." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +msgid "Path to certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +msgid "Show Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +msgid "Gateway - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +msgid "Gateway - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +msgid "Client - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +msgid "Client - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +msgid "The connection name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +msgid "" +"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" +"All of gateway scenarios are already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +msgid "" +"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" +"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +msgid "The user name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." +msgstr "" + +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" +msgstr "" + +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable VPN daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "All VPNs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "View Connection Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +msgid "" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +msgid "Delete connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " +msgstr "" + +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "" +"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" +"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" +msgstr "" + +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." +msgstr "" + +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +msgid "Connection name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +msgid "Gateway (Server)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +msgid "Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +msgid "The scenario is" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +msgid "Edit Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "The gateway requires authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "By a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +msgid "By a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +msgid "VPN gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" +msgstr "" + +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" +"Name has to begin with a letter." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Path to certificate file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Path to certificate key file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." +msgstr "" + +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." +msgstr "" + +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Please enter a password." +msgstr "" + +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Confirm daemon restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" +msgstr "" + +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +msgid "" +"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" +"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"The script is located at %s" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +msgid "VPN Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +msgid "Gateway and Connections" +msgstr "" + +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +msgid "A gateway serving clients in " +msgstr "" + +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +msgid "A client connecting to " +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95140 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:21 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95140 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po Log: Merged users.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:19 UTC (rev 95139) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:21 UTC (rev 95140) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 10:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgstr "Tunnista käyttäjät vain paikallisin /etc/passwd- ja /etc/shadow-tiedostoin valitsemalla Paikallinen." @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "&Paikallinen (/etc/passwd)" @@ -252,18 +252,18 @@ #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Lue käyttäjätiedot aikaisemmasta asennuksesta" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Valitse" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Tunnistautumismenetelmä" @@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "&Valitse luettavat käyttäjät" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "V&alitse kaikki tai poista valinta kaikista" @@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Käytetäänkö tätä salasanaa?" @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -492,99 +492,99 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Salasanan salaustapa" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Tunnistautuminen " #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." msgstr "Valitse paikallisten ja järjestelmäkäyttäjien salasanojen salaustapa." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "SHA-512 on tämänhetkinen oletussalaus. Muiden salauksien käyttö ei ole suositeltavaa, ellei se ole välttämätöntä yhteensopivuuden takia." #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Käyttäjän &täydellinen nimi" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Käytä tätä &salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpitoon" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Vastaanota järjestelmä&posti" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automaattinen kirjautuminen" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Luo uusi käyttäjä" @@ -592,13 +592,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Tyhjä käyttäjätunnus" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -692,14 +692,14 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "Valitse Käytä tätä salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpidossa, jos samaa salasanaa, joka annetaan ensimmäiselle käyttäjälle käytetään myös pääkäyttäjän salasanana." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" @@ -720,39 +720,39 @@ #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Asiantuntija-asetukset" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "Tunnistautumistapa on paikallinen /etc/passwd." #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Salasanan salaustapa on %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Käyttäjä %s tuodaan." msgstr[1] "Käyttäjät %s tuodaan." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Muuta..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "Käyttäjän uusi UID" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan käyttäjän määritystä..." @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "Vanhentumispäivämäärän on oltava muodossa VVVV-KK-PP." @@ -1535,19 +1535,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Lisäosan kuvaus" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Lisää tai p&oista liitännäinen" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Käynnistä" @@ -1603,17 +1603,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Lii&tännäiset" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Muuta kotihakemisto %1?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@ "Kirjaa käyttäjä ulos ensin." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Anna kotihakemiston koko." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1639,64 +1639,64 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Tätä lisäosaa ei voi poistaa." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Olet lisännyt uuden käyttäjän." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Uusi paikallinen ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Uusi järjestelmäryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Uusi LDAP-ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva paikallinen ryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva järjestelmäryhmä" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Olemassa oleva LDAP-ryhmä" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Ryhmän &nimi" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Ryhmän &ID (gid)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Ryh&män jäsenet" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Ryhmän tie&dot" @@ -3547,13 +3547,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Käyttäjä- ja ryhmämääritys" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." @@ -4512,13 +4512,13 @@ "olemassa olevan ryhmän nimen välillä.\n" "Yritä toista nimeä." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Käyttäjää %s ei ole olemassa." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4529,7 +4529,7 @@ "oletusryhmänään." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4540,22 +4540,22 @@ "Poista nämä käyttäjät ensin ryhmästä." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Käyttäjät</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Ryhmät</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Kirjautumisasetukset</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Käyttäjä %1 määritetty automaattista kirjautumista varten"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95139 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:19 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95139 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po Log: Merged update.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:18 UTC (rev 95138) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:19 UTC (rev 95139) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-27 22:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Päivitysvalinnat" @@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" @@ -298,28 +298,30 @@ msgstr "Mahdollisesti havaittiin keskeneräinen asennus." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Päivitettävät paketit: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Uudet asennettavat paketit: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Poistettavat paketit: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Päivitettävien pakettien yhteiskoko: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>" msgstr "Kaikkien ongelmien ratkaisu ei onnistu. Vaaditaan käyttäjän toimia." #. this is a heading @@ -364,27 +366,29 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Nykyisen RPM-tietokannan lukeminen ei onnistunut." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Asennettu tuote ei ole yhteensopiva asennustietovälineellä olevan tuotteen kanssa." - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "Asennettu tuote ei ole yhteensopiva asennustietovälineellä olevan tuotteen kanssa." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -395,22 +399,22 @@ "tai poista käytöstä tuotteen eri version asennuslähteet.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Varoitus: Päivitetään '%1' -> '%2', tuotteet eivät täysin täsmää." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Päivitä vain asennetut paketit" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Päivitys pohjautuu ohjelmistoryhmiin" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -423,17 +427,17 @@ "(oletusvalinta) ja poistetaanko ylläpitämättömät paketit.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Päivitysvalinnat" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Mitään näistä tiedostoista ei ole olemassa:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -596,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "&Kyllä, jatka" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -605,17 +609,17 @@ "miten tämä ongelma ratkaistaan." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Tuntematon Linux-järjestelmä" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Muu kuin Linux-järjestelmä" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -630,7 +634,7 @@ "tai käynnistä tietokone uudelleen.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Tarkistetaan osiota %1" @@ -639,23 +643,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tiedostojärjestelmää %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän tarkistus epäonnistui." #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -666,24 +670,24 @@ "Haluatko jatkaa laitteen liittämistä?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Ohita laitteen liittäminen" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Väärä salasana. Yritetäänkö uudelleen?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varoitus" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -700,7 +704,7 @@ "Haluatko jatkaa nykyisen järjestelmän päivittämistä?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -721,27 +725,27 @@ "Keskeyttääksesi päivityksen napsauta \"Peruuta\".\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Määritä liito&svalinnat" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Liitosvalinnat" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Liitoskohta" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Laite" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -750,12 +754,12 @@ "(tyhjä = automaattitunnistus)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var-osion %1 liittäminen ei onnistu.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -767,17 +771,17 @@ "udev ID: %5, \n" "udev polku: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "Ei mikään" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var-osioa ei löydetty automaattisesti" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -788,22 +792,22 @@ "jatkaaksesi päivitystoimintoa." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Valitse /var-osion -laite" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Laitetiedot" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "/var-osion liittäminen ei onnistu tällä levymäärityksellä.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -816,7 +820,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -829,32 +833,32 @@ "liitostapa johonkin muuhun tapaan." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Tiedostoa fstab ei löytynyt." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Juuriosiolla /etc/fstab-tiedostossa on virheellinen juurilaite.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Se on tällä hetkellä liitettynä %1 mutta listattu %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Tutkitaan juuriosiota. Pieni hetki..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Osioita otetaan käyttöön. Pieni hetki..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Etsitään käytettävissä olevia järjestelmiä"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95138 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95138 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po Log: Merged timezone_db.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:17 UTC (rev 95137) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:18 UTC (rev 95138) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-28 22:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -278,21 +278,18 @@ # IS #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islanti" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azorit" # FO #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Kanariansaaret" @@ -1448,8 +1445,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2554,3 +2551,6 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95137 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:17 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95137 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po Log: Merged sysconfig.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:16 UTC (rev 95136) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:17 UTC (rev 95137) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -497,101 +497,123 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Etsitään..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Komento: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "Ohi&ta" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Komento suoritetaan" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan sysconfig-määritystä" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Kirjoita uudet asetukset" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Ota muutokset käyttöön" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui." - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Tallennetaan muutokset tiedostoihin..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen" +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" + +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Komento suoritetaan" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Komento: " + +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Ladataan palvelu %1 uudelleen..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Palvelun %1 lataaminen uudelleen epäonnistui" -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1 uudelleen..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Palvelun %1 uudelleenkäynnistys epäonnistui" -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Valmis" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui." + #~ msgid "" #~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" #~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95136 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:16 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95136 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po Log: Merged support.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:14 UTC (rev 95135) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:16 UTC (rev 95136) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 23:27+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "&Tuki" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Tukimäärityksen yhteenvetoikkuna" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Avaa SUSE tukikeskus" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "Tämä avaa SUSE Support Center portaalin selaimeen." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Avaa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Kerää tiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Tämä luo kerätyistä lokeista tarball-tiedoston." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Luo raportti tarball-tiedosto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Lataa tiedosto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Tämä lataa kerätyt lokitiedostot määritettyyn osoitteeseen." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Lataa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Yhtään asennettua selainta ei löytynyt." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,183 +93,184 @@ "osoitetta %1.\n" "Avataanko selain?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Tukimäärityksen latausikkuna" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Tallenna nimellä" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Tallennushakemisto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Lokitiedostot sisältävä paketti" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Lataa lokitiedostot osoitteeseen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Latauskohde" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Valitse hakemisto johon tarball-tiedosto tallennetaan" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Valitse lokitiedostot sisältävä tarball-tiedosto" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten parametrien määritys" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Luo täysi tiedostolista hakemistosta '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Jätä pois levyn yksityiskohtaiset tiedot ja kuvaus" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Etsi juuritiedostojärjelmästä eDirectory tapahtumia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Sisällä täysi SLP-palvelulista" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Suorittaa rpm -V komennon jokaiselle asennetulle rpm-paketille" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Sisällä kaikki rivit lokitiedostosta. Kerää lisää kierrätetyistä lokeista" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Käytä oletusarvoja (sivuuta /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Aktivoi kaikki tukitoiminnot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Kerää vain minimaalinen määrä tietoa" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Käytä mukautettuja (Lisä-) asetuksia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Lisäasetukset" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Valinnat" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten lisäasetukset" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Oletusvalinnat" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Tukimääritysten yhteystietojen määritys" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Yhteystiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Yritys" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Sähköposti" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Puhelinnumero" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "Tallennus ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Pääte ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Lataustiedot" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 numeroinen palvelupyyntönumero" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR numeron tulee olla 11 merkkiä" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Kerätään tietoja" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Edistyminen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Kerättyjen tietojen tarkastus" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Tiedoston nimi" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Poista tiedoista"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95135 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:14 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95135 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po Log: Merged storage.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:13 UTC (rev 95134) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:14 UTC (rev 95135) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 10:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Asiantuntijan osiointityökalu" @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ msgstr "&Luo osiointimääritys..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -977,7 +976,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "E&hdota erillistä home-osiota" @@ -995,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "Ehdotustyyppi" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1010,7 +1009,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1026,7 +1025,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1055,8 +1054,19 @@ "\n" "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1076,7 +1086,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1091,11 +1101,18 @@ "Haluatko säilyttää määrittämäsi /boot-osion koon?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Varoitus: bios_grub-tyyppistä osiota ei löytynyt.\n" @@ -1106,13 +1123,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1125,7 +1150,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti määritystä ilman /boot-osiota?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1143,7 +1168,7 @@ "\n" "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1156,7 +1181,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti nykyistä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1173,7 +1198,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1198,7 +1223,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1223,12 +1248,12 @@ "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Käytetäänkö varmasti tätä määritystä?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1250,7 +1275,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö asetusta varmasti sivutusosioitta?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1263,7 +1288,7 @@ "seuraavissa tapauksissa:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1275,7 +1300,7 @@ "- jos osio ei vielä sisällä tiedostojärjestelmää\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1286,7 +1311,7 @@ "liitospisteeseen kuten /, /boot, /opt tai /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1297,7 +1322,7 @@ "Jätetäänkö osio varmasti alustamatta?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1331,7 @@ "Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1315,7 +1340,7 @@ "Poista se taltioryhmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1324,7 +1349,7 @@ "Poista taltio ennen sen muokkausta.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1358,7 @@ "Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen poistamista.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,12 +1366,12 @@ "Laitetta (%2) käyttää %1.\n" "Poista %1 ennen sen poistamista.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Liitettyä levyä ei voi poistaa." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1355,7 +1380,7 @@ "on toinen looginen osio, jolla on sitä suurempi numero.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1368,7 +1393,7 @@ "Valitse Peruuta, ellet tarkkaan tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1382,7 +1407,7 @@ "jatketun osion poistamista.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1395,7 +1420,7 @@ "RAID-järjestelmän osa. Siirrä osiot pois RAID-järjestelmästä ennen jatketun osion poistamista.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1407,30 +1432,30 @@ "Poista käytetty taltio ennen kuin poistat jatketun osion.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Anna salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Älä unohda mitä tähän kirjoitat!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Tyhjä salasana sallitaan." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana laitteella %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1439,7 +1464,7 @@ "laitteelle %1 liitoskohdassa %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Anna salatun tiedostojärjestelmän salasana" @@ -1447,7 +1472,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Anna tiedostojärjestelmän salasana:" @@ -1458,18 +1483,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Anna salasana &uudelleen:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ohita" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1481,8 +1506,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1492,8 +1517,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1501,17 +1526,17 @@ "Salasanassa pitää olla vähintään %1 merkkiä.\n" "Yritä uudelleen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Ei liukulukua." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän valinnat:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1520,7 +1545,7 @@ "Vaihda taltion nimeä niin, ettei se sisällä tätä merkkiä.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1536,7 +1561,7 @@ "Jos valinta ei ole käytettävissä, se ei ole mahdollinen.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" @@ -1549,46 +1574,46 @@ "Taltion nimi ei saa sisältää vinoviivaa (’/’) tai välilyöntiä.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Liitos /etc/fstab-tiedostossa" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Laitenimi" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Taltion &nimi" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Laitteen &ID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Laite&polku" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-valinnat:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1599,62 +1624,62 @@ "on %1 merkkiä. Nimi lyhennettiin tähän pituuteen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Anna taltion nimi siihen perustuvaa liitosta varten." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Taltion nimi on jo käytössä. Valitse toinen nimi." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Tiedostojärjestelmä" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "V&alinnat..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Salaa laite" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän t&unniste:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Alustus" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "Ä&lä alusta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Alusta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "&Fstab-valinnat" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Liitoskohta" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1678,7 +1703,7 @@ "Jatkatko?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1689,7 +1714,7 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän pienentämisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1700,21 +1725,21 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän pienentämisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Osion pienentäminen vaarantaa tietojen säilymisen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Tämän loogisen taltion pienentäminen vaarantaa tiedostojen säilymisen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Jatkatko?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1725,7 +1750,7 @@ "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän laajennuksen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1735,20 +1760,20 @@ "YaST ei voi laajentaa valitun osion tiedostojärjestelmää.\n" "Vain fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs ja reiser sallivat tiedostojärjestelmän laajennuksen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Jatkatko koon muuttamista?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Pienensit osiota, jolla on reiser-tiedostojärjestelmä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Pienensit loogista osioita, jolla on reiser-tiedostojärjestelmä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1764,7 +1789,7 @@ "Pienennetäänkö tiedostojärjestelmää nyt?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1777,7 +1802,7 @@ "Valitse Peruuta, ellet tiedä tarkkaan mitä olet tekemässä.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1792,7 +1817,7 @@ "laitteen poistamista.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1807,7 +1832,7 @@ "laitteen poistamista.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1820,55 +1845,55 @@ "ennen laitteen poistamista.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Luo ja poista alitaltioita Btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmästä.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "Ota käyttöön snapperin automaattiset tilannekuvat Btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmästä." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Olemassa olevat alitaltiot:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Uusi alitaltio" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Lisää uusi" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Poista" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Ota tilannekuvat käyttöön" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Alitaltioiden hallinta" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tyhjä alitaltion nimi ei ole sallittu." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1876,11 +1901,11 @@ "Vain \"%1\" alkavat alitaltioiden nimet ovat sallittuja!\n" "Lisätään \"%1\" automaattisesti alitaltion nimeen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Alitaltio nimellä %1 on jo olemassa." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Tähän mennessä tehdyt muutokset katoavat." @@ -2070,17 +2095,17 @@ "Sinun tulee valita levyn kaikki osiot poistettavaksi.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Et voi käyttää liitoskohtaa \"%1\" LVM:lle.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Et voi käyttää liitoskohtaa %1 RAIDille." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2097,7 +2122,7 @@ "Tehdäänkö todella näin?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2110,7 +2135,7 @@ " tiedostojärjestelmää, joka ei ole silmukkajärjestelmä (loopback).\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2130,28 +2155,28 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Liitospiste ei saa olla tyhjä." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swap-laitteilla tulee olla liitospisteenä swap." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Vain swap-laitteilla voi olla liitospisteenä swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Tämä liitoskohta on jo käytössä. Valitse toinen." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2160,12 +2185,12 @@ "Tämä ei ole mahdollista." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Virheellinen merkki liitoskohdassa. Älä käytä merkkejä \"`'!\"%#\" liitoskohdassa." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2176,12 +2201,12 @@ "/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Liitoskohdan pitää alkaa ”/” " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" @@ -2195,7 +2220,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2204,7 +2229,7 @@ "Tämän tiedostojärjestelmän pienin mahdollinen koko on %2\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2213,7 +2238,7 @@ "laitteelle jossa ei ole tiedostojärjestelmää tai tiedostojärjestelmä on tuntematon." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2237,12 +2262,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä on tällä hetkellä liitetty %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2252,12 +2277,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Irrota" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2265,15 +2290,15 @@ "Voit yrittää irrottaa sen nyt tai keskeyttää.\n" "Napsauta Keskeytä jos et tiedä tarkkaan mitä olet tekemässä." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän pienentäminen ei ole mahdollista." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän suurentaminen ei ole mahdollista." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän koon muuttaminen ei ole mahdollista." @@ -2560,11 +2585,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Muokkaa" @@ -2595,9 +2618,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2619,8 +2641,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Muokkaa..." @@ -2637,8 +2658,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3042,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "DM-laite: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3060,16 +3080,16 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Lisää RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Lisää taltioryhmä" @@ -3077,43 +3097,43 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Laitegrafiikka" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Tallenna laitegrafiikka..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Tässä näkymässä näet laitteet grafiikkana." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Kuvatiedoston tallennus ei onnistunut." #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Liitospistegrafiikka" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Tallenna liitospistegrafiikka..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Tässä näkymässä näet liitospisteet grafiikkana." @@ -3235,7 +3255,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Levy on käytössä, eikä sitä voida muokata." @@ -3445,8 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "Siirrä" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Muuta kokoa" @@ -3484,7 +3503,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Kiintolevyt" @@ -3545,8 +3564,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3737,22 +3755,34 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Ei muutoksia osiointiin." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Muutokset osiointiin:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Ei muutoksia tallennusasetuksissa." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Tallennusasetukset:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage settings:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Tallennusasetukset:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Ei muutoksia tallennusasetuksissa." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Loki" @@ -3913,7 +3943,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Salaustiedostot" @@ -4300,7 +4330,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Taltiohallinta" @@ -4371,54 +4401,54 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Laitekuvain (DM)" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Käyttämättömät laitteet" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Asetukset" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4429,17 +4459,17 @@ "Lopetetaanko varmasti?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Tässä näet osioinnin yhteenvedon. " #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Yhteenveto" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Järjestelmänäkymä" @@ -5886,7 +5916,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Koon muuttaminen ei mahdollista:" @@ -5899,7 +5929,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5912,7 +5942,7 @@ "Annettu salaussalasana saattaa olla virheellinen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5923,7 +5953,7 @@ "Yritä uudestaan." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5935,24 +5965,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Anna salauksen salasana:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Anna salasana" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Seuraavat salatut taltiot ovat saatavilla." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Salattujen taltioryhmien käyttöönotto" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5962,12 +5992,12 @@ "Seuraavat taltiot sisältävät salatun allekirjoituksen, mutta salasana ei ole vielä tiedossa.\n" "Salasana tarvitaan mikäli taltioita päivitetään tai jos kuuluvat salattuun LVM:ään." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Haluatko antaa salauksen salasanat?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5977,58 +6007,69 @@ "Salasanaa kokeillaan jokaisen laitteen avaamiseen." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Anna salauksen salasana" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Salattuja taltioita ei ole." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Anna salasana joillekin seuraavista laitteista:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Anna salasana seuraavalle laitteelle:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Yritetään avata salattuja taltioita..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Salasana ei avannut yhtään taltiota." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Levy" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Jatketaanko virheestä huolimatta?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Osiota ei voi luoda, koska muut levyn osiot ovat käytössä." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6038,7 +6079,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n" "jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6048,7 +6089,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää asennustietoja,\n" "joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6058,7 +6099,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n" "jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6068,7 +6109,7 @@ "Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa koska se sisältää tietoja,\n" "joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6080,7 +6121,7 @@ "laitetta %2. Se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion, jota tarvitaan\n" "asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6091,7 +6132,7 @@ "laitetta %2. Se sisältää asennuksen suorittamiseen tarvittavia tietoja.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6102,18 +6143,18 @@ "ovat käytössä.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Mitään ei ole määritetty root-tiedostojärjestelmäksi!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Asennus tulee epäonnistumaan!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Seuraavan ratkaistavan osan lisääminen epäonnistui: %1 " @@ -6126,10 +6167,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Järjestelmävirheen koodi oli: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Jatketaanko virheestä huolimatta?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6766,41 +6803,41 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Koon muuttaminen mahdotonta johtuen tiedostojärjestelmän epäyhtenäisyydestä. Yritä tarkistaa tiedostojärjestelmä Windowsissa." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Luo &LVM-pohjainen ehdotus" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Salaa taltioryhmä" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä juuriosiolle" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä home-osiolle" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Suurenna &Swap lepotilalle" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Ehdotetut asetukset" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6809,7 +6846,7 @@ "LVM-pohjainen ehdotus voidaan salata.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6822,7 +6859,7 @@ "juuriosion kokoa." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -6831,7 +6868,7 @@ "voi valita yhdistelmäruudusta." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6839,19 +6876,19 @@ "Sivutusosiosta voi tehdä riittävän ison, jotta lepotila levylle toimii\n" "useimmissa tapauksissa." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Anna salasana ehdotetulle salaukselle." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Salasana:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Anna salasana uudelleen:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95134 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:13 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95134 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po Log: Merged squid.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:12 UTC (rev 95133) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:13 UTC (rev 95134) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-11 19:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuaalisesti" @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Kirjaus ja aikakatkaisu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Sekalaiset asetukset" @@ -444,31 +444,27 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Välimuisti&varastoloki" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "&Emuloi httpd-lokia?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Aikakatkaisut" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Yhteyden aikakatkaisu" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Asiakkaan &elinaika" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Virheviestien kieli" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Ylläpitäjän sähköposti" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Käytä FTP:tä passiivitilassa" @@ -1012,28 +1008,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Pääsyloki ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Välimuistiloki ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi pääsylokikentässä" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi välimuistilokikentässä" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Väärä polunnimi välimuistin varastolokikentässä" #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "Ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite ei voi sisältää välilyöntejä." @@ -1049,149 +1045,149 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan Squid-määritystä" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Lue HTTP-porttimääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Lue päivitysmääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Lue ACL-ryhmät tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Lue pääsynvalvontamääritykset tiedostosta." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Lue muut asetukset" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Lue palvelun tila." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Luetaan HTTP-portteja..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Luetaan päivitysmäärityksiä..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Luetaan ACL-ryhmiä..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Luetaan pääsynvalvontataulua..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Luetaan muita asetuksia..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Luetaan palvelun tila..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetuksia..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Määritystiedoston lukeminen ei onnistu." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Palvelun tilan lukeminen ei onnistu." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan Squid-määritykset" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetuksia..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Palomuurin asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistu." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid-välityspalvelin" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Palvelun käynnistys: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Määritetyt portit:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (läpinäkyvä)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Välimuistihakemisto: " @@ -1627,6 +1623,9 @@ msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "kiina (perinteinen)" +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "&Emuloi httpd-lokia?" + #~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" #~ msgstr "venäjä-koi8-r"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95133 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:12 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95133 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po Log: Merged snapper.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:10 UTC (rev 95132) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:12 UTC (rev 95133) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -21,134 +21,175 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Järjestelmän tilannevedosten määritys" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kuvaus" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "Lisäinfo" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Puhdistusalgoritmi" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedosta %1" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedoksia %1 - %2" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Ennen (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Jälkeen (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Luo uusi tilannevedos" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Yksittäinen tilannevedos" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Ennen" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Jälkeen, Ennen pari:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tilannevedoksen %1?" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tilannevedoksen %1?" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Tilannevedokset" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Yksittäinen" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Ennen & Jälkeen" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Nykyiset määritykset" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Alkupäivämäärä" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Loppupäivämäärä" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Lisäinfo" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Näytä muutokset" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Muokkaa" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -157,131 +198,131 @@ "Eroavaisuuksia ei voida täten näyttää." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Valitun tilannevedoksen yhteenveto" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Lasketaan muuttuneita tiedostoja..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Lasketaan tiedostojen muokkauksia..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Uusi tiedoto luotu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Tiedosto poistettu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä ei muutettu." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Tiedostoa ei ole kummassakaan tilannevedoksessa." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä muutettiin." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston tila muutettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston omistajuus vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Tiedoston omistajaryhmä vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "&Palauta ensimmäisestä" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Palauta" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Palauta &toisesta" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Näytä nykyisen ja valitun tilannevedoksen väliset erot:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen ja toisen tilannevedoksen väliset erot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Näytä toisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän väliset erot" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Tilannevedosten ottoajat:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Toisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Tilannevedosten ottoajat:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Avaa" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Palauta valitut" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -297,7 +338,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -312,17 +353,19 @@ "tilannevedoksesta '%2' nykyiseen järjestelmään?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Mitään tiedostoa ei ole valittu palautettavaksi" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Palautettaan tiedostoja" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" @@ -339,7 +382,7 @@ "Tiedostot, joita ei löydy tilannevedoksesta poistetaan.Jatketaanko?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -348,13 +391,21 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" +#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +#| "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tilannevedosten määritys</big>\n" @@ -367,14 +418,23 @@ " nähdäksesi tiedostojärjestelmän muutokset valitussa tilannevedoksessa.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tilannevedosten yhteenveto</big>\n" @@ -386,7 +446,7 @@ "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" @@ -404,106 +464,108 @@ "Kun tiedosto on valittu puukaaviossa, näet sen erot tilannevedoksessa ja nykyisessä järjestelmässä.\n" "\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta '%1' ei löytynyt." - -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Syy ei tiedossa" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Määritystä ei löytynyt." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Määritys ei kelpaa." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" -"Snapper-kirjaston valmistelu epäonnistui:\n" -"%1" +"Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" +" %1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" "Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" " %1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" +"Uuden tilannevedoksen luonti epäonnistui:\n" +" %1" + +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "" "Tilannevedoksen muokkaus epäonnistui:\n" " %1" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Virheellinen tilannevedoksen tyyppi." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "Tilannevedosta 'Ennen' ei annettu." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Annettua 'Ennen' tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Uuden tilannevedoksen luonti epäonnistui:\n" +"Tilannevedoksen poistaminen epäonnistui:\n" " %1" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Valmistellaan Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Lue tilannevedosten luettelo" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "Lue tilannevedosten luettelo" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..." + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -513,21 +575,59 @@ "käyttääksesi yast2-snapper. Voit luoda määrityksen käyttämällä\n" "snapperin komentorivityökalua." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Palautetaan tiedostoja..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Poistettu %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 ohitettu\n" +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta '%1' ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Syy ei tiedossa" + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Määritystä ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Määritys ei kelpaa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Snapper-kirjaston valmistelu epäonnistui:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#~ msgstr "Virheellinen tilannevedoksen tyyppi." + +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "Tilannevedosta 'Ennen' ei annettu." + +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Annettua 'Ennen' tilannevedosta ei löytynyt." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." + #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Tiedosto /etc/sysconfig/snapper ei ole saatavilla."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95132 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:10 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95132 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po Log: Merged services-manager.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:09 UTC (rev 95131) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:10 UTC (rev 95132) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 09:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -20,7 +20,194 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Tallennetaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "VNC tarvitsee käyttöön graafisen järjestelmän" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "S&ystemd:n oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Systemd:n oletustavoite" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Aseta systemd:n oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Valitaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Systemd on Linuxin järjestelmän- ja palvelunhallinta. Se koostuu yksiköistä, joiden tehtävänä on käynnistää palveluja ja toisia yksiköitä." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "Oletustavoiteyksikkö aktivoidaan käynnistettäessä oletusarvoisesti. Yleensä se on symbolinen linkki polku/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Lisätietoa systemd:n man-sivulta." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän tavoite asettaa palvelimeksi sopivan verkollisen ei-graafisen useamman käyttäjän järjestelmän (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 3)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Graafinen tavoite asettaa työasemille tyypillisen verkollisen graafisen kirjautumisikkunan (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 5)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Ellet ole varma, mikä olisi paras valinta sinulle, käytä graafista tavoitetta." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tavoitteet" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "Asennin suosittelee oletustavoitteeksi \"%s\" " + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11-paketit on valittu asennettaviksi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "Live-asennusta käytetään tyypillisesti täyteen graafisen käyttöympäristöön kohdejärjestelmässä" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "Sarjaliitäntä ei tyypillisesti tue graafista käyttöliittymää" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "Tekstitilan asennus ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymä kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "VNC:n käyttö olettaa graafisen käyttöliittymän kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "SSH-asennustila ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymää kohdejärjestelmään" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11-paketteja ei ole valittu asennettaviksi" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "Tämä suositus perustuu muiden asennusasetusten analyysiin" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoitus epäonnistui:\n" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Järjestelmän &oletustavoite" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Palvelu" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Käytössä" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiivinen" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Kuvaus" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Käynnistä/Pysäytä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Ota käyttöön/Poista käytöstä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Palvelunhallinta" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Luetaan palvelujen tilaa..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Ei käytössä" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "Käytössä (käynnistetään)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "Ei käytössä (pysäytetään)" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "Palvelun %{service} täydet tiedot" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Palvelut" @@ -76,165 +263,65 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Palvelua %1 ei voida ottaa käyttöön." -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Palvelunhallinta" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Oletustavoite" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Käytössä" - -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Tuntematon autoyast-palveluprofiilimalli \"services-manager\"-ohjelmalle" -#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta..." +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty." -#~ msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -#~ msgstr "VNC tarvitsee käyttöön graafisen järjestelmän" - -#~ msgid "&Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "S&ystemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "Systemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Aseta systemd:n oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Valitaan systemd:n oletustavoitetta" - -#~ msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -#~ msgstr "Systemd on Linuxin järjestelmän- ja palvelunhallinta. Se koostuu yksiköistä, joiden tehtävänä on käynnistää palveluja ja toisia yksiköitä." - -#~ msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -#~ msgstr "Oletustavoiteyksikkö aktivoidaan käynnistettäessä oletusarvoisesti. Yleensä se on symbolinen linkki polku/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Lisätietoa systemd:n man-sivulta." - -#~ msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -#~ msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän tavoite asettaa palvelimeksi sopivan verkollisen ei-graafisen useamman käyttäjän järjestelmän (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 3)." - -#~ msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -#~ msgstr "Graafinen tavoite asettaa työasemille tyypillisen verkollisen graafisen kirjautumisikkunan (samanlaisen kuin ajotaso 5)." - -#~ msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -#~ msgstr "Ellet ole varma, mikä olisi paras valinta sinulle, käytä graafista tavoitetta." - -#~ msgid "Available Targets" -#~ msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tavoitteet" - -#~ msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -#~ msgstr "Asennin suosittelee oletustavoitteeksi \"%s\" " - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11-paketit on valittu asennettaviksi" - -#~ msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -#~ msgstr "Live-asennusta käytetään tyypillisesti täyteen graafisen käyttöympäristöön kohdejärjestelmässä" - -#~ msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -#~ msgstr "Sarjaliitäntä ei tyypillisesti tue graafista käyttöliittymää" - -#~ msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "Tekstitilan asennus ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymä kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "VNC:n käyttö olettaa graafisen käyttöliittymän kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "SSH-asennustila ei oleta graafista käyttöliittymää kohdejärjestelmään" - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11-paketteja ei ole valittu asennettaviksi" - -#~ msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -#~ msgstr "Tämä suositus perustuu muiden asennusasetusten analyysiin" - -#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." -#~ msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." - -#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -#~ msgstr "Asetusten kirjoitus epäonnistui:\n" - -#~ msgid "Default System &Target" -#~ msgstr "Järjestelmän &oletustavoite" - -#~ msgid "Service" -#~ msgstr "Palvelu" - -#~ msgid "Active" -#~ msgstr "Aktiivinen" - -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "Kuvaus" - -#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" -#~ msgstr "&Käynnistä/Pysäytä" - -#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" -#~ msgstr "&Ota käyttöön/Poista käytöstä" - -#~ msgid "Show &Details" -#~ msgstr "Näytä tie&dot" - -#~ msgid "Reading services status..." -#~ msgstr "Luetaan palvelujen tilaa..." - -#~ msgid "Inactive" -#~ msgstr "Ei käytössä" - -#~ msgid "Active (will start)" -#~ msgstr "Käytössä (käynnistetään)" - -#~ msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -#~ msgstr "Ei käytössä (pysäytetään)" - -#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -#~ msgstr "Palvelun %{service} täydet tiedot" - -#~ msgid "Not configured yet." -#~ msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty." - # Mistä %{change} tulee? -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -#~ msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}, jonka nykyinen tila on %{status}. " +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}, jonka nykyinen tila on %{status}. " # Mistä %{change} tulee? -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -#~ msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}. " +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "Ei voitu %{change} palvelua %{service}. " -#~ msgid "Graphical mode" -#~ msgstr "Graafinen tila" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Graafinen tila" -#~ msgid "Text mode" -#~ msgstr "Tekstitila" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Tekstitila" -#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" -#~ msgstr "Graafinen liitäntä" +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Hätätila" -#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" -#~ msgstr "Hätätila" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Graafinen liitäntä" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Initrd:n oletustavoite" + # Vaihdetaanko tässä root-käyttäjäksi vai tarkoitetaanko chrootia? Oletan chroot -#~ msgid "Switch Root" -#~ msgstr "Vaihda /" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Vaihda /" -#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target" -#~ msgstr "Initrd:n oletustavoite" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän järjestelmä" -#~ msgid "Multi-User System" -#~ msgstr "Useamman käyttäjän järjestelmä" - -#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" -#~ msgstr "Pelastustila" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Pelastustila"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95131 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:09 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95131 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po Log: Merged security.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:08 UTC (rev 95130) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:09 UTC (rev 95131) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Turvamääritysmoduuli" @@ -51,15 +51,17 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Aseta määritetyn valinnan arvo" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Kodin työaseman turvataso (ilman verkkoa)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Verkkotyöaseman turvataso" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Verkkotyöaseman turvataso" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -131,206 +133,202 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Käytä Magic SysRq -näppäimiä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Käytä turvallisia käyttöoikeuksia" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Näytönhallinnan etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Kirjoita järjestelmäaika takaisin laitteistokelloon" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Luo aina syslog-tiedosto cron-komentojonoista" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Suorita DHCP-demoni chroot-vankilassa" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Suorita DHCP-demoni käyttäjänä dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Etäkirjautuminen näytönhallintaan pääkäyttäjän tunnuksella" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X-palvelimen etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Sähköpostin välitysjärjestelmän etäkäyttö" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut uudelleen päivityksen jälkeen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Pysäytä palvelu poiston yhteydessä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Käytä TCP syncookies -tekniikkaa" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-ohjaus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-ohjaus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 3\n" -"(monta käyttäjää, verkko käytössä)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Vain järjestelmän peruspalvelut käytössä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 5 \n" -"(monta käyttäjää, verkko ja graafinen sisäänkirjautuminen käytössä)" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 3" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Määritä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Turvallisuusasetukset" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "Tila" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Turvallisuustila" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " tai " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "Nämä järjestelmän peruspalvelut eivät ole käynnissä ajotasolla %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Kaikki peruspalvelut ovat käytössä." -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "Nämä ylimääräiset palvelut ovat käynnissä ajotasolla %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "Tarkista palveluluettelo ja ota käyttämättömät palvelut pois päältä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Vain järjestelmän peruspalvelut käytössä." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kuvaus" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Turvallisuusasetusten yhteenveto" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Muuta &tila" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Kuvaus" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Käynnistysasetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Käynnistysoikeudet" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Muut turva-asetukset" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Salasana-asetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Tarkistukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Salasanan ikä" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -339,7 +337,7 @@ "kuin enimmäismäärä." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -348,12 +346,12 @@ "Salasanan enimmäispituus valitulle salaustavalle on %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Kirjautumisasetukset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "Kirjautuminen" @@ -456,21 +454,23 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +#| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" -"Kodin työasema: Kodin työasemalle, joka ei ole kytkettynä\n" -"minkään tyyppiseen verkkoon." +"Verkkotyöasema: Tietokoneelle, joka on kytkettynä\n" +"minkä tahansa tyyppiseen verkkoon mukaan lukien Internet." #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"Verkkotyöasema: Tietokoneelle, joka on kytkettynä\n" -"minkä tahansa tyyppiseen verkkoon mukaan lukien Internet." #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -934,41 +934,45 @@ msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "Tiedostoissa /etc/permissions.* on ennalta määrättyjä tiedostojen oikeuksia. Kaikkein tiukimmat oikeudet on määritetty \"turvallisiksi\" (secure) tai \"vainoharhaisiksi\" (paranoid)." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "Järjestelmän peruspalveluiden on oltava käytössä, jotta järjestelmä toimisi johdonmukaisesti ja jotta tarpeelliset palvelut turvallisuuden kannalta olisivat toiminnassa." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "Jokainen käynnissä oleva palvelu on potentiaalinen hyökkäyskohde. Siksi suositellaan ottamaan kaikki käyttämättömät palvelut pois päältä." #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Kodin työasema" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Verkkotyöasema" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Verkkopalvelin" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Kodin työasema" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "V&erkkotyöasema" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Verkk&opalvelin" @@ -1048,13 +1052,13 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Enin&tään" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Väh&intään" @@ -1078,90 +1082,83 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ei kukaan" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automaattinen" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Järjestelmän horrostila" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Aktiivisen konsolin käyttäjä" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Kuka tahansa voi siirtää horrostilaan" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Tunnistautuminen vaaditaan aina" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "S&alasanan salaustapa" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Tarkista uudet &salasanat" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Muist&ettavien salasanojen määrä" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Lyhi&n hyväksyttävä salasanan pituus" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Päivää ennen salasanan vanhenemisvaroitusta" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Tiedostojen käyttöoikeudet" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Helppo" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Turvallinen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Vainoharhainen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Käyttäjän käynnistämä updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "&Enintään" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "Vähi&ntään" @@ -1180,65 +1177,101 @@ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan turvallisuusmääritykset" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Kirjoita turvallisuusasetukset" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Kirjoita inittab-asetukset" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Kirjoita PAM-asetukset" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Päivitä järjestelmän asetukset" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan turvallisuusasetukset..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan inittab-asetukset..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan PAM-asetukset..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Päivitetään järjestelmän asetukset..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nykyinen turvataso: Muokatut asetukset" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nykyinen turvataso: %1" +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Kodin työaseman turvataso (ilman verkkoa)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 3\n" +#~ "(monta käyttäjää, verkko käytössä)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ota järjestelmän peruspalvelut käyttöön ajotasolla 5 \n" +#~ "(monta käyttäjää, verkko ja graafinen sisäänkirjautuminen käytössä)" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön ylimääräisiä palveluita ajotasolla 5" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kodin työasema: Kodin työasemalle, joka ei ole kytkettynä\n" +#~ "minkään tyyppiseen verkkoon." + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Verkkotyöasema" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "V&erkkotyöasema" + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automaattinen" + #~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" #~ msgstr "Nykyinen &hakemisto pääkäyttäjän polussa"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95130 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:08 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95130 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po Log: Merged scanner.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:07 UTC (rev 95129) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:08 UTC (rev 95130) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-08 22:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "%1-ohjaimen ottaminen pois käytöstä ei onnistunut." @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Tiedostoa %1 ei ole olemassa." @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Tiedoston %1 lukeminen ei onnistunut." @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Selvitä käytössä olevat kuvanlukijat" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Selvitetään käytössä olevat kuvanlukijat..." @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" @@ -1297,19 +1297,19 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Tuntematon laite" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Tuntematon valmistaja" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Tuntematon malli" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 liitettynä %3" @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" @@ -1538,51 +1538,51 @@ "Vaihtoehtoisesti jatka ja muuta tulostinmääritys käyttämään ptal-palvelua.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Asennetaan ohjain %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Tarkista tarvitseeko paketteja asentaa" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Tarkista tarvitseeko laiteohjelmisto asentaa" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Testaa ja asenna eräiden ohjainten erityisvaatimukset" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Ota ohjain käyttöön" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tarvitseeko paketteja asentaa..." #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan tarvitseeko laiteohjelmistoa asentaa..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Testataan ja asennetaan eräiden ohjainten erityisvaatimukset..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Otetaan ohjain käyttöön..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Vaadittua pakettia ei asennettu" @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Ohjain %1 edellyttää pakettia %2." @@ -1600,9 +1600,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Keskeytettiin" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Edellyttää laiteohjelmiston asentamista" @@ -1623,19 +1623,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Jos ptal-palvelu ei ole käynnissä, kuvanlukija ei toimi." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "PTAL-järjestelmän asetus ei onnistunut." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1650,49 +1650,49 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "Hpoj-ohjain on poistettu käytöstä, mutta siihen liittyvää ptal-palvelua ei otettu pois käytöstä, koska CUPS-tulostusjärjestelmä tarvitsee sitä." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Ptal-palvelun pysäytys ei onnistunut." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Ptal-palvelun poistaminen käytöstä ei onnistunut." #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Ohjaimelle %1 ei ole kuvanlukijaa" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "Ei ole mahdollista testata ilman vastaavaa käytössä olevaa kuvanlukijaa." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "&Testattava kuvanlukija" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Testataan %1" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testataan 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(tuloksia ei ole saatavilla)" @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Testaus %1 onnistui" @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "Verkon kautta tapahtuvan kuvanluvun määritysten selvittäminen ei onnistunut." @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Verkon kautta tapahtuvan kuvanluvun asetus ei onnistunut." @@ -1771,12 +1771,12 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Tarkista, että palomuuri sallii kuvanlukemisen verkon yli." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "Lisää tietoa palomuurin asetuksista saat lukemalla tämän ikkunan ohjeen."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95129 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:07 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95129 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po Log: Merged samba-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:06 UTC (rev 95128) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:07 UTC (rev 95129) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-27 22:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Jako %1 on jo olemassa." @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" @@ -397,23 +397,23 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Ensisijainen toimialueen ohjain (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Toimialueen &varaohjain (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "&Ei toimialueen ohjain" #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Kyllä" @@ -422,19 +422,19 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Ei" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-asennus" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Vaihe 1 / 2" @@ -442,46 +442,46 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Työryhmän tai toimialueen nimi" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Vaihe 2 / 2" #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Nykyisen toimialueen nimi:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-palvelintyyppi" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Ei saatavilla, koska PDC on käytössä." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Nimeä jako uudelleen" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Uusi jako&nimi" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Anna uusi jaon nimi." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ "käytä toista nimeä.\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -501,26 +501,26 @@ "Haluatko varmasti poistaa sen?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "&Luotettu toimialue" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Toimialueen nimi ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Ei voida muodostaa luottosuhdetta toimialueeseen." #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -532,14 +532,14 @@ "tallennetaan selväkielisenä tekstinä. Tätä voidaan pitää turvallisuusuhkana." #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "&Luotetut toimialueet" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -548,234 +548,234 @@ "luotettuun toimialueeseen %1?" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Jako %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Yleiset asiantuntija-asetukset" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Tunniste" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "Jaon &nimi" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "Jaon &kuvaus" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Jaon tyyppi" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Tulostin" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Hakemisto" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Jaon &polku" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Vain luku" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Peri ACL:t" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 #, fuzzy msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Näytä tilannekuvat" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 #, fuzzy msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Käytä btrfs ominaisuuksia" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Uusi jako" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Jaon polku" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Jaon nimi ei voi olla tyhjä." #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Jaon polku ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Saatavilla olevat jaot" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Suodin" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "Näytä &kaikki jaot" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "Ä&lä näytä järjestelmäjakoja" #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Tila" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Vain luku" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Polku" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Vierastilin käyttö" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Kommentti" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "&Nimeä uudelleen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Vaihda tilaa" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS-palvelimen tuki" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "WINS-etäpalvelin" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Ni&mi" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Käytä WINS-palvelua konenimen päättelemiseen" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Ei toimialueen ohjain" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Ensisijainen toimialueen ohjain (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Toimialueen varaohjain (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Perusasetukset" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Toimialueen &ohjain" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Lisäasetukset..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "&Yleiset asiantuntija-asetukset" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "&Käyttäjän tunnistautumislähteet" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-määritykset" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Käynnistys" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Jaot" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "&Identiteetti" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-asetukset" #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "Palvelimen NetBIOS-&nimi" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Käyttäjätiedon lähteet" #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -785,28 +785,28 @@ "ylläpitäjän tilin (root).\n" "Se luodaan nyt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba-&pääkäyttäjän salasana" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Varmista salasana" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." msgstr "Ensimmäinen ja toinen salasana eivät täsmää." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Käyttäjän %1 tilin perustaminen ei onnistunut." #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -814,24 +814,24 @@ "Anna käyttäjätunnus ja salasana\n" "liittyäksesi toimialueeseen %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." msgstr "Liittyäksesi toimialueeseen nimettömänä, jätä tekstikentät tyhjiksi." #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "Ä&lä liity" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Liittyminen toimialueeseen %1 onnistui."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95128 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:06 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95128 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po Log: Merged samba-client.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:04 UTC (rev 95127) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:06 UTC (rev 95128) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 14:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -41,42 +41,42 @@ "Katso Samba-dokumentaatiosta lisätietoja." #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Ota käyttöön tai poista käytöstä Winbind-palvelut (winbindd)" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Tarkista, onko tämä kone toimialueen jäsen" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Liitä tämä kone toimialueeseen" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Muuta Samban yleisiä asetuksia" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Ota palvelu käyttöön" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Poista palvelu käytöstä" #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Toimialueen nimi, johon liitytään" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -85,17 +85,17 @@ "yrittää liittyä toimialueeseen ilman käyttäjätunnusta ja salasanaa.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Salasana, jota käyttäjä käytti liittyessään toimialueeseen" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Konetili" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Työryhmän nimi" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Liittyminen toimialueeseen %1 onnistui." @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" @@ -605,21 +605,21 @@ "\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr " (oletus)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Konetili OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "&Nouda luettelo" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -627,36 +627,36 @@ "Käyttäjätunnus ja salasana\n" "tarvitaan konetilien luetteloimiseksi." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Konetili" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan työryhmän jäsenyyttä..." #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "Anna käyttäjätunnus ja salasana jättääksesi toimialueen %1." #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "Määritys välitetään kaikille klusterin solmuille." #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "Anna käyttäjätunnus ja salasana liittyäksesi toimialueeseen %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Liittyäksesi toimialueeseen nimettömänä jätä tekstikentät tyhjiksi.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ "toimialueen %1 jäsen." #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -674,11 +674,11 @@ "toimialueen %1 jäsen." #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Liitytäänkö toimialueeseen %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ "Ei pystytä automaattisesti selvittämään, onko tämä klusteri\n" "toimialueen %1 jäsen." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -695,92 +695,92 @@ "toimialueen %1 jäsen." #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" msgstr "Käyttäjän jako on jo olemassa. Pidetäänkö vai poistetaanko nämä jaot?" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Pidä" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Poista" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Muita Windows-jakopalveluita on saatavilla. Pysäytetäänkö ne myös?" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "&Käytä WINSiä konenimen selvittämiseksi" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." msgstr "Jos haluat käyttää Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) -palvelua nimen selvittämiseksi, valitse Käytä WINSiä konenimen selvittämiseksi." #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Etsi WINS-palvelin &DHCP-toiminnon avulla" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." msgstr "Käytä valintaa Hae WINS-palvelin DHCP-toiminnon avulla käyttääksesi DHCP:n antamaa WINS-palvelinta." #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Käyttäjien jakama" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Jakaminen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "&Salli käyttäjien jakaa hakemistoja" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Salli &Vierastilin käyttö" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "&Sallittu ryhmä" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "Jakojen eni&mmäismäärä" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." msgstr "Salli käyttäjien jakaa hakemistoja ottaa käyttöön Sallittu ryhmä ryhmän jäsenten omien hakemistojen jakamisen toisille käyttäjille. Esimerkiksi <tt>users</tt> paikallisella alueella tai <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> toimialueella. Käyttäjän tulee varmistaa, että tiedostojärjestelmän oikeudet sallivat tämän." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "Jakojen enimmäismäärä, rajoittaa luotavien jakojen määrän." #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." msgstr "Salliaksesi pääsyn käyttäjän jakoihin ilman tunnistusta, ota Salli Vierastilin käyttö käyttöön." #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" "directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" @@ -793,12 +793,12 @@ " Muussa tapauksessa hakemisto liitetään joka käyttäjälle. Saat lisätietoja man-sivulta pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." msgstr "Voit esimerkiksi käyttää arvoa <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> määrittääksesi Etäpolun, arvoa <tt>~/</tt> kohtaan Paikallinen liitospiste kotihakemiston liittämiseksi, tällöin käytä arvoa <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> osana Valintoja." #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "Kerberos Tunnistautumisen arvo määrittää kuinka kerberos tiketit varmistetaan. Kun Yhteinen kirjautuminen SSH:lle on käytössä YaST määrittää oletuksena <tt>secrets ja keytab</tt>. Katso smb.conf man-sivuilta lisätietoja." @@ -850,8 +850,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" @@ -922,13 +922,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Kyllä" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Ei" @@ -956,143 +956,143 @@ "Yritä uudelleen." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan Samba-asiakkaan määritystä" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Lue yleiset Samba-asetukset" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Lue winbind-tila" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Luetaan yleiset Samba-asetukset..." #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Luetaan winbind-tila..." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan Samba-asiakkaan määritykset" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Poista Samba-palvelut käytöstä" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Ota Samba-palvelut käyttöön" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Poistetaan Samba-palvelut käytöstä..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Otetaan Samba-palvelut käyttöön..." #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kirjoita Kerberos määritys" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan Kerberos määritystä..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon %1 ei onnistunut." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Winbind-palvelun käynnistys ei onnistunut." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Winbind-demonin käynnistys ei onnistunut." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Winbind-palvelun pysäytys ei onnistunut." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Winbind-demonin pysäytys ei onnistunut." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "PAM-asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Yleiset määritykset" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Yhteydetön tunnistautuminen käytössä" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Jakojen enimmäismäärä: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "Tunnistautuminen SMB-palvelulla: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "Liityntää ei voida jatkaa: Klusterin tila ei ole yhdenmukainen"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95127 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:04 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95127 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po Log: Merged relocation-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:03 UTC (rev 95126) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:04 UTC (rev 95127) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 23:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -273,121 +273,121 @@ msgstr "Siirtopalvelimen määritys" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön siirtopalvelimen määritystä" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Lue xend:n tämänhetkinen määritys" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Lue xend:n tämänhetkinen tila" #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Luetaan xend:n tämänhetkinen määritys..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Luetaan xend:n tämänhetkinen tila..." #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Lue libvirtd/sshd:n tämänhetkinen tila" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Luetaan libvirtd/sshd:n tämänhetkinen tila..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Xend:n tämänhetkistä tilaa ei voi lukea." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Palomuurin asetusten lukeminen ei onnistu." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "libvirtd/sshd:n tämänhetkistä tilaa ei voi lukea." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan siirtopalvelimen määritys" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Kirjoita Xend:n asetukset" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Mukauta Xend-palvelua" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan Xend:n asetuksia..." #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Mukautetaan Xend-palvelua..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Mukauta libvirtd/sshd-palveluita" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Mukautetaan libvirtd/sshd-palveluita..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Xend:n asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Palomuurin asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistu."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95126 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:03 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95126 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po Log: Merged registration.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:01 UTC (rev 95125) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:03 UTC (rev 95126) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Paikalliset rekisteröintipalvelimet" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ "tai SUSEn oletusrekisteröintipalvelin." #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Rekisteröintipalvelinta ei ole valittu." #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE-asiakaskeskus (%s)" @@ -61,243 +61,70 @@ #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Yhdistetään rekisteröintipalvelimeen" # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Rekisteröinti" -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "Rekisteröintiä päivitetään..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "Aiempaa rekisteröintiä päivitetään." - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Rekisteröinnin automaattipäivitys epäonnistui.\n" -"Voit rekisteröidä järjestelmäsi alusta asti itse." - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Syötä tuotteen rekisteröinti- tai arviointikoodi sekä käyttäjätunnuksesi\n" -"tai sähköpostiosoitteesi SUSE-asiakaskeskukseen alapuolella oleviin kenttiin.\n" -"Pääsy turva- ja yleisiin ohjelmapäivityksiin on mahdollista vain rekisteröidystä\n" -"järjestelmästä." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Jos ohitat rekisteröinnin nyt, muista rekisteröityä asennuksen\n" -"päätyttyä." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Verkkoasetukset..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&Sähköpostiosoite" - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "Rekisteröintikoo&di" - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "&Paikallinen rekisteröintipalvelin..." - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "&Ohita rekisteröinti" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Annna tässä SUSE-asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita varten." - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" -"Rekisteröinti lisäsi joitakin asennuslähteitä.\n" -"\n" -"Haluatko asentaa viimeisimmät päivitykset\n" -"asennuksen yhteydessä?" - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. %s is name of given product -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Rekisteröidään: %s ..." - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennukset ja moduulit" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 -msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." -msgstr "Laajennuksia ja moduuleja rekisteröidään." - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" -"Ellet rekisteröi järjestelmääsi, emme voi sallia\n" -"pääsyä päivityslähteisiin.\n" -"\n" -"Voit rekisteröityä asennuksen jälkeen tai käymällä\n" -"verkkorekisteröitymässä asiakaskeskuksessa.\n" -"\n" -"Ohitetaanko rekisteröityminen varmasti nyt?" - -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "Rekisteröi uudelleen" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "Valitse laajennukset" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Voit rekisteröidä sen uudelleen tai rekisteröidä lisälaajennukset ja -moduulit parantaaksesi järjestelmän toimintaa." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Jos haluat poistaa järjestelmäsi rekisteröinnin, sinun on kirjauduttava SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poistettava järjestelmä siellä käsin." - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" -"Perustuotetta ei löytynyt,\n" -"tarkista järjestelmäsi." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" -"Asennustietoväline tai itse asennusohjelma on vakavasti rikki.\n" -"Ilmoita ohjelmavirheestä osoitteessa %2." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" -"Varmista, että tuote on asennettu ja että /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"on symbolinen linkki perustuotteen .prod-tiedostoon." - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Käytä moduulia ”%s” tämän YaST-moduulin sijasta." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Rekisteröinti onnistui." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP-haku epäonnistui: palvelinta ei löytynyt" -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Ladataan SSL-varmennetta" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Tuodaan SSL-varmennetta" +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Rekisteröidään: %s ..." + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Tuotteen rekisteröinti" @@ -371,33 +198,33 @@ msgstr "Epäonnistuneen varmenteen lisätiedot" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Myönnetty" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Yleinen nimi (CN): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Järjestö (O): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Organisaatioyksikkö (OU): " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Myöntäjä" @@ -426,17 +253,17 @@ msgstr "Sarjanumero: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1-sormenjälki: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-sormenjälki: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -444,22 +271,22 @@ "Verkkoa ei ole asetettu eikä rekisteröintipalvelinta tavoiteta.\n" "Haluatko asettaa verkon nyt?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Verkkovirhe: tarkista verkkoasetukset." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Yhteyden aikakatkaisu." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Tarkista, että rekisteröintipalvelin tuntee tämän järjestelmän." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -484,22 +311,22 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui." # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Rekisteröintiasiakkaan virhe." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -509,33 +336,45 @@ "Yritä rekisteröintiä myöhemmin." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "Saatu SSL-varmenne ei vastaa odotettua varmennetta." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Lisätiedot: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Tuodaan SSL-varmennetta" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Tuodaan \"%s\"-varmennetta..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Salatun yhteyden virhe: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" @@ -553,90 +392,195 @@ msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan rekisteröintiasetusta..." -#. register the system and the base product -#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two -#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) -#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts -#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"Perustuotetta ei löytynyt,\n" +"tarkista järjestelmäsi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" +"Asennustietoväline tai itse asennusohjelma on vakavasti rikki.\n" +"Ilmoita ohjelmavirheestä osoitteessa %2." + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" +"Varmista, että tuote on asennettu ja että /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"on symbolinen linkki perustuotteen .prod-tiedostoon." + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Rekisteröidään järjestelmää..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Päivitetään järjestelmään %s..." +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Ladataan saatavilla olevia laajennuksia ja moduuleja..." +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..." + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennukset ja moduulit" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Laajennuksia ja moduuleja rekisteröidään." + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "" +"The registration server offers update repositories.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Rekisteröintipalvelinta ei ole valittu." + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Varmenne:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Asennuslähteen määrityksen tallennus epäonnistui." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Palvelun \"%s\" päivitys epäonnistui." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Palvelun \"%s\" lisäys epäonnistui." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Palvelun \"%s\" tallennus epäonnistui." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Palvelun \"%s\" päivitys epäonnistui." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No products found to be registered." +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "Rekisteröitäviä tuotteita ei löytynyt." + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisenssisopimus" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Ladataan lisenssejä..." #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Ladataan lisenssisopimusta..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -647,17 +591,17 @@ "epäonnistui." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Laajennuksen %s lisenssisopimus" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Laajennuksen ja moduulin rekisteröintikoodit" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" "Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." @@ -665,124 +609,164 @@ "Syytä pyydettyjen laajennusten tai moduulien rekisteröintikoodit.\n" "Rekisteröintikoodeja vaaditaan rekisteröinnin onnistumiseksi. Ellet voi antaa rekisteröintikoodia, siirry takaisinpäin ja poista laajennuksen tai moduulin valinta." -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "Valitsemasi laajennus vaatii erillistä rekisteröintikoodia." msgstr[1] "Valitsemasi laajennukset vaativat erillisiä rekisteröintikoodeja." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Kirjoita rekisteröintikoodi alla olevaan kenttään." msgstr[1] "Kirjoita rekisteröintikoodit alla olevaan kenttään." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 -msgid "Extension and Module Selection" -msgstr "Laajennusten ja moduulien valinta" +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Lisätiedot" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Tästä voit valita järjestelmääsi saatavilla olevia laajennuksia ja moduuleja." +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "Näet laajennuksen tai moduulin lisätiedot tässä valittuasi sen" +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "%s (ei saatavilla)" + +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "YaST antaa valita enintään %s laajennusta tai moduulia." + #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "Huomaa, että jotkin laajennukset ja moduulit voivat vaatia erillisiä rekisteröintikoodeja." #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "Jos haluat poistaa laajennuksen tai moduulin, kirjaudu SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poista ne käsin siellä." -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Laajennusten ja moduulien valinta" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Tästä voit valita järjestelmääsi saatavilla olevia laajennuksia ja moduuleja." + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Saatavilla olevat laajennukset ja moduulit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Lisätiedot" +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "Laajennuksen ja moduulin rekisteröintikoodit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "Näet laajennuksen tai moduulin lisätiedot tässä valittuasi sen" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "Tässä voit valita, mitkä laajennukset ja moduulit rekisteröidään yhdessä perustuotteen kanssa." -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "%s (not available)" -msgstr "%s (ei saatavilla)" +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennukset ja moduulit" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." -msgstr "YaST antaa valita enintään %s laajennusta tai moduulia." - #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "Tässä voit valita, mitkä laajennukset ja moduulit rekisteröidään yhdessä perustuotteen kanssa." # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Rekisteröi valinnaisia laajennuksia tai moduuleja" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Tunniste" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versio" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkkitehtuuri" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Julkaisun tyyppi" # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Rekisteröintikoodi" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Ladataan saatavilla olevia laajennuksia..." -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "Poistetaanko \"%s\" varmasti?" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "Laajennuksen tai moduulin &tunniste" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versio" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arkkitehtuuri" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Julkaisun tyyppi" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "Rekisteröintikoo&di" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" "Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" @@ -792,7 +776,7 @@ "jolloin voit saada verkkopäivityksiä ja teknistä tukea.\n" "Valitse Rekisteröi tuote rekisteröidäksesi tuotteen automaattiasennuksen aikana." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" @@ -803,122 +787,443 @@ # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Rekisteröi tuote" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&Sähköpostiosoite" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "Asenna saatavilla olevat päivitykset päivityslähteistä" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Palvelimen asetukset" # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Etsi rekisteröintipalvelimia SLP-haulla" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Käytä tiettyä palvelinosoitetta oletuksen sijaan" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Valinnaisen SSL-palvelinvarmenteen osoite" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Valinnainen SSL-palvelinvarmenteen sormenjälki" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "ei mitään" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL-varmenteen sormenjälki" # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennuksia ja moduuleja..." +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "&Paikallinen rekisteröintipalvelin..." + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&Ohita rekisteröinti" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennuksia ja moduuleja..." + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity." + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Annna tässä SUSE-asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita varten." + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"Ellet rekisteröi järjestelmääsi, emme voi sallia\n" +"pääsyä päivityslähteisiin.\n" +"\n" +"Voit rekisteröityä asennuksen jälkeen tai käymällä\n" +"verkkorekisteröitymässä asiakaskeskuksessa.\n" +"\n" +"Ohitetaanko rekisteröityminen varmasti nyt?" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" +"Syötä tuotteen rekisteröinti- tai arviointikoodi sekä käyttäjätunnuksesi\n" +"tai sähköpostiosoitteesi SUSE-asiakaskeskukseen alapuolella oleviin kenttiin.\n" +"Pääsy turva- ja yleisiin ohjelmapäivityksiin on mahdollista vain rekisteröidystä\n" +"järjestelmästä." + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"Jos ohitat rekisteröinnin nyt, muista rekisteröityä asennuksen\n" +"päätyttyä." + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Verkkoasetukset..." + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "Varmenne on vanhentunut" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "itse allekirjoitettu varmenne" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Itse allekirjoitettu varmenne varmenneketjussa" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "&Luota ja tuo" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "Salattu yhteys (HTTPS) käyttää SSL-varmenteita todentamaan palvelimen aitouden ja salatakseen siirretyn datan." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "Voit tuoda varmenteen tunnettujen varmenneauktoriteettien (CA) luetteloon, mikä tarkoittaa että luotat tuntemattoman varmenteen aiheeseen ja julkaisijaan." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "Varmenteiden tuonti mahdollistaa esimerkiksi itse allekirjoitettujen varmenteiden käyttämisen." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "Tärkeää:Sinun tulisi todentaa varmenteen sormenjälki, jotta voit olla varma, että tuot aidon varmenteen pyydetyltä palvelimelta." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "Tuntemattoman varmenteen tuonti on iso tietoturvariski." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Virheellinen verkko-osoite." # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "&Paikallisen rekisteröintipalvelimen osoite" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating software repositories..." +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "Päivitetään ohjelmistoasennuslähteet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "Palvelimen osoite: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +msgid "" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating software repositories..." +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "Päivitetään ohjelmistoasennuslähteet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "Tässä voit valita, mitkä laajennukset ja moduulit rekisteröidään yhdessä perustuotteen kanssa." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual Interaction Required" +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Käyttäjän toimenpiteitä vaaditaan" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "Select the target migration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +msgid "%s will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +msgid "%s stays unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +msgid "" +"The selected migration contains a product\n" +"which is not available at the registration server.\n" +"\n" +"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n" +"available at the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Voit rekisteröidä sen uudelleen tai rekisteröidä lisälaajennukset ja -moduulit parantaaksesi järjestelmän toimintaa." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Jos haluat poistaa järjestelmäsi rekisteröinnin, sinun on kirjauduttava SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poistettava järjestelmä siellä käsin." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "Valitse laajennukset" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Rekisteröi uudelleen" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Rekisteröintiä päivitetään..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Aiempaa rekisteröintiä päivitetään." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" +"Rekisteröinnin automaattipäivitys epäonnistui.\n" +"Voit rekisteröidä järjestelmäsi alusta asti itse." + #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Etsitään..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Etsitään paikallisia rekisteröintipalvelimia..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#~ "on-line updates during installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Rekisteröinti lisäsi joitakin asennuslähteitä.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Haluatko asentaa viimeisimmät päivitykset\n" +#~ "asennuksen yhteydessä?" + #~ msgid "SSL Certificate" #~ msgstr "SSL-varmenne" @@ -949,15 +1254,7 @@ #~ msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" #~ msgstr "Otetaan yhteyttä SUSE asiakaskeskuksen palvelimeen" -# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" -# -ke- #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registering Product..." -#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -#~ msgstr[0] "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..." -#~ msgstr[1] "Rekisteröidään tuotteita..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Add-on &Name" #~ msgstr "Laajennuksen &nimi" @@ -1097,9 +1394,6 @@ #~ msgid "Updated software repositories" #~ msgstr "Päivitetyt ohjelmistoasennuslähteet" -#~ msgid "Manual Interaction Required" -#~ msgstr "Käyttäjän toimenpiteitä vaaditaan" - #~ msgid "Needed Information" #~ msgstr "Tarvittavat tiedot" @@ -1446,17 +1740,11 @@ #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Asetetaan Internet-päivityksen lähde..." -#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Päivitetään ohjelmistoasennuslähteet" - # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- #~ msgid "Registration failed partially." #~ msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui osin." -#~ msgid "No products found to be registered." -#~ msgstr "Rekisteröitäviä tuotteita ei löytynyt." - #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "tuntematon tila"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95125 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:01 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95125 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po Log: Merged rear.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:00 UTC (rev 95124) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:01 UTC (rev 95125) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 10:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "Luetaan Rear-määritys" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Järjestelmän tutkiminen" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Luetaan rear-asetuksia..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Järjestelmän tutkiminen" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95124 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:04:00 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95124 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po Log: Merged qt.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:59 UTC (rev 95123) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:04:00 UTC (rev 95124) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -59,18 +59,21 @@ msgstr "Käytössä %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Sulje" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Julkaisutiedot" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Tyylisivun muokkain" @@ -89,12 +92,12 @@ msgstr "Odottamaton napsautus" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Värin vaihto" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -127,20 +130,41 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Määritä YaST-lokikirjaukset:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Help" +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "Ohje" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -msgid "Release Notes" +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "Julkaisutiedot" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" msgstr "Vaiheet" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Puu"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95123 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:59 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95123 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po Log: Merged qt-pkg.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:58 UTC (rev 95122) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:59 UTC (rev 95123) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 21:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -36,249 +36,257 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "&Päivitysongelmat" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "&Ohjelmistoryhmät" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "&Pakettiryhmät" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-ryhmät" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Kielet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Asennuslähteet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Et&si" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Hakusanat" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Yhteenveto asennuksesta" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "Kuva&us" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tekniset tiedot" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Riippuvuudet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versiot" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Tiedostoluettelo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Muutosloki" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Peruuta" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Hyväksy" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Tiedosto" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Tuo..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Vie..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Lope&ta -- Hylkää muutokset" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Lopeta -- Tallenna muutokset" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Paketti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Kaikki paketit" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Päivitä, jos uudempi versio saatavilla" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Päivitä ehdottomasti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Korjaus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Määritys" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Asennuslähteet..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Internet-päivitys..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Riippuvuudet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Tar&kista heti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "A&utomaattinen tarkistus" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Suositellut paketit" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "V&alinnat" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Näytä -de&vel-paketit" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Näytä -&debuginfo/-debugsource-paketit" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Järjestelmän varmistamistila" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "&Ohita suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Salli &valmistajan vaihto" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Lisäasetukset" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Näytä &tuotteet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Näytä p&akettien muutokset" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Näytä &historiatiedot" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -&devel-paketit" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -de&buginfo-paketit" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -de&bugsource-paketit" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -&devel-paketit" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun &testitapaus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Yhteen&veto" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbolit" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Näppäimet" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Pakettienväliset riippuvuudet ovat kunnossa." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Korjaukset" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Tallenna pakettiluettelo" @@ -286,59 +294,59 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Virhe" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Virhe vietäessä pakettiluetteloa tiedostoon %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Lataa pakettiluettelo" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Virhe ladattaessa pakettiluetteloa %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakettia päivitetään" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Jatka" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "Peruut&a" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Keskeytä järjestelmäpakettien vaihtaminen</a> asennuslähteen %2 versioihin" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Vaihda järjestelmäpaketit</a> tämän asennuslähteen versioihin (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Lisätyt alipaketit:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" @@ -385,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "Valintojesi lisäksi seuraavat paketit on lisätty riippuvuuksien ratkaisemiseksi:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "Jat&ka" @@ -1310,15 +1318,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Ylläpitämättömät paketit" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Etsi" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta" @@ -1332,78 +1336,78 @@ msgstr "zzz Kaikki" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Etsi" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Etsi" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Ni&mi" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "Yhteen&veto" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Kuv&aus" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RMP tarjoaa" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM edellyttää" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Tiedostoluettelo" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "&Hakutapa:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Sisältää" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Alkaa" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Täydellinen osuma" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Käytä jokerimerkkejä" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Käytä säännöllisiä lausekkeita" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Kirjainkoon huomioi&va" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Etsitään..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Ei tuloksia." @@ -1412,7 +1416,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Hakuvirhe" @@ -1533,10 +1537,43 @@ "Turvallisin vaihtoehto on poistaa ne.\n" "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 valmistajalta %3 (asennettuna)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Ylläpitämättömät paketit" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1544,13 +1581,13 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 %3 asennuslähteestä prioriteetilla %4 valmistajana %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Tämä versio on asennettu järjestelmääsi." @@ -1562,6 +1599,9 @@ msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Tämä ominaisuus vaatii pakettia libqdialogsolver." +#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "&Ohita suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille" + #~ msgid "Close the current page" #~ msgstr "Sulje nykyinen sivu"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95122 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:58 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95122 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po Log: Merged proxy.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:57 UTC (rev 95121) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:58 UTC (rev 95122) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 09:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -20,100 +20,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määritykset" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "Ota välityspalvelimen asetukset käyttöön" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "Poista välityspalvelimen asetukset käytöstä" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "Muuta nykyisen välityspalvelimen asetukset" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Aseta välityspalvelimen tunnistautuminen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Näytä yhteenveto nykyisistä asetuksista" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "Aseta HTTP-välityspalvelin" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "Aseta HTTPS-välityspalvelin" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "Aseta FTP-välityspalvelin" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Tyhjennä kaikki luetellut valinnat" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Aseta toimialueet, jotka eivät käytä välityspalvelinasetuksia" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus, jota käytetään välityspalvelimelle tunnistautumiseen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Salasana, jota käytetään välityspalvelimelle tunnistautumiseen" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "Salasana:" - -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määrityksen tila" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Käytössä" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "HTTP" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "FTP" - #. Informative label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." @@ -182,6 +88,12 @@ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Välityspalvelimen asetukset toimivat oikein." +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määritykset" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" @@ -323,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "Testaa &välityspalvelimen asetukset" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -332,7 +244,7 @@ "verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty.\n" "Haluatko varmasti käyttää näitä asetuksia?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -345,42 +257,42 @@ "Haluatko varmasta käyttää näitä asetuksia?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "Et voi antaa pelkästään salasanaa ja jättää käyttäjätunnusta tyhjäksi." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTP-välityspalvelimen verkko-osoite ei kelpaa." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTP-välityspalvelimen verkko-osoitteen on sisällettävä scheme-määritys (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPS-välityspalvelimen osoite ei kelpaa." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPS-välityspalvelimen verkko-osoitteen on sisällettävä scheme-määritys (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "FTP-välityspalvelimen osoite ei kelpaa." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP-välityspalvelimen verkko-osoitteen on sisällettävä scheme-määritys (http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -396,53 +308,141 @@ "* Toimialuenimi\n" "* Toimialue jossa etuliitteenä '.'" +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määrityksen tila" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Käytössä" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "Ota välityspalvelimen asetukset käyttöön" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "Poista välityspalvelimen asetukset käytöstä" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "Muuta nykyisen välityspalvelimen asetukset" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "Aseta välityspalvelimen tunnistautuminen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "Näytä yhteenveto nykyisistä asetuksista" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "Aseta HTTP-välityspalvelin" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "Aseta HTTPS-välityspalvelin" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "Aseta FTP-välityspalvelin" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "Tyhjennä kaikki luetellut valinnat" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "Aseta toimialueet, jotka eivät käytä välityspalvelinasetuksia" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus, jota käytetään välityspalvelimelle tunnistautumiseen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Salasana, jota käytetään välityspalvelimelle tunnistautumiseen" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Salasana:" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "On suositeltavaa kirjautua uudestaan että uudet välityspalvelimen asetukset tulevat voimaan." -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Päivitä välityspalvelimen määritys" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan välityspalvelimen määritystä" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Päivitetään välityspalvelimen määritys..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Välityspalvelin on pois käytöstä." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "Välityspalvelin on käytössä." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP-välityspalvelin: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS-välityspalvelin: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-välityspalvelin: %1"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95121 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:57 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95121 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po Log: Merged printer.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:55 UTC (rev 95120) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:57 UTC (rev 95121) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 18:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Valitse ajuri." @@ -457,8 +457,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Mitään ei ole valittu" @@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Ajurilla ei ole valintoja" @@ -962,7 +962,11 @@ #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPM-pakettia cups-backends ei ole asennettu." @@ -971,130 +975,127 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Ohjelma (/polku/sijaintiin/komento?asetus=arvo) [%-muodossa]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "Käyttääksesi tulostusta putkeen RPM-paketin cups-backends tulee olla asennettuna." + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Laitteen URI (jolle \"beh\" tulisi käyttöön) [%-muodossa]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Älä koskaan poista jonoa käytöstä" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Uusien yritysten määrä (0 tarkoittaa rajattomasti)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Yritysten välinen viive sekunteina" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Valitse laiteliitännän tyyppi." #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "&Liitäntätyyppi" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Suoraan kytketty laite" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "Rinnakkaisportti" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-portti" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-laitteet (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "Sarjaportti" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Käytä verkkotulostinta tai tulostustietokonetta" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-portti (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Rivitulostinpalvelun (LPD) yhteyskäytäntö" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet-tulostusyhteyskäytäntö (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Tulosta tulostinpalvelimen kautta" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) tai Samba (SMB/CIFS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Perinteinen UNIX-palvelin (LPR)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS-palvelin (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Novell Netware -tulostinpalvelin (IPX)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Erikoistoiminnot" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Anna laitteen mielivaltainen URI" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Lähetä tulostettava tieto toiselle ohjelmalle (putkita)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Daisy-chain-taustaosan virhekäsittely (beh)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Yhteysasetukset" @@ -1109,7 +1110,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Yhteysavustaja" @@ -1118,12 +1119,12 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPSin versiossa 1.5 SCSI-tulostintuki on jätetty pois." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1136,13 +1137,13 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Valitse liitäntä" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1152,13 +1153,13 @@ "ottaa yhteyttä tämäntyyppisellä liitännällä.\n" "Oliko tulostin kytketty ja virta päällä koko ajan?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Valitse sopiva liitäntä" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1168,41 +1169,45 @@ "laitteeseen ei enää saa yhteyttä tällä liitännällä.\n" "Onko tulostin yhä kytketty ja sen virta päällä?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Sarjaportti ja baudinopeus eivät voi olla tyhjiä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "\"Space\"-pariteetintarkistusta tuetaan vain seitsemällä databitillä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "\"Mark\"-pariteetintarkistusta tuetaan vain seitsemällä databitillä ja yhdellä pysäytysbitillä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Bluetooth-laitetunniste ei voi olla tyhjä." #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Palvelimen nimi ja tulostin eivät voi olla tyhjiä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Sekä tunnus että salasana on annettava." #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Palvelimen nimi ei voi olla tyhjä." @@ -1212,30 +1217,30 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Palvelimen nimi ja jonon nimi eivät voi olla tyhjiä." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "Laitteen URI, yhteydenottoyritysten määrä ja viive eivät voi olla tyhjiä." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Ei saa olla tyhjä." #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Valitse valmistaja tai \"raw\"-jono." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Etsi kaikilta paikallisverkon koneilta" @@ -1244,11 +1249,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1257,25 +1262,25 @@ "Tämä voi kestää yli minuutin." #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Etsi TCP-portin %1 kautta saatavilla olevia koneita" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Etsi Samba-palvelimen (SMB) kautta saatavilla olevia koneita" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Etsi portin 515 (LPD/LPR) kautta saatavilla olevia koneita" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Etsi portin 631 (CUPS/IPP) kautta saatavilla olevia koneita." @@ -1285,7 +1290,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1295,7 +1300,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Yhteystesti epäonnistui: koneen \"%2\" portti \"%1\"." @@ -1305,14 +1310,14 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Yhteystesti epäonnistui: koneen \"%2\" jono \"%1\"." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1326,30 +1331,30 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Yleistesti ilmoittaa ongelmista koneen \"%2\" jaossa \"%1\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Yhteystesti epäonnistui: koneen \"%2\" jako \"%1\"." # Huomaa: tämä ei ole tulostus- vaan yhteystestin tulos #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Toimii!" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "Active Directory (R) -tukea varten RPM-paketin samba-krb-printing tulee olla asennettuna." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "Active Directory (R) -tuki on poissa käytöstä kaikilla SMB-tulostinjonoilla." @@ -1490,67 +1495,60 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SPL-tulostinten SpliX-ajuri ilman JBIG:tä" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Konica Minolta 2300W- ja 2400W-tulostinten ajuri (ei ylläpidetty)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet -tulostinajuri" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Julkaise tulostinkuvaustiedosto" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "&Tulostinkuvaustiedosto ja sen täysi sijaintipolku" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Selaa" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Valitse tulostinkuvaustiedosto" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Tiedostoa \"%1\" ei voida lukea." #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Tulostinkuvaustiedosto ei vastaa asetusta." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Käytetäänkö kuvaustiedostoa, vaikka siinä on virheitä?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "Virheellinen kuvaustiedosto voi johtaa epämääräisiin virhetilanteisiin." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Tulostinkuvaustiedostoa ei saatu otettua käyttöön" @@ -2324,12 +2322,42 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example: \n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +#| "Some examples: \n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" @@ -2532,58 +2560,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"" msgstr "" -"\n" -"<big>Suoraan liitetyn tulostinlaitteen URI</big> \n" -"Laitteet jotka ovat kytkettynä rinnakkais- tai USB-portin kautta tunnistetaanautomaattisesti\n" -"ja laitteen URI generoidaan automaattisesti.\n" -"Esimerkiksi: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Yleensä vain automaattisesti luodut URI-osoitteet toimivat.\n" -"Mikäli laitetta ei tunnisteta automaattisesti tarkoittaa se yleensäyhteysongelmaa\n" -"ja tietojen lähettäminen tulostimeen ei onnistu. \n" -"Käyttääksesi HP:n tulostinta tai monitoimilaitetta taustaprosessin kautta\n" -"tulee hplip-paketti olla asennettuna.\n" -"Paketti sisältää HP:n tulostus ja skannaus ohjelmiston HPLIP. \n" -"Laitteet jotka on liitetty sarjaportin tai Bluetooth:n kautta eivät\n" -"tunnistu automaattisesti. Tällöin on laitteen URI määriteltävä manuaalisesti.\n" -"Sarjaporttitulostimen URI täytyy sisältää kaikki tarvittavat asetukset.\n" -"Katso tulostimesi asetukset sen käyttöohjeesta.\n" -"Esimerkkejä: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Käyttääksesi Bluetooth tulostinta tulee paketti bluez-cups olla asennettuna.\n" -"Paketti sisältää CUPS taustapalvelun 'bluetooth' joka lähettää tulostettavattiedot Bluetooth-tulostimelle.\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" @@ -2659,7 +2642,92 @@ "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network: \n" +#| "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share. \n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work. \n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" +#| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +#| "CUPS Server \n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +#| "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2731,19 +2799,6 @@ "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" "The matching device URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -"Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is: \n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI tietokoneella tulostamista varten</big> \n" @@ -2795,7 +2850,46 @@ "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" +#| "Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" +#| "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +#| "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend. \n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" +#| "Example: \n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost. \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2809,7 +2903,7 @@ "The matching device URI is: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" @@ -2874,7 +2968,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" @@ -2942,7 +3036,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -2971,7 +3065,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" @@ -2998,7 +3092,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3020,7 +3114,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" @@ -3043,7 +3137,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" @@ -3070,7 +3164,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3104,7 +3198,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3168,7 +3262,7 @@ "" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3187,14 +3281,37 @@ "" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| " \n" +#| "The following error policies exist: \n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -3232,7 +3349,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3263,7 +3380,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3434,67 +3551,67 @@ "(tämä voi kestää hetken)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Poistetaanko tavoittamaton CUPS-palvelin \"%1\" käytöstä?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Jatkaaksesi vahvista, ettei palvelinta \"%1\" enää käytetä." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Palvelin, johon ei saada yhteyttä, johtaa loputtomaan viipeiden ja epäonnistumisten sarjaan." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-palvelin %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan, onko CUPS-palvelin käytettävissä..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Valitse rivi." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Ei voida poistaa." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Tämä on etäasetus. Vain paikallisia asetuksia voi poistaa." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Vahvista poistaminen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Valittu asetus poistetaan välittömästi eikä sitä voida palauttaa." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Poista asetus %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Älä poista" @@ -3505,33 +3622,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Vahvista luokan poistaminen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Poistettua luokkaa ei voida luoda uudelleen tällä työkalulla." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Tulostustöiden hylkääminen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "Testisivua ei voida tulostaa, sillä tulostustöitä ei oteta vastaan." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Tulostus ei käytössä" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Testisivua ei voida tulostaa, sillä tulostus on poistettu käytöstä." @@ -3540,25 +3657,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Jonossa on odottavia töitä, jotka voidaan poistaa ennen testisivun tulostamista." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Poista jonosta %1 odottavat tulostustyöt" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Poista ne ennen testisivun tulostamista" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Tulosta testisivu muiden töiden jälkeen" @@ -3566,7 +3683,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Kaikkien odottavien tulostustöiden poistaminen jonosta %1 epäonnistui." @@ -3585,28 +3702,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Testaa tulostusta" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Tulostetaanko yksi vai kaksi sivua (esimerkiksi kaksipuolisen tulostuksen kokeilemiseksi)" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Yksittäinen testisivu" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Kaksi testisivua" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Testisivun tulostus jonoon %1 epäonnistui." @@ -3614,25 +3731,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Odota kunnes testitulostus on valmis" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Testisivu lähetettiin jonoon %1. Tulostuksen pitäisi alkaa pian." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Testisivun tulostus onnistui" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Testisivun tulostus epäonnistui" @@ -3652,53 +3769,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Jonossa on tulostustöitä, jotka voidaan nyt poistaa." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Poista kaikki odottavat työt" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Älä poista" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Katso täydet lokitiedot tiedostosta katso /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "CUPS-lokitiedot testitiedoston %1 tulostuksesta (englanniksi)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Katsoa CUPS-lokitiedot tiedostosta /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Kun tulostus etäjärjestelmän kautta epäonnistuu, voit kysyä asiasta järjestelmän ylläpitäjältä." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "CUPS-etäpalvelimen asetukset eivät salli asetuksen lisäämistä." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Ei voi muuttaa" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Tämä on etäasetus. Vain paikallisia asetuksia voi muuttaa." @@ -4400,125 +4517,54 @@ msgstr "Selvitetään sopivaa tulostusajuria..." #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." msgstr "Yhteensopivaa ajuria ei löydetty. Muuta hakua tai kokeile \"Etsi lisää\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Käsitellään useita tulostinajureita. Odota..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Jonon %1 lisääminen epäonnistui." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Asetuksen %1 poistaminen epäonnistui." #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Ajurivalintojen selvittäminen epäonnistui." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "Uusi arvo" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "Aseta arvo" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "Palvelin %1 ei ole käytettävissä portin 631 (IPP/CUPS) kautta." +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test Server" +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "K&okeile palvelinta" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "Palvelin %1 vastaa \"ping\"-ohjelmaan verkossa." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "Palvelin %1 ei vastaa \"ping\"-ohjelmaan verkossa." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "Verkko tuntee palvelinnimen %1." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "Verkko ei tunne palvelinnimeä %1." - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "\"netcat\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "RPM-paketti \"netcat\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "\"ping\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "RPM-paketti \"iputils\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" ei ole saavutettavissa." - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "\"host\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "RPM-paketti \"bind-utils\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" ei vastaa verkossa." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" on tuntematon." - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4534,7 +4580,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4546,7 +4592,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" @@ -4558,7 +4604,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4708,6 +4754,113 @@ msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Ohita odotus" +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "Rinnakkaisportti" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "Sarjaportti" + +#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" +#~ msgstr "Novell Netware -tulostinpalvelin (IPX)" + +#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" +#~ msgstr "Konica Minolta 2300W- ja 2400W-tulostinten ajuri (ei ylläpidetty)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" +#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +#~ "For example: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" +#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" +#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" +#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" +#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" +#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" +#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" +#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" +#~ "Example device URIs: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" +#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Suoraan liitetyn tulostinlaitteen URI</big> \n" +#~ "Laitteet jotka ovat kytkettynä rinnakkais- tai USB-portin kautta tunnistetaanautomaattisesti\n" +#~ "ja laitteen URI generoidaan automaattisesti.\n" +#~ "Esimerkiksi: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Yleensä vain automaattisesti luodut URI-osoitteet toimivat.\n" +#~ "Mikäli laitetta ei tunnisteta automaattisesti tarkoittaa se yleensäyhteysongelmaa\n" +#~ "ja tietojen lähettäminen tulostimeen ei onnistu. \n" +#~ "Käyttääksesi HP:n tulostinta tai monitoimilaitetta taustaprosessin kautta\n" +#~ "tulee hplip-paketti olla asennettuna.\n" +#~ "Paketti sisältää HP:n tulostus ja skannaus ohjelmiston HPLIP. \n" +#~ "Laitteet jotka on liitetty sarjaportin tai Bluetooth:n kautta eivät\n" +#~ "tunnistu automaattisesti. Tällöin on laitteen URI määriteltävä manuaalisesti.\n" +#~ "Sarjaporttitulostimen URI täytyy sisältää kaikki tarvittavat asetukset.\n" +#~ "Katso tulostimesi asetukset sen käyttöohjeesta.\n" +#~ "Esimerkkejä: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "Käyttääksesi Bluetooth tulostinta tulee paketti bluez-cups olla asennettuna.\n" +#~ "Paketti sisältää CUPS taustapalvelun 'bluetooth' joka lähettää tulostettavattiedot Bluetooth-tulostimelle.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin %1 ei ole käytettävissä portin 631 (IPP/CUPS) kautta." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin %1 vastaa \"ping\"-ohjelmaan verkossa." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin %1 ei vastaa \"ping\"-ohjelmaan verkossa." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "Verkko tuntee palvelinnimen %1." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "Verkko ei tunne palvelinnimeä %1." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." +#~ msgstr "\"netcat\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "RPM-paketti \"netcat\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." +#~ msgstr "\"ping\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "RPM-paketti \"iputils\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" ei ole saavutettavissa." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." +#~ msgstr "\"host\"-ohjelmaa ei voitu suorittaa." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "RPM-paketti \"bind-utils\" tarvitaan, jotta testissä olisi mieltä." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" ei vastaa verkossa." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "Palvelin \"%1\" on tuntematon." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95120 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:55 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95120 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po Log: Merged pkg-bindings.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:54 UTC (rev 95119) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:55 UTC (rev 95120) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-20 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: suomi <fi(a)li.org>\n" @@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ msgstr "<BIG>Päivitetään asennuslähdettä</BIG>Pakettienhallinta päivittää asennuslähteen sisältöä..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Pakettia ei voida valita asennettavaksi." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Paketti ei ole saatavilla" #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Pakettihallintaan ei saada yhteyttä" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Lataa kuvaukset" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Luo välimuisti uudelleen" @@ -105,17 +105,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Lisätään asennuslähdettä..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Ladataan " #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Virkistä metadata" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Virkistetään asennuslähdettä..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95119 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:54 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95119 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po Log: Merged packager.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:53 UTC (rev 95118) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:54 UTC (rev 95119) @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-11 19:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" @@ -241,14 +241,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Keskeytetään verkkoasennuslähteen määritys" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää määrityksen?" @@ -269,42 +269,42 @@ "Haluatko määrittää sen nyt?" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Tarkista verkon määritys" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Nouda verkkoasennuslähteiden luettelo" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan verkon määritykset..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Noudetaan verkkoasennuslähteiden luetteloa..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Valmistele asennuslähteiden hallinta" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Valmistellaan asennuslähteiden hallintaa..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Luetaan verkkoasennuslähteiden luetteloa" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ "palvelinluettelo haetaan verkosta.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ "koska verkkoa ei ole määritetty." #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ "asennuslähteiden luettelossa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "Suositeltu: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Kyllä" @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -377,28 +377,28 @@ "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Verkkoasennuslähteiden luettelo" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Suodin" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "Asennuslähde&luettelo" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Asennuslähteen kuvaus" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -407,29 +407,29 @@ "Napsauta asennuslähdettä nähdäksesi yksityiskohtaista tietoa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "Valitse haluamasi verkkoasennuslähde ja napsauta Seuraava.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "Valitse verkkoasennuslähde, jota haluat käyttää ja napsauta sitten Valmis.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "Poistaaksesi käytetyn asennuslähteen poista siitä valinta." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan verkkoasennuslähteiden luetteloa" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "Haetaan asennuslähteen tietoja..." @@ -439,46 +439,46 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Asennuslähteen %1 lisääminen epäonnistui." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Poista valitsemattomat verkkoasennuslähteet" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Poistetaan valitsemattomia verkkoasennuslähteitä..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Lisää kaikki valitut verkkoasennuslähteet" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Lisätään kaikki valitut verkkoasennuslähteet..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Lisää asennuslähde: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Lisätään asennuslähde: %1 ..." #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Asennetaan paketteja..." @@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." @@ -578,85 +578,102 @@ msgstr "Tallennetaan paketinhallinnan määritys..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioriteetti" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Säilytä ladatut paketit" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Asennuslähteet - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä tämän sijaan komentoa '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Oletus" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Tuntematon nimi" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "Verkko-osoite: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "Verkko-osoite: %1" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Tuntematon asennuslähteen nimi" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Luokka: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Palvelu: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Kaikki asennuslähteet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Kaikki palvelut" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Palvelu \"%1\"" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Näytä" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteetti" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" @@ -665,88 +682,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Automaattinen päivitys" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Palvelu" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "Verkko-osoite" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Korvaa..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "&Virkistä valitut" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Vaihda päälle tai p&ois päältä" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Virkis&tys käytössä tai pois käytöstä" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Aseta &nimi..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Ominaisuudet" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Kä&ytössä" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Vi&rkistä automaattisesti" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-avaimet..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Päivitä" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Virkistä kaikki a&utomaattisesti virkistettävät" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Virkistä kaikki &käytössä olevat" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Määritetyt ohjelmistoasennuslähteet" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -754,11 +771,11 @@ "\n" "Hallitse määritettyjä ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä ja palveluita.\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "Palvelu tai Asennuslähteiden indeksointipalvelu (RIS) on yhteyskäytäntö ohjelmistoasennuslähteiden hallintaan. Palvelu voi tarjota yhden tai useampia ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä, jotka voidaan muuttaa dynaamisesti palvelun ylläpitäjän toimesta." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -773,7 +790,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -786,7 +803,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -807,7 +824,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -822,7 +839,7 @@ " \n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" @@ -831,12 +848,12 @@ "Asennuslähteen prioriteetti on kokonaisluku välillä 0 (korkein prioriteetti) ja 200 (alin prioriteetti). Oletus on 99. Jos paketti on saatavilla useammasta asennuslähteestä, käytetään prioriteetiltaan korkeinta asennuslähdettä.\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "Käytä sopivaa valintaa ikkunan yläosassa asennuslähteiden ja palveluiden selaamiseen." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" @@ -846,12 +863,12 @@ "ladatut paketit paikallisessa välimuistissa niin että niitä voidaan käyttää myöhemmin\n" "kun paketteja asennetaan uudelleen. Jos ei valittuna, paketit poistetaan asennuksen jälkeen." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "Paikallinen välimuisti tallennetaan oletuksena hakemistoon /var/cache/zypp/packages. Sijainti voidaan muuttaa /etc/zypp/zypp.conf-tiedostoa muokkaamalla." #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -861,7 +878,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Tiedot:" @@ -869,18 +886,18 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Yritetäänkö uudelleen?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Keskeytetään asennuslähteen määritys" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -889,7 +906,7 @@ "Kaikki muutokset menetetään." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -898,40 +915,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Virkistetään asennuslähteitä..." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Virkistetään palvelut" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Virkistä asennuslähteet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Virkistä palvelut" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Päivitetään asennuslähdettä %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Virkistetään palvelua %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Poista valittu asennuslähde luettelosta?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -940,7 +957,7 @@ "ja sen asennuslähteet?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -949,7 +966,7 @@ "asettaa päivitystä." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -962,7 +979,7 @@ "Lisätäänkö asennuslähde uudelleen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "Ilmeni virheitä palautettaessa asennuslähdemääritystä.\n" @@ -1075,7 +1092,7 @@ "Asennetaanko ne nyt?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1083,7 +1100,7 @@ "Päivitysasennuslähteen määritys ei onnistu \n" "ilman paketin %1 asentamista" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1092,7 +1109,7 @@ "ei onnistu ilman paketin %1 asentamista" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1238,7 +1255,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Aloita tarki&stus" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Avaa CD/DVD-as&ema" @@ -1432,42 +1449,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Lisätään uusi asennuslähde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Tarkista asennuslähteen tyyppi" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Lisää asennuslähde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Lue asennuslähteen käyttöoikeussopimus" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Tarkistetaan asennuslähteen tyyppi" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Asennuslähteen lisääminen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Luetaan asennuslähteen käyttöoikeussopimus" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Asennuslähde" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1484,8 +1501,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1494,7 +1511,7 @@ "verkko-osoitteesta '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1503,12 +1520,12 @@ "Vaihda yhteyskäytäntöä tai pura ISO-levykuva palvelimelle." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vaihda verkko-osoite ja yritä uudelleen?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1523,38 +1540,46 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe valmisteltaessa asennusjärjestelmää." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Ohjaustiedostoa %1 ei löytynyt tietovälineeltä." +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Lisätuotteita ei voida käyttää" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, verkko-osoite: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "Verkko-osoite: %1, polku: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Lisäasennuslähteet" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1562,34 +1587,34 @@ "Asennuslähde sisältää myös luetellut ylimääräiset asennuslähteet.\n" "Valitse ne, joita haluat käyttää.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Valittavat lisätuotteet" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Lisää valitut &tuotteet" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Anna lisätuote %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Anna %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Tuotteen %1 lisäys ei onnistunut." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" @@ -1675,7 +1700,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 msgid "Total" msgstr "Yhteensä" @@ -1684,62 +1709,62 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Ladataan %1 (latauskoko %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Jäljellä: %1 %2 paketista)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Ladataan paketteja..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Ladattu %1 / %2 paketista)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Poistetaan %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Asennetaan %1 (koko asennettuna: %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Tietokoneesi on 64-bit x86-64 -järjestelmä, mutta yrität kuitenkin asentaa 32-bittistä jakeluversiota." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Ohjelmistoryhmien luettelo ilmaisee asennuksen tuomat lisätoiminnot." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Tämä ehdotus sisältää asennettavien tiedostojen yhteiskoon. Järjestelmä sisältää kuitenkin muitakin tiedostoja (väliaikaisia ja työtiedostoja), joten käytettävä tila on todellisuudessa hiukan suurempi kuin ehdotettu arvo. Siksi on hyvä jättää ainakin 25% (tai 300 Mt) vapaata tilaa ennen asennuksen aloittamista." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" @@ -1749,107 +1774,107 @@ " hidas tai siirtomäärää on rajoitettu.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Ohjelmiston asennusehdotus" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Tuote: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Järjestelmätyyppi: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Ohjelmistoryhmät: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Asennettavien pakettien koko: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Ladataan ulkoisista asennuslähteistä: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Nämä lisätuotteet ovat merkitty automaattisesti poistettaviksi: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Ota yhteyttä näiden lisätuotteiden valmistajiin ja pyydä heitä toimittamaan uudet asennustietovälineet." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Ota yhteyttä lisätuotteen valmistajaan ja pyydä toimittamaan uusi asennustietoväline." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Virhe: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu perushakemistosta %1 (laite %2), asennusta ei voi aloittaa." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Varoitus: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu hakemistosta %1 (laite %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi levytilaa." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi levytilaa. Poista joitain paketteja yksittäisvalinnassa." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Vain %1 (%2%%) vapaata tilaa käytettävissä %3 -osiolla. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Uusi tuote %1 asennetaan" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Tuote %s päivitetään uuteen versioon" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "Tuote %{old_product} päivitetään uuteen %{new_product} tuotteeseen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Tuote %s pidetään asennettuna" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Varoitus: Tuote %s poistetaan." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "Virhe: Tuote %s poistetaan automaattisesti." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1866,12 +1891,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Ei löytynyt asennuslähdettä '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1883,31 +1908,31 @@ "SUSE Linux -verkkopalvelimelta.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Liitetään käynnistettyä tietovälinettä..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Palvelupaketin asennuslähteen yhdistäminen epäonnistui." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Valmistellaan asennuslähteet..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Anna %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ei löytynyt" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1916,7 +1941,7 @@ "Katso lokitiedostosta %1 lisätietoja." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1925,12 +1950,12 @@ "Palataan ohjelmistoehdotukseen." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan pakettivalintaa..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1940,7 +1965,7 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename +#. @param [String] license_ident file name #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus tiedostoa %1 ei voitu lukea" @@ -1981,18 +2006,21 @@ "määritys lopetetaan.\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2001,19 +2029,26 @@ "Haluatko varmasti kieltäytyä sopimuksesta?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimuksen hylkääminen keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen. Haluatko varmasti kieltäytyä sopimuksesta?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sammutetaan järjestelmää..." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus" + #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2072,109 +2107,103 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Ladataan delta-RPM-pakettia %1 (latauskoko %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "Ladataan korjaukset sisältävää RPM-pakettia %1 (latauskoko %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketin ottaminen käyttöön epäonnistui: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Korjauksia sisältävän RPM-paketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" - #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "Et&si SLP:tä käyttäen..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Yhte&isöasennuslähteet" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Lisäosat ja moduulit rekisteröintipalvelimelta" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Määritä verkk&o-osoite..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 -msgid "&NFS..." +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Kiintolevy..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB-massamuistilaite (USB-muisti,-levy)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Paikallinen hakemisto..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Paikallinen ISO-levykuva..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&Lataa asennuslähteiden kuvaustiedostot" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2183,7 +2212,7 @@ ".tiedosto, aseta ISO-levykuva." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2192,86 +2221,86 @@ "aseta sijainniksi joukon ensimmäinen tietoväline.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Palvelimen nimi" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Polku hakemistoon tai ISO-levykuvaan" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-levykuva" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4 -protokolla" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Liitosvalinnat" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr " (oletus)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "Yh&teyskäytäntö" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-palvelin" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- tai DVD-levy" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Kiintolevy" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-muistitikku tai -levy" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Paikallinen hakemisto" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Paikallinen ISO-levykuva" @@ -2280,24 +2309,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Palvelin ja hakemisto" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi ei voi olla tyhjä." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Asennuslähteen nimi" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2306,12 +2335,12 @@ "Käytä Asennuslähteen nimeä määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on tyhjä, YaST käyttää tuotteen nimeä (jos saatavilla) tai verkko-osoitetta nimenä.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Palvelun nimi" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2320,17 +2349,17 @@ "Käytä Asennuslähteen nimeä määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on tyhjä, YaST käyttää verkko-osoitetta nimenä.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "Verkko-osoite ei voi olla tyhjä." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Verkko-osoite" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2342,16 +2371,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Muokkaa verkko-osoitteen osia" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Muokkaa täydellistä verkko-osoitetta" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2361,7 +2390,7 @@ "Käytä Palvelimen nimi ja Polku hakemistoon tai ISO-levykuva\n" "määrittääksesi NFS-palvelimen nimen ja polun palvelimella." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2374,16 +2403,16 @@ "Lisätietoa man 5 nfs." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2392,12 +2421,12 @@ "Aseta CD-ROM tai DVD-ROM määrittääksesi tietovälineen tyypin." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-levykuvatiedosto" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2406,7 +2435,7 @@ "tai hakemistoa ei ole olemassa.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2415,7 +2444,7 @@ "tai tiedostoa ei ole olemassa.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2426,17 +2455,17 @@ "Käytetäänkö silti?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Hakemiston polku" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Hakemisto, joka sisältää RPM-&paketteja" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2451,20 +2480,20 @@ "Hakemisto, jossa RPM-paketteja.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-massamuistilaite" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Tiedostojärjestelmä" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Hakemisto" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2484,7 +2513,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2495,11 +2524,11 @@ "tai haluat käyttää jotain tiettyä tiedostojärjestelmää, valitse se luettelosta.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Levylaite" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2518,12 +2547,12 @@ "Hakemisto, jossa RPM-paketteja.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Polku ISO-levykuvaan" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2534,71 +2563,71 @@ "kohdassa Polku ISO-levykuvaan." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Palvelimen &nimi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Portti" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Jako" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-levykuva" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Hakemisto palvelimella" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Tunnistautuminen" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonyymi" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Käyttäjät&unnus" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2623,7 +2652,7 @@ "tietovälineestä, aseta ISO-levykuva.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2634,12 +2663,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Haluaisin asentaa lisätuotteen" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2650,7 +2679,7 @@ "tai kiintolevyllä." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2661,7 +2690,7 @@ "ota tuotteen CD-levyt tai DVD esille." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2676,7 +2705,7 @@ "jos kaikki CD-levyt on kopioitu samaan hakemistoon.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2689,25 +2718,25 @@ "paketit on sijoitettu, esimerkiksi /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Valitse tietovälineen tyyppi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Anna lisätuotteen CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Anna lisätuotteen DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "USB-levyä ei tunnistettu." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2722,15 +2751,22 @@ "tiedostot tarvittaessa myöhemmin automaattisesti.\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tietovälineen tyyppi" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Lisätuote" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2824,7 +2860,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "A&vattava asema" @@ -2937,6 +2973,12 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Poista joitakin valittuja paketteja." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "Ladataan korjaukset sisältävää RPM-pakettia %1 (latauskoko %2)" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Korjauksia sisältävän RPM-paketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" + #~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" #~ msgstr "Kyllä, h&yväksyn käyttöoikeussopimuksen"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95118 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:53 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95118 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po Log: Merged online-update.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:50 UTC (rev 95117) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:53 UTC (rev 95118) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 10:05+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -253,9 +253,13 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" "Pakettihallinnan paketit päivitettiin.\n" "Viimeistellään asennus ja käynnistetään uudelleen." @@ -331,63 +335,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Ladataan delta-RPM %1 " #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Delta RPM -latauksen edistyminen" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta RPM -paketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön delta-RPM %1 " #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Delta RPM -sovelluksen edistyminen" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta RPM -sovelluksen käyttöön ottaminen epäonnistui: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "Ladataan korjaus-RPM %1 " - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "RPM-korjauspaketin latauksen edistyminen" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "RPM-korjauspaketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Komentojonon suorituksen edistyminen" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Käynnistetään komentojono %1" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -396,7 +385,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe valmisteltaessa asennuslähteitä." @@ -441,8 +430,7 @@ msgid "Try again" msgstr "Yritä uudelleen" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Ohita korjaus" @@ -561,6 +549,15 @@ "\n" "Ota meihin yhteyttä mikäli tarvitset lisätukea." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "Ladataan korjaus-RPM %1 " + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "RPM-korjauspaketin latauksen edistyminen" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "RPM-korjauspaketin lataus epäonnistui: %1" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95117 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:50 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95117 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po Log: Merged oneclickinstall.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:49 UTC (rev 95116) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:50 UTC (rev 95117) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #. Remove any removals #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 msgid "Removing Packages..." msgstr "Poistetaan paketteja..." @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 msgid "Installing Patterns..." msgstr "Asennetaan ohjelmistoryhmiä..." @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Asennetaan paketteja..." @@ -127,8 +127,7 @@ msgstr "Katso lisätietoja osoitteesta <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>" #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:" msgstr "Valitse ohjelmistot, jotka haluat asentaa:" @@ -161,8 +160,7 @@ #. Load the xml communication from the user interface. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:107 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:136 -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Asennuslähteet" @@ -364,36 +362,36 @@ msgid "Adding repository %1" msgstr "Lisätään asennuslähde %1" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe asennuslähteen valmistelussa." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Tiedot:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Yritetäänkö uudelleen?" #. * Install all the specified packages #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" msgstr "Noudetaan pakettia %1 asennusta varten" #. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Varoitus: Pakettia %1 ei voitu asentaa." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 msgid "Performing Installation..." msgstr "Suoritetaan asennus..." #. * Install all the specified patterns #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Varoitus: Ohjelmistoryhmää %1 ei voitu asentaa."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95116 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:49 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95116 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po Log: Merged ntp-client.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:47 UTC (rev 95115) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:49 UTC (rev 95116) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 20:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "&Määritä..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -94,18 +94,18 @@ "ilman paketin %1 asentamista." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Tahdistetaan NTP-palvelimen kanssa..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Yhteys valittuun NTP-palvelimeen epäonnistui." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -500,14 +500,12 @@ msgstr "NTP-palvelin" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Paikallinen NTP-palvelin" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Julkinen NTP-palvelin" @@ -1319,27 +1317,27 @@ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan NTP-asiakkaan määritystä" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lue verkon määritykset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Lue NTP-asetukset" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Luetaan verkon määrityksiä..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Luetaan NTP-asetuksia..." @@ -1349,115 +1347,115 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan NTP-asiakkaan määritykset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Kirjoita NTP-asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Käynnistä NTP-demoni uudelleen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetukset..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Käynnistetään NTP-demoni uudelleen..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Dynaamisia asetuskäytäntöjä ei voitu päivittää." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP-demonin uudelleenkäynnistys ei onnistunut." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP-demoni käynnistetään järjestelmän käynnistyessä." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP-demonia ei käynnistetä automaattisesti." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Palvelimet: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radiokellot: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Kollegat: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Lähetä aikatieto osoitteille: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Hyväksy lähetetty aikatieto osoitteista: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Yhdistä staattinen ja DHCP-määritys." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Vain staattinen määritys." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Muokatut määritykset" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testataan NTP-palvelinta" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Palvelin on käytettävissä ja vastaa oikein." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Palvelinta ei tavoitettu tai se ei vastaa oikein." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95115 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:47 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95115 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po Log: Merged nis.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:46 UTC (rev 95114) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:47 UTC (rev 95115) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-palvelimet toimialueella %1" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-asiakas" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Et&si" @@ -304,11 +304,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "&Käytä NIS-palvelua" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Käynnistä Auto&mounter" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." @@ -319,9 +314,14 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-määritys..." +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "Käynnistä Auto&mounter" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "NIS-asiakkaan määritys" @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Palvelinten etsintä toimii vain, kun toimialue tiedetään." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -345,81 +345,81 @@ "Oletko varma?" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." msgstr "Tavallisesti mikä tahansa kone pystyy kyselemään mitä palvelinta asiakas käyttää. Ottamalla Vastaa etäkoneille pois käytöstä rajoittaa tämän vain paikalliseen koneeseen." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." msgstr "Valitse Hajonnut palvelin, jos vastaukset palvelimilta, jotka ovat toiminnassa ei-luotetuissa porteissa, hyväksytään. Tämä on turvallisuusriski ja on parempi korvata sellainen palvelin." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "Katso man ypbind lisätietoja muista valinnoista." #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Lisäasetukset" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Vas&taa etäkoneille" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Ha&jonnut palvelin" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Muut &ypbind-valinnat" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Palvelimet (eroteltuina välilyönneillä tai pilkuilla)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Toimialueen asetukset" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Toimialueen nimi" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Tämä toimialue on jo määritelty." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "Palvelimen osoite %1 ei ole oikeassa muodossa." #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -428,56 +428,56 @@ "ei ole mielekästä. Valitse vain yksi valinta." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "Määritä lisätoimialueiden palvelimet." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." msgstr "Service Location Protocol (SLP) voidaan käyttää etsittäessä NIS-palvelimia." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Lisätoimialueet" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Toimialue" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Palvelimet" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lisää" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Poistetaanko tämä toimialue varmasti?" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS on nyt käytössä." @@ -557,47 +557,47 @@ msgstr "Asiakas otettu käyttöön" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NIS-määritystä..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Pysäytä palvelut" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Pysäytetään palveluita..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palveluita..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NIS-asiakkaan asetukset" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Virhe suoritettaessa ypclient." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-palvelinta ei löydetty."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95114 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:46 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95114 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po Log: Merged nfs.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:44 UTC (rev 95113) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:46 UTC (rev 95114) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 20:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -29,55 +29,55 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "NFS-asiakkaan määritys" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Luettelo määritetyistä NFS-liitoskohdista" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Lisää NFS-liitoskohta" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Muokkaa NFS-liitoskohtaa" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Poista NFS-liitoskohta" #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Etähakemisto (muodossa 'kone:polku')" #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Paikallinen liitoskohta" #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Liitoskohtavalinnat" #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän ID, nfs ja nfs4 ovat tuettuja. Oletusarvo on nfs." @@ -86,49 +86,49 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Palvelin" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Etähakemisto" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Liitoskohta" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Valinnat" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Väärä arvo valinnalla \"tyyppi\"." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "NFS-liitoskohtaa ei määritetty." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Kriteereihin sopivia NFS-liitoskohtia ei löytynyt." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Useita kriteereihin sopivia NFS-liitoskohtia löydettiin:" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ " Kelpo verkkotunnus: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ "liitoskohtaan '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ "ja alkaa kauttaviivalla (/)." #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ "tiedostojärjestelmään liitetyt jaot." #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ "ja liitosvalinnoista komennolla <tt>man nfs</tt>." #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" "To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ "jaon määritystä, paina Muokkaa. Poistaaksesi tai irrottaaksesi valitun jaon \n" "paina Poista.\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" "protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" @@ -212,29 +212,29 @@ #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-palvelimet" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Tuodut hakemistot" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&NFS-palvelimen konenimi" #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "Valit&se" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Etä&hakemisto" @@ -242,48 +242,48 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "Valit&se" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFS&v4-jako" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Liitoskohta (paikallinen)" #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Selaa" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Valitsimet" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Etsitään koneita tästä lähiverkosta..." #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Verkostasi ei löydy NFS-palvelinta." #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -294,18 +294,18 @@ "joka todennäköisesti estää verkosta etsimisen." #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Haetaan hakemistolistausta \"%1\"..." #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Valitse liitoskohta" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" "For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ "vuorovaikutteisesti." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -352,57 +352,57 @@ "saat man-sivulta mount (8)." #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Etähakemisto" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-tyyppi" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Ota NFSv4 käyttöön" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-toimialuenimi" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Ota &GSS-suojaus käyttöön" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS-jaot" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NF&S-asetukset" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Poistetaanko %1?" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS-asiakkaan määritys" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Hakemiston '%1' luonti epäonnistui." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -413,77 +413,79 @@ "NFS-asiakkaan määritykseen.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NFS-määritystä" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Sammuta palvelut" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Sammutetaan palvelut..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelut..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NFS-asiakkaan asetukset. Odota hetki..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstab-tiedoston NFS-liitoksien käyttöönotto epäonnistui." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-merkinnät" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 merkintää määritettiin" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Tyhjät valintarivit eivät ole sallittuja." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "\"Odottamaton arvo '#{value}' valinnalle '#{key}'\"" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Tuntematon valinta: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Virheellinen valinta: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Tyhjä arvo valinnalle: '%{key}'"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95113 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:44 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95113 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po Log: Merged network.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:42 UTC (rev 95112) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:44 UTC (rev 95113) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -72,34 +72,34 @@ msgstr "Kolmannen nimipalvelimen IP-osoite." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "DNS-määritysten yhteenveto:" #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "VirheellinenKonenimi." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Virheellinen IP-osoite." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Ei voi määrittää " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". Verkko on verkkotyökalun hallinnoima" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Virheellinen arvo." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Sisäinen virhe" @@ -109,78 +109,69 @@ msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin määritystä..." #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Palomuuri ja SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Palomuuri ja SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Palomuurin ja SSH-palvelun perusmääritykset" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Palomuuri ja SSH-palvelu" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Ota palomuuri käyttöön" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Ota SSH-palvelu käyttöön" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Palomuuri ja SSH</big> \n" -"Palomuuri on puolustustoiminto joka suojaa tietokonettasi verkosta tulevilta " -"hyökkäyksiltä.\n" +"Palomuuri on puolustustoiminto joka suojaa tietokonettasi verkosta tulevilta hyökkäyksiltä.\n" "SSH on palvelu joka sallii etäkirjautumisen tälle tietokoneelle\n" "SSH-asiakasohjelmallla" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." -msgstr "" -"Tässä voin valita jätetäänko palomuuri pääle vai ei asennuksen jälkeen. " -"Suositus on pitää se päällä." +msgstr "Tässä voin valita jätetäänko palomuuri pääle vai ei asennuksen jälkeen. Suositus on pitää se päällä." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" #| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Kun palomuuri on päällä, voit päättää avataanko palomuuriin portti " -"palvelulle SSH\n" +"Kun palomuuri on päällä, voit päättää avataanko palomuuriin portti palvelulle SSH\n" "ja sallia etä-SSH-kirjaantumiset. Tämä myös sallii SSH-palvelun (ts. se\n" "käynnistetään kun tietokone käynnistyy)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -192,49 +183,49 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Palomuuri otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%s\">poista käytöstä</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Palomuuri poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%s\">ota käyttöön</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH palvelu otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%s\">poista käytöstä</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH palvelu poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%s\">ota käyttöön</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Avaa SSH portti" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Avaan &VNC portit" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "VNC portit avataan (<a href=\"%s\">sulje</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "VNC portit estetään (<a href=\"%s\">avaa</a>)" #. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description #. Returns nil if this part should be skipped #. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "SSH portti on auki (<a href=\"%s\">estä</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH portti on estetty (<a href=\"%s\">avaa</a>)" @@ -247,32 +238,32 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Koneen määritysten yhteenveto:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Yhdistetään Internetiin..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "Haetaan julkaisutietoja..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "Suljetaan yhteys..." #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "Internet-yhteyden testaus" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.\n" @@ -281,7 +272,7 @@ "edistymistä.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" @@ -290,7 +281,7 @@ "Keskeytä testi.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" @@ -299,62 +290,62 @@ "ja korjaa asennus.\n" #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testin tulos:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "&Keskeytä testi" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Kokeilun tila" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Tarkastele lokeja..." #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Onnistui" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Epäonnistui" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Ytimen verkkoliitännät" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Ytimen reititystaulu" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Konenimihaku" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Ytimen viestit" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Julkaisutietojen haku" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -363,18 +354,18 @@ "RPM-allekirjoituksen tarkistus epäonnistui." #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Ladatun julkaisutiedot-tiedoston asennus epäonnistui." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Yhteyden avaus" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -383,23 +374,19 @@ "lokista.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Julkaisutietojen verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty. Internet-testiä ei voida " -"suorittaa." +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Julkaisutietojen verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty. Internet-testiä ei voida suorittaa." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "Julkaisutietojen lataaminen epäonnistui palvelinpään virheeseen.\n" @@ -410,7 +397,7 @@ "takaisin verkon määritykseen napsauta ”Keskeytä”.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -419,12 +406,12 @@ "lisätietoja lokeista." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Tarkista saatavilla olevat päivitykset" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -433,7 +420,7 @@ "lisätietoja lokista.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Yhteyden sulkeminen" @@ -480,61 +467,50 @@ msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Määrityksen tunniste" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Käytä pysyvää tai muuttuvaa määritystä" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Määritysten nimi" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "Laitteen käynnistyksen yhteyskäytäntö" - -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Laitteen IP-osoite" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Aliverkon peite" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Etuliitteen pituus" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Alisteiset liitokset" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Verkkolaite VLAN-liittymälle" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Liitäntä siltausta varten" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Määritysvirhe: liittymää ei ole valmisteltu." @@ -554,17 +530,17 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Verkkokortti" #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Verkon määritykset" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press Launch." @@ -573,11 +549,11 @@ "haluamasi laitteet ja napsauta Aloita." #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "Käytettävissä olev&at verkkomoduulit:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Aloita" @@ -597,12 +573,12 @@ msgstr "Salliaksesi etähallinnan valitse ”Kyllä”, estääksesi sen ”Ei”." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Etäkäyttöasetusten yhteenveto:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -623,7 +599,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Reititysmääritykset" @@ -694,113 +670,109 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Reititystaulu" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Kohde" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Yhdyskäytävä" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Aliverkon peite" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Laite" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 msgid "Options" msgstr "Valinnat" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Reititystaulukossa ei ole merkintää kohteelle %1" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s IP-välitys käytössä" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s IP-välitys on poistettu käytöstä" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön %s IP-välitys..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Poistetaan käytöstää %s IP-välitys..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4 IP-välitys:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6 IP-välitys:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4 ja IPv6 IP-välitys:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Ainakin kohteen ja yhdyskäytävän IP-osoite pitää määrittää." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Lisätään kohde %1 reititystaulukkoon..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Kohteen IP-osoite pitää määrittää." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Ainakin yksi parametri (yhdyskäytävä, verkkopeite, laite, valinnat) on " -"määritettävä." +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Ainakin yksi parametri (yhdyskäytävä, verkkopeite, laite, valinnat) on määritettävä." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Päivitetään kohdetta %1 reititystaulukossa..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Poistetaan kohde %1 reititystaulukosta..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Varoitus: salaus ei ole käytössä." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "Muuta." @@ -822,149 +794,149 @@ msgstr "Mitään ei ole määritetty" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN -kortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN -kortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Ethernet -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB Ethernet -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI -verkkokortti" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN -yhteys" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN -yhteys" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA-modeemi" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB-modeemi" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB Token Ring -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-verkkolaite" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Langaton PCMCIA-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Langaton USB-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Tuntematon verkkolaite" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1, palveluntarjoaja %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1, palveluntarjoaja %2 (yhteyskäytäntö %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Määritetty ilman osoitetta (EI MITÄÄN)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Määritetty ilman osoitetta" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Määritetty osoitteella %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Määritetty osoitteella %1 (etä %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Määritetty yhteyskäytännöllä %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1 osoitteella %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1 osoitteella %2 (etä %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Määritetty nimellä %1 yhteyskäytännöllä %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Hallittu" @@ -1048,67 +1020,67 @@ msgstr "– Yhdistä Internetiin" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "– Hae viimeisimmät julkaisutiedot" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "– Tarkista viimeisimmät päivitykset" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "– Sulje yhteys" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "Seuraavat vaiheet suoritetaan:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Valitse:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Kyllä, suorita Internet-päivitys nyt" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "E&i, ohita päivitys" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Internet-päivityksiä on saatavilla" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Hae ja asenna Internet-päivitykset nyt?" #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Internet-yhteyden testiloki:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Valitse loki:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Lisäosoitteet" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" @@ -1116,7 +1088,7 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-osoite" @@ -1124,7 +1096,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1134,7 +1106,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1145,157 +1117,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Poi&sta" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Liitännän nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "TODO: hieman epämääräistä!" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Määrää liityntä palomuuri&vyöhykkeelle" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Pakollinen liitäntä" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Laitetyyppi" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Määritysten nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunnelin omistaja" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunneliryhmä" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Sillatut laitteet" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Todellinen &VLAN-liittymä" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Alisteiset liitokset ja järjestys" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 msgid "Up" msgstr "Ylös" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 msgid "Down" msgstr "Alas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Alistei&set liitokset" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "&Liitosohjaimen asetukset" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Valitse liitosohjaimen asetukset ja muokkaa niitä tarvittaessa. " +msgstr "Valitse liitosohjaimen asetukset ja muokkaa niitä tarvittaessa. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Ei osoiteasetusta (Alisteiset liitokset)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Käytä iBFT-arvoja" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynaaminen osoite" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP-versiot 4 ja 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Vain DHCP:n versio 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Vain DHCP:n versio 6" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Pysyvästi määrätty IP-osoite" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-osoite" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Aliverkon peite" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Konenimi" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "&IP-etäosoite" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP-etäosoite ei kelpaa." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1306,13 +1277,13 @@ "toiminut." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Määritykset %1 ovat jo olemassa." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1327,20 +1298,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ei kelvollista IP-osoitetta." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Verkonpeitto tai etuliitteen pituus eivät kelpaa." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Virheellinen konenimi." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1355,7 +1326,7 @@ "Haluatko todella jättää konenimen tyhjäksi?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1365,82 +1336,75 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Yleinen" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Laitteen käynnistys" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Palomuurin vyöhyke" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Määritä verkkokortin lisäasetukset tässä." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Osoite" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Määritä IP-osoite." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Laitteisto" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Alisteiset liitokset" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Langaton" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioriteetti" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " -"Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITEETTI</big> \n" -"Liitännät, jotka on määritetty käynnistymään kytkettäessä kaapeli " -"ja parametri IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n" -" ovat samanarvoisia. Mikäli useampi liitäntä on määritetty käynnistymään " -"kytkettäessä kaapeli,\n" -" täytyy olla tapa, jolla käynnistettävä liitäntä valitaan. Tämän vuoksi " -"jokaiselle liitännälle tulee määrittää\n" +"Liitännät, jotka on määritetty käynnistymään kytkettäessä kaapeli ja parametri IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n" +" ovat samanarvoisia. Mikäli useampi liitäntä on määritetty käynnistymään kytkettäessä kaapeli,\n" +" täytyy olla tapa, jolla käynnistettävä liitäntä valitaan. Tämän vuoksi jokaiselle liitännälle tulee määrittää\n" " käynnistysprioriteetti. \n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Verkkokortin asetus" @@ -1470,8 +1434,7 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II -pohjainen tai vastaava langaton kortti" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II -pohjainen tai vastaava langaton kortti" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1634,38 +1597,35 @@ msgstr "CI7000-sovitin" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Käytä ”id”-valintaa laitteen määrittämiseen." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"”Id”-arvo on rajojen ulkopuolella. Tarkista enimmäisarvo ”list”-valinnalla." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "”Id”-arvo on rajojen ulkopuolella. Tarkista enimmäisarvo ”list”-valinnalla." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Ei mahdollinen arvo bootproto-tyypille." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Ei mahdollinen arvo startmode-tyypille." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "”ip”-valinta tarvitaan staattiseen määritykseen." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Laite poistettiin." @@ -1703,17 +1663,17 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "Huomaa" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Yleiset valinnat" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Yhteenveto" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1727,7 +1687,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1739,7 +1699,7 @@ "Lisää lisätuote-CD ensin asennuslähteeksi YaSTin avulla ja palaa sitten\n" "tähän määritysikkunaan.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1750,32 +1710,27 @@ "Laite tarvitsee laiteohjelmiston, jotta sitä voi käyttää oikein.\n" "Ohjelmiston voi yleensä ladata laitteen valmistajan sivustolta.\n" "Jos olet jo ladannut ja asentanut laiteohjelmiston, napsauta\n" -"Jatka ja määritä laite. Muulloin napsauta Peruuta ja palaa " -"tähän\n" +"Jatka ja määritä laite. Muulloin napsauta Peruuta ja palaa tähän\n" "määritysikkunaan asennettuasi laiteohjelmiston.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Asennetaan laiteohjelmistoa" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Laiteohjelmiston asentamiseksi on suoritettava komentojono " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Suoritetaanko se nyt?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Laiteohjelmiston asentamiseksi on suoritettava komentojono 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Suoritetaanko se nyt?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Virhe ilmeni laiteohjaimen asennuksen aikana." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1788,13 +1743,12 @@ "Jos muutat liitännän asetuksia tässä, Verkkotyökalu ei enää hallinnoi sitä.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Valitsemallasi laitteella on STARTMODE=nfsroot. Poistetaanko se varmasti?" +msgstr "Valitsemallasi laitteella on STARTMODE=nfsroot. Poistetaanko se varmasti?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Verkon asennustapa" @@ -1803,7 +1757,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Verkkoasetukset" @@ -1830,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "Vaihda oletusreititys DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1840,7 +1794,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." @@ -1848,73 +1802,55 @@ "Laitetyyppi. Useita laitetyyppejä on käytettävissä, valitse \n" "yksi tarpeidesi mukaan." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev-säännöt ovat säännöt kernelin laitteisto-ohjaimelle, joka voi\n" "yhdistää verkon laitteen MAC-osoitteen tai BusID:n nimeen (esim.\n" "eth1, wlan0 ) joka myös jää voimaan järjestelmän uudelleen käynnistyessä.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste sallii fyysisesti tunnistaa " -"määritetyn verkkokortin. \n" -"Aseta sopiva aika, paina vilkuta ja verkkokortin ledit vilkkuvat " -"asetetun ajan\n" +"Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste sallii fyysisesti tunnistaa määritetyn verkkokortin. \n" +"Aseta sopiva aika, paina vilkuta ja verkkokortin ledit vilkkuvat asetetun ajan\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernel-moduuli. Syötä verkkolaitteesi kernel-moduulin nimi (ts. " -"ohjain).\n" -"Jos laite on jo määritetty, katso onko pudotusvalikossa tarjolla useampi kuin " -"yksi ohjain. \n" -"Tarpeen vaatiessa valitse ohjain luettelosta, yleensä oletusohjain toimii." -"\n" +"Kernel-moduuli. Syötä verkkolaitteesi kernel-moduulin nimi (ts. ohjain).\n" +"Jos laite on jo määritetty, katso onko pudotusvalikossa tarjolla useampi kuin yksi ohjain. \n" +"Tarpeen vaatiessa valitse ohjain luettelosta, yleensä oletusohjain toimii.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Lisäksi voidaan määrittää valinnat ydin-moduuleille. Ne pitäisi\n" "kirjoittaa muodossa valinta=arvo. Ne täytyy olla välilyönnillä\n" -"erotettuja, esimerkiksi, io=0x300 irq=5. Huomaa: Jos kaksi " -"korttia\n" -"määritetään samalla moduulin nimellä, valinnat yhdistetään tallennettaessa.<" -"/p>\n" +"erotettuja, esimerkiksi, io=0x300 irq=5. Huomaa: Jos kaksi korttia\n" +"määritetään samalla moduulin nimellä, valinnat yhdistetään tallennettaessa.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Mikäli muokkaat joitain Ethtool-asetuksia ifup suorittaa " -"ethtool-komennon näillä asetuksilla.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Mikäli muokkaat joitain Ethtool-asetuksia ifup suorittaa ethtool-komennon näillä asetuksilla.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1924,7 +1860,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1933,7 +1869,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf tai /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1941,80 +1877,65 @@ "Asetukset tälle ohjaimelle kirjoitetaan muodossa, joka on määritetty\n" "IBM-laiteohjaimet ja asennuskomennot -ohjekirjassa." -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "Verkkokortin käsiasennus" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "&Kuumakytkennän tyyppi" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307 -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "P&CI" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Ydinmoduuli" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Moduulin nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-säännöt" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Laitenimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 msgid "Change" msgstr "Muuta" # workflow: "Kein X11 konfigurieren" # -ke- -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekuntia" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Vilkuta" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-valinnat" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Verkkokortin käsinvalinta" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2024,18 +1945,18 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Verkkokortti" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Etsi" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2044,7 +1965,7 @@ "Valitse toinen nimi." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390-verkkokortin määritykset" @@ -2052,147 +1973,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390-laiteasetukset" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Portin nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Porttinumero" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Käytä 2. &kerroksen tukea" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "2. kerroksen &MAC-osoite" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lue kanavaa" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Kirjoita kanava" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Ohjaa kanavaa" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Anna Portin nimi tälle laitteelle (kirjainkoko merkitsevä)." +msgstr "Anna Portin nimi tälle laitteelle (kirjainkoko merkitsevä)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Anna tarvittaessa Lisäasetukset tälle laitteelle (erotettuna " -"välilyönnillä)." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Anna tarvittaessa Lisäasetukset tälle laitteelle (erotettuna välilyönnillä)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Valitse tarvittaessa 'Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön'. " +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Valitse tarvittaessa 'Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön'. " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Valitse Käytä 2. kerroksen tukea, mikäli tälle kortille on " -"määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Valitse Käytä 2. kerroksen tukea, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Anna 2. kerroksen MAC-osoite, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty " -"2. kerroksen tuki." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Anna 2. kerroksen MAC-osoite, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Porttinumero" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-aikakatkaisu" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Valitse Porttinumero tälle laitteelle." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Valitse LANCMD-aikakatkaisu tälle liitännälle." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Yhteensopivuustila" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Laajennettu tila" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-pohjainen tty (Linuxista Linuxiin yhteyksille)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390- ja z/OS-yhteensopivuustila" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Yhteyskäytäntö" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Valitse Yhteyskäytäntö tälle laitteelle." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Päätteen nimi" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2201,7 +2106,7 @@ "esimerkiksi yhdistettävä z/VM-käyttäjätunnus (kirjainkoko merkitsevä).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2211,12 +2116,12 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Laitteistotiedot" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2225,7 +2130,7 @@ "määritystä</big> Odota... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -2234,7 +2139,7 @@ "Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla Keskeytä nyt.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2243,7 +2148,7 @@ "määritykset</big> Odota... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -2252,8 +2157,8 @@ "Keskeytä tallennus napsauttamalla Keskeytä.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Network Setup Method</big>\n" "Use the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2265,9 +2170,7 @@ " liitäntöjen kaikkia yhteyksiä työpöytäsovelmalla. Tämä soveltuu\n" " hyvin kiinteän ja useiden langattomien verkkojen välillä vaihtamiseksi.\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" @@ -2281,8 +2184,17 @@ "jos et käytä työpöytäympäristöä (GNOME tai KDE),\n" "tai jos on tarve käyttää useampaa verkkoliitäntää samanaikaisesti.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" @@ -2291,7 +2203,7 @@ "Tässä näet yhteenvedon asennetuista verkkokorteista. Voit\n" "myös muokata niiden määrityksiä. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2299,7 +2211,7 @@ "<big>Verkkokortin lisääminen:</big> \n" "Napsauta Lisää määrittääksesi verkkokortti käsin.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2310,32 +2222,28 @@ "Napsauta Muokkaa tai Poista.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6-yhteyskäytännön asetukset</big>\n" -"Valitse Ota IPv6 käyttöön ottaaksesi ipv6-moduuli käyttöön " -"ytimessä.\n" -"On mahdollista, että sekä IPv6 että IPv4 ovat samanaikaisesti käytössä. Tämä " -"on oletusvalinta.\n" +"Valitse Ota IPv6 käyttöön ottaaksesi ipv6-moduuli käyttöön ytimessä.\n" +"On mahdollista, että sekä IPv6 että IPv4 ovat samanaikaisesti käytössä. Tämä on oletusvalinta.\n" "Jos haluat IPv6:n käytöstä, poista tämä valinta (tämä lisää ipv6-moduulin \n" "ytimen estolistalle). Kun ipv6-yhteyskäytäntöä ei käytetä, verkon vasteajat \n" "voivat olla nopeampia.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kaikki muutokset otetaan käyttöön uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen." +msgstr "Kaikki muutokset otetaan käyttöön uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2344,67 +2252,53 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Tässä valintaikkunassa voit asettaa reitityksen.\n" -"Oletusyhdyskäytävä käy kaikille mahdollisille kohteille, mutta " -"huonosti. \n" +"Oletusyhdyskäytävä käy kaikille mahdollisille kohteille, mutta huonosti. \n" "Kaikki kohteet, joihin ei ole tarkempaa reittiä, päätyvät oletusreitille.\n" "Mikäli tarkempi reitti on määritetty, sitä käytetään. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Jokaiselle reitille annetaan kohdeverkon IP-osoite, yhdyskäytävän osoite\n" -"ja verkkomaski. Ohittaaksesi jonkun näistä, käytä yhdysmerkkiä \"-\". " -"Valitse myös\n" -"laite, jonka kautta liikenne reititetään määrättyyn verkkoon (\"-\" " -"tarkoittaa mitä tahansa liitäntää).\n" +"ja verkkomaski. Ohittaaksesi jonkun näistä, käytä yhdysmerkkiä \"-\". Valitse myös\n" +"laite, jonka kautta liikenne reititetään määrättyyn verkkoon (\"-\" tarkoittaa mitä tahansa liitäntää).\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ota käyttöön IPv4 IP-välitys (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista " -"tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n" +msgstr "Ota käyttöön IPv4 IP-välitys (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Ota käyttöön IPv6 IP-välitys (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista " -"tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n" -"Varoitus: IPv6 IP-välitys poistaa käytöstä IPv6 tilattoman osoitteen " -"automaattimäärityksen (SLAAC)." +"Ota käyttöön IPv6 IP-välitys (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n" +"Varoitus: IPv6 IP-välitys poistaa käytöstä IPv6 tilattoman osoitteen automaattimäärityksen (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Tärkeää: Mikäli palomuuri on aktivoitu pelkkä IP-välityksen " -"aktivointi ei riitä.\n" -"Sinun tulee aktivoida naamiointi ja/tai määrittää ainakin yksi " -"uudelleenohjaus sääntö palomuurille.\n" +"Tärkeää: Mikäli palomuuri on aktivoitu pelkkä IP-välityksen aktivointi ei riitä.\n" +"Sinun tulee aktivoida naamiointi ja/tai määrittää ainakin yksi uudelleenohjaus sääntö palomuurille.\n" "Voit käyttää YaSTin palomuurimoduulia tähän.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Mikäli käytät DHCP:tä IP-osoitteen hakemiseen, tarkista \n" @@ -2413,34 +2307,28 @@ "Ota tämä valinta pois, jos käytät eri verkkoja, jotka antavat eri\n" "konenimen." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "Aseta konenimi loopback IP:lle yhdistää konenimesi osoitteeseen\n" " <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> tiedostossa. Tämä on\n" -"käytännöllistä silloin kun haluat konenimen olevan selvitettävissä " -"silloinkin\n" -"kun verkkoyhteydet eivät ole aktiivisia. Kaikissa muissa tapauksissa " -"kannattaa\n" +"käytännöllistä silloin kun haluat konenimen olevan selvitettävissä silloinkin\n" +"kun verkkoyhteydet eivät ole aktiivisia. Kaikissa muissa tapauksissa kannattaa\n" "käyttää varoen etenkin jos kone tarjoaa joitain verkkopalveluita.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" -msgstr "" -"Anna nimipalvelimet ja toimialuehakuluettelo konenimien selvittämiseksi. " -"Tavallisesti ne saadaan DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä.\n" +msgstr "Anna nimipalvelimet ja toimialuehakuluettelo konenimien selvittämiseksi. Tavallisesti ne saadaan DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2451,43 +2339,34 @@ "(esim. 192.168.0.42), ei konenimenä.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" "your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"Hakutoimialue on sen toimialueen nimi, josta haku alkaa. Ensisijainen " -"hakutoimialue\n" +"Hakutoimialue on sen toimialueen nimi, josta haku alkaa. Ensisijainen hakutoimialue\n" "on yleensä sama kuin oman koneesi toimialueen nimi (esim. suse.de).\n" -"Hakutoimialueita voi olla useita (esim. suse.com) Erota toimialueet " -"pilkuilla tai tyhjällä tilalla\n" +"Hakutoimialueita voi olla useita (esim. suse.com) Erota toimialueet pilkuilla tai tyhjällä tilalla\n" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Anna tälle tietokoneelle lyhytnimi (esim. munkone) ja " -"DNS-toimialue\n" -"(esim. esimerkki.fi), johon kone kuuluu. Toimialue on tärkeä, jos tämä " -"\n" -"tietokone on postipalvelin. Voit tarkistaa tietokoneesi konenimen " -"hostname-\n" +"Anna tälle tietokoneelle lyhytnimi (esim. munkone) ja DNS-toimialue\n" +"(esim. esimerkki.fi), johon kone kuuluu. Toimialue on tärkeä, jos tämä \n" +"tietokone on postipalvelin. Voit tarkistaa tietokoneesi konenimen hostname-\n" "komennolla." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" @@ -2496,13 +2375,11 @@ "Valitse tapa jolla DNS-määritystä (nimipalvelin, hakulista, \n" "/etc/resolv.conf -tiedoston sisältö) muokataan. Normaalisti\n" " se hoidetaan netconfig komentojonolla, joka yhdistää pysyvästi\n" -" määritetyn tiedon sekä dynaamisesti haetun (esimerkiksi " -"DHCP-asiakasohjelmalla,\n" -" verkkotyökalulla ja niin edelleen.). Tämä on oletus, Käytä " -"oletuskäytäntöä valinta ja\n" +" määritetyn tiedon sekä dynaamisesti haetun (esimerkiksi DHCP-asiakasohjelmalla,\n" +" verkkotyökalulla ja niin edelleen.). Tämä on oletus, Käytä oletuskäytäntöä valinta ja\n" "se on riittävä useimmille määrityksille.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2514,10 +2391,8 @@ "policy.\n" msgstr "" "Valitsemalla valinnan Vain käsin, netconfig ei salli enää \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf-tiedoston muokkaamista. Voit kuitenkin muokata " -"tiedostoa\n" -"käsin valitsemalla Käytä oletuskäytäntöä. Voit määrittää muokatun " -"käytäntöjen\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf-tiedoston muokkaamista. Voit kuitenkin muokata tiedostoa\n" +"käsin valitsemalla Käytä oletuskäytäntöä. Voit määrittää muokatun käytäntöjen\n" "merkkijonon, joka koostuu pilkulla erotetusta luettelosta liityntänimiä \n" "sisältäen jokerimerkit, STATIC ja STATIC_FALLBACK esimääritettyinä arvoina. \n" "Lisätietoa löydät netconfig ohjesivulta. Huomaa: tyhjä kenttä\n" @@ -2525,27 +2400,22 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Osoitteen asetus</big>\n" -"Valitse Ei osoiteasetusta, jos et halua asettaa IP-osoitetta tälle " -"laitteelle.\n" +"Valitse Ei osoiteasetusta, jos et halua asettaa IP-osoitetta tälle laitteelle.\n" "Tämä on käytännöllistä verkkolaitteiden sitomiseksi.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " -"BIOS.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tarkista iBFT mikäli haluat verkkoasetusten pysyvän BIOSissa.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Tarkista iBFT mikäli haluat verkkoasetusten pysyvän BIOSissa.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2554,37 +2424,31 @@ "ylläpitäjältä tai Internet-palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Voit valita yhden dynaamisen osoitteen määräämistavoista. Valitse DHCP<" -"/b>,\n" +"Voit valita yhden dynaamisen osoitteen määräämistavoista. Valitse DHCP,\n" "jos lähiverkossa on toimiva DHCP-palvelin. Verkko-osoitteet saadaan sitten \n" "automaattisesti palvelimelta.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." -"\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" -"Hakeaksesi automaattisesti vapaan IP:n ja määrittääksesi sen kiinteäksi, " -"valitse \n" -"Zeroconf. Käyttääksesi DHCP:tä ja varmistuksena zeroconfia valitse " -"DHCP + Zeroconf.\n" +"Hakeaksesi automaattisesti vapaan IP:n ja määrittääksesi sen kiinteäksi, valitse \n" +"Zeroconf. Käyttääksesi DHCP:tä ja varmistuksena zeroconfia valitse DHCP + Zeroconf.\n" "Muuten verkko-osoite täytyy määrittää kiinteästi.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2593,24 +2457,18 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Asettaaksesi kiinteän osoitteen anna tietokoneellesi kiinteä " -"IP-osoite (esimerkiksi <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) ja \n" -"aliverkonpeite (tavallisesti <tt>255.255.255.0<tt> tai vain etuliitteen " -"pituus <tt>/24</tt>). Valinnaisesti voit antaa\n" -"tälle IP-osoitteelle täysin hyväksytyn konenimen. Konenimi kirjoitetaan " -"/etc/hosts tiedostoon.\n" +"Asettaaksesi kiinteän osoitteen anna tietokoneellesi kiinteä IP-osoite (esimerkiksi <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) ja \n" +"aliverkonpeite (tavallisesti <tt>255.255.255.0<tt> tai vain etuliitteen pituus <tt>/24</tt>). Valinnaisesti voit antaa\n" +"tälle IP-osoitteelle täysin hyväksytyn konenimen. Konenimi kirjoitetaan /etc/hosts tiedostoon.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2618,7 +2476,7 @@ "Ota yhteyttä verkon ylläpitäjään saadaksesi lisätietoja\n" "verkon asetuksista." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2627,7 +2485,7 @@ "Tämän tuotteen osat eivät välttämättä toimi käytettäessä\n" "DHCP:tä." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2642,19 +2500,14 @@ "Valitessasi vyöhykkeen palomuuri otetaan käyttöön. Mikäli et \n" "valitse vyöhykettä, ja järjestelmässä on muita palomuurin takana \n" "olevia liitäntöjä, niin palomuuri pysyy käytössä estäen kaiken liikenteen\n" -"tämän liitännän läpi. Mikäli et valitse vyöhykettä, ja toisia liitäntöjä ei " -"ole,\n" +"tämän liitännän läpi. Mikäli et valitse vyöhykettä, ja toisia liitäntöjä ei ole,\n" "palomuuri otetaan pois käytöstä." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Pakollinen liitäntä määrittää, raportoiko verkkopalvelu virheen, " -"mikäli liitäntä ei käynnisty koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Pakollinen liitäntä määrittää, raportoiko verkkopalvelu virheen, mikäli liitäntä ei käynnisty koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2670,23 +2523,19 @@ "etenkin hitailla moddemiyhteyksillä. Valitse yksi suositelluista arvoista\n" "tai määritä arvo itse.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." -msgstr "" -"Valitse liitoslaitteen alisteiset laitteet. Valittavissa ovat vain " -"laitteet, joiden Laitteen käynnistys -arvo on Ei koskaan, ja joille " -"on määritetty Ei osoiteasetusta." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +msgstr "Valitse liitoslaitteen alisteiset laitteet. Valittavissa ovat vain laitteet, joiden Laitteen käynnistys -arvo on Ei koskaan, ja joille on määritetty Ei osoiteasetusta." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>DHCP-asiakaan valinnat</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2695,16 +2544,13 @@ "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "DHCP-asiakastunniste tyhjäksi jätettynä tarkoittaa verkkoliitännän\n" -"fyysisen laitteisto-osoitteen käyttöä (MAC). Tunnisteen täytyy olla " -"yksilöllinen jokaisella\n" -"DHCP-asiakkaalla yksittäisen verkon sisällä. Tästä syystä aseta yksilöivä " -"vapaamuotoinen\n" -"tunniste, jos sinulla on useita (virtuaali)koneita käyttämässä samaa " -"verkkoliitäntää\n" +"fyysisen laitteisto-osoitteen käyttöä (MAC). Tunnisteen täytyy olla yksilöllinen jokaisella\n" +"DHCP-asiakkaalla yksittäisen verkon sisällä. Tästä syystä aseta yksilöivä vapaamuotoinen\n" +"tunniste, jos sinulla on useita (virtuaali)koneita käyttämässä samaa verkkoliitäntää\n" "(ja näin ollen samaa fyysistä laitteisto-osoitetta)." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2717,33 +2563,26 @@ #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Lähetettävä konenimi määrittää merkkijonon, jota\n" -"käytetään konenimi-asetuksen kentässä, kun dhcpcd lähettää viestejä " -"DHCP-palvelimeen. Jotkin \n" +"käytetään konenimi-asetuksen kentässä, kun dhcpcd lähettää viestejä DHCP-palvelimeen. Jotkin \n" " DHCP-palvelimet päivittävät nimipalvelinten vyöhykkeitä (tavalliset \n" " ja käänteiset tietueet) tämän isäntänimen mukaan (dynaaminen DNS).\n" " \n" -" Jotkin DHCP-palvelimet edellyttävät myös Lähetettävä konenimi " -"-asetuskentän,\n" -" joka sisältää tietyn asiakkailta saatavien DHCP-viestien merkkijonon. Jätä " -"asetukseksi AUTO,\n" -" jos haluat lähettää nykyisen konenimen (eli tiedostossa /etc/HOSTNAME " -"määritetyn). \n" +" Jotkin DHCP-palvelimet edellyttävät myös Lähetettävä konenimi -asetuskentän,\n" +" joka sisältää tietyn asiakkailta saatavien DHCP-viestien merkkijonon. Jätä asetukseksi AUTO,\n" +" jos haluat lähettää nykyisen konenimen (eli tiedostossa /etc/HOSTNAME määritetyn). \n" " Jätä kenttä tyhjäksi, jos et halua lähettää konenimeä.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2756,7 +2595,7 @@ "Määritä liitännän (sen aliaksien) lisäosoitteet tässä taulussa.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2769,38 +2608,32 @@ "Aliverkon peite." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Alias Nimi on valinnainen ja vanhentunut. \n" -" Laitenimen enimmäispituus (sisältää kaksoispisteen ja nimen) " -"on\n" -" rajattu 15 merkkiin ja vanhentunut ifconfig-ohjelma lyhentää " -"sen 9 merkkin jälkeen." +" Laitenimen enimmäispituus (sisältää kaksoispisteen ja nimen) on\n" +" rajattu 15 merkkiin ja vanhentunut ifconfig-ohjelma lyhentää sen 9 merkkin jälkeen." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Älä anna liitännän nimeä alias-nimeen. Anna mieluummin nimeksi foo " -"kuin eth0:foo." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Älä anna liitännän nimeä alias-nimeen. Anna mieluummin nimeksi foo kuin eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2821,14 +2654,13 @@ "Anna 5 merkkiä 64-bittiselle avaimelle, 13 merkkiä 128-bittiselle, \n" "16 merkkiä 156-bittiselle ja 29 merkkiä 256-bittiselle.\n" " Heksadesimaalinen: Syötä avaimen heksanumerot. Anna\n" -"10 heksanumeroa 64-bittiselle avaimille, 26 numeroa 128-bittiselle, 32 " -"numeroa 156-bittiselle\n" +"10 heksanumeroa 64-bittiselle avaimille, 26 numeroa 128-bittiselle, 32 numeroa 156-bittiselle\n" "ja 58 numeroa 256-bittiselle. Voit käyttää viivaa\n" "<tt>-<tt> erottaaksesi numeroparit tai ryhmät, esimerkiksi '0a5f-41e6-48'.\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2836,8 +2668,7 @@ "Tässä voit asettaa langattoman lähiverkon\n" "tärkeimmät asetukset." -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2849,14 +2680,12 @@ "Ad-Hoc (verkko ilman tukiasemaa), Hallittu (verkko\n" "tukiasemalla) tai Isäntä (verkkokortti toimii tukiasemana).\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2864,14 +2693,12 @@ "Aseta Verkon nimi (ESSID), jota käytetään\n" "samaan näennäisverkkoon kuuluvien solujen tunnistamiseen. Kaikki asemat\n" "langattomassa verkossa tarvitsevat saman ESSID:n viestiäkseen\n" -"keskenään. Jos valitset toimintatilan Hallittu ja et WPA" -"-tunnistautumistilaa,\n" +"keskenään. Jos valitset toimintatilan Hallittu ja et WPA-tunnistautumistilaa,\n" "voit jättää tämän tyhjäksi tai asettaa sen arvoon <tt>'any'</tt>.\n" "Tässä tapauksessa yhteys muodostetaan tukiasemaan, jonka \n" "signaalin voimakkuus on suurin.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2884,8 +2711,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2894,11 +2720,9 @@ "Osassa verkkoja on asetettava Tunnistautumistila.\n" "Tämä riippuu käytetystä turvatekniikasta, WEP tai WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) on järjestelmä, jolla salataan langattoman\n" -"verkon liikenne valinnaisella avainpohjaisella tunnistautumisella. " -"Useimmissa\n" +"verkon liikenne valinnaisella avainpohjaisella tunnistautumisella. Useimmissa\n" " tapauksissa, joissa WEP-salausta käytetään, WEP-Avoin\n" -"tila (ei lainkaan tunnistautumista) on riittävä. Tämä ei tarkoita, ettei " -"voisi käyttää\n" +"tila (ei lainkaan tunnistautumista) on riittävä. Tämä ei tarkoita, ettei voisi käyttää\n" "WEP-salausta (tässä tapauksessa käytä Ei salausta).\n" " Jotkut verkot saattavat vaatia WEP-Jaetun avaimen tunnistautumisen.\n" " HUOMAA: Jaettuun avaimeen pohjautuva tunnistautuminen on\n" @@ -2910,8 +2734,7 @@ "WPA-EAP tunnistautumistilaksi. Tämä on mahdollista vain\n" "Hallitussa toimintatilassa.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2926,7 +2749,7 @@ "automaattisesti, joten sinun on syötettävä vain 40..232 bittiä.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2942,8 +2765,7 @@ "edelleen mahdollisia. Älä käytä tunnuslauseessa sanaa, joka on\n" "helppo arvata.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2952,13 +2774,11 @@ "tähän nimellä WPA Enterprise) anna tarvittavat lisäparametrit\n" "seuraavassa valintaikkunassa.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Nämä arvot kirjoitetaan levylle liitännän asetustiedostoon;\n" @@ -2967,31 +2787,31 @@ "'wireless' samassa hakemistossa." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 &osoite otsikko" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Aliverkon peite" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Nimi on liian pitkä." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP-osoite ei kelpaa." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Aliverkon peite ei kelpaa." @@ -3018,102 +2838,88 @@ msgstr "&Heksadesimaalinen" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP-&tila" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" -msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP käyttää RADIUS-palvelinta käyttäjien tunnistautumiseen. EAP " -"sisältää useita tapoja ottaa yhteys palvelimeen ja suorittaa " -"tunnistautuminen, kuten TLS, TTLS ja PEAP.\n" +msgstr "WPA-EAP käyttää RADIUS-palvelinta käyttäjien tunnistautumiseen. EAP sisältää useita tapoja ottaa yhteys palvelimeen ja suorittaa tunnistautuminen, kuten TLS, TTLS ja PEAP.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Tunnus" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"TTLS- ja PEAP-tunnistautumista varten anna Tunnus ja Salasana" -" siten kuin ne on määritelty palvelimella. Mikäli on tarpeellista käyttää " -"nimetöntä tunnistautumista, käytä Anonyymi tunnus. Tämä ei yleensä ole " -"tarpeellista.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +msgstr "TTLS- ja PEAP-tunnistautumista varten anna Tunnus ja Salasana siten kuin ne on määritelty palvelimella. Mikäli on tarpeellista käyttää nimetöntä tunnistautumista, käytä Anonyymi tunnus. Tämä ei yleensä ole tarpeellista.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonyymi tunnus" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Asiakasvarmenne" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" -msgstr "" -"TLS-tunnistautuminen käyttää Asiakasvarmennetta tunnuksen ja " -"salasanan sijasta. Se käyttää julkisen ja yksityisen avaimen muodostamaa " -"paria viestinnän salaamiseen. Tätä varten tarvitaan lisäksi Asiakasavain<" -"/b> tiedosto, joka sisältää yksityisen avaimen, ja vastaavaa " -"Asiakasavaimen salasana tiedostolle.\n" +msgstr "TLS-tunnistautuminen käyttää Asiakasvarmennetta tunnuksen ja salasanan sijasta. Se käyttää julkisen ja yksityisen avaimen muodostamaa paria viestinnän salaamiseen. Tätä varten tarvitaan lisäksi Asiakasavain tiedosto, joka sisältää yksityisen avaimen, ja vastaavaa Asiakasavaimen salasana tiedostolle.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "&Asiakasavain" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Asiakasavaimen &salasana" #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "&Palvelinvarmenne" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" @@ -3124,176 +2930,168 @@ "palvelimen aitous.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Lisäasetukset" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "" -"Jos et tiedä tunnustasi ja salasanaasi, tai jos sinulla ei ole " -"varmennetiedostoja, ota yhteyttä järjestelmän ylläpitäjään.\n" +msgstr "Jos et tiedä tunnustasi ja salasanaasi, tai jos sinulla ei ole varmennetiedostoja, ota yhteyttä järjestelmän ylläpitäjään.\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Tunnistautumismenetelmä" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tässä voidaan määritellä sisätunnistautumismenetelmän (tunnetaan myös " -"nimellä 2. vaiheen tunnistautuminen). Oletuksena kaikki menetelmät ovat " -"sallittuja. Mikäli haluttuja menetelmiä halutaan rajoittaa tai " -"tunnistautumisessa on vaikeuksia, valitse sisätunnistautumismenetelmä.\n" +msgstr "Tässä voidaan määritellä sisätunnistautumismenetelmän (tunnetaan myös nimellä 2. vaiheen tunnistautuminen). Oletuksena kaikki menetelmät ovat sallittuja. Mikäli haluttuja menetelmiä halutaan rajoittaa tai tunnistautumisessa on vaikeuksia, valitse sisätunnistautumismenetelmä.\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP-versio" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" -msgstr "" -"Mikäli käytetään PEAPia, voidaan valita myös PEAP-toteutustapa (versio 0 " -"tai 1). Yleensä tämä ei ole tarpeen.\n" +msgstr "Mikäli käytetään PEAPia, voidaan valita myös PEAP-toteutustapa (versio 0 tai 1). Yleensä tämä ei ole tarpeen.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Mikä tahansa" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Ei salausta" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Avoin" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Jaettu avain" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versio 1 tai 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versio 1 tai 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Langattoman verkkokortin määritykset" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Langattoman laitteen asetukset" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "&Toimintatila" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 msgid "Master" msgstr "Isäntä" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "&Verkon nimi (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Tutki verkko" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Tunnistautumistila" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Salausavain" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "L&isäasetukset" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-avaimet" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA-tunnistautumistila on mahdollinen vain hallitussa toimintatilassa." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Määritä tämän tilan verkkonimi." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Verkon nimen on oltava alle 32 merkkiä pitkä." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Tunnuslauseen täytyy olla 8 - 63 merkkiä pitkä." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Avaimessa on oltava vähintään %1 heksadesimaalista numeroa." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Salausavain ei kelpaa." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Salausavain on määritettävä tunnistautumista varten." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3303,13 +3101,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Langattoman verkon lisäasetukset" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed)." @@ -3318,12 +3116,11 @@ "(tarvitaan harvoin)." #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Käyttääksesi langatonta verkkokorttiasi 'isäntä'- tai 'ad-hoc' -tilassa\n" @@ -3331,7 +3128,7 @@ "tilassa --kortti käy läpi kaikki taajuudet ja etsii tukiasemat. \n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." @@ -3341,7 +3138,7 @@ "nopeudella." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." @@ -3350,7 +3147,7 @@ "määrittää haluamasi tukiaseman MAC-osoitteen." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -3360,75 +3157,59 @@ "Tämä on yleensä hyvä oletus, etenkin jos käytät kannettavaa \n" "tietokonetta.\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To specify the Frequency instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value.\n" -msgstr "" -"Määrittääksesi Taajuuden kanavan\n" -"sijaan valitse haluttu arvo.\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "&Taajuus" - #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automaattinen" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "K&anava" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "&Nopeus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Tukiasema" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "&Käytä virranhallintaa" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanMode" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Anna salausavain" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Avain" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Langattoman verkon avaimet" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3443,7 +3224,7 @@ "vain yksi avain." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3457,53 +3238,52 @@ "voit yrittää pienentää arvon 64 bittiin." #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP-avaimet" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Avaimen pituus" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "No." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "Key" msgstr "Avain" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "Oletus" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Aseta &oletukseksi" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Valitse varmenne" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Certificate Authority (CA)-sertifikaatin käyttämättä jättäminen voi johtaa " -"yhteyteen\n" +"Certificate Authority (CA)-sertifikaatin käyttämättä jättäminen voi johtaa yhteyteen\n" "turvattomaan ja väärennettyyn langattomaan verkkoon. Jatketaanko ilman CA:ta?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3512,47 +3292,47 @@ "asiakasvarmenne." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "Mikä tahansa" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP -yksityiskohdat" @@ -3583,16 +3363,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Etähallinnan asetukset</big>\n" "Mikäli tämä ominaisuus on päällä, voit hallita\n" "tätä konetta etätyöasemasta. Käytä VNC-asiakassovellusta\n" "kuten krdc (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt><konenimi>:%1</tt>), tai\n" -"Javalla varustettua selainta (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt>" -"http://<konenimi>:%2</tt>).\n" +"Javalla varustettua selainta (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt>http://<konenimi>:%2</tt>).\n" "Tämä etäkäyttötapa on merkittävästi SSH-yhteyttä turvattomampi.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3601,12 +3379,12 @@ msgstr "Etähallinnan asetukset" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Nämä paketit pitää asentaa:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3618,75 +3396,68 @@ "\n" "Yritetäänkö uudelleen?\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265 -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "kytkemättä" - #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Määritykset tallennettiin onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Koneen määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Verkkokortin määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modeemimääritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Palveluntarjoajan määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Reititysmääritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Määritetäänkö sähköpostin asetukset nyt?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Suorita määritykset %1?" @@ -3696,125 +3467,124 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" "Verkkoa hallitaan tällä hetkellä NetworkManagerilla\n" -"tai verkko on kokonaan poissa käytöstä. YaST ei pysty määrittämään joitakin " -"valintoja." +"tai verkko on kokonaan poissa käytöstä. YaST ei pysty määrittämään joitakin valintoja." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Verkkokortit" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modeemit" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kortit" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-laitteet" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Kaikki verkkolaitteet" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Palvelinnimi on virheellinen." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Toimialueen nimi" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "Toimialueen nimi ei kelpaa." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "&Vaihda konenimi DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "&Aseta konenimi loopback IP:lle." #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Muokkaa DNS-määritystä" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Vain käsin" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Käytä oletuskäytäntöä" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Käytä muokattua käytäntöä" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "&Muokatut säännöt" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Nimipalvelin &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Nimipalvelimen IP-osoite on virheellinen." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "&Toimialueiden haku" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Nimipalvelin &2" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Nimipalvelin &3" #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Konenimi ja toimialueen nimi" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Nimipalvelimet ja hakutoimialueluettelo" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Konenimi/DNS" @@ -3823,7 +3593,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "Ei dhcp-liityntää" @@ -3831,32 +3601,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Ei ole suositeltavaa käyttää .local toimialueen nimenä, jos käytössä on " -"Multicast DNS. Käytä omalla vastuulla?" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Ei ole suositeltavaa käyttää .local toimialueen nimenä, jos käytössä on Multicast DNS. Käytä omalla vastuulla?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Hakulistalla voi olla enintään %1 toimialuetta." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Hakulista voi olla enintään %1 merkkiä pitkä." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Hakutoimialue ”%1” on virheellinen." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Konenimi ja nimipalvelimen määritykset" @@ -3905,12 +3671,12 @@ msgstr "Koneen alias-nimet" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Koneen alias-osoittee&t" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Alias-nimi \"%1\" ei kelpaa." @@ -3979,7 +3745,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Oletusyhdyskäytävä ei kelpaa." @@ -4004,12 +3770,12 @@ msgstr "Pois&ta" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "&Soiton etuliitteen säännöllinen lauseke" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" "change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" @@ -4017,52 +3783,49 @@ "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Kun Soiton etuliitteen säännöllinen lauseke on asetettuna, " -"käyttäjät\n" -"voivat vaihtaa soiton etuliitettä kinternet-työkalussa, mikäli lauseke sen " -"sallii. \n" +"Kun Soiton etuliitteen säännöllinen lauseke on asetettuna, käyttäjät\n" +"voivat vaihtaa soiton etuliitettä kinternet-työkalussa, mikäli lauseke sen sallii. \n" "Suositeltu arvo on <tt>[09]?</tt> sallien <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"ja tyhjän etuliitteen. Mikäli lause jätetään tyhjäksi, käyttäjät eivät voi " -"muuttaa etuliitettä.\n" +"ja tyhjän etuliitteen. Mikäli lause jätetään tyhjäksi, käyttäjät eivät voi muuttaa etuliitettä.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Asennustapa" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomaattinen osoitteenmääritys (DHCP)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "&Kiinteän IP-osoitteen määritys" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Ei koskaan" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Verkkotyökalulla" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -4071,12 +3834,12 @@ "Sitä ei ole tarpeen määrittää YaSTissa." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Käsin" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" @@ -4085,12 +3848,12 @@ "'ifup' tai 'kinternet' (ks. ”Käyttäjän hallinnoimat”).\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Kytkettäessä kaapeli" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -4103,12 +3866,12 @@ "tukiasemaan.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Kuumakytkettäessä" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -4121,125 +3884,103 @@ "yhteydessä, mikäli liitäntä ei ole kytketty.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin <tt>auto</tt>. Liitäntöjä ei " -"tässä\n" -" käynnistystilassa <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> koskaan sammuta. <tt>ifdown <iface>" -"</tt>\n" -"toimii silti. Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai " -"iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n" +"NFSroot-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin <tt>auto</tt>. Liitäntöjä ei tässä\n" +" käynnistystilassa <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> koskaan sammuta. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt>\n" +"toimii silti. Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"NFSroot-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin ”auto”, mutta liitäntöjä ei " -"tässä\n" -"käynnistystilassa koskaan ”rcnetwork stop” sammuta. ”ifdown <iface>” toimii " -"silti.\n" -"Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Ota laite käyttöön" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Laitteen käynnistys</big> \n" -"Valitse, milloin verkkoliitäntä tulisi käynnistää. Käynnistyksen " -"yhteydessä käynnistää liitännän \n" +"Valitse, milloin verkkoliitäntä tulisi käynnistää. Käynnistyksen yhteydessä käynnistää liitännän \n" "koneen käynnistyessä. Ei koskaan ei käynnistä laitetta.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB laitetila" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Palomuuria ei ole asennettu." #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, DSL laajakaista)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE laajakaista)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (puhelinverkko)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB yhdistetyssä tilassa)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB datagram tilassa)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Aseta &MTU" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager palvelu" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Perinteinen ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked palvelu" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Verkkopalvelut poistettu käytöstä" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Järjestelmä on käynnistettävä uudelleen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4249,35 +3990,35 @@ "(Plasma sovelma KDElle ja nm-sovelma GNOMElle).\n" "Varmista, että sovelma on käynnissä, ja jos ei, niin käynnistä se käsin." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Yleiset verkkoasetukset" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6-yhteyskäytännön asetukset" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Ota IPv6 käyttöön" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Tuntematon laite" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-osoite" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP-osoitetta ei ole määritetty" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4286,119 +4027,126 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Muuta laite" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Verkkolaitevalinta" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "configured" +msgstr "Ei määritetty" + #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Vahvista verkon uudelleenkäynnistys" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Sillatun verkon vuoksi YaST:in täytyy käynnistää verkko uudelleen asetusten " -"käyttöön ottamiseksi." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Sillatun verkon vuoksi YaST:in täytyy käynnistää verkko uudelleen asetusten käyttöön ottamiseksi." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Laitenimi:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Base udev rule käytössä" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-osoite: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Määrityksen nimi on jo olemassa." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Virheellinen määritystiedoston nimi." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Kirjoita konenimi" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Päivitä määritys" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Päivitä /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan konenimi ja DNS-määritys" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan konenimi..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Päivitetään määritys..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Päivitetään /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Konenimi: DHCP asettaa" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Konenimi: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Konenimeä ei kirjoiteta /etc/hosts-tiedostoon" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Nimipalvelimet: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Hakuluettelo: %1" @@ -4532,7 +4280,7 @@ #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" @@ -4543,241 +4291,230 @@ msgstr "Tämän muutoksen käyttöönottoon tarvitaan uudelleenkäynnistys." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan verkkomääritykset" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Kirjoita ohjaintiedot" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Kirjoita laitemääritykset" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Kirjoita verkkomääritykset" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Kirjoita reititysmääritykset" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Kirjoita konenimi ja DNS-määritykset" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Aseta verkkopalvelut" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Ota verkkopalvelut käyttöön" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan laitemääritykset..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan verkkomääritykset..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan reititysmääritykset..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan konenimi ja DNS-määritykset..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Asetetaan verkkopalvelut..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Otetaan verkkopalvelut käyttöön..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Verkko ei ole toiminnassa" #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST asetus verkko/hallittu: NetworkManager ei ole käytettävissä, " -"käytetään Wicked-ohjelmaa." +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "AutoYaST asetus verkko/hallittu: NetworkManager ei ole käytettävissä, käytetään Wicked-ohjelmaa." #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Verkkotila" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Verkkotyökalun hallitsemat liitännät" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Poista verkkotyökalu käytöstä" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Perinteinen menetelmä NetControlin avulla - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Ota verkkotyökalu käyttöön" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Tuki IPv6-yhteyskäytännölle on käytössä" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Poista IPv6 käytöstä" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Tuki IPv6-yhteyskäytännölle on poistettu käytöstä" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "yhdistetty" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Käynnistetään automaattisesti käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Käynnistetään automaattisesti kaapelin kytkemisen yhteydessä" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Verkkotyökalun hallinnoima" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Ei käynnistetä ollenkaan" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Käynnistetään käsin" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-osoite haetaan käyttämällä " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-osoite: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-osoite: %s, aliverkon peite %s" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ei määritetty" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Laitteen nimi: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Alisteiset liitokset" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "alistettu liitokseen %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Liitoksen isäntä" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ei yhdistetty" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Ei laitteistotietoa" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " -"See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Verkkokortin määrittäminen ei onnistu koska ydinlaite (eth0, wlan0) ei ole " -"saatavilla. Tämä johtuu yleensä puuttuvasta laiteohjelmistosta " -"(wlan-laitteet). Katso yksityiskohdat dmesg-tulosteesta." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Verkkokortin määrittäminen ei onnistu koska ydinlaite (eth0, wlan0) ei ole saatavilla. Tämä johtuu yleensä puuttuvasta laiteohjelmistosta (wlan-laitteet). Katso yksityiskohdat dmesg-tulosteesta." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4785,11 +4522,11 @@ "Laitetta ei ole määritetty. Napsauta Muokkaa\n" "määrittääksesi laitteen.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Tarvittava laiteohjelmisto" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "tuntematon" @@ -4827,12 +4564,12 @@ #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Palvelun %{service} käyttöönotto epäonnistui." #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" @@ -4844,59 +4581,59 @@ "sinun pitää käynnistää näytönhallinta uudelleen tai kirjautua ulos ja sisään." #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Etähallinta on käytössä." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Etähallinta ei ole käytössä." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Kirjoita IP:n välitysasetukset" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Kirjoita ohjauksen asetukset" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan ohjauksen määritykset" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan IP:n välitysasetukset..." #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan reititysasetuksia..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Yhdyskäytävä: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IPv4 IP-välitys: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IPv6 IP-välitys: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automaattisesti määrätty alue" @@ -4910,7 +4647,41 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Suojaamaton)" +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "Laitteen käynnistyksen yhteyskäytäntö" + +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Verkkokortin käsiasennus" + +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "&Kuumakytkennän tyyppi" + +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "P&CI" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "To specify the Frequency instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Määrittääksesi Taajuuden kanavan\n" +#~ "sijaan valitse haluttu arvo.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&Taajuus" + +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "kytkemättä" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NFSroot-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin ”auto”, mutta liitäntöjä ei tässä\n" +#~ "käynnistystilassa koskaan ”rcnetwork stop” sammuta. ”ifdown <iface>” toimii silti.\n" +#~ "Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #~ "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" #~ msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95112 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:42 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95112 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po Log: Merged ncurses-pkg.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:41 UTC (rev 95111) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:42 UTC (rev 95112) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-27 22:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -34,82 +34,82 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Paketin versiot" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Luettelee kaikki käytettävissä olevat paketin versiot." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "Näytä &paketit, joiden tila" #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automaattiset muutokset" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Oman valintasi lisäksi seuraavat" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "paketit on valittu ratkaisemaan riippuvuudet:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Voit valita asentamisen, mutta asetat järjestelmäsi vioittumisen vaaraan." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "Jatka tästä hu&olimatta" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Loppukäyttäjän käyttöoikeussopimus" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Suodin: " #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Ladattava määrä yhteensä: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ohje" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Peruuta" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Hyväksy" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "&Määritys" @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ msgstr "Tarpeeton" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "Tässä on lista hyödyllisitä paketeista. Ne asennetaan myös, mikäli jokin asennettavista paketeista suosittelee niitä. Asentaaksesi jo asennettujen pakettien suosittelemat paketit, tulee Asenna suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille olla valittuna riippuvuudet valikosta." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Käännökset, sanakirjat ja muut kieleen %s liittyvät tiedostot " #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Ohjelmistoryhmät" @@ -382,40 +382,56 @@ msgstr "&Varmista järjestelmä nyt" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Asennetut paketit" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Asenna suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja (Väliaikainen muutos)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Salli &valmistajan vaihto (Väliaikainen muutos)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "&Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Pakettienväliset riippuvuudet ovat kunnossa." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "Täyttääksesi jo asennettujen pakettien riippuvuudet" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "automaattisesti asennettavaksi valitut paketit:" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testaustiedot kirjoitettiin kohteeseen " #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "Täyttääksesi jo asennettujen pakettien riippuvuudet" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "automaattisesti asennettavaksi valitut paketit:" - -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Järjestelmän riippuvuuksien tarkistus onnistui." @@ -564,7 +580,7 @@ #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Yhteenveto" @@ -760,292 +776,301 @@ msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "Voit ottaa riippuvuuksien tarkistuksen pois käytöstä vaihtamalla Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus -valinnan tilaa. Voit tarkistaa riippuvuudet käsin valitsemalla Tarkista riippuvuudet nyt. Tarkista järjestelmä tarkistaa pakettien riippuvuudet ja ratkoo ristiriidat vuorovaikutuksettomassa tilassa merkiten automaattisesti asennettavat paketit tarpeen vaatiessa. Virheiden etsintää varten voit käyttää toimintoa Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus. Se tallentaa riippuvuustiedot hakemistoon <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Tätä tiedostoa tarvitset usein, kun sinulta pyydetään Bugzillassa \"solver testcasea\"." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat vaihtoehdot riippuvuuksien tarkistuksessa: Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus (katso yläpuolelta), Asenna jo asennettujen pakettien suositukset: jos käytössä, myös jo asennettujen pakettien suositukset asennetaan, Järjestelmän varmistamistila: korjaa riippuvuudet jo asennettuihin paketteihin välittömästi. Huomaa: tarkistettuasi järjestelmän Varmista järjestelmä nyt otetaan valinta Järjestelmän varmistamistila käyttöön (poista valinta mikäli haluat). Nämä valinnat tallennetaan YaST määritystiedostoon <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "Lisäasetukset: Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja: poistaa riippuvuuden omaavat käyttämättömät paketit. Salli valmistajan vaihto: pakettien valmistaja voi olla eri kuin asennetun paketin valmistaja. Näitä valintoja ei tallenneta, ne voidaan asettaa määritystiedostoon <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf>/tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." msgstr "Näytä: Valitse mitä tietoja valitusta paketista näytetään erillisessä ikkunassa. Mahdollisia valintoja ovat: paketin kuvaus, tekniset tiedot (versio, koko, lisenssi ja niin edelleen), paketin versiot (kaikki), tiedostoluettelo (kaikki pakettiin kuuluvat tiedostot) ja riippuvuudet (tarjoaa, vaatii ja niin edelleen)" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." msgstr "Määritys: Tämä valikko yhdistää pakettivalitsimen muiden paketinhallintatyökalujen kanssa. Tässä voit Käynnistää asennuslähteiden hallinnan ja muokata määritettyjä asennuslähteitä tai rekisteröidä päivitysasennuslähteen ja määrittää päivitysten ajastetun lataamisen (Käynnistä verkkopäivityksen määritys). Lisäksi voit valita yhden kolmesta mahdollisesta käytännöstä pakettivalinnan valmistuttua - Toiminto pakettien asennuksen jälkeen-valikosta." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." msgstr "Ekstrat: Sekalaisia toimintoja. Vie pakettiluettelot tiedostoon vie tiedot asennetuista paketeista, ohjelmaryhmistä ja kielistä määrättyyn XML-tiedostoon. Tiedosto voidaan myöhemmin lukea toiminnolla Tuo pakettiluettelo tiedostosta vaikkapa toisessa tietokoneessa. Näin kohdekoneen pakettiluettelo saadaan vastaamaan XML-tiedostossa kuvattua tilaa. Näytä käytettävissä oleva levytila näyttää taulukon, josta käy ilmi levyn käyttö ja vapaa levytila tiedostojärjestelmään liitetyllä osioilla. Käynnistä asennuslähteiden hallinta avaa asennuslähteiden asetukset." #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Etsi " #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Hakulause" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Koodi" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Kieli" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "Verkko-osoite" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versio" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Asennuslähde" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Versio (saatavilla)" #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Versio (asennettu)" #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Koko" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkkitehtuuri" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Laji" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Ratkaistaan..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Tallennetaan..." #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Ladataan..." #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Levynkäytön yhteenveto" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Osio" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Käytetty" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Vapaana" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Yhteensä" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "Ei levytilaa!" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Levytila on loppumassa!" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "tarvitsee" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "lisää levytilaa." #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "Versio: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Koko: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "Asennettu: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "Tekijä: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "Tietovälineen nro: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "Pakettiryhmä: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "Tarjoaa: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "Vaatii: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "Vaatii etukäteen: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "Ristiriidassa: " #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "Luettelo asennetuista tiedostoista: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Käännökset, sanakirjat ja muut kieleen liittyvät tiedostot " #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Korjausten tila ja asennus" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "Yleistä tietoa korjauksista:Tietoturva korjaukset korjaavat tärkeitä turvallisuuteen liittyviä ongelmia ja niiden asentaminen on erittäin suositeltavaa. On myös suositeltavaa asentaaSuositellut korjaukset, ne sisältävät tärkeitä bugi-korjauksia. Asenna toiminne korjaukset mikäli olet kiinnostunut toiminteesta." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." msgstr "Korjaukset pakettiin \"libzypp\" (Paketti-, korjaus-, ohjelmistoryhmä- ja tuotehallinta) asennetaan aina ensiksi. Muut korjaukset asennetaan toisella suorituskerralla." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." msgstr "Tilalippujen merkitykset:a+: Korjaukset asennustasi varten ovat esivalittuja. Ne ladataan ja asennetaan järjestelmääsi. Jos et halua jotain tiettyä korjausta, poista se valinnalla '-'. i : Kaikki korjauksen vaatimat riippuvuudet on täytetty. + : Olet valinnut tämän korjauksen asennettavaksi." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "Lisätietoja tilasta: Mikäli pakettiin (tai joukkoon paketteja) on useita korjauksia joita ei ole vielä asennettu esivalitaan ne kaikki ja niiden tila on a+. Mikäli haluat poistaa jonkin korjauksen '-' -painikkeella saattaa korjauksen tila muuttua i. Tämä johtuu siitä, että joku toinen valittuna oleva korjaus samalle paketille asentaa uusimman version paketista ja näin ollen sisältää korjauksen. Valinnan poistaminen vaaditaan kaikista korjauksista jos korjaus ei ole tarpeellinen" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "Valikot:Suodin -valikko mahdollistaa korjauksien suodattamisen esimerkiksi asennettujen pakettien mukaan tai listaa tietoturva korjaukset. Korjauksien etsiminen on myös mahdollista. Toiminnot -valikosta voidaan muuttaa korjauksen tilaa. Näkymä -valikosta on mahdollista katsoa paketit joita korjaus koskee. Huomaa: Mikäli suotimeksi on valittu \"kaikki korjaukset\" joidenkin korjauksien pakettilista saattaa olla tyhjä. Tämä tarkoittaa, että mitään paketteja joihin korjauksia on saatavilla ei ole asennettuna. Riippuvuudet -valikosta voi tarkistaa pakettien riippuvuudet ja suorittaa riippuvuuksien testaamisen. " #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varoitus" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Virhe" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Ilmoitus" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue anyway" +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "Jatka tästä hu&olimatta" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Kyllä" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Ei" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Yritä uudelleen" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "Kaikki muutokset paketti-, korjaus- tai ohjelmistoryhmien valinnoissa menetetään. Haluatko varmasti lopettaa?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Saatavilla olevat kielet" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat asennuslähteet" @@ -1053,65 +1078,86 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Tarvittavat korjaukset" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Asennetut korjaukset" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Verkkopäivityksen korjaus" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Päivitysongelma" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Etsintätulos" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakettien riippuvuudet" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "Päivityksen ongelmaluettelo Luettelossa olevia paketteja ei voida päivittää automaattisesti.Mahdollisia syitä:Jotkin toiset paketit ovat korvanneet ne.Asennustietovälineellä ei ole uudempia paketteja, joihin päivittää.Ne ovat kolmannen osapuolen pakettejaValitse käsin, mitä näille paketeille tehdään. Turvallisin toiminto on poistaa ne." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Lähdekoodi" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Päivitysluettelo" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Korjaus:" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Korjauksia ei saatavilla" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Komentojono" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Versions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Paketin versiot" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +#~ msgstr "Tässä on lista hyödyllisitä paketeista. Ne asennetaan myös, mikäli jokin asennettavista paketeista suosittelee niitä. Asentaaksesi jo asennettujen pakettien suosittelemat paketit, tulee Asenna suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille olla valittuna riippuvuudet valikosta." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- tämä korjaus on rikkinäinen !!! -----"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95111 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:41 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95111 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po Log: Merged multipath.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:40 UTC (rev 95110) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:41 UTC (rev 95111) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -124,90 +124,79 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Virheellisiä parametreja:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Kahdennettu määritys." #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Näytä tiedot" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Virheellinen parametri" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Virheellisiä parametreja:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "kohta" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Päällekkäinen määritys" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "/sbin/multipath ei löytynyt" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Multipath-käyttö epäonnistui:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* boot.multipath ei voitu ottaa käyttöön." - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Palvelua multipathd ei voitu ottaa käyttöön." -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Multipathd käynnistys ei onnistu." -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Toiminto \"Älä käytä multipathia\" epäonnistui:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Multipathia ei voitu pysäyttää." -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Multipathd-palvelua ei voitu ottaa päältä." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Ei voitu ottaa pois käytöstä boot.multipath -toimintoa." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -344,35 +333,35 @@ #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "tulisi olla desimaalikokonaisluku" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "virheellinen arvo" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "oltava suurempi kuin 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "virheellinen desimaalikokonaisluku" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "ei saa olla tyhjä" @@ -493,6 +482,12 @@ msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Hylkää muokkaukset?" +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* boot.multipath ei voitu ottaa käyttöön." + +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Ei voitu ottaa pois käytöstä boot.multipath -toimintoa." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Multipath Status</big> \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95110 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:40 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95110 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po Log: Merged ldap-client.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:39 UTC (rev 95109) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:40 UTC (rev 95110) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 12:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -31,700 +31,18 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritysmoduuli" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "Ota käyttöön tai poista käytöstä LDAP-tunnistautuminen" - -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritysten yhteenveto" - -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Muuta LDAP-asiakkaan yleisiä asetuksia" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Ota palvelu käyttöön" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Poista palvelu käytöstä" - -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen nimi" - -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "Hakujuuren erotettavissa oleva nimi (DN)" - -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "&Luo oletukset määritysobjekteille." - -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen salasana" - -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "Käynnistä tai pysäytä automounter" - -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana" - -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "Salattu yhteys (StartTLS)" - -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "Ota käyttöön System Security Services -demoni (SSSD)" - -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus" - -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Kerberos Realm" - -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-palvelimen osoite" - -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen salasana:" - #. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Keskeytetäänkö kirjoitus?" #. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan LDAP-asiakkaan asetukset" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "Etsitään SLP:n tarjoamia LDAP-palvelimia..." - -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "&SLP:n tarjoamat LDAP-palvelimet" - -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "Varmennetiedosto ei vaikuta olevan oikein muotoiltu." - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "SSL/TLS Määritys" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "Käytä SSL/TLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "Protokollat" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "StartTLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAPS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "TLS Valinnat" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "Pyydä palvelimen varmennetiedosto" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "Varmennetiedostot" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "Varmennetiedostojen hakemisto" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "&Selaa" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "CA-varmennetiedosto" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "&Selaa" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "Ladattavan CA-varmenteen verkko-osoite" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "Lataa CA-varmenne" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "Polku varmenteen hakemistoon" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto" - -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "Varmenteen lataaminen annetusta verkko-osoitteesta epäonnistui." - -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ladattu sertifikaatti\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"kopioitiin '%2' hakemistoon.\n" - -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" -msgstr "Määritä tietokoneesi toimimaan LDAP-asiakkaana.\n" - -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Tunnistaaksesi käyttäjäsi OpenLDAP-palvelimelta valitse Käytä LDAP:tä. NSS ja PAM määritetään vastaavasti." - -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 -msgid "" -"To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Poistaaksesi LDAP-palvelut käytöstä napsauta Älä käytä LDAP:tä.\n" -"Jos otat LDAP:n pois käytöstä, nykyinen LDAP-merkintä passwd:lle tiedostossa /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"poistetaan. PAM-määrityksiä muutetaan ja LDAP-merkintä poistetaan." - -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "Ottaaksesi LDAP:n käyttöön mutta estääksesi käyttäjiä kirjautumassa tälle koneelle, valitse Käytä LDAP:tä, mutta estä sisäänkirjautuminen." - -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "Valitse Ota käyttöön System Security Services-demoni mikäli haluat käyttää SSSD:tä nss_ldap sijaan." - -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 -msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Kirjoita LDAP-palvelimen osoite (esimerkiksi ldap.example.com tai 10.20.0.2) Osoitteet-kenttään sekä hakujuuren erotettavissa oleva nimi (Kanta-DN, kuten dc=example,dc=com). Määritä useita palvelimia\n" -"erottamalla niiden osoitteet toisistaan välilyönneillä. Osoitteiden ratkaisemisen on oltava\n" -" mahdollista ilman LDAP:n käyttöä. Voit myös määrittää portin, jossa palvelinta suoritetaan, käyttämällä syntaksia \"palvelin:portti\". Esimerkki: <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -" \n" - -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." -msgstr "Valinnalla Etsi valitse SLP:n (Service Location Protocol) tarjoamasta listasta LDAP-palvelin. Valinnalla Nouda DN lue kanta-DN palvelimelta." - -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" -msgstr "" -"Jotkin LDAP-palvelimet tukevat StartTLS (RFC2830) -tekniikkaa.\n" -"Jos palvelin tukee tätä ominaisuutta ja se on määritetty, ota LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"käyttöön, jos haluat salata LDAP-palvelimen tietoliikenteen. Voit ladata CA\n" -"sertifikaatitiedoston PEM-muodossa annetusta verkko-osoitteesta.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" -msgstr "" -"TLS istunto voi tarvita erikoismäärityksiä asikkaalle. Yksi tälläinen määritys on\n" -" TLS_REQCERT, joka määrittää mitä tarkistuksia palvelimen varmenteesta tarkistetaan.\n" -" Arvo on määritettävä taso, joka voi olla ei koskaan, salli,\n" -"kokeile ja vaadi. SSL/TLS Määritys -ikkunassa on Pyydä palvelimen varmennetiedosto valinta, tämä asettaa TLS_REQCERT arvon vaadi mikäli se on käytössä tai arvoon salli jos ei käytössä.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389.\n" -msgstr "" -"LDAP URL ja TLS/SSL salauksien lisäksi LDAP tukee LDAPS URL.\n" -" LDAPS URL käyttää SSL suojattua yhteyttä suojaamattoman sijaan. Sen lausemuoto on samanlainen kuin LDAP URL, mutta se käyttää eri mallitiedostoa ja porttia 636 portin 389 sijaan.\n" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -msgid "" -"To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"Advanced Configuration.\n" -"To configure security settings, click\n" -"SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-lisäasetusten määrittämiseksi napsauta\n" -"Lisäasetukset.\n" -"Turvallisuusasetusten määrittämiseksi napsauta\n" -"SSL/TLS Määritykset.\n" - -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"Automounter on demoni, joka automaattisesti liittää hakemistoja,\n" -"kuten käyttäjien kotihakemistoja. Sen määritystiedostojen (auto.*) oletetaan\n" -"olevan olemassa paikallisesti tai LDAP:ssa. Jos automounteria ei ole asennettu\n" -"ja haluat käyttää sitä, se asennetaan automaattisesti.\n" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Käynnistä Auto&mounter" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "Est&ä käyttäjien kirjautuminen" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "Ä&lä käytä LDAP-palvelinta" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "&Käytä LDAP-palvelinta" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "LDAP-asiakas" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "LDAP-palvelinten &osoitteet" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "&Etsi" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "LDAP kanta-&DN" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "No&uda DN" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "SSL/TLS Määritykset..." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "&Lisäasetukset..." - -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritykset" - -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Aikaisempi LDAP-asiakasmääritys havaittiin.\n" -"\n" -"Nykyinen määritys ei käytä SSSD vaan nss_ldap.\n" -"YaST tukee vain SSSD määrityksiä.\n" -"Haluatko jatkaa ja käyttää SSSD määritystä vai perua ja käyttää aikaisempaa määritystä?" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "Anna LDAP kanta-DN." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "Anna vähintään yksi LDAP-palvelimen osoite." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen osoite ei kelpaa." - -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"Kun määrität koneen toimimaan LDAP-asiakkaana,\n" -"et voi hakea tietoja NIS:n avulla. Haluatko todellakin käyttää LDAP:ta NIS:n sijaan?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "LDAP on nyt käytössä." - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tämä muutos vaikuttaa vain uusiin luotuihin prosesseihin eikä\n" -"jo käynnissä oleviin palveluihin. Käynnistä palvelusi käsin uudelleen tai\n" -"käynnistä tietokoneesi uudelleen ottaaksesi sen käyttöön kaikille palveluille.\n" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"LDAP-käyttäjien etäkirjautumisen käyttöön ottamiseksi YaST\n" -" käynnistää sshd:n automaattisesti uudelleen.\n" - -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"Salattu yhteys on aktivoitu, mutta palvelimen sertifikaatin varmennus ei ole aktivoitu.\n" -"Aktivoidaanko sertifikaatin varmennus?" - -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 -msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan lisäasetukset" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 -msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Mikäli käytät Kerberos tunnistautumista, määritä alue ja KDC-osoite.\n" -"Määritä käyttäjän salasanan paikallinen tallentaminen valitsemalla SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus.\n" -"Lisää tietoa SSSD asetuksista löytyy <tt>sssd.conf</tt> man sivuilta.\n" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." -msgstr "" -"Salasanan muuttamisprotokolla viittaa pam_password-määritteeseen tiedostossa\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Saat lisätietoja arvoista antamalla komennon <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>." - -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" -msgstr "" -"Määritä käytettävien LDAP-ryhmien tyyppi.\n" -"Ryhmän jäsenen määritteen oletusarvo on %1.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "" -"Mikäli yhteys vaatii varmenteen tarkistuksen, voit määrittää polun jossa\n" -"varmenteesi sijaitsee. Voit myös määrittää hakemiston jossa on varmenteita\n" -"tai koko polun haluttuun varmenteeseen." - -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 -msgid "Access to Server" -msgstr "Palvelimen käyttö" - -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Aseta ensin Määrityksen kanta-DN.\n" -"Se on juuri määritystietojen tallentamiselle LDAP-palvelimelle.\n" - -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voit käsitellä palvelimeen tallennettuja tietoja kirjoittamalla \n" -"Ylläpitäjän DN:n.\n" -"Voit kirjoittaa täyden DN-nimen (esimerkki: cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) tai vain\n" -"suhteellisen DN:n (esimerkki: cn=Administrator). LDAP:n kanta-DN liitetään automaattisesti, jos sopiva asetus on valittu.\n" - -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" -msgstr "" -"Luodaksesi oletusmääritysobjetit LDAP-käyttäjille ja -ryhmille valitse\n" -"Luo määritysobjektien oletukset. Objektit luodaan vain, mikäli niitä ei vielä ole olemassa.\n" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Napsauta Määritä määrittääksesi LDAP-palvelimelle tallennettavat asetukset.\n" -"Sinulta kysytään salasanaa, jos et ole vielä kytkeytynyt palvelimeen tai olet muuttanut\n" -"määrityksiä.\n" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" -msgstr "" -"Määritä tiettyjen karttojen (käyttäjät, salasanat ja ryhmät) hakujuuret (search bases), jos ne poikkeavat kanta DN:stä. Nämä arvot asetetaan\n" -"ominaisuuksille ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base ja ldap_autofs_search_base ominaisuuksille /etc/sssd/sssd.conf -tiedostossa.\n" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "&Asiakkaan asetukset" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "&Hallinta-asetukset" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "Nimeämiskäytännöt" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "&Käyttäjäkartta" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "&Selaa" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "&Ryhmäkartta" - -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "&Selaa" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "&Autofs kartta" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "&Käytä Kerberosta" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "Oletus&aliverkko" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "&KDC-palvelimen osoite" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "LDAP-mallitiedosto" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "Ota käyttöön käyttäjä ja ryhmä luettelointi" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "&SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "Salasanan vaihtamiskä&ytäntö" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "Ryhmän jäsenen ominaisuudet" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "Määrityksen kanta-&DN" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "Ylläpitäjän &DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "&Liitä kanta-DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "&Luo määritysobjektien oletukset" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "Määritä käyttäjähallinnan a&setukset..." - -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "Lisäasetukset" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Anna DN, jota käytetään LDAP-palvelinsidoksessa." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "Anna määrityksen kanta-DN." - #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -733,7 +51,7 @@ "kaikki muutokset menetetään. Haluatko varmasti lukea asetukset uudelleen?\n" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).\n" @@ -742,7 +60,7 @@ "uusia objekteja (kuten käyttäjiä tai ryhmiä).\n" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" @@ -751,7 +69,7 @@ "Muuttamalla arvoa cn malli nimetään uudelleen.\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "The second table contains a list of default values used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" @@ -763,54 +81,54 @@ #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Ominaisuus" #. table header 2/2 #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Arvo" #. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Oletusarvo uusille objekteille" #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Objektin ominaisuus" #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Oletusarvo" #. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lisää" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Muokkaa" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Malliobjektin määritys" #. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Poistetaan oletusominaisuus \"%1\"?" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -819,12 +137,12 @@ "Anna arvo." #. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Hallinnoi LDAP-hakemistoon tallennettua määritystä." #. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" @@ -837,7 +155,7 @@ " käyttämällä Poista-komentoa.\n" #. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" "Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" @@ -848,7 +166,7 @@ "valitun moduulin uudelleen.\n" #. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click Configure Template.\n" @@ -859,39 +177,502 @@ "\n" #. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "Määritys&moduuli" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "Mall&imääritys" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Moduulimääritykset" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Poistetaanko moduuli \"%1\"?" +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritysmoduuli" -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sinulla on tällä hetkellä kummankin tyyppisiä määritysmoduuleita,\n" -"joten et voi lisätä uutta.\n" +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön tai poista käytöstä LDAP-tunnistautuminen" -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Valmistellaan..." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritysten yhteenveto" +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Muuta LDAP-asiakkaan yleisiä asetuksia" + +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "Ota palvelu käyttöön" + +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "Poista palvelu käytöstä" + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen nimi" + +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "Hakujuuren erotettavissa oleva nimi (DN)" + +#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects." +#~ msgstr "&Luo oletukset määritysobjekteille." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen salasana" + +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "Käynnistä tai pysäytä automounter" + +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana" + +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "Salattu yhteys (StartTLS)" + +#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" +#~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön System Security Services -demoni (SSSD)" + +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus" + +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos Realm" + +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC-palvelimen osoite" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen salasana:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "Etsitään SLP:n tarjoamia LDAP-palvelimia..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "&SLP:n tarjoamat LDAP-palvelimet" + +#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." +#~ msgstr "Varmennetiedosto ei vaikuta olevan oikein muotoiltu." + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS Määritys" + +#~ msgid "Use SSL/TLS" +#~ msgstr "Käytä SSL/TLS" + +#~ msgid "Protocols" +#~ msgstr "Protokollat" + +#~ msgid "StartTLS" +#~ msgstr "StartTLS" + +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAPS" + +#~ msgid "TLS Options" +#~ msgstr "TLS Valinnat" + +#~ msgid "Request server certificate" +#~ msgstr "Pyydä palvelimen varmennetiedosto" + +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "Varmennetiedostot" + +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "Varmennetiedostojen hakemisto" + +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "&Selaa" + +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "CA-varmennetiedosto" + +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "&Selaa" + +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "Ladattavan CA-varmenteen verkko-osoite" + +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "Lataa CA-varmenne" + +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "Polku varmenteen hakemistoon" + +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto" + +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "Varmenteen lataaminen annetusta verkko-osoitteesta epäonnistui." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ladattu sertifikaatti\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "kopioitiin '%2' hakemistoon.\n" + +#~ msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" +#~ msgstr "Määritä tietokoneesi toimimaan LDAP-asiakkaana.\n" + +#~ msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +#~ msgstr "Tunnistaaksesi käyttäjäsi OpenLDAP-palvelimelta valitse Käytä LDAP:tä. NSS ja PAM määritetään vastaavasti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" +#~ "removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poistaaksesi LDAP-palvelut käytöstä napsauta Älä käytä LDAP:tä.\n" +#~ "Jos otat LDAP:n pois käytöstä, nykyinen LDAP-merkintä passwd:lle tiedostossa /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "poistetaan. PAM-määrityksiä muutetaan ja LDAP-merkintä poistetaan." + +#~ msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +#~ msgstr "Ottaaksesi LDAP:n käyttöön mutta estääksesi käyttäjiä kirjautumassa tälle koneelle, valitse Käytä LDAP:tä, mutta estä sisäänkirjautuminen." + +#~ msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +#~ msgstr "Valitse Ota käyttöön System Security Services-demoni mikäli haluat käyttää SSSD:tä nss_ldap sijaan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kirjoita LDAP-palvelimen osoite (esimerkiksi ldap.example.com tai 10.20.0.2) Osoitteet-kenttään sekä hakujuuren erotettavissa oleva nimi (Kanta-DN, kuten dc=example,dc=com). Määritä useita palvelimia\n" +#~ "erottamalla niiden osoitteet toisistaan välilyönneillä. Osoitteiden ratkaisemisen on oltava\n" +#~ " mahdollista ilman LDAP:n käyttöä. Voit myös määrittää portin, jossa palvelinta suoritetaan, käyttämällä syntaksia \"palvelin:portti\". Esimerkki: <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ " \n" + +#~ msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +#~ msgstr "Valinnalla Etsi valitse SLP:n (Service Location Protocol) tarjoamasta listasta LDAP-palvelin. Valinnalla Nouda DN lue kanta-DN palvelimelta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jotkin LDAP-palvelimet tukevat StartTLS (RFC2830) -tekniikkaa.\n" +#~ "Jos palvelin tukee tätä ominaisuutta ja se on määritetty, ota LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "käyttöön, jos haluat salata LDAP-palvelimen tietoliikenteen. Voit ladata CA\n" +#~ "sertifikaatitiedoston PEM-muodossa annetusta verkko-osoitteesta.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +#~ " The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +#~ " try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +#~ " the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ " configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "TLS istunto voi tarvita erikoismäärityksiä asikkaalle. Yksi tälläinen määritys on\n" +#~ " TLS_REQCERT, joka määrittää mitä tarkistuksia palvelimen varmenteesta tarkistetaan.\n" +#~ " Arvo on määritettävä taso, joka voi olla ei koskaan, salli,\n" +#~ "kokeile ja vaadi. SSL/TLS Määritys -ikkunassa on Pyydä palvelimen varmennetiedosto valinta, tämä asettaa TLS_REQCERT arvon vaadi mikäli se on käytössä tai arvoon salli jos ei käytössä.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +#~ " is 636 instead of 389.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LDAP URL ja TLS/SSL salauksien lisäksi LDAP tukee LDAPS URL.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URL käyttää SSL suojattua yhteyttä suojaamattoman sijaan. Sen lausemuoto on samanlainen kuin LDAP URL, mutta se käyttää eri mallitiedostoa ja porttia 636 portin 389 sijaan.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "Advanced Configuration.\n" +#~ "To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LDAP-lisäasetusten määrittämiseksi napsauta\n" +#~ "Lisäasetukset.\n" +#~ "Turvallisuusasetusten määrittämiseksi napsauta\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS Määritykset.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automounter on demoni, joka automaattisesti liittää hakemistoja,\n" +#~ "kuten käyttäjien kotihakemistoja. Sen määritystiedostojen (auto.*) oletetaan\n" +#~ "olevan olemassa paikallisesti tai LDAP:ssa. Jos automounteria ei ole asennettu\n" +#~ "ja haluat käyttää sitä, se asennetaan automaattisesti.\n" + +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "Käynnistä Auto&mounter" + +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana" + +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "Est&ä käyttäjien kirjautuminen" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Ä&lä käytä LDAP-palvelinta" + +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&Käytä LDAP-palvelinta" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-asiakas" + +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-palvelinten &osoitteet" + +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "&Etsi" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "LDAP kanta-&DN" + +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "No&uda DN" + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS Määritykset..." + +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "&Lisäasetukset..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritykset" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aikaisempi LDAP-asiakasmääritys havaittiin.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Nykyinen määritys ei käytä SSSD vaan nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "YaST tukee vain SSSD määrityksiä.\n" +#~ "Haluatko jatkaa ja käyttää SSSD määritystä vai perua ja käyttää aikaisempaa määritystä?" + +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "Anna LDAP kanta-DN." + +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Anna vähintään yksi LDAP-palvelimen osoite." + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen osoite ei kelpaa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kun määrität koneen toimimaan LDAP-asiakkaana,\n" +#~ "et voi hakea tietoja NIS:n avulla. Haluatko todellakin käyttää LDAP:ta NIS:n sijaan?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "LDAP on nyt käytössä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tämä muutos vaikuttaa vain uusiin luotuihin prosesseihin eikä\n" +#~ "jo käynnissä oleviin palveluihin. Käynnistä palvelusi käsin uudelleen tai\n" +#~ "käynnistä tietokoneesi uudelleen ottaaksesi sen käyttöön kaikille palveluille.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "LDAP-käyttäjien etäkirjautumisen käyttöön ottamiseksi YaST\n" +#~ " käynnistää sshd:n automaattisesti uudelleen.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" +#~ "Enable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Salattu yhteys on aktivoitu, mutta palvelimen sertifikaatin varmennus ei ole aktivoitu.\n" +#~ "Aktivoidaanko sertifikaatin varmennus?" + +#~ msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan lisäasetukset" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mikäli käytät Kerberos tunnistautumista, määritä alue ja KDC-osoite.\n" +#~ "Määritä käyttäjän salasanan paikallinen tallentaminen valitsemalla SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus.\n" +#~ "Lisää tietoa SSSD asetuksista löytyy <tt>sssd.conf</tt> man sivuilta.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Salasanan muuttamisprotokolla viittaa pam_password-määritteeseen tiedostossa\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Saat lisätietoja arvoista antamalla komennon <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Määritä käytettävien LDAP-ryhmien tyyppi.\n" +#~ "Ryhmän jäsenen määritteen oletusarvo on %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" +#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" +#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mikäli yhteys vaatii varmenteen tarkistuksen, voit määrittää polun jossa\n" +#~ "varmenteesi sijaitsee. Voit myös määrittää hakemiston jossa on varmenteita\n" +#~ "tai koko polun haluttuun varmenteeseen." + +#~ msgid "Access to Server" +#~ msgstr "Palvelimen käyttö" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aseta ensin Määrityksen kanta-DN.\n" +#~ "Se on juuri määritystietojen tallentamiselle LDAP-palvelimelle.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "Administrator DN.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit käsitellä palvelimeen tallennettuja tietoja kirjoittamalla \n" +#~ "Ylläpitäjän DN:n.\n" +#~ "Voit kirjoittaa täyden DN-nimen (esimerkki: cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) tai vain\n" +#~ "suhteellisen DN:n (esimerkki: cn=Administrator). LDAP:n kanta-DN liitetään automaattisesti, jos sopiva asetus on valittu.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" +#~ "check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Luodaksesi oletusmääritysobjetit LDAP-käyttäjille ja -ryhmille valitse\n" +#~ "Luo määritysobjektien oletukset. Objektit luodaan vain, mikäli niitä ei vielä ole olemassa.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta Määritä määrittääksesi LDAP-palvelimelle tallennettavat asetukset.\n" +#~ "Sinulta kysytään salasanaa, jos et ole vielä kytkeytynyt palvelimeen tai olet muuttanut\n" +#~ "määrityksiä.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Määritä tiettyjen karttojen (käyttäjät, salasanat ja ryhmät) hakujuuret (search bases), jos ne poikkeavat kanta DN:stä. Nämä arvot asetetaan\n" +#~ "ominaisuuksille ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base ja ldap_autofs_search_base ominaisuuksille /etc/sssd/sssd.conf -tiedostossa.\n" + +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "&Asiakkaan asetukset" + +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "&Hallinta-asetukset" + +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "Nimeämiskäytännöt" + +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "&Käyttäjäkartta" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "&Selaa" + +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "&Ryhmäkartta" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "&Selaa" + +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "&Autofs kartta" + +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "&Käytä Kerberosta" + +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "Oletus&aliverkko" + +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "&KDC-palvelimen osoite" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-mallitiedosto" + +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön käyttäjä ja ryhmä luettelointi" + +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "&SSSD Yhteydetön käyttäjätunnistus" + +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "Salasanan vaihtamiskä&ytäntö" + +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "Ryhmän jäsenen ominaisuudet" + +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "Määrityksen kanta-&DN" + +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "Ylläpitäjän &DN" + +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "&Liitä kanta-DN" + +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "&Luo määritysobjektien oletukset" + +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "Määritä käyttäjähallinnan a&setukset..." + +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Lisäasetukset" + +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Anna DN, jota käytetään LDAP-palvelinsidoksessa." + +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "Anna määrityksen kanta-DN." + +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "Poistetaanko moduuli \"%1\"?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sinulla on tällä hetkellä kummankin tyyppisiä määritysmoduuleita,\n" +#~ "joten et voi lisätä uutta.\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." + #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "Selaa LDAP-puuta dialogin vasemmalla osalla."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95109 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:39 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95109 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po Log: Merged kdump.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:38 UTC (rev 95108) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:39 UTC (rev 95109) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 14:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -59,197 +59,199 @@ msgstr "Vedoksen kohde sisältää vedoksien tallennukseen käytetyn sijainnin" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Syötä ainoastaan \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump-komentorivi on komentorivi, joka pitää välittää kdump-ytimelle." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "Aseta muuttuja vain, jos haluat lisätä (_append_) arvoja oletuskomentosarjaan." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Käynnistä tietokone välittömästi uudelleen ytimen tallentamisen (kdump-ytimessä) jälkeen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopioi ydin dump-hakemistoon." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Määrittää, kuinka monta vanhaa vedosta säilytetään. 0 = pidä kaikki." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-palvelin ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-käyttäjätunnus ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "SMTP-salasana ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten. Polku tiedostoon, joka sisältää salasanan (puhdas tekstitiedosto)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite ilmoituksen kopion lähettämistä varten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Ota valintaa käyttöön" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Poista valinta käytöstä" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Näytä nykyisten valintojen tila" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Varatun muistin määrä [Mt]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Vedostasojen määrä sisältäen sivut tallennukseen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Vedosmuoto voi olla ei mitään, ELF, pakattu tai lzo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "Vedoksen kohde sisältää eräänlaisen kohteen: tiedosto (paikallinen tiedostojärjestelmä), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Palvelimen nimi" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Yhteyden portti" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Hakemisto, johon vedokset tallennetaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Viety jako" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Polku tiedostoon, joka sisältää salasanat (tekstitiedosto)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "Raw-osion udev_id" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] ydin tarkoittaa vain \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Sisällytä komentojonon valinnat" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "Asetus tarkoittaa ajotasoa, jolle kdump-ydin käynnistetään. Vain arvot 1,2,3,5 ja s ovat sallittuja" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Vedosten määrä. 0 = pidä kaikki." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "Sähköpostiosoitteet" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "Käsittelee laiteohjelmistovedoksen käytön" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Näytön asetukset:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump on käytössä (käynnistysvalinta \"crashkernel\" on lisätty)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Varattu muisti (Mt) kdumpille on: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump on poistettu käytöstä" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Vedoksen taso: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Vedoksen muoto: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Vedoksen kohdeasetukset" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "kohde: %1" @@ -258,8 +260,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "tiedostohakemisto: %1" @@ -267,113 +269,118 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "palvelinnimi: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "portti: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "käyttäjänimi: anonyymi yhteys sallitaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "käyttäjänimi: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "jako: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "TYHJÄ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Muokattu kdump-ydin: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-komentorivi: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump-komentorivi append: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump-välitön uudelleen käynnistys: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Ei käytössä" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "Vanhoja vedoksia: kaikki vedokset tallennetaan poistamatta vanhoja vedoksia" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Vanhojen vedoksien määrä: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-palvelin: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-käyttäjä: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP -salasana: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump lähetetään ilmoitus: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump lähetetään kopio ilmoituksesta: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "Kernel-valinta \"crashkernel\" sisältää alueita. Ne korvataan uusilla." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Muutosten käyttöönottoon tarvitaan uudelleenkäynnistys." @@ -392,39 +399,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Väärä valinta oli käytössä." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Vedostaso määritettiin." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Väärä valinnan arvo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Vedoksen muoto määritettiin" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "Valinta voi olla vain arvon \"ei mitään\", \"ELF\", \"pakattu\" tai \"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Tiedostoa %1 ei ole olemassa." @@ -432,8 +439,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Arvo \"hakemisto\" puuttuu." @@ -441,48 +448,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Arvo \"palvelin\" puuttuu." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Arvo \"jako\" puuttuu." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Kohteella on väärä arvo." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Väärä arvo valinnalla \"ei\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Väärä arvo valinnalla \"palvelin\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Väärä arvo valinnalla \"käyttäjä\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Väärä arvo valinnalla \"sähköposti\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Laiteohjelmistoavusteinen vedos: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Valintaa ei ole annettu." @@ -492,115 +499,106 @@ msgstr "Tallennetaan kdump-määritys" #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Käytä tai poista käytöstä kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Ota kd&ump käyttöön" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "Poissa k&dump käytöstä" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Järjestelmän muistin määrä [Mt]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Käytettävissä olevan muistin määrä [Mt]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Kdump-mui&sti (Mt)" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Sisällytä vedokseen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Nollilla täytetyt sivut" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Välim&uistisivut" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Välimuistin yksityiset sivu&t" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Käyttäjän tietosiv&ut" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Vapaat sivut" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Vedoksen muoto" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Ei vedosta" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "EL&F-muoto" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Pakattu mu&oto" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "L&ZO-pakattu muoto" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Valitse kohde..." -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Paikallinen hakemisto" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-palvelin" @@ -608,7 +606,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" @@ -617,117 +615,147 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "&Ilmoitus" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "&Kopio ilmoituksesta" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Muokattu &kdump-ydin" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-ko&mentorivi" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-komentorivi&lisäys" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Ota käyttöön välitön uud&elleenkäynnistys core-tallentamisen jälkeen" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Ota käyttöön &ytimen kopiointi dump-hakemistoon" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "&Ota käyttöön vanhojen vedoslevykuvien poistaminen" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "&Vanhojen vedoksien määrä" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-muisti" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump-käynnistys" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Käynnistys" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - vedoksen suodattaminen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Vedoksen suodatus" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Tallenna kohde kdump-levykuvalle" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Vedoksen kohde" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-palvelin" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Sähköpostiosoitteet ilmoituksia varten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Sähköposti-ilmoitus" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Muokattu ydin kdumpia varten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Komentorivi" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Vedosten asetukset" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdump-asiantuntija-asetukset" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Asiantuntija-asetukset" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-mui&sti (Mt)" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-mui&sti (Mt)" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Järjestelmän muistin määrä [Mt]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Käytettävissä olevan muistin määrä [Mt]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-mui&sti (Mt)" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -788,7 +816,7 @@ " LZO-pakattu muoto - hieman suuremmat tiedostot mutta paljon nopeampi. \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" @@ -797,7 +825,7 @@ "Kdump levykuvan tallennuskohde \n" " Kohde jonne kdump levykuvat tallennetaan. Valitse kohteen tyyppi tallennetuille dump:lle " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" @@ -810,7 +838,7 @@ " Kdump levykuvien tallennushakemiston valitseminen valintaikkunan kautta painamalla Selaa\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" @@ -827,10 +855,18 @@ " Ota käyttöön anonyymi FTP ottaa käyttöön anonyymin yhteyden palvelimelle.\n" " Käyttäjänimi FTP-yhteyttä varten. Salasana FTP-yhteyttä varten. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" -"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" @@ -844,9 +880,41 @@ " Käyttäjänimi SSH-yhteyttä varten. \n" " Salasana SSH-yhteyttä varten. \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SSH - tallenna kdump-kuva SSH:n välityksellä.\n" +" Palvelimen nimi - Palvelimen nimi.\n" +" Portti - Portti yhteyttä varten.\n" +" Hakemisto palvelimella - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat tallennetaan.\n" +" Käyttäjänimi SSH-yhteyttä varten. \n" +" Salasana SSH-yhteyttä varten. \n" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " @@ -855,8 +923,8 @@ " Palvelimen nimi - NFS-palvelimen nimi.\n" " Hakemisto palvelimella - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat tallennetaan. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -873,7 +941,7 @@ " Käyttäjänimi yhteyttä varten. Salasana yhteyttä varten. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" @@ -884,7 +952,7 @@ " Käyttäjä antaa ainoastaan kohdan: kernel_string. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -893,7 +961,7 @@ " kexec:lle välitettäviä lisäparametreja. " #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -906,7 +974,7 @@ " on käytössä. \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " @@ -915,7 +983,7 @@ " Ottaa käyttöön välittömän uudelleenkäynnistyksen sen jälkeen kun kdump on tallentanut coren. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" @@ -926,7 +994,7 @@ " Vanhojen vedoksien määrä ylitetään, vanhimmat vedokset poistetaan. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -941,12 +1009,12 @@ " pitää kaikki valmiina vianetsintää varten. \n" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "SMTP-palvelin, jota käytetään ilmoitusten lähettämiseen kun dump on tallennettu." #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" " set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" @@ -955,7 +1023,7 @@ " Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään tavallista SMTP:tä\n" #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" " is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" @@ -964,12 +1032,12 @@ " Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään tavallista SMTP:tä\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "Ilmoitukset Anna sähköpostiosoite, johon ilmoitus lähetetään kun dump on tallennettu.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" " which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" @@ -978,7 +1046,7 @@ " joihin ilmoitukset lähetetään sähköpostina, jos dump tallennetaan.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." @@ -987,7 +1055,7 @@ "ylitetään, vanhimmat vedokset poistetaan." #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -996,7 +1064,7 @@ "Odota hetki... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -1005,7 +1073,7 @@ "Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla Keskeytä nyt.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1014,7 +1082,7 @@ "Odota hetki... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1027,7 +1095,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1036,7 +1104,7 @@ "Määritä kdump tässä. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1048,7 +1116,7 @@ "ja paina Aseta.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1059,7 +1127,7 @@ "muuttaa määrityksiä.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1070,7 +1138,7 @@ "voit muokata niiden määrityksiä. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1079,7 +1147,7 @@ "Paina Lisää kdumpin määrittämiseksi." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1124,6 +1192,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Ota käyttöön anony&ymi FTP" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" @@ -1168,19 +1240,21 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Ytimen valinta sisältää useita alueita. Uudelleen kirjoitetaanko se?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Käytä &laiteohjelmistoavusteista vedosta" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1189,119 +1263,133 @@ "Katso lisätietoja lokista %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan kdump-määritystä" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedostoa..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Luetaan ytimen käynnistysvalinnat..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Luetaan saatavilla oleva muisti..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Luetaan levyjen osioinnit..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading available memory..." +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "Luetaan saatavilla oleva muisti..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Määritystiedoston /etc/sysconfig/kdump lukeminen ei onnistunut" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Ytimen käynnistysvalintojen lukeminen ei onnistunut." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Saatavilla olevan muistin lukeminen ei onnistunut." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan kdump-määritys" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Päivitä käynnistysvalinnat" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Päivitetään käynnistysvalintoja..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "crashkernel-parametrin lisääminen käynnistyslataimeen epäonnistui." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-tila: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "käytössä" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "poistettu käytöstä" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Crashkernel-valinnan arvo: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Vedoksen muoto: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Vedosten kohde: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Vedosten määrä: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1309,6 +1397,9 @@ "Ei voida käyttää laiteohjelmistoavusteista vedosta.\n" "Laitteisto ei tue sitä." +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" + #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "Paketti kexec-tools ei ole saatavilla."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95108 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:38 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95108 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/journal.fi.po Log: Merged journal.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/journal.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/journal.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/journal.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:38 UTC (rev 95108) @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Time interval" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +msgid "With no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +msgid "Between these dates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "From previous boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Units" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "For these systemd units" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +msgid "For these files (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +msgid "Message" +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95107 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:37 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95107 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po Log: Merged iscsi-lio-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:35 UTC (rev 95106) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:37 UTC (rev 95107) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 21:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Palvelu" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Yleinen" @@ -169,7 +168,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus" @@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "Salasana" @@ -564,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "Tuo LUNit TPG:stä" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Asiakasnimi ei voi olla tyhjä!" @@ -572,101 +571,110 @@ #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Asiakasnimi on jo olemassa!" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Uusi asiakasnimi:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Peru" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa valitun kohteen?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Ongelmia luodessa kohdetta %1 tpg %2 kanssa" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Ongelmia asetettaessa verkkoportaalia asetukseen %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Ongelmia poistettaessa LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Ongelmia määritettäessä LUN %1 (nimi: %2) polkuun %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Ongelmia määritettäessä tunnistautumista %1:%2 %3:lle" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Kohde ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Kohde portaaliryhmä ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Kohde on jo olemassa." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Tuleva" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Lähtevä" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "Ei mikään" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Ongelmia poistettaessa LUN %4 asiakkaalta %3 %1:%2:ssa" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Ongelmia lisättäessä LUN %4:%5 asiakkaalle %3 %1:%2:ssa" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Ongelmia poistettaessa asiakasta %3 %1:%2:sta" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Ongelmia luodessa asiakasta %3 %1:%2:lle" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Ongelmia vaihdettaessa tunnistautumista asiakkaalle %3 %1:%2:ssa" @@ -680,13 +688,13 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "lio asetuksia ei voida tallentaa" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "tcm asetuksia ei voida tallentaa"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95106 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:35 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95106 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po Log: Merged iscsi-client.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:34 UTC (rev 95105) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:35 UTC (rev 95106) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:10+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -130,8 +130,10 @@ msgstr "Muokkaa" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Kirjaudu ulos" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connect" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Yhdistä" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -142,9 +144,6 @@ msgstr "Etsintä" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Kirjautuminen" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Yhdistä" @@ -226,8 +225,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-aloittaja</h1>" @@ -346,34 +345,32 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." msgstr "" -"Nykyisten istuntojen luettelo. Lisätäksesi uuden kohteen, napsauta Lisää.\n" -"Poistaaksesi kohteen, valitse se ja napsauta Kirjaudu ulos\n" -"Vaihtaaksesi käynnistystilaa, paina Vaihda\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Varoitus</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" msgstr "Yhdistettäessä iSCSI-laitteeseen READ/WRITE varmista että tämä on ainoa yhteys. Muuten tiedon vikaantumisen riski on hyvin mahdollinen.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "Aloittajan nimi luetaan tiedostosta<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" "Jos iBFT on käytössä, arvo lisätään kyseisestä tiedostosta. Tällöin sitä voi muuttaa vain BIOS-asetuksista." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" @@ -381,9 +378,14 @@ "Jos haluat käyttää Send Target-metodin sijaan iSNS:ää (Internet Storage Name Service) löytääksesi kohteet,\n" "anna iSNS-palvelimen IP-osoite ja portti. Oletusportti on 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +#| "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#| "select No Authentication.\n" msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -391,14 +393,10 @@ "Vaihda vain Portti jos se on tarpeen. Tunnistautumiseen, käytä Käyttäjänimeä ja Salasanaa. Jos tunnistautumista ei tarvita,\n" "valitse Ei mitään\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "Luettelo noodeista, jotka iSCSI-kohde tarjoaa. Valitse yksi ja napsauta Yhdistä. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr "Valitse tunnistautumistyyppi ja anna Käyttäjä ja Salasana" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Käynnistys</h1>" @@ -420,12 +418,22 @@ "automaattisesti on tarkoitettu iSCSI-kohteille, jotka yhdistetään kun iSCSI- palvelu\n" "käynnistyy.\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Authentication" +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "Ei tunnistautumista" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "Luettelo löydetyistä kohteista. Aloita uusi Etsintä tai Yhdistä johonkin kohteeseen." +msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -476,15 +484,32 @@ msgstr "Porttikenttää ei saa jättää tyhjäksi" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "Aloittajan nimi" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +#| "The correct syntax is\n" +#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Example:\n" +#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" "Väärä InitiatorName \n" "Oikea muoto on \n" @@ -495,12 +520,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Anna IP-osoite." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Anna portti." @@ -508,36 +533,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "Tosi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "Epätosi" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Kohde, jolla on tämä TargetName, on jo yhdistetty. Varmista, että monipolkuominaisuus on otettu käyttöön tietojen vahingoittumisen estämiseksi." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Jatka" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Peruuta" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Kohde on jo yhdistettynä." @@ -628,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "kaikki" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -639,11 +664,37 @@ " poikkeavat toisistaan. Vanha aloittajan nimi korvataan iBFT-arvolla, ja järjestelmä\n" " luo varmuuskopion. Jos haluat käyttää eri aloittajan nimeä, vaihda se BIOSissa.\n" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..." +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "Kirjaudu ulos" + +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "Kirjautuminen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nykyisten istuntojen luettelo. Lisätäksesi uuden kohteen, napsauta Lisää.\n" +#~ "Poistaaksesi kohteen, valitse se ja napsauta Kirjaudu ulos\n" +#~ "Vaihtaaksesi käynnistystilaa, paina Vaihda\n" + +#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +#~ msgstr "Valitse tunnistautumistyyppi ja anna Käyttäjä ja Salasana" + +#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +#~ msgstr "Luettelo löydetyistä kohteista. Aloita uusi Etsintä tai Yhdistä johonkin kohteeseen." + #~ msgid "(Software)" #~ msgstr "Ohjelmisto"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95105 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:34 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95105 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po Log: Merged iplb.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:34 UTC (rev 95105) @@ -0,0 +1,698 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +msgid "Configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "&Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +msgid "IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +msgid "IPLB Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Check Interval" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +msgid "Check Timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +msgid "Failure Count" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +msgid "Negotiate Timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Fallback" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Callback" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +msgid "Execute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +msgid "Email Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +msgid "Email Alert Freq" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +msgid "Email Alert Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +msgid "Auto Reload" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +msgid "Quiescent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +msgid "Supervised" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Log File" +msgstr "" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +"Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"Default: 10 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"configuration.\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +"\n" +"<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +"\n" +"<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"Default:\n" +"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +"Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check port</big> = n\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"rows. This is a required setting.\n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +" are replaced with a new line character.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"Default: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"SIP servers.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"from uname if unset.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +"is a required setting.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +"passwd above).\n" +"Default: empty string\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +"Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"protocol must be fwm.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +msgid "Check Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +msgid "Check Port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +msgid "Check Command" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +msgid "Http Method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +msgid "Request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +msgid "Receive" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +msgid "Virtual Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +msgid "Database Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +msgid "Radius Secret" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +msgid "Persistent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +msgid "Scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +msgid "Virtual Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +msgid "Virtual Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +msgid "Real Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +msgid "Check type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +msgid "Auth type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +msgid "Real Server's IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +msgid "Forward Method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +msgid "weight" +msgstr "" + +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +msgid "Read the global settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +msgid "Read the virtual host settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +msgid "Reading the global settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95104 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:33 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95104 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po Log: Merged installation.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:31 UTC (rev 95103) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:33 UTC (rev 95104) @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-24 19:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -38,23 +38,272 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusta..." + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan järjestelmän ensimääritystä..." + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Odota hetki..." + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"Asennuksen ohjaustiedostoa ei löytynyt.\n" +"Asennusta ei voida jatkaa." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan YaST-määrityksiä..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "Viimeistellään asennusta..." + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Tietokoneesi ei täytä kaikkia graafisen asennuksen\n" +"vaatimuksia. Koneessa on vähemmän kuin %1 Mt\n" +"muistia tai X-palvelinta ei onnistuttu käynnistämään.\n" +"\n" +"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio\n" +"YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa sinut asennuksen läpi.\n" +"Tämä tekstiversio tarjoaa samat ominaisuudet kuin graafinenkin,\n" +"mutta näkymät poikkeavat käyttöoppaassa kuvatuista.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Graafista käyttöliittymää ei voitu käynnistää.\n" +"\n" +"Tarvittavia paketteja ei ole asennettu (minimaalinen asennus) tai\n" +"näytönohjain ei ole kunnolla tuettu.\n" +"\n" +"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa sinut\n" +"asennuksen läpi. Tämä tekstiversio tarjoaa\n" +"samat ominaisuudet kuin graafinenkin, mutta näkymät\n" +"poikkeavat käyttöoppaassa kuvatuista.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "Mukautetaan verkkoasetuksia" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "Verkkoasetuksia mukautetaan..." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"Aiempi asennus epäonnistui.\n" +"Haluatko jatkaa aiempaa asennusta?\n" +"\n" +"Huomaa: joitakin tietoja on ehkä annettava uudestaan." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"Aiempi asennus keskeytettiin.\n" +"Haluatko jatkaa keskeytettyä asennusta?\n" +"\n" +"Huomaa: joitakin tietoja on ehkä annettava uudestaan." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "Aloitetaan asennusta..." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "Vahvista asennus" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "Kaikki perusasennukseen tarvittavat tiedot on nyt kerätty." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Jos jatkat nyt, olemassa olevat\n" +"osiot kiintolevyltäsi poistetaan tai alustetaan\n" +"(mikä tyhjentää kaiken olemassa olevan tiedon osioilta)\n" +"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen valintojen mukaan." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Jos jatkat nyt, kiintolevyjesi osioita muutetaan\n" +"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen vaikaisempaaalintojen mukaan." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "Mene takaisin ja tarkista valinnat, jos olet epävarma." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "Vahvista päivitys" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "Kaikki päivitykseen tarvittavat tiedot on nyt kerätty." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Jos jatkat nyt, kiintolevyilläsi olevien tietojen päälle kirjoitetaan\n" +"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen valintojen mukaan." + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "Aloita päi&vitys" + #. this is a heading -#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61 -msgid "Dummy" -msgstr "Malli" +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "Estä laitteet" #. this is a menu entry -#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63 -msgid "&Dummy" -msgstr "&Malli" +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "E&stä laitteet" +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +msgstr "Estä laitteet käytössä (<a href=\"%s\">poista käytöstä</a>)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +msgstr "Estä laitteet pois käytöstä (<a href=\"%s\">ota käyttöön</a>)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Käytä Estä laitteet, mikäli haluat estää laitteita käyttämästä ytimen muistia." + #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "Estetään laitteita..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "Luodaan AutoYaST-profiili, jos tarpeen..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" @@ -66,112 +315,111 @@ "tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. Kun valintaruutu\n" "on valittu, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan tiedostoon <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" +msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +msgstr "Kirjoita AutoYaST-profiili tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml" + #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Monista järjestelmän määritys" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "M&onista järjestelmän määritys" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "AutoYaST-profiili kirjoitetaan tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">Älä kirjoita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "AutoYaST-profiilia ei tallenneta (<a href=\"%1\">Tallenna</a>)." -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" -msgstr "Kirjoita AutoYaST-profiili tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml" - #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopioidaan tiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "Kopioidaan lokitiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Kopioidaan järjestelmätiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään..." #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: enabled" msgstr "Asennus levykuvista on: käytössä" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: disabled" msgstr "Asennus levykuvista on: poistettu käytöstä" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Asennus levykuvista" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "Tästä voit valita käyttöön Novellin esimääritetyt levykuvat nopeuttaaksesi RPM-asennusta." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Asennus levykuvista" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Älä asenna levykuvista" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "Muokattujen levykuvien käyttö; tarvitset tähän asennuslähteeksi määritettävän verkko-osoitteen" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Tässä voit luoda muokatun levykuvan.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Sinun täytyy määrittää ohjelmistovalinnat ennen kuin voit luoda levykuvaa tässä" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "Luo levykuvatiedosto (AutoYaST hakee sen annetusta sijainnista asennuksen aikana)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Luo levykuva" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Mistä AutoYaST löytää levykuvan? (esimerkiksi http://palvelin/)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Mikä levykuvan nimi on? (esimerkiksi oma_levykuva)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "Luo ISO (levykuva ja autoinst.xml-tiedosto lisätään tietovälineelle)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" @@ -182,7 +430,7 @@ "Levykuvat sisältävät valitsemiasi ohjelmistoryhmiä vastaavan järjestelmän pakattuna.\n" "Levykuvien ulkopuoliset paketit asennetaan normaaliin tapaan.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" @@ -194,12 +442,13 @@ "josta se on nopeampi asentaa ja voidaan muokata etukäteen.\n" "RPM-asennusta luukunottamatta kaikki muu tehdään kuin tavallisessa asennuksessa." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "ohjelmistovalinta pitää tehdä ennen levykuvan luontia" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" "Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." @@ -208,7 +457,7 @@ "joten ne eivät kerro asennusajankohtaa vaan koska levykuva on luotu." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." @@ -216,12 +465,12 @@ "Asennus levykuvista on oletuksena poissa käytöstä, ellei\n" "ohjelmistoryhmävalinta vastaa mitään levykuvaa." -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Virhe: levykuvia ei pitäisi käyttää tilassa: %1." #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -234,45 +483,45 @@ "asennustietovälineen levykuvia.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "Asennus &levykuvista" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Asennuslevykuvia ei ole saatavilla." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Asennus levykuvista on käytössä (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Asennus levykuvista on pois käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Valmistellaan oletusikkunaohjelmaa..." #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Lisätuotteiden asennus" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Luetaan asennuslähteistä saatavilla olevia paketteja..." #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -286,33 +535,33 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Päivitykset tuotteelle %1 %2" -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Päivitä" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Ohita päivitys" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Internetpäivitys" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Suoritetaanko internetpäivitys nyt?" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -324,43 +573,50 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Kieli, näppäimistö ja lisenssiehdot" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Kieli" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Näppäimistöasettelu" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "H&yväksyn käyttöoikeussopimuksen." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Näppäimistöasettelu" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Käyttöoikeussopimuksen käännökset..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -374,7 +630,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -388,7 +644,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -399,7 +655,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -412,7 +668,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -430,23 +686,23 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Julkaisutiedot" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Sinun täytyy hyväksyä tämän tuotteen käyttöoikeussopimus" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "&Poista ZMD-palvelu käytöstä" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.\n" @@ -456,22 +712,22 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Kopioi tämä järjestelmä AutoYaSTia varten." #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Asennus tehty" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "Onnittelut!" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -480,22 +736,22 @@ "Voit kirjautua järjestelmään napsautettuasi Valmis-painiketta.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." msgstr "Käy sivulla: %1." #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "Pidä hauskaa! SUSEn kehitysryhmä" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "Järjestelmäsi on valmis käyttöön." #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -504,7 +760,7 @@ "kirjautumisruutuun.\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -515,7 +771,7 @@ "SUSEn Tervetuloa-ikkuna.\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" @@ -527,29 +783,22 @@ "tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. Kun valintaruutu\n" "on valittu, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan tiedostoon <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "Viimeistellään asennusta..." - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Monistaaksesi nykyisen järjestelmän paketin %1 tulee olla asennettuna." -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Asennetaanko se nyt?" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "autoyast2-pakettia ei ole asennettu. Monistus ei ole käytettävissä." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistyy uudelleen..." @@ -558,15 +807,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Puretaan levykuvia..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -575,7 +825,7 @@ "Asennus keskeytetään...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -584,242 +834,222 @@ "YaST avaa pakettienhallinnan, jotta voit tarkistaa pakettien nykyisen tilan." #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Ladataan levykuvaa nopeudella %1/s" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Ladataan levykuvaa %1 nopeudella %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Puretaan levykuvaa..." -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Puretaan levykuvaa %1..." #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Valitse levy, johon levykuva asennetaan." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Kaikki levyllä olevat tiedot tuhoutuvat!!!" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Käytettävä levy" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Valitse levy, johon levykuva asennetaan. Kaikki levyllä olevat tiedostot tuhotaan ja levy osioidaan levykuvan mukaisesti." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Kiintolevy levykuvan asennukseen" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Tunnistetaan saatavilla olevia ohjaimia" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Levyn käyttöönotto" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Määritä &DASD-levyt" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Määritä &ZFCP-levyt" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Määritä &FCoE-liitännät" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Määritä &iSCSI-asemat" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Muuta &verkkomäärityksiä" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Asennus - odotetaan lähtölupaa" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "Aloitetaan asennusta..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Asennus on alkamaisillaan!" #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Valmistellaan" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusta..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Pakettipäivityksiä löytyi seuraavista lisäasennuslähteistä:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Tarkistetaanko ja asennetaanko päivitykset käynnistämällä pakettienhallinta?" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Näytä p&akettipäivitykset" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Viimeistellään perusasennusta" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Luodaan luettelo kutsuttavista viimeistelykomentojonoista..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopioi tiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Tallenna määritys" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Tallenna asennuksen asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Asenna käynnistyslatain" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Valmistele järjestelmä ensikäynnistystä varten" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Tarkistuksen vaihe: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Kutsutaan vaihetta %1 ..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Asennusvirhe" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Hyväk&syn" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "&En hyväksy" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Asennusta valmistellaan." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Odota hetki..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Valmistellaan järjestelmän ensimääritystä..." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Asennusvalinnat" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Valmistellaan..." - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Lisää &internetasennuslähteet ennen asennusta" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Ota mukaan lisätuotteita erilliseltä tietovälineeltä" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Asennusvalinnat</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -830,7 +1060,7 @@ "Lisää Internet asennuslähteet ennen asennusta." #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -841,22 +1071,22 @@ "Ota mukaan lisätuotteita erilliseltä medialta.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "Jos tarvitset jollekin laitteelle ajurin asennuksen aikana, katso: http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Sisäinen virhe: Käyttöoikeussopimus puuttuu" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Verkon asetus" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -867,27 +1097,27 @@ "voit turvallisesti ohittaa tämän.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Asetetaanko verkkokortti nyt?" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Valitse" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Kyllä, asenna verkko" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "Ei, &ohita verkon asennus" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.\n" @@ -896,7 +1126,7 @@ "asetettua verkkoa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" @@ -905,7 +1135,7 @@ "tai lisätuotteita. Ellet käytä verkkoasennuslähteitä, asetuksen voi ohittaa.\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -914,7 +1144,7 @@ "Katso lisätietoja lokitiedostosta %1." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" @@ -925,7 +1155,7 @@ "GNOME ja KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" "that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" @@ -937,12 +1167,12 @@ "valintojasi tai lisätä työpöytäympäristöjä. Tässä valitaan oletusympäristö." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Työpöydän valinta" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -951,315 +1181,48 @@ "Valitse asennettava työpöytäympäristö." #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Muu" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." msgstr "Käyttöjärjestelmän perustietoja ei löydy. Julkaisutietoja ei näytetä." #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Valmistellaan levyjä..." -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Asennetaan paketteja..." -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "Haluatko varmasti palauttaa oletusasetukset?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "Kaikki muutokset menetetään." - -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Tallennetun määrityksen sijainti" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Määritysten tallentaminen epäonnistui. Lisätietoja löytyy lokista." - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "Ohitetaan määritykset käyttäjän pyynnöstä" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ehdotus sisältää virheen, joka on ratkaistava\n" -"ennen kuin jatketaan.\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "VIRHE: Otsikko puuttuu" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "Sovitetaan ehdotusta nykyisiin asetuksiin..." - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..." - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "VIRHE: Ei ehdotusta" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"Asetukset tallennettiin.\n" -"Niistä löytyi virheitä." - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Asennuksen yhteenveto" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "Ohita määrity&s" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "Käytä se&uraavaa määritystä" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Muuta..." - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Vie määritys" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Muuta asetuksia napsauttamalla otsikkoa tai käyttämällä \"Muuta...\"-valikkoa." - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Muuta asetuksia napsauttamalla otsikkoa." - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "&Palauta oletusasetukset" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the Change... menu.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Muuta arvoja napsauttamalla otsikkoa \n" -"tai käytä Muuta...-valikkoa.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Tee uusi asennus näytetyillä arvoilla napsauttamalla Asenna.\n" -"\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _(" -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the Mode headline or select Mode in the -#. Change... menu. -#. -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Kiintolevyäsi ei muutettu millään tavalla, joten voit turvallisesti vielä keskeyttää asennuksen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Suorita päivitys näytettävillä arvoilla napsauttamalla Päivitä.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Ota verkkoasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Ota palveluasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Ota laitteistoasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" -"\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "UML Installation Proposal" -msgstr "UML-asennusehdotus" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) -asennus sallii riippumattomien\n" -"Linux-virtuaalikoneiden käynnistämisen isäntäjärjestelmässä." - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Käyttääksesi näytettäviä asetuksia napsauta Seuraava.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ylläpitäjä on saattanut lukita\n" -"joitakin ehdotuksia, joten niitä ei voida muuttaa. Jos haluat muuttaa\n" -"lukittua ehdotusta, ota yhteys ylläpitäjään.\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "&Päivitä" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Asenna" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Tähän moduuliin ei ole käyttöliittymää." #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Kieli: %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Julkaisutiedot" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Tuote" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" @@ -1268,19 +1231,12 @@ "Se tarjoaa lyhyen yhteenvedon uusista ominaisuuksista ja muutoksista.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "Julkaisutietoja ei ole asennettu." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1..." - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" @@ -1289,99 +1245,99 @@ "Lisäohjelmistoja voi valita myöhemmin ohjelmistoehdotuksen yhteydessä.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Valitse yksi asennustapa." #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Valitse asennustapa" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Tutkitaan tietokonetta" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Tunnista USB-laitteet" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Tunnistetaan USB-laitteita..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Tunnista FireWire-laitteet" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Tunnistetaan FireWire-laitteita..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Tunnista levykelaitteet" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Tunnistetaan levykelaitteita..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Tunnista kiintolevyohjaimet" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Tunnistetaan kiintolevyohjaimia..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Lataa kiintolevyohjainten ydinmoduulit" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Ladataan kiintolevyohjainten ydinmoduuleja..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Tunnista kiintolevyt" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Tunnistetaan kiintolevyjä..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Etsitään järjestelmätiedostoja" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Etsitään järjestelmätiedostoja..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paketinhallinnan valmistelu" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Valmistellaan paketinhallintaa..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Järjestelmän tunnistaminen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST tunnistaa tietokoneen laitteistoa ja asennettuja järjestelmiä." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1390,7 +1346,7 @@ "Tarkista \"drivers.suse.com\", jos tarvitset johonkin laitteeseesi ajurin." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1400,7 +1356,7 @@ "Tarkista laitteistosi!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1411,7 +1367,7 @@ "(erityisesti s390- tai iSCSI-järjestelmissä).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1423,7 +1379,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1432,31 +1388,32 @@ "Asennus keskeytetään." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Poistettu" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Ei käytössä" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Aiemmin käytetyt asennuslähteet" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1465,27 +1422,36 @@ "jota olet päivittämässä:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Nykyinen tila" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Asennuslähde" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "Verkko-osoite" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&Muuta..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Vaihda tilaa" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1494,7 +1460,7 @@ "päivitettävästä järjestelmästä. Ota käyttöön ne asennuslähteet, joita haluat käyttää päivitystoiminnossa." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1503,30 +1469,31 @@ "napsauta Vaihda tilaa tai kaksoisnapsauta vastaavaa taulukon kohtaa." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Vaihtaaksesi verkko-osoitetta napsauta Muuta...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Asennuslähteen &osoite" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Verkkoa ei ole asetettu" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1535,49 +1502,54 @@ "Asetetaanko se?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Lisätään ja poistetaan asennuslähteitä..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Asennuslähteitä lisätään ja poistetaan." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Poista käyttämättömät asennuslähteet" #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Poistetaan käyttämättömiä asennuslähteitä..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Lisää käyttöön otetut asennuslähteet" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Lisätään käyttöön otettuja asennuslähteitä..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Lisää käytöstä poistetut asennuslähteet" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Lisätään käytöstä poistettuja asennuslähteitä..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Pyydettiin oikeaa tietovälinettä" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1591,7 +1563,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1606,7 +1578,7 @@ "Asennuslähde lisätään, mutta sitä ei oteta käyttöön." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1618,7 +1590,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1630,7 +1602,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1641,7 +1613,7 @@ "Osoite: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1652,17 +1624,17 @@ "Osoite: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Tervetuloa" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "Tervetuloa!" #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1675,7 +1647,7 @@ " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "Click Next to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.\n" @@ -1684,114 +1656,102 @@ "napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Tälle asennusmuodolle ei ole määritetty työnkulkua." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan automaattinen määritystä..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Päivitetään ydinmoduulien riippuvuuksia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Asetetaan linkittäjän välimuistia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan verkkoasetuksia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan asennettua järjestelmää..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan välityspalvelinasetuksia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Tallennetaan aikavyöhyke..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Tallennetaan kieli..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan konsolimäärityksiä..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan näppäimistömääritys..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Tallennetaan tuotteen tietoja..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Tallennetaan automaattiasennuksen asetuksia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Tallennetaan tietoturva-asetuksia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 -msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." -msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyskomentojonojen asetuksia..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Tallennetaan laitteistomäärityksiä..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Kopioidaan SSH-asetuksia asennettuun järjestelmään..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Siirrytään asennettuun järjestelmään..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Irrotetaan kaikki liitetyt laitteet..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Kopioidaan X-ikkunointijärjestelmän määritys järjestelmään..." -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "Kirjoitetaan YaST-määrityksiä..." - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1815,238 +1775,283 @@ "***********************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusympäristöä..." +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "Kopioidaan lokitiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusta..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "Pienennetään PREP-osioa..." -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "Valmistellaan järjestelmän ensimääritystä..." +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti palauttaa oletusasetukset?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"Asennuksen ohjaustiedostoa ei löytynyt.\n" -"Asennusta ei voida jatkaa." +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "Kaikki muutokset menetetään." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetun määrityksen sijainti" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "Määritysten tallentaminen epäonnistui. Lisätietoja löytyy lokista." + +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "Ohitetaan määritykset käyttäjän pyynnöstä" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"Tietokoneesi ei täytä kaikkia graafisen asennuksen\n" -"vaatimuksia. Koneessa on vähemmän kuin %1 Mt\n" -"muistia tai X-palvelinta ei onnistuttu käynnistämään.\n" -"\n" -"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio\n" -"YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa sinut asennuksen läpi.\n" -"Tämä tekstiversio tarjoaa samat ominaisuudet kuin graafinenkin,\n" -"mutta näkymät poikkeavat käyttöoppaassa kuvatuista.\n" +"Ehdotus sisältää virheen, joka on ratkaistava\n" +"ennen kuin jatketaan.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." +msgstr "Sovitetaan ehdotusta nykyisiin asetuksiin..." + +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..." + +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "VIRHE: Ei ehdotusta" + +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"Graafista käyttöliittymää ei voitu käynnistää.\n" -"\n" -"Tarvittavia paketteja ei ole asennettu (minimaalinen asennus) tai\n" -"näytönohjain ei ole kunnolla tuettu.\n" -"\n" -"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa sinut\n" -"asennuksen läpi. Tämä tekstiversio tarjoaa\n" -"samat ominaisuudet kuin graafinenkin, mutta näkymät\n" -"poikkeavat käyttöoppaassa kuvatuista.\n" +"Asetukset tallennettiin.\n" +"Niistä löytyi virheitä." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu %1" +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "Ohita määrity&s" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "Mukautetaan verkkoasetuksia" +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "Käytä se&uraavaa määritystä" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "Verkkoasetuksia mukautetaan..." +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "&Vie määritys" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgstr "Muuta asetuksia napsauttamalla otsikkoa tai käyttämällä \"Muuta...\"-valikkoa." + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "Muuta asetuksia napsauttamalla otsikkoa." + +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "&Palauta oletusasetukset" + +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "&Päivitä" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&Asenna" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Asennuksen yhteenveto" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Aiempi asennus epäonnistui.\n" -"Haluatko jatkaa aiempaa asennusta?\n" -"\n" -"Huomaa: joitakin tietoja on ehkä annettava uudestaan." +"\n" +"Muuta arvoja napsauttamalla otsikkoa \n" +"tai käytä Muuta...-valikkoa.\n" +"\n" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Aiempi asennus keskeytettiin.\n" -"Haluatko jatkaa keskeytettyä asennusta?\n" -"\n" -"Huomaa: joitakin tietoja on ehkä annettava uudestaan." +"\n" +"Kiintolevyäsi ei muutettu millään tavalla, joten voit turvallisesti vielä keskeyttää asennuksen.\n" +"\n" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "Vahvista asennus" +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Tee uusi asennus näytetyillä arvoilla napsauttamalla Asenna.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Kaikki perusasennukseen tarvittavat tiedot on nyt kerätty." +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Suorita päivitys näytettävillä arvoilla napsauttamalla Päivitä.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Jos jatkat nyt, olemassa olevat\n" -"osiot kiintolevyltäsi poistetaan tai alustetaan\n" -"(mikä tyhjentää kaiken olemassa olevan tiedon osioilta)\n" -"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen valintojen mukaan." +"\n" +"Ota verkkoasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Jos jatkat nyt, kiintolevyjesi osioita muutetaan\n" -"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen vaikaisempaaalintojen mukaan." +"\n" +"Ota palveluasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "Mene takaisin ja tarkista valinnat, jos olet epävarma." +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ota laitteistoasetukset käyttöön napsauttamalla Seuraava.\n" +"\n" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "Vahvista päivitys" +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "UML Installation Proposal" +msgstr "UML-asennusehdotus" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Kaikki päivitykseen tarvittavat tiedot on nyt kerätty." +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." +msgstr "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) -asennus sallii riippumattomien\n" +"Linux-virtuaalikoneiden käynnistämisen isäntäjärjestelmässä." -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Jos jatkat nyt, kiintolevyilläsi olevien tietojen päälle kirjoitetaan\n" -"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa tehtyjen valintojen mukaan." +"\n" +"Käyttääksesi näytettäviä asetuksia napsauta Seuraava.\n" +"\n" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "Aloita päi&vitys" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "Estä laitteet" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "E&stä laitteet" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Estä laitteet käytössä (<a href=\"%s\">poista käytöstä</a>)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Estä laitteet pois käytöstä (<a href=\"%s\">ota käyttöön</a>)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Käytä Estä laitteet, mikäli haluat estää laitteita käyttämästä ytimen muistia." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Estetään laitteita..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "Pienennetään PREP-osioa..." - #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Otetaan etähallinta käyttöön..." +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Tietojen lukeminen asennuslevykuvista epäonnistui" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Puretaan..." @@ -2054,19 +2059,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Tallennetaan käyttäjän valinnat..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Palautetaan käyttäjän valintoja..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2074,6 +2079,30 @@ "Asennusohjelma ei onnistunut ratkaisemaan pakettien riippuvuuksia automaattisesti.\n" "Pakettihallintaohjelma käynnistetään nyt, jotta voit ratkaista ongelmat käsin." +#~ msgid "Dummy" +#~ msgstr "Malli" + +#~ msgid "&Dummy" +#~ msgstr "&Malli" + +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "VIRHE: Otsikko puuttuu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ylläpitäjä on saattanut lukita\n" +#~ "joitakin ehdotuksia, joten niitä ei voida muuttaa. Jos haluat muuttaa\n" +#~ "lukittua ehdotusta, ota yhteys ylläpitäjään.\n" + +#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." +#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyskomentojonojen asetuksia..." + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusympäristöä..." + #~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" #~ msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus täytyy hyväksyä"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95103 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:31 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95103 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po Log: Merged http-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:30 UTC (rev 95102) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:31 UTC (rev 95103) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 20:36+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Käytössä" @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä" @@ -181,9 +181,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "tuntematon" @@ -255,8 +255,7 @@ msgstr "Palvelinmoduulit" #. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Pääkone" @@ -301,8 +300,7 @@ #. translators: human-readable "default host" #. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Oletuspalvelin" @@ -721,10 +719,10 @@ #. translators: Listen type for all addresses; #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Kaikki osoitteet" @@ -778,37 +776,37 @@ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan HTTP-palvelimen määritystä" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Tarkista ympäristö" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Lue Apache2-määritykset" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lue verkkomääritykset" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan ympäristöä..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Luetaan Apache2-määritykset..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Luetaan verkkomääritykset..." @@ -817,23 +815,23 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." msgstr "Määrittääksesi HTTP-palvelimen paketti %1 tulee olla asennettuna." #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "Haluatko asentaa sen nyt?" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -849,52 +847,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Asetustiedostoa %1 ei ole olemassa." #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Tällä palvelimella ei ole käynnissä DNS-palvelinta." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan HTTP-palvelinmääritykset" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Kirjoita Apache2-asetukset" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Ota Apache2-palvelu käyttöön" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Poista Apache2-palvelu käytöstä" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetukset..." #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Otetaan Apache2-palvelu käyttöön..." #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Poistetaan Apache2-palvelu käytöstä..." #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -907,17 +905,17 @@ "Asennetaanko ne nyt?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "Moduulin kuvauksessa ei ole määritetty nimeä. Jätetään huomiotta." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Tuntematon muutos automaattiasennusmoduulilla: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -926,38 +924,38 @@ "Tämä saattaa aiheuttaa epäyhtenäisen moduulimäärityksen." #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Kuuntelulause ilman porttia löydettiin." #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Kuuntele</h3>" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Oletuspalvelin</h3>" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " polku " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "käytössä" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "poistettu käytöstä" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Näennäispalvelin</h3>" @@ -1071,7 +1069,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Kuuntele liitäntöjä" @@ -1280,24 +1278,24 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "Ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite ei voi olla tyhjä." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Kaikki osoitteet (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-osoitteet" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Palvelimen nimi" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "VirtualHost ID -nimi ei voi olla tyhjä." #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1309,61 +1307,61 @@ "joka hyväksyy pyynnöt koneilta.\n" "Myös * kaikille osoitteille ja *:porttinumeroille on hyväksyttävää." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Päävyöhyke %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Tietue %1 on jo olemassa vyöhykkeellä %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-asetukset" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Lisää vyöhykkeelle" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Vyöhykkeen nimi" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Luo uusi vyöhyke" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-hakemisto" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Anna varmennetiedosto." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Anna varmennetiedosto." #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Valitse varmenne" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1372,61 +1370,61 @@ "%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Verkko-osoit&e:" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Virheellinen porttinumero." #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Selvitys HTTP-otsikoilla" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Selvitys IP-osoitteilla käytössä" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Moduulien riippuvuusongelma" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "vaatii" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Ota käyttöön vaadittu moduuli tai poista ensimmäinen käytöstä." #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Uusi &nimi moduulille:" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Lisättävän moduulin nimi on pakollinen." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "Moduuli on jo luettelossa." #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Merkintä '%1' on jo olemassa." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1435,84 +1433,84 @@ "ei voi olla tyhjä." #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Ainakin yksi liitäntä pitää valita." #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Ota &PHP5-komentojonot käyttöön" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Ota P&erl-komentojonot käyttöön" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Ota P&ython-komentojonot käyttöön" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Laiton avain näennäispalvelimessa '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Sisäinen virhe: Tiedon pitää olla taulukkoviite eikä %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Laiton palvelin-ID." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "palvelin-ID on jo olemassa" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "ei voi poistaa oletuspalvelinta" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "palvelin-ID:tä ei löytynyt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "laiton portti" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "palomuurisääntöjen kirjoitus ei onnistunut" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "poistettavaa kuunteluarvoa ei löytynyt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Ei pysty noutamaan palvelinta määritetyllä ID:llä." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "PEM-tiedot ovat vaurioituneet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Tälle palvelin-ID:lle ei ole määritetty varmenneavaintiedostoa." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "Avaintiedoston tulkinta ei onnistunut." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Tälle palvelin-ID:lle ei ole määritetty CA-varmennetta." @@ -1520,223 +1518,223 @@ msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "Tarjoaa käyttöoikeudet muun muassa asiakkaan konenimen tai IP-osoitteen perusteella." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "CGI-komentojonojen suorittaminen mediatyypin tai kyselytavan perusteella" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" msgstr "Yhdistetään palvelinpään tiedostojärjestelmän osia dokumenttipuuhun ja edelleen ohjausta varten." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Käyttäjän tunnistus tekstitiedostoilla" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Käyttäjän tunnistus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Ryhmien tunnistus tekstitiedostoilla" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Käyttäjän tunnistus DBM-tiedostoilla" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Luo hakemistolistauksen automaattisesti, samalla tavoin kuin Unixin ls-komento." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI-komentojonojen suoritus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "Mahdollistaa päättävän vinoviivan edelleen ohjauksen ja hakemistolistausten tuottamisen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "Muokkaa CGI-komentojonojen ja SSI-sivujen käyttämää ympäristöä" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "HTTP-Expires-otsikkojen teko käyttäjän määrittämin ehdoin" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Palvelimen jäsentämät HTML-dokumentit (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Palvelimelle tehtyjen pyyntöjen kirjoittaminen lokiin" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "Yhdistää pyydetyn tiedoston nimipäätteen tiedoston käsittelyyn ja sisältöön" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Tarjoaa sisältöneuvottelun" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "Sallii ympäristön määrittelypyynnön yksityiskohtien perusteella" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Tietoja palvelimen aktiivisuudesta ja suorituskyvystä" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "Sallii CGI-komentojonojen ajon määritettynä käyttäjänä ja ryhmänä" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Käyttäjäkohtaiset hakemistot" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Lähettää tiedostoja, jotka sisältävät omat HTTP-otsikot" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Sallii anonyymien käyttäjien pääsyn tunnistautumista vaativille alueille" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus käyttää MD5-tunnistusta" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "Sallii LDAP-hakemiston käyttämisen HTTP-tunnistustietojen tietokantana." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Sisällön välimuisti on sidottu URIin" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Määrittele merkistökoodauksen käännös tai uudelleenkoodaus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) -toiminnot" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä mod_dav:lle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Pakkaa sisältö ennen sen lähettämistä asiakkaalle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Sisällön välimuistin hallinta on sidottu URIin" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "Yksinkertainen echo-palvelin protokollamoduulien havainnollistamista varten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "Aja vastauksen runko ulkoisen ohjelman läpi ennen sen lähettämistä asiakkaalle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Säilöö staattisen luettelon muistissa olevista tiedostoista " -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "HTTP-pyyntö- ja -vastausotsikkojen muokkaus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Palvelinpään kuvakarttojen muokkaus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Kattava yleiskatsaus palvelimen asetuksiin" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "LDAP-yhteyssäiliö ja tulosvälimuisti toisten LDAP-moduulien käyttöön" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Lokiin kirjoitetaan lähtevien ja saapuvien tavujen määrä pyyntöä kohti" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Päättelee tiedoston MIME-tyypin lukemalla muutaman tavun tiedoston sisällöstä" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 välityspalvelin/yhdyskäytävä" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP-moduuli mod_proxy:lle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy-laajennus CONNECT-pyyntöjen hallintaan" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP-moduuli mod_proxylle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-moduuli mod_proxylle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Sääntöpohjainen verkko-osoitteen uudelleenkirjoitus" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Yrittää korjata käyttäjien antamat virheelliset verkko-osoitteet" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "Vahva salaus käyttäen Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) ja Transport Layer Security (TLS) -yhteyskäytäntöjä." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "Tuottaa ympäristömuuttujan yksilöllisellä tunnisteella jokaiselle pyynnölle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Clickstream-lokikirjaus käyttäjän toimille sivuilla" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "Tarjoaa tuen dynaamisesti määrittyvälle mass virtual hosting:lle" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Tuki PHP5:n avulla tuotetuille dynaamisille sivuille" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Tuki Perlin avulla tuotetuille dynaamisille sivuille" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Tuki Pythonin avulla tuotetuille dynaamisille sivuille" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Tarjoaa tuen AppArmor:lle apachen aliprosessien rajoittamiseen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Tarjoaa subversion-tuen"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95102 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:30 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95102 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po Log: Merged geo-cluster.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:30 UTC (rev 95102) @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "GeoCluster" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +msgid "&GeoCluster" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +msgid "transport" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +msgid "timeout is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +msgid "expire is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +msgid "retries is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +msgid "weights is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +msgid "ticket can not be empty" +msgstr "" + +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +msgid "Cannot read the database2." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95101 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:29 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95101 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po Log: Merged ftp-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:28 UTC (rev 95100) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:29 UTC (rev 95101) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-21 18:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -965,8 +965,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "S&elaa" @@ -2001,21 +2000,21 @@ msgstr "Lähetyshakemiston luonti anonyymeille yhteyksille ei onnistu." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<ul>FTP daemon is not configured.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>FTP-demonia ei ole määritelty.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-demoni" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-demoni %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Nämä asetukset määritellään"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95100 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:28 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95100 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/fonts.fi.po Log: Merged fonts.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/fonts.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/fonts.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/fonts.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:28 UTC (rev 95100) @@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect +#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* +#. otherwise testsuite will fail +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +msgid "Bitmap Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +msgid "Black and White Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +msgid "CFF Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +msgid "Subpixel Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#. for testsuite +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +msgid "installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +msgid "not installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190 +msgid "Preference List for %s" +msgstr "" + +#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will +#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324 +msgid "Family: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325 +msgid "Specimen for %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328 +msgid "No specimen available for this font and script." +msgstr "" + +#. unlikely +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333 +msgid "No script found for %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341 +msgid "Family: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Scripts<ul>" +msgstr "" + +#. nothing to do nowadays +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 +msgid "" +"Family preference list for %s\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499 +msgid "" +"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n" +"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 +msgid "" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" +"reread the profile to see results.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. <table> do not work for text mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 +msgid "" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 +msgid "Match for %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 +msgid "Font &Antialiasing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 +msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 +msgid "Force A&utohinting On" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 +msgid "Force Hint St&yle" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 +msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 +msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 +msgid "All Lan&guages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 +msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 +msgid "&Select" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 +msgid "LCD &Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 +msgid "&Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 +msgid "Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +msgid "Font Family" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +msgid "Available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +msgid "Down" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 +msgid "Up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 +msgid "&Installed families..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 +msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 +msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 +msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 +msgid "&Rendering Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 +msgid "Antialiasing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 +msgid "Hinting" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 +msgid "Prefered &Families" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 +msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 +msgid "Match &Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 +msgid "&Presets" +msgstr "" + +#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated +#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config +#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 +msgid "Reading Font Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +msgid "Read sysconfig file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 +msgid "Reading %s..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +msgid "Font Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 +msgid " (User Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. misuse back_button a bit +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 +msgid "&Use system settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 +msgid "Writing Font Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +msgid "Write sysconfig file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +msgid "Run fonts-config" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +msgid "Writing %s..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 +msgid "Running fonts-config..." +msgstr "" + +#. we are in user mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 +msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 +msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 +msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 +msgid "User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +msgid "NOTE: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 +msgid "Help for Presets button and for the current tab follows." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 +msgid "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 +msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 +msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 +msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 +msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 +msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 +msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 +msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 +msgid "See: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 +msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 +msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 +msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 +msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 +msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 +msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 +msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 +msgid "This tab controls which fonts are rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 +msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 +msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 +msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 +msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 +msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 +msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 +msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 +msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." +msgstr "" + +#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Installed Families" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Font Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Script Coverages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#. save unknown langs +#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 +msgid "&Languages" +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95099 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:27 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95099 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po Log: Merged firstboot.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:25 UTC (rev 95098) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:27 UTC (rev 95099) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 09:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ msgstr "Otsikko" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Moduulin nimi" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Tila" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Moduulin nimi" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ "ei ole takaisin-painiketta, jolla voisit palata takaisin tähän asennuksen osaan.\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -253,22 +253,22 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Kieli ja näppäimistöasettelu" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Kieli" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Näppäimistökartta" #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Käytettävissä ei ole tarpeeksi tilaa kaikkien lisäpakettien asentamiseen."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95098 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:25 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95098 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po Log: Merged drbd.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:24 UTC (rev 95097) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:25 UTC (rev 95098) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-07 14:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -76,10 +76,16 @@ msgstr "Lähteen määritys" #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "DRBD-määritys" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Resurssin perusasetukset" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Resurssin lisäasetukset" @@ -221,8 +227,7 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Käynnistys:\n" -"\t\t\t\"Käytössä\" käynnistää DRBD-palvelimen nyt ja käynnistettäessä " -"uudelleen\n" +"\t\t\t\"Käytössä\" käynnistää DRBD-palvelimen nyt ja käynnistettäessä uudelleen\n" "\t\t\t\"Ei käytössä\" vaatii käynnistämään DRBD-palvelimen käsin\n" "\t\tVaihto Käytössä ja Ei käytössä välillä:\n" "\t\t\tKäynnistää tai pysäyttää DRBD-palvelimen juuri nyt\n" @@ -235,12 +240,10 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Lisää, muokkaa tai poista resurssi painamalla \"Lisää\", \"Muokkaa\" tai " -"\"Poista\"\n" +"Lisää, muokkaa tai poista resurssi painamalla \"Lisää\", \"Muokkaa\" tai \"Poista\"\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 @@ -256,126 +259,94 @@ #| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of " -"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is " -"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the " -"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the " -"node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and " -"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be " -"used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or " -"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it." -"\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Nimi\" on pakollinen ja sen on vastattava yhden solmun Linuxin " -"konenimiä (uname -n)\n" -"\t\t\"Osoite:portti\": Resurssi vaatii kullekin laitteelle IP-osoitteen, " -"jota käytetään odottamaan kumppanilaitteelta saapuvien yhteyksien saapumista " -"laitteeseen. Jokainen DRBD-resurssi vaatii TCP-portin, jota käytetään " -"yhdistämään solmun kumppanilaitteeseen.\n" -"\t\t\"Laite\": Kuvatun lohkolaitesolmun laitteen nimi. Tätä laitetta on " -"käytettävä sovelluksen (tiedostojärjestelmän) kanssa. Se ei saa olla matalan " -"tason lohkolaite, joka määrittyy levyparametrinsa mukaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Nimi\" on pakollinen ja sen on vastattava yhden solmun Linuxin konenimiä (uname -n)\n" +"\t\t\"Osoite:portti\": Resurssi vaatii kullekin laitteelle IP-osoitteen, jota käytetään odottamaan kumppanilaitteelta saapuvien yhteyksien saapumista laitteeseen. Jokainen DRBD-resurssi vaatii TCP-portin, jota käytetään yhdistämään solmun kumppanilaitteeseen.\n" +"\t\t\"Laite\": Kuvatun lohkolaitesolmun laitteen nimi. Tätä laitetta on käytettävä sovelluksen (tiedostojärjestelmän) kanssa. Se ei saa olla matalan tason lohkolaite, joka määrittyy levyparametrinsa mukaan.\n" "\t\tEsimerkiksi: \"/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0\"\n" -"\t\t\"Levy\": DRBD käyttää tätä lohkolaitetta datan tallentamiseen ja " -"noutamiseen. Älä käytä tätä laitetta DRBD:n käyttäessä sitä.\n" -"\t\t\"Metalevy\": sisäinen. Sisäisellä tarkoitetaan, että taustalaitteen " -"viimeistä osaa käytetään tallentamaan metadataa.\n" +"\t\t\"Levy\": DRBD käyttää tätä lohkolaitetta datan tallentamiseen ja noutamiseen. Älä käytä tätä laitetta DRBD:n käyttäessä sitä.\n" +"\t\t\"Metalevy\": sisäinen. Sisäisellä tarkoitetaan, että taustalaitteen viimeistä osaa käytetään tallentamaan metadataa.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " -"disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " -"disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was " -"a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports " -"io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response " -"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and " -"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than " -"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 " -"seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a " -"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Järjestelmänlaajuiset DRDB-määritykset</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t" msgstr "" -"Valitse \"Poista IP:n varmennus käytöstä\" poistaaksesi käytöstä " -"yhden drbdadm tarkistustesteistä" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Järjestelmänlaajuiset DRDB-määritykset</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Valitse \"Poista IP:n varmennus käytöstä\" poistaaksesi käytöstä yhden drbdadm tarkistustesteistä" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Valintaikkunan päivitys: Käyttäjän valintaikkuna laskee ja näyttää " -"ajan jonka se on odottanut.\n" +"Valintaikkunan päivitys: Käyttäjän valintaikkuna laskee ja näyttää ajan jonka se on odottanut.\n" " Voit haluta poistaa tämän käytöstä jos palvelimesi konsoli\n" " on yhdistetty sarjapääte-palvelimeen missä on\n" " rajoitettu tila kirjaukselle.\n" -" Valintaikkuna tulostaa jokaisen 'dialog-refresh' määrän " -"sekunteina,\n" -" aseta se 0:ksi poistaaksesi uudelleen piirron kokonaan " -"käytöstä. " +" Valintaikkuna tulostaa jokaisen 'dialog-refresh' määrän sekunteina,\n" +" aseta se 0:ksi poistaaksesi uudelleen piirron kokonaan käytöstä. " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -386,12 +357,11 @@ "Minor Count:\n" " käytä tätä jos haluat määrittää lisää resursseja myöhemmin\n" " ilman moduulin uudelleen lataamista.\n" -" oletuksena moduuli ladataan juuri niin monelle laitteelle kuin " -"tässä\n" +" oletuksena moduuli ladataan juuri niin monelle laitteelle kuin tässä\n" " määritystiedostossa on kerrottu. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -400,7 +370,7 @@ "Määritä DRBD tästä. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -413,7 +383,7 @@ "ja paina Määritä.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -424,7 +394,7 @@ "muuttaa määrityksiä.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -435,7 +405,7 @@ "muuttaa niiden määrityksiä. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -444,7 +414,7 @@ "Paina Lisää drbd:n määrittämiseksi." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -455,7 +425,7 @@ "Valitse sitten Muokkaa tai Poista.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -467,7 +437,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -478,7 +448,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -488,25 +458,50 @@ "Napsauta Seuraava jatkaaksesi.\n" " \n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD" +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "DRBD määritys" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Lähteen nimi:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Solmujen nimien pitää erota." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Solmujen nimessä ei saa olla \".\", käytetään paikallista konenimeä." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Täytä kaikki kentät." @@ -515,39 +510,42 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Käynnistys" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "&Päällä -- käynnistä DRBD-palvelin nyt ja käynnistyksen yhteydessä" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "P&ois päältä -- käynnistä vain käsin" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Käynnistä ja pysäytä" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Nykyinen tila: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Käynnistä DRBD-palvelin nyt" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Pysäytä DRBD-palvelin nyt" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Määritysten jakaminen" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -556,31 +554,31 @@ "kopioi määritys tiedosto '/etc/drbd.conf' lopuille noodeille käsin." #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-palvelin on käynnissä" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-palvelin ei ole käynnissä" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD-palvelun käynnistys epäonnistui" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD-palvelun pysäytys epäonnistui" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-määritys" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." @@ -612,58 +610,76 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Eri DRBD-asetustiedostojen yhdistäminen epäonnistui\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Tiedostoon drbd.conf.YaST2prepare kirjoitus epäonnistui" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan DRBD-määritystä" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Lue resurssit" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "DRBD-määritys" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Lue palvelun tila" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Luetaan yleisiä asetuksia..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Luetaan resursseja..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DRBD-määritystä" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Luetaan palvelun tilaa..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "drbd.conf-tiedoston varmuuskopiointi epäonnistui" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "drbd.conf-tiedoston puhdistus drbdadm-testiä varten epäonnistui" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -671,12 +687,12 @@ "Resurssin %1 määritys on kelvoton\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "drbd.conf-tiedoston palautus epäonnistui" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DRBD-määritystä" @@ -684,31 +700,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Kirjoita yleiset asetukset" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Kirjoita resurssit" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DRBD-määritystä" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Aseta palvelun tila" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write global settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita yleiset asetukset" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan yleiset asetukset..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan resursseja..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DRBD-määritystä" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Asetetaan palvelun tilaa..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing global settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan yleiset asetukset..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Kansion /etc/drbd.d luonti epäonnistui"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95097 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:24 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95097 Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/docker.fi.po Log: Merged docker.pot for fi Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/docker.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/docker.fi.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/docker.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:24 UTC (rev 95097) @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# Finnish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: fi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "&Images" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "&Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "Docker Images" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "Running Docker Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +msgid "Image ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +msgid "Created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "Virtual Size" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +msgid "Container ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +msgid "Ports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "R&un" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +msgid "S&how Changes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +msgid "&Stop Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "&Kill Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95096 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:23 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95096 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po Log: Merged dns-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:21 UTC (rev 95095) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:23 UTC (rev 95096) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 10:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -27,15 +27,238 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "DNS-palvelinmääritykset" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "Käynnistysasetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "DNS-välittäjät" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "Kirjausasetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "Käyttövalvontalistat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "Vyöhykesiirtosäännöt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "Vyöhykkeen nimipalvelimet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "Vyöhykkeen postipalvelimet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Vyöhykkeen resurssitietueet, kuten A, CNAME, NS, MX tai PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "Käsittelee A- ja vastaavia PTR-tietueita yhtäaikaisesti" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "Näytä nykyiset asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin käynnistyksen yhteydessä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin käsin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "Lisää uusi tietue" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "Poista tietue" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4-osoite" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "Kirjauskohde (syslog|file)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "Aseta valinta" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "Kirjaustiedoston nimi (koko polku)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "Lokin suurin koko [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "Suurin versioiden lukumäärä kierrätykselle, '0' tarkoittaa ei kierrätystä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "Vyöhykkeen nimi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "Vyöhyketyyppi, isäntä tai renki" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeen isäntäpalvelin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "Ota valintaa käyttöön" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "Poista valinta käytöstä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Nimipalvelin (täysin määritellyssä muodossa päättyen pisteeseen tai suhteelliseen nimeen)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Postipalvelin (täysin määritellyssä muodossa päättyen pisteeseen tai suhteelliseen nimeen)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "Postipalvelimen prioriteetti (luku välillä 0..65535)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "Vyöhykepäivityksen sarjanumero" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "Yleinen vyöhykkeen tietueiden elinaika" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "Aikaväli vyöhykkeen tietueiden virkistämiselle" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr " Uusien yrityksien aikaväli epäonnistuneiden virkistysten jälkeen." + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "Aikaväli, jonka jälkeen vyöhykkeen tietueet eivät ole enää voimassa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "Pienin TTL, joka viedään tämän vyöhykkeen tietueiden mukana" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "DNS-resurssitietueen tyyppi, kuten A, CNAME, NS, MX tai PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "DNS-kysely, kuten example.org A-tietueelle" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "DNS-resurssitietueen arvo, kuten example.org A-tietueen arvo 192.0.34.166" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "DNS-tietueen palvelinnimi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "Kirjaa named-kyselyt %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykepäivitykset %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykesiirrot %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "Pilkulla eroteltu luettelo vyöhykkeen välittäjistä" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parametri %1 on pakollinen." #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Parametrin %1 tuntematon arvo." @@ -43,69 +266,50 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Käynnistysasetukset:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Vain yksi parametri on sallittu." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Otetaan DNS-palvelin käynnistykseen..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Poistetaan DNS-palvelin käynnistyksestä..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "DNS-palvelin otetaan käyttöön käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS-palvelin täytyy käynnistää manuaalisesti." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Välitys:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Välittäjä-IP" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -114,70 +318,57 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Kirjauskohde" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Järjestelmäloki" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Tiedosto" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Tiedostonimi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Suurin koko" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Suurin versiolukumäärä" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Kirjaa named-kyselyt" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykepäivitykset" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykesiirrot" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Kirjausasetukset:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Asetus" @@ -185,99 +376,78 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 msgid "Value" msgstr "Arvo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Kirjaussääntö" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeet:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Isäntäpalvelin" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Välittäjät" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Ennalta määritetty" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Muokattu" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "Käyttövalvontalistat:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Vyöhykesiirto:" @@ -286,386 +456,91 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Vyöhyke" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "Käyttövalvontalista käytössä" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Nimipalvelimet:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Nimipalvelin" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Postipalvelimet:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Postipalvelin" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteetti" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Avain" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Tietuekysely" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Tietuetyyppi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Tietueen arvo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Palvelinnimitietue:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Palvelinnimi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "DNS-palvelinmääritykset" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "Käynnistysasetukset" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "DNS-välittäjät" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "Kirjausasetukset" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeet" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "Käyttövalvontalistat" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "Vyöhykesiirtosäännöt" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "Vyöhykkeen nimipalvelimet" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "Vyöhykkeen postipalvelimet" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Vyöhykkeen resurssitietueet, kuten A, CNAME, NS, MX tai PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "Käsittelee A- ja vastaavia PTR-tietueita yhtäaikaisesti" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "Näytä nykyiset asetukset" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin käynnistyksen yhteydessä" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin käsin" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "Lisää uusi tietue" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "Poista tietue" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4-osoite" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "Kirjauskohde (syslog|file)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "Aseta valinta" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "Kirjaustiedoston nimi (koko polku)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "Lokin suurin koko [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Suurin versioiden lukumäärä kierrätykselle, '0' tarkoittaa ei kierrätystä" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "Vyöhykkeen nimi" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "Vyöhyketyyppi, isäntä tai renki" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeen isäntäpalvelin" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "Ota valintaa käyttöön" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "Poista valinta käytöstä" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Nimipalvelin (täysin määritellyssä muodossa päättyen pisteeseen tai suhteelliseen nimeen)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Postipalvelin (täysin määritellyssä muodossa päättyen pisteeseen tai suhteelliseen nimeen)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "Postipalvelimen prioriteetti (luku välillä 0..65535)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "Vyöhykepäivityksen sarjanumero" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "Yleinen vyöhykkeen tietueiden elinaika" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "Aikaväli vyöhykkeen tietueiden virkistämiselle" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr " Uusien yrityksien aikaväli epäonnistuneiden virkistysten jälkeen." - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "Aikaväli, jonka jälkeen vyöhykkeen tietueet eivät ole enää voimassa" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "Pienin TTL, joka viedään tämän vyöhykkeen tietueiden mukana" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "DNS-resurssitietueen tyyppi, kuten A, CNAME, NS, MX tai PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "DNS-kysely, kuten example.org A-tietueelle" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "DNS-resurssitietueen arvo, kuten example.org A-tietueen arvo 192.0.34.166" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "DNS-tietueen palvelinnimi" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "Kirjaa named-kyselyt %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykepäivitykset %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykesiirrot %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "Pilkulla eroteltu luettelo vyöhykkeen välittäjistä" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -684,8 +559,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-vyöhykkeet" @@ -706,10 +581,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-tuki käytössä" @@ -734,99 +607,34 @@ msgstr "DNS-palvelimen &lisämääritykset..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-palvelin" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "&Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&hange" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "&Muuta" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "Kä&sin" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Käsin" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "DNS-palvelin on käynnissä." - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "DNS-palvelin ei ole käynnissä." - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "&Käynnistä DNS-palvelin nyt" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Pysäy&tä DNS-palvelin nyt" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "Tallenna asetukset ja lataa D&NS-palvelin uudelleen nyt" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin nyt" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Pysäytä DNS-palvelin nyt" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Tallenna asetukset ja lataa DNS-palvelin uudelleen nyt" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Käynnistys" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Perusvalinnat" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Kirjaukset" @@ -834,8 +642,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -843,121 +651,89 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG-avaimet" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "Nyt ja käynnistyksen yhteydessä" - -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "Vain käsin" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Käynnistä ja sammuta" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Nykyinen tila: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Kaikki muutokset menetetään. Asetukset\n" -"luetaan uudelleen tietovarastosta.\n" -"Jatketaanko?\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "Paikallisen nimenselvityksen &Sääntö" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Sulautetut välittäjät ei ole käytössä" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automaattinen sulautus" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Sulautettu välittäjät käytössä" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Mukautettu asetukset" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Muokattu käytäntö" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "Paikallisen nimenselvityksen &välittäjä" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Käytetään järjestelmän nimipalvelimia" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Tämä nimipalvelin (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Paikallinen dnsmasq-palvelin" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Lisää IP-osoite" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "&IPv4- tai IPv6-osoite" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Välittäjä&luettelo" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Ei voida asettaa paikallista välittäjää %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "IP:lle %1 ei löydy paikallista vastaavaa." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -968,11 +744,11 @@ "se vaihdettiin paikalliseen vastaavaan %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Virheellinen IPv4 tai IPv6-osoite." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -981,46 +757,46 @@ "numeroista ja kaksoispisteistä." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Annettu välittäjä on jo olemassa." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Lisää tai muuta valinta" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "&Valinta" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Arvo" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Muuta" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Nykyiset valinnat" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 msgid "Option" msgstr "Valinta" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -1029,7 +805,7 @@ "valinta ilman mitään arvoa?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1038,7 +814,7 @@ "Asetetaanko se varmasti arvoon %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1047,7 +823,7 @@ "Asetetaanko se varmasti arvoon %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1056,7 +832,7 @@ "Asetetaanko se varmasti arvoon %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1065,7 +841,7 @@ "Asetetaanko se varmasti arvoon %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -1074,77 +850,77 @@ "Lisätäänkö varmasti uusi valinta?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Lokityyppi" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Järjestelmäloki" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Tiedosto" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "&Suurin koko (Mt)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Suurin &versiolukumäärä" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Lisäkirjaukset" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Kirjaa kaikki DNS-&kyselyt" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Kirjaa &vyöhykepäivitykset" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Kirjaa vyöhykesiirro&t" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Valitse lokitiedosto" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Valinnan asetukset" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nimi" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Nykyinen käyttövalvontalista" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 msgid "ACL" msgstr "Käyttövalvontalista" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1153,12 +929,12 @@ "Poistetaanko se varmasti?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Annettu käyttövalvontalistan merkintä on jo olemassa." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Lisää uusi vyöhyke " @@ -1167,8 +943,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 msgid "Master" msgstr "Isäntä" @@ -1178,9 +954,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Renki" @@ -1189,23 +965,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Välitä" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Määritetyt DNS-vyöhykkeet" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Annettu vyöhyke on jo määritetty." +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "Määrityksen tallentaminen ei onnistunut. Muutetaanko asetukset?" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Tallenna määritystiedostot" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1697,13 +1486,8 @@ "Muutokset menetetään.\n" "Poistutaanko varmasti?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "Määrityksen tallentaminen ei onnistunut. Muutetaanko asetukset?" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Tämän tyyppistä vyöhykettä ei voida muokata tällä työkalulla." @@ -2713,56 +2497,56 @@ msgstr "&Postinvälittäjä" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan DNS-palvelimen määritystä" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Tarkista ympäristö" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Tyhjennä DNS-demonin välimuistit" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Lue asetukset" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan ympäristöä..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Tyhjennetään DNS-demonin välimuistit..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetuksia..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Luetaan asetuksia..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2771,72 +2555,72 @@ "Virhe: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan DNS-palvelimen määritykset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Tallenna määritystiedostot" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-demoni uudelleen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Päivitä vyöhyketiedostot" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Mukauta DNS-palvelua" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Kutsu netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Tallennetaan määritystiedostot..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Käynnistetään DNS-demoni uudelleen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Päivitetään vyöhyketiedostot..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Mukautetaan DNS-palvelua..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Kutsutaan netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2845,43 +2629,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Tynkä" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Vihje" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS palvelin käynnistyy alkulatauksen yhteydessä." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS palvelin ei käynnisty alkulatauksen yhteydessä." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Määritetyt vyöhykkeet: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Virheellinen LDAP-määritys. LDAP-palvelua ei voida käyttää." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Otetaan LDAP-tuki käyttöön?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2890,30 +2674,87 @@ "LDAP-tuki ei ole käytössä." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "LDAP valmistelu epäonnistui." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP-palvelua ei käytetä." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe päivitettäessä %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa %1. LDAP-palvelua ei käytetä." +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "&Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" + +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "Kä&sin" + +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" + +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "Käsin" + +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-palvelin on käynnissä." + +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-palvelin ei ole käynnissä." + +#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Käynnistä DNS-palvelin nyt" + +#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Pysäy&tä DNS-palvelin nyt" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Tallenna asetukset ja lataa D&NS-palvelin uudelleen nyt" + +#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Käynnistä DNS-palvelin nyt" + +#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Pysäytä DNS-palvelin nyt" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Tallenna asetukset ja lataa DNS-palvelin uudelleen nyt" + +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Nyt ja käynnistyksen yhteydessä" + +#~ msgid "Only Manually" +#~ msgstr "Vain käsin" + +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "Käynnistä ja sammuta" + +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "Nykyinen tila: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" +#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kaikki muutokset menetetään. Asetukset\n" +#~ "luetaan uudelleen tietovarastosta.\n" +#~ "Jatketaanko?\n" + #~ msgid "Netconfig DNS policy" #~ msgstr "Netconfig DNS-käytännöt"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95095 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:21 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95095 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po Log: Merged dhcp-server.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:20 UTC (rev 95094) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:21 UTC (rev 95095) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 20:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -2510,57 +2510,57 @@ msgstr "DHCP-palvelimen &asiantuntija-asetukset..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan DHCP-palvelimen määritystä" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Tarkista ympäristö" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Lue DHCP-palvelimen asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Lue DNS-palvelimen asetukset" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan ympäristöä..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Luetaan DHCP-palvelimen asetukset..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Luetaan DNS-palvelimen asetuksia..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ "Keskeytetään." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2586,94 +2586,94 @@ "määritys ei ole käytössä." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "DHCP-palvelinta ei ilmeisesti ole vielä määritetty. Luodaanko uudet määritykset?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan DHCP-palvelimen määritykset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Kirjoita DHCP-palvelimen asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Käynnistä DHCP-palvelin uudelleen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Kirjoita DNS-palvelimen asetukset" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DHCP-palvelimen asetukset..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Käynnistetään DHCP-palvelin uudelleen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DNS-palvelimen asetuksia..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe käynnistettäessä DHCP-demonia uudelleen." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-palvelin käynnistetään käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-palvelinta ei käynnistetä käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Kuuntele: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynaaminen osoitealue: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Virheellinen LDAP-määritys. LDAP-verkkoprotokollaa ei voida käyttää." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Tuki monelle dhcpServiceDN:lle ei ole toteutettu." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP-palvelin DN ei ole määritelty." @@ -2681,23 +2681,23 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe päivitettäessä %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe kirjoitettaessa tiedostoa /etc/dhcpd.conf."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95094 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:20 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95094 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po Log: Merged crowbar.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:19 UTC (rev 95093) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:20 UTC (rev 95094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -21,40 +21,43 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module -#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Crowbarin määritys" -#. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Repository Name" -msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "Verkko-osoite" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Login Error" -msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "Kirjautumisvirhe" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "" -#. help text +#. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repositories" +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "Asennuslähteet" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -64,76 +67,58 @@ "Joitain esimerkkejä miltä päivitysosoitteen tulisi näyttää:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"SMT-palvelin\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ SUSE Manager palvelin\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ SMT-palvelin\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… SUSE Manager palvelin\n" "\n" "Tarkempaa tietoa löytyy käyttöönotto ohjeesta.\n" "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Repository URL" -msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "&Kirjautumisvirhe" - #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Administrator DN" msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "Ylläpitäjän nimi" #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." msgstr "Hallitse käyttäjätunnuksia ja salasanoja Crowbar ylläpitäjille." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Model" msgid "&Mode" msgstr "&Tila" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Tässä voit muokata verkkotilan oleellisella liitoskäytännöllä" -".\n" -"Voit myös määrittää liitosverkkojen liitäntöjen nimet välilyönnillä " -"erotettuun listaan." +"Tässä voit muokata verkkotilan oleellisella liitoskäytännöllä.\n" +"Voit myös määrittää liitosverkkojen liitäntöjen nimet välilyönnillä erotettuun listaan." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bonding Policy" msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "Liitoskäytäntö" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "Liitosverkkojen kartoitus fyysisiin liitäntöihin" #. help text for conduit if list -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" @@ -145,102 +130,191 @@ "Esimerkkejä <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" msgstr "Verkko" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Aliverkon osoite" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Aliverkon peite" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use VLAN" msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "Käytä &VLAN:ia" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 -#| msgid "VLAN ID" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "VLAN &ID" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "Rei&titin" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 -#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "Reitittimen asetukset" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Aliverkko" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Aliverkon peite" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 -#| msgid "Broadcast" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Yleislähetys" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 -#| msgid "Add Bridge" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "Lisää silta" #. push button label& -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 -#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "Muo&kkaa alueita..." #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "Lisää Liitosverkko" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-osoite" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "Verkko-osoite" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Login Error" +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "Kirjautumisvirhe" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "User '%1' already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different name." +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"Käyttäjä %1 on jo olemassa.\n" +"Valitse toinen nimi." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "&Kirjautumisvirhe" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository URL" +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "Tyhjä URL tarkoittaa, että käytetään oletusasetuksia." + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "Salasana" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Toista salasana" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -249,10 +323,7 @@ "Yritä uudelleen." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different one." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -261,19 +332,19 @@ "Valitse toinen nimi." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Liittymän '%1' muotoilu on virheellinen" -#. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "poistettu käytöstä" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -283,7 +354,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -292,7 +363,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -301,19 +372,19 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Reititin osoite '%1' ei ole osa '%2'-verkkoa." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "IP-osoite '%1' ei ole osa '%2' aliverkkoa." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -322,81 +393,79 @@ "Mukauta niitä käyttämällä 'Muuta alueita'-nappia." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Alin IP-osoite" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Ylin IP-osoite" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Osoite '%1' ei ole osa '%2' verkkoa." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Matalin osoite pitää olla matalampi kuin korkein osoite." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Alueissa '%1' ja '%2' on päällekkäisyyksiä." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Käyttäjäasetukset" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"Mikäli yhtään käyttäjää ei ole saatavilla, Käytetään käyttäjää 'crowbar' " -"oletussalasanalla." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "Mikäli yhtään käyttäjää ei ole saatavilla, Käytetään käyttäjää 'crowbar' oletussalasanalla." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Verkkotila" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Liitosverkko" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Networks" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Verkot" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Asennuslähteet" -#. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 -msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "Tyhjä URL tarkoittaa, että käytetään oletusasetuksia." - #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +#| "currently not supported.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -407,7 +476,7 @@ "Voit vierailla Crowbar verkko-käyttöliittymässä osoitteessa http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Crowbarin määrityksen yhteenveto" @@ -440,9 +509,15 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -452,48 +527,48 @@ "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar määritys" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan crowbarin määritystä" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Lue määritys" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Luetaan määritykset..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan Crowbarin määritystä" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95093 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:19 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95093 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po Log: Merged country.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:18 UTC (rev 95092) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:19 UTC (rev 95093) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 17:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Näppäimistön määritys." #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Näppäimistön määrityksen yhteenveto." #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Aseta uudet arvot näppäimistömääritykselle." #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Kaikkien näppäimistöasettelujen luettelo" #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Uusi näppäimistöasettelu" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Nykyinen näppäimistöasettelu: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "Näppäimistöasettelu \"%1\" on virheellinen. Saat mahdolliset valinnat komennolla \"list\"." @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -233,6 +233,12 @@ "joka eroaa päivitettävässä järjestelmässä olevasta.\n" "Valitse päivityksen aikana käytettävä näppäimistöasettelu:" +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -326,24 +332,24 @@ msgstr "Päivitetään käynnistyslataimen valikon käännökset..." #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Tallennetaan määritystä Odota hetki..." #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Nykyinen kieli: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Lisäkielet: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 ei ole kelvollinen kieli. Saat mahdolliset valinnat komennolla \"list\"." @@ -683,8 +689,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC-aikaan" @@ -699,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "Nykyinen aika ja päivämäärä:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -708,12 +714,12 @@ "Aseta oikea aika ennen asennuksen aloittamista." #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Aikavyöhyke" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Aika&vyöhyke" @@ -862,15 +868,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Päivämäärä ja aika (NTP-yhteyskäytäntö on määritetty)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Päivämäärä ja aika" @@ -882,27 +888,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Alue" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Aika&vyöhyke" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Päivämäärä ja aika:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ "<big>Aikavyöhykkeen ja kellon asetukset</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -936,34 +936,34 @@ "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Kello ja aikavyöhyke" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Valitse kelvollinen aikavyöhyke." #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "paikalliseen aikaan" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Tietokoneen kello on asetettu" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP-yhteyskäytäntö määritetty" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Nykyinen aikavyöhyke: %1" @@ -1013,199 +1013,199 @@ msgstr "kanada (monikielinen)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "espanja" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "espanja (Latinalainen Amerikka)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "espanja (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "italia" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "portugali" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "portugali (Brasilia)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "portugali (Brasilia - US-aksentit)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "kreikka" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "hollanti" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "tanska" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "norja" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "ruotsi" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "suomi" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "tšekki" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "tšekki (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "slovakki" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "slovakki (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "sloveeni" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "unkari" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "puola" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "venäjä" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "serbia" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "viro" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "liettua" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "turkki" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "kroatia" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "japani" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "belgia" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "islanti" # UA #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ukraina" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "korea" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "arabia" # TJ #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "tadžikki" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "kiina (perinteinen)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "kiina (yksinkertaistettu)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "romania" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "US kansainvälinen"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95092 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95092 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po Log: Merged control.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:17 UTC (rev 95091) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:18 UTC (rev 95092) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 23:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -28,14 +28,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -48,8 +40,7 @@ "\n" "Onnittelut!\n" "openSUSEn asennus tietokoneeseesi on valmis.\n" -"Voit kirjautua järjestelmään Valmis-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen." -"\n" +"Voit kirjautua järjestelmään Valmis-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen.\n" "Vieraile osoitteessa %1.\n" "Pidä hauskaa! Terveisin openSUSEn kehitysryhmä\n" " " @@ -77,8 +68,7 @@ "käytetyt työpöytäympäristöt ovat GNOME ja KDE, ja ne ovat tasavertaisesti\n" "tuettuja openSUSEssa. Molemmat työpöytäympäristöt ovat helppokäyttöisiä,\n" "hyvin integroituja ja niissä on miellyttävä käyttötuntuma. Kaikilla\n" -"työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset " -"mieltymykset\n" +"työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset mieltymykset\n" "määrittävät sinulle sopivimman työpöytäympäristön." #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 @@ -142,7 +132,6 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Lataa Linuxrc verkkomääritys"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95091 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:17 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95091 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po Log: Merged cluster.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:16 UTC (rev 95090) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:17 UTC (rev 95091) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -82,136 +82,129 @@ msgstr "Määritä conntrackd" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Peru" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-osoite:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Varayhteyden IP-osoite" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#| msgid "Node IP" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "Solmun ID" #. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "Solmun ID pitää olla asetettu positiiviseksi kokonaisluvuksi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 -#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "Solmun ID pitää olla yksilöllinen" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 -#| msgid "Bind Network Address:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Sidottu verkko-osoite pitää olla asetettu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Klusterin nimi pitää olla määritetty" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Jäsenosoite pitää olla määritetty" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "Odotettujen äänien määrä pitää olla määritetty kun udp on käytössä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Ryhmälähetysosoite pitää olla määritetty" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 -#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "Ryhmälähetysportti pitää olla positiivinen kokonaisluku" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Voit valita vain passiivisen tai aktiivisen, kun useampi liitäntä käytössä. " -"Aseta passiiviseksi." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Voit valita vain passiivisen tai aktiivisen, kun useampi liitäntä käytössä. Aseta passiiviseksi." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Siirto:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanava" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Sidottu verkko-osoite:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Ryhmälähetysosoite:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Ryhmälähetysportti:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Varakanava" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Klusterin nimi:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Odotetut äänet:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp-tila:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Luo automaattisesti solmun tunniste" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Jäsenosoite:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Varayhteyden IP-osoite" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -220,145 +213,123 @@ "Määritä jäsenlista uudelleen ja tarkista muutkin määritykset." #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 -msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla kokonaisluku" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 -msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla suurempi kuin 0" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Ota käyttöön Security Auth" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "Säikeet:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Luo /etc/corosync/authkey vasta luodulle klusterille painamalla alla olevaa painiketta." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "" -"Luo /etc/corosync/authkey vasta luodulle klusterille painamalla alla olevaa " -"painiketta." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien /etc/corosync/authkey käsin." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien " -"/etc/corosync/authkey käsin." - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/corosync/authkey luonti epäonnistui" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/corosync/authkey luonti onnistui" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "Käynnissä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Ei käynnissä" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Käynnistys" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 -#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Käytössä – Käynnistä pacemaker käynnistettäessä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 -#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Poissa käytöstä – Käynnistä pacemaker manuaalisesti" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Käännä käytössä/poissa käytöstä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Nykyinen tila: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Käynnistä pacemaker nyt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Sammuta pacemaker nyt" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Synkronointiasiakas" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lisää" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "Poista" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Muokkaa" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Synkronointitiedosto" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Lisää ehdotetut tiedostot" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Luo esijaetut avaimet" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 tila tuntematon" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Ota csync2 käyttöön" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Poista csync2 käytöstä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Anna konenimi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Muokkaa konenimeä" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Syötä synkronoitavan tiedoston nimi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Muokkaa tiedostonimeä" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -367,12 +338,12 @@ "Haluatko korvata sen?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Avaintiedoston %1 poisto epäonnistui." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -380,41 +351,38 @@ "Avaintiedosto %1 on luotu.\n" "Lisää se synkronointilistalle painamalla ”Lisää ehdotetut tiedostot”." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Avaimen luonti epäonnistui." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd-palvelu auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin solmujen " -"välillä.\n" +"Conntrackd-palvelu auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin solmujen välillä.\n" "YaST auttaa määrittämään joitakin conntrackd-palvelun perusasetuksia.\n" "Käynnistä se komennolla ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "määrätty verkkoliitäntä:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Ryhmänumero: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Luo etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 -#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Ryhmänumero pitää olla kokonaisluku" @@ -429,84 +397,20 @@ #| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" #| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " -"field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " -"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " -"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " -" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " -"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." -"\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " -"udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " -" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" -"br>\n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " -"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " -"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big> Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon " -"openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli " -"liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr " -"osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0. Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa " -"käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista " -"osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen " -"kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään " -"määrittää arvo. \n" -"<big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big> Tämä on openaisin käyttämä " -"ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli " -"epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä " -"käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite. " -"Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään " -"IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään " -"määrittää arvo.\n" -"<big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big> Tämä määrittää käytettävän " -"UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa " -"openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille. \n" -"<big>Noodi ID</big> Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun " -"IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 " -"bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei " -"määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta " -"järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on " -"varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, " -"ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman " -"pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta " -"samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein " -"tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. " -"Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää " -"käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on " -"määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi " -"verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista " -"tyyppiä. \n" +"<big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big> Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0. Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo. \n" +"<big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big> Tämä on openaisin käyttämä ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite. Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo.\n" +"<big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big> Tämä määrittää käytettävän UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille. \n" +"<big>Noodi ID</big> Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista tyyppiä. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy @@ -516,121 +420,56 @@ #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " -"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " -"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " -"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " -"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " -"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " -"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " -"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " -"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " -"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " -"The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Säikeet</big> Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään " -"viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei " -"protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on " -"käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien " -"salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei " -"käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP " -"järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0. \n" -"<big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen " -"käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan " -"sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän " -"käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää " -"suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä " -"gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek " -"suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu " -"käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%" -"suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB " -"verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun " -"tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on " -"mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena " -"tämä on käytössä. \n" +"<big>Säikeet</big> Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0. \n" +"<big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena tämä on käytössä. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " -"is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Käynnistys</big> Käynnistetäänko corosync-palvelu " -"koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Palomuuriasetukset</big> Ota portti käyttöön, kun " -"palomuuri on käytössä\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Käynnistys</big> Käynnistetäänko corosync-palvelu koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Palomuuriasetukset</big> Ota portti käyttöön, kun palomuuri on käytössä\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " -"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " -"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " -"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Synkronointiasiakas</big> Tässä käytettävät konenimet " -"tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee " -"käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.\n" -"\t\t<big>Synkronointitiedosto</big> Synkronoitavan tiedoston " -"täydellinen nimi.\n" -"\t\t<big>Esijaetut avaimet</big> Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan " -"käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. " -"Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". " -"Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen " -"kun se on luotu.\n" +"\t\t<big>Synkronointiasiakas</big> Tässä käytettävät konenimet tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.\n" +"\t\t<big>Synkronointitiedosto</big> Synkronoitavan tiedoston täydellinen nimi.\n" +"\t\t<big>Esijaetut avaimet</big> Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen kun se on luotu.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " -"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " -"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big> Ennalta määrätty " -"verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea " -"ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla " -"ennalta määritetty.\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle " -"verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z\n" -"\t\t<big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big> Synkronointiin käytettävä " -"ryhmälähetysosoite.\n" +"\t\t<big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big> Ennalta määrätty verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla ennalta määritetty.\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z\n" +"\t\t<big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big> Synkronointiin käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite.\n" "\t\t<big>Ryhmänumero</big> Synkronoitavan ryhmän numero.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -639,7 +478,7 @@ "Odota hetki... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -648,7 +487,7 @@ "Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla Keskeytä nyt.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -657,7 +496,7 @@ "Odota hetki... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -680,100 +519,109 @@ msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Alustetaan klusterin määritystä" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Lue tietokanta" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset." #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Valmis" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Vaaditun pakettien asennus ei onnistu" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Olemassa olevaa määritystä ei voida ladata." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Tietokannan2 lukeminen ei onnistu." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan klusterin määritystä" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Tallenna palomuurin muutokset" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Tallennetaan palomuurin muutoksia..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa." +#~ msgid "Number of threads must be integer" +#~ msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla kokonaisluku" + +#~ msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" +#~ msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla suurempi kuin 0" + +#~ msgid "Threads:" +#~ msgstr "Säikeet:" + #~ msgid "nodeid" #~ msgstr "noodi id"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95090 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:16 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95090 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po Log: Merged cio.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:15 UTC (rev 95089) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:16 UTC (rev 95090) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 20:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ msgstr "Käytetty" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "kyllä" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "ei" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "kyllä" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95089 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:15 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95089 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po Log: Merged ca-management.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:13 UTC (rev 95088) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:15 UTC (rev 95089) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 18:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -146,8 +146,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Salasana:" @@ -219,8 +218,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Uudet salasanat eivät täsmää." @@ -2253,8 +2251,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP-s&alasana:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Varmenteen &salasana:" @@ -2302,28 +2299,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Va&rmenne ja avain salaamattomina PEM-muodossa" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "V&armenne ja avain salattuina PEM-muodossa" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Varmenne DER-muodossa" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Var&menne ja avain salaamattomina PKCS12-muodossa" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Kuten PKCS12 ja sisällytä samalla CA-ketju" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Uusi salasana" @@ -2527,8 +2519,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Puuttuva arvo 'caName'." @@ -2567,7 +2559,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Oletusten hakeminen epäonnistui" @@ -2581,11 +2573,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "CA:n valmistelu epäonnistui" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Oletusten kirjoittaminen epäonnistui" @@ -2596,16 +2588,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Parametrin 'caName' arvo on virheellinen." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parametrin 'type' arvo on virheellinen." @@ -2629,7 +2621,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Puuttuva arvo 'caPasswd'." @@ -2639,7 +2631,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'caName'." @@ -2654,7 +2646,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Parametrin 'caPasswd' arvo on virheellinen." @@ -2692,7 +2684,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Puuttuva arvo 'days'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "CRLGenerationDatan muokkaaminen epäonnistui." @@ -2746,8 +2738,8 @@ msgstr "Parametri 'P12Password' puuttuu." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Parametrin 'request' arvo on virheellinen." @@ -2955,100 +2947,100 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Varmenteen tuominen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'inFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Tiedostoa ei löytynyt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Virheellinen arvo '%s' kohdassa 'type'" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Tuntematon arvo '%s' kohdassa 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Puuttuva parametri 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Tuntematon arvo '%s' kohdassa 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Koostaminen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Pyynnön koostaminen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Pyyntöluettelon saaminen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Pyyntöä ei löytynyt %s" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Pyyntöä ei voida lukea." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Pyynnön tietoja ei löydy." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Varmenteen tuominen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Pyynnön poistaminen epäonnistui." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Parametrin 'caCertificate' arvo on virheellinen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Parametrin 'caKey' arvo on virheellinen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA-avain ei ole saatavilla %s" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "CA:n tuominen epäonnistui" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "CA:n poistaminen epäonnistui" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Avaintiedostoa ei ole olemassa." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Salasanan vaihtaminen epäonnistui."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95088 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:13 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95088 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po Log: Merged bootloader.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:12 UTC (rev 95087) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:13 UTC (rev 95088) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#| msgid "Set a global option" msgid "Delete a global option" msgstr "Poista yleinen valinta" @@ -68,78 +67,25 @@ msgstr "Valinnan arvo" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "Arvoa ei määritetty." #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "Valintaa ei määritetty." #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 -#| msgid "Value: %1" +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "Arvo: %s" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "Annettua valintaa ei ole olemassa." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritykset..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Järjestelmä sammutetaan nyt.%1\n" -"Lue lisätietoja tähän liittyvästä\n" -"dokumentaation kappaleesta.\n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistetään nyt uudelleen..." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä " -"käynnistää." - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa kunnolla osioinnin vuoksi" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Käynnistys" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Käynnistys" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -161,16 +107,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun \n" "Aktivoi käynnistysosion sisältävän osion. Yleinen pääkäynnistystietuekoodi\n" -"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden " -"osion olevan aktiivinen,\n" +"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden osion olevan aktiivinen,\n" "vaikka käynnistyslatain olisikin asennettu pääkäynnistystietueelle." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -191,12 +134,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Aikakatkaisu sekunteina \n" -"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen " -"lataamista.\n" +"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen lataamista.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -208,155 +149,126 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Painamalla Aseta oletukseksi voit merkitä valitun \n" -"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana " -"käynnistyslatain näyttää\n" +"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana käynnistyslatain näyttää\n" "käynnistysvalikon ja odottaa, että käyttäjä valitsee käynnistettäväksi \n" -"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen " -"aikakatkaisua,\n" -"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. " -"Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n" +"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen aikakatkaisua,\n" +"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n" "muuttaa ylä- ja alanuolilla.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR) " -"korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n" -"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion).<" -"/p>" +"Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR) korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n" +"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. " -"Toinen on \n" +"Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. Toinen on \n" "Käynnistä juuriosiosta." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " -"operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR) -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, " -"jos tietokoneeseen\n" +"Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR) -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, jos tietokoneeseen\n" "on asennettu toinen käyttöjärjestelmä" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Käynnistä juuriosiosta on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos " -"käytettävissä on \n" -"sopiva osio. Valitse joko Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion " -"osiotauluun ja Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi " -"pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)\n" -"Käynnistyslataimen valinnat -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää " -"pääkäynnistystietueen,\n" +"Käynnistä juuriosiosta on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos käytettävissä on \n" +"sopiva osio. Valitse joko Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun ja Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)\n" +"Käynnistyslataimen valinnat -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää pääkäynnistystietueen,\n" "tai määritä toinen käynnistyslatain tämän käynnistysvaihtoehdon alkuun." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" "Käynnistä jatketulta osiolta tulisi valita jo juuri-osio on \n" "loogisella osiolla ja /boot-osio puuttuu" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Mukautettu käynnistysosio antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta " -"käynnistetään" +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Mukautettu käynnistysosio antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta käynnistetään" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. Ota varmennus käyttöön " -"MD-ryhmässä\n" +"MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. Ota varmennus käyttöön MD-ryhmässä\n" "ottaaksesi käyttöön GRUB:in kirjoituksen MBR:lle molemmissa levyissä." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" -"/code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Käytä Sarjakonsolia -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää " -"sarjakonsolille\n" -"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub2</code>" -")." +"Käytä Sarjakonsolia -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää sarjakonsolille\n" +"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Terminal Definition \n" +#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" -"/code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Päätemääritys \n" -"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää " -"sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n" -"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle " -"arvon <code>console</code>,\n" -"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, " -"jossa\n" +"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n" +"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle arvon <code>console</code>,\n" +"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, jossa\n" "painat jotakin näppäintä, valitaan GRUB-päätteeksi." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu sisältää " -"luettelon\n" +"Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu sisältää luettelon\n" "käynnistysvaihtoehtojen numeroista, joita käytetään käynnistämiseen, jos\n" "oletuskäynnistysvaihtoehtoa ei voi käynnistää." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Valinta Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä kätkee käynnistysvalikon.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Valinta Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä kätkee käynnistysvalikon." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Suojaa käynnistyslatainta salasanalla \n" -"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST " -"hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n" +"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n" "uudelleen Salasana uudelleen -kohtaan." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -370,64 +282,64 @@ "Lisätäksesi levyn, paina Lisää.\n" "Poistaaksesi levyn, paina Poista." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen sijainnit" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aseta boot-osio aktiiviseksi osiotaulussa" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Aikakatkaisu sekunteina" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Oletus käynnistysvaihtoehto" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MB&R)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Mukautettu käynnistysosio" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Käynnistä juuriosiosta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Käynnistä jatko-osiolta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Sarjayhteyden &parametrit" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Varaosat, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Valikkoliittymän &salasana" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "&Virheenetsinnän lippu" @@ -439,48 +351,53 @@ msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Su&ojaa käynnistyslatain salasanalla" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Salas&ana uudelleen" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "&Käynnistä juuriosiosta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Käynnistä käynnistys&osiosta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "&Mukautettu käynnistysosio" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen sijainti" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (M&BR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Käynnistä &jatko-osiolta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Ota varmenn&us käyttöön MD-ryhmälle" @@ -490,35 +407,35 @@ msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Ytimen parametrit" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat" #. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Secure Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ota käyttöön &Secure Boot -tuki" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "&Käynnistyslataimen sijainti" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Valitse osio johon käynnistysjärjestyslista on asennettu." @@ -537,76 +454,34 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri -vaihtoehdon avulla voit " -"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja" +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" -"/i> to when booting." -msgstr "" -"VGA-tila määrittää konsolin VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää " -"käynnistyksessä" +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "VGA-tila määrittää konsolin VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää käynnistyksessä" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri -vaihtoehdon avulla voit " -"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja" +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden " -"käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Suojaava MBR-lippu on vain asiantuntijan asetuksia ja sitä tarvitaan vain eksoottisissa laitteissa. Lisätietoa, ks. Protective MBR in GPT disks. Älä koske, ellet tiedä." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " -"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " -"you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Suojaava MBR-lippu on vain asiantuntijan asetuksia ja sitä " -"tarvitaan vain eksoottisissa laitteissa. Lisätietoa, ks. Protective MBR in " -"GPT disks. Älä koske, ellet tiedä." - #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Jakelija määrittää käynnistystietueen nimeä luotaessa käytettävän " -"ytimen jakelijan nimen." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Valinnaiset &ytimen komentoriviparametrit" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "&Jakelija" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-tila" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Vikasietoytimen komentoriviparametrit" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Suojaava MBR-lippu" @@ -649,72 +524,70 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automaattinen tunnistus" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Valitse uuden graafisen teeman tiedosto" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Käytä &graafista konsolia" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Konsolin näyttötarkkuus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsolin teema" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Käytä &sarjakonsolia" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolin argumentit" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Käynnistyslatainta \"%s\" ei tueta. Sovita AutoYaST-profiiliasi vastaavasti." +msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta \"%s\" ei tueta. Sovita AutoYaST-profiiliasi vastaavasti." #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Valitse tiedosto" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Käynnistysosion tyyppi on NFS. Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asetukset" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Nykyisellä käynnistyslataimella ei ole asetettavia valintoja." #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Käynnistyslatain" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -729,62 +602,62 @@ "Jatketaanko?\n" #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "Muok&kaa määritystiedostoja" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Ehdota uutta määritystä" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "&Aloita alusta" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "Lue mää&ritykset uudelleen levyltä" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Palauta kiintolevyn pääkäynnistystietue (MBR)" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Kirjoita käynnistyslataimen käynnistyskoodi levylle" #. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 msgid "Other" msgstr "Muu" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "Pääkäynnistystietue (MBR) palautettiin onnistuneesti." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Pääkäynnistystietueen (MBR) palauttaminen epäonnistui." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asetusten kirjoitus epäonnistui." #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Käynnistys&lataimen valinnat" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Käynn&istyslataimen asennuksen tiedot" @@ -810,8 +683,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " -"\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" @@ -830,7 +702,7 @@ "käsin napsauta Muokkaa määritystiedostoja." #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." @@ -839,7 +711,7 @@ "käynnistysvalikossa." #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." @@ -848,7 +720,7 @@ "ominaisuudet." #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -866,19 +738,18 @@ " muuttaa käyttämällä Ylös- ja Alas-painikkeita." #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Napsauta Lisää luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon " -"käynnistyslataimeen\n" +"Napsauta Lisää luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon käynnistyslataimeen\n" "tai Poista poistaaksesi valitun käynnistysvaihtoehdon" #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" @@ -887,7 +758,7 @@ "Käynnistyslatain (%1) voidaan asentaa seuraavin tavoin:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -898,14 +769,13 @@ "toinen käyttöjärjestelmä." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" -"/b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -921,7 +791,7 @@ "käynnistämään &product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "\n" "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -932,7 +802,7 @@ "jos valitset tämän vaihtoehdon." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -946,7 +816,7 @@ "" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -957,43 +827,40 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) tekstikenttään." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat \n" -"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi " -"laitekartoitus),\n" +"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi laitekartoitus),\n" "napsauta Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Käynnistyslataimen tyyppi \n" -"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain " -"asennetaan\n" +"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain asennetaan\n" "valitse Käynnistyslatain." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "Boot Loader Options \n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat \n" -"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, " -"napsauta\n" +"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, napsauta\n" "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" @@ -1004,19 +871,18 @@ "Huomaa: Lopullinen määritystiedosto voi olla eri tavalla sisennetty." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi \n" -"Valitse Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen " -"käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n" +"Valitse Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n" "nimen tulee olla yksilöivä." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" "Select the type of the new section to create." @@ -1025,38 +891,35 @@ "Valitse luotavan uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon tyyppi." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" "Valitse Kopioi valittu käynnistysvaihtoehto kopioidaksesi valitun\n" -"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan " -"valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta." +"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" "Valitse Image käynnistysvaihtoehto lisätäksesi \n" -"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi.<" -"/p>" +"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Valitse Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto, jos haluat lisätä uuden " -"Linux-ytimen\n" +"Valitse Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto, jos haluat lisätä uuden Linux-ytimen\n" "tai muun levykuvan, joka käynnistetään XEN-ympäristössä." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" @@ -1066,20 +929,18 @@ "käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion\n" "käynnistyslohkon. Tätä käytetään käynnistämään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Valitse Muu käynnistysvaihtoehto lisätäksesi\n" -"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion " -"käynnistyslohkon.\n" +"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion käynnistyslohkon.\n" "Tätä käytetään käynnistämään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Kiintolevyjen järjestys: %1" @@ -1089,27 +950,27 @@ msgstr "Älä asenna mitään käynnistyslatainta" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Älä asenna mitään käynnistyslatainta" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Asenna oletuskäynnistyslatain" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Asenna oletuskäynnistyslatain" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Käynnistyslatain" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Käynnistyslatain" @@ -1201,68 +1062,120 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Osioinnista johtuen käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa oikein." -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Laitekartan tulee sisältää ainakin yksi laite" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Levyjärjestyksen asetukset" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä " -"asenna</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "&Levyt" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"install</a>)" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Laite" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"asenna</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." msgstr "" -"Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä " -"asenna</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritykset..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"install</a>)" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"asenna</a>)" +"\n" +"Järjestelmä sammutetaan nyt.%1\n" +"Lue lisätietoja tähän liittyvästä\n" +"dokumentaation kappaleesta.\n" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistetään nyt uudelleen..." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Käynnistys" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Käynnistys" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä käynnistää." + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa kunnolla osioinnin vuoksi" + +#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal +#. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)" + +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä asenna</a>)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">asenna</a>)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä asenna</a>)" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">asenna</a>)" + #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Varoitus: käynnistyslataimen vaiheelle 1 (stage1) ei ole valittu sijaintia. " -"Ellet tiedä, mitä teet, valitse sijainti yltä." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Varoitus: käynnistyslataimen vaiheelle 1 (stage1) ei ole valittu sijaintia. Ellet tiedä, mitä teet, valitse sijainti yltä." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Vaihda sijaintia: %s" @@ -1270,141 +1183,150 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen tyyppi: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (jatkettu/extended)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Sijainti: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Ota käyttöäön Secure Boot: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Tuntematon käynnistyslatain: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Laitteistoalustan %1 ja käynnistyslataimen %2 yhdistelmää ei tueta." #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " -"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " -"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Käynnistys MBR:stä ei toimi btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmän ja GTP-levynimiön " -"kanssa ilman bios_grub-osiota. Voit korjata tämän luomalla bios_grub-osion " -"tai käyttämällä mitä tahansa ext-tiedostojärjestelmää käynnistysosiolle tai " -"olemalla asentamatta vaihetta 1 MBR:ään." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Käynnistys MBR:stä ei toimi btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmän ja GTP-levynimiön kanssa ilman bios_grub-osiota. Voit korjata tämän luomalla bios_grub-osion tai käyttämällä mitä tahansa ext-tiedostojärjestelmää käynnistysosiolle tai olemalla asentamatta vaihetta 1 MBR:ään." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Käynnistyslaite on RAID-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään." +msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on RAID-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID 1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen " -"sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue (MBR)" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID 1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue (MBR)" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "ext-osio puuttuu. Käynnistyskoodia ei voida asentaa." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Tarkista käynnistyslatain" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Lue osiointi" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Lataa käynnistyslataimen asetukset" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan käynnistyslatainta..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Luetaan osiointi..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Ladataan käynnistyslataimen asetukset..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Valmistellaan käynnistyslataimen määritystä" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Luo initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Tallenna käynnistyslataimen määritystiedostot" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Asenna käynnistyslatain" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Luodaan initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritystiedostot..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritykset" +#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja" + +#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "Jakelija määrittää käynnistystietueen nimeä luotaessa käytettävän ytimen jakelijan nimen." + +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "&Jakelija" + +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "&Vikasietoytimen komentoriviparametrit" + #~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" #~ msgstr "Poista yleisvalinta tai käynnistysvaihtoehdon valinta" @@ -1429,9 +1351,6 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Order" #~ msgstr "Levyjärjestys" -#~ msgid "Disk order settings" -#~ msgstr "Levyjärjestyksen asetukset" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Käynnistysvalikko" @@ -1460,15 +1379,6 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" #~ msgstr "Ota käyttöön ääni&merkit" -#~ msgid "&Device" -#~ msgstr "&Laite" - -#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -#~ msgstr "Laitekartan tulee sisältää ainakin yksi laite" - -#~ msgid "D&isks" -#~ msgstr "&Levyt" - #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "&Ylös"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95087 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:12 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95087 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po Log: Merged base.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:11 UTC (rev 95086) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:12 UTC (rev 95087) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-23 17:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -42,129 +42,129 @@ "Jatketaanko määritystä YaSTilla?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Tulosta tämän moduulin ohje" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Tulosta tämän moduulin laaja ohje" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Tulosta tämän moduulin laaja ohje XML-muodossa" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Aloita vuorovaikutteinen komentotulkki hallitaksesi moduulia" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Lopeta vuorovaikutteinen tila ja tallenna muutokset" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Lopeta vuorovaikutteinen tila tallentamatta" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Tulosta tämän komennon ohje" #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Näytä tiedot edistymisestä" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Minne XML-tuloste tallennetaan" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Tämä YaST-moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "\"help\" antaa täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista komennoista." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "\"yast2 %1 help\" näyttää täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista komennoista." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Tuntematon komento: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Valinta \"%1\" vaatii arvon." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Tuntematon valinta komennolle \"%1\": %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Virheellinen arvo valinnalle \"%1\": %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Virheellinen arvo valinnalle \"%1\" -- odotettiin \"%2\", saatiin %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Valinta \"%1\" ei voi saada arvoa. Annettu arvo: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "\"%1 %2 help\" näyttää täydellisen luettelon käytettävistä valinnoista." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "\"yast2 %1 %2 help\" näyttää täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista valinnoista." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-määritysmoduuli %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Ohjetta ei saatavilla" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Komento \"%1\"" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ " Valinnat:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ " [string] tyypin valinnat täytyy kirjoittaa muodossa \"option=value\"." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -191,137 +191,137 @@ " Esimerkki:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Tämä on YaST-moduuli." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Peruslausemuoto:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <komento> [verbose] [valinnat]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <komento> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <komento> [valinnat]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <komento> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Komennot:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Ohjetta ei ole saatavilla." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Virhe: virheellinen ohje>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Komento \"yast2 %1 <komento> help\" näyttää luettelon käytettävissä olevista valinnoista." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Kohdetiedoston nimi (\"xmlfile\"-valinta) puuttuu. Käytä xmlfile=<XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Kohdetiedoston nimi (\"xmlfile\"-valinta) on tyhjä. Käytä xmlfile=<XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "tuntematon" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "tai \"%1\"" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Anna komento \"%1\"." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Anna yksi komennoista: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Anna vain yksi komennoista: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Tähän moduuliin ei ole käyttöliittymää." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Valmis" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Valmistellaan" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Viimeistellään" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "Valmis" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Lopetetaan (muutoksitta)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "kyllä vai ei?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "kyllä" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "ei" @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&Tallenna YaST-lokitiedostot nimellä..." @@ -415,48 +415,66 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Asennusvirhe" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Työnkulkua ei määritetty tälle asennusmuodolle." #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Haluatko jatkaa vai keskeyttää asennuksen?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Jatka asennusta" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Keskeytä asennus" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Haluatko kuitenkin lisätä uuden tuotteen?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varoitus" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -480,7 +498,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Tapahtui sisäinen virhe sisällytettäessä lisätyönkulkua." @@ -490,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "Arvo %1 ei kelpaa." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Ei käytettävissä" @@ -499,7 +517,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -515,7 +533,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -530,43 +548,43 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Käsin" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "xinetd:llä" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "&xinetd:llä" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Palvelun käynnistys" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Palvelu on käytössä" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Palvelu ei ole käytössä" @@ -575,7 +593,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -589,7 +607,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -598,32 +616,32 @@ "uudelleen heti paina %3.\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu nyt" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Pysäytä palvelu nyt" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Tallenna asetukset ja käynnistä palvelu uudelleen nyt" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Käynni&stä palvelu nyt" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Pysäy&tä palvelu nyt" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "T&allenna muutokset ja käynnistä palvelu uudelleen nyt" @@ -639,7 +657,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -650,38 +668,38 @@ "aseta %1." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-tuki käytössä" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-tuki käytössä" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Välilehti" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Ylemmäs" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Alemmas" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -692,37 +710,37 @@ "Lopeta ensin avaimen käyttö asetuksissa." #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "TSIG-avainta ei voida poistaa." #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Valitse tunnistusavaimen tiedosto" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Valitse tiedosto tunnistusavaimelle" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "Määritetty tiedostonimi on hakemisto." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Annettu tiedosto on olemassa. Korvataanko se?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG-avaimen ID:tä ei ole määritetty." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -731,7 +749,7 @@ "Haluatko poistaa sen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -740,27 +758,27 @@ "ID. Poistetaanko se?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Avain luodaan nyt. Jatketaanko?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIG-avaimen luominen epäonnistui." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Annettua tiedostoa ei ole olemassa." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Annettu tiedosto ei sisällä TSIG-avainta." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -771,7 +789,7 @@ "Vanhat avaimet poistetaan. Jatketaanko?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -780,7 +798,7 @@ "Hallitse TSIG-avaimia tästä valintaikkunasta.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -791,7 +809,7 @@ "jossa avain sijaitsee ja napsauta Lisää.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -804,7 +822,7 @@ "Luo.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -821,27 +839,27 @@ "palvelimen määrityksissä.\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Lisää olemassa oleva TSIG-avain" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Luo uusi TSIG-avain" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Avaimen ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Luo" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Tämänhetkiset TSIG-avaimet" @@ -849,54 +867,54 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Avaimen ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Tiedostonimi" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "&Valittu valinta" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Nykyinen valinta: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Valittu valinta on jo käytössä." #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Muok." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Valinta" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Arvo" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -907,7 +925,7 @@ "kohta taulukosta ja napsauta Muokkaa." #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -916,7 +934,7 @@ "valinnan valitse se ja napsauta Poista." #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -925,7 +943,7 @@ "näyttää, jos valintaa on muokattu." #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -936,39 +954,39 @@ "luettelossa." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Muu" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Laitetta ei ole määritetty" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Määritä napsauttamalla Muokkaa" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Lataan moduuleja, odota hetki..." #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST-ohjauskeskus" # IN -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Suorita" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -977,12 +995,12 @@ "Näet vain moduulit, jotka eivät vaadi pääkäyttäjän (root) oikeuksia." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "ncurses-YaST2:n ohjaaminen näppäimistöltä" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -997,12 +1015,12 @@ "Jotkin elementit käyttävät nuolinäppäimiä (esim. luetteloiden vierittämiseen)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "Puussa voi liikkua myös nuolinäppäimin. Voit avata tai sulkea haaran [VÄLILYÖNTI]-näppäimellä. Jos moduuli sisältää luettelolta näyttävän valintapuun, paina [ENTER] päästäksesi sitä vastaavaan valintaikkunaan oikealla." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1011,7 +1029,7 @@ "kirjain). Aktivoi painike painamalla [ALT] + kirjain." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1021,7 +1039,7 @@ "painamalla [ESC].\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1036,7 +1054,7 @@ "siirrä kohdistus eteenpäin [CTRL] + [F]:llä ja taaksepäin [CTRL] + [B]:llä." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1047,7 +1065,7 @@ "[ESC] + [TAB] on myös korvike [ALT] + [TAB]:lle." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" "F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." @@ -1056,12 +1074,12 @@ "F-näppäimet tarjoavat nopean pääsyn pääfunktioihin. Nykyisen valintaikkunan funktionäppäimet näkyvät alimmalla rivillä." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "F-näppäimet ovat yleensä liitetty tiettyyn toimintoon:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1086,7 +1104,7 @@ "F10 = OK, Seuraava, Valmis tai Hyväksy " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1096,7 +1114,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1106,7 +1124,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1116,7 +1134,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1294,8 +1312,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ohita" @@ -1317,7 +1335,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasana" @@ -1531,32 +1549,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Julkaisutiedostoa %{file} ei löytynyt" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää asennuksen?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Keskeytetäänkö YaST-järjestelmänkorjaus varmasti?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Keskeytä järjestelmän korjaus" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Jatka järjestelmän korjausta" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1569,7 +1587,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1583,7 +1601,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1594,29 +1612,29 @@ "Sinun täytyy asentaa se uudelleen." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Keskeytetäänkö varmasti?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Kaikki muutokset menetetään!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Tiedot..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Viestit" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Näytä viestit: %1" @@ -1626,103 +1644,101 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Kyllä" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Ei" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Aikakatkaisuviestit: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Lokiviestit: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Varoitukset" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Näytä varoitukset: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Aikakatkaisuvaroitukset: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Lokivaroitukset: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Virheet" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Näytä virheet: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Aikakatkaisuvirheet: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Lokivirheet: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Varoitus:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Virhe:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Viesti:" @@ -1775,25 +1791,25 @@ msgstr "&Poista" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Muuttuja" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm puuttuu, asenna xterm-paketti." #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Yksityiset GPG-avaimet" #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Käyttäjä-ID" @@ -1802,14 +1818,14 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Sormenjälki" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1819,12 +1835,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Julkiset GPG-avaimet" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1834,11 +1850,11 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Luo uusi GPG-avain..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" @@ -1851,12 +1867,12 @@ " " #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Tunnuslause GPG-avaimelle %1" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1866,18 +1882,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Anna salasana" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Anna salasana GPG-avaimen %1 lukituksen poistamiseksi:" #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Anna muutoksiasi kuvaava lokiviesti " @@ -1940,92 +1956,91 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Lisäase&tukset" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Loki" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Loki" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Tallenna loki" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Tallenna loki nimellä..." #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luettaessa lokia." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "Palomuuria ei voida säätää asennuksen ensimmäisessä vaiheessa." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Palomuuri-pakettia ei ole asennettu" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Palomuuri on poissa käytöstä" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Palomuurin portti on suljettu" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "Palomuurin portti on auki kaikissa liitännöissä" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "Palomuurin portti on auki valituissa liitännöissä" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Verkkoliitäntää ei ole määritetty" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Tätä liitäntää ei ole kohdistettu mihinkään vyöhykkeeseen" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Verkkoliitännät avoimilla porteilla palomuurissa" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2034,7 +2049,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2047,7 +2062,7 @@ "Jatketaanko?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2063,8 +2078,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2079,22 +2094,22 @@ "Jatka?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Verkko&liitännät avoimella portilla palomuurissa" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "V&alitse kaikki" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Älä valitse mitää&n" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2103,7 +2118,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2113,7 +2128,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2126,7 +2141,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2135,7 +2150,7 @@ "napsauta %2 " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2144,46 +2159,46 @@ "on päällä" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Avaa palomuurin portti" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Palomuurin tiedot" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Avaa &palomuurin portti" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Palomuurin tie&dot..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Palomuurin asetukset" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Palomuuri on auki" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modeemi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Verkkokortti" @@ -2191,27 +2206,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" @@ -2221,327 +2236,327 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Lisäosoitteet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-yhteys" # PL #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Liitos" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Liitosverkko" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-yhteys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Tyhmä" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Tyhmä verkkolaite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets-liitäntä (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-yhteys" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrapunaverkkolaite" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrapunalaite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-laite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Rinnakkaisportti" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Rinnakkaisporttiyhteys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express- tai QDIO-laite (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4-tunnelointilaite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Sarjaportti" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Sarjaporttiyhteys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring -verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-verkkolaite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-verkkolaite" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Langaton" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Langaton verkkokortti" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-verkko" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuaalinen verkko" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Silta" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Verkkosilta" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "VerkkoTUNneli" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Verkko TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-laite" @@ -2556,55 +2571,55 @@ msgstr "DHCP-osoite" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP-osoitetta ei ole määritetty" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Laitetyyppi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Laitenimi" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-osoite" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Laitetunniste" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Liitetty" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Etsitään tästä lähiverkosta koneita..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-palvelimet" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Etäko&neet" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Viedyt hak&emistot" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2619,7 +2634,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2629,7 +2644,7 @@ "Uudelleen käynnistä asennus ja määritä verkko käyttämällä Linuxrc:tä\n" "tai jatka ilman verkkoa." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2653,47 +2668,47 @@ "Välilyönti ei ole sallittu.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Ulkoinen vyöhyke" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Sisäinen vyöhyke" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Demilitarisoitu vyöhyke" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Tuntematon vyöhyke" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2709,7 +2724,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2754,82 +2769,82 @@ msgstr "Tarkistetaan mahdollisia ristiriitaisia palveluita..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin määritys" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Muokkaa palomuurin palveluja" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Muokataan palomuurin palveluja..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen epäonnistui" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Tuntematon yhteyskäytäntö (%1)" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" msgstr "Uusi verkkolaite \"%1\" löytyi: lisätty sisäisenä palomuuriliitäntänä" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" msgstr "Uusi verkkolaite \"%1\" löytyi: lisätty ulkoisena palomuuriliitäntänä" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "Pakettia SuSEfirewall2 ei ole asennettu: palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Palomuuri on käytössä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">poista käytöstä</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ota käyttöön</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH-portti on avattu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulje</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-portti on suljettu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">avaa</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" @@ -2838,39 +2853,39 @@ " verkkoliitäntää ei ole vielä määritetty" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää SSH-yhteyden kautta, mutta et ole avannut SSH:n porttia palomuurista." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat avoinna <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sulje</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat kiinni <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">avaa</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen etähallintaa (VNC), mutta et ole avannut VNC:n portteja palomuurista." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI kohdeportit ovat avoinna" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI kohdeportit ovat suljettu" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen iSCSIa, mutta et ole avannut tarvittavia portteja palomuurista. " @@ -2907,87 +2922,70 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Palvelua nimeltä \"%{service_name}\" ei ole olemassa" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Palvelu: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Tuntematon palvelu \"%1\"" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Nämä paketit pitää asentaa:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Nämä paketit pitää poistaa:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Poista asennus" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "Paketti: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "Koko: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "Automaattiseen uudelleen yritykseen jäljellä oleva aika: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Ladataan pakettia %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Ladataan pakettia" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "&Näytä tiedot" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paketti %1 on rikki, oikeellisuustarkistus epäonnistui." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Yritä paketin asennusta uudelleen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Keskeytä asennus?" @@ -2996,15 +2994,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Virhe: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3013,35 +3011,35 @@ "Järjestelmä pitää tarkistaa myöhemmin ajamalla ohjelmistohallinta-moduuli.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Poistetaan pakettia %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Asennetaan pakettia %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Poistetaan pakettia" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Asennetaan pakettia" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paketin %1 poistaminen epäonnistui." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paketin %1 asennus epäonnistui." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3050,7 +3048,7 @@ "Järjestelmä pitää tarkistaa myöhemmin ajamalla ohjelmistohallinta-moduuli." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3065,27 +3063,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A-puoli" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B-puoli" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Levy %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Tietoväline %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3094,7 +3092,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3107,7 +3105,7 @@ "Tarkista, että hakemisto on käytettävissä." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3119,90 +3117,85 @@ "%2.\n" "Tarkista, että palvelin on käytettävissä." -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "Oikeaa asennuslähdemediaa ei voitu ottaa käyttöön." - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Ohita automaattinen asennuslähteiden päivitys" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Avaa CD/DVD-as&ema" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Poista CD/DVD-levy a&utomaattisesti" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Yritetäänkö asennusta uudelleen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Ohitetaanko tietoväline?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ohitetaan kelvoton tietoväline..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Verkko-osoite" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Luodaan asennuslähde %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa asennuslähdettä." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Ei voitu noutaa verkkoasennuslähteen kuvausta." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe haettaessa uutta metatietoa." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Asennuslähde ei kelpaa." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Asennuslähteen metatieto ei kelpaa." @@ -3210,96 +3203,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Yritä uudestaan?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Tutkitaan asennuslähdettä %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe tutkittaessa asennuslähdettä." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Asennuslähteen tutkinnan tiedot." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Asennuslähteen metadata on viallista." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Asennuslähde %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Ladataan delta RPM -pakettia %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Ladataan delta RPM -pakettia" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Käytetään delta RPM -pakettia %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Käytetään delta RPM -pakettia." -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia %1 (%2)..." - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "Paketti: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Käynnistetään komentojono %1 (korjaus %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Suoritetaan komentojonoa" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Korjaus: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Komentojono: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Komentojonon tuloste" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3308,7 +3297,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3323,44 +3312,36 @@ "voi puuttua tai ovat vanhentuneita." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Ohita päi&vitys" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Ladataan" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Ladataan: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Tarkistetaan pakettitietokantaa" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Rakennetaan pakettitietokanta uudelleen. Tämä toiminto voi viedä jonkin aikaa." -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Tila" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3369,12 +3350,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Muunnetaan pakettitietokanta. Tämä toiminto voi kestää jonkin aikaa." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Tila" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3383,12 +3368,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Luetaan RPM-tietokantaa..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Luetaan asennettuja paketteja" @@ -3399,27 +3384,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Luetaan RPM-tietokantaa..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Kohteen valmistelu epäonnistui." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-tietokanta luettu" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3430,10 +3415,23 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "&Näytä tiedot" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "Koko: " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "Automaattiseen uudelleen yritykseen jäljellä oleva aika: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3443,7 +3441,7 @@ "PackageKit on yhä toiminnassa (todennäköisesti kiireinen).\n" "Yritetäänkö sulkea PackageKit uudelleen?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3459,14 +3457,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Ohjelmistohallinnan käyttöönotto epäonnistui" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3475,7 +3473,7 @@ "vai yritetäänkö pääsyä uudelleen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3485,19 +3483,19 @@ "jatkaa ilman ohjelmistohallintaa vai keskeyttää? \n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Haluatko keskeyttää vai yrittää uudestaan?\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Hyväksytkö tämän käyttöoikeussopimuksen?" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3536,17 +3534,17 @@ "asentamista, YaST ei ehkä toimi kunnolla.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Vahvista paketin käyttöoikeussopimus: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Hyväk&syn" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&En hyväksy" @@ -3570,7 +3568,7 @@ "Hylätäksesi paketin käyttöoikeussopimuksen napsauta En hyväksy." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3584,7 +3582,7 @@ "\t\t Valitse luettelosta luokka katsellaksesi kohteiden kuvauksia.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3598,7 +3596,7 @@ "\t\t Sisältövalikosta voit myös vaihtaa kaikkien kohtien tilaa.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3610,7 +3608,7 @@ "\t\t josta voit tarkastella ja valita yksittäisiä paketteja.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3630,124 +3628,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Ohjelmistovalinta ja järjestelmätehtävät" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(lisää)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Asennus suoritettiin onnistuneesti" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Pakettien asennus epäonnistui" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Virheviesti: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Epäonnistuneet paketit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Asennetut paketit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Päivitetyt paketit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Poistetut paketit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Asentamattomat paketit: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paketit" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Kulunut aika: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Asennuskoko yhteensä: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Latauskoko yhteensä: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Tietoja" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Asennusloki" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "Tiedot" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Pakettien asennuksen jälkeen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Näytä tämä raportti" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Valmis" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Jatka ohjelmistonhallinnalla" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>Yhteenveto asennuksesta</BIG> Yhteenveto asennetuista tai poistetuista paketeista." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Asennetut paketit" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Päivitetyt paketit" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Poistetut paketit" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Jäljellä olevat paketit" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3785,7 +3783,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3804,16 +3802,16 @@ "Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Allekirjoittamaton paketti" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Allekirjoittamaton tiedosto" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3830,7 +3828,7 @@ "Asennetaanko se siitä huolimatta?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3847,62 +3845,62 @@ "Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Tarkistussummaa ei löytynyt" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Sormenjälki: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nimi: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Luotu: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Vanhentuu: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nimi: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Sormenjälki: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Luotu: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Vanhenee: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3925,7 +3923,7 @@ "Asennetaanko se siitä huolimatta?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3948,12 +3946,12 @@ "Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Varmistuksen tarkistus epäonnistui" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3974,7 +3972,7 @@ "Asennetaanko se siitä huolimatta?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3995,12 +3993,12 @@ "Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Tuntematon GnuPG-avain" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4023,7 +4021,7 @@ "ohittaa se.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4046,17 +4044,17 @@ "ohittaa se.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Allekirjoitettu ei-luotetulla julkisella avaimella" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Luota ja tuo avain" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4071,7 +4069,7 @@ "tietyn määrän valtaa järjestelmäsi ohjelmistoihin." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4082,7 +4080,7 @@ "paketteihin tai pakettivarastoon, jonka avaimen omistaja on luonut niin sitä ei käytetä." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4093,7 +4091,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4106,23 +4104,23 @@ "avain todella kuuluu omistajalle ennen avaimen tuomista." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "VAROITUS: Avain on vanhentunut!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Tuo ei-luotettu GnuPG-avain" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "Luota" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4145,12 +4143,12 @@ "Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Väärä tarkistusluku" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4171,7 +4169,7 @@ "Käytetäänkö kuitenkin?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Tuntematon tarkistusluku" @@ -4182,75 +4180,75 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Asennetaan..." # MK #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "Tietoväline" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Jäljellä" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "Aika" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Suoritetut toiminnot:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Paketteja asennetaan." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Asennuksen keskeytysPakettien asentaminen voidaan keskeyttää napsauttamalla Keskeytä-nappia. Järjestelmä voi kuitenkin jäädä epäyhtenäiseksi tai toimimattomaan tilaan tai se ei ehkä käynnisty jos järjestelmän perusosia ei ole asennettu." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s Julkaisutiedot" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Diaesity&s" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Tiedot" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Suoritetaan päivitys" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Suoritetaan asennusta" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakettien asennus" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4259,17 +4257,18 @@ "keskeyttää asennuksen?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Keskeytettiin" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Tiedostoa ei löytynyt." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Järjestelmäloki (%1)" @@ -4854,7 +4853,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth-laite" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -4863,7 +4862,7 @@ "YaST voi kadottaa osan muutoksista.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4871,17 +4870,43 @@ "Tiedostoja %1 on muutettu käsin.\n" "YaST voi kadottaa osan muutoksista" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Älä näytä tätä viestiä enää uudelleen" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"Tiedostoa %1 on muutettu käsin.\n" +"YaST voi kadottaa osan muutoksista.\n" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"Tiedostoja %1 on muutettu käsin.\n" +"YaST voi kadottaa osan muutoksista" + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Tapahtui virhe initrd:tä luotaessa." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4890,19 +4915,19 @@ "ottaaksesi käyttöön uuden ytimen.\n" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Vahvista ohjaimen käyttöönotto" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST tunnisti seuraavan laitteen" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "Ladattava ohjain/mo&duuli" @@ -4916,7 +4941,7 @@ "jotka on erotettu toisistaan kaksoispisteellä." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4927,7 +4952,7 @@ "aloittaa eikä lopettaa osaa ja viimeinen osa ei voi alkaa numerolla." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4936,7 +4961,7 @@ "Konenimi ei voi alkaa tai loppua tavuviivaan.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -4945,7 +4970,7 @@ "ovat väliltä 0-255 ja erotettu pisteellä toisistaan." #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -4956,7 +4981,7 @@ "Se voi sisältää yhden kaksoispuolipisteen." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -4975,49 +5000,49 @@ "IP/verkkopeitto_bitit: 192.168.0.0/24 tai 192.168.0.1/32 tai 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "t" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "Kt" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "Mt" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "Gt" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "Tt" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/s" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (keskimäärin: %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "..." +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/s" + #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. #. If the user selects 'manual installation' when #. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules @@ -5029,18 +5054,18 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Vahvista laitteiston tunnistus" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST tunnistaa seuraavat laitteistot:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5053,35 +5078,35 @@ "ja voi olla mahdollista, että asetuksia ei voida tallentaa.\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän oikeudet tarvitaan" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Poistetaanko valittu merkintä varmasti?" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa %1?" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Käytä" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5090,14 +5115,14 @@ "Valmistellaan ...\n" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ohje" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 msgid "Module" msgstr "Moduulit" @@ -5930,6 +5955,73 @@ "Osoitteelle %1 ei ole käänteistä vyöhykettä, jota DNS-palvelimesi hallinnoi.\n" "Palvelinnimeä %2 ei voida lisätä." +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Palvelun käynnistys" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Nykyinen tila: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Käynnistyksen yhteydessä" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Varoitus" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Pysäytä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "Oikeaa asennuslähdemediaa ei voitu ottaa käyttöön." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia" + #~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" #~ msgstr "Lue asennettujen palveluiden dynaamiset määritykset"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95086 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:11 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95086 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po Log: Merged autoinst.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:09 UTC (rev 95085) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:11 UTC (rev 95086) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedot..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Tämä voi kestää jonkin aikaa" @@ -65,13 +65,14 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ "Tarkista lokitiedostoista lisätiedot tai korjaa\n" "ohjaustiedosto ja yritä uudelleen.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedot" @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "ota käyttöön/poista käytöstä pakettien käsittely" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Tyhjä parametriluettelo" @@ -134,33 +135,29 @@ msgstr "AutoYaST-profiilin polku pitää asettaa." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili " -"luomiseksi " +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili luomiseksi " -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "tunnetut moduulit: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "pilkulla eroteltu luettelo kopioitavista moduuleista" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 -#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "Tiedosto %s on jo olemassa! Korvataanko se varmasti?" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Kopioidaan järjestelmää..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Tuloksena syntyvä autoyast-profiili löytyy tiedostosta %s." @@ -168,26 +165,20 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen " -"lopullinen polku\n" -"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan.<" -"/p>" +"Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen lopullinen polku\n" +"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja " -"käyttöoikeudet.\n" +"Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja käyttöoikeudet.\n" "Aseta omistaja muodossa userid:groupid. Käyttöoikeudet voivat olla\n" "symbolisia muutoksen osoittajia tai oktaalilukuja jotka esittävät\n" "uuden käyttöoikeuden bittikuviona." @@ -234,7 +225,7 @@ "nimi ja tiedoston uusi sisältö.\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Valitse ladattava tiedosto." @@ -263,24 +254,20 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille " -"määritystiedoston,\n" +"Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille määritystiedoston,\n" "joka tulisi kopioida täydellisinä asennettavaan järjestelmään. Esimerkiksi\n" -"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto " -"valmiina." +"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto valmiina." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." msgstr "Valitse ensin tiedosto taulusta." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -291,47 +278,73 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Edistyminen" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Määritetään järjestelmä automaattista asennusta varten" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Määritetään %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 ei määritetä" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Suoritetaan asennuksen jälkeiset komentojonot" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Uudelleen käynnistetään käytössä olevat palvelut" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Aktivoidaan systemd oletussijainti" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Viimeistellään määritystä" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Käsitellään lähdettä %1" @@ -504,96 +517,108 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten." +msgstr "Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Suorita ennen asennusta suoritettavat käyttäjä-komentojonot" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Määritä yleiset asetukset " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Kielen määritys" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Luo osiointisuunnitelmat" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Määritä käynnistyslatain" # workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Rekisteröinti" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Määritä ohjelmistovalinnat" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Määritä Systemd oletus kohde" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Määritä taltioryhmät" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Suoritetaan ennen asennusta suoritettavat käyttäjä-komentojonot..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Määritetään yleiset asetukset..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Kielen määritys" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Luodaan osiointisuunnitelmat..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Määritetään käynnistyslatain..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 -#| msgid "Repairing file system..." +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Rekisteröidään järjestelmää..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Määritetään ohjelmistovalinnat..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Määritetään Systemd oletus kohde..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Valmistellaan järjestelmä automaattiasennusta varten" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Lisätuotteen käsitteleminen..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Kielen määritys..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -602,7 +627,7 @@ "Yritä uudelleen.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -665,8 +690,7 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää " -"(aikakatkaisulla)\n" +"Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää (aikakatkaisulla)\n" "asennusviestit. \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -675,8 +699,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "On suositeltavaa näyttää kaikki viestit aikakatkaisulla.\n" -"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi " -"jättää huomiotta.\n" +"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi jättää huomiotta.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -691,14 +714,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Valitse yksi seuraavista perusvalinnoista ja napsauta Lisävalinnat<" -"/i> lisätäksesi\n" +"Valitse yksi seuraavista perusvalinnoista ja napsauta Lisävalinnat lisätäksesi\n" "lisävalintoja ja -paketteja.\n" "\n" @@ -710,10 +731,8 @@ msgstr "Asennuslähteen sijainti (esimerkiksi http://omakone/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -728,21 +747,15 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Liitostapa /etc/fstab -tiedostossa\n" -"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa " -"/etc/fstab\n" -"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion " -"nimeen\n" -"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai " -"taltion nimellä.\n" +"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa /etc/fstab\n" +"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion nimeen\n" +"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai taltion nimellä.\n" "\tJos valinta ei ole käytettävissä, se ei ole mahdollinen.\n" "\t " @@ -750,8 +763,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -926,13 +938,11 @@ msgstr "&Lisäasetukset" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna" +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Koko \"auto\" ei kelpaa fyysisille taltioille." @@ -1005,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Järjestelmän profiilin sijainti" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profiilin sijainti:" @@ -1013,11 +1023,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Valitse kiintolevy" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Levyjä ei löydetty." @@ -1026,7 +1036,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1035,18 +1045,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Kaikki järjestelmäsi automaattisesti tunnistetut kiintolevyt\n" -"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; " -"järjestelmän.\n" +"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; järjestelmän.\n" "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Kiintolevyn valinta" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Valitse yksi jatkaaksesi." @@ -1195,8 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "Jos olet määrittänyt ja luonut luokkia, voit\n" "yhdistää niitä käyttäen tätä käyttöliittymää uuden\n" -"Profiilin luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen " -"prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n" +"Profiilin luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n" "jotka asetettiin luokkaa luotaessa.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 @@ -1224,8 +1232,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen " -"ohjaustiedosto\n" +"Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen ohjaustiedosto\n" "tulee kuulua.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1248,19 +1255,19 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Tallenna nimellä..." #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Tiedosto %1 tallennettiin onnistuneesti." #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Tiedoston tallennuksessa tapahtui virhe." @@ -1399,41 +1406,33 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "Lähde" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "XML-tiedostoa avattaessa/tulkittaessa tapahtui virhe." #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat moduulit" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä " -"järjestelmässäsi?" +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Ohjaustiedosto muutettu." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Tallennetaanko muutokset %1?" @@ -1479,8 +1478,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Asetukset" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Valitse hakemisto" @@ -1565,13 +1563,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart-tiedosto tuotiin.\n" -"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja " -"osioinnit\n" +"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja osioinnit\n" "tuotiin oikein." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1606,7 +1602,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan XML RNG-tarkistuksella..." @@ -1616,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "Alue %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Tarkistetaan XML RNC-tarkistuksella..." @@ -1655,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen toisen vaiheen jälkeen." #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Allekirjoitusten hallinta" @@ -1701,8 +1697,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1715,14 +1710,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan " -"ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n" +"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n" " (pakettien asennuksen jälkeen).\n" "\n" @@ -1866,17 +1859,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tämä työkalu käyttää xmllintiä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä " -"vasten ja\n" -"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, " -"jolloin mahdolliset\n" -"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin " -"yhteydessä.\n" +"Tämä työkalu käyttää xmllintiä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä vasten ja\n" +"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, jolloin mahdolliset\n" +"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin yhteydessä.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1897,16 +1886,14 @@ "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" "Tuodaksesi Kickstart-tiedoston, anna polku määritystiedostoon. \n" -"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten " -"lisävalinnat\n" +"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten lisävalinnat\n" "tulisivat käyttöön SUSEn yhteydessä.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Tämä työkalu luo viiteprofiilin lukemalla tietoa järjestelmästä.\n" "Valitse järjestelmästä vakioresurssien, kuten\n" @@ -1918,8 +1905,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Taulukko oikealla näyttää osiot, jotka luodaan kohdejärjestelmään.\n" @@ -1960,12 +1946,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä " -"juuriosion\n" +"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä juuriosion\n" "tulisi sijaita, seuraavat osiot luodaan automaattisesti:" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 @@ -1981,82 +1965,65 @@ msgstr "Lisävalinnat" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina " -"laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio " -"ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä " -"osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän " -"avulla.\n" +"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän avulla.\n" "Sen sijaan ne voidaan lisätä käsin ohjaustiedostoon.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset " -"olemassa\n" -"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja " -"RAID-osioita.\n" +"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset olemassa\n" +"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja RAID-osioita.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti " -"koodin %2." +msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti " -"koodin %2." +msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Tiedoston lukeminen %1/%2 epäonnistui.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Tiedoston lukeminen %1 epäonnistui.\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "%1 liittäminen epäonnistui." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Tiedoston lukeminen CD:ltä epäonnistui. Polku: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Etätiedostoa %1 ei saada noudettua" @@ -2064,22 +2031,22 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 ei ole liitetty ja liitos epäonnistui" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Tiedostoa %1 ei löydetty" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy TFTP-yhteyskäytännöllä." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Tuntematon yhteyskäytäntö %1." @@ -2110,8 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Asennusta edeltävät komentojonot</h3>\n" -"Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. " -"\n" +"Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 @@ -2136,8 +2102,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2145,12 +2110,9 @@ "<H3>Chroot-komentojonot</H3>\n" "Jos haluat suorittaa asennuksen jälkeiset komentojonot chroot-\n" "ympäristössä, valitse chroot-komentojono -valinta. Nämä komentojonot\n" -"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran " -"\n" -"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. " -"Käsitelläksesi\n" -"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana " -"\"/mnt\" .\n" +"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran \n" +"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. Käsitelläksesi\n" +"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana \"/mnt\" .\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2158,15 +2120,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Chroot-komentojonoja on mahdollista suorittaa myöhemmässä vaiheessa,\n" -"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa \"chrooted\".\n" "Tämä valinta suorittaa komentojonot asennetussa järjestelmässä. \n" "\n" @@ -2184,13 +2144,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Init-komentojonot</H3>\n" -"Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen " -"jälkeen,\n" -"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot " -"suoritetaan\n" +"Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen jälkeen,\n" +"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan\n" "käyttäen erityistä rc-komentojonoa, joka suoritetaan vain kerran.\n" -"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko " -"on \n" +"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko on \n" " otettu käyttöön.\n" "\n" @@ -2199,17 +2156,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Tulkki:</H3>\n" -"Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain " -"shell-komentojonoja\n" -"Älä käytä Perl tai Python -kieliä ennen asennusta " -"suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n" +"Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain shell-komentojonoja\n" +"Älä käytä Perl tai Python -kieliä ennen asennusta suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 @@ -2218,44 +2172,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Verkkokäyttö:</H3>\n" -"Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu " -"käytöstä\n" -"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. " -"Vaihtoehtona\n" -"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se " -"takaa, että\n" -"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit " -"käyttämällä\n" -"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös Verkko-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille " -"komentojonoille.\n" +"Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu käytöstä\n" +"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. Vaihtoehtona\n" +"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se takaa, että\n" +"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit käyttämällä\n" +"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös Verkko-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille komentojonoille.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Palaute ja vianjäljitys:</H3>\n" -"Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää " -"STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n" -"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, " -"josta saattaa olla apua\n" +"Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n" +"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, josta saattaa olla apua\n" "komentojonojesi vianjäljityksessä.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2343,14 +2285,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Lisäämällä komentojonoja automaattiasennukseen voit räätälöidä\n" -"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri " -"vaiheissa.\n" +"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri vaiheissa.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2368,7 +2308,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Sääntötiedoston koostaminen epäonnistui. XML-koostaja ilmoittaa:\n" @@ -2376,16 +2316,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti " -"on:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti on:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2396,51 +2332,50 @@ "\n" "Käyttäjän määrittämiä luokkia ei voitu hakea. Varmista, että kaikki\n" "luokat on määritelty oikein j a tämän järjestelmän saatavilla verkon kautta\n" -"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä " -"ohjaustiedostolla\n" +"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä ohjaustiedostolla\n" "käyttämättä luokkia.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Valitse profiili" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Haetaan ohjaustiedosto levykkeeltä." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Haetaan ohjaustiedosto (%1) TFTP-palvelimelta: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Haetaan ohjaustiedosto (%1) NFS-palvelimelta: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Haetaan ohjaustiedosto (%1) HTTP-palvelimelta: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Haetaan ohjaustiedosto (%1) FTP-palvelimelta: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopioidaan ohjaustiedosto tiedostosta: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopioidaan ohjaustiedosto laitteesta: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopioidaan ohjaustiedosto oletussijainnista." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Tuntematon lähde. " @@ -2450,7 +2385,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2460,12 +2395,10 @@ "Lähes kaikki ohjaustiedoston resurssit voidaan määritellä\n" "käyttäen määritystenhallintajärjestelmää.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2476,16 +2409,14 @@ "AutoYaST:n avulla.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Olemassa olevien tuttujen moduulien lisäksi luotiin uudet rajapinnat\n" -"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien " -"osiointi,\n" +"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien osiointi,\n" "yleiset asetukset ja ohjelmistot.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2512,90 +2443,107 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Vahvista asennus?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Kyllä" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "Ei" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaSTin toinen vaihe" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Pysäytetään tietokone vaiheen yksi jälkeen." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Pysäytetään tietokone toisen vaiheen jälkeen." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen toisen vaiheen jälkeen." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Allekirjoittamattomien tiedostojen hyväksyminen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Allekirjoittamattomia tiedostoja ei hyväksytä" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Hyväksytään tiedostot ilman tarkistussummaa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Tiedostoja ilman tarkistussummaa ei hyväksytä" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Hyväksytään epäonnistuneet varmennukset" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Älä hyväksy epäonnistuneita varmennuksia" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Hyväksytään tuntematon GPG-avain" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Tuntematonta GPG-avainta ei hyväksytä" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Tuodaan uusi GPG-avain" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Uutta GPG-avainta ei tuoda" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "%1 liittäminen epäonnistui." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa." +msgstr "Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen " -"taltio." +msgstr "Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen taltio." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2603,14 +2551,21 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Asemat" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "Yhteensä %1 asemasta" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "" + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -2662,7 +2617,7 @@ msgstr "Tuntematon" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2672,57 +2627,48 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Asennuslähteen %1 lisääminen epäonnistui" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Luodaan kuvatiedostoa - asennetaan paketteja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Tallenna levykuva..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Voit tehdä vielä muutoksia levykuvaan %1/\n" "Painettuasi ok-painiketta levykuva pakataan ja muutoksia ei voi enää tehdä." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Levykuvan pakkaaminen epäonnistui '%1'. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Levykuvan luonti onnistui" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2731,112 +2677,106 @@ "Voit luoda uuden puuttuvan tilalle komennolla 'ls -F > directory.yast'" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "ei voida lukea '%1'. Yritä uudelleen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "ei voida lukea '%1'. ISO-levykuvan luonti epäonnistui" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Valmistellaan ISO-levykuvan tiedostojärjestystä..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "käynnistysasetukset DVD-levylle" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST " -"XML-tiedoston.\n" +"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST XML-tiedoston.\n" "Jos painat ok-painiketta, iso-tiedosto luodaan." #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Tallenna ISO-levykuva ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Luodaan ISO-levykuvaa..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO-levykuva luotiin onnistuneesti %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Valitut ohjelmistoryhmät" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Yksitellen valitut paketit" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Poistettavat paketit" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Pakota ydin-paketti" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Ohjelmistoryhmien asettaminen ei onnistu: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin " -"ohjelmisto-osa." +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin ohjelmisto-osa." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt " -"puuttuu" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt puuttuu" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "Yhteensä %1 asemasta" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Valittua laitetta ei määritetty" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Tutkitaan juuriosiota. Odota hetki..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Linux-juuriosiota ei löytynyt." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2845,20 +2785,20 @@ "tulisi käyttää. Automaattiasennus ei ole mahdollinen.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "tallennus-taustaohjelma ei löytänyt laitetta '%1'" #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Kerätään määritystiedot..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Salattu AutoYaST-profiili. Anna salasana kaksi kertaa." @@ -2866,14 +2806,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Osan %1 kirjoittaminen tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Salattu AutoYaST-profiili. Anna oikea salasana." @@ -3796,9 +3736,6 @@ #~ "Luo tai muokkaa taltioryhmiä tässä. Tämän jälkeen sinun täytyy osoittaa fyysinen osio/osiot tälle taltioryhmälle fyysisen kiintolevyosioinnin valintaikkunassa. Siinä, aseta niille osioille osio-ID 0x8e.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" -#~ msgstr "Määritä taltioryhmät" - #~ msgid "&Volume Group" #~ msgstr "&Taltioryhmä"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95085 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:09 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95085 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:07 UTC (rev 95084) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:09 UTC (rev 95085) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-07 14:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -21,147 +21,113 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "Valtuutusasiakkaan määritysmoduuli" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "Valtuutusasiakkaan määrityksen yhteenveto" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "Luo autoyastin rnc @parametreista" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" -msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa toimialueen \"%1\"?" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "None." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." -msgstr "Tälle parametrille ei ole ohjetta." +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "Uusi parametri" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " -msgstr "Oletusarvo: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "Uusi parametri" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " -msgstr "Saatavilla olevat arvot: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" -msgstr "Aseta parametrin arvo osiossa \"%1\"" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Valtuutusasiakkaan määritys (SSSD)" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Peruuta" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." -msgstr "Parametrin \"%1\" arvo on virheellinen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." -msgstr "Osiolla \"%1\" ei ole määritteitä" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" -msgstr "Valitse uusi parametri osioon \"%1\"" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "Lisää uusi toimialue" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" -msgstr "Uusi parametri" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "Ohje" +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" -msgstr "Uusi SSSD-osio \"%1\"" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" -msgstr "Uusi" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" -msgstr "Lisää uusi toimialue" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name:" +msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi:" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Ota toimialue käyttöön" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" -msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä tunnistautumistarjoaja" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" -msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä valtuutustarjoaja" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "Uusi parametri" -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" -msgstr "Ohje uuden toimialueen luomiseksi" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" -msgstr "Toimialuenimi on annettava!" - -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "Perusasetukset:" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" -msgstr "Palvelut:" - -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 -msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" -"[sssd]-osiossa ei ole käytössä olevia toimialueita.\n" -"sssd:tä ei käynnistetä. Vain paikallinen tunnistautuminen on käytettävissä.\n" -"Haluatko kirjoittaa tämän määrityksen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Et ole ottanut käyttöön joitakin toimialueita.\n" -"%s \n" -"Haluatko kirjoittaa tämän määrityksen?" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" @@ -172,7 +138,7 @@ "Jos jatkat, nss_ldap-määrityksesi poistetaan.\n" "Haluatko jatkaa?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -184,1509 +150,1143 @@ "Jos jatkat, OES-asiakasmäärityksesi poistetaan käytöstä.\n" "Haluatko jatkaa?" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "Tunnistautuneet käyttäjät" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" -msgstr "Määritetyt valtuutustoimialueet" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Lisää" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Muokkaa" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Poista" - -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgstr "Valtuutusasiakkaan määritys (SSSD)" - -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " -"authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " -"authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " -"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the " -"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " -"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " -"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " -"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal " -"provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for " -"more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat " -"Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory " -"provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP " -"authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa " -"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad " -"Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to " -"some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. " -"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa toimialueen \"%1\"?" + +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" -"SSSD tarjoaa joukon demoneja hallita pääsyä etähakemistoihin ja useita eri " -"autentikointi mekanismeja. Sinun on määritettävä vähintään yksi " -"autentikointitoimialue. " -"Ensiksi sinun tulee määrittää autentikointitoimialueelle käyttäjätunnus ja " -"varmennuksen tarjoa. " -"Seuraavassa vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää joitakin pakollisia määrityksiä " -"valitulle varmennuksen tarjoavalle. Myöhemmin voit valita kaikki määritykset " -"valitulle varmennuksen tarjoavalle. SSSD tarjoaa seuraavat varmennukset: " -" Proxy: Perinteinen NSS tarjoaja." -" Paikallinen: sisäinen toimittaja paikallisille käyttäjille. " -" LDAP: LDAP tarjoaja. Katso sssd-ldap (5) lisätietoja LDAP " -"määrityksestä. " -" IPA: FreeIPA ja Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management tarjoaja. " -" AD: Active Directory tarjoaja. Tuetut tarjoajat ovat: " -"ldap paikallinen LDAP. " -" krb5 Kerberos. " -" IPA FreeIPA ja Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management tarjoaja. " -" AD Active Directory " -" proxyvälittämiseen todennus joihinkin muihin PAM kohteisiin. " -" ei mitään poistaa autentikoinnin käytöstä. " -" Oletuksena varmennuksen tarjoaja on id_provider. " -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." -msgstr "Kertoo määritystiedoston syntaksin." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu luettelo palveluja, jotka käynnistetään sssd:tä itseään " -"käynnistettäessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -"Monestiko palvelun tulisi yrittää yhdistämistä uudelleen ennen luovuttamista, " -"jos tiedontarjoaja kaatuu tai käynnistyy uudelleen" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -"SSSD voi käyttää useampia toimialueita yhtä aikaa, mutta vähintään yksi " -"täytyy määrittää, tai SSSD ei käynnisty" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" +#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" +#| "Do you want to write this configuration?" msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"Parametri sisältää luettelon toimialueista siinä järjestyksessä, kun niitä " -"kysellään." +"[sssd]-osiossa ei ole käytössä olevia toimialueita.\n" +"sssd:tä ei käynnistetä. Vain paikallinen tunnistautuminen on käytettävissä.\n" +"Haluatko kirjoittaa tämän määrityksen?" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" -"Oletussääntölauseke, joka kuvaa, miten käyttäjätunnuksen ja toimialueen " -"sisältävä merkkijono jäsennetään näihin osiinsa" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" msgstr "" -"printf(3)-yhteensopiva oletusmuoto, joka kuvaa, miten (nimi, toimialue) -pari " -"käännetään täydeksi nimeksi" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Services:" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Palvelut:" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "Lisää uusi toimialue" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com)" msgstr "" -"SSSD tarkkailee resolv.conf-tiedostoa tunnistaakseen, milloin sen sisäistä " -"DNS-ratkaisijaa tulee virkistää" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä tunnistautumistarjoaja" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "Tunnistautuneet käyttäjät" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "Ota toimialue käyttöön" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." msgstr "" -"Oletuksena tähän yritetään käyttää inotify-ohjelmaa, mutta jollei sitä voi " -"käyttää, resolv.confia kysellään viiden sekunnin välein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "Määrittää IPA-toimialueen nimen." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "" -"Tiedostojärjestelmän hakemisto, jonne SSSD:n tulisi tallentaa Kerberoksen " -"välimuistitiedostot." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 +#. Define Global Parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 +msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +msgstr "Kertoo määritystiedoston syntaksin." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo palveluja, jotka käynnistetään sssd:tä itseään käynnistettäessä." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" msgstr "" -"Tätä merkkijonoa käytetään oletustoimialueena kaikille toimialueettomille " -"nimille." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Monestiko palvelun tulisi yrittää yhdistämistä uudelleen ennen luovuttamista, jos tiedontarjoaja kaatuu tai käynnistyy uudelleen" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD voi käyttää useampia toimialueita yhtä aikaa, mutta vähintään yksi täytyy määrittää, tai SSSD ei käynnisty" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Parametri sisältää luettelon toimialueista siinä järjestyksessä, kun niitä kysellään." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "Oletussääntölauseke, joka kuvaa, miten käyttäjätunnuksen ja toimialueen sisältävä merkkijono jäsennetään näihin osiinsa" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "printf(3)-yhteensopiva oletusmuoto, joka kuvaa, miten (nimi, toimialue) -pari käännetään täydeksi nimeksi" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD tarkkailee resolv.conf-tiedostoa tunnistaakseen, milloin sen sisäistä DNS-ratkaisijaa tulee virkistää" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "Oletuksena tähän yritetään käyttää inotify-ohjelmaa, mutta jollei sitä voi käyttää, resolv.confia kysellään viiden sekunnin välein." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän hakemisto, jonne SSSD:n tulisi tallentaa Kerberoksen välimuistitiedostot." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Tätä merkkijonoa käytetään oletustoimialueena kaikille toimialueettomille nimille." + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " -"mode." -msgstr "" -"Bittimaski, joka osoittaa, mitkä vianjäljitystasot ovat näkyvissä. 0x0010 on " -"oletusarvo samoin kuin alin sallittu arvo, 0xFFF0 yksityiskohtaisin tila." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "Bittimaski, joka osoittaa, mitkä vianjäljitystasot ovat näkyvissä. 0x0010 on oletusarvo samoin kuin alin sallittu arvo, 0xFFF0 yksityiskohtaisin tila." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Lisää vianjäljitysviesteihin aikaleima" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Lisää mikrosekunnit vianjäljitysviestien aikaleimoihin" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Aikakatkaisu sekunteina palvelun sykähdysten välillä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Asetus määrittää tämän SSSD-prosessin kerrallaan avaamien tiedostokuvainten " -"enimmäismäärän." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Asetus määrittää tämän SSSD-prosessin kerrallaan avaamien tiedostokuvainten enimmäismäärän." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus määrittää sekunteina, kauanko SSSD-prosessi voi pitää " -"tiedostokuvainta viestimättä sen kanssa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Tämä asetus määrittää sekunteina, kauanko SSSD-prosessi voi pitää tiedostokuvainta viestimättä sen kanssa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Ellei palvelu vastaa ping-tarkistukseen (ks. aikakatkaisuasetusta), sille " -"lähetetään ensin SIGTERM-signaali, joka ohjeistaa sen päättymään siististi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Ellei palvelu vastaa ping-tarkistukseen (ks. aikakatkaisuasetusta), sille lähetetään ensin SIGTERM-signaali, joka ohjeistaa sen päättymään siististi." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss-luetteluja (kyselyjä kaikkien käyttäjien tiedoista) " -"tulisi pitää välimuistissa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss-luetteluja (kyselyjä kaikkien käyttäjien tiedoista) tulisi pitää välimuistissa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Tietuevälimuistin voi asettaa virkistämään tietueet automaattisesti " -"taustalla, jos niitä pyydetään toimialueen entry_cache_timeout-arvon tietyn " -"suhteellisen osuuden ulkopuolella." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Tietuevälimuistin voi asettaa virkistämään tietueet automaattisesti taustalla, jos niitä pyydetään toimialueen entry_cache_timeout-arvon tietyn suhteellisen osuuden ulkopuolella." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " -"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " -"asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää välimuistissa kielteisiä " -"välimuistiosumia (ts. kyselyjä virheellisistä kuten puuttuvista tietokannan " -"tietueista) ennen kuin se kyselee taas taustaosalta." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Määrittää, montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää välimuistissa kielteisiä välimuistiosumia (ts. kyselyjä virheellisistä kuten puuttuvista tietokannan tietueista) ennen kuin se kyselee taas taustaosalta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Estä tiettyjen käyttäjien nouto sss:n NSS-tietokannasta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Estä tiettyjen ryhmien nouto sss:n NSS-tietokannasta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Jos haluat suodatettujen käyttäjien yhä olevan ryhmien jäseniä, aseta tämä " -"asetus epätodeksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Jos haluat suodatettujen käyttäjien yhä olevan ryhmien jäseniä, aseta tämä asetus epätodeksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Ohita käyttäjän oletuskotihakemisto. Voit antaa joko absoluuttisen arvon tai " -"mallin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Ohita käyttäjän oletuskotihakemisto. Voit antaa joko absoluuttisen arvon tai mallin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Aseta käyttäjän kotihakemiston oletusmalli, jollei toimialueen tiedontarjoaja " -"nimenomaisesti määritä sitä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Aseta käyttäjän kotihakemiston oletusmalli, jollei toimialueen tiedontarjoaja nimenomaisesti määritä sitä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Ohita kaikkien käyttäjien kirjautumiskomentotulkin määritys." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Rajoita käyttäjien komentotulkit lueteltuihin arvoihin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Korvaa näiden komentotulkkien kaikki tapaukset shell_fallbackillä" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"Käytettävä oletuskomentotulkki, jos koneeseen ei ole asennettu sallittua " -"komentotulkkia" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "Käytettävä oletuskomentotulkki, jos koneeseen ei ole asennettu sallittua komentotulkkia" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"Käytettävä oletuskomentotulkki, jos tarjoaja ei palauta oletusta kyseltäessä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "Käytettävä oletuskomentotulkki, jos tarjoaja ei palauta oletusta kyseltäessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää kauanko (sekunteina) alitoimialueluettelo pidetään kelvollisena." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Määrittää kauanko (sekunteina) alitoimialueluettelo pidetään kelvollisena." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina) kauanko välimuistissa olevia tietueita pidetään " -"kelvollisina." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina) kauanko välimuistissa olevia tietueita pidetään kelvollisina." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Ellei valtuutustarjoaja ole verkossa, kauanko kirjautumiset tulisi sallia " -"välimuistista (päivinä viimeisestä onnistuneesta verkkokirjautumisesta)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Ellei valtuutustarjoaja ole verkossa, kauanko kirjautumiset tulisi sallia välimuistista (päivinä viimeisestä onnistuneesta verkkokirjautumisesta)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " -"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"Aika (minuutteina), jonka täytyy kulua sen jälkeen, kun " -"offline_failed_login_attempts on saavutettu, ennen kuin uusi " -"kirjautumisyritys on mahdolinen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "Aika (minuutteina), jonka täytyy kulua sen jälkeen, kun offline_failed_login_attempts on saavutettu, ennen kuin uusi kirjautumisyritys on mahdolinen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Vaikuttaa siihen, millainen viesti näytetään käyttäjälle valtuutuksen aikana." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Vaikuttaa siihen, millainen viesti näytetään käyttäjälle valtuutuksen aikana." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Kun PAM-kysely saapuu SSSD:n ollessa yhteydessä verkkoon, SSD yrittää " -"välittömästi virkistää käyttäjän välimuistissa olevat tunnistautumistiedot " -"varmistaakseen, että valtuutus tapahtuu ajantasaisin tiedoin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Kun PAM-kysely saapuu SSSD:n ollessa yhteydessä verkkoon, SSD yrittää välittömästi virkistää käyttäjän välimuistissa olevat tunnistautumistiedot varmistaakseen, että valtuutus tapahtuu ajantasaisin tiedoin." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Näytä varoitus N päivää ennen salasanan vanhenemista." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " -"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Otetaanko aikasidonnaiset sudoers-määritteet sudoNotBefore ja sudoNotAfter " -"huomioon." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Otetaanko aikasidonnaiset sudoers-määritteet sudoNotBefore ja sudoNotAfter huomioon." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, montako sekuntia autofs-vastaajan tulisi pitää välimuistissa " -"kielteisiä osumia ennen kuin se kyselee taas taustaosalta." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Määrittää, montako sekuntia autofs-vastaajan tulisi pitää välimuistissa kielteisiä osumia ennen kuin se kyselee taas taustaosalta." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Tiivistetäänkö konenimet ja osoitteet hallittuun known_hosts-tiedostoon vai " -"ei." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Tiivistetäänkö konenimet ja osoitteet hallittuun known_hosts-tiedostoon vai ei." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia konetta pidetään hallitussa known_hosts-tiedostossa sen " -"jälkeen, kun sen koneavaimia on pyydetty." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia konetta pidetään hallitussa known_hosts-tiedostossa sen jälkeen, kun sen koneavaimia on pyydetty." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Toimialueen UID- ja GID-rajat. Jos toimialue sisältää tietueen näiden rajojen " -"ulkopuolelta, se ohitetaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Toimialueen UID- ja GID-rajat. Jos toimialue sisältää tietueen näiden rajojen ulkopuolelta, se ohitetaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "Määrittää, voiko toimialuetta luetella." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -"Ellei palvelu pääty ”force_timeout” sekunnin kuluttua, valvontaohjelma " -"pakottaa sen päättymään lähettämällä sille SIGKILL-signaalin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää tietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin " -"kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Ellei palvelu pääty ”force_timeout” sekunnin kuluttua, valvontaohjelma pakottaa sen päättymään lähettämällä sille SIGKILL-signaalin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää käyttäjätietueita kelvollisina ennen " -"kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää tietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää ryhmätietueita kelvollisina ennen " -"kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää käyttäjätietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää netgroup-tietueita kelvollisina ennen " -"kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää ryhmätietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää palvelutietueita kelvollisina ennen " -"kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää netgroup-tietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia sudon tulisi pitää sääntöjä kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy " -"taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia nss_sss:n tulisi pitää palvelutietueita kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Montako sekuntia autofs-palvelun tulisi pitää automounter-kytköksiä " -"kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia sudon tulisi pitää sääntöjä kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, tulisiko käyttäjän tiedot tallentaa paikalliseen LDB-välimuistiin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Montako sekuntia autofs-palvelun tulisi pitää automounter-kytköksiä kelvollisina ennen kuin kysyy taustaosalta uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -"Moneksiko päiväksi tietueet jätetään välimuistiin onnistuneen kirjautumisen " -"jälkeen, ennen kuin ne poistetaan välimuistia tyhjennettäessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Moneksiko päiväksi tietueet jätetään välimuistiin onnistuneen kirjautumisen jälkeen, ennen kuin ne poistetaan välimuistia tyhjennettäessä." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä tunnistautumistarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Käytä NSS:lle ilmoitettavana käyttäjätunnuksena täyttä nimeä ja toimialuetta " -"(siten kuin se on toimialueen täyden nimen muodossa)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Käytä NSS:lle ilmoitettavana käyttäjätunnuksena täyttä nimeä ja toimialuetta (siten kuin se on toimialueen täyden nimen muodossa)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä valtuutustarjoaja." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä valtuutustarjoaja" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä pääsynvalvontatarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä salasananvaihdon tarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "Toimialueen käyttämä SUDO-tarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "Tarjoaja, jonka tulisi käsitellä SELinux-asetusten lataus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "Tarjoaja, jonka tulisi käsitellä alitoimialueiden nouto." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Toimialueen käyttämä autofs-tarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "Koneen tunnistustietojen noutoon käytetty tarjoaja." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Säännöllinen lauseke, joka kuvaa miten tämän toimialueen käyttäjätunnuksen ja " -"toimialueen sisältävät merkkijonot tulisi jäsentää osiinsa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Säännöllinen lauseke, joka kuvaa miten tämän toimialueen käyttäjätunnuksen ja toimialueen sisältävät merkkijonot tulisi jäsentää osiinsa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"printf(3)-yhteensopiva oletusmuoto, joka kuvaa, miten (nimi, toimialue) -pari " -"käännetään täydeksi nimeksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "printf(3)-yhteensopiva oletusmuoto, joka kuvaa, miten (nimi, toimialue) -pari käännetään täydeksi nimeksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Antaa mahdollisuuden valita DNS-hauissa ensisijaisesti käytettävän " -"osoiteperheen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Antaa mahdollisuuden valita DNS-hauissa ensisijaisesti käytettävän osoiteperheen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), kauanko DNS-ratkaisijan vastausta odotetaan " -"ennen kuin katsotaan sen olevan saavuttamattomissa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), kauanko DNS-ratkaisijan vastausta odotetaan ennen kuin katsotaan sen olevan saavuttamattomissa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "Käytä koneen nimen toimialueosaa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Jos taustaosassa käytetään palveluhakua, määrittää palveluhaun DNS-kyselyn toimialueosan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Jos taustaosassa käytetään palveluhakua, määrittää palveluhaun DNS-kyselyn " -"toimialueosan." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Korvaa ensisijainen GID-arvo annetulla arvolla." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Erota pien- ja suuraakkosten käyttäjien ja ryhmien nimissä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Kun käyttäjän tai ryhmän nimeä etsitään välityspalvelintarjoajalta, tehdään " -"toinen haku \"kanonisoidulla\" nimellä siltä varalta, että kyselty nimi on " -"alias." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Kun käyttäjän tai ryhmän nimeä etsitään välityspalvelintarjoajalta, tehdään toinen haku \"kanonisoidulla\" nimellä siltä varalta, että kyselty nimi on alias." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Käytä tätä kotihakemistoa oletusarvona tämän toimialueen kaikissa " -"alitoimialueissa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Käytä tätä kotihakemistoa oletusarvona tämän toimialueen kaikissa alitoimialueissa." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo käyttäjiä, joiden on lupa kirjautua." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu luettelo ryhmien, joiden on lupa kirjautua. Asetus vaikuttaa " -"vain tämän SSSD-toimialueen ryhmiin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo ryhmien, joiden on lupa kirjautua. Asetus vaikuttaa vain tämän SSSD-toimialueen ryhmiin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu luettelo käyttäjiä, joita nimenomaisesti estetään " -"kirjautumasta." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo ryhmiä, joita nimenomaisesti estetään kirjautumasta. Asetus vaikuttaa vain tämän SSSD-toimialueen ryhmiin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu luettelo ryhmiä, joita nimenomaisesti estetään " -"kirjautumasta. Asetus vaikuttaa vain tämän SSSD-toimialueen ryhmiin." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "" -"Oletusarvoisesti käytettävä kanta-DN LDAPin sudo-sääntöjen suorittamiseen." - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Työkalut lisäävät käyttäjätunnuksen pohjahakemistoon ja käyttävät sitä " -"kotihakemistona." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Työkalut lisäävät käyttäjätunnuksen pohjahakemistoon ja käyttävät sitä kotihakemistona." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Tulisiko uusille käyttäjille oletusarvoisesti luoda kotihakemisto." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Tulisiko poistettujen käyttäjien kotihakemisto oletusarvoisesti poistaa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Tulisiko poistettujen käyttäjien kotihakemisto oletusarvoisesti poistaa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"sss_useradd(8) käyttää tätä määrittämään vasta luotujen kotihakemistojen " -"oletusoikeudet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "sss_useradd(8) käyttää tätä määrittämään vasta luotujen kotihakemistojen oletusoikeudet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"Luurankohakemisto, joka sisältää käyttäjän kotihakemistoon kopioitavia " -"tiedostoja ja hakemistoja, kun kotihakemisto luodaan " -"sss_useradd(8)-komennolla." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "Luurankohakemisto, joka sisältää käyttäjän kotihakemistoon kopioitavia tiedostoja ja hakemistoja, kun kotihakemisto luodaan sss_useradd(8)-komennolla." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Postijonohakemisto." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Komento, joka ajetaan, kun käyttäjätunnus on poistettu." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu URI-luettelo LDAP-palvelimia, joihin SSD:n tulisi yhdistää " -"annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu URI-luettelo LDAP-palvelimia, joihin SSD:n tulisi yhdistää " -"annetussa järjestyksessä käyttäjän salasanan vaihtamiseksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "Oletusarvoisesti käytettävä kanta-DN LDAPin sudo-sääntöjen suorittamiseen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "LDAP-käyttäjätoimissa oletusarvoisesti käytettävä kanta-DN." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu URI-luettelo LDAP-palvelimia, joihin SSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "Määrittää kohde-LDAP-palvelimessa käytettävän skeeman tyypin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu URI-luettelo LDAP-palvelimia, joihin SSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä käyttäjän salasanan vaihtamiseksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP-toimintoja toteutettaessa käytettävä oletusarvoinen sidos-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Oletusarvoisen sidos-DN valtuutusmerkin tyyppi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Oletusarvoisen sidos-DN:n valtuutusmerkki." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPin käyttäjätietueen olioluokka." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän käyttäjätunnusta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän tunnistetta (uid)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän ensisijaisen ryhmän tunnistetta (gid)." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän ensisijaisen ryhmän tunnistetta (gid)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän gecos-kenttää." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää käyttäjän kotihakemiston nimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää käyttäjän oletuskomentotulkin sijainnin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää LDAP-käyttäjäolion UUID:n/GUID:n." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää LDAP-käyttäjäolion objectSIDin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää ylemmän olion viimeisimmän muutoksen aikaleiman." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää ylemmän olion viimeisimmän muutoksen aikaleiman." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää " -"shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (viimeisimmän " -"salasanan vaihdon päivämäärä)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (viimeisimmän salasanan vaihdon päivämäärä)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää " -"shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan " -"vähimmäisikä)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan vähimmäisikä)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää " -"shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan " -"enimmäisikä)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan enimmäisikä)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää " -"shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanavaroituksen " -"aika)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanavaroituksen aika)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää " -"shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan " -"passiivisuuden aika)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (salasanan passiivisuuden aika)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow tai ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, " -"tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen " -"nimen (tilin vanhenemispäivämäärä)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=shadow tai ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, tämä parametri sisältää shadow(5)-vastinettaan vastaavan LDAP-määritteen nimen (tilin vanhenemispäivämäärä)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, tämä parametri sisältää sen " -"LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu Kerberoksessa viimeisin salasanan " -"vaihtoaika." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, tämä parametri sisältää sen LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu Kerberoksessa viimeisin salasanan vaihtoaika." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, tämä parametri sisältää sen " -"LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu nykyisen salasanan vanhenemisaika." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, tämä parametri sisältää sen LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu nykyisen salasanan vanhenemisaika." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, tämä parametri sisältää sen " -"LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu tilin vanhenemisaika." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, tämä parametri sisältää sen LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu tilin vanhenemisaika." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, tämä parametri sisältää sen " -"LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu käyttäjätilin hallintabittikenttä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, tämä parametri sisältää sen LDAP-määritteen nimen, johon tallentuu käyttäjätilin hallintabittikenttä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds tai vastaava, tämä parametri " -"määrittää, onko tili sallittu vai ei." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds tai vastaava, tämä parametri määrittää, onko tili sallittu vai ei." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, onko " -"pääsy sallittu vai ei." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, onko pääsy sallittu vai ei." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, mihin " -"päivään asti pääsy myönnetään." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, mihin päivään asti pääsy myönnetään." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, " -"moneksiko tunniksi viikossa pääsy myönnetään." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Kun käytössä on ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tämä määrite määrittää, moneksiko tunniksi viikossa pääsy myönnetään." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää käyttäjä Kerberos-UPN:n (User Principal Name)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää käyttäjä Kerberos-UPN:n (User Principal Name)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää käyttäjä julkiset SSH-avaimet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " -"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "" -"Jotkin hakemistopalvelut kuten Active Directory voivat toimittaa UPN:n " -"valtakuntaosan pienaakkosissa, josta syystä varmennus voi epäonnistua." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Jotkin hakemistopalvelut kuten Active Directory voivat toimittaa UPN:n valtakuntaosan pienaakkosissa, josta syystä varmennus voi epäonnistua." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Ota tämä asetus käyttöön, jos haluat valtakunnan suuraakkosissa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, montako sekuntia SSSD odottaa ennen kuin virkistää lueteltujen " -"tietueiden välimuistiaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Määrittää, montako sekuntia SSSD odottaa ennen kuin virkistää lueteltujen tietueiden välimuistiaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Määritä, kuinka usein välimuistista etsitään passiivisia tietueita " -"(esimerkiksi jäsenettömiä ryhmiä tai käyttäjiä, jotka eivät ole koskaan " -"kirjautuneet) ja poistetaan ne tilan säästämiseksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Määritä, kuinka usein välimuistista etsitään passiivisia tietueita (esimerkiksi jäsenettömiä ryhmiä tai käyttäjiä, jotka eivät ole koskaan kirjautuneet) ja poistetaan ne tilan säästämiseksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa käyttäjän koko nimeä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka luettelee käyttäjän ryhmäkuuluvuudet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Jos käytössä on access_provider=ldap tai " -"ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD määrittää käyttäjän LDAP-tietueen " -"authorizedService-määritteen läsnäolon perusteella pääsyoikeudet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Jos käytössä on access_provider=ldap tai ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD määrittää käyttäjän LDAP-tietueen authorizedService-määritteen läsnäolon perusteella pääsyoikeudet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Jos access_provider=ldap tai ldap_access_order=host on käytössä, SSSD " -"määrittää käyttäjän LDAP-tietueen host-määritteen läsnäolon perusteella " -"pääsyoikeudet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Jos access_provider=ldap tai ldap_access_order=host on käytössä, SSSD määrittää käyttäjän LDAP-tietueen host-määritteen läsnäolon perusteella pääsyoikeudet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPin ryhmätietueen olioluokka." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa ryhmän nimeä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa ryhmän tunnistetta (gid)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää ryhmän jäsenten nimet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää LDAP-ryhmäolion UUID:n/GUID:n." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää LDAP-ryhmäolion objectSIDin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää ylemmän olion viimeisimmän muutoksen aikaleiman." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää ylemmän olion viimeisimmän muutoksen aikaleiman." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Jos LDAP-skeemana käytetään muotoa, joka tukee sisäkkäisiä ryhmiä (esim. " -"RFC2307bis), tällä asetuksella valitaan, montako sisäkkäistä tasoa SSSD " -"seuraa." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Jos LDAP-skeemana käytetään muotoa, joka tukee sisäkkäisiä ryhmiä (esim. RFC2307bis), tällä asetuksella valitaan, montako sisäkkäistä tasoa SSSD seuraa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus saa SSSD:n käyttämään hyväkseen Active Directory -kohtaista " -"ominaisuutta, joka voi nopettaa ryhmien hakutoimintoja tilanteissa, joissa " -"ryhmät ovat kompleksisia tai suuressa määrin sisäkkäisiä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Tämä asetus saa SSSD:n käyttämään hyväkseen Active Directory -kohtaista ominaisuutta, joka voi nopettaa ryhmien hakutoimintoja tilanteissa, joissa ryhmät ovat kompleksisia tai suuressa määrin sisäkkäisiä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " -"with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus saa SSSD:n käyttämään hyväkseen Active Directory -kohtaista " -"ominaisuutta, joka voi nopettaa initgroups-toimintoja (etenkin kun ryhmät " -"ovat kompleksisia tai suuressa määrin sisäkkäisiä)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Tämä asetus saa SSSD:n käyttämään hyväkseen Active Directory -kohtaista ominaisuutta, joka voi nopettaa initgroups-toimintoja (etenkin kun ryhmät ovat kompleksisia tai suuressa määrin sisäkkäisiä)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAPin verkkoryhmätietueen olioluokka." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka vastaa verkkoryhmän nimeä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää verkkoryhmän jäsenten nimet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää verkkoryhmän (kone, käyttäjä, toimialue) " -"-kolmikot." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää verkkoryhmän (kone, käyttäjä, toimialue) -kolmikot." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää LDAP-verkkoryhmäolion UUID:n/GUID:n." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPin palvelutietueen olioluokka." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää palvelumääritteiden ja niiden aliasten nimen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää palvelumääritteiden ja niiden aliasten nimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää palvelun hallinnoiman portin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "LDAP-määrite, joka sisältää tämän palvelun ymmärtämät yhteyskäytännöt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"Valinnainen kanta-DN, hakualue ja LDAP-suodatin tämän määritetyypin " -"LDAP-hakujen rajaamiseksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "Valinnainen kanta-DN, hakualue ja LDAP-suodatin tämän määritetyypin LDAP-hakujen rajaamiseksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka LDAP-haut saavat olla käynnissä ennen kuin " -"ne perutaan ja välimuistissa olevat tulokset palautetaan (ja siirrytään " -"verkottomaan tilaan)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka LDAP-haut saavat olla käynnissä ennen kuin ne perutaan ja välimuistissa olevat tulokset palautetaan (ja siirrytään verkottomaan tilaan)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka LDAPin käyttäjä- ja ryhmäluettelut saavat " -"olla käynnissä ennen kuin ne perutaan ja välimuistissa olevat tulokset " -"palautetaan (ja siirrytään verkottomaan tilaan)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka LDAPin käyttäjä- ja ryhmäluettelut saavat olla käynnissä ennen kuin ne perutaan ja välimuistissa olevat tulokset palautetaan (ja siirrytään verkottomaan tilaan)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen connect(2):ta seuraava " -"poll(2)/select(2) palaa, ellei toimintaa ole." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen connect(2):ta seuraava poll(2)/select(2) palaa, ellei toimintaa ole." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen synkroniset LDAP-APIt " -"keskeyttävät, ellei vastausta saada." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen synkroniset LDAP-APIt keskeyttävät, ellei vastausta saada." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), kauanko yhteyttä LDAP-palvelimeen pidetään yllä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Määrittää ajan (sekunteina), kauanko yhteyttä LDAP-palvelimeen pidetään yllä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " -"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Määritä yksittäisellä pyynnöllä LDAPista haettavien tietueiden enimmäismäärä. " -"Jotkin LDAP-palvelimet vaativat pyyntökohtaisen enimmäismäärän." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Määritä yksittäisellä pyynnöllä LDAPista haettavien tietueiden enimmäismäärä. Jotkin LDAP-palvelimet vaativat pyyntökohtaisen enimmäismäärän." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Poista LDAP henkilöhaku käytöstä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Viestittäessä LDAP-palvelimen kanssa SASLilla, määritä vähimmäisturvataso " -"yhteyden muodostamiseksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Viestittäessä LDAP-palvelimen kanssa SASLilla, määritä vähimmäisturvataso yhteyden muodostamiseksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Määritä, monenko ryhmän jäsenen puuttuessa sisäisestä välimuistista " -"käynnistetään viitelähteiden haku." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Määritä, monenko ryhmän jäsenen puuttuessa sisäisestä välimuistista käynnistetään viitelähteiden haku." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -"Määrittää, mitä (jos mitään) tarkistuksia TLS-istunnon palvelinvarmenteelle " -"tehdään." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää tiedoston, joka sisältää kaikkien niiden varmenneauktoriteettien " -"varmenteet, jotka SSSD:n tulisi hyväksyä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Määrittää tiedoston, joka sisältää kaikkien niiden varmenneauktoriteettien varmenteet, jotka SSSD:n tulisi hyväksyä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää hakemiston, joka sisältää varmenneauktoriteettien varmenteet " -"erillisinä tiedostoina." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Määrittää hakemiston, joka sisältää varmenneauktoriteettien varmenteet erillisinä tiedostoina." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Määrittää tiedoston, joka sisältää asiakkaan avaimen varmenteen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Määrittää tiedoston, joka sisältää asiakkaan avaimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Määrittää hyväksyttävät salausmenetelmät." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, pitääkö id_provider-yhteyden käyttää myös TLS:ää kanavan " -"suojaamiseksi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Määrittää, pitääkö id_provider-yhteyden käyttää myös TLS:ää kanavan suojaamiseksi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " -"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, että SSSD:n tulisi yrittää yhdistää käyttäjä- ja ryhmätunnisteet " -"ldap_user_objectsid- ja ldap_group_objectsid-määritteistä sen sijaan, että se " -"luottaisi ldap_user_uid_number- ja ldap_group_gid_number-määritteisiin." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Määrittää, että SSSD:n tulisi yrittää yhdistää käyttäjä- ja ryhmätunnisteet ldap_user_objectsid- ja ldap_group_objectsid-määritteistä sen sijaan, että se luottaisi ldap_user_uid_number- ja ldap_group_gid_number-määritteisiin." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Määritä käytettävä SASL-mekanismi." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Määritä käytettävä SASLin valtuutustunniste." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Määritä käytettävä SASL-valtakunta (realm)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Jos käytössä, LDAP-kirjasto yrittää käänteishakua kanonisoidakseen konenimen " -"SASL-sidoksen aikana." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Jos käytössä, LDAP-kirjasto yrittää käänteishakua kanonisoidakseen konenimen SASL-sidoksen aikana." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Määritä keytab käytettäessä SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Määrittää, että id_providerin tulisi alustaa Kerberos-valtuutus (TGT)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Määrittää TGT:n elinajan sekunteina, jos käytetään GSSAPIa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Valitse käytänne, jolla arvioida asiakaspuolen salasanan vanhenemista." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Määritä onko automaattinen lähetteen keräys käytössä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Määrittää käytettävän palvelunimen, jos palvelunhaku on käytössä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, millä palvelunimellä haetaan salasanan muuttamisen hyväksyvää " -"LDAP-palvelinta, jos palveluhaku on käytössä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Määrittää, millä palvelunimellä haetaan salasanan muuttamisen hyväksyvää LDAP-palvelinta, jos palveluhaku on käytössä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää, päivitetäänkö ldap_user_shadow_last_change-määritettä (päivinä " -"aikakauden alusta) salasanan muuttamisen jälkeen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Määrittää, päivitetäänkö ldap_user_shadow_last_change-määritettä (päivinä aikakauden alusta) salasanan muuttamisen jälkeen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Jos käytössä on access_provider=ldap ja ldap_access_order=filter (oletus), " -"tämä asetus on pakollinen. Se määrittää LDAP-hakusuodatinehdon, jonka on " -"oltava voimassa, jotta käyttäjälle myönnetään pääsy tälle koneelle." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Jos käytössä on access_provider=ldap ja ldap_access_order=filter (oletus), tämä asetus on pakollinen. Se määrittää LDAP-hakusuodatinehdon, jonka on oltava voimassa, jotta käyttäjälle myönnetään pääsy tälle koneelle." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -"Tällä valinnalla voidaan ottaa asiakaspuolen käyttövalvontaominaisuudet " -"käyttöön." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr "Tällä valinnalla voidaan ottaa asiakaspuolen käyttövalvontaominaisuudet käyttöön." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 #, fuzzy msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Pilkuilla eroteltu lista käyttövalvonta valinnoista." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Määrittää, miten aliasten viitteet puretaan hakua tehtäessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " -"the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Sallii paikallisten käyttäjien pysyä LDAP-ryhmän jäseninä RFC2307-skeemaa " -"käyttävilla palvelimilla." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Sallii paikallisten käyttäjien pysyä LDAP-ryhmän jäseninä RFC2307-skeemaa käyttävilla palvelimilla." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -"Määrittää pilkuin erotetun luettelon Kerberos-palvelinten IP-osoitteita tai " -"konenimiä, joihin SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "Kerberos-valtakunnan (realm) nimi." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Määrittää pilkuin erotetun luettelon Kerberos-palvelinten IP-osoitteita tai konenimiä, joihin SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " -"can be defined here." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -"Tähän voi määrittää vaihtoehtoiset palvelimet, joita käytetään, jos KDC:n " -"salasananvaihtopalvelu ei ole käynnissä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Tähän voi määrittää vaihtoehtoiset palvelimet, joita käytetään, jos KDC:n salasananvaihtopalvelu ei ole käynnissä." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Hakemisto, jonne tallentaa valtuutusvälimuistit." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Käyttäjän valtuutusvälimuistin sijainti." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " -"request is aborted." -msgstr "" -"Aika (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen verkkovaltuutus- tai salasananvaihtopyyntö " -"keskeytetään." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr "Aika (sekunteina), jonka jälkeen verkkovaltuutus- tai salasananvaihtopyyntö keskeytetään." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Varmista krb5_keytab avulla, että saatu TGT ei ole väärennetty." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"Käytettävän keytabin sijainti KDC:ltä saadun valtakirjan vahvistamiseen." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "Käytettävän keytabin sijainti KDC:ltä saadun valtakirjan vahvistamiseen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Säilytä salasana käyttäjälle, jos palveluntarjoaja on pois verkosta ja käytä " -"sitä pyydettäessä TGT kun toimittaja tulee verkkoon uudestaan." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Säilytä salasana käyttäjälle, jos palveluntarjoaja on pois verkosta ja käytä sitä pyydettäessä TGT kun toimittaja tulee verkkoon uudestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Pyydä uusiutuva lippu. Elinkaareksi annetaan kokonaisluku jota seuraa " -"aikayksikkö." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Pyydä uusiutuva lippu. Elinkaareksi annetaan kokonaisluku jota seuraa aikayksikkö." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Pyydä lippu. Elinkaareksi annetaan kokonaisluku jota seuraa aikayksikkö." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Pyydä lippu. Elinkaareksi annetaan kokonaisluku jota seuraa aikayksikkö." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Aika (sekunteina), kuinka usein tarkistetaan, tulisiko TGT uudistaa." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " -"pre-authentication." -msgstr "" -"Ottaa käyttöön Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) Kerberos " -"autentikoinnille." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Ottaa käyttöön Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) Kerberos autentikoinnille." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Määrittää pääasiallisen FAST palvelimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Määrittää tuleeko kone ja käyttäjä normalisoida." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Määrittää Active Directory -toimialueen nimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu luettelo AD-palvelinten IP-osoitteita tai konenimiä, joihin " -"SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Valinnainen. Voidaan asettaa koneissa, joissa hostname(5) ei täysin vastaa " -"koneen tunnistamiseen käytettyä Active Directory -toimialueen täyttä nimeä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo AD-palvelinten IP-osoitteita tai konenimiä, joihin SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "Valinnainen. Voidaan asettaa koneissa, joissa hostname(5) ei täysin vastaa koneen tunnistamiseen käytettyä Active Directory -toimialueen täyttä nimeä." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Ohita käyttäjän kotihakemiston määritys." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää POSIX-tunnistealueen alarajan, jota käytetään yhdistettäessä Active " -"Directoryn käyttäjä- ja ryhmä-SIDejä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Määrittää POSIX-tunnistealueen alarajan, jota käytetään yhdistettäessä Active Directoryn käyttäjä- ja ryhmä-SIDejä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " -"Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Määrittää POSIX-tunnistealueen ylärajan, jota käytetään yhdistettäessä Active " -"Directoryn käyttäjä- ja ryhmä-SIDejä." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Määrittää POSIX-tunnistealueen ylärajan, jota käytetään yhdistettäessä Active Directoryn käyttäjä- ja ryhmä-SIDejä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Määrittää kunkin siivun käytettävissä olevien tunnisteiden määrän." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Määritä oletustoimialueen toimialue-SID." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Määrittää oletustoimialueen nimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Muuttaa ID-mappausalgoritmi käyttäytymistä vastaamaan winbind " -"\"idmap_autorid\" algoritmia." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Muuttaa ID-mappausalgoritmi käyttäytymistä vastaamaan winbind \"idmap_autorid\" algoritmia." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Määrittää IPA-toimialueen nimen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -"Pilkuin erotettu IPA-palvelinten luettelo IP-osoitteita tai konenimiä, joihin " -"SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Voidaan asettaa koneissa, joissa konenimi (5) ei vastaa täydellistä " -"verkkotunnusta." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgstr "Voidaan asettaa koneissa, joissa konenimi (5) ei vastaa täydellistä verkkotunnusta." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus ohjaa SSSD:n virkistämään automaattisesti FreeIPA v2:een " -"rakennettua DNS-palvelinta tämän asiakkaan IP-osoitteella." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Tämä asetus ohjaa SSSD:n virkistämään automaattisesti FreeIPA v2:een rakennettua DNS-palvelinta tämän asiakkaan IP-osoitteella." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "TTL, jota käytetään asiakkaan DNS-tietueeseen sitä virkistettäessä." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Valita liitäntä, jonka IP-osoitetta tulisi käyttää dynaamisiin DNS-virkistyksiin." + +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." msgstr "" -"Valita liitäntä, jonka IP-osoitetta tulisi käyttää dynaamisiin " -"DNS-virkistyksiin." +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "Järjestelmä on asetettu käyttämään nss_ldapia.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "Järjestelmä on asetettu käyttämään SSSD:tä.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "Järjestelmä on asetettu käyttämään OES:ää.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Järjestelmä on asetettu käyttämään vain /etc/passwd-tiedostoa.\n" +#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." +#~ msgstr "Tälle parametrille ei ole ohjetta." + +#~ msgid "Default value: " +#~ msgstr "Oletusarvo: " + +#~ msgid "Available values: " +#~ msgstr "Saatavilla olevat arvot: " + +#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Aseta parametrin arvo osiossa \"%1\"" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "Peruuta" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "OK" + +#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Parametrin \"%1\" arvo on virheellinen" + +#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." +#~ msgstr "Osiolla \"%1\" ei ole määritteitä" + +#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Valitse uusi parametri osioon \"%1\"" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "Ohje" + +#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Uusi SSSD-osio \"%1\"" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "Uusi" + +#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain" +#~ msgstr "Ohje uuden toimialueen luomiseksi" + +#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" +#~ msgstr "Toimialuenimi on annettava!" + +#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" +#~ msgstr "Perusasetukset:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Et ole ottanut käyttöön joitakin toimialueita.\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Haluatko kirjoittaa tämän määrityksen?" + +#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" +#~ msgstr "Määritetyt valtuutustoimialueet" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "Lisää" + +#~ msgid "Edit" +#~ msgstr "Muokkaa" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "Poista" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +#~ msgstr "SSSD tarjoaa joukon demoneja hallita pääsyä etähakemistoihin ja useita eri autentikointi mekanismeja. Sinun on määritettävä vähintään yksi autentikointitoimialue. Ensiksi sinun tulee määrittää autentikointitoimialueelle käyttäjätunnus ja varmennuksen tarjoa. Seuraavassa vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää joitakin pakollisia määrityksiä valitulle varmennuksen tarjoavalle. Myöhemmin voit valita kaikki määritykset valitulle varmennuksen tarjoavalle. SSSD tarjoaa seuraavat varmennukset: Proxy: Perinteinen NSS tarjoaja. Paikallinen: sisäinen toimittaja paikallisille käyttäjille. LDAP: LDAP tarjoaja. Katso sssd-ldap (5) lisätietoja LDAP määrityksestä. IPA: FreeIPA ja Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management tarjoaja. AD: Active Directory tarjoaja. Tuetut tarjoajat ovat: ldap paikallinen LDAP. krb5 Kerberos. IPA FreeIPA ja Red Hat Enterpr ise Identity Management tarjoaja. AD Active Directory proxyvälittämiseen todennus joihinkin muihin PAM kohteisiin. ei mitään poistaa autentikoinnin käytöstä. Oletuksena varmennuksen tarjoaja on id_provider. " + +#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." +#~ msgstr "Määrittää, voiko toimialuetta luetella." + +#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "Määrittää, tulisiko käyttäjän tiedot tallentaa paikalliseen LDB-välimuistiin." + +#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." +#~ msgstr "Toimialueella käytettävä valtuutustarjoaja." + +#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." +#~ msgstr "Käytä koneen nimen toimialueosaa." + +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." +#~ msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu luettelo käyttäjiä, joita nimenomaisesti estetään kirjautumasta." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." +#~ msgstr "LDAP-käyttäjätoimissa oletusarvoisesti käytettävä kanta-DN." + +#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Määrittää kohde-LDAP-palvelimessa käytettävän skeeman tyypin." + +#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +#~ msgstr "Määrittää, mitä (jos mitään) tarkistuksia TLS-istunnon palvelinvarmenteelle tehdään." + +#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." +#~ msgstr "Kerberos-valtakunnan (realm) nimi." + +#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "Pilkuin erotettu IPA-palvelinten luettelo IP-osoitteita tai konenimiä, joihin SSSD:n tulisi yhdistää annetussa järjestyksessä." + #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Roskapostin esto"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95084 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:07 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95084 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po Log: Merged audit-laf.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:05 UTC (rev 95083) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:07 UTC (rev 95084) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-07 14:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -77,8 +77,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Kuinka monta merkintää kirjoitetaan ennen kuin 'flush to disk' suoritetaan" +msgstr "Kuinka monta merkintää kirjoitetaan ennen kuin 'flush to disk' suoritetaan" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -108,9 +107,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä alkaa " -"käydä vähiin" +msgstr "Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä alkaa käydä vähiin" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -120,15 +117,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos space_left saavutetaan" +msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos space_left saavutetaan" #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä on " -"vähissä" +msgstr "Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä on vähissä" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -138,16 +132,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos admin_space_left " -"saavutetaan" +msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos admin_space_left saavutetaan" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Sähköposti lähetetään tähän osoitteeseen (jos space_left_action on asetettu " -"arvoon SÄHKÖPOSTI)" +msgstr "Sähköposti lähetetään tähän osoitteeseen (jos space_left_action on asetettu arvoon SÄHKÖPOSTI)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -167,8 +157,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" -msgstr "" -"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen) levyvirheen sattuessa" +msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen) levyvirheen sattuessa" #. command line help text for communication control option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 @@ -542,32 +531,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd lokitiedoston määritys </big> \n" -"Kirjaamispalvelu tallentaa kaikki oleelliset kirjaustapahtumat " -"oletuslokitiedostoon /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Tapahtumat voivat olla lähtöisin apparmor ydinmoduulista, " -"sovelluksista jotka käyttävät libaudit (esim. PAM) tai sääntöjen " -"aiheuttamista tapahtumista (esim. tiedostoseuranta) " +"Kirjaamispalvelu tallentaa kaikki oleelliset kirjaustapahtumat oletuslokitiedostoon /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Tapahtumat voivat olla lähtöisin apparmor ydinmoduulista, sovelluksista jotka käyttävät libaudit (esim. PAM) tai sääntöjen aiheuttamista tapahtumista (esim. tiedostoseuranta) " #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Lisätietoja säännöistä ja niiden lisäämismahdollisuuksista tarjoaa " -"keskusteluikkuna auditctl-säännöt.\n" -"Yksityiskohtaiset tiedot lokitiedoston asetuksista saatavilla käskyllä 'man " -"auditd.conf'." +"Lisätietoja säännöistä ja niiden lisäämismahdollisuuksista tarjoaa keskusteluikkuna auditctl-säännöt.\n" +"Yksityiskohtaiset tiedot lokitiedoston asetuksista saatavilla käskyllä 'man auditd.conf'." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -581,42 +559,31 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " -"it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Alustus: aseteta RAW kaiken tiedon kirjaus (talleta kaikki " -"kuten ydin lähettää) tai NOLOG\n" -"kaiken audit -tiedon hylkäys sensijaan että kirjoitetaan levylle (ei vaikuta " -"välittäjälle lähetettyyn tietoon). " +"Alustus: aseteta RAW kaiken tiedon kirjaus (talleta kaikki kuten ydin lähettää) tai NOLOG\n" +"kaiken audit -tiedon hylkäys sensijaan että kirjoitetaan levylle (ei vaikuta välittäjälle lähetettyyn tietoon). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " -"data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Tyhjennys: kuvaa kuinka tieto kirjoitetaan levylle. Jos se " -"asetetaan\n" -"LISÄÄNTYVÄ niin muuttuja Lukumäärä kertoo montako tallennetta " -"kirjoitettaan ennen levyn täsmällisen tyhjennyksen sallimista.\n" -" Ei MITÄÄN</> tarkoittaa: ei tehdä erityistä yritystä tiedon " -"tyhjentämiseksi,\n" +"Tyhjennys: kuvaa kuinka tieto kirjoitetaan levylle. Jos se asetetaan\n" +"LISÄÄNTYVÄ niin muuttuja Lukumäärä kertoo montako tallennetta kirjoitettaan ennen levyn täsmällisen tyhjennyksen sallimista.\n" +" Ei MITÄÄN</> tarkoittaa: ei tehdä erityistä yritystä tiedon tyhjentämiseksi,\n" "DATA pidä tieto synkronissa,\n" " SYNCpidä tieto ja metatieto täysin synkronissa." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" "Määrittele lokitiedoston suurin koko (megatavua) ja toimenpide kun tämä\n" @@ -625,49 +592,37 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" "Jos toiminnolle on asetettu arvo\n" -" ROTATE, Lokitiedostojen määrä yksilöi tiedostojen määrän, joka " -"pidetään. SYSLOG tarkoittaa:\n" +" ROTATE, Lokitiedostojen määrä yksilöi tiedostojen määrän, joka pidetään. SYSLOG tarkoittaa:\n" " audit-demoni kirjoittaa varoituksen kohteeseen /var/log/messages,\n" -"SUSPEND lopettaa demoni levylle kirjoittamisen, IGNORE: jätä " -"huomiotta,\n" +"SUSPEND lopettaa demoni levylle kirjoittamisen, IGNORE: jätä huomiotta,\n" "KEEP_LOGS: kuten ROTATE, mutta lokitiedostoa ei ylikirjoiteta.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Tietokoneen nimen muoto kuvaa kuinka se kirjoitetaan lokitiedostoon " -".\n" -"Jos Käyttäjäon asetettu, käytössä on Käyttäjän antama nimi. " -"EI MITÄÄN ei tietokonenimeä annettuna.\n" -"PALVELINNIMI:järjestelmäkutsun 'gethostname' palauttama nimi " -"käytössä,\n" +"Tietokoneen nimen muoto kuvaa kuinka se kirjoitetaan lokitiedostoon .\n" +"Jos Käyttäjäon asetettu, käytössä on Käyttäjän antama nimi. EI MITÄÄN ei tietokonenimeä annettuna.\n" +"PALVELINNIMI:järjestelmäkutsun 'gethostname' palauttama nimi käytössä,\n" "FQD: täysin vaatimuksenmukainen verkko-osoite käytössä.\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd Välittäjän määritys</big> \n" @@ -676,8 +631,7 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Välittäjä: Välittäjä-ohjelman käynnistää audit-palvelu.ja \n" @@ -686,28 +640,21 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " -"blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Tiedonvaihto</n>: ohjaa demonin ja välittäjäohjelman välistä " -"tiedonvaihtoa.\n" -" Hukkaava tiedonvaihto tarkoittaa että tapahtumat jotka menevät " -"välittäjä-ohjelmalle hylätään \n" -" kun jono (128 kB puskuri) on täynnä. Valitse hukkaamaton jos haluat " -"estävän/hukkaamattoman \n" +"Tiedonvaihto</n>: ohjaa demonin ja välittäjäohjelman välistä tiedonvaihtoa.\n" +" Hukkaava tiedonvaihto tarkoittaa että tapahtumat jotka menevät välittäjä-ohjelmalle hylätään \n" +" kun jono (128 kB puskuri) on täynnä. Valitse hukkaamaton jos haluat estävän/hukkaamattoman \n" "tiedonvaihdon." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " -"audispd.conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Välittäjä-ohjelma 'audispd' on kirjaamistapahtuman signaalikanavoija \n" "Lisätietoja manuaalisivuilta ('man audispd' ja 'man audispd.conf')." @@ -718,8 +665,7 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Huomaa: Välittäjä-ohjelman omistajan on oltava 'root', " -"tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750'\n" +"Huomaa: Välittäjä-ohjelman omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750'\n" "ja koko polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -736,26 +682,20 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " -"Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Tilaa jäljellä (megatavuissa) kertoo audit demonille milloin " -"suorittaa Toiminto\n" +"Tilaa jäljellä (megatavuissa) kertoo audit demonille milloin suorittaa Toiminto\n" "koska järjestelmän tila alkaa käymään vähiin." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " -"will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"Arvon Järjestelmävalvojan tilaa jäljellä tulisi olla pienempi kuin " -"yläpuolella. Järjestelmän levytila\n" -"on vähissä jos arvo saavutetaan ja määritetty Toiminto " -"suoritetaan." +"Arvon Järjestelmävalvojan tilaa jäljellä tulisi olla pienempi kuin yläpuolella. Järjestelmän levytila\n" +"on vähissä jos arvo saavutetaan ja määritetty Toiminto suoritetaan." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 @@ -768,44 +708,32 @@ "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Jos toiminto on asetettu EMAIL arvoon, varoitus sähköposti " -"lähetetään kohdassa\n" +"Jos toiminto on asetettu EMAIL arvoon, varoitus sähköposti lähetetään kohdassa\n" "Toiminnon sähköpostiosoite määritettyyn osoitteeseen. \n" -"SYSLOG tarkoittaa: levytila varoitukset kirjoitetaan " -"/var/log/messages-tiedostoon, IGNORE:\n" -"ei tee mitään, EXEC: suorittaa komentojonon erittelyn Polku " -"komentojonoon mukaan, SUSPEND: lopettaa merkintöjen\n" -"kirjoittamisen levylle, SINGLE: vaihtaa tietokoneen yhden käyttäjän " -"tilaan, HALT: sammuttaa\n" +"SYSLOG tarkoittaa: levytila varoitukset kirjoitetaan /var/log/messages-tiedostoon, IGNORE:\n" +"ei tee mitään, EXEC: suorittaa komentojonon erittelyn Polku komentojonoon mukaan, SUSPEND: lopettaa merkintöjen\n" +"kirjoittamisen levylle, SINGLE: vaihtaa tietokoneen yhden käyttäjän tilaan, HALT: sammuttaa\n" "järjestelmän.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"Voit myös määritellä Toiminto Levy täynnä (levy on jo täyttynyt) ja " -"\n" -"Levyvirhe-toiminto (suoritetaan kun huomataan virhe levylle " -"kirjoitettaessa).\n" -"Saatavilla olevat toiminnot ovat samat kuin yläpuolella (paitsi EMAIL" -")." +"Voit myös määritellä Toiminto Levy täynnä (levy on jo täyttynyt) ja \n" +"Levyvirhe-toiminto (suoritetaan kun huomataan virhe levylle kirjoitettaessa).\n" +"Saatavilla olevat toiminnot ovat samat kuin yläpuolella (paitsi EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Huomaa:Kaikki yksilöidyt komentosarjat toimintoa SUORITA " -"varten:\n" -"omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750' ja koko " -"polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.\n" +"Huomaa:Kaikki yksilöidyt komentosarjat toimintoa SUORITA varten:\n" +"omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750' ja koko polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -822,45 +750,31 @@ #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Huomaa: Sääntöjen lukitus merkitsee ettei niitä voi muuttaa " -"ennen seuraavaa uudelleenkäynnistystä! " +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Huomaa: Sääntöjen lukitus merkitsee ettei niitä voi muuttaa ennen seuraavaa uudelleenkäynnistystä! " #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Kirjaamisen salliminen ilman lisäsääntöjä aiheuttaa\n" -" libaudit:a, käyttävän sovelluksen esim. PAM, kirjauksen tänne: " -"/var/log/audit/audit.log (oletus)." +" libaudit:a, käyttävän sovelluksen esim. PAM, kirjauksen tänne: /var/log/audit/audit.log (oletus)." #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Voit myös muokata sääntöjä käsin, tämä on suositeltua vain edistyneille " -"käyttäjille. \n" +"Voit myös muokata sääntöjä käsin, tämä on suositeltua vain edistyneille käyttäjille. \n" "Lisätiedot kaikista valinnoista saa käskyllä 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from " -"/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tarkista kielioppi lähettää säännöt auditctl:nkautta " -"audit-alijärjestelmälle ja tarkistaa onko kielioppi oikein. Palauta " -"palauttaa asetukset kohteesta /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Tarkista kielioppi lähettää säännöt auditctl:nkautta audit-alijärjestelmälle ja tarkistaa onko kielioppi oikein. Palauta palauttaa asetukset kohteesta /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -870,11 +784,8 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Käytä painiketta Palauta ja Nollaa sääntöjen palautukseen ja " -"muutosten perumiseen (edellisestä kieliopin tarkastuksesta) kutsumalla " -"auditctl.\n" -"Painike Lataa avaa tiedostovalinnan keskusteluikkunan ja voit ladata " -"esimerkin ohjetiedostosta.\n" +"Käytä painiketta Palauta ja Nollaa sääntöjen palautukseen ja muutosten perumiseen (edellisestä kieliopin tarkastuksesta) kutsumalla auditctl.\n" +"Painike Lataa avaa tiedostovalinnan keskusteluikkunan ja voit ladata esimerkin ohjetiedostosta.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget #: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 @@ -904,11 +815,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Jatkaaksesi kirjaamisen määrittämistä %1 tulee olla asennettuna." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Jatkaaksesi kirjaamisen määrittämistä %1 tulee olla asennettuna." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -997,11 +905,6 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -#| msgid "" -#| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -#| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -#| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -#| "Do you want to start the daemon now?" msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -1013,7 +916,6 @@ #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 -#| msgid "Start daemon." msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Käynnistä Audit-demoni." @@ -1027,7 +929,6 @@ msgstr "&Käynnistä" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 -#| msgid "Do not install" msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&Älä Käynnistä"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95083 - trunk/yast/fi/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:05 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95083 Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po Log: Merged add-on.pot for fi Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:00 UTC (rev 95082) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po 2015-12-07 19:03:05 UTC (rev 95083) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 18:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -68,21 +68,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Lisätuotteet" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Valmistellaan..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Valmistellaan lisätuotteet..." @@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tuntematon" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Lisätuotteiden asennus" @@ -249,34 +249,34 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Asennuslähteestä ei löytynyt tuotetta" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Tietovälineeltä ei löytynyt ohjelmisto-asennuslähdettä." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Valmistellaan uusi asennuslähde..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Hakemisto: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Ohjelmistoasennuslähteen valinta" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ "Valitulta tietovälineeltä löytyi useita asennuslähteitä.\n" "Valitse käytettävä asennuslähde.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Asennuslähteitä löytyi" @@ -298,33 +298,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Valitse asennuslähde." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Lisätuotteen riippuvuuksia ei voitu täyttää." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Tuotteen valinta" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat tuotteet" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -335,12 +335,12 @@ "tuotteet.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Valittujen lisätuotteiden riippuvuuksia ei voitu täyttää." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -353,103 +353,103 @@ "valitse se ja napsauta Poista." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Hakemisto: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Tuote" # MK #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Tietoväline" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Valitse poistettava tuote." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Poistetaan valittu lisäosa..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Asennetut lisätuotteet" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Lisätuote" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "Verkko-osoite" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Suorita &ohjelmistohallinta..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Tässä näet kaikki järjestelmääsi asennetut lisätuotteet." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Napsauta painiketta Lisää käyttääksesi uutta lisätuotetta tai Poista poistaaksesi käytössä olevan lisätuotteen." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Valmistaja: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Tuntematon valmistaja" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versio: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Tuntematon versio" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Tuntematon asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Asennuslähteen alias: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tuntematon tuote" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Tuntematon verkko-osoite" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ "Haluatko varmasti poistaa lisätuotteen?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Poistetaan tuotteiden riippuvuuksia..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95082 - trunk/yast/fa/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:03:00 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95082 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for fa Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2015-12-07 19:02:54 UTC (rev 95081) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2015-12-07 19:03:00 UTC (rev 95082) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -87,38 +87,39 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "نام" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "مقدار" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "توضیحات" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "فیلتر:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -135,25 +136,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -161,11 +162,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95081 - trunk/yast/eu/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:54 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95081 Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for eu Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2015-12-07 19:02:48 UTC (rev 95080) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2015-12-07 19:02:54 UTC (rev 95081) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -80,36 +80,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -126,25 +127,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -152,11 +153,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95080 - trunk/yast/et/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:48 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95080 Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for et Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po 2015-12-07 19:02:42 UTC (rev 95079) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po 2015-12-07 19:02:48 UTC (rev 95080) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Autentimisvõti" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -97,40 +97,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Valitud teenus" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Väärtus" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kirjeldus" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Modemi parameetrid" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name of New File" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Uue faili nimi" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -147,31 +148,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Kas tõesti kustutada sektsioon %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Soovid sa seda kirjet tõesti kustutada?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Modemi parameetri üksikasjad" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -179,13 +180,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS &domain name:" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "NIS-i &domeeni nimi:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95079 - trunk/yast/es/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:42 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95079 Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for es Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2015-12-07 19:02:37 UTC (rev 95078) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2015-12-07 19:02:42 UTC (rev 95079) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 12:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Usuarios autentificados" +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del cliente de autenticación (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -100,43 +100,44 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Servicio seleccionado" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Servidor de registro de usuario" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "descripción" # #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros del Módem" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtro:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -148,7 +149,7 @@ "Si continúa, su configuración nss_ldap será eliminada.\n" "¿Quiere continuar?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ "¿Quiere continuar?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." @@ -170,26 +171,26 @@ # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:2024 # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:2011 # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:2078 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar la partición %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" # include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:251 #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Detalles de parámetros del módem" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -200,13 +201,13 @@ # clients/lan_ypclient.ycp:117 menuentries/menuentry_lan_ypclient.ycp:14 # clients/nis.ycp:73 menuentries/menuentry_nis.ycp:31 #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Registro activado" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ "¿Quiere guardar la configuración?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" @@ -1228,6 +1229,11 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "El sistema está configurado para usar /etc/passwd only.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Usuarios autentificados" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "¿Está seguro de querer borrar el dominio '%1'?" @@ -1313,9 +1319,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Borrar" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Configuración del cliente de autenticación (sssd)" - #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Determina si se puede enumerar un dominio."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95078 - trunk/yast/eo/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:37 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95078 Modified: trunk/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for eo Modified: trunk/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po 2015-12-07 19:02:31 UTC (rev 95077) +++ trunk/yast/eo/po/auth-client.eo.po 2015-12-07 19:02:37 UTC (rev 95078) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 14:06-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -82,36 +82,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -119,7 +120,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -128,25 +129,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -154,11 +155,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95077 - trunk/yast/en_US/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:31 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95077 Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for en_US Modified: trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po 2015-12-07 19:02:25 UTC (rev 95076) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/auth-client.en_US.po 2015-12-07 19:02:31 UTC (rev 95077) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authentication Realms" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Authentication Realms" +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -95,40 +95,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package Descriptions" msgid "Description" msgstr "Package Descriptions" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New Parameter" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "New Parameter" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" "Do you want to continue?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -153,27 +154,27 @@ "Do you want to continue?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -181,11 +182,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" @@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ "Do you want to write this configuration?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" @@ -1184,6 +1185,11 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authentication Realms" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Authentication Realms" + #~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." #~ msgstr "There is no help for this parameter." @@ -1253,9 +1259,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Delete" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" - #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95076 - trunk/yast/en_GB/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:25 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95076 Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for en_GB Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2015-12-07 19:02:18 UTC (rev 95075) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2015-12-07 19:02:25 UTC (rev 95076) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Authentication Key" +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -97,40 +97,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Selected Service" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Value" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Modem Parameters" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filter:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" "Do you want to continue?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -155,31 +156,31 @@ "Do you want to continue?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "You cannot delete the active profile." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Modem parameter details" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -187,13 +188,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Logging enabled" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ "Do you want to write this configuration?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" @@ -1202,6 +1203,11 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authentication Key" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Authentication Key" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" @@ -1286,9 +1292,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Delete" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" - #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95075 - trunk/yast/el/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95075 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for el Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2015-12-07 19:02:11 UTC (rev 95074) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2015-12-07 19:02:18 UTC (rev 95075) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-22 17:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -55,8 +55,10 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση πιστοποίησης πελάτη (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -83,36 +85,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Όνομα" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Τιμή" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Περιγραφή" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -123,7 +126,7 @@ "Αυτό το άρθρωμα έχει σχεδιαστεί για να ρυθμίσει το σύστημα σας μέσω sssd.\n" "Αν συνεχίσετε η nss_ldap ρύθμισή σας θα αθαιρεθείΘέλετε να συνεχίσετε;" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -136,25 +139,25 @@ "Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -162,11 +165,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -174,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" @@ -1228,9 +1231,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Διαγραφή" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Ρύθμιση πιστοποίησης πελάτη (sssd)" - #~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " #~ msgstr "Το SSSD παρέχει ένα σύνολο υπηρεσιών για να διαχειριστεί την πρόσβαση σε απομακρυσμένους καταλόγους και μηχανισμούς ελέγχου ταυτότητας. Το πρώτο που πρέπει να οριστεί για έναν τομέα ελέγχου ταυτότητας είναι ο πάροχος ταυτότητας και πιστοποίησηςπου χρησιμοποιούνται για τον τομέα . Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να ορίσετε κάποια υποχρεωτική παράμετρο για τους επιλεγμένους παροχους.Μπορεί να επιλέξετε αργότερα όλες τις διαθέσιμες παραμέτρους για τον επιλεγμένο πάροχο αναγνώρισης και πιστοποίησης.Το SSSD παρέχει την ακόλουθη ταυτότη� �α παρόχου proxy:Υποστήριξη παλαιότερου παρόχου NSS τοπικάΟ εσωτερικός πάροχος SSSD για τοπικούς χρήστες ldap: Πάροχος LDAP. Δείτε το sssd-ldap(5) για περισσότερες πληροφορίες που αφορούν τη ρύθμιση του LDAP ipa:Το FreeIPA και ο Πάροχος διαχείρησης ταυτότητας Red Hat Enterprise. ad:Πάροχος Ενεργού Καταλόγου Οι υποστηρίζόμενοι πάροχοι πιστοποίησης είναι: ldap για τοπική πιστοποίηση. krb5για πιστοποίηση του Kerberos. ipaΤο FreeIPA και ο Πάροχος διαχείρησης ταυτότητας Red Hat Enterprise. ad:Πάροχος Ενεργού Καταλόγου. proxy για αναμετάδοση τη� � πιστοποίησης σε κάποιον άλλου στόχου PAM. none απενεργοποιεί αποκλειστικά την πιστοποίηση. Ο προεπιλεγμένος πάροχος πιστοποίησης είναι ο id_provider. "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95074 - trunk/yast/de/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:11 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95074 Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for de Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2015-12-07 19:02:05 UTC (rev 95073) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2015-12-07 19:02:11 UTC (rev 95074) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 22:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75(a)web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org >\n" @@ -56,8 +56,10 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Konfiguration des Authentifizierungsclients" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsclient-Konfiguration (SSSD)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -84,36 +86,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Dienst/Domäne löschen" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Anpassung - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Weitere Parameter" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Name des Filters:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ "Wenn Sie fortfahren wird Ihre nss_ldap-Konfiguration entfernt.\n" "Möchten Sie fortfahren?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,25 +141,25 @@ "Möchten Sie fortfahren?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Der Abschnitt SSSD kann nicht gelöscht werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich entfernen?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Dies ist ein obligatorischer Parameter, der nicht gelöscht werden darf." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Bestätigen Sie die Löschung des Parameters:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -167,11 +170,11 @@ "Möchten Sie wirklich fortfahren?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Keine Domäne aktiviert" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -182,7 +185,7 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Konfiguration schreiben?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "Inaktive Domäne(n) gefunden" @@ -1143,6 +1146,9 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Das System ist nur für die Verwendung von /etc/passwd konfiguriert.\n" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration des Authentifizierungsclients" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "Wollen Sie die Domain '%1' wirklich löschen?" @@ -1227,9 +1233,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Löschen" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Authentifizierungsclient-Konfiguration (SSSD)" - #~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " #~ msgstr "SSSD stellt eine Reihe von Daemons zur Verfügung, mit denen der Zugriff auf Remote-Verzeichnisse und Authentifizierungsmechanismen möglich ist. Sie müssen mindestens eine Authentifizierungsdomäne konfigurieren. Als erstes müssen Sie die Identifikation und den Authentifizierungsanbieter der für die Domäne verwendet wird, einstellen. Im nächsten Schritt müssen Sie einige obligatorische Parameter für die ausgewählten Anbieter setzen. Später können Sie alle verfügbaren Parameter für die ausgewählte Identifikation und den Authentifizierungsanbieter auswählen. SSSD unterstützt die folgenden ID_Anbieter: proxy: Unterstützung eines Legacy NSS Anbieters. local: interner SSSD Anbieter für lokale Benutzer. ldap: LDAP Anbieter. Mehr Informationen zur Konfiguration von LDAP siehe sssd-ldap(5). ipa: FreeIPA und Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management Anbieter. ad: Active Directory Anbieter. Unterstützte Authentifizierungsanbieter sind: ldap für native LDAP-Authentifizierung. ipa FreeIPA und Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management Anbieter. ad Active Directory Anbieter. proxy um die Authentifizierung an ein anderes PAM Ziel weiterzuleiten. none schaltet die Authentifizierung explizit aus. Der standardmäßige Authentifizierungsanbieter ist der ID_Anbieter. "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95073 - trunk/yast/da/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:02:05 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95073 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for da Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-12-07 19:01:59 UTC (rev 95072) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-12-07 19:02:05 UTC (rev 95073) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -81,36 +81,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -127,25 +128,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -153,11 +154,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95072 - trunk/yast/cy/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:59 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95072 Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for cy Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2015-12-07 19:01:52 UTC (rev 95071) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2015-12-07 19:01:59 UTC (rev 95072) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Data" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Data Dilysiant" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -90,36 +90,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Enw" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Gwerth" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Disgrifiad" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -136,25 +137,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -162,11 +163,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95071 - trunk/yast/cs/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:52 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95071 Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for cs Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2015-12-07 19:01:41 UTC (rev 95070) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2015-12-07 19:01:52 UTC (rev 95071) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 13:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Vojtěch Zeisek <vojtech.zeisek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-cz(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -56,8 +56,10 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Konfigurace ověřovacího klienta" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurace ověřovacího klienta (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -84,36 +86,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Smazat službu/doménu" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Přizpůsobení - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Název" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Hodnota" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Popis" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Více parametrů" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtr názvů:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ "Pokud budete pokračovat, vaše nastavení nss_ldap bude odebráno.\n" "Chcete pokračovat?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,25 +141,25 @@ "Chcete pokračovat?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Nelze smazat oddíl SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit oddíl %s?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Toto je povinný parametr a neměl by být smazán." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Potvrďte odstranění parametru: " -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -167,11 +170,11 @@ "Opravdu chcete pokračovat?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Žádná doména není povolena" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -182,7 +185,7 @@ "Opravdu chcete pokračovat?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "Nalezena neaktivní doména(-y)" @@ -1143,6 +1146,9 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Systém je nastaven tak, aby používal pouze /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurace ověřovacího klienta" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "Opravdu chcete smazat doménu '%1'?" @@ -1227,9 +1233,6 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Smazat" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurace ověřovacího klienta (sssd)" - #~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " #~ msgstr "SSSD poskytuje sadu démonů pro správu přístupu ke vzdáleným adresářům a ověřovacím mechanismům. Musíte nakonfigurovat alespoň jednu ověřovací doménu. Co musíte nejprve nastavit pro ověřovací doménu je poskytovatel identifikace a ověření, kterého daná doména používá. V dalším kroku musíte nastavit některé nezbytné parametry vybraných poskytovatelů. Později můžete pro vybraného identifikačního a ověřovacího poskytovatele vybrat všechny dostupné parametry.SSSD poskytuje následující identifikátory id_provider: proxy: Podpora zastaralého poskytovatele NSS. local: Interní SSSD poskytovatel pro místní uživatele. ldap: Poskytovatel LDAP. Pro další informace o konfigurování LDAP vizte sssd-ldap(5). ipa: Poskytovatelé FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad: Poskytovatel Active Directory. Podporovaní ověřovací poskytovatelé jsou: ldap pro běžné LDAP ověření. krb5 pro ověření pomocí protokolu Kerberos. ipa poskytovatel FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad poskytovatel Active Directory. proxy pro předávání ověření nějakému dalšímu cíli PAM. none přímo zakazuje ověřování. Výchozí ověřovací poskytovatel je id_provider. "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95070 - trunk/yast/bs/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:41 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95070 Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for bs Modified: trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po 2015-12-07 19:01:35 UTC (rev 95069) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/auth-client.bs.po 2015-12-07 19:01:41 UTC (rev 95070) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Metod autentifikacije korisnika" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -90,40 +90,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naziv" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Vrijednost" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Paramater" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Parametar" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Set Filter" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "&Postavi filter" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -140,27 +141,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovog korisnika?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -168,11 +169,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95069 - trunk/yast/bn/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:35 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95069 Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for bn Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2015-12-07 19:01:29 UTC (rev 95068) +++ trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2015-12-07 19:01:35 UTC (rev 95069) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "প্রমাণীকরণ পদ্ধতি" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "পরিষেবা তৈরি করুন" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "নাম" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "মান" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "বর্ণনা" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "মডেম প্যারামিটারস" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "ফিল্টার:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "%1 সেকশন কি সত্যিই মুছে দেওয়া হবে?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr " আপনি কি সত্যিই পার্টিশান %1 মুছে ফেলতে চান?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "মডেম প্য়ারামিটার ডিটেলস" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "সগিং সক্রিয় হয়েছে" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95068 - trunk/yast/bg/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:29 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95068 Modified: trunk/yast/bg/po/auth-client.bg.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for bg Modified: trunk/yast/bg/po/auth-client.bg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/po/auth-client.bg.po 2015-12-07 19:01:23 UTC (rev 95067) +++ trunk/yast/bg/po/auth-client.bg.po 2015-12-07 19:01:29 UTC (rev 95068) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Метод за автентификация" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -93,42 +93,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Xgl options" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Персонални настройки на Xgl" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Име" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Стойност" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Параметри на модема" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Филтър:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -145,31 +146,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Наистина ли искате да изтриете раздел %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Наистина ли желаете да изтриете дяла %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Подробни параметри на модема" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -177,13 +178,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Записването в дневник е включено" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95067 - trunk/yast/be/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:23 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95067 Modified: trunk/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for be Modified: trunk/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po 2015-12-07 19:01:18 UTC (rev 95066) +++ trunk/yast/be/po/auth-client.be.po 2015-12-07 19:01:23 UTC (rev 95067) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Метад &аўтэнтыфікацыі" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Імя" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Значэнне" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Апісанне" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Параметры мадэма" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name for Dialing:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Імя для набору нумара: " #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,29 +147,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Вы сапраўды жадаеце зрабіць гэтыя змены?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Падрабязныя налады мадэма" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -176,13 +177,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Проксі-сервер уключаны." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -190,7 +191,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95066 - trunk/yast/ast/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95066 Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for ast Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po 2015-12-07 19:01:11 UTC (rev 95065) +++ trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po 2015-12-07 19:01:18 UTC (rev 95066) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Authentication" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Autenticación d'usuarios" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -89,39 +89,40 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome: %1" # include/lilo/widgets.ycp:84 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,11 +139,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" @@ -153,16 +154,16 @@ "la instalación?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -170,11 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -182,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95065 - trunk/yast/ar/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:11 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95065 Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for ar Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2015-12-07 19:01:05 UTC (rev 95064) +++ trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2015-12-07 19:01:11 UTC (rev 95065) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-01 14:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: سوزي\n" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "مصادقة العميل" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "إعداد مصادقة عميل (sssd)" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -92,38 +92,39 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "اسم" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New Parameter" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "معلمة جديدة" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ "عند الاستمرار إعدادات nss_ldap ستتم إزالتها.\n" "هل تريد الاستمرار؟" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -148,27 +149,27 @@ "هل تريد الاستمرار؟" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "متأكد أنك تريد حذف المجال '%1'؟" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -176,11 +177,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" @@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ "هل تريد كتابة هذا الإعداد؟" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" @@ -1163,6 +1164,11 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "مصادقة العميل" + #~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." #~ msgstr "لا توجد تعليمات لهذه المعلمة." @@ -1232,8 +1238,5 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "حذف" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "إعداد مصادقة عميل (sssd)" - #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "منع البريد المزعج"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95064 - trunk/yast/am/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:01:05 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95064 Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for am Modified: trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po 2015-12-07 19:00:59 UTC (rev 95063) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/auth-client.am.po 2015-12-07 19:01:05 UTC (rev 95064) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -80,36 +80,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -126,25 +127,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -152,11 +153,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95063 - trunk/yast/af/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-07 20:00:59 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95063 Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po Log: Merged auth-client.pot for af Modified: trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po 2015-12-07 09:12:18 UTC (rev 95062) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/auth-client.af.po 2015-12-07 19:00:59 UTC (rev 95063) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Method" -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "Bekragtigingsmetode" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -96,40 +96,41 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Skep diens" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrywing" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Modemparameters" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filter:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -146,31 +147,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete section %1?" msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Skrap werklik afdeling %1?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Wil u werklik hierdie partisie skrap %1?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Modemparameter-besonderhede" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" @@ -178,13 +179,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Opgawemaak ontsper" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95062 - trunk/lcn/fr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-12-07 10:12:18 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95062 Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/zypper.fr.po Log: Translation (fr) zypper.fr.po: New string translations (Antoine) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of guillaume Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/zypper.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fr/po/zypper.fr.po 2015-12-07 09:05:58 UTC (rev 95061) +++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/zypper.fr.po 2015-12-07 09:12:18 UTC (rev 95062) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypper.fr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-29 01:13+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-19 23:53+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-03 23:43+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" "Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -283,7 +283,8 @@ #: src/subcommand.cc:314 #, boost-format msgid "waitpid for %1% returns unexpected pid %2% while waiting for %3%" -msgstr "waipid pour %1% a retourné le pid inattendu %2% pendant l'attente de %3%" +msgstr "" +"waipid pour %1% a retourné le pid inattendu %2% pendant l'attente de %3%" #. translators: %1% - command name or path #. translators: %2% - signal number @@ -361,7 +362,9 @@ #: src/subcommand.cc:429 #, boost-format msgid "Type '%1%' to get subcommand-specific help if available." -msgstr "Entrez '%1%' pour obtenir, si disponible, une aide spécifique sur la sous-commande." +msgstr "" +"Entrez '%1%' pour obtenir, si disponible, une aide spécifique sur la sous-" +"commande." #. translators: %1% - command name #: src/subcommand.cc:452 @@ -372,7 +375,8 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:36 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "'%s' not found in package names. Trying capabilities." -msgstr "'%s' n'a pas été trouvé parmi les noms de paquets. Essai parmi les capacités." +msgstr "" +"'%s' n'a pas été trouvé parmi les noms de paquets. Essai parmi les capacités." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:43 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -474,8 +478,12 @@ # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__15 #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:107 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already installed." -msgstr "Pas de candidat à la mise à jour pour '%s'. La version la plus récente est déjà installée." +msgid "" +"No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Pas de candidat à la mise à jour pour '%s'. La version la plus récente est " +"déjà installée." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:112 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -484,33 +492,57 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:119 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the specified version, architecture, or repository." -msgstr "Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour '%s' pour '%s', mais il ne correspond pas à la version, à l'architecture ou au dépôt spécifié." +msgid "" +"There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the " +"specified version, architecture, or repository." +msgstr "" +"Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour '%s' pour '%s', mais il ne correspond " +"pas à la version, à l'architecture ou au dépôt spécifié." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:132 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. Use '%s' to install this candidate." -msgstr "Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour de '%s', mais il provient d'un fournisseur différent. Utilisez '%s' pour installer ce candidat." +msgid "" +"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. " +"Use '%s' to install this candidate." +msgstr "" +"Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour de '%s', mais il provient d'un " +"fournisseur différent. Utilisez '%s' pour installer ce candidat." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:145 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." -msgstr "Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour de '%s', mais il provient d'un dépôt de priorité inférieure. Utilisez '%s' pour installer ce candidat." +msgid "" +"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a " +"lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." +msgstr "" +"Il existe un candidat à la mise à jour de '%s', mais il provient d'un dépôt " +"de priorité inférieure. Utilisez '%s' pour installer ce candidat." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:157 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock it." -msgstr "Il y a un candidat à la mise à jour pour '%s', mais il est verrouillé. Utilisez '%s' pour le déverrouiller." +msgid "" +"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Il y a un candidat à la mise à jour pour '%s', mais il est verrouillé. " +"Utilisez '%s' pour le déverrouiller." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:165 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, upgrade, or downgrade." -msgstr "Le paquet '%s' n'est pas disponible dans vos dépôts. Impossible de réinstaller, mettre à jour ou revenir à une version antérieure." +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, " +"upgrade, or downgrade." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet '%s' n'est pas disponible dans vos dépôts. Impossible de " +"réinstaller, mettre à jour ou revenir à une version antérieure." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:178 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the installed one." -msgstr "Le paquet sélectionné '%s' provenant du dépôt '%s' a une version plus ancienne que celui qui est installé." +msgid "" +"The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the " +"installed one." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet sélectionné '%s' provenant du dépôt '%s' a une version plus " +"ancienne que celui qui est installé." #. translators: %s = "zypper install --oldpackage package-version.arch" #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:185 @@ -531,7 +563,9 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:210 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Patch '%s' is locked. Use '%s' to install it, or unlock it using '%s'." -msgstr "Le correctif '%s' est verrouillé. Utiliser '%s' pour l'installer ou le déverrouiller en utilisant '%s'." +msgstr "" +"Le correctif '%s' est verrouillé. Utiliser '%s' pour l'installer ou le " +"déverrouiller en utilisant '%s'." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:218 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -709,7 +743,8 @@ msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:" msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:" msgstr[0] "Le correctif suivant va être remis à une version inférieure :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d correctifs suivants vont être remis à une version inférieure :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d correctifs suivants vont être remis à une version inférieure :" #: src/Summary.cc:650 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -730,7 +765,8 @@ msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:" msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:" msgstr[0] "L'application suivante va être remise à une version inférieure :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d applications suivantes vont être remises à une version inférieure :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d applications suivantes vont être remises à une version inférieure :" #: src/Summary.cc:679 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -770,128 +806,188 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:845 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Le paquet recommandé suivant a été automatiquement sélectionné :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" #: src/Summary.cc:850 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Le correctif recommandé suivant a été automatiquement sélectionné :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d correctifs recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d correctifs recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" #: src/Summary.cc:855 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Le schéma recommandé suivant a été automatiquement sélectionné :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d schémas recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d schémas recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" #: src/Summary.cc:860 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Le produit recommandé suivant a été automatiquement sélectionné :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d produits recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d produits recommandés suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés :" #: src/Summary.cc:865 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet source recommandé suivant a été sélectionné automatiquement :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets source recommandés suivants ont été sélectionnés automatiquement :" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet source recommandé suivant a été sélectionné automatiquement :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets source recommandés suivants ont été sélectionnés " +"automatiquement :" #: src/Summary.cc:870 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "L'application recommandée suivante a été automatiquement sélectionnée :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d applications recommandées suivantes ont été automatiquement sélectionnées :" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" +msgstr[0] "" +"L'application recommandée suivante a été automatiquement sélectionnée :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d applications recommandées suivantes ont été automatiquement " +"sélectionnées :" #: src/Summary.cc:914 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé (seuls les paquets nécessaires seront installés) :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés (seuls les paquets nécessaires seront installés) :" +msgid "" +"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only " +"required packages will be installed):" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only " +"required packages will be installed):" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé (seuls les " +"paquets nécessaires seront installés) :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés (seuls " +"les paquets nécessaires seront installés) :" #: src/Summary.cc:926 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé car il n'est pas voulu (il a été manuellement supprimé auparavant) :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés car ils ne sont pas voulus (ils ont été manuellement supprimés auparavant) :" +msgid "" +"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's " +"unwanted (was manually removed before):" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because " +"they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé car il n'est pas " +"voulu (il a été manuellement supprimé auparavant) :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés car " +"ils ne sont pas voulus (ils ont été manuellement supprimés auparavant) :" #: src/Summary.cc:936 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé à cause de conflits ou de problèmes de dépendance :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés à cause de conflits ou de problèmes de dépendance :" +msgid "" +"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to " +"conflicts or dependency issues:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to " +"conflicts or dependency issues:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet suivant est recommandé mais ne sera pas installé à cause de " +"conflits ou de problèmes de dépendance :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants sont recommandés mais ne seront pas installés à " +"cause de conflits ou de problèmes de dépendance :" #: src/Summary.cc:949 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le correctif suivant est recommandé, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d correctifs suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d correctifs suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:953 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le schéma suivant est recommandé, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d schémas suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d schémas suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:957 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le produit suivant est recommandé, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d produits suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d produits suivants sont recommandés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:961 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "L'application suivante est recommandée, mais ne sera pas installée :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d applications suivantes sont recommandées, mais ne seront pas installées :" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgstr[0] "" +"L'application suivante est recommandée, mais ne sera pas installée :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d applications suivantes sont recommandées, mais ne seront pas " +"installées :" #: src/Summary.cc:1001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant est suggéré, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:1006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le correctif suivant est suggéré, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d correctifs suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d correctifs suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:1011 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le schéma suivant est suggéré, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d schémas suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d schémas suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:1016 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Le produit suivant est suggéré, mais ne sera pas installé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d produits suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d produits suivants sont suggérés, mais ne seront pas installés :" #: src/Summary.cc:1021 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "L'application suivante est suggérée, mais ne sera pas installée :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d applications suivantes sont suggérées, mais ne seront pas installées :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d applications suivantes sont suggérées, mais ne seront pas installées :" #: src/Summary.cc:1042 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -968,14 +1064,21 @@ msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:" msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:" msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant n'est pas supporté par son fournisseur :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants ne sont pas supportés par leur fournisseur :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants ne sont pas supportés par leur fournisseur :" #: src/Summary.cc:1143 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant requiert un contrat client additionnel pour obtenir du support :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d paquets suivants requièrent un contrat client additionnel pour obtenir du support :" +msgid "" +"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet suivant requiert un contrat client additionnel pour obtenir du " +"support :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d paquets suivants requièrent un contrat client additionnel pour " +"obtenir du support :" #: src/Summary.cc:1161 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -989,21 +1092,27 @@ msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:" msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:" msgstr[0] "La mise à jour de produit suivante ne sera PAS installée :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d mises à jour de produits suivantes ne seront PAS installées :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d mises à jour de produits suivantes ne seront PAS installées :" #: src/Summary.cc:1171 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:" msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:" msgstr[0] "La mise à jour d'application suivante ne sera PAS installée :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d mises à jour d'applications suivantes ne seront PAS installées :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d mises à jour d'applications suivantes ne seront PAS installées :" #: src/Summary.cc:1200 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The following item is locked and will not be changed by any action:" -msgid_plural "The following %d items are locked and will not be changed by any action:" -msgstr[0] "L'élément suivant est verrouillé et ne sera modifié par aucune action :" -msgstr[1] "Les %d éléments suivants sont verrouillés et ne seront modifiés par aucune action :" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %d items are locked and will not be changed by any action:" +msgstr[0] "" +"L'élément suivant est verrouillé et ne sera modifié par aucune action :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %d éléments suivants sont verrouillés et ne seront modifiés par aucune " +"action :" #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') @@ -1040,7 +1149,8 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1264 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." -msgstr "Aucun espace supplémentaire ne sera utilisé ou libéré après l'opération." +msgstr "" +"Aucun espace supplémentaire ne sera utilisé ou libéré après l'opération." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K #: src/Summary.cc:1271 @@ -1222,8 +1332,10 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:144 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'." -msgstr "Acceptation du fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s' signé avec une clé inconnue '%s'." +msgid "" +"Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'." +msgstr "" +"Acceptation du fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s' signé avec une clé inconnue '%s'." #. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:154 @@ -1234,8 +1346,11 @@ #. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:158 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?" -msgstr "Le fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s' est signé avec une clé inconnue '%s'. Continuer ?" +msgid "" +"File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Le fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s' est signé avec une clé inconnue '%s'. " +"Continuer ?" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:174 msgid "Automatically importing the following key:" @@ -1252,7 +1367,9 @@ #. translators: this message is shown after showing description of the key #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:200 msgid "Do you want to reject the key, trust temporarily, or trust always?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous rejeter la clé, lui faire confiance temporairement, ou toujours lui faire confiance ?" +msgstr "" +"Voulez-vous rejeter la clé, lui faire confiance temporairement, ou toujours " +"lui faire confiance ?" #. translators: r/t/a stands for Reject/TrustTemporarily/trustAlways(import) #. translate to whatever is appropriate for your language @@ -1286,16 +1403,22 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:258 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s'!" -msgstr "Ignore l'échec de la vérification de la signature pour le fichier '%s' !" +msgstr "" +"Ignore l'échec de la vérification de la signature pour le fichier '%s' !" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:261 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!" -msgstr "Ignore l'échec de la vérification de la signature pour le fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s' !" +msgid "" +"Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!" +msgstr "" +"Ignore l'échec de la vérification de la signature pour le fichier '%s' du " +"dépôt '%s' !" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:267 msgid "Double-check this is not caused by some malicious changes in the file!" -msgstr "Vérifiez par deux fois que ceci n'est pas causé par un changement malicieux dans le fichier !" +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez par deux fois que ceci n'est pas causé par un changement malicieux " +"dans le fichier !" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:277 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -1305,14 +1428,16 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:280 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Signature verification failed for file '%s' from repository '%s'." -msgstr "La vérification de la signature a échoué pour le fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s'." +msgstr "" +"La vérification de la signature a échoué pour le fichier '%s' du dépôt '%s'." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:285 msgid "" "Warning: This might be caused by a malicious change in the file!\n" "Continuing might be risky. Continue anyway?" msgstr "" -"Avertissement : Ceci peut être causé par un changement malicieux dans le fichier !\n" +"Avertissement : Ceci peut être causé par un changement malicieux dans le " +"fichier !\n" "Poursuivre peut être risqué. Poursuivre tout de même ?" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 @@ -1349,19 +1474,29 @@ " mais reçut %4%\n" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348 -msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise." -msgstr "Accepter des paquets ayant de mauvaises sommes de contrôle peut conduire à un système corrompu voire, dans les cas extrêmes, compromettre le système." +msgid "" +"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and " +"in extreme cases even to a system compromise." +msgstr "" +"Accepter des paquets ayant de mauvaises sommes de contrôle peut conduire à " +"un système corrompu voire, dans les cas extrêmes, compromettre le système." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356 #, boost-format msgid "" -"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n" -"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n" -"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the file.\n" +"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, " +"correct\n" +"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of " +"the checksum\n" +"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the " +"file.\n" msgstr "" -"Cependant, si vous êtes certain que le fichier avec la somme de contrôle '%1%..' est\n" -"sûr et devrait être utilisé au cours de cette opération, saisissez les 4 premiers\n" -"caractères de la somme de contrôle pour débloquer, à vos risques et périls,l'utilisation de ce fichier. Une entrée vide rejettera le fichier.\n" +"Cependant, si vous êtes certain que le fichier avec la somme de contrôle " +"'%1%..' est\n" +"sûr et devrait être utilisé au cours de cette opération, saisissez les 4 " +"premiers\n" +"caractères de la somme de contrôle pour débloquer, à vos risques et périls," +"l'utilisation de ce fichier. Une entrée vide rejettera le fichier.\n" #. translators: A prompt option #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363 @@ -1420,16 +1555,31 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(commandline option) #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:372 #, boost-format -msgid "Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the zypper manual page for details." -msgstr "La vérification de conflits de fichiers nécessite que les paquets non installés soient téléchargés au préalable pour accéder à leur liste de fichiers. Voir l'option '%1%' dans la page de manuel de zypper pour plus de détails." +msgid "" +"Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded " +"in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the " +"zypper manual page for details." +msgstr "" +"La vérification de conflits de fichiers nécessite que les paquets non " +"installés soient téléchargés au préalable pour accéder à leur liste de " +"fichiers. Voir l'option '%1%' dans la page de manuel de zypper pour plus de " +"détails." #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of packages); detailed list follows #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:379 #, boost-format -msgid "The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it is not yet downloaded:" -msgid_plural "The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check because they are not yet downloaded:" -msgstr[0] "Le paquet suivant a dû être exclu de la vérification de conflits de fichiers parce qu'il n'a pas encore été téléchargé :" -msgstr[1] "Les %1% paquets suivants ont dû être exclus de la vérification des conflits de fichiers parce qu'ils n'ont pas encore été téléchargés :" +msgid "" +"The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because " +"it is not yet downloaded:" +msgid_plural "" +"The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check " +"because they are not yet downloaded:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Le paquet suivant a dû être exclu de la vérification de conflits de fichiers " +"parce qu'il n'a pas encore été téléchargé :" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les %1% paquets suivants ont dû être exclus de la vérification des conflits " +"de fichiers parce qu'ils n'ont pas encore été téléchargés :" #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of conflicts); detailed list follows #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:390 @@ -1445,8 +1595,15 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation Problem description before asking whether to "Continue? [yes/no] (no):" #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:404 -msgid "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be replaced losing the previous content." -msgstr "Les conflits de fichiers se produisent lorsque deux paquets essayent d'installer des fichiers du même nom mais dont le contenu diffère. Si vous continuez, les fichiers en conflit seront remplacés et vous en perdrez le contenu précédent." +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the " +"same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be " +"replaced losing the previous content." +msgstr "" +"Les conflits de fichiers se produisent lorsque deux paquets essayent " +"d'installer des fichiers du même nom mais dont le contenu diffère. Si vous " +"continuez, les fichiers en conflit seront remplacés et vous en perdrez le " +"contenu précédent." #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors #: src/callbacks/media.cc:30 @@ -1460,13 +1617,18 @@ #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors #: src/callbacks/media.cc:34 -msgid "Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without the file." -msgstr "Sauter la récupération du fichier et essayer de continuer l'opération sans le fichier." +msgid "" +"Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without " +"the file." +msgstr "" +"Sauter la récupération du fichier et essayer de continuer l'opération sans " +"le fichier." #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors #: src/callbacks/media.cc:36 msgid "Change current base URI and try retrieving the file again." -msgstr "Changer l'URI de base actuelle et essayer de récupérer le fichier à nouveau." +msgstr "" +"Changer l'URI de base actuelle et essayer de récupérer le fichier à nouveau." #. translators: this is a prompt label, will appear as "New URI: " #: src/callbacks/media.cc:52 @@ -1485,7 +1647,9 @@ #: src/callbacks/media.cc:83 msgid "Disable SSL certificate authority check and continue." -msgstr "Désactiver la vérification par l'autorité de certification du certificat SSL et continuer." +msgstr "" +"Désactiver la vérification par l'autorité de certification du certificat SSL " +"et continuer." #. translators: this is a prompt text #: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189 @@ -1495,7 +1659,8 @@ #: src/callbacks/media.cc:96 msgid "SSL certificate authority check disabled." -msgstr "Vérification par l'autorité de certification du certificat SSL désactivée." +msgstr "" +"Vérification par l'autorité de certification du certificat SSL désactivée." #: src/callbacks/media.cc:117 msgid "No devices detected, cannot eject." @@ -1548,8 +1713,12 @@ #. /usr/lib/locale/<your_locale>/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES #: src/callbacks/media.cc:230 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the operation." -msgstr "Veuillez insérer le média [%s] #%d et tapez 'y' pour continuer ou 'n' pour annuler l'opération." +msgid "" +"Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the " +"operation." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez insérer le média [%s] #%d et tapez 'y' pour continuer ou 'n' pour " +"annuler l'opération." #. translators: a/r/i/u are replies to the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt #. Translate the a/r/i part exactly as you did the a/r/i string. @@ -1560,8 +1729,12 @@ #: src/callbacks/media.cc:313 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read the credentials from %s." -msgstr "Authentification requise pour accéder à %s. Vous devez être root pour pouvoir lire les permissions depuis %s." +msgid "" +"Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read " +"the credentials from %s." +msgstr "" +"Authentification requise pour accéder à %s. Vous devez être root pour " +"pouvoir lire les permissions depuis %s." #: src/callbacks/media.cc:338 src/callbacks/media.cc:345 msgid "User Name" @@ -1573,12 +1746,17 @@ msgstr "Mot de passe" #: src/callbacks/locks.h:27 -msgid "The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:" -msgstr "La requête suivante verrouille les mêmes objets que ceux que vous désirez déverrouiller :" +msgid "" +"The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:" +msgstr "" +"La requête suivante verrouille les mêmes objets que ceux que vous désirez " +"déverrouiller :" #: src/callbacks/locks.h:30 msgid "The following query locks some of the objects you want to unlock:" -msgstr "La requête suivante verrouille certains objets que vous désirez déverrouiller :" +msgstr "" +"La requête suivante verrouille certains objets que vous désirez " +"déverrouiller :" # power-off message #: src/callbacks/locks.h:35 src/callbacks/locks.h:50 @@ -1635,13 +1813,21 @@ #. translators: 'Volatile' refers to changes we previously tagged as 'XYZ changed to SOMETHING [volatile]' #: src/repos.cc:59 #, boost-format -msgid "Repo '%1%' is managed by service '%2%'. Volatile changes are reset by the next service refresh!" -msgstr "Le dépôt '%1%' est géré par le service '%2%'. Les changements volatils seront annulés par le prochain rafraichissement du service !" +msgid "" +"Repo '%1%' is managed by service '%2%'. Volatile changes are reset by the " +"next service refresh!" +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt '%1%' est géré par le service '%2%'. Les changements volatils " +"seront annulés par le prochain rafraichissement du service !" #: src/repos.cc:88 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority." -msgstr "Priorité '%s' invalide. Utiliser un nombre entier positif. Plus le nombre est grand, plus la priorité est basse." +msgid "" +"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the " +"number, the lower the priority." +msgstr "" +"Priorité '%s' invalide. Utiliser un nombre entier positif. Plus le nombre " +"est grand, plus la priorité est basse." #. check whether libzypp indicates a refresh is needed, and if so, #. print a message @@ -1699,8 +1885,11 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s is a .repo file path #: src/repos.cc:321 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository '%s'." -msgstr "Veuillez ajouter une ou plusieurs URI (baseurl=URI) à %s pour le dépôt '%s'." +msgid "" +"Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository " +"'%s'." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez ajouter une ou plusieurs URI (baseurl=URI) à %s pour le dépôt '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:333 msgid "No alias defined for this repository." @@ -1713,8 +1902,12 @@ msgstr "Le dépôt '%s' est invalide." #: src/repos.cc:347 -msgid "Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid repository." -msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que l'URI définie pour ce dépôt pointe bien sur un dépôt valide." +msgid "" +"Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid " +"repository." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez vérifier que l'URI définie pour ce dépôt pointe bien sur un dépôt " +"valide." #: src/repos.cc:360 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -1732,14 +1925,24 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation Don't translate the URL unless it is translated, too #: src/repos.cc:403 -msgid "This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Ceci peut être provoqué par des méta-données invalides du dépôt, ou par une erreur dans l'analyseur de méta-données. Dans ce dernier cas, ou dans le doute, veuillez créer un rapport de bug en suivant les instructions se trouvant sur http://fr.opensuse.org/Zypper/Dépannage" +msgid "" +"This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the " +"metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug " +"report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/" +"Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" +"Ceci peut être provoqué par des méta-données invalides du dépôt, ou par une " +"erreur dans l'analyseur de méta-données. Dans ce dernier cas, ou dans le " +"doute, veuillez créer un rapport de bug en suivant les instructions se " +"trouvant sur http://fr.opensuse.org/Zypper/Dépannage" # TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__117 #: src/repos.cc:417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository metadata for '%s' not found in local cache." -msgstr "Les méta-données du dépôt pour '%s' n'ont pas été trouvées dans le cache local." +msgstr "" +"Les méta-données du dépôt pour '%s' n'ont pas été trouvées dans le cache " +"local." #: src/repos.cc:424 msgid "Error building the cache:" @@ -1778,13 +1981,21 @@ #: src/repos.cc:824 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to update it." -msgstr "Le dépôt '%s' n'est pas à jour. Vous pouvez lancer 'zypper refresh' en tant que root pour le mettre à jour." +msgid "" +"Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to " +"update it." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt '%s' n'est pas à jour. Vous pouvez lancer 'zypper refresh' en tant " +"que root pour le mettre à jour." #: src/repos.cc:861 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to do this." -msgstr "Le cache de méta-données a besoin d'être construit pour le dépôt '%s'. Vous pouvez lancer 'zypper refresh' en tant que root pour le faire." +msgid "" +"The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run " +"'zypper refresh' as root to do this." +msgstr "" +"Le cache de méta-données a besoin d'être construit pour le dépôt '%s'. Vous " +"pouvez lancer 'zypper refresh' en tant que root pour le faire." #: src/repos.cc:868 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -1859,7 +2070,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1117 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." -msgstr "Utilisez la commande 'zypper addrepo' pour ajouter un ou plusieurs dépôts." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la commande 'zypper addrepo' pour ajouter un ou plusieurs dépôts." #: src/repos.cc:1155 msgid "Auto-refresh" @@ -1936,7 +2148,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1379 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." -msgstr "Utilisez les commandes '%s' ou '%s' pour ajouter ou activer des dépôts." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les commandes '%s' ou '%s' pour ajouter ou activer des dépôts." #: src/repos.cc:1384 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." @@ -1987,7 +2200,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1578 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." -msgstr "Impossible de nettoyer le cache des paquets installés à cause d'une erreur." +msgstr "" +"Impossible de nettoyer le cache des paquets installés à cause d'une erreur." #: src/repos.cc:1599 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." @@ -2007,7 +2221,9 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1656 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." -msgstr "Ceci est un support amovible en lecture seule (CD/DVD), désactivation de la mise à jour automatique." +msgstr "" +"Ceci est un support amovible en lecture seule (CD/DVD), désactivation de la " +"mise à jour automatique." #: src/repos.cc:1678 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2020,8 +2236,12 @@ msgstr "Un dépôt nommé '%s' existe déjà. Veuillez utiliser un autre alias." #: src/repos.cc:1697 -msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" -msgstr "Impossible de déterminer le type de dépôt. Veuillez vérifier si les URI définis (voir ci-après) pointent vers un dépôt valide :" +msgid "" +"Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined " +"URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" +msgstr "" +"Impossible de déterminer le type de dépôt. Veuillez vérifier si les URI " +"définis (voir ci-après) pointent vers un dépôt valide :" #: src/repos.cc:1707 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" @@ -2029,7 +2249,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" -msgstr "Problème lors du transfert des données du dépôt depuis l'URI spécifié :" +msgstr "" +"Problème lors du transfert des données du dépôt depuis l'URI spécifié :" #: src/repos.cc:1717 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." @@ -2043,8 +2264,12 @@ #. translators: %1% - a repository name #: src/repos.cc:1736 #, boost-format -msgid "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and origin of packages cannot be verified." -msgstr "La vérification GPG est désactivée dans la configuration du dépôt '%1%'. L'intégrité et l'origine des paquets ne peuvent pas être assurées." +msgid "" +"GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and " +"origin of packages cannot be verified." +msgstr "" +"La vérification GPG est désactivée dans la configuration du dépôt '%1%'. " +"L'intégrité et l'origine des paquets ne peuvent pas être assurées." #: src/repos.cc:1742 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2070,12 +2295,16 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1778 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." -msgstr "Veuillez vérifier si votre média d'installation est valide et accessible en lecture." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez vérifier si votre média d'installation est valide et accessible en " +"lecture." #: src/repos.cc:1785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." -msgstr "La lecture des données du media '%s' est repoussée au prochain rafraichissement." +msgstr "" +"La lecture des données du media '%s' est repoussée au prochain " +"rafraichissement." #: src/repos.cc:1859 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" @@ -2092,8 +2321,12 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. #: src/repos.cc:1871 -msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details." -msgstr "Est-ce un fichier .repo ? Consultez http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo pour plus de détails." +msgid "" +"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Est-ce un fichier .repo ? Consultez http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/" +"RepoInfo pour plus de détails." #: src/repos.cc:1879 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" @@ -2116,8 +2349,12 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1974 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." -msgstr "Ne peut pas changer l'alias du dépôt '%s'. Le dépôt appartient au service '%s' qui est responsable de la mise en place de son alias." +msgid "" +"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service " +"'%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." +msgstr "" +"Ne peut pas changer l'alias du dépôt '%s'. Le dépôt appartient au service " +"'%s' qui est responsable de la mise en place de son alias." #: src/repos.cc:1985 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2216,7 +2453,9 @@ #: src/repos.cc:2636 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." -msgstr "Pas de services définis. Utilisez la commande '%s' pour ajouter un ou plusieurs services." +msgstr "" +"Pas de services définis. Utilisez la commande '%s' pour ajouter un ou " +"plusieurs services." #: src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2251,7 +2490,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:2847 src/repos.cc:2857 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" -msgstr "Problème de récupération du fichier d'index du dépôt pour le service '%s':" +msgstr "" +"Problème de récupération du fichier d'index du dépôt pour le service '%s':" #: src/repos.cc:2849 src/repos.cc:2962 src/repos.cc:3022 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2270,7 +2510,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:2976 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." -msgstr "Utilisez les commandes '%s' ou '%s' pour ajouter ou activer des services." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les commandes '%s' ou '%s' pour ajouter ou activer des services." #: src/repos.cc:2979 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." @@ -2324,30 +2565,40 @@ #: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "" +"Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Le dépôt '%s' a été ajouté aux dépôts activés du service '%s'" msgstr[1] "Les dépôts '%s' ont été ajoutés aux dépôts activés du service '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3180 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "" +"Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Le dépôt '%s' a été ajouté aux dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" -msgstr[1] "Les dépôts '%s' ont été ajoutés aux dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les dépôts '%s' ont été ajoutés aux dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3188 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid "" +"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "" +"Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Le dépôt '%s' a été supprimé des dépôts activés du service '%s'" -msgstr[1] "Les dépôts '%s' ont été supprimés des dépôts activés du service '%s'" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les dépôts '%s' ont été supprimés des dépôts activés du service '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3196 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid "" +"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "" +"Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service " +"'%s'" msgstr[0] "Le dépôt '%s' a été supprimé des dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" -msgstr[1] "Les dépôts '%s' ont été supprimés des dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" +msgstr[1] "" +"Les dépôts '%s' ont été supprimés des dépôts désactivés du service '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2387,7 +2638,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:3362 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." -msgstr "Le dépôt '%s' n'a pas pu être rafraichi. Utilisation de l'ancien cache." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt '%s' n'a pas pu être rafraichi. Utilisation de l'ancien cache." #: src/repos.cc:3367 src/repos.cc:3400 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2396,8 +2648,12 @@ #: src/repos.cc:3386 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." -msgstr "Le dépôt '%s' semble être obsolète. Envisagez d'utiliser un autre miroir ou un autre serveur." +msgid "" +"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " +"server." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt '%s' semble être obsolète. Envisagez d'utiliser un autre miroir ou " +"un autre serveur." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' #: src/repos.cc:3397 @@ -2415,15 +2671,19 @@ #: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." -msgstr "Ignorer %s sans argument car une option similaire avec argument a été spécifiée." +msgid "" +"Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " +"been specified." +msgstr "" +"Ignorer %s sans argument car une option similaire avec argument a été " +"spécifiée." #: src/update.cc:187 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch locked" msgid_plural "%d patches locked" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[0] "%d correctif verrouillé" +msgstr[1] "%d correctifs verrouillés" #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches #: src/update.cc:191 @@ -2443,7 +2703,7 @@ #: src/update.cc:206 msgid "unwanted" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non désiré" #: src/update.cc:207 msgid "needed" @@ -2451,7 +2711,7 @@ #: src/update.cc:208 msgid "applied" -msgstr "" +msgstr "appliqué" #: src/update.cc:209 msgid "not needed" @@ -2459,7 +2719,7 @@ #: src/update.cc:215 msgid "undetermined" -msgstr "" +msgstr "indéterminé" #. translators: package's repository (header) #: src/update.cc:392 src/update.cc:625 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 @@ -2492,7 +2752,9 @@ #: src/update.cc:441 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" -msgstr "Les mises à jour suivantes du gestionnaire de logiciels seront installées en premier :" +msgstr "" +"Les mises à jour suivantes du gestionnaire de logiciels seront installées en " +"premier :" #: src/update.cc:450 src/update.cc:681 msgid "No updates found." @@ -2552,27 +2814,36 @@ #: src/update.cc:812 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" -msgstr "Les correspondances suivantes dans les numéros de rapports ont été trouvées :" +msgstr "" +"Les correspondances suivantes dans les numéros de rapports ont été trouvées :" #: src/update.cc:821 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" -msgstr "Des correspondances dans les descriptions des correctifs suivants ont été trouvées :" +msgstr "" +"Des correspondances dans les descriptions des correctifs suivants ont été " +"trouvées :" #: src/update.cc:889 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." -msgstr "Un correctif pour le rapport de problème bugzilla numéro %s n'a pas été trouvé ou n'est pas nécessaire." +msgstr "" +"Un correctif pour le rapport de problème bugzilla numéro %s n'a pas été " +"trouvé ou n'est pas nécessaire." #: src/update.cc:891 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." -msgstr "Un correctif pour le rapport de problème CVE numéro %s n'a pas été trouvé ou n'est pas nécessaire." +msgstr "" +"Un correctif pour le rapport de problème CVE numéro %s n'a pas été trouvé ou " +"n'est pas nécessaire." #. translators: keep '%s issue' together, it's something like 'CVE issue' or 'Bugzilla issue' #: src/update.cc:894 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for %s issue number %s was not found or is not needed." -msgstr "Le correctif pour le problème %s numéro %s n'a pas été trouvé ou n'est pas nécessaire." +msgstr "" +"Le correctif pour le problème %s numéro %s n'a pas été trouvé ou n'est pas " +"nécessaire." #. translators: this will show up if you press ctrl+c twice (but outside of zypper shell) #: src/main.cc:39 @@ -2581,13 +2852,18 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:102 #, boost-format -msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use global option %2% instead." -msgstr "Ancienne option de ligne de commande %1% détectée. Veuillez utiliser l'option globale %2% à la place." +msgid "" +"Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use global option %2% instead." +msgstr "" +"Ancienne option de ligne de commande %1% détectée. Veuillez utiliser " +"l'option globale %2% à la place." #: src/Zypper.cc:103 #, boost-format msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead." -msgstr "Ancienne option de ligne de commande %1% détectée. Veuillez utiliser %2% à la place." +msgstr "" +"Ancienne option de ligne de commande %1% détectée. Veuillez utiliser %2% à " +"la place." #: src/Zypper.cc:183 msgid "Command options:" @@ -2608,7 +2884,8 @@ "\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n" "\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n" "\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n" -"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and plugins.\n" +"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and " +"plugins.\n" "\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n" "\t\t\t\tmessages.\n" "\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n" @@ -2658,12 +2935,17 @@ "\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative solv file cache directory.\n" "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n" msgstr "" -"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de fichier de définition\n" +"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de fichier de " +"définition\n" "\t\t\t\tde dépôt.\n" -"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif pour tous les caches.\n" -"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de méta-données brutes.\n" -"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de fichier solv.\n" -"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de paquets.\n" +"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif pour tous les " +"caches.\n" +"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de méta-" +"données brutes.\n" +"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de " +"fichier solv.\n" +"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUtilise un répertoire alternatif de cache de " +"paquets.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:332 msgid "" @@ -2672,27 +2954,34 @@ "\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tAutomatically trust and import new repository\n" "\t\t\t\tsigning keys.\n" "\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tUse an additional repository.\n" -"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a specific keyword.\n" -"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide debug packages.\n" +"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a " +"specific keyword.\n" +"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide " +"debug packages.\n" "\t--disable-repositories\tDo not read meta-data from repositories.\n" "\t--no-refresh\t\tDo not refresh the repositories.\n" "\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnore CD/DVD repositories.\n" "\t--no-remote\t\tIgnore remote repositories.\n" -"\t--releasever\t\tSet the value of $releasever in all .repo files (default: distribution version)\n" +"\t--releasever\t\tSet the value of $releasever in all .repo files (default: " +"distribution version)\n" msgstr "" " Options concernant les dépôts :\n" -"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnorer les échecs de vérification de GPG et continuer.\n" -"\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tAutomatiquement faire confiance et importer les clés de signature du\n" +"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnorer les échecs de vérification de GPG et " +"continuer.\n" +"\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tAutomatiquement faire confiance et importer les " +"clés de signature du\n" "\t\t\t\tnouveau dépôt.\n" "\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tUtiliser un dépôt additionnel.\n" -"\t--plus-content <tag>\tUtiliser des dépôts désactivés en fournissant un mot-clé spécifique.\n" +"\t--plus-content <tag>\tUtiliser des dépôts désactivés en fournissant un mot-" +"clé spécifique.\n" "\t\t\t\tEssayer '--plus-content debug' pour activer les dépôts en indiquant\n" "\t\t\t\tde fournir des paquets de débogage.\n" "\t--disable-repositories\tNe pas lire les métadonnées depuis les dépôts.\n" "\t--no-refresh\t\tNe pas rafraichir les dépôts.\n" "\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnorer les dépôts CD/DVD.\n" "\t--no-remote\t\tIgnorer les dépôts distants.\n" -"\t--releasever\t\tFixer la valeur de la variable $releasever dans tous les fichiers\n" +"\t--releasever\t\tFixer la valeur de la variable $releasever dans tous les " +"fichiers\n" "\t\t\t\t.repo (par défaut : la version de la distribution)\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:346 @@ -2786,7 +3075,8 @@ "\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n" msgstr "" " Gestion des mises à jour :\n" -"\tupdate, up\t\tMet à jour les paquets installés avec des versions plus récentes.\n" +"\tupdate, up\t\tMet à jour les paquets installés avec des versions plus " +"récentes.\n" "\tlist-updates, lu\tListe les mises à jour disponibles.\n" "\tpatch\t\t\tInstalle les correctifs nécessaires.\n" "\tlist-patches, lp\tListe les correctifs nécessaires.\n" @@ -2809,10 +3099,14 @@ msgstr "" " Requêtes :\n" "\tsearch, se\t\tRecherche les paquets correspondants à un pattern.\n" -"\tinfo, if\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les paquets spécifiés.\n" -"\tpatch-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les correctifs spécifiés.\n" -"\tpattern-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les patterns spécifiés.\n" -"\tproduct-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les produits spécifiés.\n" +"\tinfo, if\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les paquets " +"spécifiés.\n" +"\tpatch-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les correctifs " +"spécifiés.\n" +"\tpattern-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les patterns " +"spécifiés.\n" +"\tproduct-info\t\tAffiche les informations complètes pour les produits " +"spécifiés.\n" "\tpatches, pch\t\tListe tous les correctifs disponibles.\n" "\tpackages, pa\t\tListe tous les paquets disponibles.\n" "\tpatterns, pt\t\tListe tous les patterns disponibles.\n" @@ -2840,17 +3134,20 @@ "\ttargetos, tos\t\tPrint the target operating system ID string.\n" "\tlicenses\t\tPrint report about licenses and EULAs of\n" "\t\t\t\tinstalled packages.\n" -"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n" +"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local " +"directory.\n" "\tsource-download\t\tDownload source rpms for all installed packages\n" "\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n" msgstr "" " Autres commandes :\n" "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tComparer deux versions.\n" -"\ttargetos, tos\t\tAfficher l'identificateur du système d'exploitation cible.\n" +"\ttargetos, tos\t\tAfficher l'identificateur du système d'exploitation " +"cible.\n" "\tlicences\t\tAfficher un rapport à propos des CLUF des paquets installés.\n" "\tdownload\t\tTélécharger les rpms spécifiés dans la ligne de commande dans\n" "\t\t\t\tun répertoire local.\n" -"\tsource-download\t\tTélécharger les rpms sources pour tous les paquets installés\n" +"\tsource-download\t\tTélécharger les rpms sources pour tous les paquets " +"installés\n" "\t\t\t\tdans un répertoire local.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:428 @@ -2904,7 +3201,8 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:773 #, boost-format msgid "Subcommand %1% does not support zypper global options." -msgstr "La sous-commande %1% ne prend pas en charge les options globales de zypper." +msgstr "" +"La sous-commande %1% ne prend pas en charge les options globales de zypper." #: src/Zypper.cc:795 msgid "Enforced setting" @@ -2912,15 +3210,21 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:805 msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!" -msgstr "La chaine de données de l'utilisateur ne doit pas contenir des caractères non imprimables ou de retour à la ligne !" +msgstr "" +"La chaine de données de l'utilisateur ne doit pas contenir des caractères " +"non imprimables ou de retour à la ligne !" #: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:3050 msgid "Entering non-interactive mode." msgstr "Indication d'un mode non-interactif." #: src/Zypper.cc:834 -msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive." -msgstr "Les correctifs qui ont le flag rebootSuggested d'activé ne seront pas traités comme interactifs." +msgid "" +"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as " +"interactive." +msgstr "" +"Les correctifs qui ont le flag rebootSuggested d'activé ne seront pas " +"traités comme interactifs." #: src/Zypper.cc:840 msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode." @@ -2928,8 +3232,11 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:847 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" -msgstr "'%s' activé. De nouvelles clés de signature de dépôt seront automatiquement importées !" +msgid "" +"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" +msgstr "" +"'%s' activé. De nouvelles clés de signature de dépôt seront automatiquement " +"importées !" #: src/Zypper.cc:860 msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute." @@ -2941,11 +3248,14 @@ "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" msgstr "" "Impossible de trouver le lien symbolique /etc/products.d/baseproduct !\n" -"Le lien doit pointer vers le fichier .prod de votre produit principal dans /etc/products.d.\n" +"Le lien doit pointer vers le fichier .prod de votre produit principal dans /" +"etc/products.d.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:915 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." -msgstr "Dépôts désactivés, utilisation de la base de donnée des paquets installés uniquement." +msgstr "" +"Dépôts désactivés, utilisation de la base de donnée des paquets installés " +"uniquement." #: src/Zypper.cc:927 msgid "Autorefresh disabled." @@ -3001,22 +3311,30 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" +"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " +"capability.\n" "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" -"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed (reinstall),\n" +"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed " +"(reinstall),\n" " downgraded or changes vendor or architecture.\n" -" --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older one.\n" -" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --force\n" +" --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older " +"one.\n" +" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --" +"force\n" " it will not enforce a reinstall.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " +"from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " +"file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " +"fileconflict check.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" " confirmation prompt.\n" " See 'man zypper' for more details.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " +"required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" @@ -3031,8 +3349,10 @@ msgstr "" "install (in) [options] <capacité|uri_fichier_rpm> ...\n" "\n" -"Installer les paquets d'après les capacités spécifiées ou les fichiers RPM d'après\n" -"l'emplacement spécifié. Une capacité s'écrit NOM[.ARCH][OP<VERSION>], où OP est l'un des\n" +"Installer les paquets d'après les capacités spécifiées ou les fichiers RPM " +"d'après\n" +"l'emplacement spécifié. Une capacité s'écrit NOM[.ARCH][OP<VERSION>], où OP " +"est l'un des\n" "opérateurs suivants : <, <=, =, >=, >.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" @@ -3040,35 +3360,52 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Charger uniquement le dépôt spécifié.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de paquet (%s).\n" " Par défaut : %s.\n" -"-n, --name Sélectionner les paquets par leur nom, pas par leur capacité.\n" +"-n, --name Sélectionner les paquets par leur nom, pas par " +"leur capacité.\n" "-C, --capability Sélectionner les paquets par leur capacité.\n" -"-f, --force Installer même si l'item est déjà installé (réinstallation),\n" -" même dans une version plus récente, ou changer de fournisseur ou\n" +"-f, --force Installer même si l'item est déjà installé " +"(réinstallation),\n" +" même dans une version plus récente, ou changer " +"de fournisseur ou\n" " d'architecture.\n" -" --oldpackage Permettre de remplacer un item par un autre plus ancien.\n" -" Pratique si vous voulez revenir en arrière.Contrairement à\n" +" --oldpackage Permettre de remplacer un item par un autre plus " +"ancien.\n" +" Pratique si vous voulez revenir en arrière." +"Contrairement à\n" " --force, il ne forcera pas la réinstallation.\n" -" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des fichiers d'un\n" -" autre paquet déjà installé. Par défaut, les conflits de fichiers\n" -" sont traités comme une erreur. --download-as-needed désactive la\n" +" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des " +"fichiers d'un\n" +" autre paquet déjà installé. Par défaut, les " +"conflits de fichiers\n" +" sont traités comme une erreur. --download-as-" +"needed désactive la\n" " vérification des conflits de fichiers.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de confirmation\n" +" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de " +"confirmation\n" " d'accord avec des licences tierces.\n" " Voir 'man zypper' pour plus de détails.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" -" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, seulement ceux requis.\n" -" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en plus de ceux\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" +" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, " +"seulement ceux requis.\n" +" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en " +"plus de ceux\n" " requis.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, le laisser\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, " +"le laisser\n" " demander.\n" -" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver une solution (même si c'est une\n" +" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver une solution (même " +"si c'est une\n" " solution agressive).\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester l'installation, ne pas installer réellement.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester l'installation, ne pas installer " +"réellement.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Seulement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les installer.\n" +"-d, --download-only Seulement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les " +"installer.\n" #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" @@ -3085,7 +3422,8 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" +"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " +"capability.\n" "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" @@ -3107,16 +3445,23 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Charger uniquement le dépôt spécifié.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de paquet (%s).\n" " Par défaut : %s.\n" -"-n, --name Sélectionner les paquets par leur nom, pas par leur capacité.\n" +"-n, --name Sélectionner les paquets par leur nom, pas par " +"leur capacité.\n" "-C, --capability Sélectionner les paquets par leur capacité.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, le laisser\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, " +"le laisser\n" " demander.\n" -" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver une solution (même si c'est une\n" +" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver une solution (même " +"si c'est une\n" " solution agressive).\n" -"-u, --clean-deps Supprimer automatiquement les dépendances non-requises.\n" -"-U, --no-clean-deps Ne pas supprimer automatiquement les dépendances non-requises.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester la suppression, ne pas supprimer réellement.\n" +"-u, --clean-deps Supprimer automatiquement les dépendances non-" +"requises.\n" +"-U, --no-clean-deps Ne pas supprimer automatiquement les dépendances " +"non-requises.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester la suppression, ne pas supprimer " +"réellement.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1433 @@ -3126,7 +3471,8 @@ "Install specified source packages and their build dependencies.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified packages.\n" +"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified " +"packages.\n" "-D, --no-build-deps Don't install build dependencies.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified repositories.\n" " --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" @@ -3136,9 +3482,11 @@ "Installer les paquets sources spécifiés et leurs dépendances.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" -"-d, --build-deps-only N'installer que les dépendances des paquets spécifiés.\n" +"-d, --build-deps-only N'installer que les dépendances des paquets " +"spécifiés.\n" "-D, --no-build-deps Ne pas installer les dépendances.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> N'installer les paquets qu'à partir du dépôt spécifié.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> N'installer les paquets qu'à partir du dépôt " +"spécifié.\n" " --download-only Télécharger les paquets sans les installer.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1470 @@ -3146,12 +3494,15 @@ msgid "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" "\n" -"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest to install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n" +"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest " +"to install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" -" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly installed\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " +"required.\n" +" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly " +"installed\n" " ones.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the repair, do not actually do anything to\n" " the system.\n" @@ -3162,25 +3513,34 @@ msgstr "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" "\n" -"Vérifier si les dépendances des paquets installés sont satisfaites et suggérer l'installation ou la suppression de paquets afin de réparer les problèmes de dépendances.\n" +"Vérifier si les dépendances des paquets installés sont satisfaites et " +"suggérer l'installation ou la suppression de paquets afin de réparer les " +"problèmes de dépendances.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Ne prendre en compte que le dépôt spécifié.\n" -" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, seulement ceux requis.\n" -" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés par les paquets nouvellement\n" +" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, " +"seulement ceux requis.\n" +" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés par " +"les paquets nouvellement\n" " installés.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester la réparation, ne rien faire en réalité sur le système.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester la réparation, ne rien faire en réalité " +"sur le système.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les installer.\n" +"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les " +"installer.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1510 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" "\n" -"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly added hardware.\n" +"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This " +"can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly " +"added hardware.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repositories.\n" @@ -3193,16 +3553,23 @@ msgstr "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" "\n" -"Installer des paquets nouvellement ajoutés et recommandés par des paquets déjà installés. Cette commande peut être utilisée typiquement pour installer de nouveaux paquets de langue ou des pilotes pour du matériel nouvellement ajouté.\n" +"Installer des paquets nouvellement ajoutés et recommandés par des paquets " +"déjà installés. Cette commande peut être utilisée typiquement pour installer " +"de nouveaux paquets de langue ou des pilotes pour du matériel nouvellement " +"ajouté.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Ne prendre en compte que le dépôt spécifié.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester l'installation, n'installe pas réellement.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester l'installation, n'installe pas " +"réellement.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas installer.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" +"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas " +"installer.\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" #. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported) #: src/Zypper.cc:1540 @@ -3242,7 +3609,8 @@ "Supprime le service d'index de dépôts spécifié du système.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -" --loose-auth Ignore les données d'authentification de l'utilisateur dans l'URI.\n" +" --loose-auth Ignore les données d'authentification de l'utilisateur " +"dans l'URI.\n" " --loose-query Ignore la chaine de requête dans l'URI.\n" #. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all" @@ -3266,8 +3634,10 @@ "-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Add a RIS service repository to disable.\n" "-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to enable.\n" "-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to disable.\n" -"-k, --cl-to-enable Clear the list of RIS repositories to enable.\n" -"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to disable.\n" +"-k, --cl-to-enable Clear the list of RIS repositories to " +"enable.\n" +"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to " +"disable.\n" "\n" "-a, --all Apply changes to all services.\n" "-l, --local Apply changes to all local services.\n" @@ -3277,11 +3647,13 @@ "modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n" "modifyservice (ms) <option> <%s>\n" "\n" -"Modifie les propriétés du service spécifié par l'alias, le numéro, l'URI ou les\n" +"Modifie les propriétés du service spécifié par l'alias, le numéro, l'URI ou " +"les\n" "options globales '%s'.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -"-d, --disable Désactive le service (mais ne le supprime pas).\n" +"-d, --disable Désactive le service (mais ne le supprime " +"pas).\n" "-e, --enable Active un service préalablement désactivé.\n" "-r, --refresh Active le rafraichissement automatique du\n" " service.\n" @@ -3292,16 +3664,19 @@ "-i, --ar-to-enable <alias> Ajoute un dépôt de service RIS à activer.\n" "-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Ajoute un dépôt de service RIS à désactiver.\n" "-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Supprime un dépôt de service RIS à activer.\n" -"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Supprime un dépôt de service RIS à désactiver.\n" +"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Supprime un dépôt de service RIS à " +"désactiver.\n" "-k, --cl-to-enable Efface la liste des dépôts RIS à activer.\n" "-K, --cl-to-disable Efface la liste des dépôts RIS à désactiver.\n" "\n" -"-a, --all Applique les changements à tous les services.\n" +"-a, --all Applique les changements à tous les " +"services.\n" "-l, --local Applique les changements à tous les services\n" " locaux.\n" "-t, --remote Applique les changements à tous les services\n" " distants.\n" -"-m, --medium-type <type> Applique les changements à tous les services du\n" +"-m, --medium-type <type> Applique les changements à tous les services " +"du\n" " type spécifié.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1647 @@ -3327,8 +3702,10 @@ " Options de commande :\n" "-u, --uri Afficher également l'URI de base des dépôts.\n" "-p, --priority Afficher également la priorité des dépôts.\n" -"-d, --details Afficher plus d'informations comme l'URI, la priorité, le type.\n" -"-r, --with-repos Afficher également les dépôts appartenant aux services.\n" +"-d, --details Afficher plus d'informations comme l'URI, la " +"priorité, le type.\n" +"-r, --with-repos Afficher également les dépôts appartenant aux " +"services.\n" "-E, --show-enabled-only N'afficher que les dépôts activés\n" "-P, --sort-by-priority Trier la liste par priorité des dépôts.\n" "-U, --sort-by-uri Trier la liste par URI.\n" @@ -3343,7 +3720,8 @@ " Command options:\n" "-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n" "-r, --with-repos Refresh also the service repositories.\n" -"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled state.\n" +"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled " +"state.\n" msgstr "" "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3352,7 +3730,8 @@ " Options de la commande :\n" "-f, --force Forcer un rafraichissement complet.\n" "-r, --with-repos Rafraichir également les dépôts du service.\n" -"-R, --restore-status Restaurer également le statut activé/désactivé des dépôts du service.\n" +"-R, --restore-status Restaurer également le statut activé/désactivé des " +"dépôts du service.\n" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" #: src/Zypper.cc:1708 @@ -3361,10 +3740,12 @@ "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" "addrepo (ar) [options] <file.repo>\n" "\n" -"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n" +"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI " +"or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-r, --repo <file.repo> Just another means to specify a .repo file to read.\n" +"-r, --repo <file.repo> Just another means to specify a .repo file to " +"read.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of repository (%s).\n" "-d, --disable Add the repository as disabled.\n" "-c, --check Probe URI.\n" @@ -3380,21 +3761,25 @@ "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" "addrepo (ar) [options] <fichier.repo>\n" "\n" -"Ajouter un dépôt au système. Le dépôt peut être spécifié par son URI ou peut être lu depuis le fichier .repo spécifié (même distant).\n" +"Ajouter un dépôt au système. Le dépôt peut être spécifié par son URI ou peut " +"être lu depuis le fichier .repo spécifié (même distant).\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -"-r, --repo <fichier.repo> Un autre moyen de spécifier un fichier .repo à lire.\n" +"-r, --repo <fichier.repo> Un autre moyen de spécifier un fichier .repo à " +"lire.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de dépôt (%s).\n" "-d, --disable Ajouter le dépôt comme désactivé.\n" "-c, --check Vérifier l'URI.\n" -"-C, --no-check Ne pas vérifier l'URI, vérifier plus tard lors du rafraîchissement.\n" +"-C, --no-check Ne pas vérifier l'URI, vérifier plus tard lors du " +"rafraîchissement.\n" "-n, --name <nom> Spécifier un nom descriptif pour le dépôt.\n" "-p, --priority <entier> Définir la priorité du dépôt.\n" "-k, --keep-packages Activer le cache des fichiers RPM.\n" "-K, --no-keep-packages Désactiver le cache des fichiers RPM.\n" "-g, --gpgcheck Activer la vérification GPG pour ce dépôt.\n" "-G, --no-gpgcheck Désactiver la vérification GPG pour ce dépôt.\n" -"-f, --refresh Activer le rafraîchissement automatique du dépôt.\n" +"-f, --refresh Activer le rafraîchissement automatique du " +"dépôt.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1754 msgid "" @@ -3403,7 +3788,8 @@ "List all defined repositories.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local .repo file.\n" +"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local ." +"repo file.\n" "-a, --alias Show also repository alias.\n" "-n, --name Show also repository name.\n" "-u, --uri Show also base URI of repositories.\n" @@ -3422,13 +3808,16 @@ "Lister tous les dépôts définis.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" -"-e, --export <FICHIER.repo> Exporter tous les dépôts définis dans un fichier unique.\n" +"-e, --export <FICHIER.repo> Exporter tous les dépôts définis dans un " +"fichier unique.\n" "-a, --alias Afficher également l'alias des dépôts.\n" "-n, --name Afficher également le nom des dépôts.\n" "-u, --uri Afficher également l'URI des dépôts.\n" "-p, --priority Afficher également la priorité des dépôts.\n" -"-r, --refresh Afficher également si la mise à jour automatique est activée.\n" -"-d, --details Afficher plus d'informations comme l'URI, la priorité, le type.\n" +"-r, --refresh Afficher également si la mise à jour automatique " +"est activée.\n" +"-d, --details Afficher plus d'informations comme l'URI, la " +"priorité, le type.\n" "-s, --service Afficher également l'alias du service parent.\n" "-E, --show-enabled-only N'afficher que les dépôts activés.\n" "-U, --sort-by-uri Trier la liste par URI.\n" @@ -3451,7 +3840,8 @@ "Supprime le dépôt spécifié par l'alias, le numéro ou l'URI.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -" --loose-auth\tIgnore les données d'authentification de l'usager dans l'URI.\n" +" --loose-auth\tIgnore les données d'authentification de l'usager dans " +"l'URI.\n" " --loose-query\tIgnore la chaine de requête dans l'URI.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1805 @@ -3476,7 +3866,8 @@ "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <%s>\n" "\n" -"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by the\n" +"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by " +"the\n" "'%s' aggregate options.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" @@ -3499,14 +3890,16 @@ "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI>...\n" "modifyrepo (mr) <option> <%s>\n" "\n" -"Modifie les propriétés des dépôts spécifiés par les alias, les numéros, les URI\n" +"Modifie les propriétés des dépôts spécifiés par les alias, les numéros, les " +"URI\n" "ou les options globales '%s'.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "-d, --disable Désactive le dépôt (mais ne le supprime pas).\n" "-e, --enable Active un dépôt préalablement désactivé.\n" "-r, --refresh Active le rafraichissement automatique du dépôt.\n" -"-R, --no-refresh Désactive le rafraichissement automatique du dépôt.\n" +"-R, --no-refresh Désactive le rafraichissement automatique du " +"dépôt.\n" "-n, --name Spécifie un nom descriptif pour le dépôt.\n" "-p, --priority <entier> Fixe une priorité au dépôt.\n" "-k, --keep-packages Active le cache des fichiers RPM.\n" @@ -3515,38 +3908,47 @@ "-G, --no-gpgcheck Désactive la vérification GPG pour ce dépôt.\n" "\n" "-a, --all Applique les changements à tous les dépôts.\n" -"-l, --local Applique les changements à tous les dépôts locaux.\n" -"-t, --remote Applique les changements à tous les dépôts distants.\n" -"-m, --medium-type <type> Applique les changements à tous les dépôts du type\n" +"-l, --local Applique les changements à tous les dépôts " +"locaux.\n" +"-t, --remote Applique les changements à tous les dépôts " +"distants.\n" +"-m, --medium-type <type> Applique les changements à tous les dépôts du " +"type\n" " spécifié.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1880 msgid "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" -"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n" +"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are " +"specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n" "-b, --force-build Force rebuild of the database.\n" "-d, --force-download Force download of raw metadata.\n" "-B, --build-only Only build the database, don't download metadata.\n" -"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the database.\n" +"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the " +"database.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Refresh only specified repositories.\n" "-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n" msgstr "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#] ...\n" "\n" -"Actualise les dépôts spécifiés par leur alias, numéro ou URI. Si rien n'est spécifié, tous les dépôts actifs seront actualisés.\n" +"Actualise les dépôts spécifiés par leur alias, numéro ou URI. Si rien n'est " +"spécifié, tous les dépôts actifs seront actualisés.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "-f, --force Force un rafraichissement complet.\n" "-b, --force-build Force la reconstruction de la base de données.\n" "-d, --force-download Force le téléchargement des méta-données brutes.\n" -"-B, --build-only Construit seulement la base de données, sans télécharger les méta-données.\n" -"-D, --download-only Télécharge uniquement les méta-données, sans reconstruire la base de données.\n" +"-B, --build-only Construit seulement la base de données, sans " +"télécharger les méta-données.\n" +"-D, --download-only Télécharge uniquement les méta-données, sans " +"reconstruire la base de données.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Rafraichit uniquement les dépôts spécifiés.\n" -"-s, --services Rafraichit aussi les services avant le rafraichissement des dépôts.\n" +"-s, --services Rafraichit aussi les services avant le " +"rafraichissement des dépôts.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1909 msgid "" @@ -3568,7 +3970,8 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Vide seulement les dépôts spécifiés.\n" "-m, --metadata Vide le cache des méta-données.\n" "-M, --raw-metadata Vide le cache des méta-données brutes.\n" -"-a, --all Vide le cache des méta-données et le cache des paquets.\n" +"-a, --all Vide le cache des méta-données et le cache des " +"paquets.\n" #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "patch" @@ -3582,11 +3985,14 @@ " Command options:\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified repository.\n" -" --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. Updates\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified " +"repository.\n" +" --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. " +"Updates\n" " to a lower than the latest version are\n" " also acceptable.\n" -"-a, --all List all packages for which newer versions are\n" +"-a, --all List all packages for which newer versions " +"are\n" " available, regardless whether they are\n" " installable or not.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3598,12 +4004,17 @@ "\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de paquet (%s).\n" " Défaut : %s.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Liste uniquement les mises à jour du dépôt spécifié par l'alias.\n" -" --best-effort Utilise une approche 'best effort' pour la mise à jour. Les mises à jour\n" -" vers une version inférieure plutôt que vers la toute dernière version\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Liste uniquement les mises à jour du dépôt " +"spécifié par l'alias.\n" +" --best-effort Utilise une approche 'best effort' pour la " +"mise à jour. Les mises à jour\n" +" vers une version inférieure plutôt que vers la " +"toute dernière version\n" " est aussi possible.\n" -"-a, --all Liste tous les paquets pour lesquels des version plus récente sont\n" -" disponibles, indépendamment de savoir si elles sont ou non installables.\n" +"-a, --all Liste tous les paquets pour lesquels des " +"version plus récente sont\n" +" disponibles, indépendamment de savoir si elles " +"sont ou non installables.\n" #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. the second %s = "patch", @@ -3613,7 +4024,8 @@ msgid "" "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" "\n" -"Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if possible.\n" +"Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if " +"possible.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "\n" @@ -3630,12 +4042,16 @@ " to a lower than the latest version are\n" " also acceptable.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " +"required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " +"from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " +"file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " +"fileconflict check.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" " let it ask.\n" " --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n" @@ -3648,7 +4064,8 @@ msgstr "" "update (up) [options] [nom_paquet] ...\n" "\n" -"Mettre à jour tous les paquets installés, ou seulement ceux spécifiés, si possible.\n" +"Mettre à jour tous les paquets installés, ou seulement ceux spécifiés, si " +"possible.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "\n" @@ -3658,29 +4075,41 @@ " --skip-interactive Passer les mises à jour interactives.\n" " --with-interactive Ne pas passer les mises à jour interactives.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de confirmation\n" +" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de " +"confirmation\n" " d'accord avec des licences tierces.\n" " Voir man zypper pour plus de détails.\n" " --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. Updates\n" " to a lower than the latest version are\n" " also acceptable.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" -" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, seulement ceux requis.\n" -" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en plus de ceux\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" +" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, " +"seulement ceux requis.\n" +" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en " +"plus de ceux\n" " requis.\n" -" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des fichiers d'autres\n" -" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, les conflits de fichiers sont\n" -" traités comme une erreur. --download-as-needed désactive la\n" +" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des " +"fichiers d'autres\n" +" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, les conflits " +"de fichiers sont\n" +" traités comme une erreur. --download-as-needed " +"désactive la\n" " vérification des conflits de fichiers.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, le laisser\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Ne pas forcer le solveur à trouver une solution, " +"le laisser\n" " demander.\n" -" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver un solution (même si c'est une\n" +" --force-resolution Forcer le solveur à trouver un solution (même si " +"c'est une\n" " solution agressive).\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à jour, ne pas réellement mettre à jour.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à jour, ne pas réellement mettre " +"à jour.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Seulement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les installer.\n" +"-d, --download-only Seulement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les " +"installer.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2068 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -3697,18 +4126,24 @@ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" " confirmation prompt.\n" " See man zypper for more details.\n" -"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla issue.\n" +"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla " +"issue.\n" " --cve # Install patch fixing the specified CVE issue.\n" "-g --category <category> Install only patches with this category.\n" " --severity <severity> Install only patches with this severity.\n" -" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install only patches issued up to, but not including, the specified date\n" +" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install only patches issued up to, but not " +"including, the specified date\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " +"required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " +"from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " +"file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " +"fileconflict check.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the update, do not actually update.\n" " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" @@ -3725,31 +4160,48 @@ " --skip-interactive Sauter les correctifs interactifs.\n" " --with-interactive Ne pas sauter les correctifs interactifs.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Automatiquement répondre 'oui' aux demandes de confirmation\n" +" Automatiquement répondre 'oui' aux demandes de " +"confirmation\n" " d'accord de licences.\n" " Voir man zypper pour plus de détails.\n" -"-b, --bugzilla # Installer le correctif corrigeant le problème bugzilla spécifié.\n" -" --cve # Installer le correctif corrigeant le problème CVE spécifié.\n" -"-g --category <catégorie> Installer seulement les correctifs de cette catégorie.\n" -" --severity <sévérité> Installer seulement les correctifs de cette gravité.\n" -" --date <AAAA-MM-JJ> Installer les correctifs créés jusqu'à la date spécifiée, non incluse.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" -" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, seulement ceux requis.\n" -" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en plus de ceux requis.\n" -" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent les fichiers d'autres\n" -" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, le conflit de fichiers est\n" -" traitée comme une erreur. --download-as-needed désactive la\n" +"-b, --bugzilla # Installer le correctif corrigeant le problème " +"bugzilla spécifié.\n" +" --cve # Installer le correctif corrigeant le problème " +"CVE spécifié.\n" +"-g --category <catégorie> Installer seulement les correctifs de cette " +"catégorie.\n" +" --severity <sévérité> Installer seulement les correctifs de cette " +"gravité.\n" +" --date <AAAA-MM-JJ> Installer les correctifs créés jusqu'à la date " +"spécifiée, non incluse.\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" +" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, " +"seulement ceux requis.\n" +" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en " +"plus de ceux requis.\n" +" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent les " +"fichiers d'autres\n" +" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, le conflit " +"de fichiers est\n" +" traitée comme une erreur. --download-as-needed " +"désactive la\n" " vérification des conflits de fichiers.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Prendre en compte seulement le dépôt spécifié.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à jour, ne pas mettre à jour en réalité.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à jour, ne pas mettre à jour en " +"réalité.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillée de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les installer.\n" +"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les " +"installer.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2099 msgid "Install only patches which affect the package management itself." -msgstr "Installer seulement les correctifs qui affectent la gestion des paquets elle-même." +msgstr "" +"Installer seulement les correctifs qui affectent la gestion des paquets elle-" +"même." #: src/Zypper.cc:2121 msgid "" @@ -3765,21 +4217,30 @@ "-g --category <category> List only patches with this category.\n" " --severity <severity> List only patches with this severity.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only patches from the specified repository.\n" -" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List only patches issued up to, but not including, the specified date\n" +" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List only patches issued up to, but not " +"including, the specified date\n" msgstr "" "list-patches (lp) [options]\n" "\n" "Lister tous les correctifs nécessaires disponibles.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Lister les correctifs nécessaires pour les problèmes Bugzilla.\n" -" --cve[=#] Lister les correctifs nécessaires pour les problèmes CVE.\n" -" --issues[=string] Rechercher des problèmes correspondant à la chaine spécifiée.\n" -"-a, --all Lister tous les correctifs, pas seulement ceux requis.\n" -"-g --category <catégorie> Lister seulement les correctifs de cette catégorie.\n" -" --severity <sévérité> Lister seulement les correctifs de cette gravité.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Lister uniquement les correctifs du dépôt spécifié.\n" -" --date <AAAA-MM-JJ> Lister les correctifs sortis jusqu'à la date spécifiée, non incluse.\n" +"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Lister les correctifs nécessaires pour les " +"problèmes Bugzilla.\n" +" --cve[=#] Lister les correctifs nécessaires pour les " +"problèmes CVE.\n" +" --issues[=string] Rechercher des problèmes correspondant à la " +"chaine spécifiée.\n" +"-a, --all Lister tous les correctifs, pas seulement ceux " +"requis.\n" +"-g --category <catégorie> Lister seulement les correctifs de cette " +"catégorie.\n" +" --severity <sévérité> Lister seulement les correctifs de cette " +"gravité.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Lister uniquement les correctifs du dépôt " +"spécifié.\n" +" --date <AAAA-MM-JJ> Lister les correctifs sortis jusqu'à la date " +"spécifiée, non incluse.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2176 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -3797,12 +4258,16 @@ " confirmation prompt.\n" " See man zypper for more details.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " +"required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " +"from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " +"file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " +"fileconflict check.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the upgrade, do not actually upgrade\n" " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" @@ -3818,26 +4283,38 @@ " --from <alias|#|URI> Restreindre la mise à niveau au dépôt spécifié.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Ne prendre en compte que le dépôt spécifié.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de confirmation\n" +" Répondre automatiquement 'oui' aux demandes de " +"confirmation\n" " d'accord avec des licences tierces.\n" " Voir man zypper pour plus de détails.\n" -" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le débogage.\n" -" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, seulement ceux requis.\n" -" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en plus de ceux\n" +" --debug-solver Créer un cas de test du solveur pour le " +"débogage.\n" +" --no-recommends Ne pas installer les paquets recommandés, " +"seulement ceux requis.\n" +" --recommends Installer également les paquets recommandés en " +"plus de ceux\n" " requis.\n" -" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des fichiers d'autres\n" -" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, les conflits de fichiers sont\n" -" traités comme une erreur. --download-as-needed désactive la\n" +" --replacefiles Installer les paquets même s'ils remplacent des " +"fichiers d'autres\n" +" paquets déjà installés. Par défaut, les conflits " +"de fichiers sont\n" +" traités comme une erreur. --download-as-needed " +"désactive la\n" " vérification des conflits de fichiers.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à niveau, ne pas réellement mettre à niveau.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Tester la mise à niveau, ne pas réellement " +"mettre à niveau.\n" " --details Afficher le résumé détaillé de l'installation.\n" -" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes disponibles sont :\n" +" --download Fixer le mode de téléchargement. Les modes " +"disponibles sont :\n" " %s\n" -"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les installer.\n" +"-d, --download-only Uniquement télécharger les paquets, ne pas les " +"installer.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2202 msgid "Whether to allow downgrading installed resolvables." -msgstr "Autoriser ou non la mise à jour des résolvables installés vers une version inférieure." +msgstr "" +"Autoriser ou non la mise à jour des résolvables installés vers une version " +"inférieure." #: src/Zypper.cc:2203 msgid "Whether to allow changing the names of installed resolvables." @@ -3845,11 +4322,13 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:2204 msgid "Whether to allow changing the architecture of installed resolvables." -msgstr "Autoriser ou non le changement d'architecture des résolvables installés." +msgstr "" +"Autoriser ou non le changement d'architecture des résolvables installés." #: src/Zypper.cc:2205 msgid "Whether to allow changing the vendor of installed resolvables." -msgstr "Autoriser ou non le changement de fournisseur des résolvables installés." +msgstr "" +"Autoriser ou non le changement de fournisseur des résolvables installés." #: src/Zypper.cc:2243 msgid "" @@ -3860,64 +4339,94 @@ " Command options:\n" " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" -"-x, --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n" -" --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n" -" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n" -" --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n" -" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search strings.\n" +"-x, --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search " +"strings.\n" +" --provides Search for packages which provide the search " +"strings.\n" +" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search " +"strings.\n" +" --requires Search for packages which require the search " +"strings.\n" +" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search " +"strings.\n" " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n" -" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n" -"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n" +" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search " +"strings.\n" +"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, " +"otherwise\n" " searching in package name is default.\n" "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n" -"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" +"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and " +"descriptions.\n" "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" -"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" +"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently " +"installed.\n" "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" " on a separate line.\n" -"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n" -" search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n" +"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where " +"the\n" +" search has matched (useful for search in " +"dependencies).\n" "\n" "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" -"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" +"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular " +"expression.\n" msgstr "" "search (se) [options] [chaine_de_requête] ...\n" "\n" "Rechercher les paquets contenant l'une des chaînes données.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -" --match-substrings Rechercher les correspondances partielles de mots (par défaut).\n" -" --match-words Rechercher les correspondances exactes de mots uniquement.\n" -"-x, --match-exact Rechercher un correspondance exacte avec la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --provides Rechercher les paquets qui fournissent la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --recommends Rechercher les paquets qui recommandent la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --requires Rechercher les paquets qui nécessitent la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --suggests Rechercher les paquets qui suggèrent la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --conflicts Rechercher les paquets en conflit avec la chaîne recherchée.\n" -" --obsoletes Rechercher les paquets qui rendent obsolète la chaîne recherchée.\n" -"-n, --name Utile si utilisé avec l'option dépendance, sinon la recherche\n" +" --match-substrings Rechercher les correspondances partielles de mots " +"(par défaut).\n" +" --match-words Rechercher les correspondances exactes de mots " +"uniquement.\n" +"-x, --match-exact Rechercher un correspondance exacte avec la " +"chaîne recherchée.\n" +" --provides Rechercher les paquets qui fournissent la chaîne " +"recherchée.\n" +" --recommends Rechercher les paquets qui recommandent la chaîne " +"recherchée.\n" +" --requires Rechercher les paquets qui nécessitent la chaîne " +"recherchée.\n" +" --suggests Rechercher les paquets qui suggèrent la chaîne " +"recherchée.\n" +" --conflicts Rechercher les paquets en conflit avec la chaîne " +"recherchée.\n" +" --obsoletes Rechercher les paquets qui rendent obsolète la " +"chaîne recherchée.\n" +"-n, --name Utile si utilisé avec l'option dépendance, sinon " +"la recherche\n" " s'effectue par nom de paquet par défaut.\n" -"-f, --file-list Rechercher les correspondances dans la liste des paquets du fichier.\n" -"-d, --search-descriptions Rechercher également dans le résumé et la description du paquet.\n" +"-f, --file-list Rechercher les correspondances dans la liste des " +"paquets du fichier.\n" +"-d, --search-descriptions Rechercher également dans le résumé et la " +"description du paquet.\n" "-C, --case-sensitive Effectuer une recherche sensible à la casse.\n" "-i, --installed-only N'afficher que les paquets déjà installés.\n" -"-u, --uninstalled-only N'afficher que les paquets qui ne sont pas déjà installés.\n" +"-u, --uninstalled-only N'afficher que les paquets qui ne sont pas déjà " +"installés.\n" "-t, --type <type> Ne rechercher que les paquets du type spécifié.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Ne rechercher que dans le dépôt spécifié.\n" " --sort-by-name Trier les paquets par nom (par défaut).\n" " --sort-by-repo Trier les paquets par dépôt.\n" -"-s, --details Afficher toutes les versions disponibles dans chaque dépôt\n" +"-s, --details Afficher toutes les versions disponibles dans " +"chaque dépôt\n" " sur une ligne séparée.\n" -"-v, --verbose Comme --details, mais avec des informations supplémentaires\n" -" là où la recherche a abouti (utile pour la recherche dans les dépendances).\n" +"-v, --verbose Comme --details, mais avec des informations " +"supplémentaires\n" +" là où la recherche a abouti (utile pour la " +"recherche dans les dépendances).\n" "\n" -"Les jokers * et ? peuvent également être utilisés dans la chaîne de recherche.\n" -"Si une chaîne de recherche est entourée par des '/', elle sera interprétée comme une expression régulière.\n" +"Les jokers * et ? peuvent également être utilisés dans la chaîne de " +"recherche.\n" +"Si une chaîne de recherche est entourée par des '/', elle sera interprétée " +"comme une expression régulière.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2292 msgid "" @@ -3927,7 +4436,8 @@ "\n" " Command options:\n" "\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified " +"repository.\n" msgstr "" "patch-check (pchk) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3935,11 +4445,14 @@ "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Vérifie les correctifs uniquement dans le dépôt spécifié.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Vérifie les correctifs uniquement dans le dépôt " +"spécifié.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2300 msgid "Check only for patches which affect the package management itself." -msgstr "Chercher seulement les correctifs qui affectent la gestion des paquets elle-même." +msgstr "" +"Chercher seulement les correctifs qui affectent la gestion des paquets elle-" +"même." #: src/Zypper.cc:2316 msgid "" @@ -3970,7 +4483,8 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n" "-i, --installed-only Show only installed packages.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages which are not installed.\n" -" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without repository).\n" +" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without " +"repository).\n" " --suggested Show packages which are suggested.\n" " --recommended Show packages which are recommended.\n" " --unneeded Show packages which are unneeded.\n" @@ -4013,7 +4527,8 @@ "\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Juste un autre moyen de spécifier un dépôt.\n" "-i, --installed-only Montre seulement les patterns installés.\n" -"-u, --uninstalled-only Montre seulement les patterns qui ne sont pas installés.\n" +"-u, --uninstalled-only Montre seulement les patterns qui ne sont pas " +"installés.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2405 msgid "" @@ -4035,7 +4550,8 @@ "\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Juste un autre moyen de spécifier un dépôt.\n" "-i, --installed-only Montre seulement les produits installés.\n" -"-u, --uninstalled-only Montre seulement les produits qui ne sont pas installés.\n" +"-u, --uninstalled-only Montre seulement les produits qui ne sont pas " +"installés.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2437 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -4048,7 +4564,8 @@ "or use wildcards (*?) in name.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching name.\n" +"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching " +"name.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Work only with the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" @@ -4062,12 +4579,15 @@ "info (if) [options] <nom> ...\n" "\n" "Afficher les informations détaillées des paquets spécifiés.\n" -"Par défaut les paquets qui correspondent exactement au nom donné sont montrés.\n" -"Pour obtenir également les paquets qui correspondent partiellement, utilisez\n" +"Par défaut les paquets qui correspondent exactement au nom donné sont " +"montrés.\n" +"Pour obtenir également les paquets qui correspondent partiellement, " +"utilisez\n" "l'option '--match-substrings' ou utilisez un joker (* ou ?) dans le nom.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" -"-s, --match-substrings Afficher les informations pour les paquets correspondant partiellement au nom.\n" +"-s, --match-substrings Afficher les informations pour les paquets " +"correspondant partiellement au nom.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Ne travailler qu'avec le dépôt spécifié.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de paquet (%s).\n" " Par défaut : %s.\n" @@ -4156,7 +4676,8 @@ msgid "" "addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n" "\n" -"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n" +"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob " +"pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Restrict the lock to the specified repository.\n" @@ -4165,7 +4686,9 @@ msgstr "" "addlock (al) [options] <nompaquet>\n" "\n" -"Ajoute un verrouillage sur un paquet. Spécifiez les paquets à verrouiller par leur nom exact ou par une expression incomplète en utilisant les caractères jokers '*' et '?'.\n" +"Ajoute un verrouillage sur un paquet. Spécifiez les paquets à verrouiller " +"par leur nom exact ou par une expression incomplète en utilisant les " +"caractères jokers '*' et '?'.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Restreint le verrouillage au dépôt spécifié.\n" @@ -4177,7 +4700,8 @@ msgid "" "removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n" "\n" -"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained with '%s' or by package name.\n" +"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained " +"with '%s' or by package name.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Remove only locks with specified repository.\n" @@ -4186,10 +4710,12 @@ msgstr "" "removelock (rl) [options] <numéro_de_verrou|nom_de_paquet> ...\n" "\n" -"Supprime un verrou de paquet. Spécifier le verrou à supprimer par son numéro obtenu avec '%s' ou par nom de paquet.\n" +"Supprime un verrou de paquet. Spécifier le verrou à supprimer par son numéro " +"obtenu avec '%s' ou par nom de paquet.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Supprime seulement les verrous avec le dépôt spécifié.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Supprime seulement les verrous avec le dépôt " +"spécifié.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type de paquet (%s).\n" " Défaut : %s.\n" @@ -4229,7 +4755,8 @@ "\n" " Options de commande :\n" "-d, --only-duplicates Supprime seulement les verrous dupliqués.\n" -"-e, --only-empty Supprime seulement les verrous qui ne verrouillent rien.\n" +"-e, --only-empty Supprime seulement les verrous qui ne verrouillent " +"rien.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2698 msgid "" @@ -4263,7 +4790,8 @@ "Compare les versions données comme arguments.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" -"-m, --match Utilise un numéro de version manquant comme n'importe quelle version.\n" +"-m, --match Utilise un numéro de version manquant comme n'importe quelle " +"version.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2738 msgid "" @@ -4286,19 +4814,36 @@ #. translators: command description #: src/Zypper.cc:2765 -msgid "List running processes which might still use files and libraries deleted by recent upgrades." -msgstr "Lister les processus en cours d'exécution qui pourraient encore utiliser des fichiers et des bibliothèques supprimés par des mises à jour récentes." +msgid "" +"List running processes which might still use files and libraries deleted by " +"recent upgrades." +msgstr "" +"Lister les processus en cours d'exécution qui pourraient encore utiliser des " +"fichiers et des bibliothèques supprimés par des mises à jour récentes." #. translators: -s, --short #: src/Zypper.cc:2769 -msgid "Create a short table not showing the deleted files. Given twice, show only processes which are associated with a system service. Given three times, list the associated system service names only." -msgstr "Créer un court tableau n'affichant pas les fichiers supprimés. Si donné deux fois, afficher seulement les processus qui sont associés à un service système. Si donné trois fois, lister seulement les noms des services systèmes associés." +msgid "" +"Create a short table not showing the deleted files. Given twice, show only " +"processes which are associated with a system service. Given three times, " +"list the associated system service names only." +msgstr "" +"Créer un court tableau n'affichant pas les fichiers supprimés. Si donné deux " +"fois, afficher seulement les processus qui sont associés à un service " +"système. Si donné trois fois, lister seulement les noms des services " +"systèmes associés." #. translators: --print <format> #: src/Zypper.cc:2771 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "For each associated system service print <format> on the standard output, followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the system service name." -msgstr "Pour chaque service système associé, afficher <format> sur la sortie standard, suivi par un saut de ligne. Toute directive '%s' dans <format> est remplacée par le nom du service système." +msgid "" +"For each associated system service print <format> on the standard output, " +"followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the " +"system service name." +msgstr "" +"Pour chaque service système associé, afficher <format> sur la sortie " +"standard, suivi par un saut de ligne. Toute directive '%s' dans <format> est " +"remplacée par le nom du service système." #: src/Zypper.cc:2790 msgid "" @@ -4306,7 +4851,8 @@ "\n" "Download rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n" "Per default packages are downloaded to the libzypp package cache\n" -"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users $XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages),\n" +"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users $XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/" +"packages),\n" "but this can be changed by using the global --pkg-cache-dir option.\n" "\n" "In XML output a <download-result> node is written for each\n" @@ -4322,19 +4868,26 @@ msgstr "" "download [options] <paquets>...\n" "\n" -"Télécharger les rpm spécifiés dans la ligne de commande vers un dossier local.\n" -"Par défaut, les paquets sont enregistrés dans le cache de paquets de libzypp\n" +"Télécharger les rpm spécifiés dans la ligne de commande vers un dossier " +"local.\n" +"Par défaut, les paquets sont enregistrés dans le cache de paquets de " +"libzypp\n" "(/var/cache/zypp/packages ; pour les utilisateurs non root :\n" -"$XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages), mais cela peut être changé en utilisant l'option\n" +"$XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages), mais cela peut être changé en utilisant " +"l'option\n" "globale --pkg-cache-dir.\n" "\n" -"Dans le sortie XML, un nœud <download-result> est écrit pour chaque paquet que\n" -"zypper essaie de télécharger. En cas de succès, le chemin local est indiqué dans\n" +"Dans le sortie XML, un nœud <download-result> est écrit pour chaque paquet " +"que\n" +"zypper essaie de télécharger. En cas de succès, le chemin local est indiqué " +"dans\n" "'download-result/localpath@path'.\n" "\n" " Options de la commande :\n" -"--all-matches Télécharger toutes les versions correspondant aux arguments\n" -" de la ligne de commande. Sinon, seule la meilleure version\n" +"--all-matches Télécharger toutes les versions correspondant aux " +"arguments\n" +" de la ligne de commande. Sinon, seule la meilleure " +"version\n" " de chaque paquet est téléchargée.\n" "--dry-run Ne télécharger aucun paquet, juste rapporter ce qu'il\n" " serait fait.\n" @@ -4356,16 +4909,19 @@ msgstr "" "source-download\n" "\n" -"Télécharger les rpms source pour tous les paquets installés dans un répertoire local.\n" +"Télécharger les rpms source pour tous les paquets installés dans un " +"répertoire local.\n" "\n" " Options de commande :\n" "-d, --directory <dir>\n" " Télécharge tous les rpms sources dans ce répertoire.\n" " Par défaut: /var/cache/zypper/source-download\n" -"--delete Effacer les rpms sources étrangers dans le répertoire local.\n" +"--delete Effacer les rpms sources étrangers dans le répertoire " +"local.\n" "--no-delete Ne pas effacer les rpms sources étrangers.\n" "--status Ne télécharger aucun rpm source,\n" -" mais afficher quels rpms sources sont absents ou étrangers.\n" +" mais afficher quels rpms sources sont absents ou " +"étrangers.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2856 msgid "" @@ -4445,11 +5001,13 @@ msgid "" "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" "\n" -"Search for patches matching given search strings. This is an alias for '%s'.\n" +"Search for patches matching given search strings. This is an alias for " +"'%s'.\n" msgstr "" "patch-search [options] [chaine de caractères...]\n" "\n" -"Chercher des correctifs correspondant à la chaine de caractères. C'est un alias pour '%s'.\n" +"Chercher des correctifs correspondant à la chaine de caractères. C'est un " +"alias pour '%s'.\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command #: src/Zypper.cc:2975 @@ -4471,8 +5029,13 @@ msgstr "Arguments non-optionnels du programme : " #: src/Zypper.cc:3123 -msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running." -msgstr "PackageKit bloque zypper. Ceci arrive quand une applet de mise à jour ou tout autre application de gestion des logiciels utilisant PackageKit est en cours d'exécution." +msgid "" +"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or " +"other software management application using PackageKit running." +msgstr "" +"PackageKit bloque zypper. Ceci arrive quand une applet de mise à jour ou " +"tout autre application de gestion des logiciels utilisant PackageKit est en " +"cours d'exécution." #: src/Zypper.cc:3129 msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?" @@ -4514,7 +5077,8 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:3319 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types." -msgstr "Regardez '%s' ou '%s' pour avoir une liste des types de services connus." +msgstr "" +"Regardez '%s' ou '%s' pour avoir une liste des types de services connus." #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by ms command help text which will explain it @@ -4538,13 +5102,17 @@ msgstr "Pas assez d'arguments." #: src/Zypper.cc:3493 -msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." -msgstr "Si un seul argument est utilisé, il doit être un URI pointant vers un fichier .repo." +msgid "" +"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." +msgstr "" +"Si un seul argument est utilisé, il doit être un URI pointant vers un " +"fichier .repo." #: src/Zypper.cc:3523 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting." -msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser %s en même temps que %s. Le paramètre %s est utilisé." +msgstr "" +"Impossible d'utiliser %s en même temps que %s. Le paramètre %s est utilisé." #: src/Zypper.cc:3544 msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:" @@ -4573,7 +5141,8 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:3623 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." -msgstr "Le service '%s' n'a pas été trouvé par son alias, son numéro ou son URI." +msgstr "" +"Le service '%s' n'a pas été trouvé par son alias, son numéro ou son URI." #: src/Zypper.cc:3657 msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required." @@ -4615,7 +5184,9 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:3846 msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages." -msgstr "Les privilèges root sont requis pour l'installation ou la désinstallation des paquets." +msgstr "" +"Les privilèges root sont requis pour l'installation ou la désinstallation " +"des paquets." #. translators: rug related message, shown if #. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified @@ -4639,13 +5210,17 @@ "Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n" "or similar." msgstr "" -"Le statut d'installation d'un correctif est déterminé uniquement sur la base de\n" -"ses dépendances. Les correctifs ne sont pas installés dans le sens de fichiers\n" +"Le statut d'installation d'un correctif est déterminé uniquement sur la base " +"de\n" +"ses dépendances. Les correctifs ne sont pas installés dans le sens de " +"fichiers\n" "copiés, entrées de base de données ou similaire." #: src/Zypper.cc:3891 msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented." -msgstr "La désinstallation d'un paquet source n'est actuellement ni définie ni implémentée." +msgstr "" +"La désinstallation d'un paquet source n'est actuellement ni définie ni " +"implémentée." #: src/Zypper.cc:3912 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -4660,7 +5235,9 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:3950 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?" -msgstr "Problème lors de la lecture de l'en-tête RPM de %s. Est-ce bien un fichier RPM ?" +msgstr "" +"Problème lors de la lecture de l'en-tête RPM de %s. Est-ce bien un fichier " +"RPM ?" #: src/Zypper.cc:3975 msgid "Plain RPM files cache" @@ -4671,8 +5248,12 @@ msgstr "Aucun argument valide spécifié." #: src/Zypper.cc:4006 src/Zypper.cc:4144 -msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed." -msgstr "Aucun dépôt défini. Utilisation des paquets installés uniquement. Rien ne peut être installé." +msgid "" +"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. " +"Nothing can be installed." +msgstr "" +"Aucun dépôt défini. Utilisation des paquets installés uniquement. Rien ne " +"peut être installé." #. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name #: src/Zypper.cc:4044 src/Zypper.cc:4648 @@ -4711,7 +5292,9 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:4399 msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query" -msgstr "Problème rencontré lors de l'initialisation ou de l'exécution de la requête de recherche" +msgstr "" +"Problème rencontré lors de l'initialisation ou de l'exécution de la requête " +"de recherche" #: src/Zypper.cc:4400 msgid "See the above message for a hint." @@ -4737,21 +5320,37 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:4686 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." -msgstr "Zypper ne garde pas la trace des paquets source installés. Pour installer le paquet source le plus récent et ses dépendances de compilation, utiliser '%s'." +msgid "" +"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the " +"latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." +msgstr "" +"Zypper ne garde pas la trace des paquets source installés. Pour installer le " +"paquet source le plus récent et ses dépendances de compilation, utiliser " +"'%s'." #: src/Zypper.cc:4704 -msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." -msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser des types multiples quand des paquets spécifiques sont passés en argument." +msgid "" +"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." +msgstr "" +"Impossible d'utiliser des types multiples quand des paquets spécifiques sont " +"passés en argument." #: src/Zypper.cc:4799 msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade." -msgstr "Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour effectuer la mise à jour de la distribution vers la nouvelle version." +msgstr "" +"Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour effectuer la mise à jour de la " +"distribution vers la nouvelle version." #: src/Zypper.cc:4820 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command." -msgstr "Vous êtes sur le point de mettre à jour la distribution avec tous les dépôts activés. Assurez-vous que tous ces dépôts sont compatibles avant de continuer. Voir '%s' pour plus d'informations au sujet de cette commande." +msgid "" +"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. " +"Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' " +"for more information about this command." +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes sur le point de mettre à jour la distribution avec tous les dépôts " +"activés. Assurez-vous que tous ces dépôts sont compatibles avant de " +"continuer. Voir '%s' pour plus d'informations au sujet de cette commande." #: src/Zypper.cc:4850 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 #: src/utils/messages.cc:68 @@ -4760,7 +5359,9 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:4905 src/Zypper.cc:4951 msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks." -msgstr "Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour ajouter des verrouillages sur les paquets." +msgstr "" +"Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour ajouter des verrouillages sur les " +"paquets." #: src/Zypper.cc:5039 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -4797,7 +5398,8 @@ #: src/Zypper.cc:5202 src/source-download.cc:217 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'." -msgstr "Privilèges insuffisants pour utiliser le répertoire de téléchargement '%s'." +msgstr "" +"Privilèges insuffisants pour utiliser le répertoire de téléchargement '%s'." #: src/Zypper.cc:5260 msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell." @@ -4829,16 +5431,23 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:79 msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or skip, retry or cancel" msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel" -msgstr[0] "Choisir la solution ci-dessus en tapant '1' ou bien sauter, recommencer ou annuler" -msgstr[1] "Choisir une des solutions ci-dessus par son numéro ou bien sauter, recommencer ou annuler" +msgstr[0] "" +"Choisir la solution ci-dessus en tapant '1' ou bien sauter, recommencer ou " +"annuler" +msgstr[1] "" +"Choisir une des solutions ci-dessus par son numéro ou bien sauter, " +"recommencer ou annuler" #. translators: translate 'c' to whatever you translated the 'c' in #. "c" and "s/r/c" strings #: src/solve-commit.cc:86 msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or cancel using 'c'" msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or cancel" -msgstr[0] "Choisir la solution ci-dessus en tapant '1' ou bien annuler en tapant 'a'" -msgstr[1] "Choisir une des solutions ci-dessus en tapant son numéro ou bien annuler en tapant 'a'" +msgstr[0] "" +"Choisir la solution ci-dessus en tapant '1' ou bien annuler en tapant 'a'" +msgstr[1] "" +"Choisir une des solutions ci-dessus en tapant son numéro ou bien annuler en " +"tapant 'a'" #. translators: answers for dependency problem solution input prompt: #. "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel" @@ -4922,13 +5531,19 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:451 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." -msgstr "La vérification des processus en cours d'exécutions utilisant des bibliothèques supprimées est désactivée dans zypper.conf. Veuillez lancer '%s' pour lancer la vérification manuellement." +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"La vérification des processus en cours d'exécutions utilisant des " +"bibliothèques supprimées est désactivée dans zypper.conf. Veuillez lancer " +"'%s' pour lancer la vérification manuellement." #. Here: Table output #: src/solve-commit.cc:457 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." -msgstr "Contrôle des processus actifs utilisant des bibliothèques supprimées..." +msgstr "" +"Contrôle des processus actifs utilisant des bibliothèques supprimées..." #: src/solve-commit.cc:466 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" @@ -4936,8 +5551,14 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:473 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." -msgstr "Certains programmes actifs pourraient utiliser des fichiers supprimés par la mise à niveau. Vous pourriez souhaiter redémarrer certains d'entre eux. Exécutez '%s' pour voir la liste de ces programmes." +msgid "" +"There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " +"upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list " +"these programs." +msgstr "" +"Certains programmes actifs pourraient utiliser des fichiers supprimés par la " +"mise à niveau. Vous pourriez souhaiter redémarrer certains d'entre eux. " +"Exécutez '%s' pour voir la liste de ces programmes." #: src/solve-commit.cc:484 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" @@ -4965,12 +5586,17 @@ msgstr "Résolution des dépendances des paquets..." #: src/solve-commit.cc:632 -msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" -msgstr "Quelques-une des dépendances des paquets installés sont cassées. Afin de corriger ces dépendances, les actions suivantes doivent être effectuées :" +msgid "" +"Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " +"these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" +msgstr "" +"Quelques-une des dépendances des paquets installés sont cassées. Afin de " +"corriger ces dépendances, les actions suivantes doivent être effectuées :" #: src/solve-commit.cc:640 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." -msgstr "Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour réparer les dépendances cassées." +msgstr "" +"Les privilèges root sont nécessaires pour réparer les dépendances cassées." #. translators: These are the "Continue?" prompt options corresponding to #. "Yes / No / show Problems / Versions / Arch / Repository / @@ -4989,8 +5615,11 @@ # TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__95 #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:671 -msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." -msgstr "Oui, accepter les changements et procéder à l'installation/désinstallation des paquets." +msgid "" +"Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." +msgstr "" +"Oui, accepter les changements et procéder à l'installation/désinstallation " +"des paquets." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:673 @@ -4999,8 +5628,12 @@ #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:675 -msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." -msgstr "Redémarre le solveur en mode no-force afin d'afficher les problèmes de dépendances." +msgid "" +"Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " +"problems." +msgstr "" +"Redémarre le solveur en mode no-force afin d'afficher les problèmes de " +"dépendances." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:677 @@ -5014,8 +5647,10 @@ #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:681 -msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." -msgstr "Basculer l'affichage des dépôts depuis lesquels les paquets seront installés." +msgid "" +"Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." +msgstr "" +"Basculer l'affichage des dépôts depuis lesquels les paquets seront installés." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:683 @@ -5025,7 +5660,9 @@ #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:685 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." -msgstr "Basculer entre l'affichage de tous les détails et l'affichage du minimum de détails possible." +msgstr "" +"Basculer entre l'affichage de tous les détails et l'affichage du minimum de " +"détails possible." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:687 @@ -5055,24 +5692,30 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:877 msgid "" -"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" +"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " +"repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" "- just retry previous command\n" "- refresh the repositories using 'zypper refresh'\n" "- use another installation medium (if e.g. damaged)\n" "- use another repository" msgstr "" -"Échec de la vérification de l'intégrité du paquet. Il y a peut-être un problème avec le support ou la source d'installation. Essayez l'une des solutions suivantes :\n" +"Échec de la vérification de l'intégrité du paquet. Il y a peut-être un " +"problème avec le support ou la source d'installation. Essayez l'une des " +"solutions suivantes :\n" " \n" " - réessayez la commande précédente\n" " - réactualisez les sources d'installation via 'zypper refresh'\n" -" - utilisez un autre support d'installation (par exemple s'il est endommagé)\n" +" - utilisez un autre support d'installation (par exemple s'il est " +"endommagé)\n" " - utilisez une autre source d'installation" # TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__95 #: src/solve-commit.cc:891 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" -msgstr "Un problème s'est produit pendant ou après l'installation ou la suppression des paquets :" +msgstr "" +"Un problème s'est produit pendant ou après l'installation ou la suppression " +"des paquets :" #: src/solve-commit.cc:899 msgid "Installation has completed with error." @@ -5081,15 +5724,25 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:901 #, boost-format msgid "You may run '%1%' to repair any dependency problems." -msgstr "Vous pouvez lancer '%1%' pour réparer n'importe quel problème de dépendance." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez lancer '%1%' pour réparer n'importe quel problème de dépendance." #: src/solve-commit.cc:916 -msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." -msgstr "Un des correctifs installés nécessite un redémarrage de votre machine. Redémarrez dès que possible." +msgid "" +"One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Un des correctifs installés nécessite un redémarrage de votre machine. " +"Redémarrez dès que possible." #: src/solve-commit.cc:925 -msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." -msgstr "Un des correctifs installés affecte le gestionnaire de paquets lui-même. Relancez cette commande une nouvelle fois pour installer les autres correctifs nécessaires." +msgid "" +"One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " +"command once more to install any other needed patches." +msgstr "" +"Un des correctifs installés affecte le gestionnaire de paquets lui-même. " +"Relancez cette commande une nouvelle fois pour installer les autres " +"correctifs nécessaires." #: src/solve-commit.cc:946 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." @@ -5145,12 +5798,21 @@ #: src/ps.cc:168 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." -msgstr "Consultez '%s' pour plus d'informations sur la signification des valeurs dans le tableau ci-dessus." +msgid "" +"See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." +msgstr "" +"Consultez '%s' pour plus d'informations sur la signification des valeurs " +"dans le tableau ci-dessus." #: src/ps.cc:175 -msgid "Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be incomplete." -msgstr "Note : En n'exécutant pas ce programme en tant que root, vous êtes limité à la recherche des fichiers que vous avez la permission d'examiner avec la fonction système stat(2). Le résultat peut être incomplet." +msgid "" +"Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have " +"permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be " +"incomplete." +msgstr "" +"Note : En n'exécutant pas ce programme en tant que root, vous êtes limité à " +"la recherche des fichiers que vous avez la permission d'examiner avec la " +"fonction système stat(2). Le résultat peut être incomplet." #: src/source-download.cc:208 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -5184,7 +5846,9 @@ #: src/source-download.cc:299 msgid "Required source packages available in download directory:" -msgstr "Paquets sources obligatoires disponibles dans le répertoire de téléchargement :" +msgstr "" +"Paquets sources obligatoires disponibles dans le répertoire de " +"téléchargement :" #: src/source-download.cc:303 msgid "Required source packages to be downloaded:" @@ -5205,7 +5869,9 @@ #: src/source-download.cc:372 msgid "Use '--verbose' option for a full list of required source packages." -msgstr "Utiliser l'option '--verbose' pour obtenir une liste complète des paquets sources obligatoires." +msgstr "" +"Utiliser l'option '--verbose' pour obtenir une liste complète des paquets " +"sources obligatoires." #: src/source-download.cc:381 msgid "Deleting superfluous source packages" @@ -5338,8 +6004,12 @@ #: src/PackageArgs.cc:232 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use the latter." -msgstr "Type de paquet différent spécifié dans l'option '%s' et dans l'argument '%s'. Le dernier type sera utilisé." +msgid "" +"Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use " +"the latter." +msgstr "" +"Type de paquet différent spécifié dans l'option '%s' et dans l'argument " +"'%s'. Le dernier type sera utilisé." #: src/PackageArgs.cc:249 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -5365,7 +6035,9 @@ #. is " (package-type)" if other than "package" (patch/product/pattern) #: src/misc.cc:181 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license agreement:" +msgid "" +"In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license " +"agreement:" msgstr "Pour installer '%s'%s, vous devez accepter la licence suivante :" #. lincense prompt @@ -5381,15 +6053,20 @@ #. it is a command line option #: src/misc.cc:210 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement with required licenses, or use the %s option." -msgstr "Veuillez recommencer l'opération en mode interactif et confirmer votre accord avec les licences requises ou utilisez l'option %s." +msgid "" +"Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement " +"with required licenses, or use the %s option." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez recommencer l'opération en mode interactif et confirmer votre " +"accord avec les licences requises ou utilisez l'option %s." #. translators: e.g. "... with flash package license." #. ! \todo fix this to allow proper translation #: src/misc.cc:222 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Aborting installation due to user disagreement with %s %s license." -msgstr "Abandon de l'installation car l'utilisateur n'accepte pas la licence %s %s." +msgstr "" +"Abandon de l'installation car l'utilisateur n'accepte pas la licence %s %s." #: src/misc.cc:266 msgid "License" @@ -5536,7 +6213,9 @@ #. unless you translate the actual page :) #: src/utils/messages.cc:25 msgid "See http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting for instructions." -msgstr "Consultez http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting pour des instructions." +msgstr "" +"Consultez http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting pour des " +"instructions." #: src/utils/messages.cc:41 msgid "Too many arguments." @@ -5549,8 +6228,15 @@ #: src/utils/messages.cc:78 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished." -msgstr "Vous avec choisi d'ignorer un problème avec le téléchargement ou l'installation d'un paquet qui peut conduire à des dépendances d'autres paquets cassées. Il est recommandé de lancer '%s' après la fin de l'opération." +msgid "" +"You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a " +"package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is " +"recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished." +msgstr "" +"Vous avec choisi d'ignorer un problème avec le téléchargement ou " +"l'installation d'un paquet qui peut conduire à des dépendances d'autres " +"paquets cassées. Il est recommandé de lancer '%s' après la fin de " +"l'opération." #: src/utils/pager.cc:36 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -5559,11 +6245,15 @@ #: src/utils/pager.cc:46 msgid "Use arrows or pgUp/pgDown keys to scroll the text by lines or pages." -msgstr "Utilisez les flèches ou les touches pgUp/pgDown pour faire défiler le texte par lignes ou par pages." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les flèches ou les touches pgUp/pgDown pour faire défiler le texte " +"par lignes ou par pages." #: src/utils/pager.cc:48 msgid "Use the Enter or Space key to scroll the text by lines or pages." -msgstr "Utilisez les touches Entrée ou Espace pour faire défiler le texte par lignes ou par pages." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les touches Entrée ou Espace pour faire défiler le texte par lignes " +"ou par pages." #: src/utils/Augeas.cc:26 msgid "Cannot initialize configuration file parser." @@ -5571,7 +6261,8 @@ #: src/utils/Augeas.cc:44 src/utils/Augeas.cc:58 msgid "Augeas error: setting config file to load failed." -msgstr "Erreur Augeas : échec du paramétrage du fichier de configuration à charger." +msgstr "" +"Erreur Augeas : échec du paramétrage du fichier de configuration à charger." #: src/utils/Augeas.cc:64 msgid "Could not parse the config files." @@ -5598,8 +6289,12 @@ #. translators: speaking of two mutually contradicting command line options #: src/utils/getopt.cc:124 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be left unchanged." -msgstr "%s utilisé avec %s, qui se contredisent l'un et l'autre. Cette propriété restera inchangée." +msgid "" +"%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be " +"left unchanged." +msgstr "" +"%s utilisé avec %s, qui se contredisent l'un et l'autre. Cette propriété " +"restera inchangée." #. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):" #: src/utils/prompt.cc:81 @@ -5650,7 +6345,9 @@ #: src/utils/prompt.cc:342 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you." -msgstr "Entrez '%s' pour '%s' ou '%s' pour '%s' si rien d'autre ne fonctionne pour vous." +msgstr "" +"Entrez '%s' pour '%s' ou '%s' pour '%s' si rien d'autre ne fonctionne pour " +"vous." #: src/utils/prompt.cc:356 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -5752,7 +6449,8 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__60 #: src/utils/misc.cc:384 msgid "Problem copying the specified RPM file to the cache directory." -msgstr "Problème lors de la copie du fichier RPM spécifié vers le dossier de cache." +msgstr "" +"Problème lors de la copie du fichier RPM spécifié vers le dossier de cache." #: src/utils/misc.cc:385 msgid "Perhaps you are running out of disk space."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95061 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Dec '15

07 Dec '15

Author: dmedina Date: 2015-12-07 10:05:58 +0100 (Mon, 07 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95061 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po Log: Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-12-06 20:20:51 UTC (rev 95060) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-12-07 09:05:58 UTC (rev 95061) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 09:53+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-07 10:04+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-07 10:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.6\n" #: src/info.cc:84 msgid "Name: " @@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "No" @@ -157,23 +157,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Problema obtenint els fitxers de \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Si us plau, llegiu l'error anterior." @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ "Amb l'ordre \"zypper refresh\" com a administrador es podria resoldre el " "problema." -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" @@ -1968,36 +1968,36 @@ msgstr "Inhabilitat" # DZ -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Àlies" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitat" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "Comprovació GPG" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Refresca" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritat" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI (adreça del recurs)" @@ -2055,16 +2055,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Error llegint els repositoris:" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "No es pot obrir %s per a l'escriptura." -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Potser no teniu els permisos necessaris per fer-hi canvis?" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "S'han exportat correctament els repositoris a %s." @@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha reanomenat \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Error en modificar el repositori:" @@ -2319,193 +2319,193 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "La prioritat del repositori \"%s\" s'ha deixat sense canviar (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha habilitat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha inhabilitat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La còpia cau dels fitxers RPM s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La còpia cau dels fitxers RPM s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La comprovació GPG s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La comprovació GPG s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "La prioritat del repositori '%s' s'ha establert a %d." -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "El nom del repositori \"%s\" s'ha establert a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "No hi ha res per canviar del repositori \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Deixant el repositori %s sense canvis." -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Error en llegir els serveis:" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "El servei '%s' no s'ha trobat per l'àlies, número, o URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Feu servir '%s' per obtenir una llista dels serveis definits." -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "No hi ha serveis definits. Feu servir l'ordre \"%s\" per afegir-ne un o més." -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "El servei amb l'àlies \"%s\" ja existeix. Si us plau, feu servir un altre " "àlies." -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Error en afegir el servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha afegit correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Eliminant el servei \"%s\":" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha eliminat." -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Refrescant el servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Error en obtenir el fitxer d'índex del repositori per al servei \"%s\":" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Saltant el servei \"%s\" a causa de l'error anterior." -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Comproveu si l'URI especificat és accessible." -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Saltant el servei inhabilitat \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "Feu servir les ordres \"%s\" o \"%s\" per afegir o habilitar serveis." -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Els serveis específics no estan habilitats o definits." -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "No hi ha serveis habilitats definits." -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "No s'han pogut refrescar els serveis a causa d'errors." -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "No s'han refrescat totes les fonts del sistema a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat les fonts del sistema especificades." -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat totes les fonts del sistema." -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha activat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha desactivat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha activat per al servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha desactivat per al servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "El nom del servei \"%s\" s'ha establert a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat afegits als repositoris habilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat afegits als repositoris inhabilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat eliminats dels repositoris habilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2556,52 +2556,52 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat eliminats dels repositoris inhabilitats " "del servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "No hi ha res per canviar del servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Error en modificar el servei:" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Deixant el servei %s sense canvis." -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Carregant les dades del repositori..." -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Obtenint les dades del repositori \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" no és a la memòria cau. Fent-ho..." -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Problema carregant la informació de \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "El repositori \"%s\" no s'ha pogut refrescar. Es fa servir la memòria cau " "antiga." -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "No s'han carregat els elements de '%s' a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2611,21 +2611,28 @@ "mirall o un servidor diferent." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Proveu de fer un '%s', o fins i tot un '%s' abans." -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Llegint els paquets instal·lats..." -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir els paquets instal·lats:" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "%d pedaç bloquejat" +msgstr[1] "%d pedaços bloquejats" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2633,7 +2640,7 @@ msgstr[1] "%d pedaços necessaris" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2642,97 +2649,97 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositori" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoria" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "Gravetat" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resum" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "necessari" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "no és necessari" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" "S'instal·laran primer les actualitzacions de gestió de programari següents:" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap actualització." -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "Les següents actualitzacions també estan disponibles:" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions de paquets" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "Pedaços" -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions de patrons" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions de productes" # BI #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "Conjunt de paquets" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "Versió actual" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "Versió disponible" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "Problema" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "No." -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "Pedaç" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " @@ -2741,27 +2748,27 @@ "Ignorant %s sense argument perquè s'ha especificat una opció semblant amb un " "argument." -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap assumpte que coincideixi." -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "S'han trobat les següents coincidències d'aspecte numèric:" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" "S'han trobat coincidències en descripcions de pedaços dels pedaços següents:" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "La reparació de l'assupte de Bugzilla amb el número %s no s'ha trobat o no " "es necessita." -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" @@ -5881,67 +5888,67 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "(qualsevol)" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "(múltiple)" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "Mantingues instal·lat" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "No l'instal·lis" -#: src/locks.cc:115 +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "Coincideix amb " -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "Importància" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "No hi ha blocatges de paquet definits." -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "Error en llegir l'arxiu de blocatges:" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "El blocatge especificat s'ha afegit correctament." msgstr[1] "Els blocatges especificats s'han afegit correctament." -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "Problema afegint el blocatge de paquet:" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "El blocatge especificat s'ha eliminat correctament." -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "No s'ha alliberat cap blocatge." -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "%zu blocatge s'ha eliminat correctament." msgstr[1] "%zu blocatges s'han eliminat correctament." -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr "Problema eliminant el blocatge del paquet:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95060 - trunk/packages/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Dec '15

06 Dec '15

Author: minton Date: 2015-12-06 21:20:51 +0100 (Sun, 06 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95060 Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd1.ru.po trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd2.ru.po trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd3.ru.po trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd4.ru.po Log: Translation update Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd1.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd1.ru.po 2015-12-04 08:03:51 UTC (rev 95059) +++ trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd1.ru.po 2015-12-06 20:20:51 UTC (rev 95060) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openSUSE-packages\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:24\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-27 17:11+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 19:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" @@ -590,6 +590,8 @@ "A Galician-portuguese (galego-portugués) dictionary for the aspell spell " "checker." msgstr "" +"Галисийско-португальский (galego-portugués) словарь для проверки орфографии " +"Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-am/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-am/summary @@ -599,7 +601,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-am/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-am/description msgid "An Amharic (አማርኛ) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Амхарский (አማርኛ) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ar/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ar/summary @@ -609,7 +611,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ar/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ar/description msgid "An Arabic (العربية) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Арабский (العربية) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-az/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-az/summary @@ -619,7 +621,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-az/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-az/description msgid "An Azerbaijani (تورکجه) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Азербайджанский (تورکجه) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bg/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bg/summary @@ -629,7 +631,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bg/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bg/description msgid "A Bulgarian (български) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Болгарский (български) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bn/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bn/summary @@ -639,7 +641,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bn/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-bn/description msgid "A Bengali (বাংলা) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бенгальский (বাংলা) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-br/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-br/summary @@ -649,7 +651,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-br/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-br/description msgid "A Breton (brezhoneg) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бретонский (brezhoneg) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ca/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ca/summary @@ -659,7 +661,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ca/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ca/description msgid "A Catalan (català) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталонский (català) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cs/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cs/summary @@ -669,7 +671,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cs/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cs/description msgid "A Czech (český) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чешский (čeština) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-csb/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-csb/summary @@ -679,7 +681,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-csb/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-csb/description msgid "A Kashubian (kaszëbsczi) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кашубский (kaszëbsczi) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cy/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cy/summary @@ -689,7 +691,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cy/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-cy/description msgid "A Welsh (Cymraeg) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валлийский (Cymraeg) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-da/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-da/summary @@ -699,7 +701,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-da/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-da/description msgid "A Danish (dansk) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Датский (dansk) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/igerman98/aspell-de/summary #. leap/igerman98/aspell-de/summary @@ -733,7 +735,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-el/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-el/description msgid "A Greek (ελληνικά) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Греческий (ελληνικά) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-eo/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-eo/summary @@ -753,7 +755,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-es/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-es/description msgid "A Spanish (español) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Испанский (español) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-et/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-et/summary @@ -763,7 +765,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-et/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-et/description msgid "An Estonian (eesti) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Эстонский (eesti) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fa/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fa/summary @@ -773,7 +775,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fa/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fa/description msgid "A Persian (فارسی) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Персидский (فارسی) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fi/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fi/summary @@ -783,7 +785,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fi/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fi/description msgid "A Finnish (suomi) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Финский (suomi) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fo/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fo/summary @@ -793,7 +795,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fo/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fo/description msgid "A Faroese (føroyskt) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фарерский (føroyskt) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fr/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fr/summary @@ -803,17 +805,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fr/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fr/description msgid "A French (français) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Французский (français) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fy/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fy/summary msgid "Frisian (Frysk) Dictionary for Aspell" -msgstr "Фризский словарь для Aspell" +msgstr "Фризский (Frysk) словарь для Aspell" #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fy/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-fy/description msgid "A Frisian (Frysk) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "Фризский словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." +msgstr "Фризский (Frysk) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ga/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ga/summary @@ -823,7 +825,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ga/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ga/description msgid "An Irish (Gaeilge) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ирландский (Gaeilge) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gd/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gd/summary @@ -834,6 +836,7 @@ #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gd/description msgid "A Scottish (Gàidhlig) Gaelic dictionary for the aspell spell checker." msgstr "" +"Шотландский гэльский (Gàidhlig) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gl/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gl/summary @@ -843,7 +846,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gl/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gl/description msgid "A Galician Gaelic (galego) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Галисийский гаэльский (galego) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gu/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gu/summary @@ -853,7 +856,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gu/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gu/description msgid "A Gujarati (ગુજરાતી) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь гуджарати (ગુજરાતી) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gv/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gv/summary @@ -863,7 +866,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gv/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-gv/description msgid "A Manx Gaelic (Gaelg) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мэнский гэльский (Gaelg) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-he/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-he/summary @@ -893,7 +896,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hr/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hr/description msgid "A Croatian (hrvatski) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хорватский (hrvatski) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hu/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hu/summary @@ -903,7 +906,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hu/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hu/description msgid "A Hungarian (magyar) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Венгерский (magyar) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hy/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hy/summary @@ -913,7 +916,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hy/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-hy/description msgid "An Armenian (Հայերեն) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Армянский (Հայերեն) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ia/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ia/summary @@ -945,7 +948,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-is/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-is/description msgid "An Icelandic (Íslenska) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исландский (Íslenska) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-it/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-it/summary @@ -955,7 +958,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-it/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-it/description msgid "An Italian (italiano) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Итальянский (italiano) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-kn/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-kn/summary @@ -965,7 +968,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-kn/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-kn/description msgid "A Kannada (ಕನ್ನಡ) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Канарский (ಕನ್ನಡ) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ku/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ku/summary @@ -975,7 +978,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ku/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ku/description msgid "A Kurdi (Kurdî, كوردی‎) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Курдский (Kurdî, كوردی‎) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ky/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ky/summary @@ -985,7 +988,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ky/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ky/description msgid "A Kirghiz (Кыргызча) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Киргизский (Кыргызча) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lt/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lt/summary @@ -995,7 +998,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lt/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lt/description msgid "A Lithuanian ((lietuvių) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Литовский (lietuvių) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lv/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lv/summary @@ -1005,7 +1008,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lv/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-lv/description msgid "A Latvian (latviešu) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Латвийский (latviešu) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mg/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mg/summary @@ -1025,7 +1028,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mi/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mi/description msgid "A Maori (Māori) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь маори (Māori) для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mk/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mk/summary @@ -1035,7 +1038,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mk/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mk/description msgid "A Macedonian (македонски) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Македонский (македонски) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ml/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ml/summary @@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ml/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ml/description msgid "A Malayalam (മലയാളം) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь малаялам (മലയാളം) для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mn/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mn/summary @@ -1079,6 +1082,7 @@ msgid "" "A Malay (bahasa Melayu, بهاس ملايو‎) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." msgstr "" +"Малайский (bahasa Melayu, بهاس ملايو‎) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mt/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mt/summary @@ -1088,7 +1092,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mt/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-mt/description msgid "A Maltese (Malti) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мальтийский (Malti) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nb/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nb/summary @@ -1100,6 +1104,7 @@ msgid "" "A Norwegian Bokmaal (Norsk bokmål) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." msgstr "" +"Норвежский букмол (Norsk bokmål) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nds/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nds/summary @@ -1121,7 +1126,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nl/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nl/description msgid "A Dutch (Nederlands) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Голландский (Nederlands) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nn/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-nn/summary @@ -1133,6 +1138,7 @@ msgid "" "A Norwegian Nynorsk (Norsk nynorsk) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." msgstr "" +"Норвежский нюнорск (Norsk nynorsk) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-or/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-or/summary @@ -1142,7 +1148,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-or/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-or/description msgid "An Oriya (ଓଡ଼ିଆ) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь ория (ଓଡ଼ିଆ) для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pa/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pa/summary @@ -1152,7 +1158,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pa/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pa/description msgid "A Punjabi (ਪੰਜਾਬੀ, پنجابی‎) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь панджаби (ਪੰਜਾਬੀ, پنجابی‎) для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pl/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pl/summary @@ -1162,7 +1168,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pl/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pl/description msgid "A Polish (polszczyzna) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Польский (polszczyzna) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_BR/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_BR/summary @@ -1175,6 +1181,8 @@ "A Brazilian Portuguese (Português brasileira) dictionary for the aspell spell " "checker." msgstr "" +"Бразильский португальский (Português brasileira) словарь для проверки " +"орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_PT/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_PT/summary @@ -1184,7 +1192,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_PT/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-pt_PT/description msgid "A Portuguese (Português) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Португальский (Português) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ro/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ro/summary @@ -1194,7 +1202,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ro/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ro/description msgid "A Romanian (română) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Румынский (română) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ru/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ru/summary @@ -1204,7 +1212,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ru/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ru/description msgid "A Russian (русский) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Русский словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-rw/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-rw/summary @@ -1214,7 +1222,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-rw/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-rw/description msgid "A Kinyarwanda (Ikinyarwanda) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь киньяруанда (Ikinyarwanda) для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sk/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sk/summary @@ -1224,7 +1232,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sk/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sk/description msgid "A Slovak (slovenský) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словацкий (slovenský) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sl/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sl/summary @@ -1234,17 +1242,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sl/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sl/description msgid "A Slovenian (slovenski) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словенский (slovenski) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell/aspell-spell/summary #. leap/aspell/aspell-spell/summary #| msgid "GNU Aspell - Pspell Compatibility Library" msgid "GNU Aspell - Spell compatibility" -msgstr "Библиотека совместимости GNU Aspell — Spell" +msgstr "GNU Aspell — совместимость со Spell" #. tumbleweed/aspell/aspell-spell/description #. leap/aspell/aspell-spell/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "GNU Aspell is a spell checker designed to eventually replace Ispell. It can be used as a library or as an independent spell checker.\n" #| "\n" @@ -1260,7 +1267,8 @@ "Ispell. Её можно использовать как библиотеку или как независимый инструмент " "проверки правописания.\n" "\n" -"Этот пакет содержит библиотеку aspell." +"Этот пакет содержит скрипт spell для обеспечения совместимости с программами, " +"рассчитывающие на существование команды «spell»." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sr/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sr/summary @@ -1270,7 +1278,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sr/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sr/description msgid "A Serbian (српски) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сербский (српски) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sv/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sv/summary @@ -1280,7 +1288,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sv/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sv/description msgid "A Swedish (Svenska) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шведский (Svenska) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sw/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sw/summary @@ -1290,7 +1298,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sw/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-sw/description msgid "A Swahili (Kiswahili) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь суахили (Kiswahili) для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ta/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ta/summary @@ -1300,7 +1308,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ta/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-ta/description msgid "A Tamil (தமிழ்) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тамильский (தமிழ்) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-te/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-te/summary @@ -1310,7 +1318,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-te/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-te/description msgid "A Telugu (తెలుగు) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь телугу (తెలుగు) для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tk/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tk/summary @@ -1320,7 +1328,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tk/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tk/description msgid "A Turkmen (Türkmençe) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Туркменский (Türkmençe) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tl/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tl/summary @@ -1340,7 +1348,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tr/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-tr/description msgid "A Turkish (Türkçe) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Турецкий (Türkçe) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uk/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uk/summary @@ -1350,7 +1358,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uk/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uk/description msgid "An Ukrainian (українська) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Украинский (українська) словарь для проверки правописания в Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uz/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-uz/summary @@ -1370,7 +1378,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-vi/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-vi/description msgid "A Vietnamese (Tiếng Việt) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вьетнамский (Tiếng Việt) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-wa/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-wa/summary @@ -1380,7 +1388,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-wa/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-wa/description msgid "A Walloon (walon) Dictionarydictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валлонский (walon) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-yi/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-yi/summary @@ -1390,7 +1398,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-yi/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-yi/description msgid "A Yiddish (ייִדיש) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Словарь идиш (ייִדיש) для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-zu/summary #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-zu/summary @@ -1400,7 +1408,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-zu/description #. leap/aspell-dictionaries/aspell-zu/description msgid "A Zulu (isiZulu) dictionary for the aspell spell checker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зулусский (isiZulu) словарь для проверки орфографии Aspell." #. tumbleweed/at/summary #. leap/at/summary @@ -1823,19 +1831,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-imports/description #. leap/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-imports/description msgid "Async Bluez wrapper library. QML imports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Асинхронная библиотека-обёртка Bluez. Импортируемые модули QML." #. tumbleweed/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-udev/summary #. leap/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-udev/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Ruby module for interaction with D-Bus" msgid "bluez-qt integration with udev" -msgstr "Модуль Ruby для взаимодействия с D-Bus" +msgstr "Интеграция bluez-qt с udev" #. tumbleweed/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-udev/description #. leap/bluez-qt/bluez-qt-udev/description msgid "Async Bluez wrapper library. Udev rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Асинхронная библиотека-обёртка Bluez. Правила udev." #. tumbleweed/bogofilter/bogofilter-db/summary #. leap/bogofilter/bogofilter-db/summary @@ -1844,10 +1851,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/bogofilter/bogofilter-db/description #. leap/bogofilter/bogofilter-db/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "This package contains Mono bindings for libart." msgid "This package contains bogofilter build with the libdb backend." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит привязки(обертки) libart для Mono." +msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/boost/boost-devel/summary #. leap/boost/boost-devel/summary @@ -2010,10 +2016,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-extras-dolphin/summary #. leap/calligra/calligra-extras-dolphin/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Base plugins for xmms2" msgid "Diverse plugins for Dolphin" -msgstr "Основные плагины для xmms2" +msgstr "Различные модули для Dolphin" #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-extras-dolphin/description #. leap/calligra/calligra-extras-dolphin/description @@ -2026,10 +2031,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-extras-okular/summary #. leap/calligra/calligra-extras-okular/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Plugins for GNOME Do" msgid "Plugin for Okular" -msgstr "Плагины для GNOME Do" +msgstr "Модули для Okular" #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-extras-okular/description #. leap/calligra/calligra-extras-okular/description @@ -2037,33 +2041,32 @@ "Plugins for Okular supporting files in the formats ODP, ODT, MS DOC/DOCX, MS " "PPT/PPTX, and WPD." msgstr "" +"Модули Okular для поддержки файлов в форматах ODP, ODT, MS DOC/DOCX, MS " +"PPT/PPTX и WPD." #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-stage/summary #. leap/calligra/calligra-stage/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Simple Presentation Tool for Excellent Presentations" msgid "Application for Creating Presentations" -msgstr "Простой инструмент для великолепных презентаций" +msgstr "Приложение для создания презентаций" #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-stage/description #. leap/calligra/calligra-stage/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Documentation of the Calligra Suite" msgid "Stage is the presentation application of the Calligra Suite." -msgstr "Документация для Calligra Suite" +msgstr "Stage — это приложение Calligra Suite для создания презентаций." #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-words-common/summary #. leap/calligra/calligra-words-common/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Common files for PyQt4 for python2 and python3" msgid "Common files for the Author and Word Processor" -msgstr "Общие файлы PyQt4 для python2 и python3" +msgstr "Общие файлы Author и Words" #. tumbleweed/calligra/calligra-words-common/description #. leap/calligra/calligra-words-common/description msgid "" "Common files for the Author and Words applications of the Calligra Suite." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общие файлы приложений Author и Words из Calligra Suite." #. tumbleweed/capi4hylafax/summary #. leap/capi4hylafax/summary @@ -2108,10 +2111,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/cd-discid/summary #. leap/cd-discid/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Utility to edit and display the X authorization information" msgid "Utility to get CDDB discid information" -msgstr "Утилита для редактирования и отображения авторизационной информации X" +msgstr "Утилита для получения сведений о discid из CDDB" #. tumbleweed/cd-discid/description #. leap/cd-discid/description @@ -2131,7 +2133,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/cdparanoia/cdparanoia-devel/summary #. leap/cdparanoia/cdparanoia-devel/summary msgid "Include Files and Libraries Mandatory for Development" -msgstr "Заголовочные файлы и библиотеки необходимые для разработки" +msgstr "Заголовочные файлы и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки" #. tumbleweed/cellwriter/summary #. leap/cellwriter/summary @@ -2400,10 +2402,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/compositeproto/compositeproto-devel/summary #. leap/compositeproto/compositeproto-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "X11 protocol Composite extension client library" msgid "The X11 Protocol: Composite extension" -msgstr "Клиентская библиотека композитного расширения протокола X11" +msgstr "Протокол X11: расширение Composite" #. tumbleweed/compositeproto/compositeproto-devel/description #. leap/compositeproto/compositeproto-devel/description @@ -2867,10 +2868,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/dmxproto/dmxproto-devel/summary #. leap/dmxproto/dmxproto-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Distributed Multihead X extension library" msgid "The X11 Protocol: Distributed Multihead X extension" -msgstr "Библиотека расширения Distributed Multihead X" +msgstr "Протокол X11: расширение Distributed Multihead X" #. tumbleweed/dmxproto/dmxproto-devel/description #. leap/dmxproto/dmxproto-devel/description @@ -3074,15 +3074,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/ekiga/ekiga-plugins-evolution/summary #. leap/ekiga/ekiga-plugins-evolution/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A collection of plugins for gedit" msgid "Evolution plugin for ekiga" -msgstr "Набор плагинов для gedit" +msgstr "Модуль evolution для ekiga" #. tumbleweed/ekiga/ekiga-plugins-evolution/description #. leap/ekiga/ekiga-plugins-evolution/description msgid "This plugin enables evolution support in ekiga." -msgstr "Этот плагин включает поддержку evolution в ekiga." +msgstr "Этот модуль включает поддержку evolution в ekiga." #. tumbleweed/emacs/summary #. leap/emacs/summary @@ -3445,16 +3444,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/adobe-sourcehansans-fonts/summary #. leap/adobe-sourcehansans-fonts/summary msgid "An OpenType/CFF Pan-CJK font family" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гарнитура шрифта OpenType/CFF Pan-CJK" #. tumbleweed/adobe-sourcehansans-fonts/description #. leap/adobe-sourcehansans-fonts/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A set of serif OpenType fonts designed to complement Source Sans Pro" msgid "A set of Pan-CJK fonts designed to complement Source Sans Pro." -msgstr "" -"Набор шрифтов OpenType с засечками, предназначенных для дополнения Source " -"Sans Pro" +msgstr "Набор шрифтов Pan-CJK, предназначенных для дополнения Source Sans Pro." #. tumbleweed/adobe-sourcesanspro-fonts/summary #. tumbleweed/adobe-sourceserifpro-fonts/summary @@ -3899,10 +3895,9 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/apache-commons-validator/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Apache Commons Parent Pom" msgid "Apache Commons Validator" -msgstr "Родительская POM Apache Commons" +msgstr "Валидатор Apache Commons" #. tumbleweed/apache-commons-validator/description msgid "" @@ -4029,17 +4024,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/aria2/aria2-lang/summary #. leap/aria2/aria2-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package arista" msgid "Languages for package aria2" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета arista" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета aria2" #. tumbleweed/aria2/aria2-lang/description #. leap/aria2/aria2-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package arista" msgid "Provides translations to the package aria2" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета arista" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета aria2" #. tumbleweed/arphic-ukai-fonts/summary #. leap/arphic-ukai-fonts/summary @@ -4101,21 +4094,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/atril/atril-lang/description #. leap/atril/atril-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package atril" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета atril" #. tumbleweed/audacity/audacity-lang/summary #. leap/audacity/audacity-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package metacity" msgid "Languages for package audacity" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета metacity" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета audacity" #. tumbleweed/audacity/audacity-lang/description #. leap/audacity/audacity-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package metacity" msgid "Provides translations to the package audacity" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета metacity" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета audacity" #. tumbleweed/autoconf/summary #. leap/autoconf/summary @@ -4322,16 +4313,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/bison/bison-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package bash" msgid "Languages for package bison" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета bash" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета bison" #. tumbleweed/bison/bison-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package slrn" msgid "Provides translations to the package bison" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета slrn" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета bison" #. tumbleweed/bitstream-vera-fonts/summary #. leap/bitstream-vera-fonts/summary @@ -4347,17 +4336,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/bluedevil5/bluedevil5-lang/summary #. leap/bluedevil5/bluedevil5-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package bluedevil" msgid "Languages for package bluedevil5" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета bluedevil" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета bluedevil5" #. tumbleweed/bluedevil5/bluedevil5-lang/description #. leap/bluedevil5/bluedevil5-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package bluedevil" msgid "Provides translations to the package bluedevil5" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета bluedevil" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета bluedevil5" #. tumbleweed/bogofilter/bogofilter-common/summary #. leap/bogofilter/bogofilter-common/summary @@ -4966,10 +4953,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ding/ding-dict-de_en/summary #. leap/ding/ding-dict-de_en/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "An English words dictionary" msgid "German<->English word dictionary in DING syntax" -msgstr "Английский словарь" +msgstr "Немецко<=>Английский орфографический словарь в синтаксисе DING" #. tumbleweed/ding/ding-dict-de_en/description #. leap/ding/ding-dict-de_en/description @@ -5089,10 +5075,9 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/dtv-scan-tables/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan files for digital TV applications" msgid "Scan files for digital TV applications v3" -msgstr "Сканировать файлы для приложений цифрового ТВ" +msgstr "Сканировать файлы для приложений цифрового ТВ v3" #. tumbleweed/dtv-scan-tables/description msgid "" @@ -5261,10 +5246,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/drbd/drbd-kmp-xen/summary #. leap/drbd/drbd-kmp-default/summary #. leap/drbd/drbd-kmp-xen/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "BrlAPI driver for BRLTTY" msgid "Kernel driver for DRBD" -msgstr "BrlAPI драйвер для BRLTTY" +msgstr "Драйвер ядра для DRBD" #. tumbleweed/drbd/drbd-kmp-default/description #. tumbleweed/drbd/drbd-kmp-xen/description Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd2.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd2.ru.po 2015-12-04 08:03:51 UTC (rev 95059) +++ trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd2.ru.po 2015-12-06 20:20:51 UTC (rev 95060) @@ -1,31 +1,32 @@ # This file was automatically generated # Translators: -# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013 -# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2013,2015 -# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013 -# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 +# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2013,2015. +# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013, 2015. +# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openSUSE-packages\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:27\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-17 12:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/minton/openSUSE-packages/language/ru/)\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 19:55+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%" +"100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. tumbleweed/FastCGI/summary #. leap/FastCGI/summary @@ -34,8 +35,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/FastCGI/description #. leap/FastCGI/description -msgid "FastCGI is a language-independent, scalable, open extension to CGI that provides high performance without the limitations of server-specific APIs." -msgstr "FastCGI — это независимое от языка, масштабируемое и открытое расширение для CGI. Обеспечивает более высокую производительность без ограничений API сервера." +msgid "" +"FastCGI is a language-independent, scalable, open extension to CGI that " +"provides high performance without the limitations of server-specific APIs." +msgstr "" +"FastCGI — это независимое от языка, масштабируемое и открытое расширение для " +"CGI. Обеспечивает более высокую производительность без ограничений API " +"сервера." #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/summary #. leap/GeoIP/summary @@ -44,28 +50,49 @@ #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/description #. leap/GeoIP/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This database simply contains IP blocks as keys, and countries as values. This database should be more complete and accurate than using reverse DNS lookups.\n" #| "\n" #| "MaxMind offers a service where you can have your database updated automically each month." msgid "" -"GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This database simply contains IP blocks as keys, and countries as values. This database should be more complete and accurate than using reverse DNS lookups.\n" +"GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP " +"address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This " +"database simply contains IP blocks as keys, and countries as values. This " +"database should be more complete and accurate than using reverse DNS " +"lookups.\n" "\n" -"MaxMind offers a service where you can have your database updated automically each month." +"MaxMind offers a service where you can have your database updated automically " +"each month." msgstr "" -"GeoIP — библиотека C, позволяющая определять страну, в которой находится компьютер по его IP-адресу или имени. Использует базу данных, хранящуюся в файле. База данных просто содержит блоки IP как ключи и названия стран как значения, и это более полно и точно, чем использование реверсивного поиска в DNS.\n" +"GeoIP — библиотека C, позволяющая определять страну, в которой находится " +"компьютер по его IP-адресу или имени. Использует базу данных, хранящуюся в " +"файле. База данных просто содержит блоки IP как ключи и названия стран как " +"значения, и это более полно и точно, чем использование реверсивного поиска в " +"DNS.\n" "\n" -"MaxMind предоставляет сервис через который вы можете обновлять базу данных автоматически каждый месяц." +"MaxMind предоставляет сервис, через который вы можете обновлять базу данных " +"автоматически каждый месяц." #. tumbleweed/GraphicsMagick/GraphicsMagick-devel/summary #. leap/GraphicsMagick/GraphicsMagick-devel/summary msgid "Viewer and Converter for Images - files mandatory for development" -msgstr "Программа просмотра и конвертирования изображений — Файлы, необходимые для разработки" +msgstr "" +"Программа просмотра и конвертирования изображений — Файлы, необходимые для " +"разработки" #. tumbleweed/GraphicsMagick/GraphicsMagick-devel/description #. leap/GraphicsMagick/GraphicsMagick-devel/description -msgid "GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and much, much, more." +msgid "" +"GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation " +"utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X " +"Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, " +"and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. " +"GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, " +"TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, " +"color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any " +"supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or " +"transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and " +"much, much, more." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/summary @@ -75,30 +102,48 @@ #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-extra/summary #. leap/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-extra/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Viewer and Converter for Images" msgid "Viewer and Converter for Images - extra codecs" -msgstr "Просмотрщик и конвертер для изображений" +msgstr "Просмотрщик и конвертер для изображений — дополнительные кодеки" #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-extra/description #. leap/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-extra/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "ImageMagick is a robust collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in many image formats, including popular formats like TIFF, JPEG, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD, and GIF. With ImageMagick, you can create images dynamically, making it suitable for Web applications. You can also resize, rotate, sharpen, color-reduce, or add special effects to an image and save your completed work in many different image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line as well as through C, C++, and PERL-based programming interfaces." msgid "" -"This package adds support for djvu, wmf and jpeg2000 formats and installs optional helper applications.\n" +"This package adds support for djvu, wmf and jpeg2000 formats and installs " +"optional helper applications.\n" "\n" -"ImageMagick is a robust collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in many image formats, including popular formats like TIFF, JPEG, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD, and GIF. With ImageMagick, you can create images dynamically, making it suitable for Web applications. You can also resize, rotate, sharpen, color-reduce, or add special effects to an image and save your completed work in many different image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line as well as through C, C++, and PERL-based programming interfaces." -msgstr "ImageMagick — это набор программ и библиотек для чтения, записи и редактирования изображения в большинстве графических форматов, включая популярные форматы TIFF, JPEG, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD и GIF. С помощью ImageMagick вы можете создавать анимированные изображения, что делает его пригодным для веб-приложений. Также поддерживаются операции: изменение размера, поворот, изменение резкости, работа с цветом, масштабирование или добавление специальных эффектов к изображению, сохранение работы в различных графических форматах. Операции по обработке изображения дост упны из командной строки, а также через основанные на C, C++ и PERL интерфейсы программирования." +"ImageMagick is a robust collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and " +"manipulate an image in many image formats, including popular formats like " +"TIFF, JPEG, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD, and GIF. With ImageMagick, you can create " +"images dynamically, making it suitable for Web applications. You can also " +"resize, rotate, sharpen, color-reduce, or add special effects to an image and " +"save your completed work in many different image formats. Image processing " +"operations are available from the command line as well as through C, C++, and " +"PERL-based programming interfaces." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет добавляет поддержку форматов djvu, wmf и jpeg2000 и устанавливает " +"необязательные вспомогательные приложения.\n" +"\n" +"ImageMagick — это набор программ и библиотек для чтения, записи и " +"редактирования изображения в большинстве графических форматов, включая " +"популярные форматы TIFF, JPEG, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD и GIF. С помощью ImageMagick " +"вы можете создавать анимированные изображения, что делает его пригодным для " +"веб-приложений. Также поддерживаются операции: изменение размера, поворот, " +"изменение резкости, работа с цветом, масштабирование или добавление " +"специальных эффектов к изображению, сохранение работы в различных графических " +"форматах. Операции по обработке изображения доступны из командной строки, а " +"также через основанные на C, C++ и PERL интерфейсы программирования." #. tumbleweed/xiterm/fbiterm/summary #. leap/xiterm/fbiterm/summary msgid "Internationalized Terminal Emulator for Framebuffers" -msgstr "Интернациональный эмулятор терминала для Framebuffers" +msgstr "Интернациональный эмулятор терминала для фреймбуфера" #. tumbleweed/xiterm/fbiterm/description #. leap/xiterm/fbiterm/description msgid "An internationalized terminal emulator for framebuffers." -msgstr "Это интернациональный эмулятор терминала для Framebuffers(видеобуфера)." +msgstr "Это интернациональный эмулятор терминала для фреймбуфера." #. tumbleweed/fcitx/summary #. leap/fcitx/summary @@ -107,7 +152,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/fcitx/description #. leap/fcitx/description -msgid "Fcitx is a CJK input method framework. It supports Table, Pinyin and QuWei input methods. It's flexible and fast." +msgid "" +"Fcitx is a CJK input method framework. It supports Table, Pinyin and QuWei " +"input methods. It's flexible and fast." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx-chewing/summary @@ -183,7 +230,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/fcitx-hangul/description #. leap/fcitx-hangul/description -msgid "Fcitx-hangul is a Korean Wrapper for Fcitx IM Framework. It's generally an IBus hangul implementation on Fcitx." +msgid "" +"Fcitx-hangul is a Korean Wrapper for Fcitx IM Framework. It's generally an " +"IBus hangul implementation on Fcitx." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx-libpinyin/summary @@ -246,13 +295,16 @@ msgid "" "SunPinyin ===\n" "\n" -"SunPinyin is an SLM (Statistical Language Model) based input method engine. To model the Chinese language, it use a backoff bigram and trigram language model.\n" +"SunPinyin is an SLM (Statistical Language Model) based input method engine. " +"To model the Chinese language, it use a backoff bigram and trigram language " +"model.\n" "\n" "Currently, SunPinyin 2.0 is available on IBus.\n" "\n" "fcitx-sunpinyin ===\n" "\n" -"fcitx-sunpinyin is a wrapper around SunPinyin which enables user to use SunPinyin with fcitx." +"fcitx-sunpinyin is a wrapper around SunPinyin which enables user to use " +"SunPinyin with fcitx." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx/fcitx-table/summary @@ -276,7 +328,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/fcitx-zhuyin/description #. leap/fcitx-zhuyin/description msgid "" -"The libzhuyin project aims to provide the algorithms core for intelligent sentence-based Chinese zhuyin input methods.\n" +"The libzhuyin project aims to provide the algorithms core for intelligent " +"sentence-based Chinese zhuyin input methods.\n" "\n" "This is a libzhuyin wrapper for fcitx." msgstr "" @@ -288,7 +341,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/festival/description #. leap/festival/description -msgid "Festival is a multilingual speech synthesis system developed at CSTR. It offers a full text-to-speech system with various APIs as well as an environment for development and research of speech synthesis techniques. It is written in C++ and has a Scheme-based command interpreter for general control." +msgid "" +"Festival is a multilingual speech synthesis system developed at CSTR. It " +"offers a full text-to-speech system with various APIs as well as an " +"environment for development and research of speech synthesis techniques. It " +"is written in C++ and has a Scheme-based command interpreter for general " +"control." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fetchmail/summary @@ -299,21 +357,34 @@ #. tumbleweed/fetchmail/description #. leap/fetchmail/description msgid "" -"Fetchmail is a robust and well-documented remote mail retrieval and forwarding utility intended to be used over on-demand TCP/IP links (such as SLIP or PPP connections).\n" +"Fetchmail is a robust and well-documented remote mail retrieval and " +"forwarding utility intended to be used over on-demand TCP/IP links (such as " +"SLIP or PPP connections).\n" "\n" -"Fetchmail retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to your local machine's delivery system, so it can be read by normal mail user agents, such as mutt, elm, pine, (x)emacs/gnus, or mailx.\n" +"Fetchmail retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to your " +"local machine's delivery system, so it can be read by normal mail user " +"agents, such as mutt, elm, pine, (x)emacs/gnus, or mailx.\n" "\n" -"fetchmailconf, an interactive GUI configurator suitable for end-users, is included in the fetchmailconf package." +"fetchmailconf, an interactive GUI configurator suitable for end-users, is " +"included in the fetchmailconf package." msgstr "" -"Fetchmail — свободная, полнофункциональная, мощная и хорошо документированная утилита для доставки и перенаправления почты, предназначенная для использования на коммутируемых TCP/IP-соединениях (таких как SLIP или PPP).\n" +"Fetchmail — свободная, полнофункциональная, мощная и хорошо документированная " +"утилита для доставки и перенаправления почты, предназначенная для " +"использования на коммутируемых TCP/IP-соединениях (таких как SLIP или PPP).\n" "\n" -"Она доставляет почту с удалённых почтовых серверов и передает её локальной (клиентской) системе доставки, после чего почту можно читать нормальными программами чтения почты (MUA), такими как mutt, elm, pine, (x)emacs/gnus или mailx.\n" +"Она доставляет почту с удалённых почтовых серверов и передает её локальной " +"(клиентской) системе доставки, после чего почту можно читать нормальными " +"программами чтения почты (MUA), такими как mutt, elm, pine, (x)emacs/gnus или " +"mailx.\n" "\n" -"Пакет fetchmailconf включает в себя интерактивную графическую программу настройки, подходящую для конечных пользователей." +"Пакет fetchmailconf включает в себя интерактивную графическую программу " +"настройки, подходящую для конечных пользователей." #. tumbleweed/file/file-devel/description #. leap/file/file-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop applications that require the magic \"file\" interface." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop applications that require the magic \"file\" interface." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/finger/summary @@ -323,8 +394,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/finger/description #. leap/finger/description -msgid "Finger is a utility that allows users to see information about system users (login name, home directory, name, and more) on local and remote systems." -msgstr "Finger это утилита, позволяющая просматривать информацию о пользователе системы (login, домашний каталог, имя и другую информацию) на локальных и удаленных системах." +msgid "" +"Finger is a utility that allows users to see information about system users " +"(login name, home directory, name, and more) on local and remote systems." +msgstr "" +"Finger это утилита, позволяющая просматривать информацию о пользователе " +"системы (login, домашний каталог, имя и другую информацию) на локальных и " +"удаленных системах." #. tumbleweed/fipscheck/summary #. leap/fipscheck/summary @@ -333,7 +409,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/fipscheck/description #. leap/fipscheck/description -msgid "FIPSCheck is a library for integrity verification of FIPS validated modules. The package also provides helper binaries for creation and verification of the HMAC-SHA256 checksum files." +msgid "" +"FIPSCheck is a library for integrity verification of FIPS validated modules. " +"The package also provides helper binaries for creation and verification of " +"the HMAC-SHA256 checksum files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/five-or-more/summary @@ -343,7 +422,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/five-or-more/description #. leap/five-or-more/description -msgid "Five or More is a game where one must align colored pieces as the board gets filled with randomly placed pieces. When five or more pieces of the same color get lined up, they disappear. The game ends when the board gets filled up all the way." +msgid "" +"Five or More is a game where one must align colored pieces as the board gets " +"filled with randomly placed pieces. When five or more pieces of the same " +"color get lined up, they disappear. The game ends when the board gets filled " +"up all the way." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fixesproto/fixesproto-devel/summary @@ -353,7 +436,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/fixesproto/fixesproto-devel/description #. leap/fixesproto/fixesproto-devel/description -msgid "The Fixes protocol headers for X11 development. The extension makes changes to many areas of the protocol to resolve issues raised by application interaction with core protocol mechanisms that cannot be adequately worked around on the client side of the wire." +msgid "" +"The Fixes protocol headers for X11 development. The extension makes changes " +"to many areas of the protocol to resolve issues raised by application " +"interaction with core protocol mechanisms that cannot be adequately worked " +"around on the client side of the wire." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/flac/summary @@ -364,7 +451,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/flac/description #. leap/flac/description msgid "FLAC is an open source lossless audio codec developed by Josh Coalson." -msgstr "FLAC является открытым аудио кодеком со сжатием без потери качества. Разработал Джош Колсон." +msgstr "" +"FLAC является открытым аудио кодеком со сжатием без потери качества. " +"Разработал Джош Колсон." #. tumbleweed/flac/flac-devel/summary #. leap/flac/flac-devel/summary @@ -373,7 +462,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/flac/flac-devel/description #. leap/flac/flac-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the files needed to compile programs that use the FLAC library." +msgid "" +"This package contains the files needed to compile programs that use the FLAC " +"library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/flex/summary @@ -383,8 +474,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/flex/description #. leap/flex/description -msgid "FLEX is a tool for generating scanners: programs that recognize lexical patterns in text." -msgstr "FLEX — это инструмент для лексического анализа, который может использоваться для выделения из исходного текста определенных строк по заранее заданным шаблонам." +msgid "" +"FLEX is a tool for generating scanners: programs that recognize lexical " +"patterns in text." +msgstr "" +"FLEX — это инструмент для лексического анализа, который может использоваться " +"для выделения из исходного текста определенных строк по заранее заданным " +"шаблонам." #. tumbleweed/font-util/summary #. leap/font-util/summary @@ -393,7 +489,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/font-util/description #. leap/font-util/description -msgid "This package provides utilities for X.Org font package creation/installation." +msgid "" +"This package provides utilities for X.Org font package creation/installation." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fontcacheproto/fontcacheproto-devel/summary @@ -409,17 +506,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/fontconfig/fontconfig-devel/description #. leap/fontconfig/fontconfig-devel/description msgid "" -"This package countains all include files, libraries, configuration files needed for compiling applications which use the fontconfig library.\n" +"This package countains all include files, libraries, configuration files " +"needed for compiling applications which use the fontconfig library.\n" "\n" -"In addition, it contains extensive documentation and manual pages for developers using the library.\n" +"In addition, it contains extensive documentation and manual pages for " +"developers using the library.\n" "\n" -"Fontconfig is a library for configuring and customizing font access. It contains two essential modules, the configuration module which builds an internal configuration from XML files and the matching module which accepts font patterns and returns the nearest matching font." +"Fontconfig is a library for configuring and customizing font access. It " +"contains two essential modules, the configuration module which builds an " +"internal configuration from XML files and the matching module which accepts " +"font patterns and returns the nearest matching font." msgstr "" -"Этот пакет содержит все заголовочные файлы, библиотеки, конфигурационные файлы, необходимые для компиляции приложений, использующих библиотеку fontconfig.\n" +"Этот пакет содержит все заголовочные файлы, библиотеки, конфигурационные " +"файлы, необходимые для компиляции приложений, использующих библиотеку " +"fontconfig.\n" "\n" -"Кроме того, пакет содержит обширную документацию и справочные страницы для разработчиков, использующих библиотеку.\n" +"Кроме того, пакет содержит обширную документацию и справочные страницы для " +"разработчиков, использующих библиотеку.\n" "\n" -"Fontconfig — это библиотека для настройки доступа к шрифтам. Она содержит два основных модуля: конфигурационный модуль, который создает внутреннюю конфигурацию из XML файлов и модуль соответствия, который получает шаблон шрифта и возвращает наиболее соответствующий шрифт." +"Fontconfig — это библиотека для настройки доступа к шрифтам. Она содержит два " +"основных модуля: конфигурационный модуль, который создает внутреннюю " +"конфигурацию из XML файлов и модуль соответствия, который получает шаблон " +"шрифта и возвращает наиболее соответствующий шрифт." #. tumbleweed/fontsproto/fontsproto-devel/summary #. leap/fontsproto/fontsproto-devel/summary @@ -438,8 +546,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/fonttosfnt/description #. leap/fonttosfnt/description -msgid "Wrap a bitmap font or a set of bitmap fonts in a sfnt (TrueType or OpenType) wrapper." -msgstr "Заворачивает bitmap шрифт или набор bitmap шрифтов в обертку sfnt (TrueType или OpenType)." +msgid "" +"Wrap a bitmap font or a set of bitmap fonts in a sfnt (TrueType or OpenType) " +"wrapper." +msgstr "" +"Заворачивает bitmap шрифт или набор bitmap шрифтов в обертку sfnt (TrueType " +"или OpenType)." #. tumbleweed/four-in-a-row/summary #. leap/four-in-a-row/summary @@ -448,32 +560,48 @@ #. tumbleweed/four-in-a-row/description #. leap/four-in-a-row/description -msgid "The object of Four-in-a-Row is to place four pieces in a vertical, horizontal, or diagonal row while the opponent tries to block and make his/her own row of four. Four-in-a-Row can be played against another human or the computer." +msgid "" +"The object of Four-in-a-Row is to place four pieces in a vertical, " +"horizontal, or diagonal row while the opponent tries to block and make " +"his/her own row of four. Four-in-a-Row can be played against another human or " +"the computer." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/frameworkintegration/frameworkintegration-devel/description #. leap/frameworkintegration/frameworkintegration-devel/description msgid "" -"Framework Integration is a set of plugins responsible for better integration of Qt applications when running on a KDE Plasma workspace.\n" +"Framework Integration is a set of plugins responsible for better integration " +"of Qt applications when running on a KDE Plasma workspace.\n" "\n" "Applications do not need to link to this directly. Development files" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/freeglut/freeglut-devel/summary #. leap/freeglut/freeglut-devel/summary -msgid "Development libraries, includes and man pages for freeglut (GLUT Library)" -msgstr "Библиотеки, заголовочные файлы и страницы руководств разработчика для FreeGLUT (GLUT библиотека)" +msgid "" +"Development libraries, includes and man pages for freeglut (GLUT Library)" +msgstr "" +"Библиотеки, заголовочные файлы и страницы руководств разработчика для " +"FreeGLUT (GLUT библиотека)" #. tumbleweed/freeglut/freeglut-devel/description #. leap/freeglut/freeglut-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to compile and link applications for the freeglut library.\n" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"compile and link applications for the freeglut library.\n" "\n" -"In addition, it also includes manual pages which describe all functions provided by the freeglut library.\n" +"In addition, it also includes manual pages which describe all functions " +"provided by the freeglut library.\n" "\n" -"Freeglut is a completely open source alternative to the OpenGL Utility Toolkit (GLUT) library. GLUT was originally written by Mark Kilgard to support the sample programs in the second edition OpenGL Redbook. Since then, GLUT has been used in a wide variety of practical applications because it is simple, universally available, and highly portable.\n" +"Freeglut is a completely open source alternative to the OpenGL Utility " +"Toolkit (GLUT) library. GLUT was originally written by Mark Kilgard to " +"support the sample programs in the second edition OpenGL Redbook. Since then, " +"GLUT has been used in a wide variety of practical applications because it is " +"simple, universally available, and highly portable.\n" "\n" -"GLUT (and freeglut) allow the user to create and manage windows containing OpenGL contexts and also read the mouse, keyboard, and joystick functions on a wide range of platforms." +"GLUT (and freeglut) allow the user to create and manage windows containing " +"OpenGL contexts and also read the mouse, keyboard, and joystick functions on " +"a wide range of platforms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/freeipmi/summary @@ -483,7 +611,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/freeipmi/description #. leap/freeipmi/description -msgid "This project provides \"Remote-Console\" (out-of-band) and \"System Management Software\" (in-band) based on Intelligent Platform Management Interface specification." +msgid "" +"This project provides \"Remote-Console\" (out-of-band) and \"System " +"Management Software\" (in-band) based on Intelligent Platform Management " +"Interface specification." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/freetype2/freetype2-devel/summary @@ -494,11 +625,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/freetype2/freetype2-devel/description #. leap/freetype2/freetype2-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains all necessary include files, libraries and documentation needed to develop applications that require the freetype2 TrueType font library.\n" +"This package contains all necessary include files, libraries and " +"documentation needed to develop applications that require the freetype2 " +"TrueType font library.\n" "\n" "It also contains a small tutorial for using that library." msgstr "" -"Этот пакет содержит заголовочные файлы, библиотеки и документацию, необходимую для разработки приложений, использующих библиотеку freetype2 шрифтов TrueType.\n" +"Этот пакет содержит заголовочные файлы, библиотеки и документацию, " +"необходимую для разработки приложений, использующих библиотеку freetype2 " +"шрифтов TrueType.\n" "\n" "Он также содержит небольшой учебник по использованию этой библиотеки." @@ -509,17 +644,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/frei0r-plugins/description #. leap/frei0r-plugins/description -msgid "This package provides a collection of video sources and filters plugins, using the Frei0r API." +msgid "" +"This package provides a collection of video sources and filters plugins, " +"using the Frei0r API." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fribidi/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Free Implementation of BiDi Algorithm" msgid "Free Implementation of Unicode BiDi Algorithm" -msgstr "Свободная реализация алгоритма BiDi реверсивного письма" +msgstr "Свободная реализация алгоритма реверсивного письма Unicode BiDi" #. tumbleweed/fribidi/description -msgid "This library implements the algorithm as described in \"Unicode Standard Annex #9, the Bidirectional Algorithm\"." +msgid "" +"This library implements the algorithm as described in \"Unicode Standard " +"Annex #9, the Bidirectional Algorithm\"." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fribidi/fribidi-devel/summary @@ -539,7 +677,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/frogr/description #. leap/frogr/description -msgid "Frogr is a small application for the GNOME desktop that allows users to manage their accounts in the Flickr image hosting website. It supports all the basic Flickr features, including uploading pictures, adding descriptions, setting tags and managing sets and groups pools." +msgid "" +"Frogr is a small application for the GNOME desktop that allows users to " +"manage their accounts in the Flickr image hosting website. It supports all " +"the basic Flickr features, including uploading pictures, adding descriptions, " +"setting tags and managing sets and groups pools." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/frozen-bubble/summary @@ -552,11 +694,20 @@ msgid "" "Shoot up bubbles. Similar to the console game Puzzle-Bobble.\n" "\n" -"Colorful 3D rendered penguin animations, 100 levels of 1p game, hours and hours of 2p game, nights and nights of 2p/3p/4p/5p game over LAN or Internet, a level-editor, 3 professional quality digital soundtracks, 15 stereo sound effects, 8 unique graphical transition effects, 8 unique logo eye-candies." +"Colorful 3D rendered penguin animations, 100 levels of 1p game, hours and " +"hours of 2p game, nights and nights of 2p/3p/4p/5p game over LAN or Internet, " +"a level-editor, 3 professional quality digital soundtracks, 15 stereo sound " +"effects, 8 unique graphical transition effects, 8 unique logo eye-candies." msgstr "" -"Frozen-Bubble — это клон популярной игры \"Puzzle Bobble\", в которой вы стреляете шариками, собирая их в группы одного цвета, чтобы заставить их лопнуть.\n" +"Frozen-Bubble — это клон популярной игры \"Puzzle Bobble\", в которой вы " +"стреляете шариками, собирая их в группы одного цвета, чтобы заставить их " +"лопнуть.\n" "\n" -"Красочная 3D анимация, 100 уровней для однопользовательской 1P игры, часы и часы для игры на двоих, ночи и ночи для игры 2p/3p/4p/5p по локальной сети или Интернет, редактор уровней, 3 качественных цифровых саундтрека, 15 звуковых эффектов, 8 уникальных графических эффектов перехода, 8 уникальных стилей оформления." +"Красочная 3D анимация, 100 уровней для однопользовательской 1P игры, часы и " +"часы для игры на двоих, ночи и ночи для игры 2p/3p/4p/5p по локальной сети " +"или Интернет, редактор уровней, 3 качественных цифровых саундтрека, 15 " +"звуковых эффектов, 8 уникальных графических эффектов перехода, 8 уникальных " +"стилей оформления." #. tumbleweed/frozen-bubble/frozen-bubble-server/summary #. leap/frozen-bubble/frozen-bubble-server/summary @@ -568,11 +719,18 @@ msgid "" "Server for frozen-bubble.\n" "\n" -"Colorful 3D rendered penguin animations, 100 levels of 1p game, hours and hours of 2p game, nights and nights of 2p/3p/4p/5p game over LAN or Internet, a level-editor, 3 professional quality digital soundtracks, 15 stereo sound effects, 8 unique graphical transition effects, 8 unique logo eye-candies." +"Colorful 3D rendered penguin animations, 100 levels of 1p game, hours and " +"hours of 2p game, nights and nights of 2p/3p/4p/5p game over LAN or Internet, " +"a level-editor, 3 professional quality digital soundtracks, 15 stereo sound " +"effects, 8 unique graphical transition effects, 8 unique logo eye-candies." msgstr "" "Сервер для Frozen-Bubble. \n" "\n" -"Красочная 3D анимация, 100 уровней для однопользовательской 1P игры, часы и часы для игры на двоих, ночи и ночи для игры 2p/3p/4p/5p по локальной сети или Интернет, редактор уровней, 3 качественных цифровых саундтрека, 15 звуковых эффектов, 8 уникальных графических эффектов перехода, 8 уникальных стилей оформления." +"Красочная 3D анимация, 100 уровней для однопользовательской 1P игры, часы и " +"часы для игры на двоих, ночи и ночи для игры 2p/3p/4p/5p по локальной сети " +"или Интернет, редактор уровней, 3 качественных цифровых саундтрека, 15 " +"звуковых эффектов, 8 уникальных графических эффектов перехода, 8 уникальных " +"стилей оформления." #. tumbleweed/fslsfonts/summary #. leap/fslsfonts/summary @@ -591,8 +749,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/fstobdf/description #. leap/fstobdf/description -msgid "The fstobdf program reads a font from a font server and prints a BDF file on the standard output that may be used to recreate the font. This is useful in testing servers, debugging font metrics, and reproducing lost BDF files." -msgstr "Программа fstobdf читает шрифт с сервера шрифтов и выводит в стандартный вывод BDF-файл, который может быть использован для воссоздания шрифта. Это полезно при тестировании серверов, отладки шрифтовых метрик и восстановления потерянных BDF-файлов." +msgid "" +"The fstobdf program reads a font from a font server and prints a BDF file on " +"the standard output that may be used to recreate the font. This is useful in " +"testing servers, debugging font metrics, and reproducing lost BDF files." +msgstr "" +"Программа fstobdf читает шрифт с сервера шрифтов и выводит в стандартный " +"вывод BDF-файл, который может быть использован для воссоздания шрифта. Это " +"полезно при тестировании серверов, отладки шрифтовых метрик и восстановления " +"потерянных BDF-файлов." #. tumbleweed/ft2demos/summary #. leap/ft2demos/summary @@ -614,11 +779,14 @@ msgid "" "FVWM is a virtual desktop window manager for the X Window System.\n" "\n" -"FVWM is intended to have a small memory footprint but a rich feature set, to be extremely customizable and extendible, and to be very compatible with the Motif MWM." +"FVWM is intended to have a small memory footprint but a rich feature set, to " +"be extremely customizable and extendible, and to be very compatible with the " +"Motif MWM." msgstr "" "FVWM — это виртуальный менеджер окон рабочего стола для X Window System.\n" "\n" -"FVWM использует небольшой объем памяти, но обладает богатым набором функций, чрезвычайно настраиваемый и расширяемый менеджер, совместим с Motif MWM." +"FVWM использует небольшой объем памяти, но обладает богатым набором функций, " +"чрезвычайно настраиваемый и расширяемый менеджер, совместим с Motif MWM." #. tumbleweed/mgetty/g3utils/summary #. leap/mgetty/g3utils/summary @@ -628,11 +796,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/mgetty/g3utils/description #. leap/mgetty/g3utils/description msgid "" -"These utilities convert graphics files from the G3 format into the general- purpose PBM format and back, so you can print or manipulate them. G3 is used by fax modems and machines.\n" +"These utilities convert graphics files from the G3 format into the general- " +"purpose PBM format and back, so you can print or manipulate them. G3 is used " +"by fax modems and machines.\n" "\n" "The g3utils are included in the mgetty source package." msgstr "" -"Эти утилиты позволяют конвертировать графические файлы из формата G3 в формат общего назначения PBM и обратно, так что вы можете печатать или обрабатывать изображения. Формат G3 используется факс-модемами.\n" +"Эти утилиты позволяют конвертировать графические файлы из формата G3 в формат " +"общего назначения PBM и обратно, так что вы можете печатать или обрабатывать " +"изображения. Формат G3 используется факс-модемами.\n" "\n" "g3utils также включен в пакет с исходниками Mgetty." @@ -643,8 +815,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/galculator/description #. leap/galculator/description -msgid "Galculator is a GTK 2 based calculator with ordinary notation/reverse polish notation, a formula entry mode, different number bases (DEC, HEX, OCT, BIN) and different units of angular measure (DEG, RAD, GRAD)." -msgstr "galculator — это мощный калькулятор. Он поддерживает различные системы счисления (DEC/HEX/OCT/BIN) и единицы измерения углов (DEG/RAD/GRAD), на данный момент также содержит широкий диапазон математических (базовые арифметические операции, тригонометрические функции и т.д.) и других полезных функций (память и т.д.). galculator может быть использован как в алгебраическом режиме, так и в режиме обратной польской записи." +msgid "" +"Galculator is a GTK 2 based calculator with ordinary notation/reverse polish " +"notation, a formula entry mode, different number bases (DEC, HEX, OCT, BIN) " +"and different units of angular measure (DEG, RAD, GRAD)." +msgstr "" +"galculator — это мощный калькулятор. Он поддерживает различные системы " +"счисления (DEC/HEX/OCT/BIN) и единицы измерения углов (DEG/RAD/GRAD), на " +"данный момент также содержит широкий диапазон математических (базовые " +"арифметические операции, тригонометрические функции и т.д.) и других полезных " +"функций (память и т.д.). galculator может быть использован как в " +"алгебраическом режиме, так и в режиме обратной польской записи." #. tumbleweed/gcal/summary #. leap/gcal/summary @@ -653,8 +834,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcal/description #. leap/gcal/description -msgid "Gcal is a program for printing calendars. Gcal displays a calendar for a month or a year, eternal holiday lists, and fixed date lists. The program correctly omits the dates that were skipped when the current Gregorian calendar replaced the earlier Julian calendar." -msgstr "Gcal — это программа для печати календарей. Gcal отображается календарь на месяц или на год, со списком вечных праздников и списком фиксированных дат. Программа корректно показывает даты при переходе на текущий григорианский календарь вместо ранее использующегося юлианского календаря." +msgid "" +"Gcal is a program for printing calendars. Gcal displays a calendar for a " +"month or a year, eternal holiday lists, and fixed date lists. The program " +"correctly omits the dates that were skipped when the current Gregorian " +"calendar replaced the earlier Julian calendar." +msgstr "" +"Gcal — это программа для печати календарей. Gcal отображается календарь на " +"месяц или на год, со списком вечных праздников и списком фиксированных дат. " +"Программа корректно показывает даты при переходе на текущий григорианский " +"календарь вместо ранее использующегося юлианского календаря." #. tumbleweed/gcc/summary #. leap/gcc/summary @@ -734,13 +923,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcc5/description #. leap/gcc5/description msgid "" -"Core package for the GNU Compiler Collection, including the C language frontend.\n" +"Core package for the GNU Compiler Collection, including the C language " +"frontend.\n" "\n" -"Language frontends other than C are split to different sub-packages, namely gcc-ada, gcc-c++, gcc-fortran, gcc-java, gcc-objc and gcc-obj-c++." +"Language frontends other than C are split to different sub-packages, namely " +"gcc-ada, gcc-c++, gcc-fortran, gcc-java, gcc-objc and gcc-obj-c++." msgstr "" "Основной пакет для коллекции компилятора GNU, включая фронтенд языка С.\n" "\n" -"Фронтенды для других языков, кроме C находятся в пакетах gcc-ada, gcc-c++, gcc-fortran, gcc-java, gcc-objc и gcc-obj-c++." +"Фронтенды для других языков, кроме C находятся в пакетах gcc-ada, gcc-c++, " +"gcc-fortran, gcc-java, gcc-objc и gcc-obj-c++." #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-c++/summary #. leap/gcc5/gcc5-c++/summary @@ -767,8 +959,11 @@ msgstr "Java-интерпретатор байт-кода для GCC" #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/gcc5-gij/description -msgid "This package contains the java bytecode interpreter gij and related tools." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит интерпретатор байт-кода Java gij и связанные с ними инструменты." +msgid "" +"This package contains the java bytecode interpreter gij and related tools." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит интерпретатор байт-кода Java gij и связанные с ними " +"инструменты." #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/gcc5-java/summary msgid "The GNU Java Compiler" @@ -780,23 +975,32 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-locale/summary #. leap/gcc5/gcc5-locale/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Documentation for the GNU compiler collection" msgid "Locale Data for the GNU Compiler Collection" -msgstr "Документация для коллекции компиляторов GNU" +msgstr "Данные о локалях для коллекции компиляторов GNU" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-locale/description #. leap/gcc5/gcc5-locale/description -msgid "Locale data for the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) to give error message in the current locale." +msgid "" +"Locale data for the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) to give error message in " +"the current locale." msgstr "" +"Данные о локалях для коллекции компиляторов GNU для выдачи сообщений об " +"ошибках в текущей локали." #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-objc/summary msgid "GNU Objective C Compiler" msgstr "Компилятор GNU Objective C" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-objc/description -msgid "This package contains the GNU Objective C compiler. Objective C is an object oriented language, created by Next Inc. and used in their Nextstep OS. The source code is available in the gcc package." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит GNU компилятор Objective C. Objective С это объектно-ориентированный язык, созданный Next Inc. и использовался в их ОС Nextstep. Исходный код доступен в пакете gcc." +msgid "" +"This package contains the GNU Objective C compiler. Objective C is an object " +"oriented language, created by Next Inc. and used in their Nextstep OS. The " +"source code is available in the gcc package." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит GNU компилятор Objective C. Objective С это " +"объектно-ориентированный язык, созданный Next Inc. и использовался в их ОС " +"Nextstep. Исходный код доступен в пакете gcc." #. tumbleweed/gcin/summary #. leap/gcin/summary @@ -805,7 +1009,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcin/description #. leap/gcin/description -msgid "gcin is a Chinese input method server for traditional Chinese. It features a better GTK user interface." +msgid "" +"gcin is a Chinese input method server for traditional Chinese. It features a " +"better GTK user interface." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcin/gcin-gtk2-immodule/summary @@ -840,28 +1046,27 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcin/gcin-qt5-immodule/summary #. leap/gcin/gcin-qt5-immodule/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Gcin qt4 immodule" msgid "Gcin qt5 immodule" -msgstr "Модуль im qt4 для Gcin" +msgstr "Модуль im qt5 для Gcin" #. tumbleweed/gcin/gcin-qt5-immodule/description #. leap/gcin/gcin-qt5-immodule/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "gcin qt4 immodule, support Qt4-based applications" msgid "gcin qt5 immodule, support Qt5-based applications" -msgstr "Модуль im qt4 для gcin, поддерживает приложения Qt" +msgstr "Модуль im qt5 для gcin, поддерживает приложения Qt5" #. tumbleweed/gcolor2/summary #. leap/gcolor2/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Simple Movie Player" msgid "Simple color selector" -msgstr "Простой проигрыватель фильмов" +msgstr "Простой выбор цвета" #. tumbleweed/gcolor2/description #. leap/gcolor2/description -msgid "Gcolor2 is a GTK2 color selector to provide a quick and easy way to find colors for whatever task is at hand. Colors can be saved and deleted as well." +msgid "" +"Gcolor2 is a GTK2 color selector to provide a quick and easy way to find " +"colors for whatever task is at hand. Colors can be saved and deleted as well." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gconf-editor/summary @@ -871,8 +1076,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/gconf-editor/description #. leap/gconf-editor/description -msgid "Gconf-editor allows you to view and edit the values that are stored in the gconf database. This database is used for application settings in the GNOME Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Gconf-editor позволяет вам просматривать и редактировать значения параметров сохраненных в базе данных gconf. Эта база данных используется приложениями рабочего стола GNOME для хранения своих настроек." +msgid "" +"Gconf-editor allows you to view and edit the values that are stored in the " +"gconf database. This database is used for application settings in the GNOME " +"Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" +"Gconf-editor позволяет вам просматривать и редактировать значения параметров " +"сохраненных в базе данных gconf. Эта база данных используется приложениями " +"рабочего стола GNOME для хранения своих настроек." #. tumbleweed/gnome-sharp2/gconf-sharp2/summary #. leap/gnome-sharp2/gconf-sharp2/summary @@ -897,33 +1108,40 @@ #. tumbleweed/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-devel/description #. leap/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-devel/description msgid "" -"gdk-pixbuf is an image loading library that can be extended by loadable modules for new image formats. It is used by toolkits such as GTK+ or Clutter.\n" +"gdk-pixbuf is an image loading library that can be extended by loadable " +"modules for new image formats. It is used by toolkits such as GTK+ or " +"Clutter.\n" "\n" "This package contains development files for gdk-pixbuf." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/geany/summary #. leap/geany/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Lightweight IDE" msgid "Small and lightweight IDE" -msgstr "Легковесная IDE" +msgstr "Маленькая легковесная IDE" #. tumbleweed/geany/description #. leap/geany/description -msgid "Geany is a small and lightweight integrated development environment. It was developed to provide a small and fast IDE, which has only a few dependencies from other packages. Another goal was to be as independent as possible from a special Desktop Environment like KDE or GNOME. So it is using only the GTK2 toolkit and therefore you need only the GTK2 runtime libraries to run Geany." +msgid "" +"Geany is a small and lightweight integrated development environment. It was " +"developed to provide a small and fast IDE, which has only a few dependencies " +"from other packages. Another goal was to be as independent as possible from a " +"special Desktop Environment like KDE or GNOME. So it is using only the GTK2 " +"toolkit and therefore you need only the GTK2 runtime libraries to run Geany." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/geany-plugins/summary #. leap/geany-plugins/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A collection of plugins for gedit" msgid "A collection of different plugins for Geany" -msgstr "Набор плагинов для gedit" +msgstr "Набор различных плагинов для Geany" #. tumbleweed/geany-plugins/description #. leap/geany-plugins/description -msgid "Geany-Plugins is a collection of different plugins for Geany, a lightweight IDE." +msgid "" +"Geany-Plugins is a collection of different plugins for Geany, a lightweight " +"IDE." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugin-zeitgeist/summary @@ -933,8 +1151,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugin-zeitgeist/description #. leap/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugin-zeitgeist/description -msgid "The zeitgeist plugin for gedit provides a zeitgeist dataprovider that logs access and leave event for documents used with gedit." -msgstr "Zeitgeist плагин для gedit предоставляющий провайдера данных zeitgeist который журналирует события доступа и закрытия документов в gedit." +msgid "" +"The zeitgeist plugin for gedit provides a zeitgeist dataprovider that logs " +"access and leave event for documents used with gedit." +msgstr "" +"Zeitgeist плагин для gedit предоставляющий провайдера данных zeitgeist " +"который журналирует события доступа и закрытия документов в gedit." #. tumbleweed/gedit-plugins/summary #. leap/gedit-plugins/summary @@ -946,7 +1168,16 @@ msgid "" "Here follows a list of plugins currently available in gedit-plugins:\n" "\n" -" * Bracket Completion Add automatically a closing bracket when you insert one * Charmap Select characters from a charactermap * Code Comment Comment or uncomment blocks of code * Color picker Select and insert a color from a dialog (for html, css, php) * Join lines/ Split lines Join or split multiple lines through Ctrl+J and Ctrl+Shift+J * Session Saver Allow to bookmark working sessions in order to get them back for further use * Smart Spaces Allow to unindent like if you were using tabs while you're using spaces * Show tabbar A very basic plugin which shows or hides the gedit tabbar * Terminal A simple terminal widget accessible from the bottom panel" +" * Bracket Completion Add automatically a closing bracket when you insert " +"one * Charmap Select characters from a charactermap * Code Comment Comment " +"or uncomment blocks of code * Color picker Select and insert a color from a " +"dialog (for html, css, php) * Join lines/ Split lines Join or split " +"multiple lines through Ctrl+J and Ctrl+Shift+J * Session Saver Allow to " +"bookmark working sessions in order to get them back for further use * " +"Smart Spaces Allow to unindent like if you were using tabs while you're " +"using spaces * Show tabbar A very basic plugin which shows or hides the " +"gedit tabbar * Terminal A simple terminal widget accessible from the bottom " +"panel" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugins-data/summary @@ -956,10 +1187,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugins-data/description #. leap/gedit-plugins/gedit-plugins-data/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Common files needed to use GGZ" msgid "Common files required by all plugins" -msgstr "Общие файлы, необходимые для использования GGZ" +msgstr "Общие файлы, необходимые для всех плагинов" #. tumbleweed/getdata/summary #. leap/getdata/summary @@ -968,7 +1198,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/getdata/description #. leap/getdata/description -msgid "The GetData Project is the reference implementation of the Dirfile Standards, a filesystem-based database format for time-ordered binary data. The Dirfile database format is designed to provide a fast, simple format for storing and reading data." +msgid "" +"The GetData Project is the reference implementation of the Dirfile Standards, " +"a filesystem-based database format for time-ordered binary data. The Dirfile " +"database format is designed to provide a fast, simple format for storing and " +"reading data." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/getdata/getdata-devel/summary @@ -978,8 +1212,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/getdata/getdata-devel/description #. leap/getdata/getdata-devel/description -msgid "Headers required when building a program against the GetData library. Includes C++ and FORTRAN (77 & 95) bindings." -msgstr "Заголовки, необходимые для создания программ с библиотекой GetData. Включает привязки C++ и FORTRAN (77и 95)." +msgid "" +"Headers required when building a program against the GetData library. " +"Includes C++ and FORTRAN (77 & 95) bindings." +msgstr "" +"Заголовки, необходимые для создания программ с библиотекой GetData. Включает " +"привязки C++ и FORTRAN (77и 95)." #. tumbleweed/getdata/getdata-doc/summary #. leap/getdata/getdata-doc/summary @@ -993,8 +1231,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/gettext-runtime/gettext-tools/description #. leap/gettext-runtime/gettext-tools/description -msgid "This package contains the `intl' library as well as tools that ease the creation and maintenance of message catalogs. With it you can extract strings from source code. The supplied Emacs mode (po-mode.el) will aid in editing these catalogs (called PO files, for portable object) and add translations. A special compiler will turn these PO files into binary catalogs." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку «локализации» и инструменты, упрощающие создание и ведение каталога сообщений для перевода. С его помощью вы можете извлечь строки для перевода из исходного кода. В пакет включен модуль для Emacs (po-mode.el) c помощью которого можно редактировать эти каталоги (так называемые PO файлы) и добавлять переводы. Специальный компилятор конвертирует PO файлы в двоичные каталоги." +msgid "" +"This package contains the `intl' library as well as tools that ease the " +"creation and maintenance of message catalogs. With it you can extract strings " +"from source code. The supplied Emacs mode (po-mode.el) will aid in editing " +"these catalogs (called PO files, for portable object) and add translations. A " +"special compiler will turn these PO files into binary catalogs." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит библиотеку «локализации» и инструменты, упрощающие " +"создание и ведение каталога сообщений для перевода. С его помощью вы можете " +"извлечь строки для перевода из исходного кода. В пакет включен модуль для " +"Emacs (po-mode.el) c помощью которого можно редактировать эти каталоги (так " +"называемые PO файлы) и добавлять переводы. Специальный компилятор " +"конвертирует PO файлы в двоичные каталоги." #. tumbleweed/gftp/summary #. leap/gftp/summary @@ -1005,8 +1254,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gftp/gftp-common/description #. leap/gftp/description #. leap/gftp/gftp-common/description -msgid "GFTP is a free multithreaded file transfer client for *NIX based machines, with advanced features." -msgstr "GFTP — свободный клиент многопоточной передачи файлов для *NIX-машин, с расширенной функциональностью." +msgid "" +"GFTP is a free multithreaded file transfer client for *NIX based machines, " +"with advanced features." +msgstr "" +"GFTP — свободный клиент многопоточной передачи файлов для *NIX-машин, с " +"расширенной функциональностью." #. tumbleweed/gftp/gftp-common/summary #. leap/gftp/gftp-common/summary @@ -1020,23 +1273,36 @@ #. tumbleweed/gfxboot/gfxboot-devel/description #. leap/gfxboot/gfxboot-devel/description -msgid "Here you find the necessary programs to create your own graphical boot logo. The logo can be used with GRUB, LILO or SYSLINUX." -msgstr "Здесь вы найдёте программы, необходимые для создания ваших собственных графических логотипов загрузки. Логотипы можно использовать с GRUB, LILO или SYSLINUX." +msgid "" +"Here you find the necessary programs to create your own graphical boot logo. " +"The logo can be used with GRUB, LILO or SYSLINUX." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы найдёте программы, необходимые для создания ваших собственных " +"графических логотипов загрузки. Логотипы можно использовать с GRUB, LILO или " +"SYSLINUX." #. tumbleweed/ggz-client-libs/summary msgid "Common files needed to use GGZ" msgstr "Общие файлы, необходимые для использования GGZ" #. tumbleweed/ggz-client-libs/description -msgid "The ggz-client-libs package provides the common procedures and utilities required to run the GGZ client and games. The routines are shared by other modules in order to ease coding and promote compatibility and stability." -msgstr "Пакет ggz-client-libs предоставляет общие процедуры и утилиты, необходимые для запуска клиента GGZ и игр. Процедуры являются общими с другими модулями для облегчения написания кода и увеличения совместимости и стабильности." +msgid "" +"The ggz-client-libs package provides the common procedures and utilities " +"required to run the GGZ client and games. The routines are shared by other " +"modules in order to ease coding and promote compatibility and stability." +msgstr "" +"Пакет ggz-client-libs предоставляет общие процедуры и утилиты, необходимые " +"для запуска клиента GGZ и игр. Процедуры являются общими с другими модулями " +"для облегчения написания кода и увеличения совместимости и стабильности." #. tumbleweed/ggz-client-libs/ggz-client-libs-devel/summary msgid "Development files for ggz-client-libs" msgstr "Файлы разработки для ggz-client-libs" #. tumbleweed/ggz-client-libs/ggz-client-libs-devel/description -msgid "This package provides development files and headers needed to build software using ggz-client-libs" +msgid "" +"This package provides development files and headers needed to build software " +"using ggz-client-libs" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ghex/summary @@ -1046,8 +1312,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/ghex/description #. leap/ghex/description -msgid "GHex allows the user to load data from any file and to view and edit it in either hex or ASCII. It is a must for anyone playing games that use a non-ASCII format for saving." -msgstr "GHex позволяет пользователю открывать любой файл, просматривать и редактировать его в шестнадцатеричном или ASCII режиме. Это обязательный инструмент для любителей игр, которые используют не-ASCII формат для сохранений." +msgid "" +"GHex allows the user to load data from any file and to view and edit it in " +"either hex or ASCII. It is a must for anyone playing games that use a " +"non-ASCII format for saving." +msgstr "" +"GHex позволяет пользователю открывать любой файл, просматривать и " +"редактировать его в шестнадцатеричном или ASCII режиме. Это обязательный " +"инструмент для любителей игр, которые используют не-ASCII формат для " +"сохранений." #. tumbleweed/ghostscript/ghostscript-devel/summary #. leap/ghostscript/ghostscript-devel/summary @@ -1074,7 +1347,10 @@ msgid "" "Giggle is a Gtk frontend to the git content tracker.\n" "\n" -"With Giggle you will be able to visualize and browse easily the revision tree, view changed files and differences between revisions, visualize summarized info for the project, commit changes and other useful tasks for any git managed projects contributor." +"With Giggle you will be able to visualize and browse easily the revision " +"tree, view changed files and differences between revisions, visualize " +"summarized info for the project, commit changes and other useful tasks for " +"any git managed projects contributor." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gimp/gimp-plugin-aa/summary @@ -1094,11 +1370,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/ufraw/gimp-ufraw/description #. leap/ufraw/gimp-ufraw/description -msgid "UFRaw is a utility to read and manipulate raw images from digital cameras. It can be used as a GIMP plug-in. It reads raw images using Dave Coffin's raw conversion utility DCRaw. And it supports basic color management using Little CMS, allowing the user to apply color profiles." +msgid "" +"UFRaw is a utility to read and manipulate raw images from digital cameras. It " +"can be used as a GIMP plug-in. It reads raw images using Dave Coffin's raw " +"conversion utility DCRaw. And it supports basic color management using Little " +"CMS, allowing the user to apply color profiles." msgstr "" -"Это графическая программа для импорта необработанных данных из высококлассных цифровых камер в Gimp.\n" +"Это графическая программа для импорта необработанных данных из высококлассных " +"цифровых камер в Gimp.\n" "\n" -"Она может использоваться в качестве отдельного инструмента, или как модуль для Gimp. Также изображения могут обрабатываться пакетно с использованием интерфейса командной строки. UFRaw распознаёт большинство существующих форматов, используя для этого библиотеку DCRaw, созданную Дейвом Коффином (Dave Coffin). Поддерживается простое управление цветами посредством Little CMS, что позволяет пользователю применять цветовые профили." +"Она может использоваться в качестве отдельного инструмента, или как модуль " +"для Gimp. Также изображения могут обрабатываться пакетно с использованием " +"интерфейса командной строки. UFRaw распознаёт большинство существующих " +"форматов, используя для этого библиотеку DCRaw, созданную Дейвом Коффином " +"(Dave Coffin). Поддерживается простое управление цветами посредством Little " +"CMS, что позволяет пользователю применять цветовые профили." #. tumbleweed/git/summary #. leap/git/summary @@ -1108,9 +1394,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/description #. leap/git/description msgid "" -"Git is a fast, scalable, distributed revision control system with an unusually rich command set that provides both high-level operations and full access to internals.\n" +"Git is a fast, scalable, distributed revision control system with an " +"unusually rich command set that provides both high-level operations and full " +"access to internals.\n" "\n" -"This package itself only provides the README of git but with the packages it requires, it brings you a complete Git environment including GTK and email interfaces and tools for importing source code repositories from other revision control systems such as subversion, CVS, and GNU arch." +"This package itself only provides the README of git but with the packages it " +"requires, it brings you a complete Git environment including GTK and email " +"interfaces and tools for importing source code repositories from other " +"revision control systems such as subversion, CVS, and GNU arch." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/git/git-core/summary @@ -1121,10 +1412,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/git-core/description #. leap/git/git-core/description msgid "" -"Git is a fast, scalable, distributed revision control system with an unusually rich command set that provides both high-level operations and full access to internals.\n" +"Git is a fast, scalable, distributed revision control system with an " +"unusually rich command set that provides both high-level operations and full " +"access to internals.\n" "\n" "These are the core tools with minimal dependencies." -msgstr "GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а также человеческими глазами." +msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами." #. tumbleweed/git/git-cvs/summary #. leap/git/git-cvs/summary @@ -1134,7 +1430,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/git-cvs/description #. leap/git/git-cvs/description msgid "Tools for importing CVS repositories to the Git version control system." -msgstr "Инструменты для импорта CVS репозиториев в систему управления версиями Git." +msgstr "" +"Инструменты для импорта CVS репозиториев в систему управления версиями Git." #. tumbleweed/git/git-daemon/summary #. leap/git/git-daemon/summary @@ -1143,7 +1440,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/git-daemon/description #. leap/git/git-daemon/description -msgid "A really simple TCP git daemon. In the default configuration it allows read only access to repositories in /srv/git/ that contain the 'git-daemon-export-ok' file." +msgid "" +"A really simple TCP git daemon. In the default configuration it allows read " +"only access to repositories in /srv/git/ that contain the " +"'git-daemon-export-ok' file." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/git/git-email/summary @@ -1164,10 +1464,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/git-gui/description #. leap/git/git-gui/description msgid "" -"A Tcl/Tk based graphical user interface to Git. git-gui focuses on allowing users to make changes to their repository by making new commits, amending existing ones, creating branches, performing local merges, and fetching/pushing to remote repositories.\n" +"A Tcl/Tk based graphical user interface to Git. git-gui focuses on allowing " +"users to make changes to their repository by making new commits, amending " +"existing ones, creating branches, performing local merges, and " +"fetching/pushing to remote repositories.\n" "\n" -"Unlike gitk, git-gui focuses on commit generation and single file annotation, and does not show project history. It does however supply menu actions to start a gitk session from within git-gui." -msgstr "Графический интерфейс пользователя для Git основанный на Tcl/Tk. git-gui фокусируется на разрешении пользователям изменять репозиторий созданием " +"Unlike gitk, git-gui focuses on commit generation and single file annotation, " +"and does not show project history. It does however supply menu actions to " +"start a gitk session from within git-gui." +msgstr "" +"Графический интерфейс пользователя для Git основанный на Tcl/Tk. git-gui " +"фокусируется на разрешении пользователям изменять репозиторий созданием " #. tumbleweed/git/git-svn/summary #. leap/git/git-svn/summary @@ -1176,8 +1483,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/git-svn/description #. leap/git/git-svn/description -msgid "Tools for importing Subversion repositories to the Git version control system." -msgstr "Инструменты для импорта репозиториев Subversion в систему управления версиями Git." +msgid "" +"Tools for importing Subversion repositories to the Git version control system." +msgstr "" +"Инструменты для импорта репозиториев Subversion в систему управления версиями " +"Git." #. tumbleweed/git/git-web/summary #. leap/git/git-web/summary @@ -1189,11 +1499,14 @@ msgid "" "CGI script that allows browsing git repositories via web interface.\n" "\n" -"The apache2 configuration contained in this package installs a virtual directory /git/ that calls the cgi script." +"The apache2 configuration contained in this package installs a virtual " +"directory /git/ that calls the cgi script." msgstr "" -"CGI-скрипт, который позволяет просматривать репозитории Git через веб-интерфейс.\n" +"CGI-скрипт, который позволяет просматривать репозитории Git через " +"веб-интерфейс.\n" "\n" -"Конфигурация Apache2 из этого пакета устанавливает виртуальный каталог /git/, который вызывает CGI-скрипт." +"Конфигурация Apache2 из этого пакета устанавливает виртуальный каталог /git/, " +"который вызывает CGI-скрипт." #. tumbleweed/gitg/summary #. leap/gitg/summary @@ -1202,7 +1515,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gitg/description #. leap/gitg/description -msgid "gitg is a GitX clone for GNOME/gtk+. It aims at being a small, fast and convenient tool to visualize git history and actions that benefit from a graphical presentation." +msgid "" +"gitg is a GitX clone for GNOME/gtk+. It aims at being a small, fast and " +"convenient tool to visualize git history and actions that benefit from a " +"graphical presentation." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/git/gitk/summary @@ -1213,32 +1529,41 @@ #. tumbleweed/git/gitk/description #. leap/git/gitk/description msgid "" -"Grapical tool for visualization of revision trees of projects maintained in the Git version control system. It name gitk indicates that it's written using the Tk Widget set.\n" +"Grapical tool for visualization of revision trees of projects maintained in " +"the Git version control system. It name gitk indicates that it's written " +"using the Tk Widget set.\n" "\n" -"A simple Tk based graphical interface for common Git operations is found in the package git-gui." +"A simple Tk based graphical interface for common Git operations is found in " +"the package git-gui." msgstr "" -"Инструмент для визуализации дерева ревизий проектов в системе управления версиями Git. Имя gitk указывает, что он написан с использованием набора виджетов Tk Widget.\n" +"Инструмент для визуализации дерева ревизий проектов в системе управления " +"версиями Git. Имя gitk указывает, что он написан с использованием набора " +"виджетов Tk Widget.\n" "\n" -"Простой графический интерфейс Tk для стандартных операций Git находится в пакете git-gui." +"Простой графический интерфейс Tk для стандартных операций Git находится в " +"пакете git-gui." #. tumbleweed/glabels/summary msgid "Label Editing and Printing Tool" msgstr "Инструмент редактирования и печати этикеток" #. tumbleweed/glabels/description -msgid "Labels is a powerful tool for editing and printing all kinds of labels. It comes with a lot of templates of standard labels." +msgid "" +"Labels is a powerful tool for editing and printing all kinds of labels. It " +"comes with a lot of templates of standard labels." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/glade/summary #. leap/glade/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Interface Builder for GTK+" msgid "User Interface Builder for GTK+ 3" -msgstr "Конструктор пользовательского интерфейса для GTK+" +msgstr "Конструктор пользовательского интерфейса для GTK+ 3" #. tumbleweed/glade/description #. leap/glade/description -msgid "Glade is a RAD tool to enable quick & easy development of user interfaces for the Gtk+ 3 toolkit and the GNOME desktop environment." +msgid "" +"Glade is a RAD tool to enable quick & easy development of user interfaces for " +"the Gtk+ 3 toolkit and the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtksourceview/glade-catalog-gtksourceview/summary @@ -1249,11 +1574,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtksourceview/glade-catalog-gtksourceview/description #. leap/gtksourceview/glade-catalog-gtksourceview/description msgid "" -"GtkSourceView is a text widget that extends GtkTextView, the standard GTK+ text widget.\n" +"GtkSourceView is a text widget that extends GtkTextView, the standard GTK+ " +"text widget.\n" "\n" -"It improves GtkTextView by implementing syntax highlighting and other features typical of a source editor.\n" +"It improves GtkTextView by implementing syntax highlighting and other " +"features typical of a source editor.\n" "\n" -"This package provides a catalog for Glade, to allow the use the GtkSourceView widget in Glade." +"This package provides a catalog for Glade, to allow the use the GtkSourceView " +"widget in Glade." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/vte/glade-catalog-vte/summary @@ -1264,9 +1592,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/vte/glade-catalog-vte/description #. leap/vte/glade-catalog-vte/description msgid "" -"VTE is a terminal emulator library that provides a terminal widget for use with GTK+ as well as handling of child process and terminal emulation settings.\n" +"VTE is a terminal emulator library that provides a terminal widget for use " +"with GTK+ as well as handling of child process and terminal emulation " +"settings.\n" "\n" -"This package provides a catalog for Glade, to allow the use of VTE widgets in Glade." +"This package provides a catalog for Glade, to allow the use of VTE widgets in " +"Glade." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk-sharp2/glade-sharp2/summary @@ -1286,7 +1617,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/glew/glew-devel/description #. leap/glew/glew-devel/description -msgid "The OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (GLEW) is a cross-platform open-source C/C++ extension loading library. GLEW provides efficient run-time mechanisms for determining which OpenGL extensions are supported on the target platform. OpenGL core and extension functionality is exposed in a single header file." +msgid "" +"The OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (GLEW) is a cross-platform open-source " +"C/C++ extension loading library. GLEW provides efficient run-time mechanisms " +"for determining which OpenGL extensions are supported on the target platform. " +"OpenGL core and extension functionality is exposed in a single header file." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk-sharp2/glib-sharp2/summary @@ -1307,15 +1642,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/glib2/glib2-devel/description #. leap/glib2/glib2-devel/description msgid "" -"GLib is a general-purpose utility library, which provides many useful data types, macros, type conversions, string utilities, file utilities, a main loop abstraction, and so on.\n" +"GLib is a general-purpose utility library, which provides many useful data " +"types, macros, type conversions, string utilities, file utilities, a main " +"loop abstraction, and so on.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for GLib." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/glibc/glibc-devel/description #. leap/glibc/glibc-devel/description -msgid "These libraries are needed to develop programs which use the standard C library." -msgstr "Это библиотеки необходимы для разработки программ используя стандартную библиотеку C." +msgid "" +"These libraries are needed to develop programs which use the standard C " +"library." +msgstr "" +"Это библиотеки необходимы для разработки программ используя стандартную " +"библиотеку C." #. tumbleweed/glibmm2/glibmm2-devel/summary #. leap/glibmm2/glibmm2-devel/summary @@ -1329,7 +1670,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/glproto/glproto-devel/description #. leap/glproto/glproto-devel/description -msgid "The GL protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a protocol for the client to send 3D rendering commands to the X server." +msgid "" +"The GL protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a " +"protocol for the client to send 3D rendering commands to the X server." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/glu/glu-devel/summary @@ -1340,9 +1683,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/glu/glu-devel/description #. leap/glu/glu-devel/description msgid "" -"GLU offers simple interfaces for building mipmaps; checking for the presence of extensions in the OpenGL (or other libraries which follow the same conventions for advertising extensions); drawing piecewise-linear curves, NURBS, quadrics and other primitives (including, but not limited to, teapots); tesselating surfaces; setting up projection matrices and unprojecting screen coordinates to world coordinates.\n" +"GLU offers simple interfaces for building mipmaps; checking for the presence " +"of extensions in the OpenGL (or other libraries which follow the same " +"conventions for advertising extensions); drawing piecewise-linear curves, " +"NURBS, quadrics and other primitives (including, but not limited to, " +"teapots); tesselating surfaces; setting up projection matrices and " +"unprojecting screen coordinates to world coordinates.\n" "\n" -"This package contains includes headers and static libraries for compiling programs with GLU." +"This package contains includes headers and static libraries for compiling " +"programs with GLU." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gmixer/summary @@ -1353,11 +1702,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/gmixer/description #. leap/gmixer/description msgid "" -"A simple gtk/gstreamer audio mixer, aimed to work with light desktop managers.\n" +"A simple gtk/gstreamer audio mixer, aimed to work with light desktop " +"managers.\n" "\n" -"Features: - support all mixer plugins of gstreamer (alsa/oss/pulseaudio/...) - tray icon support - support special keys of multimedia keyboard." +"Features: - support all mixer plugins of gstreamer (alsa/oss/pulseaudio/...) " +" - tray icon support - support special keys of multimedia keyboard." msgstr "" -"Простой GTK / GStreamer аудио микшер, направленный для работы лёгкими графическими окружениями пользователя.\n" +"Простой GTK / GStreamer аудио микшер, направленный для работы лёгкими " +"графическими окружениями пользователя.\n" "Особенности: \n" "- поддержка всех плагинов микшера из gstreamer (alsa/oss/pulseaudio /...)\n" "- поддержка иконки в трее\n" @@ -1370,15 +1722,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/gmp/gmp-devel/description #. leap/gmp/gmp-devel/description -msgid "These libraries are needed to develop programs which calculate with huge numbers (integer and floating point)." -msgstr "Библиотеки необходимые для разработки программ, которые рассчитывают огромные числа (целые и с плавающей точкой)." +msgid "" +"These libraries are needed to develop programs which calculate with huge " +"numbers (integer and floating point)." +msgstr "" +"Библиотеки необходимые для разработки программ, которые рассчитывают огромные " +"числа (целые и с плавающей точкой)." #. tumbleweed/gnome-dvb-daemon/summary msgid "Daemon to use DVB devices" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-dvb-daemon/description -msgid "DVB Daemon is a daemon written in Vala to setup your DVB devices, record and watch TV shows and browse EPG. It can be controlled directly via its D-Bus interface or with UI applications that come with it." +msgid "" +"DVB Daemon is a daemon written in Vala to setup your DVB devices, record and " +"watch TV shows and browse EPG. It can be controlled directly via its D-Bus " +"interface or with UI applications that come with it." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-games/summary @@ -1388,7 +1747,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-games/description #. leap/gnome-games/description -msgid "GNOME games is a collection of simple, but addictive, games from the GNOME desktop project. They represent many of the popular games and include card games, puzzle games and arcade games. They are meant to be the sort of game that can be played in five minutes or so. They are also meant to be fun enough that you will play them again and again. Of course we can't be held responsible for the time and productivity lost while playing them." +msgid "" +"GNOME games is a collection of simple, but addictive, games from the GNOME " +"desktop project. They represent many of the popular games and include card " +"games, puzzle games and arcade games. They are meant to be the sort of game " +"that can be played in five minutes or so. They are also meant to be fun " +"enough that you will play them again and again. Of course we can't be held " +"responsible for the time and productivity lost while playing them." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-klotski/summary @@ -1398,7 +1763,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-klotski/description #. leap/gnome-klotski/description -msgid "Klotski is a puzzle game of which the objective is to get the patterned block to the marker, which is done by moving the blocks in its way." +msgid "" +"Klotski is a puzzle game of which the objective is to get the patterned block " +"to the marker, which is done by moving the blocks in its way." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-nibbles/summary @@ -1408,7 +1775,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-nibbles/description #. leap/gnome-nibbles/description -msgid "Nibbles is a worm game for GNOME. The player controls a 2D worm while trying to get food. Getting food gives points, but hitting anything causes a loss of points. When all points are lost, the player loses." +msgid "" +"Nibbles is a worm game for GNOME. The player controls a 2D worm while trying " +"to get food. Getting food gives points, but hitting anything causes a loss of " +"points. When all points are lost, the player loses." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-online-accounts/gnome-online-accounts-devel/summary @@ -1423,7 +1793,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-photos/description #. leap/gnome-photos/description -msgid "Photos, like Documents, Music and Videos, is one of the core GNOME applications meant for find and reminding the user about her content. The internal architecture Photos is based on Documents -- the document manager application for GNOME, because they share similar UI/UX patterns and objectives." +msgid "" +"Photos, like Documents, Music and Videos, is one of the core GNOME " +"applications meant for find and reminding the user about her content. The " +"internal architecture Photos is based on Documents -- the document manager " +"application for GNOME, because they share similar UI/UX patterns and " +"objectives." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-robots/summary @@ -1433,19 +1808,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-robots/description #. leap/gnome-robots/description -msgid "Robots is a graphical version of the original text based robots game, which can be found on a number of UNIX systems. The player must outwit the robots chasing him/her by getting them to run into each other." +msgid "" +"Robots is a graphical version of the original text based robots game, which " +"can be found on a number of UNIX systems. The player must outwit the robots " +"chasing him/her by getting them to run into each other." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/epiphany/gnome-shell-search-provider-epiphany/summary #. leap/epiphany/gnome-shell-search-provider-epiphany/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "File Manager for the GNOME Desktop -- Search Provider for GNOME Shell" -msgid "Epiphany is a Web browser for the GNOME Desktop -- Search Provider for GNOME Shell" -msgstr "Файловый менеджер для рабочего стола GNOME — Модуль поиска для GNOME Shell" +msgid "" +"Epiphany is a Web browser for the GNOME Desktop -- Search Provider for GNOME " +"Shell" +msgstr "" +"Веб-браузер Epiphany для рабочего стола GNOME — Модуль поиска для GNOME Shell" #. tumbleweed/epiphany/gnome-shell-search-provider-epiphany/description #. leap/epiphany/gnome-shell-search-provider-epiphany/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Nautilus is the file manager for the GNOME desktop.\n" #| "\n" @@ -1453,31 +1832,32 @@ msgid "" "Epiphany is a Web browser for the GNOME Desktop.\n" "\n" -"This package contains a search provider to enable GNOME Shell to get search results from Web (epiphany)" +"This package contains a search provider to enable GNOME Shell to get search " +"results from Web (epiphany)" msgstr "" -"Nautilus — это файловый менеджер для GNOME.\n" +"Epiphany — это веб-браузер для GNOME.\n" "\n" -"Этот пакет содержит модуль поиска для GNOME Shell, позволяющий получать результаты поиска по файлам (nautilus)" +"Этот пакет содержит модуль поиска для GNOME Shell, позволяющий получать " +"результаты поиска из интернета (epiphany)" #. tumbleweed/gnome-photos/gnome-shell-search-provider-gnome-photos/summary #. leap/gnome-photos/gnome-shell-search-provider-gnome-photos/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GNOME interface for gnupg -- Search Provider for GNOME Shell" msgid "GNOME Photos -- Search Provider for GNOME Shell" -msgstr "Интерфейс GNOME для gnupg — Служба поиска для GNOME Shell" +msgstr "GNOME Photos — Модуль поиска для GNOME Shell" #. tumbleweed/gnome-photos/gnome-shell-search-provider-gnome-photos/description #. leap/gnome-photos/gnome-shell-search-provider-gnome-photos/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Contacts Manager for GNOME\n" #| "\n" #| "This package contains a search provider to enable GNOME Shell to get search results from contacts." -msgid "This package contains a search provider to enable GNOME Shell to get search results from GNOME Photos." +msgid "" +"This package contains a search provider to enable GNOME Shell to get search " +"results from GNOME Photos." msgstr "" -"Менеджер контактов для GNOME\n" -"\n" -"Этот пакет содержит модуль поиска включающий в GNOME Shell результаты поиска по контактам." +"Этот пакет содержит модуль поиска, включающий в GNOME Shell результаты поиска " +"из GNOME Photos." #. tumbleweed/gnome-tetravex/summary #. leap/gnome-tetravex/summary @@ -1486,7 +1866,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-tetravex/description #. leap/gnome-tetravex/description -msgid "Tetravex is a simple puzzle game in which pieces have numbers on each side. The pieces must be positioned so that the same numbers touch each other, during which you are being timed. The times are then stored in a system-wide scoreboard." +msgid "" +"Tetravex is a simple puzzle game in which pieces have numbers on each side. " +"The pieces must be positioned so that the same numbers touch each other, " +"during which you are being timed. The times are then stored in a system-wide " +"scoreboard." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-vfs2/summary @@ -1496,7 +1880,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-vfs2/description #. leap/gnome-vfs2/description -msgid "GNOME VFS is the GNOME virtual file system. It is the foundation of the Nautilus file manager. It provides a modular architecture and ships with several modules that implement support for file systems, HTTP, FTP, and others. It provides a URI-based API, a back-end supporting asynchronous file operations, a MIME type manipulation library, and other features." +msgid "" +"GNOME VFS is the GNOME virtual file system. It is the foundation of the " +"Nautilus file manager. It provides a modular architecture and ships with " +"several modules that implement support for file systems, HTTP, FTP, and " +"others. It provides a URI-based API, a back-end supporting asynchronous file " +"operations, a MIME type manipulation library, and other features." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gobject-introspection/summary @@ -1516,7 +1905,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gperf/description #. leap/gperf/description -msgid "A perfect hash function is simply: a hash function and a data structure that allows recognition of a key word in a set of words using exactly one probe into the data structure." +msgid "" +"A perfect hash function is simply: a hash function and a data structure that " +"allows recognition of a key word in a set of words using exactly one probe " +"into the data structure." msgstr "\"Идеальная\"" #. tumbleweed/gpsd/summary @@ -1527,19 +1919,35 @@ #. tumbleweed/gpsd/description #. leap/gpsd/description msgid "" -"gpsd is a service daemon that mediates access to a GPS sensor connected to the host computer by serial or USB interface, making its data on the location/course/velocity of the sensor available to be queried on TCP port 2947 of the host computer. With gpsd, multiple GPS client applications (such as navigational and wardriving software) can share access to a GPS without contention or loss of data. Also, gpsd responds to queries with a format that is substantially easier to parse than NMEA 0183. A client library is provided for applications.\n" +"gpsd is a service daemon that mediates access to a GPS sensor connected to " +"the host computer by serial or USB interface, making its data on the " +"location/course/velocity of the sensor available to be queried on TCP port " +"2947 of the host computer. With gpsd, multiple GPS client applications (such " +"as navigational and wardriving software) can share access to a GPS without " +"contention or loss of data. Also, gpsd responds to queries with a format " +"that is substantially easier to parse than NMEA 0183. A client library is " +"provided for applications.\n" "\n" -"After installing this RPM, gpsd will automatically connect to USB GPSes when they are plugged in and requires no configuration. For serial GPSes, you will need to start gpsd by hand. Once connected, the daemon automatically discovers the correct baudrate, stop bits, and protocol. The daemon will be quiescent when there are no clients asking for location information, and copes gracefully when the GPS is unplugged and replugged." +"After installing this RPM, gpsd will automatically connect to USB GPSes when " +"they are plugged in and requires no configuration. For serial GPSes, you " +"will need to start gpsd by hand. Once connected, the daemon automatically " +"discovers the correct baudrate, stop bits, and protocol. The daemon will be " +"quiescent when there are no clients asking for location information, and " +"copes gracefully when the GPS is unplugged and replugged." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gpsd/gpsd-devel/summary #. leap/gpsd/gpsd-devel/summary msgid "Client libraries in C and Python for talking to a running gpsd or GPS" -msgstr "Клиентские библиотеки на C и Python для общения с запущенным gpsd или GPS" +msgstr "" +"Клиентские библиотеки на C и Python для общения с запущенным gpsd или GPS" #. tumbleweed/gpsd/gpsd-devel/description #. leap/gpsd/gpsd-devel/description -msgid "This package provides C header files for the gpsd shared libraries that manage access to a GPS for applications and debugging tools. You will need to have gpsd installed for it to work." +msgid "" +"This package provides C header files for the gpsd shared libraries that " +"manage access to a GPS for applications and debugging tools. You will need to " +"have gpsd installed for it to work." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/grantlee/grantlee-devel/summary @@ -1549,20 +1957,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/grantlee/grantlee-devel/description #. leap/grantlee/grantlee-devel/description -msgid "This package contains include files and libraries needed for development with grantlee." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит файлы заголовков и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки с Grantlee." +msgid "" +"This package contains include files and libraries needed for development with " +"grantlee." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит файлы заголовков и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки " +"с Grantlee." #. tumbleweed/graphite2/graphite2-devel/summary #. leap/graphite2/graphite2-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Files for Developing with libwpg" msgid "Files for Developing with graphite2" -msgstr "Файлы для разработки с libwpg" +msgstr "Файлы для разработки с graphite2" #. tumbleweed/graphite2/graphite2-devel/description #. leap/graphite2/graphite2-devel/description msgid "" -"Graphite2 is a project within SIL's Non-Roman Script Initiative and Language Software Development groups to provide rendering capabilities for complex non-Roman writing systems. Graphite can be used to create \"smart fonts\" capable of displaying writing systems with various complex behaviors. With respect to the Text Encoding Model, Graphite handles the \"Rendering\" aspect of writing system implementation.\n" +"Graphite2 is a project within SIL's Non-Roman Script Initiative and Language " +"Software Development groups to provide rendering capabilities for complex " +"non-Roman writing systems. Graphite can be used to create \"smart fonts\" " +"capable of displaying writing systems with various complex behaviors. With " +"respect to the Text Encoding Model, Graphite handles the \"Rendering\" aspect " +"of writing system implementation.\n" "\n" "This package contains the graphite2 development files." msgstr "" @@ -1574,9 +1990,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/graphviz/description #. leap/graphviz/description -msgid "A collection of tools and tcl packages for the manipulation and layout of graphs (as in nodes and edges, not as in bar charts)." +msgid "" +"A collection of tools and tcl packages for the manipulation and layout of " +"graphs (as in nodes and edges, not as in bar charts)." msgstr "" -"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а также человеческими глазами.\n" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет предоставляет датские данные для gimp-help." @@ -1587,7 +2007,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/graphviz-plugins/graphviz-gd/description #. leap/graphviz-plugins/graphviz-gd/description -msgid "The graphviz-gd package contains the gd extensions for the graphviz tools." +msgid "" +"The graphviz-gd package contains the gd extensions for the graphviz tools." msgstr "Пакет graphviz-gd содержит расширения gd для инструментов graphviz." #. tumbleweed/graphviz-plugins/graphviz-gnome/summary @@ -1606,7 +2027,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/grisbi/description msgid "" -"Grisbi is a personal accounting application, aiming at providing the most simple and intuitive software for basic use, although it can be very powerful if you spend a little time on the setup.\n" +"Grisbi is a personal accounting application, aiming at providing the most " +"simple and intuitive software for basic use, although it can be very powerful " +"if you spend a little time on the setup.\n" "\n" "One notable feature is that it respects French accounting rules." msgstr "" @@ -1614,9 +2037,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/groff-full/description #. leap/groff-full/description msgid "" -"The groff-full package provides aditional tools excluded from base groff package, like grohtml, X fonts et. all.\n" +"The groff-full package provides aditional tools excluded from base groff " +"package, like grohtml, X fonts et. all.\n" "\n" -"Groff is used to \"compile\" man pages stored in groff or nroff format for different output devices, for example, displaying to a screen or in PostScript(tm) format for printing on a PostScript(tm) printer. Most programs store their man pages in either /usr/share/man/ or /usr/X11R6/man/." +"Groff is used to \"compile\" man pages stored in groff or nroff format for " +"different output devices, for example, displaying to a screen or in " +"PostScript(tm) format for printing on a PostScript(tm) printer. Most programs " +"store their man pages in either /usr/share/man/ or /usr/X11R6/man/." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gromit/summary @@ -1627,7 +2054,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/gromit/description #. leap/gromit/description msgid "" -"Gromit (GRaphics Over MIscellaneous Things) is a small tool to make annotations on the screen.\n" +"Gromit (GRaphics Over MIscellaneous Things) is a small tool to make " +"annotations on the screen.\n" "\n" "It is useful for recording presentations." msgstr "" @@ -1640,7 +2068,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/gsettings-desktop-schemas/gsettings-desktop-schemas-devel/description #. leap/gsettings-desktop-schemas/gsettings-desktop-schemas-devel/description msgid "" -"A collection of GSettings schemas for settings shared by various components of a desktop.\n" +"A collection of GSettings schemas for settings shared by various components " +"of a desktop.\n" "\n" "This package contains development files." msgstr "" @@ -1653,24 +2082,41 @@ #. tumbleweed/gsl/gsl-devel/description #. leap/gsl/gsl-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains the headers, static libraries and some documentation for GSL.\n" +"This package contains the headers, static libraries and some documentation " +"for GSL.\n" "\n" -"The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a collection of routines for numerical computing. The routines are written from scratch by the GSL team in ANSI C, and present a modern Applications Programming Interface (API) for C programmers, while allowing wrappers to be written for very high level languages.\n" +"The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a collection of routines for numerical " +"computing. The routines are written from scratch by the GSL team in ANSI C, " +"and present a modern Applications Programming Interface (API) for C " +"programmers, while allowing wrappers to be written for very high level " +"languages.\n" "\n" "The library covers the following areas,\n" "\n" -"Complex Numbers - Roots of Polynomials - Special Functions - Vectors and Matrices - Permutations - Sorting - BLAS Support - Linear Algebra - Eigensystems - Fast Fourier Transforms - Quadrature - Random Numbers - Quasi-Random Sequences - Random Distributions - Statistics - Histograms - N-Tuples - Monte Carlo Integration - Simulated Annealing - Differential Equations - Interpolation - Numerical Differentiation - Chebyshev Approximation - Series Acceleration - Discrete Hankel Transforms - Root-Finding - Minimization - Least-Squares Fitting - Physical Constants - IEEE Floating-Point" +"Complex Numbers - Roots of Polynomials - Special Functions - Vectors and " +"Matrices - Permutations - Sorting - BLAS Support - Linear Algebra - " +"Eigensystems - Fast Fourier Transforms - Quadrature - Random Numbers - " +"Quasi-Random Sequences - Random Distributions - Statistics - Histograms - " +"N-Tuples - Monte Carlo Integration - Simulated Annealing - Differential " +"Equations - Interpolation - Numerical Differentiation - Chebyshev " +"Approximation - Series Acceleration - Discrete Hankel Transforms - " +"Root-Finding - Minimization - Least-Squares Fitting - Physical Constants - " +"IEEE Floating-Point" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good/gstreamer-0_10-plugin-esd/summary #. leap/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good/gstreamer-0_10-plugin-esd/summary msgid "GStreamer Streaming-Media Framework Plug-Ins -- EsounD plugin" -msgstr "Плагины для GStreamer, инфраструктуры для обработки медиапотоков — Плагин EsounD" +msgstr "" +"Плагины для GStreamer, инфраструктуры для обработки медиапотоков — Плагин " +"EsounD" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-base/gstreamer-0_10-plugin-gnomevfs/summary #. leap/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-base/gstreamer-0_10-plugin-gnomevfs/summary msgid "GStreamer Streaming-Media Framework Plug-Ins -- gnome-vfs plugin" -msgstr "Плагины для GStreamer, инфраструктуры для обработки медиапотоков -- плагин gnome-vfs" +msgstr "" +"Плагины для GStreamer, инфраструктуры для обработки медиапотоков -- плагин " +"gnome-vfs" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-gl/summary msgid "GStreamer OpenGL Plug-Ins" @@ -1678,9 +2124,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-gl/description msgid "" -"This module contains integration libraries and plug-ins for using OpenGL within GStreamer pipelines. This module contains elements for, among others:\n" +"This module contains integration libraries and plug-ins for using OpenGL " +"within GStreamer pipelines. This module contains elements for, among others:\n" "\n" -" * output: glimagesink * adapters: glupload, gldownload * video processing: gldeinterlace, glcolorscale * GL effects: glfiltersobel, glfilterblur, gleffects, others * sources: gltestsrc" +" * output: glimagesink * adapters: glupload, gldownload * video " +"processing: gldeinterlace, glcolorscale * GL effects: glfiltersobel, " +"glfilterblur, gleffects, others * sources: gltestsrc" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good-extra/summary @@ -1690,8 +2139,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good-extra/description #. leap/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good-extra/description -msgid "This package provides complementary plugins for gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет дополнительные плагины для gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good." +msgid "" +"This package provides complementary plugins for gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет дополнительные плагины для " +"gstreamer-0_10-plugins-good." #. tumbleweed/gnonlin/gstreamer-plugin-gnonlin/summary #. leap/gnonlin/gstreamer-plugin-gnonlin/summary @@ -1700,17 +2152,26 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnonlin/gstreamer-plugin-gnonlin/description #. leap/gnonlin/gstreamer-plugin-gnonlin/description -msgid "Gnonlin is a library built on top of GStreamer, which provides support for writing non-linear audio and video editing applications. It introduces the concept of a timeline." +msgid "" +"Gnonlin is a library built on top of GStreamer, which provides support for " +"writing non-linear audio and video editing applications. It introduces the " +"concept of a timeline." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-plugins-base/gstreamer-plugins-base-devel/summary #. leap/gstreamer-plugins-base/gstreamer-plugins-base-devel/summary -msgid "Include files and libraries mandatory for development with gstreamer-plugins-base" -msgstr "Файлы заголовков и библиотеки, требуемые для разработки с gstreamer-plugins-base" +msgid "" +"Include files and libraries mandatory for development with " +"gstreamer-plugins-base" +msgstr "" +"Файлы заголовков и библиотеки, требуемые для разработки с " +"gstreamer-plugins-base" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-plugins-base/gstreamer-plugins-base-devel/description #. leap/gstreamer-plugins-base/gstreamer-plugins-base-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to compile and link applications that use gstreamer-plugins-base." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"compile and link applications that use gstreamer-plugins-base." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-plugins-good/gstreamer-plugins-good-extra/summary @@ -1730,7 +2191,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gsynaptics/description #. leap/gsynaptics/description -msgid "gsynaptics is a gnome applet that can be used to configure synaptics touchpad that is commonly used in laptops." +msgid "" +"gsynaptics is a gnome applet that can be used to configure synaptics touchpad " +"that is commonly used in laptops." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gthumb/summary @@ -1740,8 +2203,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/gthumb/description #. leap/gthumb/description -msgid "gThumb lets you browse your hard disk, showing you thumbnails of image files. It also lets you view single files (including GIF animations), add comments to images, organize images in catalogs, print images, view slide shows, set your desktop background, and more." -msgstr "gThumb позволяет просматривать ваш жёсткий диск, отображая миниатюры файлов с изображениями. Он также позволяет просматривать отдельные файлы (включая анимированные GIF), добавлять комментарии к изображениям, организовывать каталоги изображений, печатать изображения, просматривать слайд-шоу, устанавливать фоновый рисунок рабочего стола и так далее." +msgid "" +"gThumb lets you browse your hard disk, showing you thumbnails of image files. " +"It also lets you view single files (including GIF animations), add comments " +"to images, organize images in catalogs, print images, view slide shows, set " +"your desktop background, and more." +msgstr "" +"gThumb позволяет просматривать ваш жёсткий диск, отображая миниатюры файлов с " +"изображениями. Он также позволяет просматривать отдельные файлы (включая " +"анимированные GIF), добавлять комментарии к изображениям, организовывать " +"каталоги изображений, печатать изображения, просматривать слайд-шоу, " +"устанавливать фоновый рисунок рабочего стола и так далее." #. tumbleweed/gtk-sharp2/summary #. leap/gtk-sharp2/summary @@ -1761,7 +2233,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2/gtk2-devel/description #. leap/gtk2/gtk2-devel/description msgid "" -"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" +"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. " +"Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging " +"from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for GTK+ 2.x." msgstr "" @@ -1787,8 +2261,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-clearlooks/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-clearlooks/description -msgid "The Clearlooks engine was the default theme of GNOME 2 since 2.12. It is a modular engine providing multiple styles such as glossy and gummy." -msgstr "Движок Clearlooks был темой GNOME 2 по умолчанию с версии 2.12. Это модульный движок, предоставляющий различные стили, например, glossy и gummy." +msgid "" +"The Clearlooks engine was the default theme of GNOME 2 since 2.12. It is a " +"modular engine providing multiple styles such as glossy and gummy." +msgstr "" +"Движок Clearlooks был темой GNOME 2 по умолчанию с версии 2.12. Это модульный " +"движок, предоставляющий различные стили, например, glossy и gummy." #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-crux/summary #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-crux/summary @@ -1807,7 +2285,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-glide/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-glide/description -msgid "This packages provides the Glide engine for GTK+ 2, originally written for the Glider theme." +msgid "" +"This packages provides the Glide engine for GTK+ 2, originally written for " +"the Glider theme." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-industrial/summary @@ -1817,7 +2297,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-industrial/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-industrial/description -msgid "The Industrial engine provides a simple and consistent appearance for applications." +msgid "" +"The Industrial engine provides a simple and consistent appearance for " +"applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-mist/summary @@ -1827,7 +2309,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-mist/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-mist/description -msgid "The Mist engine is a minimalist engine designed to provide a simple UI experience." +msgid "" +"The Mist engine is a minimalist engine designed to provide a simple UI " +"experience." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engine-murrine/summary @@ -1841,8 +2325,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engine-murrine/gtk2-engine-murrine-32bit/description #. leap/gtk2-engine-murrine/description #. leap/gtk2-engine-murrine/gtk2-engine-murrine-32bit/description -msgid "Murrine is a GTK+ 2 theme engine, that uses the Cairo vector drawing library to render widgets. It features a modern glassy look, is elegant and clean on the eyes, and is extremely customizable." -msgstr "Murrine — это движок тем для GTK+ 2, который используется библиотекой векторного рисования Cairo для визуализации виджетов. В нем имеется современное отображение стекла, выглядящее элегантно и чисто, а так же хорошо настраиваемое." +msgid "" +"Murrine is a GTK+ 2 theme engine, that uses the Cairo vector drawing library " +"to render widgets. It features a modern glassy look, is elegant and clean on " +"the eyes, and is extremely customizable." +msgstr "" +"Murrine — это движок тем для GTK+ 2, который используется библиотекой " +"векторного рисования Cairo для визуализации виджетов. В нем имеется " +"современное отображение стекла, выглядящее элегантно и чисто, а так же хорошо " +"настраиваемое." #. tumbleweed/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-engine-oxygen/summary #. leap/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-engine-oxygen/summary @@ -1851,7 +2342,6 @@ #. tumbleweed/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-engine-oxygen/description #. leap/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-engine-oxygen/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Oxygen-Gtk2 is a port of the default KDE widget theme (Oxygen), to gtk 2.x.\n" #| "\n" @@ -1863,17 +2353,29 @@ msgid "" "Oxygen-Gtk2 is a port of the KDE Oxygen widget theme to Gtk 2.x.\n" "\n" -"It's primary goal is to ensure visual consistency between Gtk-based and Qt-based applications running under KDE. A secondary objective is to also have a stand-alone nice looking gtk theme that would behave well on other Desktop Environments.\n" +"It's primary goal is to ensure visual consistency between Gtk-based and " +"Qt-based applications running under KDE. A secondary objective is to also " +"have a stand-alone nice looking gtk theme that would behave well on other " +"Desktop Environments.\n" "\n" -"Unlike other attempts made to port the KDE oxygen theme to gtk, this attempt does not depend on Qt (via some Qt to Gtk conversion engine), nor does render the widget appearance via hard coded pixmaps, which otherwise breaks everytime some setting is changed in KDE.\n" +"Unlike other attempts made to port the KDE oxygen theme to gtk, this attempt " +"does not depend on Qt (via some Qt to Gtk conversion engine), nor does render " +"the widget appearance via hard coded pixmaps, which otherwise breaks " +"everytime some setting is changed in KDE.\n" "\n" "This package contains the Oxygen Gtk 2.x theme engine." msgstr "" -"Oxygen-Gtk — это порт стандартной темы виджетов KDE (Oxygen) на gtk 2.x.\n" +"Oxygen-Gtk — это порт темы виджетов Oxygen из KDE на gtk 2.x.\n" "\n" -"Основной задачей было обеспечить визуальное соответствие между gtk- и qt-приложениями, запущенными в KDE. Второй задачей было получить самостоятельную хорошо выглядящую тему для gtk, которая бы хорошо себя вела и в других окружениях рабочего стола.\n" +"Основной задачей было обеспечить визуальное соответствие между gtk- и " +"qt-приложениями, запущенными в KDE. Второй задачей было получить " +"самостоятельную хорошо выглядящую тему для gtk, которая бы хорошо себя вела и " +"в других окружениях рабочего стола.\n" "\n" -"В отличие от других попыток портирования темы oxygen на gtk, эта не зависит от Qt (через некий движок преобразований Qt в Gtk) и не производит рендеринг виджетов посредством заранее созданных пиксельных карт (ибо это ломается каждый раз при изменении настроек в KDE.\n" +"В отличие от других попыток портирования темы oxygen на gtk, эта не зависит " +"от Qt (через некий движок преобразований Qt в Gtk) и не производит рендеринг " +"виджетов посредством заранее созданных пиксельных карт, ибо это ломается " +"каждый раз при изменении настроек в KDE.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет содержит движок тем Oxygen gtk 2.x." @@ -1886,7 +2388,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-theme-redmond95/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-theme-redmond95/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-redmond95/description -msgid "The Redmond engine and theme are designed to mimic the appearance of another well known OS." +msgid "" +"The Redmond engine and theme are designed to mimic the appearance of another " +"well known OS." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-thinice/summary @@ -1896,7 +2400,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-thinice/description #. leap/gtk2-engines/gtk2-engine-thinice/description -msgid "The ThinIce engine features thin edges and Icy Colors, and provides a simple mostly clean appearance many find satisfying." +msgid "" +"The ThinIce engine features thin edges and Icy Colors, and provides a simple " +"mostly clean appearance many find satisfying." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-engines/summary @@ -1919,7 +2425,9 @@ #. leap/gtk2/gtk2-immodule-xim/description #. leap/gtk3/gtk3-immodule-xim/description msgid "" -"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" +"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. " +"Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging " +"from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" "\n" "This package provides an input method based on the X Input Method." msgstr "" @@ -1934,7 +2442,9 @@ #. leap/gtk2/gtk2-immodules-tigrigna/description #. leap/gtk3/gtk3-immodules-tigrigna/description msgid "" -"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" +"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. " +"Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging " +"from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" "\n" "This package provides two input methods for Tigrigna." msgstr "" @@ -1946,7 +2456,6 @@ #. tumbleweed/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-theme-oxygen/description #. leap/oxygen-gtk2/gtk2-theme-oxygen/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Oxygen-Gtk2 is a port of the default KDE widget theme (Oxygen), to gtk 2.x.\n" #| "\n" @@ -1958,17 +2467,29 @@ msgid "" "Oxygen-Gtk2 is a port of the KDE Oxygen widget theme to Gtk 2.x.\n" "\n" -"It's primary goal is to ensure visual consistency between Gtk-based and Qt-based applications running under KDE. A secondary objective is to also have a stand-alone nice looking gtk theme that would behave well on other Desktop Environments.\n" +"It's primary goal is to ensure visual consistency between Gtk-based and " +"Qt-based applications running under KDE. A secondary objective is to also " +"have a stand-alone nice looking gtk theme that would behave well on other " +"Desktop Environments.\n" "\n" -"Unlike other attempts made to port the KDE oxygen theme to gtk, this attempt does not depend on Qt (via some Qt to Gtk conversion engine), nor does render the widget appearance via hard coded pixmaps, which otherwise breaks everytime some setting is changed in KDE.\n" +"Unlike other attempts made to port the KDE oxygen theme to gtk, this attempt " +"does not depend on Qt (via some Qt to Gtk conversion engine), nor does render " +"the widget appearance via hard coded pixmaps, which otherwise breaks " +"everytime some setting is changed in KDE.\n" "\n" "This package contains the Oxygen Gtk 2.x theme." msgstr "" -"Oxygen-Gtk — это порт стандартной темы виджетов KDE (Oxygen) на gtk 2.x.\n" +"Oxygen-Gtk2 — это порт темы виджетов Oxygen из KDE на gtk 2.x.\n" "\n" -"Основной задачей было обеспечить визуальное соответствие между gtk- и qt-приложениями, запущенными в KDE. Второй задачей было получить самостоятельную хорошо выглядящую тему для gtk, которая бы хорошо себя вела и в других окружениях рабочего стола.\n" +"Основной задачей было обеспечить визуальное соответствие между gtk- и " +"qt-приложениями, запущенными в KDE. Второй задачей было получить " +"самостоятельную хорошо выглядящую тему для gtk, которая бы хорошо себя вела и " +"в других окружениях рабочего стола.\n" "\n" -"В отличие от других попыток портирования темы oxygen на gtk, эта не зависит от Qt (через некий движок преобразований Qt в Gtk) и не производит рендеринг виджетов посредством заранее созданных пиксельных карт (ибо это ломается каждый раз при изменении настроек в KDE.\n" +"В отличие от других попыток портирования темы oxygen на gtk, эта не зависит " +"от Qt (через некий движок преобразований Qt в Gtk) и не производит рендеринг " +"виджетов посредством заранее созданных пиксельных карт (ибо это ломается " +"каждый раз при изменении настроек в KDE.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет содержит тему Oxygen gtk 2.x." @@ -1980,7 +2501,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk3/gtk3-devel/description #. leap/gtk3/gtk3-devel/description msgid "" -"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" +"GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces. " +"Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging " +"from small one-off projects to complete application suites.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for GTK+ 3.x." msgstr "" @@ -2017,8 +2540,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gutenprint/description #. leap/gutenprint/description -msgid "The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) printer drivers for CUPS. See the user's manual at /usr/share/gutenprint/doc/gutenprint-users-manual.pdf" -msgstr "Драйверы принтера от Gutenprint (в прошлом Gimp-Print) для CUPS. См. руководство пользователя в /usr/share/gutenprint/doc/gutenprint-users-manual.pdf" +msgid "" +"The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) printer drivers for CUPS. See the user's " +"manual at /usr/share/gutenprint/doc/gutenprint-users-manual.pdf" +msgstr "" +"Драйверы принтера от Gutenprint (в прошлом Gimp-Print) для CUPS. См. " +"руководство пользователя в /usr/share/gutenprint/doc/gutenprint-users-manual.p" +"df" #. tumbleweed/gv/summary #. leap/gv/summary @@ -2027,7 +2555,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gv/description #. leap/gv/description -msgid "GV offers you an X Window System GUI for viewing PostScript files. This is an X Window System interface to ghostscript." +msgid "" +"GV offers you an X Window System GUI for viewing PostScript files. This is an " +"X Window System interface to ghostscript." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/vim/gvim/summary @@ -2040,7 +2570,10 @@ msgid "" "Copy and modify /usr/share/vim/current/gvimrc to ~/.gvimrc if needed.\n" "\n" -"Package gvim contains the largest set of features of vim, which is graphical windows and language interpreter, like python, ruby, or perl. You need package vim for the help and other documentation too. If you want less features, you might want to install vim instead." +"Package gvim contains the largest set of features of vim, which is graphical " +"windows and language interpreter, like python, ruby, or perl. You need " +"package vim for the help and other documentation too. If you want less " +"features, you might want to install vim instead." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/summary @@ -2048,7 +2581,11 @@ msgstr "Мультиплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/description -msgid "Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often needed functions (for example, handling and parsing of configuration files, reading and writingof XML files, and interprocess communication)." +msgid "" +"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for " +"Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often " +"needed functions (for example, handling and parsing of configuration files, " +"reading and writingof XML files, and interprocess communication)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/gwenhywfar-devel/summary @@ -2058,7 +2595,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/gwenhywfar-devel/description #. leap/gwenhywfar/gwenhywfar-devel/description -msgid "Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often needed functions (e.g. for handling and parsing of configuration files, reading/writing of XML files, interprocess communication etc)." +msgid "" +"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for " +"Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often " +"needed functions (e.g. for handling and parsing of configuration files, " +"reading/writing of XML files, interprocess communication etc)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/groff-full/gxditview/summary @@ -2068,8 +2609,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/groff-full/gxditview/description #. leap/groff-full/gxditview/description -msgid "This version of xditview is called gxditview and has some extensions used by the groff command. gxditview is used by groff if called with the -X option." -msgstr "Эта версия xditview называется gxditview и имеет несколько расширений, используемых командой groff. groff использует gxditview, если он вызван с опцией -X." +msgid "" +"This version of xditview is called gxditview and has some extensions used by " +"the groff command. gxditview is used by groff if called with the -X option." +msgstr "" +"Эта версия xditview называется gxditview и имеет несколько расширений, " +"используемых командой groff. groff использует gxditview, если он вызван с " +"опцией -X." #. tumbleweed/harfbuzz/harfbuzz-devel/summary #. leap/harfbuzz/harfbuzz-devel/summary @@ -2084,7 +2630,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/haveged/description #. leap/haveged/description msgid "" -"The haveged daemon feeds the linux entropy pool with random numbers generated from hidden processor state.\n" +"The haveged daemon feeds the linux entropy pool with random numbers generated " +"from hidden processor state.\n" "\n" "For more informations see http://www.issihosts.com/haveged/" msgstr "" @@ -2100,7 +2647,9 @@ "help2man is a script to create simple man pages from the --help and\n" "--version output of programs.\n" "\n" -"Since most GNU documentation is now in info format, this provides a way to generate a placeholder man page pointing to that resource while still providing some useful information." +"Since most GNU documentation is now in info format, this provides a way to " +"generate a placeholder man page pointing to that resource while still " +"providing some useful information." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hexchat/summary @@ -2110,7 +2659,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/hexchat/description #. leap/hexchat/description -msgid "HexChat is an easy to use graphical IRC chat client for the X Window System. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly, private one-on-one conversations etc. Even file transfers are possible." +msgid "" +"HexChat is an easy to use graphical IRC chat client for the X Window System. " +"It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, " +"talk publicly, private one-on-one conversations etc. Even file transfers are " +"possible." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hp2xx/summary @@ -2120,7 +2673,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/hp2xx/description #. leap/hp2xx/description -msgid "The hp2xx program is a versatile tool for converting vector graphics data given in Hewlett-Packard's HP-GL plotter language into a variety of popular graphics formats, both vector and raster." +msgid "" +"The hp2xx program is a versatile tool for converting vector graphics data " +"given in Hewlett-Packard's HP-GL plotter language into a variety of popular " +"graphics formats, both vector and raster." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hplip/summary @@ -2131,15 +2687,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/hplip/description #. leap/hplip/description msgid "" -"The Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing project (HPLIP) provides a unified single and multifunction connectivity solution for HP printers and scanners (in particular, HP all-in-one devices).\n" +"The Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing project (HPLIP) provides a " +"unified single and multifunction connectivity solution for HP printers and " +"scanners (in particular, HP all-in-one devices).\n" "\n" -"HPLIP provides unified connectivity for printing, scanning, sending faxes, photo card access, and device management and is designed to work with CUPS.\n" +"HPLIP provides unified connectivity for printing, scanning, sending faxes, " +"photo card access, and device management and is designed to work with CUPS.\n" "\n" -"It includes the Ghostscript printer driver HPIJS for HP printers and a special \"hp\" CUPS back-end that provides bidirectional communication with the device (required for HP printer device management).\n" +"It includes the Ghostscript printer driver HPIJS for HP printers and a " +"special \"hp\" CUPS back-end that provides bidirectional communication with " +"the device (required for HP printer device management).\n" "\n" -"It also includes the SANE scanner driver \"hpaio\" for HP all-in-one devices. Basic PC send fax functionality is supported on a number of devices.\n" +"It also includes the SANE scanner driver \"hpaio\" for HP all-in-one devices. " +"Basic PC send fax functionality is supported on a number of devices.\n" "\n" -"The special \"hpfax\" CUPS back-end is required to send faxes. Direct uploading (i.e. without print and scan) of received faxes from the device to the PC is not supported.\n" +"The special \"hpfax\" CUPS back-end is required to send faxes. Direct " +"uploading (i.e. without print and scan) of received faxes from the device to " +"the PC is not supported.\n" "\n" "The \"hp-toolbox\" program is provided for device management.\n" "\n" @@ -2147,7 +2711,8 @@ "\n" "The \"hp-setup\" program can be used to set up HP all-in-one devices.\n" "\n" -"The HPLIP project is open source software and uses GPL-compatible licenses. For more information, see:\n" +"The HPLIP project is open source software and uses GPL-compatible licenses. " +"For more information, see:\n" "\n" "http://hplipopensource.com\n" "\n" @@ -2162,15 +2727,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/hplip/hplip-hpijs/description #. leap/hplip/hplip-hpijs/description msgid "" -"HPIJS is HPLIP's Ghostscript printer driver for HP printers. HPCUPS is HPLIP's native CUPS printer driver for HP printers.\n" +"HPIJS is HPLIP's Ghostscript printer driver for HP printers. HPCUPS is " +"HPLIP's native CUPS printer driver for HP printers.\n" "\n" -"This sub-package includes only what is needed for plain printing with the printer drivers in HPLIP for standard HP printers.\n" +"This sub-package includes only what is needed for plain printing with the " +"printer drivers in HPLIP for standard HP printers.\n" "\n" -"It does neither provide device status information, nor support for scanning, nor support for faxing, nor support for memory card (mass storage) access, nor support for non-standard devices e.g. no support for devices which require an additional plugin from HP.\n" +"It does neither provide device status information, nor support for scanning, " +"nor support for faxing, nor support for memory card (mass storage) access, " +"nor support for non-standard devices e.g. no support for devices which " +"require an additional plugin from HP.\n" "\n" "This sub-package includes in particular:\n" "\n" -"The hpijs binary and the libraries libhpip and libhpmud which are needed to run it.\n" +"The hpijs binary and the libraries libhpip and libhpmud which are needed to " +"run it.\n" "\n" "The HPCUPS driver (/usr/lib[64]/cups/filter/hpcups).\n" "\n" @@ -2178,7 +2749,8 @@ "\n" "All HPLIP PPD files (also for HP PostScript printers).\n" "\n" -"For the full-featured HPLIP printing and scanning solution, the main-package package hplip must be installed.\n" +"For the full-featured HPLIP printing and scanning solution, the main-package " +"package hplip must be installed.\n" "\n" "For full documentation and license see the main-package hplip." msgstr "" @@ -2190,7 +2762,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/hplip/hplip-sane/description #. leap/hplip/hplip-sane/description -msgid "This sub-package includes only what is needed for plain scanning with the scan drivers in HPLIP for standard HP all-in-one printers." +msgid "" +"This sub-package includes only what is needed for plain scanning with the " +"scan drivers in HPLIP for standard HP all-in-one printers." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/html2text/summary @@ -2200,7 +2774,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/html2text/description #. leap/html2text/description -msgid "A tool for converting from HTML to ASCII. It can reasonably handle tables." +msgid "" +"A tool for converting from HTML to ASCII. It can reasonably handle tables." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/htmldoc/summary @@ -2210,7 +2785,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/htmldoc/description #. leap/htmldoc/description -msgid "HTMLDOC converts HTML source files into indexed HTML, PostScript, or Portable Document Format (PDF) files that can be viewed online or printed." +msgid "" +"HTMLDOC converts HTML source files into indexed HTML, PostScript, or Portable " +"Document Format (PDF) files that can be viewed online or printed." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hugin/summary @@ -2221,9 +2798,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/hugin/description #. leap/hugin/description msgid "" -"Hugin can be used to stitch multiple images together. The resulting image can span 360 degrees. Another common use is the creation of very high resolution pictures by combining multiple images.\n" +"Hugin can be used to stitch multiple images together. The resulting image can " +"span 360 degrees. Another common use is the creation of very high resolution " +"pictures by combining multiple images.\n" "\n" -"Other tools in this package can correct lens distortion, vignetting and chromatic abberation, create HDR images, provide automatic feature detection and extraction of key points." +"Other tools in this package can correct lens distortion, vignetting and " +"chromatic abberation, create HDR images, provide automatic feature detection " +"and extraction of key points." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hunspell/hunspell-devel/summary @@ -2243,8 +2824,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/hwinfo/hwinfo-devel/description #. leap/hwinfo/hwinfo-devel/description -msgid "This library collects information about the hardware installed on a system." -msgstr "Эта библиотека собирает информацию об оборудовании, установленном в системе." +msgid "" +"This library collects information about the hardware installed on a system." +msgstr "" +"Эта библиотека собирает информацию об оборудовании, установленном в системе." #. tumbleweed/hylafax+/summary #. leap/hylafax+/summary @@ -2253,7 +2836,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/hylafax+/description #. leap/hylafax+/description -msgid "HylaFAX(tm) is a enterprise-strength fax server supporting Class 1 and 2 fax modems on UNIX systems. It provides spooling services and numerous supporting fax management tools. The fax clients may reside on machines different from the server and client implementations exist for a number of platforms including windows." +msgid "" +"HylaFAX(tm) is a enterprise-strength fax server supporting Class 1 and 2 fax " +"modems on UNIX systems. It provides spooling services and numerous supporting " +"fax management tools. The fax clients may reside on machines different from " +"the server and client implementations exist for a number of platforms " +"including windows." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hylafax+/hylafax+-client/summary @@ -2263,7 +2851,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/hylafax+/hylafax+-client/description #. leap/hylafax+/hylafax+-client/description -msgid "This is linux client part of the very powerful Hylafax fax server. If you already run the Hylafax fax server on an other machine at your network, you can use this package to access the server." +msgid "" +"This is linux client part of the very powerful Hylafax fax server. If you " +"already run the Hylafax fax server on an other machine at your network, you " +"can use this package to access the server." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hyper-v/summary @@ -2283,7 +2874,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/i4l-base/i4l-isdnlog/description #. leap/i4l-base/i4l-isdnlog/description -msgid "Isdnlog is a very powerful tool to log calls on your ISDN line. It can analyze the D-channel messages and start programs based on various phone call events. It can make summaries of phone call costs and translate known numbers to names. It has its own database for areacodes and phone call costs for many phone network providers and can help you to take care of your phone bill." +msgid "" +"Isdnlog is a very powerful tool to log calls on your ISDN line. It can " +"analyze the D-channel messages and start programs based on various phone call " +"events. It can make summaries of phone call costs and translate known numbers " +"to names. It has its own database for areacodes and phone call costs for many " +"phone network providers and can help you to take care of your phone bill." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus/summary @@ -2293,20 +2889,29 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus/description #. leap/ibus/description -msgid "IBus means Intelligent Input Bus. It is a new input framework for Linux OS. It provides full featured and user friendly input method user interface. It also may help developers to develop input method easily." -msgstr "IBus означает «шина интеллектуального ввода». Это новая инфраструктура ввода для ОС Linux. Она обеспечивает полнофункциональный и дружественный к пользователю интерфейс к методам ввода. Она также может помочь разработчикам легко создавать новые методы ввода." +msgid "" +"IBus means Intelligent Input Bus. It is a new input framework for Linux OS. " +"It provides full featured and user friendly input method user interface. It " +"also may help developers to develop input method easily." +msgstr "" +"IBus означает «шина интеллектуального ввода». Это новая инфраструктура ввода " +"для ОС Linux. Она обеспечивает полнофункциональный и дружественный к " +"пользователю интерфейс к методам ввода. Она также может помочь разработчикам " +"легко создавать новые методы ввода." #. tumbleweed/ibus-chewing/summary #. leap/ibus-chewing/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The Hangul engine for IBus input platform" msgid "The Chewing engine for IBus input platform" -msgstr "Движок Hangul для платформы ввода IBus" +msgstr "Движок Chewing для платформы ввода IBus" #. tumbleweed/ibus-chewing/description #. leap/ibus-chewing/description msgid "" -"IBus-chewing is an IBus front-end of Chewing, an intelligent Chinese input method for Zhuyin (BoPoMoFo) users. It supports various Zhuyin keyboard layout, such as standard (DaChen), IBM, Gin-Yeah, Eten, Eten 26, Hsu, Dvorak, Dvorak-Hsu, and DaChen26.\n" +"IBus-chewing is an IBus front-end of Chewing, an intelligent Chinese input " +"method for Zhuyin (BoPoMoFo) users. It supports various Zhuyin keyboard " +"layout, such as standard (DaChen), IBM, Gin-Yeah, Eten, Eten 26, Hsu, Dvorak, " +"Dvorak-Hsu, and DaChen26.\n" "\n" "Chewing also support toned Hanyu pinyin input." msgstr "" @@ -2342,19 +2947,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-libpinyin/description #. leap/ibus-libpinyin/description -msgid "It includes a Chinese Pinyin input method and a Chinese ZhuYin (Bopomofo) input method based on libpinyin for IBus." +msgid "" +"It includes a Chinese Pinyin input method and a Chinese ZhuYin (Bopomofo) " +"input method based on libpinyin for IBus." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-libzhuyin/summary #. leap/ibus-libzhuyin/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Intelligent Pinyin engine based on libpinyin for IBus" msgid "New Zhuyin engine based on libzhuyin for IBus" -msgstr "Интеллектуальный движок пиньинь, основанный на libpinyin для IBus" +msgstr "Новый движок Zhuyin, основанный на libzhuyin для IBus" #. tumbleweed/ibus-libzhuyin/description #. leap/ibus-libzhuyin/description -msgid "It includes a Chinese Zhuyin (Bopomofo) input method based on libzhuyin for IBus." +msgid "" +"It includes a Chinese Zhuyin (Bopomofo) input method based on libzhuyin for " +"IBus." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-m17n/summary @@ -2364,8 +2972,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-m17n/description #. leap/ibus-m17n/description -msgid "M17N engine for IBus input platform. It allows input of many languages using the input table maps from m17n-db." -msgstr "Движок интернационализации для платформы IBus. Он обеспечивает ввод многих языков, используя таблицы ввода из m17n-db." +msgid "" +"M17N engine for IBus input platform. It allows input of many languages using " +"the input table maps from m17n-db." +msgstr "" +"Движок интернационализации для платформы IBus. Он обеспечивает ввод многих " +"языков, используя таблицы ввода из m17n-db." #. tumbleweed/mozc/ibus-mozc/summary #. leap/mozc/ibus-mozc/summary @@ -2384,7 +2996,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/mozc/ibus-mozc-candidate-window/description #. leap/mozc/ibus-mozc-candidate-window/description -msgid "This package provides an advanced candidate window for IBus. The window shows examples of selected words." +msgid "" +"This package provides an advanced candidate window for IBus. The window shows " +"examples of selected words." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-pinyin/summary @@ -2394,7 +3008,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-pinyin/description #. leap/ibus-pinyin/description -msgid "PinYin engine for IBus platform. It provides a Chinese PinYin input method." +msgid "" +"PinYin engine for IBus platform. It provides a Chinese PinYin input method." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-qt/summary @@ -2414,7 +3029,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-sunpinyin/description #. leap/ibus-sunpinyin/description -msgid "ibus-sunpinyin is a wrapper around SunPinyin which enables user to use SunPinyin with IBus framework." +msgid "" +"ibus-sunpinyin is a wrapper around SunPinyin which enables user to use " +"SunPinyin with IBus framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table/summary @@ -2434,7 +3051,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-others/ibus-table-rustrad/description #. leap/ibus-table-others/ibus-table-rustrad/description -msgid "ibus-table-rustrad provides Rustrad input method on IBus Table under IBus framework." +msgid "" +"ibus-table-rustrad provides Rustrad input method on IBus Table under IBus " +"framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-others/ibus-table-translit/summary @@ -2444,7 +3063,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-others/ibus-table-translit/description #. leap/ibus-table-others/ibus-table-translit/description -msgid "ibus-table-translit provides Translit input method on IBus Table under IBus framework." +msgid "" +"ibus-table-translit provides Translit input method on IBus Table under IBus " +"framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/icecream/summary @@ -2464,18 +3085,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/icecream-monitor/description #. leap/icecream-monitor/description -msgid "icecream is the next generation distcc. This package provides a monitor program." +msgid "" +"icecream is the next generation distcc. This package provides a monitor " +"program." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ico/summary #. leap/ico/summary msgid "Simple animation program used for testing X11 operations and extensions" -msgstr "Простая программа анимации для проверки функционирования X11 и расширений" +msgstr "" +"Простая программа анимации для проверки функционирования X11 и расширений" #. tumbleweed/ico/description #. leap/ico/description -msgid "ico is a simple animation program that may be used for testing various X11 operations and extensions. It displays a wire-frame rotating polyhedron, with hidden lines removed, or a solid-fill polyhedron with hidden faces removed." -msgstr "ico — простая программа анимации, которую можно использовать для тестирования различных операций и расширений X11. Она показывает проволочный вращающийся многогранник с удалением невидимых линий или заполненный многогранник с удалением невидимых сторон." +msgid "" +"ico is a simple animation program that may be used for testing various X11 " +"operations and extensions. It displays a wire-frame rotating polyhedron, with " +"hidden lines removed, or a solid-fill polyhedron with hidden faces removed." +msgstr "" +"ico — простая программа анимации, которую можно использовать для тестирования " +"различных операций и расширений X11. Она показывает проволочный вращающийся " +"многогранник с удалением невидимых линий или заполненный многогранник с " +"удалением невидимых сторон." #. tumbleweed/id3lib/summary #. leap/id3lib/summary @@ -2484,7 +3115,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/id3lib/description #. leap/id3lib/description -msgid "This package provides a software library for manipulating ID3v1 and ID3v2 tags. It provides a convenient interface for software developers to include standards-compliant ID3v1/2 tagging capabilities in their applications. Features include identification of valid tags, automatic size conversions, synchronization and resynchronization of tag frames, seamless tag compression and decompression, and optional padding facilities." +msgid "" +"This package provides a software library for manipulating ID3v1 and ID3v2 " +"tags. It provides a convenient interface for software developers to include " +"standards-compliant ID3v1/2 tagging capabilities in their applications. " +"Features include identification of valid tags, automatic size conversions, " +"synchronization and resynchronization of tag frames, seamless tag compression " +"and decompression, and optional padding facilities." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/id3v2/summary @@ -2494,8 +3131,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/id3v2/description #. leap/id3v2/description -msgid "ID3 tags are found in MP3 files. They can store information about what band recorded the song, the song name, and more. ID3-V1 tags are seriously deficient as to the kind of and length of information that they can store. This is a tool for editing ID3-V2 tags in Linux." -msgstr "Теги ID3 находятся в MP3-файлах. Они могут хранить информацию о том, какая группа записала песню, название песни и многое другое. Теги ID3-V1 обладают серьезными недостатками относительно вида и длины информации, которую они могут хранить. Это инструмент для редактирования тегов ID3-V2 в Linux." +msgid "" +"ID3 tags are found in MP3 files. They can store information about what band " +"recorded the song, the song name, and more. ID3-V1 tags are seriously " +"deficient as to the kind of and length of information that they can store. " +"This is a tool for editing ID3-V2 tags in Linux." +msgstr "" +"Теги ID3 находятся в MP3-файлах. Они могут хранить информацию о том, какая " +"группа записала песню, название песни и многое другое. Теги ID3-V1 обладают " +"серьезными недостатками относительно вида и длины информации, которую они " +"могут хранить. Это инструмент для редактирования тегов ID3-V2 в Linux." #. tumbleweed/iftop/summary #. leap/iftop/summary @@ -2504,13 +3149,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/iftop/description #. leap/iftop/description -msgid "iftop does for network usage what top(1) does for CPU usage. It listens to network traffic on a named interface and displays a table of current bandwidth usage by pairs of hosts. It is handy for explaining why the network links slow." +msgid "" +"iftop does for network usage what top(1) does for CPU usage. It listens to " +"network traffic on a named interface and displays a table of current " +"bandwidth usage by pairs of hosts. It is handy for explaining why the network " +"links slow." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ilmbase/ilmbase-devel/description #. leap/ilmbase/ilmbase-devel/description -msgid "Devel files for ilmbase Base library for Industrial Light & Magic software (OpenEXR)." -msgstr "Файлы разработки для ilmbase, основной библиотеки для программного обеспечения Industrial Light & Magic (OpenEXR)" +msgid "" +"Devel files for ilmbase Base library for Industrial Light & Magic software " +"(OpenEXR)." +msgstr "" +"Файлы разработки для ilmbase, основной библиотеки для программного " +"обеспечения Industrial Light & Magic (OpenEXR)" #. tumbleweed/imake/summary #. leap/imake/summary @@ -2520,16 +3173,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/imake/description #. leap/imake/description msgid "" -"Imake is used to generate Makefiles from a template, a set of cpp macro functions, and a per-directory input file called an Imakefile.\n" +"Imake is used to generate Makefiles from a template, a set of cpp macro " +"functions, and a per-directory input file called an Imakefile.\n" "\n" -"The X Window System used imake extensively up through the X11R6.9 release, for both full builds within the source tree and external software. X has since moved to GNU autoconf and automake for its build system in X11R7.0 and later releases, but still maintains imake for building existing external software programs that have not yet converted." +"The X Window System used imake extensively up through the X11R6.9 release, " +"for both full builds within the source tree and external software. X has " +"since moved to GNU autoconf and automake for its build system in X11R7.0 and " +"later releases, but still maintains imake for building existing external " +"software programs that have not yet converted." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/imhangul/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GTK+-2.0 Hangul Input Modules" msgid "GTK+-3.0 Hangul Input Modules" -msgstr "Модули ввода хангыль для GTK+-2.0" +msgstr "Модули ввода хангыль для GTK+-3.0." #. tumbleweed/imhangul/description #. leap/imhangul/description @@ -2543,7 +3200,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/indent/description #. leap/indent/description -msgid "Indent can be used to make code easier to read. It can also convert from one style of writing C code to another. indent understands a substantial amount of C syntax, but it also tries to cope with incomplete and malformed syntax." +msgid "" +"Indent can be used to make code easier to read. It can also convert from one " +"style of writing C code to another. indent understands a substantial amount " +"of C syntax, but it also tries to cope with incomplete and malformed syntax." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/inkscape/summary @@ -2577,7 +3237,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-extra/description #. leap/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-extra/description msgid "" -"Extra extensions for Inkscape. Recommended for everybody who wants to use Inkscape.\n" +"Extra extensions for Inkscape. Recommended for everybody who wants to use " +"Inkscape.\n" "\n" "Inkscape is a vector illustration program for the GNOME desktop." msgstr "" @@ -2613,14 +3274,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-skencil/summary #. leap/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-skencil/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Vector Illustration Program - Dia Import Extension" msgid "Vector Illustration Program - Skencil Import Extension" -msgstr "Программа векторной иллюстрации — расширение импорта Dia" +msgstr "Программа векторной иллюстрации — расширение импорта Skensil" #. tumbleweed/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-skencil/description #. leap/inkscape/inkscape-extensions-skencil/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GIMP import and export extensions for Inkscape.\n" #| "\n" @@ -2630,7 +3289,7 @@ "\n" "Inkscape is a vector illustration program for the GNOME desktop." msgstr "" -"Расширения импорта и экспорта GIMP для Inkscape.\n" +"Расширения импорта и экспорта Skensil для Inkscape.\n" "\n" "Inkscape — программа векторной графики для рабочего стола GNOME." @@ -2651,7 +3310,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/inputproto/inputproto-devel/description #. leap/inputproto/inputproto-devel/description -msgid "The Input protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a protocol to provide additional input devices management such as graphic tablets." +msgid "" +"The Input protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a " +"protocol to provide additional input devices management such as graphic " +"tablets." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/installation-images-openSUSE/install-initrd-openSUSE/summary @@ -2661,7 +3323,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/installation-images-openSUSE/install-initrd-openSUSE/description #. leap/installation-images-openSUSE/install-initrd-openSUSE/description -msgid "You can create an initrd for openSUSE installation. Useful, for example, to set up a UML or XEN environment." +msgid "" +"You can create an initrd for openSUSE installation. Useful, for example, to " +"set up a UML or XEN environment." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/iodbc/summary @@ -2671,7 +3335,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/iodbc/description #. leap/iodbc/description -msgid "The iODBC Driver Manager is a free implementation of the SAG CLI and ODBC compliant driver manager which allows developers to write ODBC compliant applications that can connect to various databases using appropriate backend drivers." +msgid "" +"The iODBC Driver Manager is a free implementation of the SAG CLI and ODBC " +"compliant driver manager which allows developers to write ODBC compliant " +"applications that can connect to various databases using appropriate backend " +"drivers." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ipsec-tools/summary @@ -2680,7 +3348,13 @@ msgstr "Утилиты IPsec" #. tumbleweed/ipsec-tools/description -msgid "This is the IPsec-Tools package. This package is needed to really make use of the IPsec functionality in the version 2.5 and 2.6 Linux kernels. This package builds: - libipsec, a PFKeyV2 library - setkey, a program to directly manipulate policies and SAs - racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon These sources can be found at the IPsec-Tools home page at: http://ipsec-tools.sourceforge.net/" +msgid "" +"This is the IPsec-Tools package. This package is needed to really make use " +"of the IPsec functionality in the version 2.5 and 2.6 Linux kernels. This " +"package builds: - libipsec, a PFKeyV2 library - setkey, a program to " +"directly manipulate policies and SAs - racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon These " +"sources can be found at the IPsec-Tools home page at: " +"http://ipsec-tools.sourceforge.net/" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/iptraf/iptraf-ng/summary @@ -2690,7 +3364,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/iptraf/iptraf-ng/description #. leap/iptraf/iptraf-ng/description -msgid "IPTraf-ng is a console-based network statistics utility. It gathers a variety of information such as TCP connection packet and byte counts, interface statistics and activity indicators, TCP/UDP traffic breakdowns, and LAN station packet and byte counts." +msgid "" +"IPTraf-ng is a console-based network statistics utility. It gathers a variety " +"of information such as TCP connection packet and byte counts, interface " +"statistics and activity indicators, TCP/UDP traffic breakdowns, and LAN " +"station packet and byte counts." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/irssi/summary @@ -2701,9 +3379,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/irssi/description #. leap/irssi/description msgid "" -"Irssi is a modular IRC client for UNIX that currently only has a text mode user interface. However, 80-90% of the code is not text mode specific, so other UIs could be created easily. Also, Irssi is not really even IRC specific anymore. There are already working SILC and ICB modules available. Support for other protocols, like ICQ and Jabber, could be added some day, too.\n" +"Irssi is a modular IRC client for UNIX that currently only has a text mode " +"user interface. However, 80-90% of the code is not text mode specific, so " +"other UIs could be created easily. Also, Irssi is not really even IRC " +"specific anymore. There are already working SILC and ICB modules available. " +"Support for other protocols, like ICQ and Jabber, could be added some day, " +"too.\n" "\n" -"It is the code that separates Irssi from ircII, BitchX, epic, and the rest of the text clients. It is not using the ircII code." +"It is the code that separates Irssi from ircII, BitchX, epic, and the rest of " +"the text clients. It is not using the ircII code." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ispell/summary @@ -2714,9 +3398,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/ispell/description #. leap/ispell/description msgid "" -"Ispell is a fast, screen-oriented spell checker that shows you your errors in the context of the original file and suggests possible corrections when it can figure them out. Compared to UNIX spell, it is faster and much easier to use.\tIspell can also handle languages other than English. Ispell has a long history and many people have contributed to the current version--some of the major contributors include R. E. Gorin, Pace Willisson, Walt Buehring, and Geoff Kuenning.\n" +"Ispell is a fast, screen-oriented spell checker that shows you your errors in " +"the context of the original file and suggests possible corrections when it " +"can figure them out. Compared to UNIX spell, it is faster and much easier to " +"use.\tIspell can also handle languages other than English. Ispell has a long " +"history and many people have contributed to the current version--some of the " +"major contributors include R. E. Gorin, Pace Willisson, Walt Buehring, and " +"Geoff Kuenning.\n" "\n" -"You can find a short description in the directory /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/." +"You can find a short description in the directory " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ispell/ispell-american/summary @@ -2726,8 +3417,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/ispell/ispell-american/description #. leap/ispell/ispell-american/description -msgid "This package includes a ready American dictionary for ispell. If you install ispell-british too, check /etc/sysconfig/ispell to see which one the default English dictionary will be. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. The sources for this dictionary are included in the source package of ispell." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый американский словарь для ispell. Если вы также установили ispell-british, проверьте /etc/sysconfig/ispell, чтобы узнать какой словарь установлен по умолчанию для английского языка. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет с исходным кодом для ispell." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready American dictionary for ispell. If you install " +"ispell-british too, check /etc/sysconfig/ispell to see which one the default " +"English dictionary will be. A short usage description is given in " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. The sources for this dictionary are " +"included in the source package of ispell." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый американский словарь для ispell. Если вы также " +"установили ispell-british, проверьте /etc/sysconfig/ispell, чтобы узнать " +"какой словарь установлен по умолчанию для английского языка. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет с исходным кодом для ispell." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-brazilian/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-brazilian/summary @@ -2736,8 +3438,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-brazilian/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-brazilian/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Brazilian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый бразильский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Brazilian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый бразильский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/ispell/ispell-british/summary #. leap/ispell/ispell-british/summary @@ -2746,8 +3455,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/ispell/ispell-british/description #. leap/ispell/ispell-british/description -msgid "This packages includes a ready British dictionary for ispell. If you install ispell-american too, check /etc/sysconfig/ispell to see which one will be the default English dictionary. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. The sources for this dictionary are included in the source package of ispell." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый британский словарь для ispell. Если вы также установили ispell-american, проверьте /etc/sysconfig/ispell, чтобы узнать какой словарь установлен по умолчанию для английского языка. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет с исходным кодом для ispell." +msgid "" +"This packages includes a ready British dictionary for ispell. If you install " +"ispell-american too, check /etc/sysconfig/ispell to see which one will be the " +"default English dictionary. A short usage description is given in " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. The sources for this dictionary are " +"included in the source package of ispell." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый британский словарь для ispell. Если вы также " +"установили ispell-american, проверьте /etc/sysconfig/ispell, чтобы узнать " +"какой словарь установлен по умолчанию для английского языка. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет с исходным кодом для ispell." #. tumbleweed/ispell-bulgarian/summary #. leap/ispell-bulgarian/summary @@ -2756,8 +3476,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/ispell-bulgarian/description #. leap/ispell-bulgarian/description -msgid "This packages includes a ready Bulgarian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the packages ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый болгарский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This packages includes a ready Bulgarian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the packages ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый болгарский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-catalan/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-catalan/summary @@ -2766,8 +3494,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-catalan/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-catalan/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Catalan dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый каталонский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Catalan dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый каталонский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-czech/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-czech/summary @@ -2776,8 +3512,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-czech/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-czech/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Czech dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый чешский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Czech dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый чешский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-danish/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-danish/summary @@ -2786,8 +3528,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-danish/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-danish/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Danish dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый датский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Danish dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый датский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-dutch/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-dutch/summary @@ -2796,8 +3545,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-dutch/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-dutch/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Dutch dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый голландский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Dutch dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый голландский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-estonian/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-estonian/summary @@ -2806,8 +3563,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-estonian/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-estonian/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Estonian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый эстонский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Estonian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый эстонский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-finnish/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-finnish/summary @@ -2816,8 +3579,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-finnish/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-finnish/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Finnish dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый финский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Finnish dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый финский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-french/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-french/summary @@ -2826,8 +3595,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-french/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-french/description -msgid "This package includes a ready French dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый французский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready French dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый французский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-german/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-german/summary @@ -2836,8 +3613,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-german/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-german/description -msgid "This package includes a ready German dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый немецкий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready German dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый немецкий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-greek/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-greek/summary @@ -2846,8 +3629,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-greek/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-greek/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Greek dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый греческий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Greek dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый греческий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/ispell-hungarian/summary #. leap/ispell-hungarian/summary @@ -2866,8 +3655,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-italian/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-italian/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Italian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый итальянский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Italian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый итальянский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-naustrian/summary #. leap/igerman98/ispell-naustrian/summary @@ -2876,8 +3673,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-naustrian/description #. leap/igerman98/ispell-naustrian/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Austrian dictionary for ispell according the new spelling rules. The name of the dictionary is naustrian to be able to distinguish it from those of the German packages. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый австрийский словарь для ispell соответствующий новым правилам правописания. Словарь называется naustrian для того чтобы его можно было отличить от других немецких пакетов. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Austrian dictionary for ispell according the " +"new spelling rules. The name of the dictionary is naustrian to be able to " +"distinguish it from those of the German packages. A short usage description " +"is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый австрийский словарь для ispell соответствующий " +"новым правилам правописания. Словарь называется naustrian для того чтобы его " +"можно было отличить от других немецких пакетов. Краткое руководство по " +"использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-ngerman/summary #. leap/igerman98/ispell-ngerman/summary @@ -2886,8 +3691,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-ngerman/description #. leap/igerman98/ispell-ngerman/description -msgid "This package includes a ready German dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый немецкий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready German dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый немецкий словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-norsk/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-norsk/summary @@ -2896,8 +3707,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-norsk/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-norsk/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Norwegian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый норвежский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Norwegian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый норвежский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-nswiss/summary #. leap/igerman98/ispell-nswiss/summary @@ -2906,8 +3725,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/igerman98/ispell-nswiss/description #. leap/igerman98/ispell-nswiss/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Swiss dictionary for ispell according the new spelling rules. The name of the dictionary is nswiss to be able to distinguish it from those of the German packages. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый швейцарский словарь для ispell, соответствующий новым правилам правописания. Словарь называется nswiss для того чтобы его можно было отличить от других немецких пакетов. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Swiss dictionary for ispell according the new " +"spelling rules. The name of the dictionary is nswiss to be able to " +"distinguish it from those of the German packages. A short usage description " +"is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый швейцарский словарь для ispell, соответствующий " +"новым правилам правописания. Словарь называется nswiss для того чтобы его " +"можно было отличить от других немецких пакетов. Краткое руководство по " +"использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-polish/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-polish/summary @@ -2916,8 +3743,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-polish/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-polish/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Polish dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый польский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Polish dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый польский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-portuguese/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-portuguese/summary @@ -2926,8 +3759,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-portuguese/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-portuguese/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Portuguese dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый португальский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Portuguese dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый португальский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-russian/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-russian/summary @@ -2936,8 +3777,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-russian/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-russian/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Russian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый русский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Russian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый русский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/ispell-slovak/summary #. leap/ispell-slovak/summary @@ -2946,8 +3793,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/ispell-slovak/description #. leap/ispell-slovak/description -msgid "This packages includes a ready Slovak dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the packages ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет, включает, готовый словацкий словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This packages includes a ready Slovak dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the packages ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет, включает, готовый словацкий словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-slovene/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-slovene/summary @@ -2956,8 +3811,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-slovene/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-slovene/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Slovenian dictionary for ispell. A short usage description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый словенский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Slovenian dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package " +"ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый словенский словарь для ispell. Краткое " +"руководство по использованию находится в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в " +"пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-spanish/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-spanish/summary @@ -2966,8 +3828,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-spanish/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-spanish/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Spanish dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый испанский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Spanish dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый испанский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-swedish/summary #. leap/dicts/ispell-swedish/summary @@ -2976,8 +3845,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/dicts/ispell-swedish/description #. leap/dicts/ispell-swedish/description -msgid "This package includes a ready Swedish dictionary for ispell. A short usage description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the package dicts." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает готовый шведский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." +msgid "" +"This package includes a ready Swedish dictionary for ispell. A short usage " +"description for ispell is given in /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README of " +"the package ispell. The sources for this dictionary are included in the " +"package dicts." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает готовый шведский словарь для ispell. Краткое руководство " +"по использованию находится в /usr/share/doc/packages/ispell/README. Исходники " +"этого словаря включены в пакет dicts." #. tumbleweed/ivtv/summary #. leap/ivtv/summary @@ -2986,7 +3862,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/ivtv/description #. leap/ivtv/description -msgid "The primary goal of the IVTV project is to provide a \"clean room\" Linux open source driver implementation for video capture cards based on the iCompression iTVC15 or Conexant CX23415/CX23416 MPEG Codec. Examples of such cards are the Hauppauge PVR 250/350 series of MPEG video capture cards, the Hauppauge \"freestyle\", and the AVerMedia M179 AVerTV. The freestyle has not been tested, but it should work or at least be easy to get working." +msgid "" +"The primary goal of the IVTV project is to provide a \"clean room\" Linux " +"open source driver implementation for video capture cards based on the " +"iCompression iTVC15 or Conexant CX23415/CX23416 MPEG Codec. Examples of such " +"cards are the Hauppauge PVR 250/350 series of MPEG video capture cards, the " +"Hauppauge \"freestyle\", and the AVerMedia M179 AVerTV. The freestyle has not " +"been tested, but it should work or at least be easy to get working." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/GeoIP-data/summary @@ -2996,7 +3878,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/GeoIP-data/description #. leap/GeoIP/GeoIP-data/description -msgid "This package includes GeoLite data created by MaxMind, available from http://www.maxmind.com/" +msgid "" +"This package includes GeoLite data created by MaxMind, available from " +"http://www.maxmind.com/" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-doc/summary @@ -3019,7 +3903,8 @@ msgid "" "openSUSE default skins for Fcitx\n" "\n" -"You can either use this package or download from kde-look.org using knewstaff in fcitx-config-kde4." +"You can either use this package or download from kde-look.org using knewstaff " +"in fcitx-config-kde4." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-cn-wubi-large/summary @@ -3030,7 +3915,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-cn-wubi-large/description #. leap/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-cn-wubi-large/description msgid "" -"Fcitx Wubi (Wu Bi Zi Xing) table with large character set for Simplified Chinese.\n" +"Fcitx Wubi (Wu Bi Zi Xing) table with large character set for Simplified " +"Chinese.\n" "\n" "Wubi in Fcitx is based on wubi x86." msgstr "" @@ -3052,7 +3938,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-tw-cangjie-large/description #. leap/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-tw-cangjie-large/description -msgid "Fcitx Tsang Jei (Cang Jie) table with large character set for Traditional Chinese." +msgid "" +"Fcitx Tsang Jei (Cang Jie) table with large character set for Traditional " +"Chinese." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx-table-extra/fcitx-table-tw-cangjie5/summary @@ -3093,7 +3981,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/five-or-more/five-or-more-lang/description #. leap/five-or-more/five-or-more-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package five-or-more" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета five-or-more" #. tumbleweed/flute/summary #. leap/flute/summary @@ -3113,9 +4001,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiten/fonts-KanjiStrokeOrders/description #. leap/kiten/fonts-KanjiStrokeOrders/description msgid "" -"This font provides an easy way to view stroke order diagrams for over 6350 kanji, 183 kana symbols, the Latin characters and quite a few other symbols. I have also used it as a dumping ground for my own character creation doodles.\n" +"This font provides an easy way to view stroke order diagrams for over 6350 " +"kanji, 183 kana symbols, the Latin characters and quite a few other symbols. " +"I have also used it as a dumping ground for my own character creation " +"doodles.\n" "\n" -"My hope is that this font will assist people who are learning kanji. I also hope it will help teachers of Japanese in the preparation of classroom material. Beware that Japanese stroke order can differ from the stroke order used in other languages that use Chinese characters." +"My hope is that this font will assist people who are learning kanji. I also " +"hope it will help teachers of Japanese in the preparation of classroom " +"material. Beware that Japanese stroke order can differ from the stroke order " +"used in other languages that use Chinese characters." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/four-in-a-row/four-in-a-row-lang/summary @@ -3126,7 +4020,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/four-in-a-row/four-in-a-row-lang/description #. leap/four-in-a-row/four-in-a-row-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package four-in-a-row" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета four-in-a-row" #. tumbleweed/frogr/frogr-lang/summary #. leap/frogr/frogr-lang/summary @@ -3146,7 +4040,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/frozen-bubble/frozen-bubble-lang/description #. leap/frozen-bubble/frozen-bubble-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package frozen-bubble" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета frozen-bubble" #. tumbleweed/fvwm-themes/summary #. leap/fvwm-themes/summary @@ -3155,7 +4049,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/fvwm-themes/description #. leap/fvwm-themes/description -msgid "FVWM Themes is a powerful configuration framework for FVWM, designed to be easily extendable and configurable.\tIt includes several prebuilt themes and a pack of images and sounds." +msgid "" +"FVWM Themes is a powerful configuration framework for FVWM, designed to be " +"easily extendable and configurable.\tIt includes several prebuilt themes and " +"a pack of images and sounds." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/galculator/galculator-lang/summary @@ -3166,7 +4063,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/galculator/galculator-lang/description #. leap/galculator/galculator-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package galculator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета galculator" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-info/summary #. leap/gcc5/gcc5-info/summary @@ -3175,12 +4072,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcc5/gcc5-info/description #. leap/gcc5/gcc5-info/description -msgid "GNU info-pages for the GNU compiler collection covering both user-level and internals documentation." +msgid "" +"GNU info-pages for the GNU compiler collection covering both user-level and " +"internals documentation." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gccmakedep/description #. leap/gccmakedep/description -msgid "The gccmakedep program calls 'gcc -M' to output makefile rules describing the dependencies of each sourcefile, so that make knows which object files must be recompiled when a dependency has changed." +msgid "" +"The gccmakedep program calls 'gcc -M' to output makefile rules describing the " +"dependencies of each sourcefile, so that make knows which object files must " +"be recompiled when a dependency has changed." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcin-branding-openSUSE/summary @@ -3245,17 +4147,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/gegl-unstable/gegl-0_3-lang/summary #. leap/gegl-unstable/gegl-0_3-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package gegl" msgid "Languages for package gegl-unstable" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета gegl" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета gegl-unstable" #. tumbleweed/gegl-unstable/gegl-0_3-lang/description #. leap/gegl-unstable/gegl-0_3-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package gegl" msgid "Provides translations to the package gegl-unstable" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета gegl" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета gegl-unstable" #. tumbleweed/geronimo-specs/geronimo-j2ee-1_4-apis/summary #. tumbleweed/geronimo-specs/geronimo-specs-poms/summary @@ -3266,12 +4166,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/geronimo-specs/geronimo-j2ee-1_4-apis/description #. leap/geronimo-specs/geronimo-j2ee-1_4-apis/description -msgid "Geronimo is Apache's ASF-licenced J2EE server project. These are the J2EE-Specifications: J2EE Specification (the complete set in one jar)" +msgid "" +"Geronimo is Apache's ASF-licenced J2EE server project. These are the " +"J2EE-Specifications: J2EE Specification (the complete set in one jar)" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/geronimo-specs/geronimo-specs-poms/description #. leap/geronimo-specs/geronimo-specs-poms/description -msgid "Geronimo is Apache's ASF-licenced J2EE server project. These are the J2EE-Specifications: The Project Object Model files for the geronimo-specs modules." +msgid "" +"Geronimo is Apache's ASF-licenced J2EE server project. These are the " +"J2EE-Specifications: The Project Object Model files for the geronimo-specs " +"modules." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gftp/gftp-common-lang/summary @@ -3309,7 +4214,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ghostscript-cjk/description #. leap/ghostscript-cjk/description -msgid "CMaps, scripts, and other tools for using CJK TrueType fonts and CID-keyed fonts with Ghostscript." +msgid "" +"CMaps, scripts, and other tools for using CJK TrueType fonts and CID-keyed " +"fonts with Ghostscript." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ghostscript-fonts/summary @@ -3344,8 +4251,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/description #. leap/gimp-help/description -msgid "GIMP-Help is a help system designed for use with the internal GIMP help browser, external Web browser and HTML renderers, and human eyeballs." -msgstr "GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а также человеческими глазами." +msgid "" +"GIMP-Help is a help system designed for use with the internal GIMP help " +"browser, external Web browser and HTML renderers, and human eyeballs." +msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами." #. tumbleweed/gitg/gitg-lang/summary #. leap/gitg/gitg-lang/summary @@ -3382,8 +4294,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/glibc/glibc-info/description #. leap/glibc/glibc-info/description -msgid "This package contains the documentation for the GNU C library stored as info files. Due to a lack of resources, this documentation is not complete and is partially out of date." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит документацию для библиотеки GNU C которая хранятся как информационные файлы info. В связи с нехваткой ресурсов, данная документация не является полной и частично устарела." +msgid "" +"This package contains the documentation for the GNU C library stored as info " +"files. Due to a lack of resources, this documentation is not complete and is " +"partially out of date." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит документацию для библиотеки GNU C которая хранятся как " +"информационные файлы info. В связи с нехваткой ресурсов, данная документация " +"не является полной и частично устарела." #. tumbleweed/gnome-backgrounds/summary #. leap/gnome-backgrounds/summary @@ -3412,8 +4330,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-common/description #. leap/gnome-common/description -msgid "Gnome-common includes files used by to build GNOME and GNOME applications." -msgstr "Gnome-common включает файлы, используемые для создания GNOME и его приложений." +msgid "" +"Gnome-common includes files used by to build GNOME and GNOME applications." +msgstr "" +"Gnome-common включает файлы, используемые для создания GNOME и его приложений." #. tumbleweed/gnome-doc-utils/summary #. tumbleweed/gnome-doc-utils/gnome-doc-utils-devel/summary @@ -3426,7 +4346,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-doc-utils/gnome-doc-utils-devel/description #. leap/gnome-doc-utils/description #. leap/gnome-doc-utils/gnome-doc-utils-devel/description -msgid "The gnome-doc-utils package is a collection of documentation utilities for the GNOME project. Notably, it contains utilities for building documentation and all auxiliary files in your source tree. It also contains the DocBook XSLT stylesheets that were once distributed with Yelp." +msgid "" +"The gnome-doc-utils package is a collection of documentation utilities for " +"the GNOME project. Notably, it contains utilities for building documentation " +"and all auxiliary files in your source tree. It also contains the DocBook " +"XSLT stylesheets that were once distributed with Yelp." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-doc-utils/gnome-doc-utils-lang/summary @@ -3454,7 +4378,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-games-extra-data/description #. leap/gnome-games-extra-data/description -msgid "This package contains extra data files for the gnome-games package. At the moment this is almost entirely extra themes and artwork for the games." +msgid "" +"This package contains extra data files for the gnome-games package. At the " +"moment this is almost entirely extra themes and artwork for the games." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-icon-theme/description @@ -3480,13 +4406,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/description #. leap/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/description msgid "" -"The purpose of this icon theme is to extend the base icon theme that follows the Tango style guidelines for specific purposes. This would include OSD messages, panel system/notification area, and possibly menu icons.\n" +"The purpose of this icon theme is to extend the base icon theme that follows " +"the Tango style guidelines for specific purposes. This would include OSD " +"messages, panel system/notification area, and possibly menu icons.\n" "\n" -"Icons follow the naming specification, but have a -symbolic suffix, so only applications specifically looking up these symbolic icons will render them. If a -symbolic icon is missing, the app will fall back to the regular name." +"Icons follow the naming specification, but have a -symbolic suffix, so only " +"applications specifically looking up these symbolic icons will render them. " +"If a -symbolic icon is missing, the app will fall back to the regular name." msgstr "" -"Целью этой темы значков является расширение базовой темы значков для специальных применений, следуя стилевым принципам Tango. Её можно использовать для экранных сообщений, панели, области уведомлений и, возможно, для значков меню.\n" +"Целью этой темы значков является расширение базовой темы значков для " +"специальных применений, следуя стилевым принципам Tango. Её можно " +"использовать для экранных сообщений, панели, области уведомлений и, возможно, " +"для значков меню.\n" "\n" -"Значки соблюдают правила наименования, но имеют суффикс -symbolic, так что только приложения, которые специально ищут такие значки, смогут ими воспользоваться. Если символический значок отсутствует, приложение перейдёт обратно на обычное имя." +"Значки соблюдают правила наименования, но имеют суффикс -symbolic, так что " +"только приложения, которые специально ищут такие значки, смогут ими " +"воспользоваться. Если символический значок отсутствует, приложение перейдёт " +"обратно на обычное имя." #. tumbleweed/gnome-klotski/gnome-klotski-lang/summary #. leap/gnome-klotski/gnome-klotski-lang/summary @@ -3545,7 +4481,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnu-free-fonts/description #. leap/gnu-free-fonts/description -msgid "A set of free outline (OpenType, for example) fonts covering the ISO 10646/Unicode UCS (Universal Character Set). The set consists of three typefaces: one monospaced and two proportional (one with uniform and one with modulated stroke)." +msgid "" +"A set of free outline (OpenType, for example) fonts covering the ISO " +"10646/Unicode UCS (Universal Character Set). The set consists of three " +"typefaces: one monospaced and two proportional (one with uniform and one with " +"modulated stroke)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnu-jaf/summary @@ -3555,7 +4495,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/gnu-jaf/description #. leap/gnu-jaf/description -msgid "GNU JAF is a framework for declaring what beans operate on what MIME type data. Content handler beans can be defined to handle particular MIME content. The JAF unites internet standards for declaring content with JavaBeans. The JAF defines two mechanisms within the framework. The first, the file type map, specifies the MIME content type for a given file. The default implementation of this uses the UNIX mime.types format to map filename extensions to MIME types. The second mechanism, the command map, specifies the actions that can be applied to a given MIME content type. The default implementation of this uses the standard mailcap format to map actions to JavaBean™ classes. These beans can then view, edit, print, or perform whatever other action is required on the underlying resource." +msgid "" +"GNU JAF is a framework for declaring what beans operate on what MIME type " +"data. Content handler beans can be defined to handle particular MIME content. " +"The JAF unites internet standards for declaring content with JavaBeans. The " +"JAF defines two mechanisms within the framework. The first, the file type " +"map, specifies the MIME content type for a given file. The default " +"implementation of this uses the UNIX mime.types format to map filename " +"extensions to MIME types. The second mechanism, the command map, specifies " +"the actions that can be applied to a given MIME content type. The default " +"implementation of this uses the standard mailcap format to map actions to " +"JavaBean™ classes. These beans can then view, edit, print, or perform " +"whatever other action is required on the underlying resource." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/goffice-0_8/goffice-0_8-lang/summary @@ -3591,7 +4542,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/google-arimo-fonts/description #. leap/google-croscore-fonts/google-arimo-fonts/description -msgid "Arimo was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing sans serif design that is metrically compatible with Arial™. Arimo offers improved on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL character set and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible fonts to address document portability across platforms." +msgid "" +"Arimo was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing sans serif " +"design that is metrically compatible with Arial™. Arimo offers improved " +"on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL character set " +"and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible fonts to " +"address document portability across platforms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/google-carlito-fonts/summary @@ -3602,14 +4558,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/google-carlito-fonts/description #. leap/google-carlito-fonts/description msgid "" -"Modern, friendly sans-serif font derived from the Lato font that is designed to be a metrics-compatible drop-in replacement for Calibri. Contains Regular, Bold, Italic, and Bold Italic version.\n" +"Modern, friendly sans-serif font derived from the Lato font that is designed " +"to be a metrics-compatible drop-in replacement for Calibri. Contains Regular, " +"Bold, Italic, and Bold Italic version.\n" "\n" "Designed by Lukasz Dziedzic of tyPoland for Google." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/google-cousine-fonts/description #. leap/google-croscore-fonts/google-cousine-fonts/description -msgid "Cousine was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing sans serif design that is metrically compatible with Courier New™. Cousine offers improved on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL character set and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible fonts to address document portability across platforms." +msgid "" +"Cousine was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing sans " +"serif design that is metrically compatible with Courier New™. Cousine offers " +"improved on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL " +"character set and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible " +"fonts to address document portability across platforms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/summary @@ -3619,8 +4582,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/description #. leap/google-croscore-fonts/description -msgid "Free fonts which are metric compatible to \"Arial\", \"Times New Roman\" and \"Courier New\". Croscore fonts are based on Liberation fonts and extends it's glyph coverage." -msgstr "Свободные шрифты, которые метрически совпадают с «Arial», «Times New Roman» и «Courier New». Шрифты Croscore основаны на шрифтах Liberation и расширяют их охват символов." +msgid "" +"Free fonts which are metric compatible to \"Arial\", \"Times New Roman\" and " +"\"Courier New\". Croscore fonts are based on Liberation fonts and extends " +"it's glyph coverage." +msgstr "" +"Свободные шрифты, которые метрически совпадают с «Arial», «Times New Roman» и " +"«Courier New». Шрифты Croscore основаны на шрифтах Liberation и расширяют их " +"охват символов." #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/google-symbolneu-fonts/description #. leap/google-croscore-fonts/google-symbolneu-fonts/description @@ -3629,7 +4598,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/google-croscore-fonts/google-tinos-fonts/description #. leap/google-croscore-fonts/google-tinos-fonts/description -msgid "Tinos was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing serif design that is metrically compatible with Times New Roman™. Tinos offers improved on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL character set and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible fonts to address document portability across platforms." +msgid "" +"Tinos was designed by Steve Matteson as an innovative, refreshing serif " +"design that is metrically compatible with Times New Roman™. Tinos offers " +"improved on-screen readability characteristics and the pan-European WGL " +"character set and solves the needs of developers looking for width-compatible " +"fonts to address document portability across platforms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/grepmail/summary @@ -3637,8 +4611,14 @@ msgstr "Поиск писем в электронных почтовых ящиках" #. tumbleweed/grepmail/description -msgid "Grepmail searches a normal, gzipped, bzipped, or tzipped mailbox for a given regular expression, and returns any e-mails that match that expression. Piped input is allowed and date restrictions are supported." -msgstr "Grepmail ищет обычные, сжатые gzip, bzip или tz почтовые ящики по заданным регулярным выражениям и возвращает любые почтовые ящики соответствующие выражениям. Поддерживается конвейерный ввод и ограничения дат." +msgid "" +"Grepmail searches a normal, gzipped, bzipped, or tzipped mailbox for a given " +"regular expression, and returns any e-mails that match that expression. Piped " +"input is allowed and date restrictions are supported." +msgstr "" +"Grepmail ищет обычные, сжатые gzip, bzip или tz почтовые ящики по заданным " +"регулярным выражениям и возвращает любые почтовые ящики соответствующие " +"выражениям. Поддерживается конвейерный ввод и ограничения дат." #. tumbleweed/grisbi/grisbi-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package grisbi" @@ -3704,9 +4684,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtg/description #. leap/gtg/description msgid "" -"Getting Things GNOME! (GTG) is a personal organizer for the GNOME desktop environment inspired by the Getting Things Done (GTD) methodology. GTG is designed with flexibility, adaptability, and ease of use in mind so it can be used as more than just GTD software.\n" +"Getting Things GNOME! (GTG) is a personal organizer for the GNOME desktop " +"environment inspired by the Getting Things Done (GTD) methodology. GTG is " +"designed with flexibility, adaptability, and ease of use in mind so it can be " +"used as more than just GTD software.\n" "\n" -"GTG is intended to help you track everything you need to do and need to know, from small tasks to large projects." +"GTG is intended to help you track everything you need to do and need to know, " +"from small tasks to large projects." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtg/gtg-lang/summary @@ -3736,7 +4720,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk-doc/description #. leap/gtk-doc/description -msgid "Gtkdoc is a set of Perl scripts that generate API reference documentation in DocBook format. It can extract documentation from source code comments in a manner similar to Java-doc. It is used to generate the documentation for GLib, Gtk+, and GNOME." +msgid "" +"Gtkdoc is a set of Perl scripts that generate API reference documentation in " +"DocBook format. It can extract documentation from source code comments in a " +"manner similar to Java-doc. It is used to generate the documentation for " +"GLib, Gtk+, and GNOME." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk-doc/gtk-doc-lang/summary @@ -3766,8 +4754,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-metatheme-gilouche/description #. leap/gtk2-metatheme-gilouche/description -msgid "OpenSUSE themes and metathemes for gtk2 and metacity contains several themes in openSUSE look: Gilouche, GreyGilouche and Synchonicity." -msgstr "Темы и мета-темы openSUSE для gtk2 и metacity содержат несколько тем внешнего вида openSUSE: Gilouche, GreyGilouche и Synchonicity." +msgid "" +"OpenSUSE themes and metathemes for gtk2 and metacity contains several themes " +"in openSUSE look: Gilouche, GreyGilouche and Synchonicity." +msgstr "" +"Темы и мета-темы openSUSE для gtk2 и metacity содержат несколько тем внешнего " +"вида openSUSE: Gilouche, GreyGilouche и Synchonicity." #. tumbleweed/gtk2-metatheme-industrial/summary #. leap/gtk2-metatheme-industrial/summary @@ -3776,7 +4768,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-metatheme-industrial/description #. leap/gtk2-metatheme-industrial/description -msgid "Metatheme for GNOME: Industrial strength WM theme for Metacity and Industrial icon theme for GNOME." +msgid "" +"Metatheme for GNOME: Industrial strength WM theme for Metacity and Industrial " +"icon theme for GNOME." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk2-metatheme-sonar/summary @@ -3851,7 +4845,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk2-themes/description #. leap/gtk2-themes/description -msgid "This package contains additional themes and engines for the GTK2 library." +msgid "" +"This package contains additional themes and engines for the GTK2 library." msgstr "Этот пакет содержит дополнительные темы и движки для библиотеки GTK2." #. tumbleweed/gtk3-metatheme-sonar/summary @@ -3899,18 +4894,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/hamcrest/description #. leap/hamcrest/description -msgid "Provides a library of matcher objects (also known as constraints or predicates) allowing 'match' rules to be defined declaratively, to be used in other frameworks. Typical scenarios include testing frameworks, mocking libraries and UI validation rules." +msgid "" +"Provides a library of matcher objects (also known as constraints or " +"predicates) allowing 'match' rules to be defined declaratively, to be used in " +"other frameworks. Typical scenarios include testing frameworks, mocking " +"libraries and UI validation rules." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/hexchat/hexchat-lang/summary #. leap/hexchat/hexchat-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package hexchat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета hexchat" #. tumbleweed/hexchat/hexchat-lang/description #. leap/hexchat/hexchat-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package hexchat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета hexchat" #. tumbleweed/html-dtd/summary #. leap/html-dtd/summary @@ -3919,7 +4918,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/html-dtd/description #. leap/html-dtd/description -msgid "Document Type Definitions (DTDs) for HTML 2.0, HTML 3.2, HTML 4.0, and HTML 4.01. This package also contains the documentation (located in /usr/share/doc/packages/html-dtd)." +msgid "" +"Document Type Definitions (DTDs) for HTML 2.0, HTML 3.2, HTML 4.0, and HTML " +"4.01. This package also contains the documentation (located in " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/html-dtd)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/html2ps/summary @@ -3930,15 +4932,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/html2ps/description #. leap/html2ps/description msgid "" -"An HTML to PostScript converter written in Perl. Html2ps understands many of the HTML 4.0 features.\tFrom the home page (http://www.tdb.uu.se/~jan/html2ps.html):\n" +"An HTML to PostScript converter written in Perl. Html2ps understands many of " +"the HTML 4.0 features.\tFrom the home page " +"(http://www.tdb.uu.se/~jan/html2ps.html):\n" "\n" -"* Many ways to control the appearance; this is mostly done using configuration files.\n" +"* Many ways to control the appearance; this is mostly done using " +"configuration files.\n" "\n" -"* Support for processing multiple documents, can be done automatically by recursively following links.\n" +"* Support for processing multiple documents, can be done automatically by " +"recursively following links.\n" "\n" -"* A table of contents can be generated, either from the links in a document or automatically from document headings.\n" +"* A table of contents can be generated, either from the links in a " +"document or automatically from document headings.\n" "\n" -"* Configurable page headers and footers that can, for example, contain document title, URL, page number, current heading, and date.\n" +"* Configurable page headers and footers that can, for example, contain " +"document title, URL, page number, current heading, and date.\n" "\n" "* Automatic hyphenation and text justification can be selected." msgstr "" @@ -3958,7 +4966,8 @@ msgid "" "GooglePinyin ===\n" "\n" -"libgooglepinyin is a fork of Google Pinyin on Android, it features to have excellent input experience and uses little resource.\n" +"libgooglepinyin is a fork of Google Pinyin on Android, it features to have " +"excellent input experience and uses little resource.\n" "\n" "== This package is for IBus to use libgooglepinyin." msgstr "" @@ -3970,7 +4979,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-array/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-array/description -msgid "Array input method is a free, open-minded character-structured input method. Includes: array30: 27489 characters. array30-big: 27489 characters + Unicode ExtB." +msgid "" +"Array input method is a free, open-minded character-structured input method. " +"Includes: array30: 27489 characters. array30-big: 27489 characters + Unicode " +"ExtB." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cangjie/summary @@ -3980,8 +4992,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cangjie/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cangjie/description -msgid "Cangjie based input methods, includes: Cangjie3, Canjie5, and Cangjie big tables." -msgstr "Методы ввода, основанные на Cangjie, включая следующие: Cangjie3, Canjie5 и большие таблицы Cangjie." +msgid "" +"Cangjie based input methods, includes: Cangjie3, Canjie5, and Cangjie big " +"tables." +msgstr "" +"Методы ввода, основанные на Cangjie, включая следующие: Cangjie3, Canjie5 и " +"большие таблицы Cangjie." #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cantonese/summary #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cantonese/summary @@ -3990,10 +5006,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cantonese/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-cantonese/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cangjie based input methods, includes: Cangjie3, Canjie5, and Cangjie big tables." -msgid "Cantonese input methods, includes: Cantonese, Hong-Kong version of Cantonese." -msgstr "Методы ввода, основанные на Cangjie, включая следующие: Cangjie3, Canjie5 и большие таблицы Cangjie." +msgid "" +"Cantonese input methods, includes: Cantonese, Hong-Kong version of Cantonese." +msgstr "" +"Кантонские методы ввода, включая следующие: кантонский, гонконгская версия " +"кантонского." #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-easy/summary #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-easy/summary @@ -4012,22 +5030,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-erbi/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-erbi/description -msgid "Erbi input methods. Includes: Super Erbi (as erbi) and Erbi Qin-Song (erbi-qs)" +msgid "" +"Erbi input methods. Includes: Super Erbi (as erbi) and Erbi Qin-Song " +"(erbi-qs)" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-jyutping/summary #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-jyutping/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "YongMa input method" msgid "Jyutping input method" -msgstr "Метод ввода YongMa" +msgstr "Метод ввода Jyutping" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-jyutping/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-jyutping/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Jyutping input method for IBus framework" -msgid "ibus-table-jyutping provide Jyutping input method on IBus Table under IBus framework." -msgstr "Метод ввода Jyutping для системы IBus" +msgid "" +"ibus-table-jyutping provide Jyutping input method on IBus Table under IBus " +"framework." +msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-quick/summary #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-quick/summary @@ -4037,7 +5057,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-quick/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-quick/description msgid "" -"Quick-to-learn is based on Cangjie input method, but only need Cangjie's first and last word-root to form a character.\n" +"Quick-to-learn is based on Cangjie input method, but only need Cangjie's " +"first and last word-root to form a character.\n" "\n" "Includes: Quick3, Quick5 and Quick-Classic, and Smart Cangjie 6." msgstr "" @@ -4050,7 +5071,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-scj/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-scj/description msgid "" -"Smart Cangjie is an improved Cangjie base input method which handles Cangjie, Quick, Cantonese, Chinese punctuation, Japanese, 3000 frequent words by Hong Kong government, both Traditional and Simplified Chinese.\n" +"Smart Cangjie is an improved Cangjie base input method which handles Cangjie, " +"Quick, Cantonese, Chinese punctuation, Japanese, 3000 frequent words by Hong " +"Kong government, both Traditional and Simplified Chinese.\n" "\n" "This package includes the Smart Cangjie 6." msgstr "" @@ -4063,7 +5086,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-stroke5/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-stroke5/description msgid "Stroke 5 input method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод ввода Stroke 5." #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-wu/summary #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-wu/summary @@ -4103,7 +5126,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-yong/description #. leap/ibus-table-chinese/ibus-table-chinese-yong/description msgid "YongMa input method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод ввода YongMa." #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-zhuyin/summary #. leap/ibus-table-zhuyin/summary @@ -4112,10 +5135,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ibus-table-zhuyin/description #. leap/ibus-table-zhuyin/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Zheng Ma input method intergrated in IBus framework." msgid "Zhuyin input method intergrated in IBus framework." -msgstr "Метод ввода Zheng Ma для системы IBus" +msgstr "Метод ввода Zhuyin для системы IBus" #. tumbleweed/shared-color-profiles/icc-profiles-scp-oysonar/summary #. leap/shared-color-profiles/icc-profiles-scp-oysonar/summary @@ -4125,21 +5147,27 @@ #. tumbleweed/shared-color-profiles/icc-profiles-scp-oysonar/description #. leap/shared-color-profiles/icc-profiles-scp-oysonar/description msgid "" -"This package contains the color profiles from Oyranos, with strings updated for better integration in graphical user interfaces.\n" +"This package contains the color profiles from Oyranos, with strings updated " +"for better integration in graphical user interfaces.\n" "\n" -"Those profiles are less commonly used and are usually not required. They may be useful for CMYK soft-proofing or for extra device support." +"Those profiles are less commonly used and are usually not required. They may " +"be useful for CMYK soft-proofing or for extra device support." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/icedtea-web/icedtea-web-javadoc/summary #. leap/icedtea-web/icedtea-web-javadoc/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Java bytecode manipulation framework (documentation)" msgid "Java Web Start and plugin implementation (API documentation)" -msgstr "Инфраструктура обработки байт-кода Java (документация)" +msgstr "Реализация модулей и Java Web Start (Документация по api)" #. tumbleweed/icedtea-web/icedtea-web-javadoc/description #. leap/icedtea-web/icedtea-web-javadoc/description -msgid "The IcedTea-Web project provides a Free Software web browser plugin running applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project. This package contains API documentation for the icedtea-web Java Web Start and plugin implementation." +msgid "" +"The IcedTea-Web project provides a Free Software web browser plugin running " +"applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of " +"Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project. This package contains " +"API documentation for the icedtea-web Java Web Start and plugin " +"implementation." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/indic-fonts/summary @@ -4149,7 +5177,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/indic-fonts/description #. leap/indic-fonts/description -msgid "This package contains many professional Indian language TrueType fonts contributed by the community and some also donated by organizations to open source. All fonts are available under GPL-2.0+ or OFL-1.1." +msgid "" +"This package contains many professional Indian language TrueType fonts " +"contributed by the community and some also donated by organizations to open " +"source. All fonts are available under GPL-2.0+ or OFL-1.1." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/inkscape/inkscape-lang/summary @@ -4170,9 +5201,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/inst-source-utils/description #. leap/inst-source-utils/description msgid "" -"Utilities supporting autoinstallation and creation of customized installation sources.\n" +"Utilities supporting autoinstallation and creation of customized installation " +" sources.\n" "\n" -"Have a look at http://en.opensuse.org/Inst-source-utils for a detailed description of each script." +"Have a look at http://en.opensuse.org/Inst-source-utils for a detailed " +"description of each script." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/intlfonts/summary @@ -4183,7 +5216,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/intlfonts/description #. leap/intlfonts/description msgid "" -"This package contains the READMEs for international fonts from the following packages:\n" +"This package contains the READMEs for international fonts from the following " +"packages:\n" "\n" "intlfonts-arabic-bitmap-fonts: Arab fonts for X11\n" "\n" @@ -4207,7 +5241,8 @@ "\n" "intlfonts-type1-fonts: Type1 fonts\n" "\n" -"intlfonts-bdf-fonts: Bitmap fonts useful for printing exotic languages from Emacs" +"intlfonts-bdf-fonts: Bitmap fonts useful for printing exotic languages from " +"Emacs" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/intlfonts/intlfonts-chinese-big-bitmap-fonts/summary @@ -4257,8 +5292,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/intltool/description #. leap/intltool/description -msgid "Some scripts to support translators working on GNOME and similar programs. Data available in XML files (.oaf, .desktop, .sheet, and more) can be extracted into PO files. After translation, the new information is written back into the XML files." -msgstr "Несколько скриптов в помощь переводчикам GNOME и похожих программ. Данные из XML-файлов (.oaf, .desktop, .sheet и др.) извлекаются в PO-файлы. После перевода новые сведения записываются обратно в XML-файлы." +msgid "" +"Some scripts to support translators working on GNOME and similar programs. " +"Data available in XML files (.oaf, .desktop, .sheet, and more) can be " +"extracted into PO files. After translation, the new information is written " +"back into the XML files." +msgstr "" +"Несколько скриптов в помощь переводчикам GNOME и похожих программ. Данные из " +"XML-файлов (.oaf, .desktop, .sheet и др.) извлекаются в PO-файлы. После " +"перевода новые сведения записываются обратно в XML-файлы." #. tumbleweed/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-gothic-fonts/summary #. leap/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-gothic-fonts/summary @@ -4269,8 +5311,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-gothic-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-gothic-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-gothic-fonts/description -msgid "\"Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." -msgstr "Японский TrueType шрифт \"Gothic\" созданный IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgid "" +"\"Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology " +"Promotion Agency)." +msgstr "" +"Японский TrueType шрифт \"Gothic\" созданный IPA (Information-technology " +"Promotion Agency)." #. tumbleweed/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-mincho-fonts/summary #. leap/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-mincho-fonts/summary @@ -4281,8 +5327,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-mincho-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-ex-fonts/ipa-ex-mincho-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-mincho-fonts/description -msgid "\"Mincho\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." -msgstr "Японский TrueType шрифт \"Mincho\" созданный IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgid "" +"\"Mincho\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology " +"Promotion Agency)." +msgstr "" +"Японский TrueType шрифт \"Mincho\" созданный IPA (Information-technology " +"Promotion Agency)." #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-gothic-fonts/summary #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-gothic-fonts/summary @@ -4301,8 +5351,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-pgothic-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-pgothic-fonts/description -msgid "\"Proportional Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." -msgstr "Японский TrueType шрифт \"Proportional Gothic\" созданный IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgid "" +"\"Proportional Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA " +"(Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgstr "" +"Японский TrueType шрифт \"Proportional Gothic\" созданный IPA " +"(Information-technology Promotion Agency)." #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-pmincho-fonts/summary #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-pmincho-fonts/summary @@ -4311,8 +5365,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ipa-fonts/ipa-pmincho-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-fonts/ipa-pmincho-fonts/description -msgid "\"Proportional Mincho\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." -msgstr "Японский TrueType шрифт \"Proportional Mincho\" созданный IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgid "" +"\"Proportional Mincho\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA " +"(Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgstr "" +"Японский TrueType шрифт \"Proportional Mincho\" созданный IPA " +"(Information-technology Promotion Agency)." #. tumbleweed/ipa-uigothic-fonts/summary #. leap/ipa-uigothic-fonts/summary @@ -4321,7 +5379,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ipa-uigothic-fonts/description #. leap/ipa-uigothic-fonts/description -msgid "\"UI Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology Promotion Agency)." +msgid "" +"\"UI Gothic\" Japanese TrueType font made by IPA (Information-technology " +"Promotion Agency)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ipadic/summary @@ -4341,12 +5401,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/itstool/description #. leap/itstool/description -msgid "ITS Tool extracts messages from XML files and outputs PO template files, then merges translations from MO files to create translated XML files. It determines what to translate and how to chunk it into messages using the W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS)." -msgstr "ITS Tool извлекает сообщения из XML-файлов и выдаёт PO-шаблоны, а затем объединяет переводы из MO-файлов для создания переведённых XML-файлов. Он определяет, что переводить и как разделить это на сообщения, используя W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS)." +msgid "" +"ITS Tool extracts messages from XML files and outputs PO template files, then " +"merges translations from MO files to create translated XML files. It " +"determines what to translate and how to chunk it into messages using the W3C " +"Internationalization Tag Set (ITS)." +msgstr "" +"ITS Tool извлекает сообщения из XML-файлов и выдаёт PO-шаблоны, а затем " +"объединяет переводы из MO-файлов для создания переведённых XML-файлов. Он " +"определяет, что переводить и как разделить это на сообщения, используя W3C " +"Internationalization Tag Set (ITS)." #. tumbleweed/grub2/grub2-x86_64-xen/description #. leap/grub2/grub2-x86_64-xen/description -msgid "The GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) is a highly configurable and customizable bootloader with modular architecture. It supports rich variety of kernel formats, file systems, computer architectures and hardware devices. This subpackage provides support for XEN systems." +msgid "" +"The GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) is a highly configurable and customizable " +"bootloader with modular architecture. It supports rich variety of kernel " +"formats, file systems, computer architectures and hardware devices. This " +"subpackage provides support for XEN systems." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/irqbalance/summary @@ -4356,31 +5428,49 @@ #. tumbleweed/irqbalance/description #. leap/irqbalance/description -msgid "irqbalance dynamically switches the CPUs for IRQs to prevent cpu0 from being used for all IRQs." -msgstr "irqbalance динамически переключает процессоры для обработчиков прерываний, предотвращая использование cpu0 всеми прерываниями." +msgid "" +"irqbalance dynamically switches the CPUs for IRQs to prevent cpu0 from being " +"used for all IRQs." +msgstr "" +"irqbalance динамически переключает процессоры для обработчиков прерываний, " +"предотвращая использование cpu0 всеми прерываниями." #. leap/fribidi/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Free Implementation of BiDi Algorithm" msgid "Free Implementation of BiDi Algorithm" msgstr "Свободная реализация алгоритма BiDi реверсивного письма" #. leap/fribidi/description msgid "" -"This library implements the algorithm as described in the \"Unicode Standard Annex #9, the Bidirectional Algorithm, http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/\". FriBidi is exhaustively tested against the Bidi Reference Code and, to the best of the developers' knowledge, does notcontain any conformance bugs.\n" +"This library implements the algorithm as described in the \"Unicode Standard " +"Annex #9, the Bidirectional Algorithm, http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/" +"tr9/\". FriBidi is exhaustively tested against the Bidi Reference Code and, " +"to the best of the developers' knowledge, does notcontain any conformance " +"bugs.\n" "\n" -"The API was inspired by the document \"Bi-Di languages support - BiDi API proposal\" by Franck Portaneri, which he wrote as a proposal for adding BiDi support to Mozilla." +"The API was inspired by the document \"Bi-Di languages support - BiDi API " +"proposal\" by Franck Portaneri, which he wrote as a proposal for adding BiDi " +"support to Mozilla." msgstr "" +"Эта библиотека реализует алгоритм, описанный в \"стандарте Юникод приложение " +"№ 9, двунаправленный алгоритм, http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/\". " +"В FriBidi исчерпывающе протестированы Bidi Коды и насколько известно " +"разработчикам не содержат ошибок.\n" +"\n" +"API был написан под воздействием документа \"Bi-Di languages support - BiDi " +"API proposal\" от Франка Портанери, который он написал в качестве предложения " +"для добавления BiDi поддержки в Mozilla." #. leap/imhangul/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GTK+-2.0 Hangul Input Modules" msgid "GTK+-2.0 Hangul Input Modules" msgstr "Модули ввода хангыль для GTK+-2.0" #. leap/ipsec-tools/description msgid "" -"This is the IPsec-Tools package. This package is needed to really make use of the IPsec functionality in the version 2.5 and 2.6 Linux kernels. This package builds:\n" +"This is the IPsec-Tools package. This package is needed to really make use " +"of the IPsec functionality in the version 2.5 and 2.6 Linux kernels. This " +"package builds:\n" "\n" "- libipsec, a PFKeyV2 library\n" "\n" @@ -4388,7 +5478,8 @@ "\n" "- racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon\n" "\n" -"These sources can be found at the IPsec-Tools home page at: http://ipsec-tools.sourceforge.net/" +"These sources can be found at the IPsec-Tools home page at: " +"http://ipsec-tools.sourceforge.net/" msgstr "" #~ msgid "JPackage Runtime Scripts for GCJ" Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd3.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd3.ru.po 2015-12-04 08:03:51 UTC (rev 95059) +++ trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd3.ru.po 2015-12-06 20:20:51 UTC (rev 95060) @@ -1,31 +1,32 @@ # This file was automatically generated # Translators: -# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013 -# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2012,2015 -# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013 -# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 +# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2012,2015. +# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013, 2015. +# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openSUSE-packages\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:29\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-19 18:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/minton/openSUSE-packages/language/ru/)\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 20:14+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%" +"100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. tumbleweed/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/summary #. leap/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/summary @@ -34,7 +35,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/description #. leap/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/description -msgid "This package contains shell scripts and symbolic links to simulate a JPackage Java runtime environment with GCJ." +msgid "" +"This package contains shell scripts and symbolic links to simulate a JPackage " +"Java runtime environment with GCJ." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat-devel/summary @@ -44,7 +47,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat-devel/description #. leap/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat/java-1_5_0-gcj-compat-devel/description -msgid "This package contains shell scripts and symbolic links to simulate a JPackage Java development environment with GCJ." +msgid "" +"This package contains shell scripts and symbolic links to simulate a JPackage " +"Java development environment with GCJ." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/java-1_8_0-openjdk/summary @@ -81,7 +86,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/java-1_8_0-openjdk-plugin/description #. leap/java-1_8_0-openjdk-plugin/description -msgid "The IcedTea-Web project provides a Free Software web browser plugin running applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project." +msgid "" +"The IcedTea-Web project provides a Free Software web browser plugin running " +"applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of " +"Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/javapackages-tools/summary @@ -101,7 +109,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/jhead/description #. leap/jhead/description -msgid "Jhead is a command line utility for extracting digital camera settings from the EXIF format files used by many digital cameras. It handles the various confusing ways these can be expressed and displays them as F-stop, shutter speed, and more. It is also able to reduce the size of digital camera JPEG files without loss of information by deleting thumbnails that digital cameras put into the EXIF header." +msgid "" +"Jhead is a command line utility for extracting digital camera settings from " +"the EXIF format files used by many digital cameras. It handles the various " +"confusing ways these can be expressed and displays them as F-stop, shutter " +"speed, and more. It is also able to reduce the size of digital camera JPEG " +"files without loss of information by deleting thumbnails that digital cameras " +"put into the EXIF header." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/joe/summary @@ -110,7 +124,9 @@ msgstr "Редактор текста" #. tumbleweed/joe/description -msgid "Joe is a powerful, easy to use, modeless text editor. It uses the same WordStar keybindings used in Borland's development environment." +msgid "" +"Joe is a powerful, easy to use, modeless text editor. It uses the same " +"WordStar keybindings used in Borland's development environment." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/json-glib/json-glib-devel/summary @@ -121,13 +137,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/json-glib/json-glib-devel/description #. leap/json-glib/json-glib-devel/description msgid "" -"JSON is a lightweight data-interchange format.It is easy for humans to read and write. It is easy for machines to parse and generate.\n" +"JSON is a lightweight data-interchange format.It is easy for humans to read " +"and write. It is easy for machines to parse and generate.\n" "\n" -"JSON-GLib provides a parser and a generator GObject classes and various wrappers for the complex data types employed by JSON, such as arrays and objects.\n" +"JSON-GLib provides a parser and a generator GObject classes and various " +"wrappers for the complex data types employed by JSON, such as arrays and " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"JSON-GLib uses GLib native data types and the generic value container GValue for ease of development. It also provides integration with the GObject classes for direct serialization into, and deserialization from, JSON data streams.\n" +"JSON-GLib uses GLib native data types and the generic value container GValue " +"for ease of development. It also provides integration with the GObject " +"classes for direct serialization into, and deserialization from, JSON data " +"streams.\n" "\n" -"This package contains development files needed to develop with the json-glib library." +"This package contains development files needed to develop with the json-glib " +"library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/juk/summary @@ -142,20 +165,29 @@ #. tumbleweed/kactivities5/kactivities5-devel/description #. leap/kactivities5/kactivities5-devel/description -msgid "Kactivities provides an API for using and interacting with the Plasma Activities Manager. Development files." +msgid "" +"Kactivities provides an API for using and interacting with the Plasma " +"Activities Manager. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kakasi/summary #. leap/kakasi/summary msgid "Filter to Convert Kanji Characters to Hiragana, Katakana, or Romaji" -msgstr "Фильтр для преобразования символов кандзи в хирагану, катакану или ромадзи" +msgstr "" +"Фильтр для преобразования символов кандзи в хирагану, катакану или ромадзи" #. tumbleweed/kakasi/description #. leap/kakasi/description msgid "" -"KAKASI is the language processing filter to convert Kanji characters to Hiragana, Katakana, or Romaji(1) and may be helpful for reading Japanese documents. The word-splitting patch is merged from version 2.3.0.\n" +"KAKASI is the language processing filter to convert Kanji characters to " +"Hiragana, Katakana, or Romaji(1) and may be helpful for reading Japanese " +"documents. The word-splitting patch is merged from version 2.3.0.\n" "\n" -"The name \"KAKASI\" is the abbreviation of \"kanji kana simple inverter\" and the inverse of SKK \"simple kana kanji converter\" developed by Masahiko Sato at Tohoku University. Most entries of the kakasi dictionary are derived from the SKK dictionaries. If interested in the naming of KAKASI, consult a Japanese-English dictionary.\n" +"The name \"KAKASI\" is the abbreviation of \"kanji kana simple inverter\" and " +"the inverse of SKK \"simple kana kanji converter\" developed by Masahiko Sato " +"at Tohoku University. Most entries of the kakasi dictionary are derived from " +"the SKK dictionaries. If interested in the naming of KAKASI, consult a " +"Japanese-English dictionary.\n" "\n" "(1) \"Romaji\" is an alphabetical description of Japanese pronunciation." msgstr "" @@ -185,7 +217,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kalgebra/description #. leap/kalgebra/description msgid "KAlgebra is a math expression solver and plotter." -msgstr "KAlgebra — программа для решения математических выражений и построения графиков." +msgstr "" +"KAlgebra — программа для решения математических выражений и построения " +"графиков." #. tumbleweed/kalzium/summary #. leap/kalzium/summary @@ -214,20 +248,27 @@ #. tumbleweed/kapptemplate/description #. leap/kapptemplate/description -msgid "This package contains templates to start the development of a new KDE application/part/plugin." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит шаблоны для начала разработки нового приложения/компонента/модуля KDE." +msgid "" +"This package contains templates to start the development of a new KDE " +"application/part/plugin." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит шаблоны для начала разработки нового " +"приложения/компонента/модуля KDE." #. tumbleweed/karchive/karchive-devel/summary #. leap/karchive/karchive-devel/summary -msgid "Qt 5 addon providing access to numerous types of archives: Build Environment" +msgid "" +"Qt 5 addon providing access to numerous types of archives: Build Environment" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/karchive/karchive-devel/description #. leap/karchive/karchive-devel/description msgid "" -"KArchive provides classes for easy reading, creation and manipulation of \"archive\" formats like ZIP and TAR.\n" +"KArchive provides classes for easy reading, creation and manipulation of " +"\"archive\" formats like ZIP and TAR.\n" "\n" -"If also provides transparent compression and decompression of data, like the GZip format, via a subclass of QIODevice. Development files" +"If also provides transparent compression and decompression of data, like the " +"GZip format, via a subclass of QIODevice. Development files" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kate/summary @@ -257,12 +298,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/katomic/description #. leap/katomic/description -msgid "KAtomic is a thinking game where you have to form chemical molecules out of atoms. This is done with a nice graphical interface where you can move each atom in a labyrinth." -msgstr "KAtomic — это развивающая игра, в которой вам нужно составлять молекулы химических веществ из атомов. Это происходит в симпатичном графическом интерфейсе, где вы можете передвигать каждый атом по лабиринту." +msgid "" +"KAtomic is a thinking game where you have to form chemical molecules out of " +"atoms. This is done with a nice graphical interface where you can move each " +"atom in a labyrinth." +msgstr "" +"KAtomic — это развивающая игра, в которой вам нужно составлять молекулы " +"химических веществ из атомов. Это происходит в симпатичном графическом " +"интерфейсе, где вы можете передвигать каждый атом по лабиринту." #. tumbleweed/kauth/kauth-devel/description #. leap/kauth/kauth-devel/description -msgid "KAuth is a framework to let applications perform actions as a privileged user. Development files." +msgid "" +"KAuth is a framework to let applications perform actions as a privileged " +"user. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kblackbox/summary @@ -272,8 +321,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kblackbox/description #. leap/kblackbox/description -msgid "KBlackbox is a graphical logical game, inspired by emacs' blackbox. It is a game of hide and seek played on an grid of boxes." -msgstr "KBlackbox — это графическая игра на логику в духе blackbox из emacs. По сути это игра в прятки на клетчатом поле." +msgid "" +"KBlackbox is a graphical logical game, inspired by emacs' blackbox. It is a " +"game of hide and seek played on an grid of boxes." +msgstr "" +"KBlackbox — это графическая игра на логику в духе blackbox из emacs. По сути " +"это игра в прятки на клетчатом поле." #. tumbleweed/kblocks/summary #. leap/kblocks/summary @@ -287,13 +340,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/kbookmarks/kbookmarks-devel/summary #. leap/kbookmarks/kbookmarks-devel/summary -msgid "Lets you access and manipulate bookmarks stored using XBEL format: Build Environment" +msgid "" +"Lets you access and manipulate bookmarks stored using XBEL format: Build " +"Environment" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kbookmarks/kbookmarks-devel/description #. leap/kbookmarks/kbookmarks-devel/description -msgid "Framework which lets you access and manipulate bookmarks stored using XBEL format. Development files" -msgstr "Инфраструктура, которая позволяет получить доступ и управлять закладками, сохранёнными с использованием формата XBEL — Файлы разработки" +msgid "" +"Framework which lets you access and manipulate bookmarks stored using XBEL " +"format. Development files" +msgstr "" +"Инфраструктура, которая позволяет получить доступ и управлять закладками, " +"сохранёнными с использованием формата XBEL — Файлы разработки" #. tumbleweed/kbounce/summary #. leap/kbounce/summary @@ -302,7 +361,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kbounce/description #. leap/kbounce/description -msgid "Your task in KBounce (Jezz Ball) is to catch several moving balls in a rectangular game field by building walls. The motivation consists of finding new and advanced strategies to catch as many balls as possible." +msgid "" +"Your task in KBounce (Jezz Ball) is to catch several moving balls in a " +"rectangular game field by building walls. The motivation consists of finding " +"new and advanced strategies to catch as many balls as possible." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kbproto/kbproto-devel/summary @@ -312,7 +374,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kbproto/kbproto-devel/description #. leap/kbproto/kbproto-devel/description -msgid "The Keyboard protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a protcol to provide a number of new capabilities and controls for text keyboards." +msgid "" +"The Keyboard protocol headers for X11 development. This extension defines a " +"protcol to provide a number of new capabilities and controls for text " +"keyboards." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kbreakout/summary @@ -352,7 +417,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kchmviewer/description #. leap/kchmviewer/description -msgid "This is a viewer for the CHM files which are used for end user documentation (MS Windows Compressed HTML Documents). It supports complex searching for large books and has various viewing features." +msgid "" +"This is a viewer for the CHM files which are used for end user documentation " +"(MS Windows Compressed HTML Documents). It supports complex searching for " +"large books and has various viewing features." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcmutils/kcmutils-devel/summary @@ -362,17 +430,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/kcmutils/kcmutils-devel/description #. leap/kcmutils/kcmutils-devel/description -msgid "KCMUtils provides various classes to work with KCModules. KCModules can be created with the KConfigWidgets framework. Development files." +msgid "" +"KCMUtils provides various classes to work with KCModules. KCModules can be " +"created with the KConfigWidgets framework. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcodecs/kcodecs-devel/description #. leap/kcodecs/kcodecs-devel/description -msgid "KCodecs provide a collection of methods to manipulate strings using various encodings. Development files." +msgid "" +"KCodecs provide a collection of methods to manipulate strings using various " +"encodings. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcompletion/kcompletion-devel/description #. leap/kcompletion/kcompletion-devel/description -msgid "KCompletion provides widgets with advanced completion support as well as a lower-level completion class which can be used with your own widgets. Development files." +msgid "" +"KCompletion provides widgets with advanced completion support as well as a " +"lower-level completion class which can be used with your own widgets. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kconfig/kconfig-devel/summary @@ -383,15 +458,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/kconfig/kconfig-devel/description #. leap/kconfig/kconfig-devel/description msgid "" -"KConfig provides an advanced configuration system. It is made of two parts: KConfigCore and KConfigGui.\n" +"KConfig provides an advanced configuration system. It is made of two parts: " +"KConfigCore and KConfigGui.\n" "\n" -"KConfigCore provides access to the configuration files themselves. It features:\n" +"KConfigCore provides access to the configuration files themselves. It " +"features:\n" "\n" -"- centralized definition: define your configuration in an XML file and use `kconfig_compiler` to generate classes to read and write configuration entries.\n" +"- centralized definition: define your configuration in an XML file and use " +"`kconfig_compiler` to generate classes to read and write configuration " +"entries.\n" "\n" "- lock-down (kiosk) support.\n" "\n" -"KConfigGui provides a way to hook widgets to the configuration so that they are automatically initialized from the configuration and automatically propagate their changes to their respective configuration files. Development files." +"KConfigGui provides a way to hook widgets to the configuration so that they " +"are automatically initialized from the configuration and automatically " +"propagate their changes to their respective configuration files. Development " +"files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kconfigwidgets/kconfigwidgets-devel/summary @@ -401,12 +483,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/kconfigwidgets/kconfigwidgets-devel/description #. leap/kconfigwidgets/kconfigwidgets-devel/description -msgid "KConfigWidgets provides easy-to-use classes to create configuration dialogs, as well as a set of widgets which uses KConfig to store their settings. Development files." +msgid "" +"KConfigWidgets provides easy-to-use classes to create configuration dialogs, " +"as well as a set of widgets which uses KConfig to store their settings. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcoreaddons/kcoreaddons-devel/description #. leap/kcoreaddons/kcoreaddons-devel/description -msgid "KCoreAddons provides classes built on top of QtCore to perform various tasks such as manipulating mime types, autosaving files, creating backup files, generating random sequences, performing text manipulations such as macro replacement, accessing user information and many more. Development files." +msgid "" +"KCoreAddons provides classes built on top of QtCore to perform various tasks " +"such as manipulating mime types, autosaving files, creating backup files, " +"generating random sequences, performing text manipulations such as macro " +"replacement, accessing user information and many more. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcrash/kcrash-devel/summary @@ -416,7 +505,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kcrash/kcrash-devel/description #. leap/kcrash/kcrash-devel/description -msgid "KCrash provides support for intercepting and handling application crashes. Development files." +msgid "" +"KCrash provides support for intercepting and handling application crashes. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcron/summary @@ -436,8 +527,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdbg/description #. leap/kdbg/description -msgid "KDbg is a graphical user interface for GDB, the GNU debugger. It provides an intuitive interface for setting breakpoints, inspecting variables, and stepping through code." -msgstr "KDbg — это графический интерфейс пользователя для GDB, отладчика GNU. Он предоставляет интуитивный интерфейс для назначения точек останова, проверки значений переменных и пошагового выполнения кода." +msgid "" +"KDbg is a graphical user interface for GDB, the GNU debugger. It provides an " +"intuitive interface for setting breakpoints, inspecting variables, and " +"stepping through code." +msgstr "" +"KDbg — это графический интерфейс пользователя для GDB, отладчика GNU. Он " +"предоставляет интуитивный интерфейс для назначения точек останова, проверки " +"значений переменных и пошагового выполнения кода." #. tumbleweed/kdbg/kdbg-doc/summary #. leap/kdbg/kdbg-doc/summary @@ -456,7 +553,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdbusaddons/kdbusaddons-devel/description #. leap/kdbusaddons/kdbusaddons-devel/description -msgid "KDBusAddons provides convenience classes on top of QtDBus, as well as an API to create KDED modules. Development files." +msgid "" +"KDBusAddons provides convenience classes on top of QtDBus, as well as an API " +"to create KDED modules. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/poxml/kde4-l10n-devel/summary @@ -476,7 +575,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdeartwork4/kdeartwork4-decorations/description #. leap/kdeartwork4/kdeartwork4-decorations/description -msgid "This package contains window decorations for KDE which originate from the kdeartwork module." +msgid "" +"This package contains window decorations for KDE which originate from the " +"kdeartwork module." msgstr "Этот пакет содержит темы оформления окон KDE из модуля kdeartwork." #. tumbleweed/kdebindings-smokegen/summary @@ -486,7 +587,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdebindings-smokegen/description #. leap/kdebindings-smokegen/description -msgid "A general purpose C++ parser with a plugin infrastructure enabling 'generators' to be written, which can do various things with the C++ AST. It is currently used for generating the various KDE SMOKE libraries." +msgid "" +"A general purpose C++ parser with a plugin infrastructure enabling " +"'generators' to be written, which can do various things with the C++ AST. It " +"is currently used for generating the various KDE SMOKE libraries." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdeclarative/kdeclarative-devel/summary @@ -496,7 +600,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdeclarative/kdeclarative-devel/description #. leap/kdeclarative/kdeclarative-devel/description -msgid "KDeclarative provides integration of QML and KDE workspaces. Development files." +msgid "" +"KDeclarative provides integration of QML and KDE workspaces. Development " +"files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kded/kded-devel/summary @@ -506,7 +612,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kded/kded-devel/description #. leap/kded/kded-devel/description -msgid "KDED runs in the background and performs a number of small tasks. Some of these tasks are built in, others are started on demand. Development files." +msgid "" +"KDED runs in the background and performs a number of small tasks. Some of " +"these tasks are built in, others are started on demand. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4/kdelibs4-doc/summary @@ -516,17 +624,27 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4/kdelibs4-doc/description #. leap/kdelibs4/kdelibs4-doc/description -msgid "This package contains the core environment and templates for the KDE help system." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит основное окружение и шаблоны для справочной системы KDE." +msgid "" +"This package contains the core environment and templates for the KDE help " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит основное окружение и шаблоны для справочной системы KDE." #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4support/kdelibs4support-devel/description #. leap/kdelibs4support/kdelibs4support-devel/description msgid "" -"This package includes CMake macros and C++ classes whose functionality has been replaced by code in CMake, Qt and other frameworks.\n" +"This package includes CMake macros and C++ classes whose functionality has " +"been replaced by code in CMake, Qt and other frameworks.\n" "\n" -"Code should aim to port away from this framework eventually. The API documentation of the classes in this framework and the notes at <http://community.kde.org/Frameworks/Porting_Notes> should help with this.\n" +"Code should aim to port away from this framework eventually. The API " +"documentation of the classes in this framework and the notes at <" +"http://community.kde.org/Frameworks/Porting_Notes> should help with this.\n" "\n" -"Note that some of the classes in this framework, especially KStandardDirs, may not work correctly unless any libraries and other software using the KDE4 Support framework are installed to the same location as KDELibs4Support, although it may be sufficient to set the KDEDIRS environment variable correctly. Development files." +"Note that some of the classes in this framework, especially KStandardDirs, " +"may not work correctly unless any libraries and other software using the KDE4 " +"Support framework are installed to the same location as KDELibs4Support, " +"although it may be sufficient to set the KDEDIRS environment variable " +"correctly. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdesdk4-scripts/summary @@ -536,8 +654,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdesdk4-scripts/description #. leap/kdesdk4-scripts/description -msgid "This package contains the scripts for KDE development which are contained in the kdesdk module." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит скрипты для разработки KDE, входящие в состав модуля kdesdk." +msgid "" +"This package contains the scripts for KDE development which are contained in " +"the kdesdk module." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит скрипты для разработки KDE, входящие в состав модуля " +"kdesdk." #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/summary #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-devel/summary @@ -548,29 +670,45 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/description #. leap/kdesignerplugin/description -msgid "This framework provides plugins for Qt Designer that allow it to display the widgets provided by various KDE frameworks, as well as a utility (kgendesignerplugin) that can be used to generate other such plugins from ini-style description files." +msgid "" +"This framework provides plugins for Qt Designer that allow it to display the " +"widgets provided by various KDE frameworks, as well as a utility " +"(kgendesignerplugin) that can be used to generate other such plugins from " +"ini-style description files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-devel/description #. leap/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-devel/description -msgid "This framework provides plugins for Qt Designer that allow it to display the widgets provided by various KDE frameworks, as well as a utility (kgendesignerplugin) that can be used to generate other such plugins from ini-style description files. Development files." +msgid "" +"This framework provides plugins for Qt Designer that allow it to display the " +"widgets provided by various KDE frameworks, as well as a utility " +"(kgendesignerplugin) that can be used to generate other such plugins from " +"ini-style description files. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdesu/kdesu-devel/description #. leap/kdesu/kdesu-devel/description -msgid "libkdesu provides functionality for building GUI front ends for (password asking) console mode programs. For example, kdesu and kdessh use it to interface with su and ssh respectively. Development files." +msgid "" +"libkdesu provides functionality for building GUI front ends for (password " +"asking) console mode programs. For example, kdesu and kdessh use it to " +"interface with su and ssh respectively. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/summary #. leap/kdevelop4/summary -msgid "Integrated Development Environment for the X Window System, Qt, KDE, and GNOME" +msgid "" +"Integrated Development Environment for the X Window System, Qt, KDE, and GNOME" msgstr "Интегрированная среда разработки для системы X Window, Qt, KDE и GNOME" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/description #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-devel/description #. leap/kdevelop4/description #. leap/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-devel/description -msgid "An integrated development environment (IDE) that allows you to write programs for the X Window System, the Qt library, or KDE. It includes a documentation browser, a source code editor with syntax highlighting, a GUI for the compiler, and much more." +msgid "" +"An integrated development environment (IDE) that allows you to write programs " +"for the X Window System, the Qt library, or KDE. It includes a documentation " +"browser, a source code editor with syntax highlighting, a GUI for the " +"compiler, and much more." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-devel/summary @@ -580,14 +718,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-plugin-cppsupport/summary #. leap/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-plugin-cppsupport/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package eog-plugins" msgid "C++ Language support plugin" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета eog-plugins" +msgstr "Модуль поддержки языка C++" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-plugin-cppsupport/description #. leap/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-plugin-cppsupport/description -msgid "This package provides the C++ support for KDevelop. There is also an experimental version available using clang. If you would like to try that out install kdevelop4-plugin-clang instead" +msgid "" +"This package provides the C++ support for KDevelop. There is also an " +"experimental version available using clang. If you would like to try that out " +"install kdevelop4-plugin-clang instead" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4-plugins/kdevelop4-plugins-php/summary @@ -600,9 +740,17 @@ msgid "" "PHP Plugin for Kdevelop4 Integrated Development Environment\n" "\n" -"This plugin enables support for the following features for developing web applications in PHP using Kdevelop4.\n" +"This plugin enables support for the following features for developing web " +"applications in PHP using Kdevelop4.\n" "\n" -" * PHP built-in functions, classes, constants, superglobals * user-defined functions, classes, constants, superglobals, variables, etc. * proper code completion for objects which respects access modifiers (private, public, protected) and differentiates between static/non-static members and methods * code completion for overridable and implementable functions inside classes * hints in the argument list of function- and method class * sane code completion after keywords such as \"extends, implements, catch(), new, throw\" and some more I think" +" * PHP built-in functions, classes, constants, superglobals * user-defined " +"functions, classes, constants, superglobals, variables, etc. * proper code " +"completion for objects which respects access modifiers (private, public, " +"protected) and differentiates between static/non-static members and methods " +"* code completion for overridable and implementable functions inside classes " +" * hints in the argument list of function- and method class * sane code " +"completion after keywords such as \"extends, implements, catch(), new, " +"throw\" and some more I think" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/summary @@ -612,12 +760,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/description #. leap/kdevplatform/description -msgid "This package contains the common plugins for integrated developments environment based on the KDevelop framework." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит общие подключаемые модули для интегрированных сред разработки, основанных на KDevelop." +msgid "" +"This package contains the common plugins for integrated developments " +"environment based on the KDevelop framework." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит общие подключаемые модули для интегрированных сред " +"разработки, основанных на KDevelop." #. tumbleweed/kdewebkit/kdewebkit-devel/description #. leap/kdewebkit/kdewebkit-devel/description -msgid "This library provides KDE integration of the QtWebKit library. If you are using QtWebKit in your KDE application, you are encouraged to use this layer instead of using the QtWebKit classes directly. Development files." +msgid "" +"This library provides KDE integration of the QtWebKit library. If you are " +"using QtWebKit in your KDE application, you are encouraged to use this layer " +"instead of using the QtWebKit classes directly. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdf/summary @@ -642,7 +797,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdnssd-framework/kdnssd-framework-devel/description #. leap/kdnssd-framework/kdnssd-framework-devel/description -msgid "KDNSSD is a library for handling the DNS-based Service Discovery Protocol (DNS-SD), the layer of Zeroconf that allows network services, such as printers, to be discovered without any user intervention or centralized infrastructure. Development files." +msgid "" +"KDNSSD is a library for handling the DNS-based Service Discovery Protocol " +"(DNS-SD), the layer of Zeroconf that allows network services, such as " +"printers, to be discovered without any user intervention or centralized " +"infrastructure. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdoctools/summary @@ -654,12 +813,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdoctools/description #. leap/kdoctools/description -msgid "Provides tools to generate documentation in various format from DocBook files." +msgid "" +"Provides tools to generate documentation in various format from DocBook files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdoctools/kdoctools-devel/description #. leap/kdoctools/kdoctools-devel/description -msgid "Provides tools to generate documentation in various format from DocBook files. Development files." +msgid "" +"Provides tools to generate documentation in various format from DocBook " +"files. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdump/summary @@ -670,20 +832,29 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdump/description #. leap/kdump/description msgid "" -"kdump is a package that includes several scripts for kdump, including the init script /etc/init.d/kdump and the configuration file for kdump.\n" +"kdump is a package that includes several scripts for kdump, including the " +"init script /etc/init.d/kdump and the configuration file for kdump.\n" "\n" -"The kernel package and this package are all that are required for a crash dump to occur. However, if you wish to debug the crash dump yourself you will need several debugging packages installed for each kernel flavor and release you wish to debug.\n" +"The kernel package and this package are all that are required for a crash " +"dump to occur. However, if you wish to debug the crash dump yourself you will " +"need several debugging packages installed for each kernel flavor and release " +"you wish to debug.\n" "\n" "For example, if you are debugging kernel-default, you will need:\n" "- kernel-default-debuginfo\n" "- kernel-default-devel\n" "- kernel-default-devel-debuginfo\n" "\n" -"These packages are not needed to create the dump and can be installed after a crash dump has occured." +"These packages are not needed to create the dump and can be installed after a " +"crash dump has occured." msgstr "" -"kdump — это пакет, включающий в себя несколько скриптов для kdump, в том числе инициализационный скрипт /etc/init.d/kdump и конфигурационный файл kdump.\n" +"kdump — это пакет, включающий в себя несколько скриптов для kdump, в том " +"числе инициализационный скрипт /etc/init.d/kdump и конфигурационный файл " +"kdump.\n" "\n" -"Для создания дампа при сбое нужны только этот пакет и пакет ядра. Однако, если вы хотите отлаживать дамп сбоя самостоятельно, вам понадобится несколько отладочных пакетов для каждой версии ядра, которую вы хотите отлаживать.\n" +"Для создания дампа при сбое нужны только этот пакет и пакет ядра. Однако, " +"если вы хотите отлаживать дамп сбоя самостоятельно, вам понадобится несколько " +"отладочных пакетов для каждой версии ядра, которую вы хотите отлаживать.\n" "\n" "Например, для отладки kernel-default вам понадобятся:\n" "- kernel-default-debuginfo\n" @@ -694,7 +865,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kemoticons/kemoticons-devel/description #. leap/kemoticons/kemoticons-devel/description -msgid "KEmoticons converts emoticons from text to a graphical representation with images in HTML. It supports setting different themes for emoticons coming from different providers. Development files." +msgid "" +"KEmoticons converts emoticons from text to a graphical representation with " +"images in HTML. It supports setting different themes for emoticons coming " +"from different providers. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-default/kernel-default-devel/summary @@ -709,9 +883,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kernel-default/kernel-default-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the default flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the default flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-syms/summary @@ -721,11 +897,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kernel-syms/description msgid "" -"Kernel symbols, such as functions and variables, have version information attached to them. This package contains the symbol versions for the standard kernels.\n" +"Kernel symbols, such as functions and variables, have version information " +"attached to them. This package contains the symbol versions for the standard " +"kernels.\n" "\n" -"This package is needed for compiling kernel module packages with proper package dependencies.\n" +"This package is needed for compiling kernel module packages with proper " +"package dependencies.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kexec-tools/summary @@ -735,8 +915,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kexec-tools/description #. leap/kexec-tools/description -msgid "Kexec is a user space utility for loading another kernel and asking the currently running kernel to do something with it. A currently running kernel may be asked to start the loaded kernel on reboot, or to start the loaded kernel after it panics." -msgstr "Kexec — это утилита пространства пользователя для загрузки другого ядра и указания текущему ядру требуемого действия с ним. Загруженное ядро можно запустить при перезагрузке или после паники текущего ядра." +msgid "" +"Kexec is a user space utility for loading another kernel and asking the " +"currently running kernel to do something with it. A currently running kernel " +"may be asked to start the loaded kernel on reboot, or to start the loaded " +"kernel after it panics." +msgstr "" +"Kexec — это утилита пространства пользователя для загрузки другого ядра и " +"указания текущему ядру требуемого действия с ним. Загруженное ядро можно " +"запустить при перезагрузке или после паники текущего ядра." #. tumbleweed/keyutils/keyutils-devel/summary #. leap/keyutils/keyutils-devel/summary @@ -746,26 +933,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/keyutils/keyutils-devel/description #. leap/keyutils/keyutils-devel/description msgid "This package provides headers and libraries for building key utilities." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет заголовки и библиотеки для сборки утилит работы с ключами." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет заголовки и библиотеки для сборки утилит работы с " +"ключами." #. tumbleweed/kf5-filesystem/summary #. leap/kf5-filesystem/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE4 Directory Layout" msgid "KF5 Directory Layout" -msgstr "Раскладка каталогов KDE4" +msgstr "Раскладка каталогов KF5" #. tumbleweed/kf5-filesystem/description #. leap/kf5-filesystem/description -msgid "This package provides macros which are utilized with extra-cmake-modules' KDEInstallDirs." +msgid "" +"This package provides macros which are utilized with extra-cmake-modules' " +"KDEInstallDirs." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx/summary #. leap/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE control module for Fcitx" msgid "KF5 control module for Fcitx" -msgstr "Модуль управления Fcitx для KDE" +msgstr "Модуль управления Fcitx для KF5" #. tumbleweed/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx/description #. leap/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx/description @@ -774,20 +963,22 @@ "\n" "You can config fcitx through \"Configure Desktop\" - \"Locale\" - Fcitx now." msgstr "" +"Модуль управления Fcitx для KF5.\n" +"\n" +"Теперь вы можете настраивать fcitx через «Параметры системы» — «Локаль» — " +"Fcitx." #. tumbleweed/kfilemetadata5/kfilemetadata5-devel/summary #. leap/kfilemetadata5/kfilemetadata5-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development package for SpeeX" msgid "Development package for kfilemetadata" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для SpeeX" +msgstr "Пакет разработки для kfilemetadata" #. tumbleweed/kfilemetadata5/kfilemetadata5-devel/description #. leap/kfilemetadata5/kfilemetadata5-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Library for Crypto UI related task - Development Files" msgid "A library for extracting file metadata. Development files" -msgstr "Библиотека для задач, связанных с Crypto UI — Файлы разработки" +msgstr "Библиотека для извлечения метаданных из файлов. Файлы разработки" #. tumbleweed/kdewebdev4/kfilereplace/summary #. leap/kdewebdev4/kfilereplace/summary @@ -826,7 +1017,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kglobalaccel/kglobalaccel-devel/description #. leap/kglobalaccel/kglobalaccel-devel/description -msgid "KGlobalAccel allows you to have global accelerators that are independent of the focused window. Unlike regular shortcuts, the application's window does not need focus for them to be activated. Development files." +msgid "" +"KGlobalAccel allows you to have global accelerators that are independent of " +"the focused window. Unlike regular shortcuts, the application's window does " +"not need focus for them to be activated. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kgoldrunner/summary @@ -846,7 +1040,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kguiaddons/kguiaddons-devel/description #. leap/kguiaddons/kguiaddons-devel/description -msgid "The KDE GUI addons provide utilities for graphical user interfaces in the areas of colors, fonts, text, images, keyboard input. Development files." +msgid "" +"The KDE GUI addons provide utilities for graphical user interfaces in the " +"areas of colors, fonts, text, images, keyboard input. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/khangman/summary @@ -861,17 +1057,25 @@ #. tumbleweed/khotkeys5/khotkeys5-devel/description #. leap/khotkeys5/khotkeys5-devel/description -msgid "KDE's hotkey daemon.module It allows you to configure custom keyboard shortcuts and mouse gestures. Development files." +msgid "" +"KDE's hotkey daemon.module It allows you to configure custom keyboard " +"shortcuts and mouse gestures. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/khtml/khtml-devel/description #. leap/khtml/khtml-devel/description -msgid "KHTML is a web rendering engine, based on the KParts technology and using KJS for JavaScript support. Development files." +msgid "" +"KHTML is a web rendering engine, based on the KParts technology and using KJS " +"for JavaScript support. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ki18n/ki18n-devel/description #. leap/ki18n/ki18n-devel/description -msgid "KI18n provides functionality for internationalizing user interface text in applications, based on the GNU Gettext translation system. It wraps the standard Gettext functionality, so that the programmers and translators can use the familiar Gettext tools and workflows. Development files." +msgid "" +"KI18n provides functionality for internationalizing user interface text in " +"applications, based on the GNU Gettext translation system. It wraps the " +"standard Gettext functionality, so that the programmers and translators can " +"use the familiar Gettext tools and workflows. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiconthemes/kiconthemes-devel/summary @@ -881,12 +1085,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiconthemes/kiconthemes-devel/description #. leap/kiconthemes/kiconthemes-devel/description -msgid "This library contains classes to improve the handling of icons in applications using the KDE Frameworks. Development files." +msgid "" +"This library contains classes to improve the handling of icons in " +"applications using the KDE Frameworks. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kidletime/kidletime-devel/description #. leap/kidletime/kidletime-devel/description -msgid "KIdleTime is a singleton reporting information on idle time. It is useful not only for finding out about the current idle time of the PC, but also for getting notified upon idle time events, such as custom timeouts, or user activity. Development files." +msgid "" +"KIdleTime is a singleton reporting information on idle time. It is useful not " +"only for finding out about the current idle time of the PC, but also for " +"getting notified upon idle time events, such as custom timeouts, or user " +"activity. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kig/summary @@ -896,8 +1106,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/kig/description #. leap/kig/description -msgid "Kig is an application for Interactive Geometry. It's intended to serve two purposes: Allow students to interactively explore mathematical figures and concepts using the computer. Serve as a WYSIWYG tool for drawing mathematical figures and including them in other documents." -msgstr "Kig — это приложение интерактивной геометрии. Оно предназначено для двух целей: позволить учащимся интерактивно исследовать математические графики и концепции с использованием компьютера и служить WYSIWYG-инструментом для рисования графиков и встраивания их в другие документы." +msgid "" +"Kig is an application for Interactive Geometry. It's intended to serve two " +"purposes: Allow students to interactively explore mathematical figures and " +"concepts using the computer. Serve as a WYSIWYG tool for drawing mathematical " +"figures and including them in other documents." +msgstr "" +"Kig — это приложение интерактивной геометрии. Оно предназначено для двух " +"целей: позволить учащимся интерактивно исследовать математические графики и " +"концепции с использованием компьютера и служить WYSIWYG-инструментом для " +"рисования графиков и встраивания их в другие документы." #. tumbleweed/kdewebdev4/kimagemapeditor/summary #. leap/kdewebdev4/kimagemapeditor/summary @@ -911,12 +1129,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/kinit/kinit-devel/description #. leap/kinit/kinit-devel/description -msgid "Kdeinit is a process launcher somewhat similar to the famous init used for booting UNIX. Development files." +msgid "" +"Kdeinit is a process launcher somewhat similar to the famous init used for " +"booting UNIX. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kio/kio-devel/description #. leap/kio/kio-devel/description -msgid "This framework implements almost all the file management functions you will ever need. In fact, the KDE file manager (Dolphin) and the KDE file dialog also uses this to provide its network-enabled file management. Development files." +msgid "" +"This framework implements almost all the file management functions you will " +"ever need. In fact, the KDE file manager (Dolphin) and the KDE file dialog " +"also uses this to provide its network-enabled file management. Development " +"files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/krusader/kio_iso/summary @@ -926,8 +1150,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/krusader/kio_iso/description #. leap/krusader/kio_iso/description -msgid "KIO slave to access ISO images like zip- or tar.gz-archives in your file-browser." -msgstr "Модуль KIO для доступа к ISO образам в качестве zip- или tar.gz архивов в файловом браузере." +msgid "" +"KIO slave to access ISO images like zip- or tar.gz-archives in your " +"file-browser." +msgstr "" +"Модуль KIO для доступа к ISO образам в качестве zip- или tar.gz архивов в " +"файловом браузере." #. tumbleweed/kdesdk-kioslaves/kio_svn/summary #. leap/kdesdk-kioslaves/kio_svn/summary @@ -937,7 +1165,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdesdk-kioslaves/kio_svn/description #. leap/kdesdk-kioslaves/kio_svn/description msgid "This KDE KIO-Slave allows to browse SVN repositories in file managers." -msgstr "Этот KDE KIO-Slave позволяет просматривать репозитории SVN в файловых менеджерах." +msgstr "" +"Этот KDE KIO-Slave позволяет просматривать репозитории SVN в файловых " +"менеджерах." #. tumbleweed/kiosktool/summary #. leap/kiosktool/summary @@ -946,13 +1176,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiosktool/description #. leap/kiosktool/description -msgid "A tool for a system administrator to create profiles for the KDE desktop." -msgstr "Инструмент системных администраторов для создания профилей рабочего стола KDE." +msgid "" +"A tool for a system administrator to create profiles for the KDE desktop." +msgstr "" +"Инструмент системных администраторов для создания профилей рабочего стола KDE." #. tumbleweed/digikam/kipi-plugins-acquireimage/summary #. leap/digikam/kipi-plugins-acquireimage/summary msgid "KDE Plug-Ins for Image Manipulation - Acquireimage plugin" -msgstr "Подключаемые модули KDE для операций с изображениями — модуль Acquireimage" +msgstr "" +"Подключаемые модули KDE для операций с изображениями — модуль Acquireimage" #. tumbleweed/digikam/kipi-plugins-acquireimage/description #. leap/digikam/kipi-plugins-acquireimage/description @@ -962,7 +1195,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/digikam/kipi-plugins-geolocation/summary #. leap/digikam/kipi-plugins-geolocation/summary msgid "KDE Plug-Ins for Image Manipulation - Geolocation plugin" -msgstr "Подключаемые модули KDE для операций с изображениями — модуль геолокации" +msgstr "" +"Подключаемые модули KDE для операций с изображениями — модуль геолокации" #. tumbleweed/digikam/kipi-plugins-geolocation/description #. leap/digikam/kipi-plugins-geolocation/description @@ -976,7 +1210,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiriki/description #. leap/kiriki/description -msgid "Kiriki is the KDE version of the dice game Yahtzee where you roll dices to get higher scores in several combinations" +msgid "" +"Kiriki is the KDE version of the dice game Yahtzee where you roll dices to " +"get higher scores in several combinations" msgstr "Kiriki — это KDE-версия игры в кости." #. tumbleweed/kismet/summary @@ -986,17 +1222,38 @@ #. tumbleweed/kismet/description #. leap/kismet/description -msgid "Kismet is an 802.11 wireless network sniffer. This is different from a normal network sniffer (such as Ethereal or tcpdump) because it separates and identifies different wireless networks in the area. Kismet works with any 802.11b wireless card that is capable of reporting raw packets (rfmon support), which include any Prism2-based cards (Linksys, D-Link, Rangelan, and more), Cisco Aironet cards, and Orinoco-based cards. Kismet also supports the WSP100 802.11b remote sensor by Network Chemistry and is able to monitor 802.11a networks with cards that use the ar5k chipset." -msgstr "Kismet — это сниффер беспроводных сетей 802.11. Он отличается от нормальных сетевых снифферов (таких как Ethereal или tcpdump), поскольку разделяет и идентифицирует беспроводные сети. Kismet работает со всеми беспроводными картами 802.11b, поддерживающими сообщение о raw-пакетах (с поддержкой rfmon), включая все карты на базе Prism2 (Linksys, D-Link, Rangelan и др.), карты Cisco Aironet и карты на базе Orinoco. Kismet также поддерживает удалённый датчик WSP100 802.11b от Network Chemistry и может отслеживать сети 802.11a, использующие чипсет ar5k." +msgid "" +"Kismet is an 802.11 wireless network sniffer. This is different from a normal " +"network sniffer (such as Ethereal or tcpdump) because it separates and " +"identifies different wireless networks in the area. Kismet works with any " +"802.11b wireless card that is capable of reporting raw packets (rfmon " +"support), which include any Prism2-based cards (Linksys, D-Link, Rangelan, " +"and more), Cisco Aironet cards, and Orinoco-based cards. Kismet also supports " +"the WSP100 802.11b remote sensor by Network Chemistry and is able to monitor " +"802.11a networks with cards that use the ar5k chipset." +msgstr "" +"Kismet — это сниффер беспроводных сетей 802.11. Он отличается от нормальных " +"сетевых снифферов (таких как Ethereal или tcpdump), поскольку разделяет и " +"идентифицирует беспроводные сети. Kismet работает со всеми беспроводными " +"картами 802.11b, поддерживающими сообщение о raw-пакетах (с поддержкой " +"rfmon), включая все карты на базе Prism2 (Linksys, D-Link, Rangelan и др.), " +"карты Cisco Aironet и карты на базе Orinoco. Kismet также поддерживает " +"удалённый датчик WSP100 802.11b от Network Chemistry и может отслеживать сети " +"802.11a, использующие чипсет ar5k." #. tumbleweed/kitemmodels/kitemmodels-devel/description #. leap/kitemmodels/kitemmodels-devel/description -msgid "KItemModels provides a set of item models extending the Qt model-view framework. Development files." +msgid "" +"KItemModels provides a set of item models extending the Qt model-view " +"framework. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kitemviews/kitemviews-devel/description #. leap/kitemviews/kitemviews-devel/description -msgid "KItemViews includes a set of views, which can be used with item models. It includes views for categorizing lists and to add search filters to flat and hierarchical lists. Development files." +msgid "" +"KItemViews includes a set of views, which can be used with item models. It " +"includes views for categorizing lists and to add search filters to flat and " +"hierarchical lists. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiten/summary @@ -1016,7 +1273,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/description #. leap/kiwi/description -msgid "The KIWI Image System provides an operating system image builder for Linux supported hardware platforms as well as for virtualization and cloud systems like Xen, KVM, VMware, EC2 and more. The online documentation can be found here: http://doc.opensuse.org" +msgid "" +"The KIWI Image System provides an operating system image builder for Linux " +"supported hardware platforms as well as for virtualization and cloud systems " +"like Xen, KVM, VMware, EC2 and more. The online documentation can be found " +"here: http://doc.opensuse.org" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiwi-config-openSUSE/summary @@ -1034,7 +1295,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-desc-isoboot/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-desc-isoboot/description -msgid "This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting live ISO images." +msgid "" +"This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting live ISO " +"images." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-desc-netboot/summary @@ -1054,7 +1317,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-desc-oemboot/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-desc-oemboot/description -msgid "This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting expandable virtual disk images." +msgid "" +"This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting expandable " +"virtual disk images." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-desc-vmxboot/summary @@ -1064,7 +1329,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-desc-vmxboot/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-desc-vmxboot/description -msgid "This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting virtual disk images." +msgid "" +"This package contains kiwi boot (initrd) descriptions for booting virtual " +"disk images." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-templates/summary @@ -1074,8 +1341,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-templates/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-templates/description -msgid "This package contains system image templates to easily build a JeOS based operating system image with kiwi" -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит шаблоны образа системы для упрощения сборки основанных на JeOS образов операционных систем с помощью kiwi" +msgid "" +"This package contains system image templates to easily build a JeOS based " +"operating system image with kiwi" +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит шаблоны образа системы для упрощения сборки основанных на " +"JeOS образов операционных систем с помощью kiwi" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-tools/summary #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-tools/summary @@ -1084,12 +1355,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-tools/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-tools/description -msgid "This package contains a small set of helper tools used for the kiwi created initial ramdisk which is used to control the very first boot of an appliance. The tools are not meant to be used outside of the scope of kiwi appliance building." +msgid "" +"This package contains a small set of helper tools used for the kiwi created " +"initial ramdisk which is used to control the very first boot of an appliance. " +"The tools are not meant to be used outside of the scope of kiwi appliance " +"building." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kjobwidgets/kjobwidgets-devel/description #. leap/kjobwidgets/kjobwidgets-devel/description -msgid "KJobWIdgets provides widgets for showing progress of asynchronous jobs. Development files." +msgid "" +"KJobWIdgets provides widgets for showing progress of asynchronous jobs. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdepim4/kjots/summary @@ -1109,7 +1386,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kjs/kjs-devel/description #. leap/kjs/kjs-devel/description -msgid "This library provides an ECMAScript compatible interpreter. The ECMA standard is based on well known scripting languages such as Netscape's JavaScript and Microsoft's JScript. Development files." +msgid "" +"This library provides an ECMAScript compatible interpreter. The ECMA standard " +"is based on well known scripting languages such as Netscape's JavaScript and " +"Microsoft's JScript. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kjsembed/kjsembed-devel/summary @@ -1119,7 +1399,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kjsembed/kjsembed-devel/description #. leap/kjsembed/kjsembed-devel/description -msgid "KSJEmbed provides a method of binding JavaScript objects to QObjects, so you can script your applications. Development files." +msgid "" +"KSJEmbed provides a method of binding JavaScript objects to QObjects, so you " +"can script your applications. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kjumpingcube/summary @@ -1129,8 +1411,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/kjumpingcube/description #. leap/kjumpingcube/description -msgid "KJumpingCube is a tactical one or two-player game. The playing field consists of squares that contains points which can be increased. By this you can gain more fields and finally win the board over." -msgstr "KJumpingCube — это тактическая игра для одного-двух игроков. Игровое поле поделено на клетки с точками: увеличивая число точек нужно захватывать клетки соперника и в итоге занять всё поле." +msgid "" +"KJumpingCube is a tactical one or two-player game. The playing field consists " +"of squares that contains points which can be increased. By this you can gain " +"more fields and finally win the board over." +msgstr "" +"KJumpingCube — это тактическая игра для одного-двух игроков. Игровое поле " +"поделено на клетки с точками: увеличивая число точек нужно захватывать клетки " +"соперника и в итоге занять всё поле." #. tumbleweed/klettres/summary #. leap/klettres/summary @@ -1159,7 +1447,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kmediaplayer/kmediaplayer-devel/description #. leap/kmediaplayer/kmediaplayer-devel/description -msgid "KMediaPlayer builds on the KParts framework to provide a common interface for KParts that can play media files. Development files." +msgid "" +"KMediaPlayer builds on the KParts framework to provide a common interface for " +"KParts that can play media files. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kmouth/summary @@ -1189,8 +1479,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/knavalbattle/description #. leap/knavalbattle/description -msgid "KBatteship is a KDE implentation of the popular game \"Battleship\" where you have to try to sink the opponents ships. The game can also be played with friends online via the internet." -msgstr "KBatteship — это KDE-версия известной игры «морской бой», где вам нужно потопить корабли соперника. Также можно играть с друзьями через интернет." +msgid "" +"KBatteship is a KDE implentation of the popular game \"Battleship\" where you " +"have to try to sink the opponents ships. The game can also be played with " +"friends online via the internet." +msgstr "" +"KBatteship — это KDE-версия известной игры «морской бой», где вам нужно " +"потопить корабли соперника. Также можно играть с друзьями через интернет." #. tumbleweed/knetwalk/summary #. leap/knetwalk/summary @@ -1204,7 +1499,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/knewstuff/knewstuff-devel/description #. leap/knewstuff/knewstuff-devel/description -msgid "The KNewStuff library implements collaborative data sharing for applications. It uses libattica to support the Open Collaboration Services specification. Development files." +msgid "" +"The KNewStuff library implements collaborative data sharing for applications. " +"It uses libattica to support the Open Collaboration Services specification. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdepim4/knode/summary @@ -1224,12 +1522,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/knotifications/knotifications-devel/description #. leap/knotifications/knotifications-devel/description -msgid "KNotification is used to notify the user of an event. It covers feedback and persistent events. Development files." +msgid "" +"KNotification is used to notify the user of an event. It covers feedback and " +"persistent events. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/knotifyconfig/knotifyconfig-devel/description #. leap/knotifyconfig/knotifyconfig-devel/description -msgid "KNotifyConfig provides a configuration dialog for desktop notifications which can be embedded in your application. Development files." +msgid "" +"KNotifyConfig provides a configuration dialog for desktop notifications which " +"can be embedded in your application. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kolf/summary @@ -1269,22 +1571,31 @@ #. tumbleweed/konquest/description #. leap/konquest/description -msgid "This the KDE version of Gnu-Lactic Konquest, a multi-player strategy game. The goal of the game is to expand your interstellar empire across the galaxy." +msgid "" +"This the KDE version of Gnu-Lactic Konquest, a multi-player strategy game. " +"The goal of the game is to expand your interstellar empire across the galaxy." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kpackage/kpackage-devel/description #. leap/kpackage/kpackage-devel/description -msgid "This framework lets applications to manage user installable packages of non-binary assets. Development files." +msgid "" +"This framework lets applications to manage user installable packages of " +"non-binary assets. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kparts/kparts-devel/description #. leap/kparts/kparts-devel/description -msgid "This library implements the framework for KDE parts, which are elaborate widgets with a user-interface defined in terms of actions (menu items, toolbar icons). Development files." +msgid "" +"This library implements the framework for KDE parts, which are elaborate " +"widgets with a user-interface defined in terms of actions (menu items, " +"toolbar icons). Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kpeople5/kpeople5-devel/description #. leap/kpeople5/kpeople5-devel/description -msgid "A library that provides access to all contacts and the people who hold them. Development files for kpeople5." +msgid "" +"A library that provides access to all contacts and the people who hold them. " +"Development files for kpeople5." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kplotting/kplotting-devel/summary @@ -1294,7 +1605,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kplotting/kplotting-devel/description #. leap/kplotting/kplotting-devel/description -msgid "KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual base class for easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have to specify information in \"data units\"; i.e., the natural units of the data being plotted. KPlotWidget automatically converts everything to screen pixel units. Development files." +msgid "" +"KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual base class for " +"easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have to " +"specify information in \"data units\"; i.e., the natural units of the data " +"being plotted. KPlotWidget automatically converts everything to screen pixel " +"units. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kppp/summary @@ -1309,7 +1625,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kpty/kpty-devel/description #. leap/kpty/kpty-devel/description -msgid "This library provides primitives to interface with pseudo terminal devices as well as a KProcess derived class for running child processes and communicating with them using a pty. Development files." +msgid "" +"This library provides primitives to interface with pseudo terminal devices as " +"well as a KProcess derived class for running child processes and " +"communicating with them using a pty. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kqtquickcharts/summary @@ -1340,12 +1659,14 @@ "* PVR support\n" "* Remote Control support (LIRC)\n" "* Alarms, Sleep Countdown\n" -"* Several GUI Controls (Docking Menu, Station Quickbar, Radio Display, Shortcuts)\n" +"* Several GUI Controls (Docking Menu, Station Quickbar, Radio Display, " +"Shortcuts)\n" "* Timeshifter Capability\n" "* Recording Capabilities (mp3, ogg/vorbis, wav, ...)\n" "* Extendable Plugin Architecture\n" "\n" -"This package also includes a growing collection of station preset files for many cities around the world contributed by KRadio Users." +"This package also includes a growing collection of station preset files for " +"many cities around the world contributed by KRadio Users." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/krb5/krb5-devel/summary @@ -1355,18 +1676,26 @@ #. tumbleweed/krb5/krb5-devel/description #. leap/krb5/krb5-devel/description -msgid "Kerberos V5 is a trusted-third-party network authentication system, which can improve your network's security by eliminating the insecure practice of cleartext passwords. This package includes Libraries and Include Files for Development" +msgid "" +"Kerberos V5 is a trusted-third-party network authentication system, which can " +"improve your network's security by eliminating the insecure practice of " +"cleartext passwords. This package includes Libraries and Include Files for " +"Development" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kremotecontrol/summary #. leap/kremotecontrol/summary msgid "KDE Frontend for the Linux Infrared Remote Control system" -msgstr "Оболочка к системе инфракрасного дистанционного управления Linux для KDE" +msgstr "" +"Оболочка к системе инфракрасного дистанционного управления Linux для KDE" #. tumbleweed/kremotecontrol/description #. leap/kremotecontrol/description -msgid "Kremotecontrol is a KDE frontend for the Linux Infrared Remote Control system." -msgstr "Kremotecontrol — оболочка к системе инфракрасного дистанционного управления Linux для KDE." +msgid "" +"Kremotecontrol is a KDE frontend for the Linux Infrared Remote Control system." +msgstr "" +"Kremotecontrol — оболочка к системе инфракрасного дистанционного управления " +"Linux для KDE." #. tumbleweed/krename/summary #. leap/krename/summary @@ -1375,8 +1704,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/krename/description #. leap/krename/description -msgid "KRename is a powerful batch renamer for KDE. It allows you to easily rename hundreds or even more files in one go. The filenames can be created by parts of the original filename, numbering the files or accessing hundreds of informations about the file, like creation date or Exif informations of an image." -msgstr "KRename — это мощная программа пакетного переименования для KDE. Она позволяет легко переименовывать сотни и тысячи файлов за один проход. Имена файлов можно составлять из частей исходных названий, счётчиков или различных сведений о самом файле, например, даты создания или Exif-сведений изображения." +msgid "" +"KRename is a powerful batch renamer for KDE. It allows you to easily rename " +"hundreds or even more files in one go. The filenames can be created by parts " +"of the original filename, numbering the files or accessing hundreds of " +"informations about the file, like creation date or Exif informations of an " +"image." +msgstr "" +"KRename — это мощная программа пакетного переименования для KDE. Она " +"позволяет легко переименовывать сотни и тысячи файлов за один проход. Имена " +"файлов можно составлять из частей исходных названий, счётчиков или различных " +"сведений о самом файле, например, даты создания или Exif-сведений изображения." #. tumbleweed/kross/kross-devel/summary #. leap/kross/kross-devel/summary @@ -1385,7 +1723,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kross/kross-devel/description #. leap/kross/kross-devel/description -msgid "Kross is a scripting bridge to embed scripting functionality into an application. It supports QtScript as a scripting interpreter backend. Development files." +msgid "" +"Kross is a scripting bridge to embed scripting functionality into an " +"application. It supports QtScript as a scripting interpreter backend. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/krusader/summary @@ -1406,7 +1747,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/ksaneplugin/description #. leap/ksaneplugin/description msgid "This is a KScan plugin that implements the scanning through libksane" -msgstr "Это подключаемый модуль KScan, осуществляющий сканирование через libksane" +msgstr "" +"Это подключаемый модуль KScan, осуществляющий сканирование через libksane" #. tumbleweed/kservice/kservice-devel/summary #. leap/kservice/kservice-devel/summary @@ -1415,7 +1757,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kservice/kservice-devel/description #. leap/kservice/kservice-devel/description -msgid "Provides a plugin framework for handling desktop services. Services can be applications or libraries. They can be bound to MIME types or handled by application specific code. Development files" +msgid "" +"Provides a plugin framework for handling desktop services. Services can be " +"applications or libraries. They can be bound to MIME types or handled by " +"application specific code. Development files" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ksh/summary @@ -1425,8 +1770,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/ksh/description #. leap/ksh/description -msgid "The original Korn Shell. The ksh is an sh-compatible command interpreter that executes commands read from standard input or from a file." -msgstr "Оригинальная оболочка Корна. ksh — это sh-совместимый интерпретатор команд, который выполняет команды, прочитанные со стандартного ввода или из файла." +msgid "" +"The original Korn Shell. The ksh is an sh-compatible command interpreter " +"that executes commands read from standard input or from a file." +msgstr "" +"Оригинальная оболочка Корна. ksh — это sh-совместимый интерпретатор команд, " +"который выполняет команды, прочитанные со стандартного ввода или из файла." #. tumbleweed/kshisen/summary #. leap/kshisen/summary @@ -1435,8 +1784,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/kshisen/description #. leap/kshisen/description -msgid "Shisen-Sho (KShishen) is a game similar to Mahjongg. The object of the game is to remove all tiles from the field. This is done by removing two tiles with of the same type until no tile is left." -msgstr "Ши-сён-сё (KShishen) — это игра, похожая на маджонг. Целью игры является очистить поле от фишек, попарно удаляя одинаковые фишки, пока они не кончатся." +msgid "" +"Shisen-Sho (KShishen) is a game similar to Mahjongg. The object of the game " +"is to remove all tiles from the field. This is done by removing two tiles " +"with of the same type until no tile is left." +msgstr "" +"Ши-сён-сё (KShishen) — это игра, похожая на маджонг. Целью игры является " +"очистить поле от фишек, попарно удаляя одинаковые фишки, пока они не кончатся." #. tumbleweed/ksirk/summary #. leap/ksirk/summary @@ -1455,8 +1809,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/kspaceduel/description #. leap/kspaceduel/description -msgid "KSpaceduel is a space arcade game for two players. However, one player can be controlled by the computer. Each player controls a satellite that flies around the sun. While doing so both players try not to collide with anything but shoot at the other space ship." -msgstr "KSpaceduel — это космическая аркада для двух игроков. Однако, одним из игроков может быть компьютер. Каждый игрок управляет космическим спутником, летающим вокруг солнца. В процессе игры необходимо уничтожить корабль противника, не столкнувшись с чем-нибудь самому" +msgid "" +"KSpaceduel is a space arcade game for two players. However, one player can be " +"controlled by the computer. Each player controls a satellite that flies " +"around the sun. While doing so both players try not to collide with anything " +"but shoot at the other space ship." +msgstr "" +"KSpaceduel — это космическая аркада для двух игроков. Однако, одним из " +"игроков может быть компьютер. Каждый игрок управляет космическим спутником, " +"летающим вокруг солнца. В процессе игры необходимо уничтожить корабль " +"противника, не столкнувшись с чем-нибудь самому" #. tumbleweed/ksquares/summary #. leap/ksquares/summary @@ -1465,8 +1827,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/ksquares/description #. leap/ksquares/description -msgid "KSquares is an implementation of the popular paper based game squares. You must draw lines to complete squares, the player with the most squares wins. You can play with up to 4 players, any number of which may be controlled by the computer." -msgstr "KSquares — это реализация популярной игры в «квадраты». Вы должны рисовать линии и завершать квадраты, игрок с наибольшим количеством квадратов побеждает. У вас может быть до четырёх соперников, любое число которых может управляться компьютером." +msgid "" +"KSquares is an implementation of the popular paper based game squares. You " +"must draw lines to complete squares, the player with the most squares wins. " +"You can play with up to 4 players, any number of which may be controlled by " +"the computer." +msgstr "" +"KSquares — это реализация популярной игры в «квадраты». Вы должны рисовать " +"линии и завершать квадраты, игрок с наибольшим количеством квадратов " +"побеждает. У вас может быть до четырёх соперников, любое число которых может " +"управляться компьютером." #. tumbleweed/kstars/summary #. leap/kstars/summary @@ -1475,8 +1845,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kstars/description #. leap/kstars/description -msgid "KStars is a Desktop Planetarium for KDE. It provides an accurate graphical simulation of the night sky, from any location on Earth, at any date and time." -msgstr "KStars — это настольный планетарий KDE. Он предоставляет точную графическую симуляцию ночного неба из любой точки Земли за любые дату и время." +msgid "" +"KStars is a Desktop Planetarium for KDE. It provides an accurate graphical " +"simulation of the night sky, from any location on Earth, at any date and time." +msgstr "" +"KStars — это настольный планетарий KDE. Он предоставляет точную графическую " +"симуляцию ночного неба из любой точки Земли за любые дату и время." #. tumbleweed/ksystemlog/summary #. leap/ksystemlog/summary @@ -1485,7 +1859,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/ksystemlog/description #. leap/ksystemlog/description -msgid "This program is developed for use by beginner users, who do not know how to find information about their Linux system and how the log files are in their computer. But it is also designed for advanced users, who want to quickly see problems occurring on their server." +msgid "" +"This program is developed for use by beginner users, who do not know how to " +"find information about their Linux system and how the log files are in their " +"computer. But it is also designed for advanced users, who want to quickly see " +"problems occurring on their server." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kteatime/summary @@ -1500,7 +1878,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktexteditor/ktexteditor-devel/description #. leap/ktexteditor/ktexteditor-devel/description -msgid "KTextEditor provides a powerful text editor component that you can embed in your application, either as a KPart or using the KF5::TextEditor library. Development files." +msgid "" +"KTextEditor provides a powerful text editor component that you can embed in " +"your application, either as a KPart or using the KF5::TextEditor library. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktextwidgets/ktextwidgets-devel/summary @@ -1510,7 +1891,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktextwidgets/ktextwidgets-devel/description #. leap/ktextwidgets/ktextwidgets-devel/description -msgid "KTextWidgets provides widgets for displaying and editing text. It supports rich text as well as plain text. Development files." +msgid "" +"KTextWidgets provides widgets for displaying and editing text. It supports " +"rich text as well as plain text. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktimer/summary @@ -1560,15 +1943,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-accounts-kcm/description #. leap/ktp-accounts-kcm/description -msgid "This is a KControl Module which handles adding/editing/removing Telepathy Accounts. It interacts with any Telepathy Spec compliant AccountManager, such as telepathy-accountmanager-kwallet to manipulate the accounts. It is modular in design, with each ConnectionManager-Protocol combination having a plugin that provides customised forms for adding or editing their accounts, and also with a generic plugin which can be used as a fallback for ConnectionManager-Protocol combinations where no plugin exists." +msgid "" +"This is a KControl Module which handles adding/editing/removing Telepathy " +"Accounts. It interacts with any Telepathy Spec compliant AccountManager, such " +"as telepathy-accountmanager-kwallet to manipulate the accounts. It is modular " +"in design, with each ConnectionManager-Protocol combination having a plugin " +"that provides customised forms for adding or editing their accounts, and also " +"with a generic plugin which can be used as a fallback for " +"ConnectionManager-Protocol combinations where no plugin exists." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-approver/summary #. leap/ktp-approver/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IRC support for Telepathy" msgid "KDE Channel Approver for Telepathy" -msgstr "Поддержка IRC для Telepathy" +msgstr "Подтверждение каналов для Telepathy" #. tumbleweed/ktp-approver/description #. leap/ktp-approver/description @@ -1577,14 +1966,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-auth-handler/summary #. leap/ktp-auth-handler/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Telepathy library to handle Call channels" msgid "Telepathy auth handler" -msgstr "Библиотека Telepathy для работы с каналами вызова" +msgstr "Обработчик аутентификации Telepathy" #. tumbleweed/ktp-auth-handler/description #. leap/ktp-auth-handler/description -msgid "Telepathy-auth-handler provides UI/KWallet integration for passwords and SSL errors on account connect" +msgid "" +"Telepathy-auth-handler provides UI/KWallet integration for passwords and SSL " +"errors on account connect" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-common-internals/summary @@ -1594,7 +1984,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-common-internals/description #. leap/ktp-common-internals/description -msgid "ktp-common-internals is the base library for all the KDE Telepathy packages." +msgid "" +"ktp-common-internals is the base library for all the KDE Telepathy packages." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-contact-list/summary @@ -1624,10 +2015,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-desktop-applets/description #. leap/ktp-desktop-applets/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "This package provides a wrapper library for the key management facility system calls." -msgid "This package provides a Plasma applet to launch your Telepathy contacts list." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет вспомогательную библиотеку для системных вызовов подсистемы управления ключами." +msgid "" +"This package provides a Plasma applet to launch your Telepathy contacts list." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет апплет Plasma для вызова списка контактов Telepathy." #. tumbleweed/ktp-filetransfer-handler/summary #. leap/ktp-filetransfer-handler/summary @@ -1641,10 +2033,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-common-internals/ktp-icons/summary #. leap/ktp-common-internals/ktp-icons/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IRC support for Telepathy" msgid "Icons for KDE Telepathy" -msgstr "Поддержка IRC для Telepathy" +msgstr "Значки для Telepathy" #. tumbleweed/ktp-common-internals/ktp-icons/description #. leap/ktp-common-internals/ktp-icons/description @@ -1653,48 +2044,55 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktp-kded-module/summary #. leap/ktp-kded-module/summary -msgid "KDED module that manages the telepathy interactions with the KDE Desktop" +msgid "" +"KDED module that manages the telepathy interactions with the KDE Desktop" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-kded-module/description #. leap/ktp-kded-module/description -msgid "This module sits in KDED and takes care of various bits of system integration like setting user to auto-away or handling connection errors." +msgid "" +"This module sits in KDED and takes care of various bits of system integration " +"like setting user to auto-away or handling connection errors." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-send-file/summary #. leap/ktp-send-file/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A File Manager" msgid "File manager plugin" -msgstr "Файловый менеджер" +msgstr "Модуль для файлового менеджера" #. tumbleweed/ktp-send-file/description #. leap/ktp-send-file/description -msgid "A File manager plugin to launch a file transfer job with a specified contact" +msgid "" +"A File manager plugin to launch a file transfer job with a specified contact" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-text-ui/summary #. leap/ktp-text-ui/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bluetooth Manager for KDE" msgid "Telepathy chat handler for KDE" -msgstr "Менеджер Bluetooth для KDE" +msgstr "Обработчик чатов Telepathy для KDE" #. tumbleweed/ktp-text-ui/description #. leap/ktp-text-ui/description -msgid "Includes KDE's implementation of the Telepathy chat handler, a chat plasmoid, and a chat log viewer application." +msgid "" +"Includes KDE's implementation of the Telepathy chat handler, a chat plasmoid, " +"and a chat log viewer application." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktuberling/summary #. leap/ktuberling/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Localization and translation editor" msgid "Potato drawing editor" -msgstr "Редактор локализаций и переводов" +msgstr "Редактор рисунков Potato" #. tumbleweed/ktuberling/description #. leap/ktuberling/description -msgid "KTuberling is a nice potato editor for kids. The game intended for small children. Of course, it may be suitable for adults who have remained young at heart. Eyes, mouths, mustache, and other parts of face and goodies can be attached onto a potato-like guy." +msgid "" +"KTuberling is a nice potato editor for kids. The game intended for small " +"children. Of course, it may be suitable for adults who have remained young at " +"heart. Eyes, mouths, mustache, and other parts of face and goodies can be " +"attached onto a potato-like guy." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kturtle/summary @@ -1724,7 +2122,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kubrick/description #. leap/kubrick/description -msgid "This package contains the KDE game Kubrick which is based on Rubik's Cube." +msgid "" +"This package contains the KDE game Kubrick which is based on Rubik's Cube." msgstr "Это пакет содержит KDE-игру Kubrick, основанную на кубике Рубика." #. tumbleweed/kunitconversion/kunitconversion-devel/summary @@ -1734,23 +2133,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/kunitconversion/kunitconversion-devel/description #. leap/kunitconversion/kunitconversion-devel/description -msgid "KUnitConversion provides functions to convert values in different physical units. It supports converting different prefixes (e.g. kilo, mega, giga) as well as converting between different unit systems (e.g. liters, gallons). Development files." +msgid "" +"KUnitConversion provides functions to convert values in different physical " +"units. It supports converting different prefixes (e.g. kilo, mega, giga) as " +"well as converting between different unit systems (e.g. liters, gallons). " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kwallet/kwallet-devel/description #. leap/kwallet/kwallet-devel/description msgid "" "This framework contains two main components:\n" -"* Interface to KWallet, the safe desktop-wide storage for passwords on KDE workspaces.\n" -"* The kwalletd used to safely store the passwords on KDE work spaces. Development files." +"* Interface to KWallet, the safe desktop-wide storage for passwords on KDE " +"workspaces.\n" +"* The kwalletd used to safely store the passwords on KDE work spaces. " +"Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kwayland/kwayland-devel/summary #. leap/kwayland/kwayland-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE CD Library: Build Environment" msgid "KDE Wayland library: Build Environment" -msgstr "Библиотека KDE CD: Среда сборки" +msgstr "Библиотека KDE Wayland: Среда сборки" #. tumbleweed/kwidgetsaddons/kwidgetsaddons-devel/summary #. leap/kwidgetsaddons/kwidgetsaddons-devel/summary @@ -1759,7 +2163,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kwidgetsaddons/kwidgetsaddons-devel/description #. leap/kwidgetsaddons/kwidgetsaddons-devel/description -msgid "his repository contains add-on widgets and classes for applications that use the Qt Widgets module. If you are porting applications from KDE Platform 4 \"kdeui\" library, you will find many of its classes here. Development files." +msgid "" +"his repository contains add-on widgets and classes for applications that use " +"the Qt Widgets module. If you are porting applications from KDE Platform 4 " +"\"kdeui\" library, you will find many of its classes here. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdf/kwikdisk/summary @@ -1774,14 +2181,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kwin5/kwin5-devel/summary #. leap/kwin5/kwin5-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KWin's decoration library - development files" msgid "KDE Window Manager - development files" -msgstr "Библиотека оформления KWin — Файлы для разработки" +msgstr "Оконный менеджер KDE — Файлы для разработки" #. tumbleweed/kwin5/kwin5-devel/description #. leap/kwin5/kwin5-devel/description -msgid "KWin is the window manager of the K desktop environment. This package provides development files." +msgid "" +"KWin is the window manager of the K desktop environment. This package " +"provides development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kwindowsystem/kwindowsystem-devel/summary @@ -1794,7 +2202,10 @@ msgid "" "Convenience access to certain properties and features of the window manager.\n" "\n" -"KWindowSystem provides information about the state of the window manager and allows asking the window manager to change the using a more high-level interface than the NETWinInfo/NETRootInfo low-level classes. Development files." +"KWindowSystem provides information about the state of the window manager and " +"allows asking the window manager to change the using a more high-level " +"interface than the NETWinInfo/NETRootInfo low-level classes. Development " +"files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kwordquiz/summary @@ -1809,22 +2220,25 @@ #. tumbleweed/kxmlgui/kxmlgui-devel/description #. leap/kxmlgui/kxmlgui-devel/description -msgid "libkxmlgui provides a framework for managing menu and toolbar actions in an abstract way. The actions are configured through a XML description and hooks in the application code. The framework supports merging of multiple description for example for integrating actions from plugins. Development files." +msgid "" +"libkxmlgui provides a framework for managing menu and toolbar actions in an " +"abstract way. The actions are configured through a XML description and hooks " +"in the application code. The framework supports merging of multiple " +"description for example for integrating actions from plugins. Development " +"files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kxmlrpcclient5/kxmlrpcclient5-devel/summary #. leap/kxmlrpcclient5/kxmlrpcclient5-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Library for Mahjongg tiles: Build Environment" msgid "Library containing simple XML-RPC Client support: Build Environment" -msgstr "Библиотека для игры маджонг: Среда сборки" +msgstr "Библиотека поддержки простого клиента XML-RPC: Среда сборки" #. tumbleweed/kxmlrpcclient5/kxmlrpcclient5-devel/description #. leap/kxmlrpcclient5/kxmlrpcclient5-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Library for handling Apple Binary and XML Property Lists -- Development Files" msgid "Library containing simple XML-RPC Client support. Development files." -msgstr "Библиотека для работы с двоичными файлами Apple и списками свойств XML — Файлы разработки" +msgstr "Библиотека поддержки простого клиента XML-RPC. Файлы разработки." #. tumbleweed/lbxproxy/summary #. leap/lbxproxy/summary @@ -1833,8 +2247,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/lbxproxy/description #. leap/lbxproxy/description -msgid "Applications that would like to take advantage of the Low Bandwidth extension to X (LBX) must make their connections to an lbxproxy. These applications need to know nothing about LBX, they simply connect to the lbxproxy as if were a regular server. The lbxproxy accepts client connections, multiplexes them over a single connection to the X server, and performs various optimizations on the X protocol to make it faster over low bandwidth and/or high latency connections." -msgstr "Приложения, которые хотели бы воспользоваться преимуществом расширения для X с низкой полосой пропускания (LBX) должны устанавливать соединения к lbxproxy. Этим приложениям не нужно ничего знать о LBX, они просто подключаются к lbxproxy как к обычному серверу. Lbxproxy принимает клиентские соединения, мультиплексирует их через одно соединение с X-сервером и выполняет различные оптимизации по протоколу X, чтобы сделать его быстрее через соединения с низкой пропускной способностью и/или с высокой задержкой." +msgid "" +"Applications that would like to take advantage of the Low Bandwidth extension " +"to X (LBX) must make their connections to an lbxproxy. These applications " +"need to know nothing about LBX, they simply connect to the lbxproxy as if " +"were a regular server. The lbxproxy accepts client connections, multiplexes " +"them over a single connection to the X server, and performs various " +"optimizations on the X protocol to make it faster over low bandwidth and/or " +"high latency connections." +msgstr "" +"Приложения, которые хотели бы воспользоваться преимуществом расширения для X " +"с низкой полосой пропускания (LBX) должны устанавливать соединения к " +"lbxproxy. Этим приложениям не нужно ничего знать о LBX, они просто " +"подключаются к lbxproxy как к обычному серверу. Lbxproxy принимает клиентские " +"соединения, мультиплексирует их через одно соединение с X-сервером и " +"выполняет различные оптимизации по протоколу X, чтобы сделать его быстрее " +"через соединения с низкой пропускной способностью и/или с высокой задержкой." #. tumbleweed/leafpad/summary #. leap/leafpad/summary @@ -1844,14 +2272,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/leafpad/description #. leap/leafpad/description msgid "" -"Leafpad is a simple GTK+ based text editor. The user interface is similar to \"notepad\", and it aims to be lighter than GEdit and KWrite and to be as useful as them.\n" +"Leafpad is a simple GTK+ based text editor. The user interface is similar to " +"\"notepad\", and it aims to be lighter than GEdit and KWrite and to be as " +"useful as them.\n" "\n" "Following features are intended...\n" "- Minimum requirement: for portability\n" "- Minimal menu item: to make full use of features and to learn easily\n" "- No toolbar: to maximize area to view text\n" "- Single document interface (SDI): to set out windows to view at a time\n" -"- Character coding auto detection: to open file quickly without multi-codeset problem\n" +"- Character coding auto detection: to open file quickly without " +"multi-codeset problem\n" "\n" "Leafpad is released under the GNU General Public License (GPL)." msgstr "" @@ -1863,8 +2294,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/lensfun/lensfun-devel/description #. leap/lensfun/lensfun-devel/description -msgid "Header and library definition files for developing applications that use the lensfun library/database." -msgstr "Файлы заголовков и определения библиотеки для разработки приложений, использующих библиотеку/базу данных lensfun." +msgid "" +"Header and library definition files for developing applications that use the " +"lensfun library/database." +msgstr "" +"Файлы заголовков и определения библиотеки для разработки приложений, " +"использующих библиотеку/базу данных lensfun." #. tumbleweed/lensfun/lensfun-doc/summary #. leap/lensfun/lensfun-doc/summary @@ -1884,7 +2319,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/description #. leap/libreoffice/description msgid "" -"LibreOffice is a comprehensive office package featuring a word processor, a spreadsheet, a presentation program, and much more. This package provides only the basic framework. You have to install the additional modules to get the required functionality, see packages:\n" +"LibreOffice is a comprehensive office package featuring a word processor, a " +"spreadsheet, a presentation program, and much more. This package provides " +"only the basic framework. You have to install the additional modules to get " +"the required functionality, see packages:\n" "\n" "- libreoffice-base\n" "- libreoffice-calc\n" @@ -1900,7 +2338,8 @@ "- libreoffice-kde4\n" "- libreoffice-gnome\n" "\n" -"Non-English localizations are provided by extra packages as well, for example:\n" +"Non-English localizations are provided by extra packages as well, for " +"example:\n" "\n" "- libreoffice-l10n-de\n" "- libreoffice-l10n-fr\n" @@ -1914,8 +2353,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-base/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-base/description -msgid "This module allows you to manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет управлять базами данных, создавать запросы и отчёты для слежения и управления вашими данными с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to manage databases, create queries and reports to " +"track and manage your information by using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет управлять базами данных, создавать запросы и отчёты для " +"слежения и управления вашими данными с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-base-drivers-mysql/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-base-drivers-mysql/summary @@ -1925,7 +2368,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-base-drivers-mysql/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-base-drivers-mysql/description msgid "This package allows to access MySQL databases from LibreOffice Base." -msgstr "Этот пакет позволяет получать доступ к базам данных MySQL из LibreOffice Base." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет позволяет получать доступ к базам данных MySQL из LibreOffice Base." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc/summary @@ -1934,8 +2378,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc/description -msgid "This module allows you to perform calculation, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет выполнять расчёты, анализировать информацию и управлять листами электронных таблиц с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to perform calculation, analyze information and manage " +"lists in spreadsheets by using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет выполнять расчёты, анализировать информацию и управлять " +"листами электронных таблиц с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc-extensions/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-calc-extensions/summary @@ -1964,8 +2412,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-draw/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-draw/description -msgid "This module allows you to create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать рисунки, диаграммы и логотипы с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by " +"using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать рисунки, диаграммы и логотипы " +"с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-filters-optional/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-filters-optional/summary @@ -1975,7 +2427,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-filters-optional/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-filters-optional/description msgid "" -"This package includes some additional import and export filters for LibreOffice:\n" +"This package includes some additional import and export filters for " +"LibreOffice:\n" "\n" "- AportisDoc (Palm)\n" "- Pocket Excel\n" @@ -2001,8 +2454,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-impress/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-impress/description -msgid "This module allows you to create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать презентации для слайдшоу, совещаний и веб-страниц с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to create and edit presentations for slideshows, " +"meeting and Web pages by using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать презентации для слайдшоу, " +"совещаний и веб-страниц с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-kde4/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-kde4/summary @@ -2021,8 +2478,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-mailmerge/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-mailmerge/description -msgid "This module allows you to create form letters or send E-mail messages to many recipients using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет создавать формы писем и рассылать электронные письма множеству получателей с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to create form letters or send E-mail messages to many " +"recipients using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет создавать формы писем и рассылать электронные письма " +"множеству получателей с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-math/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-math/summary @@ -2031,8 +2492,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-math/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-math/description -msgid "This module allows you to create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать научные формулы и уравнения с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to create and edit scientific formulas and equations " +"by using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать научные формулы и уравнения с " +"помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-pyuno/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-pyuno/summary @@ -2042,19 +2507,30 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-pyuno/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-pyuno/description msgid "" -"The Python-UNO bridge allows to use the standard LibreOffice API from the well known Python scripting language. It can be used to develop UNO components in python, thus python UNO components may be run within the LibreOffice process and can be called from Java, C++ or the built in StarBasic scripting language. You can create and invoke scripts with the office scripting framework (OOo 2.0 and later) with it. For example, it is used for the mail merge functionality.\n" +"The Python-UNO bridge allows to use the standard LibreOffice API from the " +"well known Python scripting language. It can be used to develop UNO " +"components in python, thus python UNO components may be run within the " +"LibreOffice process and can be called from Java, C++ or the built in " +"StarBasic scripting language. You can create and invoke scripts with the " +"office scripting framework (OOo 2.0 and later) with it. For example, it is " +"used for the mail merge functionality.\n" "\n" -"You can find the more information at http://udk.openoffice.org/python/python-bridge.html" +"You can find the more information at http://udk.openoffice.org/python/python-b" +"ridge.html" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice-voikko/summary #. leap/libreoffice-voikko/summary msgid "LibreOffice spellchecker/hyphenator for finnish language" -msgstr "Программа LibreOffice для проверки правописания и расстановки переносов для финского языка" +msgstr "" +"Программа LibreOffice для проверки правописания и расстановки переносов для " +"финского языка" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice-voikko/description #. leap/libreoffice-voikko/description -msgid "LibreOffice spellchecker/hyphenator for finnish language, which uses libvoikko as backend." +msgid "" +"LibreOffice spellchecker/hyphenator for finnish language, which uses " +"libvoikko as backend." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-writer/summary @@ -2064,8 +2540,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-writer/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-writer/description -msgid "This module allows you to create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать тексты и рисунки в письмах, отчётах, документах и веб-страницах с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This module allows you to create and edit text and graphics in letters, " +"reports, documents and Web pages by using LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот модуль позволяет создавать и редактировать тексты и рисунки в письмах, " +"отчётах, документах и веб-страницах с помощью офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-writer-extensions/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-writer-extensions/summary @@ -2087,7 +2567,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/lightdm/description #. leap/lightdm/description -msgid "LightDM is a lightweight, cross-desktop display manager. Its main features are a well-defined greeter API allowing multiple GUIs, support for all display manager use cases, with plugins where appropriate, low code complexity, and fast performance. Due to its cross-platform nature greeters can be written in several toolkits such as Qt and GTK." +msgid "" +"LightDM is a lightweight, cross-desktop display manager. Its main features " +"are a well-defined greeter API allowing multiple GUIs, support for all " +"display manager use cases, with plugins where appropriate, low code " +"complexity, and fast performance. Due to its cross-platform nature greeters " +"can be written in several toolkits such as Qt and GTK." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lightdm-gtk-greeter/summary @@ -2095,7 +2580,9 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lightdm-gtk-greeter/description -msgid "A LightDM greeter that uses the GTK+ toolkit. This is the reference implementation of a LightDM greeter based on the Gtk toolkit." +msgid "" +"A LightDM greeter that uses the GTK+ toolkit. This is the reference " +"implementation of a LightDM greeter based on the Gtk toolkit." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lilo/summary @@ -2106,11 +2593,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/lilo/description #. leap/lilo/description msgid "" -"LILO boots Linux from your hard drive. It can also boot other operating systems, such as MS-DOS and OS/2, and can even boot DOS from the second hard drive. The configuration file is /etc/lilo.conf.\n" +"LILO boots Linux from your hard drive. It can also boot other operating " +"systems, such as MS-DOS and OS/2, and can even boot DOS from the second hard " +"drive. The configuration file is /etc/lilo.conf.\n" "\n" "The PowerPC variant can be used on new PowerMacs and CHRP machines.\n" "\n" -"The ix86 variant comes with Memtest86, offering an image that can be booted to perform a memory test." +"The ix86 variant comes with Memtest86, offering an image that can be booted " +"to perform a memory test." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/link-grammar/summary @@ -2120,7 +2610,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/link-grammar/description #. leap/link-grammar/description -msgid "The Link Grammar Parser is a syntactic parser of English, based on link grammar, an original theory of English syntax. Given a sentence, the system assigns to it a syntactic structure, which consists of a set of labeled links connecting pairs of words. The parser also produces a \"constituent\" (Penn tree-bank style phrase tree) representation of a sentence (showing noun phrases, verb phrases, etc.)." +msgid "" +"The Link Grammar Parser is a syntactic parser of English, based on link " +"grammar, an original theory of English syntax. Given a sentence, the system " +"assigns to it a syntactic structure, which consists of a set of labeled links " +"connecting pairs of words. The parser also produces a \"constituent\" (Penn " +"tree-bank style phrase tree) representation of a sentence (showing noun " +"phrases, verb phrases, etc.)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/links/summary @@ -2130,7 +2626,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/links/description #. leap/links/description -msgid "Links is like Lynx--an easy-to-use browser for HTML documents and other Internet services, like FTP, telnet, and news. Links provides a graphical interface besides the text interface. It has good support for frames, supports ssl, and has a little bit of JavaScript support." +msgid "" +"Links is like Lynx--an easy-to-use browser for HTML documents and other " +"Internet services, like FTP, telnet, and news. Links provides a graphical " +"interface besides the text interface. It has good support for frames, " +"supports ssl, and has a little bit of JavaScript support." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lirc/lirc-devel/summary @@ -2140,8 +2640,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/lirc/lirc-devel/description #. leap/lirc/lirc-devel/description -msgid "LIRC is a package that supports receiving and sending IR signals with the most common IR remote controls. It contains a daemon that decodes and sends IR signals, a mouse daemon that translates IR signals to mouse movements, and a couple of user programs that allow you to control your computer with a remote control." -msgstr "LIRC — это пакет, который поддерживает прием и отправку ИК-сигналов с наиболее распространенных ИК-пультов дистанционного управления. Он содержит демон, который декодирует и передает ИК-сигналы, демон мыши, который переводит ИК-сигналы в движения мыши и несколько пользовательских программ, которые позволяют вам управлять вашим компьютером с пульта дистанционного управления." +msgid "" +"LIRC is a package that supports receiving and sending IR signals with the " +"most common IR remote controls. It contains a daemon that decodes and sends " +"IR signals, a mouse daemon that translates IR signals to mouse movements, and " +"a couple of user programs that allow you to control your computer with a " +"remote control." +msgstr "" +"LIRC — это пакет, который поддерживает прием и отправку ИК-сигналов с " +"наиболее распространенных ИК-пультов дистанционного управления. Он содержит " +"демон, который декодирует и передает ИК-сигналы, демон мыши, который " +"переводит ИК-сигналы в движения мыши и несколько пользовательских программ, " +"которые позволяют вам управлять вашим компьютером с пульта дистанционного " +"управления." #. tumbleweed/listres/summary #. leap/listres/summary @@ -2150,8 +2661,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/listres/description #. leap/listres/description -msgid "The listres program generates a list of X resources for a widget in an X client written using a toolkit based on libXt." -msgstr "Программа listres генерирует список X-ресурсов для виджета в X-клиенте, написанном с использованием инструментария на основе libXt." +msgid "" +"The listres program generates a list of X resources for a widget in an X " +"client written using a toolkit based on libXt." +msgstr "" +"Программа listres генерирует список X-ресурсов для виджета в X-клиенте, " +"написанном с использованием инструментария на основе libXt." #. tumbleweed/lmdb/lmdb-devel/summary #. leap/lmdb/lmdb-devel/summary @@ -2161,19 +2676,32 @@ #. tumbleweed/lmdb/lmdb-devel/description #. leap/lmdb/lmdb-devel/description msgid "" -"LMDB is a Btree-based database management library with an API similar to BerkeleyDB. The library is thread-aware and supports concurrent read/write access from multiple processes and threads. The DB structure is multi-versioned, and data pages use a copy-on-write strategy, which also provides resistance to corruption and eliminates the need for any recovery procedures. The database is exposed in a memory map, requiring no page cache layer of its own.\n" +"LMDB is a Btree-based database management library with an API similar to " +"BerkeleyDB. The library is thread-aware and supports concurrent read/write " +"access from multiple processes and threads. The DB structure is " +"multi-versioned, and data pages use a copy-on-write strategy, which also " +"provides resistance to corruption and eliminates the need for any recovery " +"procedures. The database is exposed in a memory map, requiring no page cache " +"layer of its own.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the files needed to compile programs that use the liblmdb library." +"This package contains the files needed to compile programs that use the " +"liblmdb library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lndir/summary #. leap/lndir/summary -msgid "Utility to create a shadow directory of symbolic links to another directory tree" -msgstr "Утилита создания «теневого» каталога символических ссылок для дерева каталогов" +msgid "" +"Utility to create a shadow directory of symbolic links to another directory " +"tree" +msgstr "" +"Утилита создания «теневого» каталога символических ссылок для дерева каталогов" #. tumbleweed/lndir/description #. leap/lndir/description -msgid "The lndir program makes a shadow copy of a directory tree, except that the shadow is not populated with real files but instead with symbolic links pointing at the real files in the original directory tree." +msgid "" +"The lndir program makes a shadow copy of a directory tree, except that the " +"shadow is not populated with real files but instead with symbolic links " +"pointing at the real files in the original directory tree." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lokalize/summary @@ -2188,7 +2716,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/loudmouth/loudmouth-devel/description #. leap/loudmouth/loudmouth-devel/description -msgid "Loudmouth is a lightweight and easy-to-use C library for programming with the Jabber protocol. It's designed to be easy to get started with and yet extensible to let you do anything the Jabber protocol allows." +msgid "" +"Loudmouth is a lightweight and easy-to-use C library for programming with the " +"Jabber protocol. It's designed to be easy to get started with and yet " +"extensible to let you do anything the Jabber protocol allows." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lskat/summary @@ -2198,22 +2729,31 @@ #. tumbleweed/lskat/description #. leap/lskat/description -msgid "Lieutenant Skat is a nice two player card game which follows the rules for the German game (Offiziers)-Skat. The program includes many different carddecks to choose. A computer opponent can play for any of the players." +msgid "" +"Lieutenant Skat is a nice two player card game which follows the rules for " +"the German game (Offiziers)-Skat. The program includes many different " +"carddecks to choose. A computer opponent can play for any of the players." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ltrace/summary #. leap/ltrace/summary msgid "Trace the Library and System Calls a Program Makes" -msgstr "Отслеживает системные вызовы и вызовы библиотек, которые совершает программа" +msgstr "" +"Отслеживает системные вызовы и вызовы библиотек, которые совершает программа" #. tumbleweed/ltrace/description #. leap/ltrace/description msgid "" -"Ltrace is a program that runs the specified command until it exits. It intercepts and records the dynamic library calls that are called by the executed process and the signals that are received by that process. It can also intercept and print the system calls executed by the program.\n" +"Ltrace is a program that runs the specified command until it exits. It " +"intercepts and records the dynamic library calls that are called by the " +"executed process and the signals that are received by that process. It can " +"also intercept and print the system calls executed by the program.\n" "\n" -"The program to trace need not be recompiled for this, so you can use ltrace on binaries for which you do not have access to the source.\n" +"The program to trace need not be recompiled for this, so you can use ltrace " +"on binaries for which you do not have access to the source.\n" "\n" -"This is still a work in progress, so, for example, the tracking to child processes may fail or some things may not work as expected." +"This is still a work in progress, so, for example, the tracking to child " +"processes may fail or some things may not work as expected." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lua/lua-devel/summary @@ -2224,27 +2764,35 @@ #. tumbleweed/lua/lua-devel/description #. leap/lua/lua-devel/description msgid "" -"Lua is a programming language originally designed for extending applications, but also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language.\n" +"Lua is a programming language originally designed for extending applications, " +"but also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language.\n" "\n" "This package contains files needed for embedding lua into your application." msgstr "" -"Lua — язык программирования, первоначально разработанный для расширения приложений, но часто используемый и в качестве автономного языка общего назначения.\n" +"Lua — язык программирования, первоначально разработанный для расширения " +"приложений, но часто используемый и в качестве автономного языка общего " +"назначения.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет содержит файлы, необходимые для внедрения lua в ваше приложение." #. tumbleweed/lv/summary #. leap/lv/summary msgid "Powerful, Multilingual File Viewer, Same User Interface as \"Less\"" -msgstr "Мощное, многоязычное средство просмотра файлов, с интерфейсом, как у «Less»" +msgstr "" +"Мощное, многоязычное средство просмотра файлов, с интерфейсом, как у «Less»" #. tumbleweed/lv/description #. leap/lv/description msgid "" -"Lv is a powerful, multilingual file viewer. Apparently, lv looks like less (1), a representative file viewer on UNIX, so UNIX people (and less people on other OSs) do not have to learn a burdensome new interface.\n" +"Lv is a powerful, multilingual file viewer. Apparently, lv looks like less " +"(1), a representative file viewer on UNIX, so UNIX people (and less people on " +"other OSs) do not have to learn a burdensome new interface.\n" "\n" -"Lv can decode and encode multilingual streams through many coding systems. Lv can be used as a coding system translation filter.\n" +"Lv can decode and encode multilingual streams through many coding systems. Lv " +"can be used as a coding system translation filter.\n" "\n" -"Lv can recognize multibyte patterns as regular expressions, and provides multilingual grep (1) functionality under the name lgrep.\n" +"Lv can recognize multibyte patterns as regular expressions, and provides " +"multilingual grep (1) functionality under the name lgrep.\n" "\n" "Lv can recognize ANSI escape sequences for text decoration." msgstr "" @@ -2256,7 +2804,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxappearance/description #. leap/lxappearance/description -msgid "LXAppearance is part of LXDE project. It's a desktop-independent theme switcher for GTK+." +msgid "" +"LXAppearance is part of LXDE project. It's a desktop-independent theme " +"switcher for GTK+." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxappearance-obconf/summary @@ -2266,7 +2816,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxappearance-obconf/description #. leap/lxappearance-obconf/description -msgid "ObConf is a program used to configure OpenBox window manager developed by Dana Jansens, Tim Riley, and Javeed Shaikh. LXAppearance is a tool used to configure look and feels of the desktop written by Hong Jen Yee for LXDE project. This plugin is derived from ObConf as an attempt to integrate obconf with LXAppearance to provide a better user experience. Most of the source code are taken from ObConf written by its authors with some modifications added by LXAppearance developers to make it a plugin." +msgid "" +"ObConf is a program used to configure OpenBox window manager developed by " +"Dana Jansens, Tim Riley, and Javeed Shaikh. LXAppearance is a tool used to " +"configure look and feels of the desktop written by Hong Jen Yee for LXDE " +"project. This plugin is derived from ObConf as an attempt to integrate obconf " +"with LXAppearance to provide a better user experience. Most of the source " +"code are taken from ObConf written by its authors with some modifications " +"added by LXAppearance developers to make it a plugin." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxdm/summary @@ -2276,7 +2833,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxdm/description #. leap/lxdm/description -msgid "LXDM is the future display manager of LXDE, the Lightweight X11 Desktop environment. It is designed as a lightweight alternative to replace GDM or KDM in LXDE distros." +msgid "" +"LXDM is the future display manager of LXDE, the Lightweight X11 Desktop " +"environment. It is designed as a lightweight alternative to replace GDM or " +"KDM in LXDE distros." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxinput/summary @@ -2296,7 +2856,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxlauncher/description #. leap/lxlauncher/description -msgid "LXLauncher is an open source clone of Asus launcher for EeePC or Netbooks anyway. It's an LXDE project and it's based on menu-cache library." +msgid "" +"LXLauncher is an open source clone of Asus launcher for EeePC or Netbooks " +"anyway. It's an LXDE project and it's based on menu-cache library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxmusic/summary @@ -2304,7 +2866,8 @@ msgstr "Лёгкий звуковой проигрыватель" #. tumbleweed/lxmusic/description -msgid "LXMusic is just a lightweight audio player, that uses xmms2 as back-end." +msgid "" +"LXMusic is just a lightweight audio player, that uses xmms2 as back-end." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxpanel/summary @@ -2314,7 +2877,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxpanel/description #. leap/lxpanel/description -msgid "LXPanel is a lightweight X11 desktop panel containing: 1. User-friendly application menu automatically generated from *.desktop files on the system 2. Launcher bar (Small icons clicked to launch apps) 3. Task bar supporting urgency hint (Can flash when gaim gets new incoming messages) 4. Notification area (System tray) 5. Digital clock 6. Run dialog (A dialog lets you type a command and run it, can be called in external programs) 7. Net status icon plug-in (optional, ported from gnome-netstatus-applet) 8. Volume control plug-in (optional, written by jserv) 9. lxpanelctl, an external controller lets you control lxpanel in other programs. For example, \"lxpanelctl run\" will show the Run dialog in lxpanel, and \"lxpanelctl menu\" will show the application menu. This is useful in key bindings provided by window managers." +msgid "" +"LXPanel is a lightweight X11 desktop panel containing: 1. User-friendly " +"application menu automatically generated from *.desktop files on the system " +"2. Launcher bar (Small icons clicked to launch apps) 3. Task bar supporting " +"urgency hint (Can flash when gaim gets new incoming messages) 4. Notification " +"area (System tray) 5. Digital clock 6. Run dialog (A dialog lets you type a " +"command and run it, can be called in external programs) 7. Net status icon " +"plug-in (optional, ported from gnome-netstatus-applet) 8. Volume control " +"plug-in (optional, written by jserv) 9. lxpanelctl, an external controller " +"lets you control lxpanel in other programs. For example, \"lxpanelctl run\" " +"will show the Run dialog in lxpanel, and \"lxpanelctl menu\" will show the " +"application menu. This is useful in key bindings provided by window managers." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxrandr/summary @@ -2334,7 +2908,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxsession/description #. leap/lxsession/description -msgid "LXSession is the standard session manager used by LXDE. The LXSession manager is used to automatically start a set of applications and set up a working desktop environment. Moreover, the session manager is able to remember the applications in use when a user logs out and to restart them the next time the user logs in." +msgid "" +"LXSession is the standard session manager used by LXDE. The LXSession manager " +"is used to automatically start a set of applications and set up a working " +"desktop environment. Moreover, the session manager is able to remember the " +"applications in use when a user logs out and to restart them the next time " +"the user logs in." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxtask/summary @@ -2344,7 +2923,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxtask/description #. leap/lxtask/description -msgid "LXTask is a lightweight Task Manager. This is the default LXDE task manager." +msgid "" +"LXTask is a lightweight Task Manager. This is the default LXDE task manager." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxterminal/summary @@ -2354,7 +2934,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxterminal/description #. leap/lxterminal/description -msgid "LXTerminal is a lightweight Terminal Emulator. This package even if DE independent is part of the LXDE project." +msgid "" +"LXTerminal is a lightweight Terminal Emulator. This package even if DE " +"independent is part of the LXDE project." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lynx/summary @@ -2364,7 +2946,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/lynx/description #. leap/lynx/description -msgid "Lynx is an easy-to-use browser for HTML documents and other Internet services like FTP, telnet, and news. Lynx is fast. It is purely text based and therefore makes it possible to use WWW resources on text terminals." +msgid "" +"Lynx is an easy-to-use browser for HTML documents and other Internet services " +"like FTP, telnet, and news. Lynx is fast. It is purely text based and " +"therefore makes it possible to use WWW resources on text terminals." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lzip/summary @@ -2374,7 +2959,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/lzip/description #. leap/lzip/description -msgid "Lzip is a lossless data compressor based on the LZMA algorithm, with very safe integrity checking and a user interface almost identical to the one of bzip2. Lzip is only a data compressor, not an archiver. It has no facilities for multiple files, encryption, or archive-splitting, but, in the Unix tradition, relies instead on separate external utilities such as GNU Tar for these tasks." +msgid "" +"Lzip is a lossless data compressor based on the LZMA algorithm, with very " +"safe integrity checking and a user interface almost identical to the one of " +"bzip2. Lzip is only a data compressor, not an archiver. It has no facilities " +"for multiple files, encryption, or archive-splitting, but, in the Unix " +"tradition, relies instead on separate external utilities such as GNU Tar for " +"these tasks." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lzop/summary @@ -2385,7 +2976,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/lzop/description #. leap/lzop/description msgid "" -"lzop is a file compressor similar to gzip. Its main advantages over gzip are much higher compression and decompression speed at the cost of compression ratio.\n" +"lzop is a file compressor similar to gzip. Its main advantages over gzip are " +"much higher compression and decompression speed at the cost of compression " +"ratio.\n" "\n" "lzop was designed with the following goals in mind:\n" "- speed (both compression and decompression)\n" @@ -2399,18 +2992,26 @@ #. tumbleweed/kernel-pae/description msgid "" -"This kernel supports up to 64GB of main memory. It requires Physical Addressing Extensions (PAE), which were introduced with the Pentium Pro processor.\n" +"This kernel supports up to 64GB of main memory. It requires Physical " +"Addressing Extensions (PAE), which were introduced with the Pentium Pro " +"processor.\n" "\n" -"PAE is not only more physical address space but also important for the \"no execute\" feature which disables execution of code that is marked as non-executable. Therefore, the PAE kernel should be used on any systems that support it, regardless of the amount of main memory.\n" +"PAE is not only more physical address space but also important for the \"no " +"execute\" feature which disables execution of code that is marked as " +"non-executable. Therefore, the PAE kernel should be used on any systems that " +"support it, regardless of the amount of main memory.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-pae/kernel-pae-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the pae flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the pae flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-xen/summary @@ -2422,16 +3023,20 @@ msgid "" "The Linux kernel for Xen paravirtualization.\n" "\n" -"This kernel can be used both as the domain0 (\"xen0\") and as an unprivileged (\"xenU\") kernel.\n" +"This kernel can be used both as the domain0 (\"xen0\") and as an unprivileged " +"(\"xenU\") kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-xen/kernel-xen-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the xen flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the xen flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-dbcp/summary @@ -2439,7 +3044,13 @@ msgstr "Пакет Jakarta Commons DataBase Pooling" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-dbcp/description -msgid "The DBCP package creates and maintains a database connection pool package written in the Java language to be distributed under the ASF license. The package is available as a pseudo-JDBC driver and via a DataSource interface. The package also supports multiple logins to multiple database systems, reclamation of stale or dead connections, testing for valid connections, PreparedStatement pooling, and other features." +msgid "" +"The DBCP package creates and maintains a database connection pool package " +"written in the Java language to be distributed under the ASF license. The " +"package is available as a pseudo-JDBC driver and via a DataSource interface. " +"The package also supports multiple logins to multiple database systems, " +"reclamation of stale or dead connections, testing for valid connections, " +"PreparedStatement pooling, and other features." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-digester/summary @@ -2449,7 +3060,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-digester/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-digester/description -msgid "The goal of the Jakarta Commons Digester project is to create and maintain an XML to Java object mapping package written in the Java language to be distributed under the ASF license." +msgid "" +"The goal of the Jakarta Commons Digester project is to create and maintain an " +"XML to Java object mapping package written in the Java language to be " +"distributed under the ASF license." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-discovery/summary @@ -2459,7 +3073,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-discovery/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-discovery/description -msgid "The Discovery component is about discovering, or finding, implementations for pluggable interfaces. Pluggable interfaces are specified with the intent that multiple implementations are, or will be, available to provide the service described by the interface. Discovery provides facilities for finding and instantiating classes and for lifecycle management of singleton (factory) classes." +msgid "" +"The Discovery component is about discovering, or finding, implementations for " +"pluggable interfaces. Pluggable interfaces are specified with the intent " +"that multiple implementations are, or will be, available to provide the " +"service described by the interface. Discovery provides facilities for finding " +"and instantiating classes and for lifecycle management of singleton (factory) " +"classes." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-fileupload/summary @@ -2469,7 +3089,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-fileupload/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-fileupload/description -msgid "The javax.servlet package lacks support for RFC 1867, HTML file upload. This package provides a simple-to-use API for working with such data. The scope of this package is to create a package of Java utility classes to read multipart/form-data within a javax.servlet.http.HttpServletRequest." +msgid "" +"The javax.servlet package lacks support for RFC 1867, HTML file upload. This " +"package provides a simple-to-use API for working with such data. The scope of " +"this package is to create a package of Java utility classes to read " +"multipart/form-data within a javax.servlet.http.HttpServletRequest." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-launcher/summary @@ -2480,19 +3104,30 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-launcher/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-launcher/description msgid "" -"Commons-launcher eliminates the need for a batch or shell script to launch a Java class. Some situations where elimination of a batch or shell script may be desirable are:\n" +"Commons-launcher eliminates the need for a batch or shell script to launch a " +"Java class. Some situations where elimination of a batch or shell script may " +"be desirable are:\n" "\n" -"* You want to avoid having to determining where certain application paths are, for example, your application's home directory. Determining this dynamically in a Windows batch script is very tricky on some versions of Windows or when softlinks are used on Unix platforms.\n" +"* You want to avoid having to determining where certain application paths " +"are, for example, your application's home directory. Determining this " +"dynamically in a Windows batch script is very tricky on some versions of " +"Windows or when softlinks are used on Unix platforms.\n" "\n" -"* You want to avoid having to handle native file and path separators or native path quoting issues.\n" +"* You want to avoid having to handle native file and path separators or " +"native path quoting issues.\n" "\n" -"* You need to enforce certain system properties, such as java.endorsed.dirs when running with JDK 1.4.\n" +"* You need to enforce certain system properties, such as " +"java.endorsed.dirs when running with JDK 1.4.\n" "\n" -"* You want to allow users to pass custom JVM arguments or system properties without having to parse and reorder arguments in your script. This can be tricky or messy in batch and shell scripts.\n" +"* You want to allow users to pass custom JVM arguments or system " +"properties without having to parse and reorder arguments in your script. " +"This can be tricky or messy in batch and shell scripts.\n" "\n" -"* You want to bootstrap system properties from a configuration file instead of hard-coding them in your batch and shell scripts.\n" +"* You want to bootstrap system properties from a configuration file " +"instead of hard-coding them in your batch and shell scripts.\n" "\n" -"* You want to provide localized error messages, which is very tricky to do in batch and shell scripts." +"* You want to provide localized error messages, which is very tricky to do " +"in batch and shell scripts." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-modeler/summary @@ -2502,7 +3137,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-modeler/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-modeler/description -msgid "The Modeler project creates and maintains a set of Java classes to provide a number of facilities for Model MBeans plus unit tests and small examples of using these facilities to instrument Java classes with Model MBean support." +msgid "" +"The Modeler project creates and maintains a set of Java classes to provide a " +"number of facilities for Model MBeans plus unit tests and small examples of " +"using these facilities to instrument Java classes with Model MBean support." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-pool/summary @@ -2516,7 +3154,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-commons-pool/jakarta-commons-pool-tomcat5/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-pool/description #. leap/jakarta-commons-pool/jakarta-commons-pool-tomcat5/description -msgid "The goal of the Pool package is to create and maintain an object (instance) pooling package to be distributed under the ASF license. The package supports a variety of pool implementations, but encourages support of an interface that makes these implementations interchangeable." +msgid "" +"The goal of the Pool package is to create and maintain an object (instance) " +"pooling package to be distributed under the ASF license. The package supports " +"a variety of pool implementations, but encourages support of an interface " +"that makes these implementations interchangeable." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jakarta-taglibs-standard/summary @@ -2526,7 +3168,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/jakarta-taglibs-standard/description #. leap/jakarta-taglibs-standard/description -msgid "This package contains releases for the 1.1.x versions of the Standard Tag Library, Jakarta Taglibs's open source implementation of the JSP Standard Tag Library (JSTL), version 1.1. JSTL is a standard under the Java Community Process." +msgid "" +"This package contains releases for the 1.1.x versions of the Standard Tag " +"Library, Jakarta Taglibs's open source implementation of the JSP Standard Tag " +"Library (JSTL), version 1.1. JSTL is a standard under the Java Community " +"Process." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/javacc/summary @@ -2536,7 +3182,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/javacc/description #. leap/javacc/description -msgid "Java Compiler Compiler (JavaCC) is the most popular parser generator for use with Java applications. A parser generator is a tool that reads a grammar specification and converts it to a Java program that can recognize matches to the grammar. In addition to the parser generator itself, JavaCC provides other standard capabilities related to parser generation such as tree building (via a tool called JJTree included with JavaCC), actions, debugging, etc." +msgid "" +"Java Compiler Compiler (JavaCC) is the most popular parser generator for use " +"with Java applications. A parser generator is a tool that reads a grammar " +"specification and converts it to a Java program that can recognize matches to " +"the grammar. In addition to the parser generator itself, JavaCC provides " +"other standard capabilities related to parser generation such as tree " +"building (via a tool called JJTree included with JavaCC), actions, debugging, " +"etc." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jdepend/summary @@ -2546,7 +3199,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/jdepend/description #. leap/jdepend/description -msgid "JDepend traverses a set of Java class and source file directories and generates design quality metrics for each Java package. JDepend allows you to automatically measure the quality of a design in terms of its extensibility, reusability, and maintainability to effectively manage and control package dependencies." +msgid "" +"JDepend traverses a set of Java class and source file directories and " +"generates design quality metrics for each Java package. JDepend allows you to " +"automatically measure the quality of a design in terms of its extensibility, " +"reusability, and maintainability to effectively manage and control package " +"dependencies." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jedit/summary @@ -2557,19 +3215,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/jedit/description #. leap/jedit/description msgid "" -"jEdit is a cross-platform programmer's text editor written in Java. Some of jEdit's features include:\n" +"jEdit is a cross-platform programmer's text editor written in Java. Some of " +"jEdit's features include:\n" "\n" "* Built-in macro language (BeanShell).\n" "* Extensible plug-in architecture with more than 80 plug-ins available.\n" -"* Plug-ins can be downloaded and installed from within jEdit using the plug-in manager feature.\n" +"* Plug-ins can be downloaded and installed from within jEdit using the " +"plug-in manager feature.\n" "* Syntax highlighting for more than 80 languages.\n" -"* Supports a large number of character encodings including UTF8 and Unicode.\n" +"* Supports a large number of character encodings including UTF8 and " +"Unicode.\n" "* Auto-indenting of source code.\n" "* Folding (indent and marker based).\n" "* Word wrap.\n" "* Unlimited undo and redo.\n" "* Highly configurable and customizable.\n" -"* Every other feature, both basic and advanced, that you would expect to find in a text editor." +"* Every other feature, both basic and advanced, that you would expect to find " +"in a text editor." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jing/summary @@ -2580,13 +3242,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/jing/description #. leap/jing/description msgid "" -"jing is an XML validator implemented in Java. It validates against the RELAX NG schema language and implements the following features:\n" +"jing is an XML validator implemented in Java. It validates against the RELAX " +"NG schema language and implements the following features:\n" "\n" "* RELAX NG 1.0 Specification\n" "* RELAX NG Compact Syntax\n" "* Parts of RELAX NG DTD Compatibility (checking of ID/IDREF/IDREFS)\n" "\n" -"It also comes with experimental support for schema languages other than RELAX NG:\n" +"It also comes with experimental support for schema languages other than RELAX " +"NG:\n" "\n" "* W3C XML Schema (based on Xerces-J)\n" "* Schematron\n" @@ -2596,11 +3260,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/jline/summary #. leap/jline/summary msgid "Java library for reading and editing user input in console applications" -msgstr "Библиотека Java для чтения и редактирования пользовательского ввода в консольных приложениях" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека Java для чтения и редактирования пользовательского ввода в " +"консольных приложениях" #. tumbleweed/jline/description #. leap/jline/description -msgid "JLine is a java library for reading and editing user input in console applications. It features tab-completion, command history, password masking, customizable keybindings, and pass-through handlers to use to chain to other console applications." +msgid "" +"JLine is a java library for reading and editing user input in console " +"applications. It features tab-completion, command history, password masking, " +"customizable keybindings, and pass-through handlers to use to chain to other " +"console applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/junit/summary @@ -2610,7 +3280,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/junit/description #. leap/junit/description -msgid "JUnit is a regression testing framework written by Erich Gamma and Kent Beck. It is used by the developer who implements unit tests in Java. JUnit is Open Source Software, released under the Common Public License Version 1.0 and hosted on GitHub." +msgid "" +"JUnit is a regression testing framework written by Erich Gamma and Kent Beck. " +"It is used by the developer who implements unit tests in Java. JUnit is Open " +"Source Software, released under the Common Public License Version 1.0 and " +"hosted on GitHub." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdbg/kdbg-lang/summary @@ -2630,8 +3304,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ar/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ar/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Arabic. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на арабском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Arabic. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на арабском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bg/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bg/summary @@ -2640,8 +3318,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bg/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bg/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Bulgarian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на болгарском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Bulgarian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на болгарском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bs/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bs/summary @@ -2650,8 +3332,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bs/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-bs/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Bosnian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на боснийском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана" +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Bosnian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на боснийском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана" #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ca/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ca/summary @@ -2660,8 +3346,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ca/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ca/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Catalan. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на каталанском Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Catalan. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на каталанском Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-cs/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-cs/summary @@ -2670,8 +3360,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-cs/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-cs/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Czech. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на чешском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Czech. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на чешском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da/summary @@ -2680,8 +3374,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Danish. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на датском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Danish. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на датском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da-data/summary @@ -2701,7 +3399,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-da-doc/description msgid "This package contains Danish application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на датский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на датский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de/summary @@ -2710,8 +3409,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in German. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Все требуемое для рабочего стола KDE на немецком. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений ." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in German. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Все требуемое для рабочего стола KDE на немецком. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений ." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de-data/summary @@ -2731,7 +3434,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-de-doc/description msgid "This package contains German application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на немецкий язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на немецкий язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-el/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-el/summary @@ -2740,8 +3444,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-el/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-el/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Greek. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на греческом. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Greek. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на греческом. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB/summary @@ -2750,8 +3458,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in British English. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на британском английском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in British English. This package " +"contains application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на британском английском. Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-data/summary @@ -2760,8 +3472,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-data/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-data/description -msgid "This package contains British English localized application data for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на британский английский язык." +msgid "" +"This package contains British English localized application data for KDE." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на британский английский " +"язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-doc/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-doc/summary @@ -2770,8 +3485,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-en_GB-doc/description -msgid "This package contains British English application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на британский английский язык." +msgid "" +"This package contains British English application manual translations for KDE." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на британский " +"английский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eo/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eo/summary @@ -2780,7 +3498,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eo/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eo/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Esperanto. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Esperanto. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es/summary @@ -2790,8 +3510,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Spanish. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на испанском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Spanish. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на испанском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es-data/summary @@ -2811,7 +3535,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-es-doc/description msgid "This package contains Spanish application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на испанский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на испанский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et/summary @@ -2820,8 +3545,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Estonian. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на эстонском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Estonian. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на эстонском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et-data/summary @@ -2841,7 +3570,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-et-doc/description msgid "This package contains Estonian application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на эстонский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на эстонский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eu/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eu/summary @@ -2850,8 +3580,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eu/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-eu/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Basque. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на баскском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Basque. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на баскском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fa/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fa/summary @@ -2860,8 +3594,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fa/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fa/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Farsi (Persian). This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Все требуемое для рабочего стола KDE на фарси (персидском). Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Farsi (Persian). This package " +"contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Все требуемое для рабочего стола KDE на фарси (персидском). Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fi/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fi/summary @@ -2870,8 +3608,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fi/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fi/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Finish. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на финском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Finish. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на финском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr/summary @@ -2880,8 +3622,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in French. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на французском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in French. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на французском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr-data/summary @@ -2891,7 +3637,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr-data/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-fr-data/description msgid "This package contains French localized application data for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на французский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на французский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ga/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ga/summary @@ -2900,8 +3647,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ga/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ga/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Irish Gaelic. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на ирландском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Irish Gaelic. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на ирландском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-gl/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-gl/summary @@ -2910,8 +3661,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-gl/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-gl/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Galician. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на галисийском Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Galician. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на галисийском Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-he/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-he/summary @@ -2920,8 +3675,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-he/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-he/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hebrew. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на иврите. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hebrew. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на иврите. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hi/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hi/summary @@ -2930,7 +3689,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hi/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hi/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hindi. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hindi. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hr/summary @@ -2940,8 +3701,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hr/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hr/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Croatian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на хорватском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Croatian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на хорватском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hu/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hu/summary @@ -2950,8 +3715,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hu/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-hu/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hungarian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на венгерском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Hungarian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на венгерском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ia/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ia/summary @@ -2960,8 +3729,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ia/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ia/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Interlingua (International Auxiliary Language Association). This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на языке интерлингва (от Международной ассоциации вспомогательного языка). Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Interlingua (International " +"Auxiliary Language Association). This package contains application " +"translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на языке интерлингва (от Международной " +"ассоциации вспомогательного языка). Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, " +"файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-id/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-id/summary @@ -2970,8 +3745,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-id/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-id/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Indonesian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на индонезийском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Indonesian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на индонезийском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-is/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-is/summary @@ -2980,8 +3759,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-is/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-is/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Icelandic. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на исландском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Icelandic. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на исландском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it/summary @@ -2990,8 +3773,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Italian. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на итальянском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Italian. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на итальянском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-data/summary @@ -3001,7 +3788,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-data/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-data/description msgid "This package contains Italian localized application data for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на итальянский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на итальянский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-doc/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-doc/summary @@ -3011,7 +3799,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-it-doc/description msgid "This package contains Italian application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на итальянский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на итальянский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ja/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ja/summary @@ -3020,8 +3809,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ja/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ja/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Japanese. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на японском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Japanese. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на японском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-kk/summary #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-km/summary @@ -3034,8 +3827,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-km/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-kk/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-km/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Khmer. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на кхмерском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Khmer. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на кхмерском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ko/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ko/summary @@ -3044,8 +3841,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ko/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ko/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Korean. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на корейском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Korean. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на корейском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lt/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lt/summary @@ -3054,8 +3855,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lt/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lt/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Lithanian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на литовском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Lithanian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на литовском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lv/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lv/summary @@ -3064,8 +3869,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lv/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-lv/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Latvian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на латышском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Latvian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на латышском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-mr/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-mr/summary @@ -3074,7 +3883,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-mr/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-mr/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Marathi. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Marathi. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nb/summary @@ -3084,8 +3895,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nb/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nb/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Norwegian Bokmål. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на норвежском (букмоле) Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Norwegian Bokmål. This package " +"contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на норвежском (букмоле) Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nds/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nds/summary @@ -3094,8 +3909,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nds/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nds/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Low Saxon. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на нижнесаксонском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Low Saxon. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на нижнесаксонском. Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl/summary @@ -3104,8 +3923,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Dutch. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на голландском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Dutch. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на голландском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-data/summary @@ -3115,7 +3938,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-data/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-data/description msgid "This package contains Dutch localized application data for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на голландский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на голландский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-doc/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-doc/summary @@ -3125,7 +3949,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nl-doc/description msgid "This package contains Dutch application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на голландский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на голландский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nn/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nn/summary @@ -3134,8 +3959,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nn/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-nn/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop is Nynorsk. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на норвежском (нюношке). Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop is Nynorsk. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на норвежском (нюношке). Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pa/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pa/summary @@ -3144,8 +3973,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pa/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pa/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Punjabi. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на панджаби. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Punjabi. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на панджаби. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl/summary @@ -3154,8 +3987,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Polish. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на польском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Polish. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на польском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pl-data/summary @@ -3174,8 +4011,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Portuguese. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на португальском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Portuguese. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на португальском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR/summary @@ -3184,8 +4025,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Brazilian. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на бразильском португальском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Brazilian. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на бразильском португальском. Этот " +"пакет содержит переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR-data/summary @@ -3195,7 +4040,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR-data/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-pt_BR-data/description msgid "This package contains Brazilian localized application data for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на бразильский португальский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы данных приложений KDE на бразильский " +"португальский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ro/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ro/summary @@ -3204,8 +4051,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ro/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ro/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Romanian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на румынском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Romanian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на румынском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru/summary @@ -3214,8 +4065,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Russian. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на русском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Russian. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на русском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ru-data/summary @@ -3234,8 +4089,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sk/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sk/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Slovak. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на словацком. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Slovak. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на словацком. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sl/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sl/summary @@ -3244,8 +4103,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sl/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sl/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Slovenian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на словенском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Slovenian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на словенском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sr/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sr/summary @@ -3254,8 +4117,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sr/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sr/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Serbian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на сербском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Serbian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на сербском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv/summary @@ -3264,8 +4131,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Swedish. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на шведском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Swedish. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на шведском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv-data/summary @@ -3285,7 +4156,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-sv-doc/description msgid "This package contains Swedish application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на шведский язык." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на шведский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-tr/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-tr/summary @@ -3294,8 +4166,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-tr/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-tr/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Turkish. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на турецком. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Turkish. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на турецком. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ug/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ug/summary @@ -3304,8 +4180,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ug/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-ug/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Ukrainian. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на украинском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Ukrainian. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на украинском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk/summary @@ -3314,8 +4194,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Uighur. This package contains application translations." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на украинском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Uighur. This package contains " +"application translations." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на украинском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk-data/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk-data/summary @@ -3334,8 +4218,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk-doc/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-uk-doc/description -msgid "This package contains Ukrainian application manual translations for KDE." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на украинский язык." +msgid "" +"This package contains Ukrainian application manual translations for KDE." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит переводы руководств приложений KDE на украинский язык." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-wa/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-wa/summary @@ -3344,8 +4230,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-wa/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-wa/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Walloon. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на валлонском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in Walloon. This package contains " +"application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на валлонском. Этот пакет содержит " +"переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_CN/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_CN/summary @@ -3354,8 +4244,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_CN/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_CN/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in simplified Chinese. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на упрощённом китайском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in simplified Chinese. This package " +"contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на упрощённом китайском. Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_TW/summary #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_TW/summary @@ -3364,8 +4258,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_TW/description #. leap/kde-l10n/kde-l10n-zh_TW/description -msgid "All the requirements for a KDE desktop in traditional Chinese. This package contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." -msgstr "Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на традиционном китайском. Этот пакет содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." +msgid "" +"All the requirements for a KDE desktop in traditional Chinese. This package " +"contains application translations, help files, and screenshots." +msgstr "" +"Всё необходимое для рабочего стола KDE на традиционном китайском. Этот пакет " +"содержит переводы приложений, файлов справки и снимков экрана." #. tumbleweed/kdeedu-data/summary #. leap/kdeedu-data/summary @@ -3374,18 +4272,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdeedu-data/description #. leap/kdeedu-data/description -msgid "This package contains common data files used by various KDE education applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains common data files used by various KDE education " +"applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-lang/summary #. leap/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package kdesignerplugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета kdesignerplugin" #. tumbleweed/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-lang/description #. leap/kdesignerplugin/kdesignerplugin-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package kdesignerplugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета kdesignerplugin" #. tumbleweed/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-lang/summary #. leap/kdevelop4/kdevelop4-lang/summary @@ -3409,17 +4309,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdoctools/kdoctools-lang/summary #. leap/kdoctools/kdoctools-lang/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Languages for package kiosktool" msgid "Languages for package kdoctools" -msgstr "Переводы для пакета kiosktool" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета kdoctools" #. tumbleweed/kdoctools/kdoctools-lang/description #. leap/kdoctools/kdoctools-lang/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides translations to the package kiosktool" msgid "Provides translations to the package kdoctools" -msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета kiosktool" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета kdoctools" #. tumbleweed/kernel-source/kernel-devel/summary #. leap/kernel-source/kernel-devel/summary @@ -3428,37 +4326,40 @@ #. tumbleweed/kernel-source/kernel-devel/description msgid "" -"Kernel-level headers and Makefiles required for development of external kernel modules.\n" +"Kernel-level headers and Makefiles required for development of external " +"kernel modules.\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-docs/summary #. leap/kernel-docs/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel Documentation" msgid "Kernel Documentation (man pages)" -msgstr "Документация ядра" +msgstr "Документация ядра (man-страницы)" #. tumbleweed/kernel-docs/description msgid "" "These are the man pages (section 9) built from the current kernel sources.\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-source/kernel-macros/summary #. leap/kernel-source/kernel-macros/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "RPM macros for building Haskell source packages" msgid "RPM macros for building Kernel Module Packages" -msgstr "Макросы RPM для сборки исходных пакетов Haskell" +msgstr "Макросы RPM для сборки пакетов модулей ядра" #. tumbleweed/kernel-source/kernel-macros/description msgid "" -"This package provides the rpm macros and templates for Kernel Module Pakcages\n" +"This package provides the rpm macros and templates for Kernel Module " +"Pakcages\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kernel-source/summary @@ -3470,7 +4371,8 @@ msgid "" "Linux kernel sources with many fixes and improvements.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx-icons/summary @@ -3480,10 +4382,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx-icons/description #. leap/kcm5-fcitx/kf5-kcm-fcitx-icons/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "This package provides the translations for installed desktop files." -msgid "This package provides systemsettings5 icons for fcitx in plasma5-workspace." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет переводы для установленных файлов рабочего стола." +msgid "" +"This package provides systemsettings5 icons for fcitx in plasma5-workspace." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет значки fcitx для systemsettings5 в plasma5-workspace." #. tumbleweed/khmeros-fonts/summary #. leap/khmeros-fonts/summary @@ -3512,7 +4415,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-doc/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-doc/description -msgid "This package contains the documentation and manual pages for the KIWI image builder." +msgid "" +"This package contains the documentation and manual pages for the KIWI image " +"builder." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-media-requires/summary @@ -3522,8 +4427,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-media-requires/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-media-requires/description -msgid "This package recommends a set of packages which should be part of the DVD distribution. Some kiwi system/boot templates references those packages and it is assumed that they are part of the distributed source media (DVD)" -msgstr "Этот пакет рекомендует набор пакетов, которые должны входить в состав дистрибутива на DVD. Некоторые системные и загрузочные шаблоны kiwi ссылаются на эти пакеты, так что предполагается, что они являются частью распространяемого носителя (DVD)" +msgid "" +"This package recommends a set of packages which should be part of the DVD " +"distribution. Some kiwi system/boot templates references those packages and " +"it is assumed that they are part of the distributed source media (DVD)" +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет рекомендует набор пакетов, которые должны входить в состав " +"дистрибутива на DVD. Некоторые системные и загрузочные шаблоны kiwi ссылаются " +"на эти пакеты, так что предполагается, что они являются частью " +"распространяемого носителя (DVD)" #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-pxeboot/summary #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-pxeboot/summary @@ -3532,7 +4444,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kiwi/kiwi-pxeboot/description #. leap/kiwi/kiwi-pxeboot/description -msgid "This package contains the basic PXE directory structure which is needed to serve kiwi built images via PXE." +msgid "" +"This package contains the basic PXE directory structure which is needed to " +"serve kiwi built images via PXE." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/konversation/konversation-lang/summary @@ -3572,7 +4486,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/laptop-mode-tools/description #. leap/laptop-mode-tools/description -msgid "Laptop Mode Tools is a laptop power saving package for Linux systems. It allows you to extend the battery life of your laptop, in several ways. It is the primary way to enable the Laptop Mode feature of the Linux kernel, which lets your hard drive spin down. In addition, it allows you to tweak a number of other power-related settings using a simple configuration file." +msgid "" +"Laptop Mode Tools is a laptop power saving package for Linux systems. It " +"allows you to extend the battery life of your laptop, in several ways. It is " +"the primary way to enable the Laptop Mode feature of the Linux kernel, which " +"lets your hard drive spin down. In addition, it allows you to tweak a number " +"of other power-related settings using a simple configuration file." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/latex2html/latex2html-pngicons/summary @@ -3592,8 +4511,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-branding-upstream/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-branding-upstream/description -msgid "This package includes the original branding for the LibreOffice office suite." -msgstr "Этот пакет включает оригинальное оформление офисного пакета LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"This package includes the original branding for the LibreOffice office suite." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет включает оригинальное оформление офисного пакета LibreOffice." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-breeze/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-breeze/summary @@ -3602,7 +4523,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-breeze/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-breeze/description -msgid "This package provides Breeze LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in KDE Frameworks by default." +msgid "" +"This package provides Breeze LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in KDE " +"Frameworks by default." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-galaxy/summary @@ -3612,8 +4535,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-galaxy/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-galaxy/description -msgid "This package provides Galaxy LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in the original OOo-3.x by default." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Galaxy для LibreOffice. Она используется по умолчанию в оригинальном OOo-3.x." +msgid "" +"This package provides Galaxy LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in the " +"original OOo-3.x by default." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Galaxy для LibreOffice. Она " +"используется по умолчанию в оригинальном OOo-3.x." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-hicontrast/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-hicontrast/summary @@ -3632,8 +4559,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-oxygen/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-oxygen/description -msgid "This package provides Oxygen LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in KDE4 by default." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Oxygen для LibreOffice. Она используется в KDE4 по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"This package provides Oxygen LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in KDE4 by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Oxygen для LibreOffice. Она " +"используется в KDE4 по умолчанию." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-sifr/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-sifr/summary @@ -3652,8 +4583,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-tango/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-icon-theme-tango/description -msgid "This package provides Tango LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in GNOME by default and obsoleted the old Industrial theme." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Tango для LibreOffice. Она используется в GNOME по умолчанию вместо устаревшей темы Industrial." +msgid "" +"This package provides Tango LibreOffice icon theme. It is used in GNOME by " +"default and obsoleted the old Industrial theme." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет тему значков Tango для LibreOffice. Она используется " +"в GNOME по умолчанию вместо устаревшей темы Industrial." #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-af/summary #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-af/summary @@ -3662,7 +4597,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-af/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-af/description -msgid "Provides additional Afrikaans translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Afrikaans translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ar/summary @@ -3682,7 +4618,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-as/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-as/description -msgid "Provides additional Assamese translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Assamese translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-bg/summary @@ -3692,7 +4629,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-bg/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-bg/description -msgid "Provides additional Bulgarian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Bulgarian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-bn/summary @@ -3772,7 +4710,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-dz/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-dz/description -msgid "Provides additional Dzongkha translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Dzongkha translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-el/summary @@ -3812,7 +4751,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-et/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-et/description -msgid "Provides additional Estonian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Estonian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-eu/summary @@ -3872,7 +4812,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-gl/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-gl/description -msgid "Provides additional Galician translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Galician translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-gu/summary @@ -3882,7 +4823,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-gu/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-gu/description -msgid "Provides additional Gujarati translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Gujarati translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-he/summary @@ -3912,7 +4854,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-hr/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-hr/description -msgid "Provides additional Croatian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Croatian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-hu/summary @@ -3922,7 +4865,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-hu/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-hu/description -msgid "Provides additional Hungarian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Hungarian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-it/summary @@ -3942,7 +4886,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ja/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ja/description -msgid "Provides additional Japanese translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Japanese translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-kk/summary @@ -3982,7 +4927,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-lt/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-lt/description -msgid "Provides additional Lithuanian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Lithuanian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-lv/summary @@ -4002,7 +4948,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ml/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ml/description -msgid "Provides additional Malayalam translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Malayalam translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-mr/summary @@ -4052,7 +4999,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-nso/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-nso/description -msgid "Provides additional Northern Sotho translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Northern Sotho translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-or/summary @@ -4092,7 +5040,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ro/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ro/description -msgid "Provides additional Romanian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Romanian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ru/summary @@ -4112,7 +5061,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-si/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-si/description -msgid "Provides additional Sinhalese translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Sinhalese translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-sk/summary @@ -4132,7 +5082,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-sl/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-sl/description -msgid "Provides additional Slovenian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Slovenian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-sr/summary @@ -4162,7 +5113,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-st/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-st/description -msgid "Provides additional Southern Sotho translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Southern Sotho translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-sv/summary @@ -4222,7 +5174,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-uk/description #. leap/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-uk/description -msgid "Provides additional Ukrainian translations and resources for LibreOffice." +msgid "" +"Provides additional Ukrainian translations and resources for LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libreoffice/libreoffice-l10n-ve/summary @@ -4262,7 +5215,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libreoffice-share-linker/description #. leap/libreoffice-share-linker/description -msgid "Script that links and unlinks files from /usr/share to libreoffice home as libreoffice layout is not set up for noarch packages otherwise." +msgid "" +"Script that links and unlinks files from /usr/share to libreoffice home as " +"libreoffice layout is not set up for noarch packages otherwise." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lightdm-gtk-greeter-branding-openSUSE/summary @@ -4272,7 +5227,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/lightdm-gtk-greeter-branding-openSUSE/description #. leap/lightdm-gtk-greeter-branding-openSUSE/description -msgid "This package provides the openSUSE look and feel for lightdm-gtk-greeter." +msgid "" +"This package provides the openSUSE look and feel for lightdm-gtk-greeter." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lightdm-gtk-greeter/lightdm-gtk-greeter-lang/summary @@ -4302,7 +5258,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/linux-glibc-devel/description #. leap/linux-glibc-devel/description -msgid "This package provides Linux kernel headers, the kernel API description required for compilation of almost all programs. This is the userspace interface; compiling external kernel modules requires kernel-(flavor)-devel, or kernel-syms to pull in all kernel-*-devel, packages, instead." +msgid "" +"This package provides Linux kernel headers, the kernel API description " +"required for compilation of almost all programs. This is the userspace " +"interface; compiling external kernel modules requires kernel-(flavor)-devel, " +"or kernel-syms to pull in all kernel-*-devel, packages, instead." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lklug-fonts/summary @@ -4312,7 +5272,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/lklug-fonts/description #. leap/lklug-fonts/description -msgid "\"Lanka Linux User Group\" OpenType font for Sinhala copyright 2004 by Yannis Haralambous. OTF tables added by Anuradha Ratnaweera an d Harshani Devadithya, and modified by Harshula Jayasuriya. \"Kunddaliya\" glyph Copyright (c) 2006 Harshula Jayasuriya" +msgid "" +"\"Lanka Linux User Group\" OpenType font for Sinhala copyright 2004 by Yannis " +"Haralambous. OTF tables added by Anuradha Ratnaweera an d Harshani " +"Devadithya, and modified by Harshula Jayasuriya. \"Kunddaliya\" glyph " +"Copyright (c) 2006 Harshula Jayasuriya" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/log4j/summary @@ -4322,7 +5286,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/log4j/description #. leap/log4j/description -msgid "Log4j is a tool to help the programmer output log statements to a variety of output targets." +msgid "" +"Log4j is a tool to help the programmer output log statements to a variety of " +"output targets." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/log4net/summary @@ -4332,7 +5298,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/log4net/description #. leap/log4net/description -msgid "log4net is a tool to help the programmer output log statements to a variety of output targets. log4net is a port of the excellent log4j framework to the .NET runtime" +msgid "" +"log4net is a tool to help the programmer output log statements to a variety " +"of output targets. log4net is a port of the excellent log4j framework to the " +".NET runtime" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxappearance/lxappearance-lang/summary @@ -4348,12 +5317,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxappearance-obconf/lxappearance-obconf-lang/summary #. leap/lxappearance-obconf/lxappearance-obconf-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package lxappearance-obconf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета lxappearance-obconf" #. tumbleweed/lxappearance-obconf/lxappearance-obconf-lang/description #. leap/lxappearance-obconf/lxappearance-obconf-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package lxappearance-obconf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета lxappearance-obconf" #. tumbleweed/lxcc/summary #. leap/lxcc/summary @@ -4372,7 +5341,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxde-common/description #. leap/lxde-common/description -msgid "Lxde-common package provides a set of default configurations for LXDE. It's an LXDE core package, since without it LXDE cannot run." +msgid "" +"Lxde-common package provides a set of default configurations for LXDE. It's " +"an LXDE core package, since without it LXDE cannot run." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxde-common-branding-openSUSE/summary @@ -4382,18 +5353,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxde-common-branding-openSUSE/description #. leap/lxde-common-branding-openSUSE/description -msgid "This branding-style package sets openSUSE style improvements into LXDE. You should always prefer branding-openSUSE packages to branding-upstream." -msgstr "В этом стилевом пакете содержится улучшенное оформление в стиле openSUSE для LXDE. Рекомендуется всегда предпочитать пакеты branding-openSUSE пакетам branding-upstream." +msgid "" +"This branding-style package sets openSUSE style improvements into LXDE. You " +"should always prefer branding-openSUSE packages to branding-upstream." +msgstr "" +"В этом стилевом пакете содержится улучшенное оформление в стиле openSUSE для " +"LXDE. Рекомендуется всегда предпочитать пакеты branding-openSUSE пакетам " +"branding-upstream." #. tumbleweed/lxinput/lxinput-lang/summary #. leap/lxinput/lxinput-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package lxinput" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета lxinput" #. tumbleweed/lxinput/lxinput-lang/description #. leap/lxinput/lxinput-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package lxinput" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета lxinput" #. tumbleweed/lxmenu-data/summary #. leap/lxmenu-data/summary @@ -4403,9 +5379,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxmenu-data/description #. leap/lxmenu-data/description msgid "" -"LXSession is the default X11 session manager of LXDE. (LXDE: Lightweight X11 Desktop Environment) http://lxde.sourceforge.net/\n" +"LXSession is the default X11 session manager of LXDE. (LXDE: Lightweight X11 " +"Desktop Environment) http://lxde.sourceforge.net/\n" "\n" -"This package provides files required to build freedesktop.org menu spec-compliant desktop menus for LXDE." +"This package provides files required to build freedesktop.org menu " +"spec-compliant desktop menus for LXDE." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxmusic/lxmusic-lang/summary @@ -4429,22 +5407,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/lxrandr/lxrandr-lang/summary #. leap/lxrandr/lxrandr-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package lxrandr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета lxrandr" #. tumbleweed/lxrandr/lxrandr-lang/description #. leap/lxrandr/lxrandr-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package lxrandr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета lxrandr" #. tumbleweed/lxtask/lxtask-lang/summary #. leap/lxtask/lxtask-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package lxtask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета lxtask" #. tumbleweed/lxtask/lxtask-lang/description #. leap/lxtask/lxtask-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package lxtask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета lxtask" #. tumbleweed/lxterminal/lxterminal-lang/summary #. leap/lxterminal/lxterminal-lang/summary @@ -4458,44 +5436,59 @@ #. tumbleweed/kernel-pv/kernel-pv-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the pv flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the pv flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: 7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-11-02 16:35:09 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"7b374a4af8a6bf8109b917f5c839dcd85b607ec0 GIT Branch: stable" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-source/kernel-devel/description msgid "" -"Kernel-level headers and Makefiles required for development of external kernel modules.\n" +"Kernel-level headers and Makefiles required for development of external " +"kernel modules.\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-docs/description msgid "" "These are the man pages (section 9) built from the current kernel sources.\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-source/kernel-macros/description msgid "" -"This package provides the rpm macros and templates for Kernel Module Pakcages\n" +"This package provides the rpm macros and templates for Kernel Module " +"Pakcages\n" "\n" -"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +"Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-source/description msgid "" "Linux kernel sources with many fixes and improvements.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/joe/description msgid "" -"JOE (Joe's Own Editor) is a freeware ASCII editor for UNIX. Joe is similar to most IBM PC text editors. The keyboard combinations are similar to WordStar[tm] and Turbo C. Some of Joe's features include:\n" +"JOE (Joe's Own Editor) is a freeware ASCII editor for UNIX. Joe is similar to " +"most IBM PC text editors. The keyboard combinations are similar to " +"WordStar[tm] and Turbo C. Some of Joe's features include:\n" "\n" -"-full support of termcap and terminfo (useful for device-independent descriptions to control screen output) -optimized screen refresh like GNU Emacs (Joe can even be used at 2400 baud) -easy installation with all features for UNIX integration with vi: a marked block of text can be filtered through a UNIX command and wherever JOE accepts a filename parameter, the following can also be substituted:\n" +"-full support of termcap and terminfo (useful for device-independent " +"descriptions to control screen output) -optimized screen refresh like GNU " +"Emacs (Joe can even be used at 2400 baud) -easy installation with all " +"features for UNIX integration with vi: a marked block of text can be filtered " +"through a UNIX command and wherever JOE accepts a filename parameter, the " +"following can also be substituted:\n" "\n" "!command\\t\\t:to redirect from or to another command\n" "\n" @@ -4505,46 +5498,62 @@ "\n" "-\\t\\t\\t:to use standard input/output\n" "\n" -"When JOE has several files opened at the same time, each file is displayed in its own window. Additionally, JOE allows for shell windows from which the output of the executed commands are saved in a buffer, automatic filename completion (via TAB), help windows, undo and redo, and search and replace using regular expressions." +"When JOE has several files opened at the same time, each file is displayed in " +"its own window. Additionally, JOE allows for shell windows from which the " +"output of the executed commands are saved in a buffer, automatic filename " +"completion (via TAB), help windows, undo and redo, and search and replace " +"using regular expressions." msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-default/kernel-default-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the default flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the default flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-pv/kernel-pv-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the pv flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the pv flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-syms/description msgid "" -"Kernel symbols, such as functions and variables, have version information attached to them. This package contains the symbol versions for the standard kernels.\n" +"Kernel symbols, such as functions and variables, have version information " +"attached to them. This package contains the symbol versions for the standard " +"kernels.\n" "\n" -"This package is needed for compiling kernel module packages with proper package dependencies.\n" +"This package is needed for compiling kernel module packages with proper " +"package dependencies.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-xen/description msgid "" "The Linux kernel for Xen paravirtualization.\n" "\n" -"This kernel can be used both as the domain0 (\"xen0\") and as an unprivileged (\"xenU\") kernel.\n" +"This kernel can be used both as the domain0 (\"xen0\") and as an unprivileged " +"(\"xenU\") kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/kernel-xen/kernel-xen-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel module packages) against the xen flavor of the kernel.\n" +"This package contains files necessary for building kernel modules (and kernel " +"module packages) against the xen flavor of the kernel.\n" "\n" -" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" +" Source Timestamp: 2015-10-29 07:43:42 +0100 GIT Revision: " +"e24bad162b4d4af98ff6751586d0103525e59597 GIT Branch: openSUSE-42.1" msgstr "" #. leap/lightdm-gtk-greeter/summary @@ -4552,7 +5561,9 @@ msgstr "" #. leap/lightdm-gtk-greeter/description -msgid "This is the reference implementation of a LightDM greeter based on the GTK toolkit." +msgid "" +"This is the reference implementation of a LightDM greeter based on the GTK " +"toolkit." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Library for manipulation with Enhanced MetaFile (EMF, ECMA-234)" Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd4.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd4.ru.po 2015-12-04 08:03:51 UTC (rev 95059) +++ trunk/packages/ru/po/dvd4.ru.po 2015-12-06 20:20:51 UTC (rev 95060) @@ -1,31 +1,32 @@ # This file was automatically generated # Translators: -# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013 -# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2013,2015 -# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013 -# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 -# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011 +# Alexander Ivanov <hrafn(a)hrafn.me>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011-2012. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Alexander Mityunin <avm.xandry(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Alexander Varchenko <alexander.varchenko(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Anton Cherkasov <linux-oid(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>, 2011-2013,2015. +# Gankov <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011,2013, 2015. +# Андрей Ганьков <gankov.andrey(a)inbox.ru>, 2011. +# Антоха <t0xa(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openSUSE-packages\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:32\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-20 21:19+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dmitry Khudorozhkov <drhoo(a)pisem.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/minton/openSUSE-packages/language/ru/)\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 20:35+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%" +"100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. tumbleweed/libEMF/libEMF1/summary #. leap/libEMF/libEMF1/summary @@ -34,7 +35,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/libEMF/libEMF1/description #. leap/libEMF/libEMF1/description -msgid "LibEMF is a C/C++ library which provides a drawing toolkit based on ECMA-234. The general purpose of this library is to create vector graphics files on POSIX systems which can be imported into StarOffice/OpenOffice. The Enhanced MetaFile (EMF) is one of the two color vector graphics format which is \"vectorially\" understood by SO/OO. The EMF format also has the additional advantage that it can be \"broken\" into its constituent components and edited like any other SO/OO graphics object." +msgid "" +"LibEMF is a C/C++ library which provides a drawing toolkit based on ECMA-234. " +"The general purpose of this library is to create vector graphics files on " +"POSIX systems which can be imported into StarOffice/OpenOffice. The Enhanced " +"MetaFile (EMF) is one of the two color vector graphics format which is " +"\"vectorially\" understood by SO/OO. The EMF format also has the additional " +"advantage that it can be \"broken\" into its constituent components and " +"edited like any other SO/OO graphics object." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fox16/libFOX-1_6-0/summary @@ -44,7 +52,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/fox16/libFOX-1_6-0/description #. leap/fox16/libFOX-1_6-0/description -msgid "This package contains the shared libraries needed by applications compiled with the FOX GUI Toolkit." +msgid "" +"This package contains the shared libraries needed by applications compiled " +"with the FOX GUI Toolkit." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libFS/libFS-devel/summary @@ -55,7 +65,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libFS/libFS-devel/description #. leap/libFS/libFS-devel/description msgid "" -"This library is used by clients of X Font Servers (xfs), such as xfsinfo, xfslsfonts, and the X servers themselves.\n" +"This library is used by clients of X Font Servers (xfs), such as xfsinfo, " +"xfslsfonts, and the X servers themselves.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development headers for the library found in libFS6." msgstr "" @@ -67,8 +78,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libFS/libFS6/description #. leap/libFS/libFS6/description -msgid "This library is used by clients of X Font Servers (xfs), such as xfsinfo, xfslsfonts, and the X servers themselves." -msgstr "Эта библиотека используется клиентами сервера шрифтов X (xfs), такими как xfsinfo, xfslsfonts и самим X-сервером." +msgid "" +"This library is used by clients of X Font Servers (xfs), such as xfsinfo, " +"xfslsfonts, and the X servers themselves." +msgstr "" +"Эта библиотека используется клиентами сервера шрифтов X (xfs), такими как " +"xfsinfo, xfslsfonts и самим X-сервером." #. tumbleweed/glew/libGLEW1_13/summary #. leap/glew/libGLEW1_13/summary @@ -83,9 +98,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/libGeoIP1/description #. leap/GeoIP/libGeoIP1/description msgid "" -"GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This database simply contains IP blocks as keys, and countries as values. This database should be more complete and accurate than using reverse DNS lookups.\n" +"GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP " +"address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This " +"database simply contains IP blocks as keys, and countries as values. This " +"database should be more complete and accurate than using reverse DNS " +"lookups.\n" "\n" -"MaxMind offers a service where you can have your database updated automically each month.\n" +"MaxMind offers a service where you can have your database updated automically " +"each month.\n" "\n" "This package holds the shared libraries for GeoIP." msgstr "" @@ -95,11 +115,24 @@ #. leap/GraphicsMagick/libGraphicsMagick-Q16-3/description #. leap/GraphicsMagick/libGraphicsMagickWand-Q16-2/description msgid "" -"GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and much, much, more.\n" +"GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation " +"utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X " +"Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, " +"and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. " +"GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, " +"TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, " +"color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any " +"supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or " +"transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and " +"much, much, more.\n" "\n" -"GraphicsMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate and display images. If you want to develop your own applications which use GraphicsMagick code or APIs, you need to install GraphicsMagick-devel as well.\n" +"GraphicsMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate and " +"display images. If you want to develop your own applications which use " +"GraphicsMagick code or APIs, you need to install GraphicsMagick-devel as " +"well.\n" "\n" -"This package is compiled with Q16, that means it provides better performance on 16 and less bit images." +"This package is compiled with Q16, that means it provides better performance " +"on 16 and less bit images." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/GraphicsMagick/libGraphicsMagick3-config/summary @@ -110,9 +143,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/GraphicsMagick/libGraphicsMagick3-config/description #. leap/GraphicsMagick/libGraphicsMagick3-config/description msgid "" -"GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and much, much, more.\n" +"GraphicsMagick(TM) provides a powerful image manipulation and translation " +"utility. It is capable of displaying still images and animations using the X " +"Window system, provides a simple interface for interactively editing images, " +"and is capable of importing selected windows or the entire desktop. " +"GraphicsMagick can read and write over 88 image formats, including JPEG, " +"TIFF, WMF, SVG, PNG, PNM, GIF, and Photo CD. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, " +"color reduce, or add special effects to the image and save the result to any " +"supported format. GraphicsMagick may be used to create animated or " +"transparent .gifs, create composite images, create thumbnail images, and " +"much, much, more.\n" "\n" -"GraphicsMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate and display images. If you want to develop your own applications which use GraphicsMagick code or APIs, you need to install GraphicsMagick-devel as well.\n" +"GraphicsMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate and " +"display images. If you want to develop your own applications which use " +"GraphicsMagick code or APIs, you need to install GraphicsMagick-devel as " +"well.\n" "\n" "This package contains GraphicsMagick library configuration files." msgstr "" @@ -125,9 +170,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libICE/libICE-devel/description #. leap/libICE/libICE-devel/description msgid "" -"The Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) protocol is intended to provide a framework for building such protocols, allowing them to make use of common negotiation mechanisms and to be multiplexed over a single transport connection.\n" +"The Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) protocol is intended to provide a framework " +"for building such protocols, allowing them to make use of common negotiation " +"mechanisms and to be multiplexed over a single transport connection.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in libICE6." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"libICE6." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libidl/libIDL-2-0/summary @@ -137,27 +185,36 @@ #. tumbleweed/libidl/libIDL-2-0/description #. leap/libidl/libIDL-2-0/description -msgid "LibIDL is a small library for creating parse trees of CORBA v2.2-compliant Interface Definition Language (IDL) files. IDL is a specification for defining interfaces that can be used between different CORBA implementations." -msgstr "LibIDL — это небольшая библиотека для создания деревьев разбора CORBA v2.2-совместимых файлов Interface Definition Language (IDL). IDL — это спецификация для описания интерфейсов, которая может быть использована различными реализациями CORBA." +msgid "" +"LibIDL is a small library for creating parse trees of CORBA v2.2-compliant " +"Interface Definition Language (IDL) files. IDL is a specification for " +"defining interfaces that can be used between different CORBA implementations." +msgstr "" +"LibIDL — это небольшая библиотека для создания деревьев разбора CORBA " +"v2.2-совместимых файлов Interface Definition Language (IDL). IDL — это " +"спецификация для описания интерфейсов, которая может быть использована " +"различными реализациями CORBA." #. tumbleweed/openexr/libIlmImfUtil-2_2-22/summary msgid "Library to simplify development of OpenEXR utilities" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/openexr/libIlmImfUtil-2_2-22/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "OpenEXR is a high dynamic-range (HDR) image file format developed by Industrial Light & Magic for use in computer imaging applications.\n" #| "\n" #| "This package contains shared library libIlmImf" msgid "" -"OpenEXR is a high dynamic-range (HDR) image file format developed by Industrial Light & Magic for use in computer imaging applications.\n" +"OpenEXR is a high dynamic-range (HDR) image file format developed by " +"Industrial Light & Magic for use in computer imaging applications.\n" "\n" "This package contains shared library libIlmImfUtil" msgstr "" -"OpenEXR — это формат для файлов изображений с широким динамическим диапазоном (HDR), разработанный Industrial Light & Magic для использования в приложениях для работы с изображениями.\n" +"OpenEXR — это формат для файлов изображений с широким динамическим диапазоном " +"(HDR), разработанный Industrial Light & Magic для использования в приложениях " +"для работы с изображениями.\n" "\n" -"Этот пакет содержит разделяемую библиотеку libIlmImf" +"Этот пакет содержит разделяемую библиотеку libIlmImfUtil" #. tumbleweed/imlib2/libImlib2-1/summary #. leap/imlib2/libImlib2-1/summary @@ -166,7 +223,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/imlib2/libImlib2-1/description #. leap/imlib2/libImlib2-1/description -msgid "Imlib2 is an advanced replacement library for libraries like libXpm that provides many more features with much greater flexibility and speed than standard libraries, including font rasterization, rotation, RGBA space rendering and blending, dynamic binary filters, scripting, and more." +msgid "" +"Imlib2 is an advanced replacement library for libraries like libXpm that " +"provides many more features with much greater flexibility and speed than " +"standard libraries, including font rasterization, rotation, RGBA space " +"rendering and blending, dynamic binary filters, scripting, and more." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libkeduvocdocument/libKEduVocDocument5/summary @@ -180,15 +241,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkdeedu4/libkeduvocdocument4/description #. leap/libkeduvocdocument/libKEduVocDocument5/description #. leap/libkdeedu4/libkeduvocdocument4/description -msgid "This package contains the library which is required by the KDE education applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains the library which is required by the KDE education " +"applications." msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку, необходимую обучающим приложениям KDE." #. tumbleweed/bluez-qt/libKF5BluezQt6/description #. leap/bluez-qt/libKF5BluezQt6/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VDPAU wrapper library" msgid "Async Bluez wrapper library." -msgstr "Библиотека-обёртка VDPAU" +msgstr "Асинхронная библиотека-обёртка Bluez." #. tumbleweed/kmediaplayer/libKF5MediaPlayer5/summary #. leap/kmediaplayer/libKF5MediaPlayer5/summary @@ -197,26 +259,30 @@ #. tumbleweed/kmediaplayer/libKF5MediaPlayer5/description #. leap/kmediaplayer/libKF5MediaPlayer5/description -msgid "KMediaPlayer builds on the KParts framework to provide a common interface for KParts that can play media files." +msgid "" +"KMediaPlayer builds on the KParts framework to provide a common interface for " +"KParts that can play media files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libKF5ModemManagerQt/libKF5ModemManagerQt-devel/summary #. leap/libKF5ModemManagerQt/libKF5ModemManagerQt-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development package for the libsndfile library" msgid "Development package for the libmm-qt library" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для библиотеки libsndfile" +msgstr "Пакет разработки для библиотеки libmm-qt" #. tumbleweed/libKF5ModemManagerQt/libKF5ModemManagerQt-devel/description #. leap/libKF5ModemManagerQt/libKF5ModemManagerQt-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Qt wrapper for ModemManager DBus API." msgid "Qt5 wrapper for ModemManager DBus API. Development files." -msgstr "Обёртка Qt для DBus API ModemManager." +msgstr "Обёртка Qt для DBus API ModemManager. Файлы для разработки." #. tumbleweed/libKF5NetworkManagerQt/libKF5NetworkManagerQt-devel/description #. leap/libKF5NetworkManagerQt/libKF5NetworkManagerQt-devel/description -msgid "NetworkManagerQt provides access to all NetworkManager features exposed on DBus. It allows you to manage your connections and control your network devices and also provides a library for parsing connection settings which are used in DBus communication. Development files." +msgid "" +"NetworkManagerQt provides access to all NetworkManager features exposed on " +"DBus. It allows you to manage your connections and control your network " +"devices and also provides a library for parsing connection settings which are " +"used in DBus communication. Development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kplotting/libKF5Plotting5/summary @@ -226,20 +292,33 @@ #. tumbleweed/kplotting/libKF5Plotting5/description #. leap/kplotting/libKF5Plotting5/description -msgid "KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual base class for easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have to specify information in \"data units\"; i.e., the natural units of the data being plotted. KPlotWidget automatically converts everything to screen pixel units." +msgid "" +"KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual base class for " +"easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have to " +"specify information in \"data units\"; i.e., the natural units of the data " +"being plotted. KPlotWidget automatically converts everything to screen pixel " +"units." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/libMagick++-6_Q16-6/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Viewer and Converter for Images - runtime library" msgid "C++ Interface for ImageMagick - runtime library" -msgstr "Просмотрщик и конвертер изображений — библиотека времени выполнения" +msgstr "Интерфейс на C++ для ImageMagick — библиотека времени выполнения" #. tumbleweed/ImageMagick/libMagick++-6_Q16-6/description msgid "" -"This is Magick++, the object-oriented C++ API for the ImageMagick image-processing library.\n" +"This is Magick++, the object-oriented C++ API for the ImageMagick " +"image-processing library.\n" "\n" -"Magick++ supports an object model inspired by PerlMagick. Magick++ should be faster than PerlMagick since it is written in a compiled language which is not parsed at run-time. This makes it suitable for Web CGI programs. Images support implicit reference counting so that copy constructors and assignment incur almost no cost. The cost of actually copying an image (if necessary) is done just before modification and this copy is managed automatically by Magick++. De-referenced copies are automatically deleted. The image objects support value (rather than pointer) semantics so it is trivial to support multiple generations of an image in memory at one time." +"Magick++ supports an object model inspired by PerlMagick. Magick++ should be " +"faster than PerlMagick since it is written in a compiled language which is " +"not parsed at run-time. This makes it suitable for Web CGI programs. Images " +"support implicit reference counting so that copy constructors and assignment " +"incur almost no cost. The cost of actually copying an image (if necessary) is " +"done just before modification and this copy is managed automatically by " +"Magick++. De-referenced copies are automatically deleted. The image objects " +"support value (rather than pointer) semantics so it is trivial to support " +"multiple generations of an image in memory at one time." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/aalib/libaa1/summary @@ -249,8 +328,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/aalib/libaa1/description #. leap/aalib/libaa1/description -msgid "AA-lib is a low level gfx library. AA-lib does not require a graphics device. In fact, there is no graphical output possible. AA-lib replaces old-fashioned output methods with a powerful ASCII art renderer." -msgstr "AA-Lib является низкоуровневой графической библиотекой. AA-Lib не требует графического устройства. На самом деле, возможна работа без графического вывода. AA-Lib заменяет старомодные методы вывода мощной визуализацией картинки в ASCII." +msgid "" +"AA-lib is a low level gfx library. AA-lib does not require a graphics device. " +"In fact, there is no graphical output possible. AA-lib replaces old-fashioned " +"output methods with a powerful ASCII art renderer." +msgstr "" +"AA-Lib является низкоуровневой графической библиотекой. AA-Lib не требует " +"графического устройства. На самом деле, возможна работа без графического " +"вывода. AA-Lib заменяет старомодные методы вывода мощной визуализацией " +"картинки в ASCII." #. tumbleweed/abiword/libabiword-3_0/summary msgid "A Multiplatform Word Processor - Library files" @@ -263,17 +349,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/libabw/libabw-0_1-1/description #. leap/libabw/libabw-0_1-1/description -msgid "Libabw is library providing ability to interpret and import AbiWord documents into various applications." +msgid "" +"Libabw is library providing ability to interpret and import AbiWord documents " +"into various applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libaio/libaio-devel/summary #. leap/libaio/libaio-devel/summary msgid "Development Files for Linux-native Asynchronous I/O Access" -msgstr "Файлы разработки для доступа к средствам асинхронного ввода-вывода, встроенным в Linux" +msgstr "" +"Файлы разработки для доступа к средствам асинхронного ввода-вывода, " +"встроенным в Linux" #. tumbleweed/libaio/libaio-devel/description #. leap/libaio/libaio-devel/description -msgid "This package provides header files to include, and libraries to link with, for the Linux-native asynchronous I/O facility (\"async I/O\", or \"aio\")." +msgid "" +"This package provides header files to include, and libraries to link with, " +"for the Linux-native asynchronous I/O facility (\"async I/O\", or \"aio\")." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/akonadi-runtime/libakonadiprotocolinternals-devel/summary @@ -283,8 +375,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/akonadi-runtime/libakonadiprotocolinternals-devel/description #. leap/akonadi-runtime/libakonadiprotocolinternals-devel/description -msgid "This package contains development files of Akonadi, the KDE PIM storage service." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит файлы для разработки Akonadi, службы KDE PIM Storage." +msgid "" +"This package contains development files of Akonadi, the KDE PIM storage " +"service." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит файлы для разработки Akonadi, службы KDE PIM Storage." #. tumbleweed/libalkimia/libalkimia-devel/summary #. leap/libalkimia/libalkimia-devel/summary @@ -298,12 +393,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/libalkimia/libalkimia4/summary #. leap/libalkimia/libalkimia4/summary -msgid "Library with common classes and functionality used by finance applications" -msgstr "Библиотека с общими классами и функциональностью, используемыми финансовыми приложениями" +msgid "" +"Library with common classes and functionality used by finance applications" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека с общими классами и функциональностью, используемыми финансовыми " +"приложениями" #. tumbleweed/libalkimia/libalkimia4/description #. leap/libalkimia/libalkimia4/description -msgid "libalkimia is a library with common classes and functionality used by finance applications for the KDE SC." +msgid "" +"libalkimia is a library with common classes and functionality used by finance " +"applications for the KDE SC." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/anjuta/libanjuta-3-0/summary @@ -318,7 +418,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/apparmor/libapparmor-devel/description #. leap/apparmor/libapparmor-devel/description -msgid "These libraries are needed for developing software that makes use of the AppArmor API." +msgid "" +"These libraries are needed for developing software that makes use of the " +"AppArmor API." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libappindicator/libappindicator3-1/summary @@ -329,7 +431,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libappindicator/libappindicator3-1/description #. leap/libappindicator/libappindicator3-1/description msgid "" -"A library to allow applications to export a menu into the Unity Menu bar. Based on KSNI it also works in KDE and will fallback to generic Systray support if none of those are available.\n" +"A library to allow applications to export a menu into the Unity Menu bar. " +"Based on KSNI it also works in KDE and will fallback to generic Systray " +"support if none of those are available.\n" "\n" "This package contains the GTK 3 version of this library." msgstr "" @@ -350,16 +454,25 @@ #. leap/libapr-util1/description #. leap/libapr-util1/libapr-util1-devel/description msgid "A companion library to APR, the Apache Portable Runtime." -msgstr "Вспомогательная библиотека для APR, переносимой среды выполнения Apache." +msgstr "" +"Вспомогательная библиотека для APR, переносимой среды выполнения Apache." #. tumbleweed/libapr1/description #. tumbleweed/libapr1/libapr1-devel/description #. leap/libapr1/description #. leap/libapr1/libapr1-devel/description msgid "" -"The mission of the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) project is to create and maintain software libraries that provide a predictable and consistent interface to underlying platform-specific implementations. The primary goal is to provide an API to which software developers may code and be assured of predictable if not identical behaviour regardless of the platform on which their software is built, relieving them of the need to code special-case conditions to work around or take advantage of platform-specific deficiencies or features.\n" +"The mission of the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) project is to create and " +"maintain software libraries that provide a predictable and consistent " +"interface to underlying platform-specific implementations. The primary goal " +"is to provide an API to which software developers may code and be assured of " +"predictable if not identical behaviour regardless of the platform on which " +"their software is built, relieving them of the need to code special-case " +"conditions to work around or take advantage of platform-specific deficiencies " +"or features.\n" "\n" -"The APR is used by both Open Source and Commercial projects, prominent examples being the Apache HTTP server." +"The APR is used by both Open Source and Commercial projects, prominent " +"examples being the Apache HTTP server." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libarchive/libarchive-devel/summary @@ -370,7 +483,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libarchive/libarchive-devel/description #. leap/libarchive/libarchive-devel/description msgid "" -"Libarchive is a programming library that can create and read several different streaming archive formats, including most popular tar variants and several cpio formats. It can also write shar archives and read ISO9660 CDROM images. The bsdtar program is an implementation of tar(1) that is built on top of libarchive. It started as a test harness, but has grown and is now the standard system tar for FreeBSD 5 and 6.\n" +"Libarchive is a programming library that can create and read several " +"different streaming archive formats, including most popular tar variants and " +"several cpio formats. It can also write shar archives and read ISO9660 CDROM " +"images. The bsdtar program is an implementation of tar(1) that is built on " +"top of libarchive. It started as a test harness, but has grown and is now the " +"standard system tar for FreeBSD 5 and 6.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files." msgstr "" @@ -382,8 +500,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/libart_lgpl/libart_lgpl_2-2/description #. leap/libart_lgpl/libart_lgpl_2-2/description -msgid "Libart is a library for high-performance 2D graphics. It is currently being used as the antialiased rendering engine for GNOME Canvas. It is also the rendering engine for Gill, the GNOME Illustration application." -msgstr "Libart — это библиотека высокопроизводительной 2D графики. В настоящее время она используется как движок сглаживания визуализации для GNOME Canvas. А так же как движок визуализации для Gill(GNOME Illustration)." +msgid "" +"Libart is a library for high-performance 2D graphics. It is currently being " +"used as the antialiased rendering engine for GNOME Canvas. It is also the " +"rendering engine for Gill, the GNOME Illustration application." +msgstr "" +"Libart — это библиотека высокопроизводительной 2D графики. В настоящее время " +"она используется как движок сглаживания визуализации для GNOME Canvas. А так " +"же как движок визуализации для Gill(GNOME Illustration)." #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libasan2/summary #. leap/gcc5/libasan2/summary @@ -402,7 +526,8 @@ msgid "" "Libassuan is the IPC library used by gpg2 (GnuPG version 2)\n" "\n" -"gpgme also uses libassuan to communicate with a libassuan-enabled GnuPG v2 server, but it uses it's own copy of libassuan." +"gpgme also uses libassuan to communicate with a libassuan-enabled GnuPG v2 " +"server, but it uses it's own copy of libassuan." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libatomic1/summary @@ -412,7 +537,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libatomic1/description #. leap/gcc5/libatomic1/description -msgid "The runtime library for atomic operations of the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)." +msgid "" +"The runtime library for atomic operations of the GNU Compiler Collection " +"(GCC)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/atril/libatrildocument3/summary @@ -424,7 +551,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/attr/libattr-devel/description #. leap/attr/libattr-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the libraries and header files needed to develop programs which make use of extended attributes. For Linux programs, the documented system call API is the recommended interface, but an SGI IRIX compatibility interface is also provided." +msgid "" +"This package contains the libraries and header files needed to develop " +"programs which make use of extended attributes. For Linux programs, the " +"documented system call API is the recommended interface, but an SGI IRIX " +"compatibility interface is also provided." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/audiofile/libaudiofile1/summary @@ -435,12 +566,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/audiofile/libaudiofile1/description #. leap/audiofile/libaudiofile1/description msgid "" -"This audio file library is an implementation of the SGI audio file library. At present, not all features of the SGI audio file library are implemented.\n" +"This audio file library is an implementation of the SGI audio file library. " +"At present, not all features of the SGI audio file library are implemented.\n" "\n" -"This library allows the processing of audio data to and from audio files of many common formats (currently AIFF, AIFC, WAVE, and NeXT/Sun)." +"This library allows the processing of audio data to and from audio files of " +"many common formats (currently AIFF, AIFC, WAVE, and NeXT/Sun)." msgstr "" -"Реализация библиотеки аудио файла из библиотеки SGI. В настоящее время, не все функции библиотеки аудио файлов SGI реализованы.\n" -"Эта библиотека позволяет обрабатывать аудио-данные в и из звуковых файлов многих распространённых форматов (на данный момент AIFF, AIFC, WAVE, и NeXT / Sun)." +"Реализация библиотеки аудио файла из библиотеки SGI. В настоящее время, не " +"все функции библиотеки аудио файлов SGI реализованы.\n" +"Эта библиотека позволяет обрабатывать аудио-данные в и из звуковых файлов " +"многих распространённых форматов (на данный момент AIFF, AIFC, WAVE, и NeXT / " +"Sun)." #. tumbleweed/autotrace/libautotrace3/summary #. leap/autotrace/libautotrace3/summary @@ -450,9 +586,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/avahi/libavahi-devel/description #. leap/avahi/libavahi-devel/description msgid "" -"Avahi is an implementation the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS specifications for Zeroconf Computing. It uses D-BUS for communication between user applications and a system daemon. The daemon is used to coordinate application efforts in caching replies, necessary to minimize the traffic imposed on networks.\n" +"Avahi is an implementation the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS " +"specifications for Zeroconf Computing. It uses D-BUS for communication " +"between user applications and a system daemon. The daemon is used to " +"coordinate application efforts in caching replies, necessary to minimize the " +"traffic imposed on networks.\n" "\n" -"The Avahi mDNS responder is now feature complete implementing all MUSTs and the majority of the SHOULDs of the mDNS/DNS-SD RFCs. It passes all tests in the Apple Bonjour conformance test suite. In addition it supports some nifty things that have never been seen elsewhere like correct mDNS reflection across LAN segments." +"The Avahi mDNS responder is now feature complete implementing all MUSTs and " +"the majority of the SHOULDs of the mDNS/DNS-SD RFCs. It passes all tests in " +"the Apple Bonjour conformance test suite. In addition it supports some nifty " +"things that have never been seen elsewhere like correct mDNS reflection " +"across LAN segments." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/avahi-qt4/libavahi-qt4-1/summary @@ -467,9 +611,17 @@ msgid "" "Qt4 bindings for avahi.\n" "\n" -"Avahi is an implementation the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS specifications for Zeroconf Computing. It uses D-BUS for communication between user applications and a system daemon. The daemon is used to coordinate application efforts in caching replies, necessary to minimize the traffic imposed on networks.\n" +"Avahi is an implementation the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS " +"specifications for Zeroconf Computing. It uses D-BUS for communication " +"between user applications and a system daemon. The daemon is used to " +"coordinate application efforts in caching replies, necessary to minimize the " +"traffic imposed on networks.\n" "\n" -"The Avahi mDNS responder is now feature complete implementing all MUSTs and the majority of the SHOULDs of the mDNS/DNS-SD RFCs. It passes all tests in the Apple Bonjour conformance test suite. In addition it supports some nifty things that have never been seen elsewhere like correct mDNS reflection across LAN segments." +"The Avahi mDNS responder is now feature complete implementing all MUSTs and " +"the majority of the SHOULDs of the mDNS/DNS-SD RFCs. It passes all tests in " +"the Apple Bonjour conformance test suite. In addition it supports some nifty " +"things that have never been seen elsewhere like correct mDNS reflection " +"across LAN segments." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libavc1394/libavc1394-0/summary @@ -479,7 +631,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/libavc1394/libavc1394-0/description #. leap/libavc1394/libavc1394-0/description -msgid "Libavc1394 is a programming interface to the AV/C specification from the 1394 Trade Association. AV/C stands for Audio/Video Control. Currently, applications use the library to control the tape transport mechanism on DV camcorders. However, there are many devices and device functions that can be controlled via AV/C. Eventually, the library will be expanded to implement more of the specification and to provide a high level interface to various devices." +msgid "" +"Libavc1394 is a programming interface to the AV/C specification from the 1394 " +"Trade Association. AV/C stands for Audio/Video Control. Currently, " +"applications use the library to control the tape transport mechanism on DV " +"camcorders. However, there are many devices and device functions that can be " +"controlled via AV/C. Eventually, the library will be expanded to implement " +"more of the specification and to provide a high level interface to various " +"devices." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/avogadro/libavogadro1/description @@ -487,7 +646,10 @@ msgid "" "This package contains the shared libraries for Avogadro.\n" "\n" -"Avogadro is an advanced molecular editor designed for cross-platform use in computational chemistry, molecular modeling, bioinformatics, materials science, and related areas. It offers flexible rendering and a powerful plugin architecture." +"Avogadro is an advanced molecular editor designed for cross-platform use in " +"computational chemistry, molecular modeling, bioinformatics, materials " +"science, and related areas. It offers flexible rendering and a powerful " +"plugin architecture." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/util-linux/libblkid-devel/summary @@ -497,7 +659,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/util-linux/libblkid-devel/description #. leap/util-linux/libblkid-devel/description -msgid "Files needed to develop applications using the library for filesystem detection." +msgid "" +"Files needed to develop applications using the library for filesystem " +"detection." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libbonobo/summary @@ -507,8 +671,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libbonobo/description #. leap/libbonobo/description -msgid "Bonobo is a component system for the GNOME platform. Libbonobo is the new version for the GNOME 2.x Desktop platform." -msgstr "Bonobo — это система компонентов для платформы GNOME. Libbonobo — это новая версия для рабочего стола GNOME 2.x." +msgid "" +"Bonobo is a component system for the GNOME platform. Libbonobo is the new " +"version for the GNOME 2.x Desktop platform." +msgstr "" +"Bonobo — это система компонентов для платформы GNOME. Libbonobo — это новая " +"версия для рабочего стола GNOME 2.x." #. tumbleweed/libbonobo/libbonobo-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/libgcj-devel-gcc5/summary @@ -523,18 +691,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/libbonoboui/description #. leap/libbonoboui/description -msgid "This library contains the Bonobo-related part of the GNOME UI libraries." +msgid "" +"This library contains the Bonobo-related part of the GNOME UI libraries." msgstr "Эта библиотека содержит связанные с Bonobo части GNOME UI библиотек." #. tumbleweed/libbonoboui/libbonoboui-devel/summary #. leap/libbonoboui/libbonoboui-devel/summary msgid "Include files and libraries mandatory for development with libbonoboui" -msgstr "Файлы заголовков и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки с libbonoboui" +msgstr "" +"Файлы заголовков и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки с libbonoboui" #. tumbleweed/libbonoboui/libbonoboui-devel/description #. leap/libbonoboui/libbonoboui-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to compile and link applications that use libbonoboui." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит все необходимые файлы заголовков и библиотеки, необходимые для компиляции и связывания приложений, использующих libbonoboui." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"compile and link applications that use libbonoboui." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит все необходимые файлы заголовков и библиотеки, " +"необходимые для компиляции и связывания приложений, использующих libbonoboui." #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_atomic1_58_0/summary #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_atomic1_58_0/summary @@ -543,7 +717,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_atomic1_58_0/description #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_atomic1_58_0/description -msgid "Run-Time support for Boost.Atomic, a library that provides atomic data types and operations on these data types, as well as memory ordering constraints required for coordinating multiple threads through atomic variables." +msgid "" +"Run-Time support for Boost.Atomic, a library that provides atomic data types " +"and operations on these data types, as well as memory ordering constraints " +"required for coordinating multiple threads through atomic variables." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_chrono1_58_0/summary @@ -573,7 +750,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_context1_58_0/description #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_context1_58_0/description -msgid "Run-Time support for Boost.Context, a foundational library that provides a sort of cooperative multitasking on a single thread." +msgid "" +"Run-Time support for Boost.Context, a foundational library that provides a " +"sort of cooperative multitasking on a single thread." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_coroutine1_58_0/summary @@ -643,7 +822,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_log1_58_0/description #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_log1_58_0/description -msgid "Boost.Log library aims to make logging significantly easier for the application developer. It provides a wide range of out-of-the-box tools along with public interfaces for extending the library." +msgid "" +"Boost.Log library aims to make logging significantly easier for the " +"application developer. It provides a wide range of out-of-the-box tools along " +"with public interfaces for extending the library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_math1_58_0/summary @@ -704,7 +886,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_serialization1_58_0/description #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_serialization1_58_0/description msgid "This package contains the Boost::Serialization Runtime libraries." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеки времени выполнения Boost::Serialization." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит библиотеки времени выполнения Boost::Serialization." #. tumbleweed/boost/libboost_signals1_58_0/summary #. leap/boost_1_58_0/libboost_signals1_58_0/summary @@ -753,7 +936,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/Botan/libbotan-1_10-1/description #. leap/Botan/libbotan-1_10-1/description -msgid "Botan is a C++ library that provides support for many common cryptographic operations, including encryption, authentication, and X.509v3 certificates and CRLs. A wide variety of algorithms is supported, including RSA, DSA, DES, AES, MD5, and SHA-1." +msgid "" +"Botan is a C++ library that provides support for many common cryptographic " +"operations, including encryption, authentication, and X.509v3 certificates " +"and CRLs. A wide variety of algorithms is supported, including RSA, DSA, DES, " +"AES, MD5, and SHA-1." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/bzip2/libbz2-devel/summary @@ -783,7 +970,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcaca/libcaca0/description #. leap/libcaca/libcaca0/description -msgid "libcaca is the Colour AsCii Art library. It provides high level functions for colour text drawing, simple primitives for line, polygon and ellipse drawing, as well as powerful image to text conversion routines." +msgid "" +"libcaca is the Colour AsCii Art library. It provides high level functions for " +"colour text drawing, simple primitives for line, polygon and ellipse drawing, " +"as well as powerful image to text conversion routines." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libcacard/libcacard0/summary @@ -793,7 +983,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcacard/libcacard0/description #. leap/libcacard/libcacard0/description -msgid "This emulator is designed to provide emulation of actual smart cards to a virtual card reader running in a guest virtual machine. The emulated smart cards can be representations of real smart cards, where the necessary functions such as signing, card removal/insertion, etc. are mapped to real, physical cards which are shared with the client machine the emulator is running on, or the cards could be pure software constructs." +msgid "" +"This emulator is designed to provide emulation of actual smart cards to a " +"virtual card reader running in a guest virtual machine. The emulated smart " +"cards can be representations of real smart cards, where the necessary " +"functions such as signing, card removal/insertion, etc. are mapped to real, " +"physical cards which are shared with the client machine the emulator is " +"running on, or the cards could be pure software constructs." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libcamgm/libcamgm100/summary @@ -803,7 +999,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcamgm/libcamgm100/description #. leap/libcamgm/libcamgm100/description -msgid "The CA Management Library provides methods for managing a certificate authority." +msgid "" +"The CA Management Library provides methods for managing a certificate " +"authority." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libcanberra/libcanberra-devel/summary @@ -814,7 +1012,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcanberra/libcanberra-devel/description #. leap/libcanberra/libcanberra-devel/description msgid "" -"libcanberra is an implementation of the XDG Sound Theme and Name Specifications, for generating event sounds on free desktops, such as GNOME. It comes with several backends (ALSA, PulseAudio, null) and is designed to be portable.\n" +"libcanberra is an implementation of the XDG Sound Theme and Name " +"Specifications, for generating event sounds on free desktops, such as GNOME. " +"It comes with several backends (ALSA, PulseAudio, null) and is designed to be " +"portable.\n" "\n" "This package provides the development files for libcanberra." msgstr "" @@ -826,7 +1027,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcap-ng/libcap-ng-devel/description #. leap/libcap-ng/libcap-ng-devel/description -msgid "The libcap-ng-devel package contains the files needed for developing applications that need to use the libcap-ng library." +msgid "" +"The libcap-ng-devel package contains the files needed for developing " +"applications that need to use the libcap-ng library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/i4l-base/libcapi20-3/summary @@ -850,8 +1053,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcdaudio/libcdaudio1/description #. leap/libcdaudio/libcdaudio1/description -msgid "libcdaudio is a library designed to provide functions to control operation of a CD-ROM when playing audio CDs. It also contains functions for CDDB and CD index lookup." -msgstr "libcdaudio — это библиотека разработана для предоставления функций управления работой CD-ROM при воспроизведении audio CD. Она также содержит функции для поиска по CDDB и CD индексу." +msgid "" +"libcdaudio is a library designed to provide functions to control operation of " +"a CD-ROM when playing audio CDs. It also contains functions for CDDB and CD " +"index lookup." +msgstr "" +"libcdaudio — это библиотека разработана для предоставления функций управления " +"работой CD-ROM при воспроизведении audio CD. Она также содержит функции для " +"поиска по CDDB и CD индексу." #. tumbleweed/libcddb/libcddb2/summary #. leap/libcddb/libcddb2/summary @@ -860,7 +1069,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcddb/libcddb2/description #. leap/libcddb/libcddb2/description -msgid "Libcddb is a library that implements the different protocols (CDDBP, HTTP, and SMTP) to access data on a CDDB server (http://freedb.org) It tries to be as cross-platform as possible." +msgid "" +"Libcddb is a library that implements the different protocols (CDDBP, HTTP, " +"and SMTP) to access data on a CDDB server (http://freedb.org) It tries to be " +"as cross-platform as possible." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libcdio/libcdio-devel/summary @@ -875,7 +1087,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcdr/libcdr-0_1-1/description #. leap/libcdr/libcdr-0_1-1/description -msgid "libcdr is a library for parsing the Corel Draw file format structure. It is cross-platform, at the moment it can be build on Microsoft Windows and Linux." +msgid "" +"libcdr is a library for parsing the Corel Draw file format structure. It is " +"cross-platform, at the moment it can be build on Microsoft Windows and Linux." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/celt/libcelt0-2/summary @@ -885,8 +1099,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/celt/libcelt0-2/description #. leap/celt/libcelt0-2/description -msgid "The CELT codec is an experimental audio codec for use in low-delay speech and audio communication." -msgstr "CELT кодек — это экспериментальный аудио кодек, для использования в речевой и аудио связи с минимальной задержкой." +msgid "" +"The CELT codec is an experimental audio codec for use in low-delay speech and " +"audio communication." +msgstr "" +"CELT кодек — это экспериментальный аудио кодек, для использования в речевой и " +"аудио связи с минимальной задержкой." #. tumbleweed/celt051/libcelt051-0/summary #. leap/celt051/libcelt051-0/summary @@ -895,8 +1113,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/celt051/libcelt051-0/description #. leap/celt051/libcelt051-0/description -msgid "CELT is a very low delay audio codec designed for high-quality communications. Its potential uses include video-conferencing and network music performance." -msgstr "CELT — это аудио кодек с очень низкой задержкой, созданный для высококачественных средств связи. Его возможные применения включают видеоконференции и воспроизведение музыки через сеть." +msgid "" +"CELT is a very low delay audio codec designed for high-quality " +"communications. Its potential uses include video-conferencing and network " +"music performance." +msgstr "" +"CELT — это аудио кодек с очень низкой задержкой, созданный для " +"высококачественных средств связи. Его возможные применения включают " +"видеоконференции и воспроизведение музыки через сеть." #. tumbleweed/cfitsio/libcfitsio2/summary #. leap/cfitsio/libcfitsio2/summary @@ -905,7 +1129,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/cfitsio/libcfitsio2/description #. leap/cfitsio/libcfitsio2/description -msgid "CFITSIO is a library of C and Fortran subroutines for reading and writing data files in FITS (Flexible Image Transport System) data format. CFITSIO provides simple high-level routines for reading and writing FITS files that insulate the programmer from the internal complexities of the FITS format. CFITSIO also provides many advanced features for manipulating and filtering the information in FITS files." +msgid "" +"CFITSIO is a library of C and Fortran subroutines for reading and writing " +"data files in FITS (Flexible Image Transport System) data format. CFITSIO " +"provides simple high-level routines for reading and writing FITS files that " +"insulate the programmer from the internal complexities of the FITS format. " +"CFITSIO also provides many advanced features for manipulating and filtering " +"the information in FITS files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libchewing/libchewing3/summary @@ -915,7 +1145,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libchewing/libchewing3/description #. leap/libchewing/libchewing3/description -msgid "This package contains libraries for Chewing, an intelligent phonetic input method library for traditional Chinese." +msgid "" +"This package contains libraries for Chewing, an intelligent phonetic input " +"method library for traditional Chinese." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/chmlib/libchm0/summary @@ -926,7 +1158,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/chmlib/libchm0/description #. leap/chmlib/libchm0/description msgid "CHMLIB is a library for dealing with Microsoft ITSS/CHM format files." -msgstr "CHMLIB — это библиотека для работы с форматом файлов Microsoft ITSS/CHM." +msgstr "" +"CHMLIB — это библиотека для работы с форматом файлов Microsoft ITSS/CHM." #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libcilkrts5/summary #. leap/gcc5/libcilkrts5/summary @@ -950,7 +1183,9 @@ msgid "" "libclastfm shared library.\n" "\n" -"libclastfm is an unofficial C-API for the Last.fm web service written with libcurl. Has support for Album, Artist and User API methods as well as full audio scrobbler support." +"libclastfm is an unofficial C-API for the Last.fm web service written with " +"libcurl. Has support for Album, Artist and User API methods as well as full " +"audio scrobbler support." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/clucene-core/libclucene-contribs-lib1/summary @@ -961,7 +1196,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/clucene-core/libclucene-contribs-lib1/description #. leap/clucene-core/libclucene-contribs-lib1/description msgid "" -"CLucene is a C++ port of Lucene. It is a high-performance, full-featured text search engine written in C++. CLucene is faster than lucene as it is written in C++.\n" +"CLucene is a C++ port of Lucene. It is a high-performance, full-featured text " +"search engine written in C++. CLucene is faster than lucene as it is written " +"in C++.\n" "\n" "This package contains language specific text analyzers for clucene." msgstr "" @@ -973,7 +1210,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/cmis-client/libcmis-0_5-5/description #. leap/cmis-client/libcmis-0_5-5/description -msgid "LibCMIS is a C++ client library for the CMIS (Content Management Interoperability Services) interface. This allows C++ applications to connect to any CMIS-enabled repositories." +msgid "" +"LibCMIS is a C++ client library for the CMIS (Content Management " +"Interoperability Services) interface. This allows C++ applications to connect " +"to any CMIS-enabled repositories." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/e2fsprogs/libcom_err-devel/summary @@ -988,7 +1228,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/commoncpp2/libcommoncpp2-1_8-0/description #. leap/commoncpp2/libcommoncpp2-1_8-0/description -msgid "Common C++ is a GNU package which offers portable \"abstraction\" of system services such as threads, networks, and sockets. Common C++ also offers individual frameworks generally useful to developing portable C++ applications including a object persistance engine, math libraries, threading, sockets, etc." +msgid "" +"Common C++ is a GNU package which offers portable \"abstraction\" of system " +"services such as threads, networks, and sockets. Common C++ also offers " +"individual frameworks generally useful to developing portable C++ " +"applications including a object persistance engine, math libraries, " +"threading, sockets, etc." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/corosync/libcorosync4/summary @@ -1003,7 +1248,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/curl/libcurl-devel/description #. leap/curl/libcurl-devel/description -msgid "Curl is a client to get documents and files from or send documents to a server using any of the supported protocols (HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, GOPHER, DICT, TELNET, LDAP, or FILE). The command is designed to work without user interaction or any kind of interactivity." +msgid "" +"Curl is a client to get documents and files from or send documents to a " +"server using any of the supported protocols (HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, GOPHER, DICT, " +"TELNET, LDAP, or FILE). The command is designed to work without user " +"interaction or any kind of interactivity." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libcxgb3-rdmav2/summary @@ -1013,15 +1262,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/libcxgb3-rdmav2/description #. leap/libcxgb3-rdmav2/description -msgid "libcxgb3 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Chelsio RNICs for use with the libibverbs library." +msgid "" +"libcxgb3 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Chelsio RNICs for " +"use with the libibverbs library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/dar/libdar5000/description #. leap/dar/libdar5000/description msgid "" -"Dar stands for Disk ARchive and is a hardware independent backup solution. Dar uses catalogs (unlike tar), so it is possible to extract a single file without having to read the whole archive, and it is also possible to create incremental backups.\n" +"Dar stands for Disk ARchive and is a hardware independent backup solution. " +"Dar uses catalogs (unlike tar), so it is possible to extract a single file " +"without having to read the whole archive, and it is also possible to create " +"incremental backups.\n" "\n" -"Dar archives can also be created, or used, via the libdar library (for example with KDar, a KDE application).\n" +"Dar archives can also be created, or used, via the libdar library (for " +"example with KDar, a KDE application).\n" "\n" "This package contains the library used by Dar and KDar." msgstr "" @@ -1039,7 +1294,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdb-4_8/libdb-4_8-devel/description #. leap/libdb-4_8/libdb-4_8-devel/description msgid "" -"The Berkeley DB Database is a programmatic toolkit that provides database support for applications.\n" +"The Berkeley DB Database is a programmatic toolkit that provides database " +"support for applications.\n" "\n" "This package contains the header files and libraries." msgstr "" @@ -1051,17 +1307,20 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-glib4/description #. leap/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-glib4/description -msgid "This package contains the shared libraries for the dbusmenu-glib library." +msgid "" +"This package contains the shared libraries for the dbusmenu-glib library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-gtk3-4/summary #. leap/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-gtk3-4/summary -msgid "Small library that passes a menu structure across DBus -- GTK+ 3 version" +msgid "" +"Small library that passes a menu structure across DBus -- GTK+ 3 version" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-gtk3-4/description #. leap/libdbusmenu/libdbusmenu-gtk3-4/description -msgid "This package contains the shared libraries for the dbusmenu-gtk3 library." +msgid "" +"This package contains the shared libraries for the dbusmenu-gtk3 library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdbusmenu-qt/libdbusmenu-qt-devel/summary @@ -1082,25 +1341,66 @@ #. tumbleweed/dirac/libdirac_encoder0/description #. leap/dirac/libdirac_encoder0/description msgid "" -"Dirac is an open source video codec. It uses a traditional hybrid video codec architecture, but with the wavelet transform instead of the usual block transforms. Motion compensation uses overlapped blocks to reduce block artefacts that would upset the transform coding stage.\n" +"Dirac is an open source video codec. It uses a traditional hybrid video codec " +"architecture, but with the wavelet transform instead of the usual block " +"transforms. Motion compensation uses overlapped blocks to reduce block " +"artefacts that would upset the transform coding stage.\n" "\n" -"Dirac can code just about any size of video, from streaming up to HD and beyond, although certain presets are defined for different applications and standards. These cover the parameters that need to be set for the encoder to work, such as block sizes and temporal prediction structures, which must otherwise be set by hand.\n" +"Dirac can code just about any size of video, from streaming up to HD and " +"beyond, although certain presets are defined for different applications and " +"standards. These cover the parameters that need to be set for the encoder to " +"work, such as block sizes and temporal prediction structures, which must " +"otherwise be set by hand.\n" "\n" -"Dirac is intended to develop into real coding and decoding software, capable of plugging into video processing applications and media players that need compression. It is intended to develop into a simple set of reliable but effective coding tools that work over a wide variety of content and formats, using well-understood compression techniques, in a clear and accessible software structure. It is not intended as a demonstration or reference coder." +"Dirac is intended to develop into real coding and decoding software, capable " +"of plugging into video processing applications and media players that need " +"compression. It is intended to develop into a simple set of reliable but " +"effective coding tools that work over a wide variety of content and formats, " +"using well-understood compression techniques, in a clear and accessible " +"software structure. It is not intended as a demonstration or reference coder." msgstr "" -"Dirac — это видео кодек с открытым исходным кодом. Он использует традиционную гибридную архитектуру видео кодека, но с вейвлет-преобразованием вместо обычного преобразования блоков. Компенсация движения использует перекрывающиеся блоки, чтобы уменьшить артефакты блоков, которые могут появится в процессе кодирования.\n" +"Dirac — это видео кодек с открытым исходным кодом. Он использует традиционную " +"гибридную архитектуру видео кодека, но с вейвлет-преобразованием вместо " +"обычного преобразования блоков. Компенсация движения использует " +"перекрывающиеся блоки, чтобы уменьшить артефакты блоков, которые могут " +"появится в процессе кодирования.\n" "\n" -"Dirac может кодировать видео практически любого размера от потокового до HD и даже больше, хотя, некоторые настройки уже предустановлены для различных приложений и стандартов. Они охватывают такие необходимые для работы кодера параметры как, размер блока и структуры временных предсказаний, которые иначе должны быть указаны вручную.\n" +"Dirac может кодировать видео практически любого размера от потокового до HD и " +"даже больше, хотя, некоторые настройки уже предустановлены для различных " +"приложений и стандартов. Они охватывают такие необходимые для работы кодера " +"параметры как, размер блока и структуры временных предсказаний, которые иначе " +"должны быть указаны вручную.\n" "\n" -"Dirac направлен на разработку программного обеспечения, кодирующего в реальном времени, который можно подключить к приложению обработки видео или медиа проигрывателю, которому необходимо сжатие видео. Он предназначался как простой набор надежных и в тоже время эффективных средств кодирования для разработчика, которые работают с широким разнообразием содержания и форматов, используя понятные технологии сжатия в доступных структурах программного обеспечения. Он не предназначен для демонстрации или ссылок на кодер." +"Dirac направлен на разработку программного обеспечения, кодирующего в " +"реальном времени, который можно подключить к приложению обработки видео или " +"медиа проигрывателю, которому необходимо сжатие видео. Он предназначался как " +"простой набор надежных и в тоже время эффективных средств кодирования для " +"разработчика, которые работают с широким разнообразием содержания и форматов, " +"используя понятные технологии сжатия в доступных структурах программного " +"обеспечения. Он не предназначен для демонстрации или ссылок на кодер." #. tumbleweed/DirectFB/libdirectfb-1_7-7/summary msgid "Graphics Library for Framebuffer Devices" msgstr "Графическая библиотека для Framebuffer-устройств" #. tumbleweed/DirectFB/libdirectfb-1_7-7/description -msgid "DirectFB is a thin library that provides hardware graphics acceleration, input device handling and abstraction, an integrated windowing system with support for translucent windows, and multiple display layers on top of the Linux framebuffer device. It is a complete hardware abstraction layer with software fallbacks for every graphics operation that is not supported by the underlying hardware. DirectFB adds graphical power to embedded systems and sets a new standard for graphics under Linux." -msgstr "DirectFB — это тонкая библиотека, которая обеспечивает аппаратное ускорение графики, обработку и абстрагирование устройств ввода, интегрированная система управления окнами с поддержкой полупрозрачных окон, и несколько слоев отображения на верхнем уровне устройства кадрового буфера Linux. Это слой полной аппаратной абстракции с программной поддержкой всех графических операций, которые не поддерживаются базовым оборудованием. DirectFB добавляет графические возможности для встраиваемых систем и устанавливает новый стандарт для графики п� �д Linux." +msgid "" +"DirectFB is a thin library that provides hardware graphics acceleration, " +"input device handling and abstraction, an integrated windowing system with " +"support for translucent windows, and multiple display layers on top of the " +"Linux framebuffer device. It is a complete hardware abstraction layer with " +"software fallbacks for every graphics operation that is not supported by the " +"underlying hardware. DirectFB adds graphical power to embedded systems and " +"sets a new standard for graphics under Linux." +msgstr "" +"DirectFB — это тонкая библиотека, которая обеспечивает аппаратное ускорение " +"графики, обработку и абстрагирование устройств ввода, интегрированная система " +"управления окнами с поддержкой полупрозрачных окон, и несколько слоев " +"отображения на верхнем уровне устройства кадрового буфера Linux. Это слой " +"полной аппаратной абстракции с программной поддержкой всех графических " +"операций, которые не поддерживаются базовым оборудованием. DirectFB добавляет " +"графические возможности для встраиваемых систем и устанавливает новый " +"стандарт для графики под Linux." #. tumbleweed/libdiscid/libdiscid0/summary #. leap/libdiscid/libdiscid0/summary @@ -1109,7 +1409,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdiscid/libdiscid0/description #. leap/libdiscid/libdiscid0/description -msgid "libdiscid is a C library for creating MusicBrainz and freedb DiscIDs from audio CDs. It reads a CD's table of contents (TOC) and generates an identifier which can be used to lookup the CD at MusicBrainz. Additionally, it provides a submission URL for adding the DiscID to the database and gathers ISRCs and the MCN from disc." +msgid "" +"libdiscid is a C library for creating MusicBrainz and freedb DiscIDs from " +"audio CDs. It reads a CD's table of contents (TOC) and generates an " +"identifier which can be used to lookup the CD at MusicBrainz. Additionally, " +"it provides a submission URL for adding the DiscID to the database and " +"gathers ISRCs and the MCN from disc." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/djvulibre/libdjvulibre-devel/summary @@ -1121,14 +1426,32 @@ #. tumbleweed/djvulibre/libdjvulibre-devel/description msgid "" -"DjVu is a Web-centric format and software platform for distributing documents and images. DjVuLibre is an open source (GPL) implementation of DjVu, including viewers, browser plug-ins, decoders, simple encoders, and utilities. DjVu can advantageously replace PDF, PS, TIFF, JPEG, and GIF for distributing scanned documents, digital documents, or high-resolution pictures. DjVu content downloads faster, displays and renders faster, looks nicer on a screen, and consumes less client resources than competing formats. DjVu images display instantly and can be smoothly zoomed and panned with no lengthy rerendering. DjVu is used by hundreds of academic, commercial, governmental, and noncommercial Web sites around the world.\n" +"DjVu is a Web-centric format and software platform for distributing documents " +"and images. DjVuLibre is an open source (GPL) implementation of DjVu, " +"including viewers, browser plug-ins, decoders, simple encoders, and " +"utilities. DjVu can advantageously replace PDF, PS, TIFF, JPEG, and GIF for " +"distributing scanned documents, digital documents, or high-resolution " +"pictures. DjVu content downloads faster, displays and renders faster, looks " +"nicer on a screen, and consumes less client resources than competing formats. " +"DjVu images display instantly and can be smoothly zoomed and panned with no " +"lengthy rerendering. DjVu is used by hundreds of academic, commercial, " +"governmental, and noncommercial Web sites around the world.\n" "\n" "This package contains development files" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/djvulibre/libdjvulibre21/description msgid "" -"DjVu is a Web-centric format and software platform for distributing documents and images. DjVuLibre is an open source (GPL) implementation of DjVu, including viewers, browser plug-ins, decoders, simple encoders, and utilities. DjVu can advantageously replace PDF, PS, TIFF, JPEG, and GIF for distributing scanned documents, digital documents, or high-resolution pictures. DjVu content downloads faster, displays and renders faster, looks nicer on a screen, and consumes less client resources than competing formats. DjVu images display instantly and can be smoothly zoomed and panned with no lengthy rerendering. DjVu is used by hundreds of academic, commercial, governmental, and noncommercial Web sites around the world.\n" +"DjVu is a Web-centric format and software platform for distributing documents " +"and images. DjVuLibre is an open source (GPL) implementation of DjVu, " +"including viewers, browser plug-ins, decoders, simple encoders, and " +"utilities. DjVu can advantageously replace PDF, PS, TIFF, JPEG, and GIF for " +"distributing scanned documents, digital documents, or high-resolution " +"pictures. DjVu content downloads faster, displays and renders faster, looks " +"nicer on a screen, and consumes less client resources than competing formats. " +"DjVu images display instantly and can be smoothly zoomed and panned with no " +"lengthy rerendering. DjVu is used by hundreds of academic, commercial, " +"governmental, and noncommercial Web sites around the world.\n" "\n" "This package contains shared libraries" msgstr "" @@ -1140,7 +1463,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdlm/libdlm3/description #. leap/libdlm/libdlm3/description -msgid "Libraries and tools that allow applications, particularly filesystems like OCFS2, to interface with the in-kernel distributed lock manager." +msgid "" +"Libraries and tools that allow applications, particularly filesystems like " +"OCFS2, to interface with the in-kernel distributed lock manager." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdmx/libdmx-devel/summary @@ -1151,22 +1476,33 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdmx/libdmx-devel/description #. leap/libdmx/libdmx-devel/description msgid "" -"libdmx is an interface to the DMX extension for X, which allows a single server to be set up as a proxy spanning multiple servers -- not unlike Xinerama across discrete physical machines. It can be reconfigured on the fly to change the layout, and it is presented as a single logical display to clients.\n" +"libdmx is an interface to the DMX extension for X, which allows a single " +"server to be set up as a proxy spanning multiple servers -- not unlike " +"Xinerama across discrete physical machines. It can be reconfigured on the fly " +"to change the layout, and it is presented as a single logical display to " +"clients.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in libdmx1." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"libdmx1." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdrm/libdrm-devel/summary #. leap/libdrm/libdrm-devel/summary msgid "Libraries, includes and more to develop libdrm applications" -msgstr "Библиотеки, файлы заголовков и многое другое для разработки приложений libdrm" +msgstr "" +"Библиотеки, файлы заголовков и многое другое для разработки приложений libdrm" #. tumbleweed/libdrm/libdrm-devel/description #. leap/libdrm/libdrm-devel/description msgid "" -"libdrm is a library for accessing the Direct Rendering Manager on Linux, BSD and other operating systems that support the ioctl interface, and for chipsets with DRM memory manager, support for tracking relocations and buffers. libdrm is a low-level library, typically used by graphics drivers such as the Mesa DRI and X drivers.\n" +"libdrm is a library for accessing the Direct Rendering Manager on Linux, BSD " +"and other operating systems that support the ioctl interface, and for " +"chipsets with DRM memory manager, support for tracking relocations and " +"buffers. libdrm is a low-level library, typically used by graphics drivers " +"such as the Mesa DRI and X drivers.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in libdrm2." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"libdrm2." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdvdread/libdvdread-devel/summary @@ -1176,7 +1512,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libdvdread/libdvdread-devel/description #. leap/libdvdread/libdvdread-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the include-files and static libraries for libdvdread." +msgid "" +"This package contains the include-files and static libraries for libdvdread." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libe-book/libe-book-0_1-1/summary @@ -1186,7 +1523,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libe-book/libe-book-0_1-1/description #. leap/libe-book/libe-book-0_1-1/description -msgid "libe-book is a library for import of non-HTML reflowable e-book formats. Currently supported are PalmDoc, TealDoc, Plucker eBook, eReader eBook, FictionBook v.2, TCR, zTXT." +msgid "" +"libe-book is a library for import of non-HTML reflowable e-book formats. " +"Currently supported are PalmDoc, TealDoc, Plucker eBook, eReader eBook, " +"FictionBook v.2, TCR, zTXT." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libeXosip2/libeXosip2-11/summary @@ -1211,9 +1551,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/postgresql94-libs/libecpg6/description #. leap/postgresql94-libs/libecpg6/description msgid "" -"PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system that supports an extended subset of the SQL standard, including transactions, foreign keys, subqueries, triggers, user-defined types and functions.\n" +"PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system that " +"supports an extended subset of the SQL standard, including transactions, " +"foreign keys, subqueries, triggers, user-defined types and functions.\n" "\n" -"This package provides the runtime library of the embedded SQL C preprocessor for PostgreSQL." +"This package provides the runtime library of the embedded SQL C preprocessor " +"for PostgreSQL." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/evolution-ews/libeews-1_2-0/summary @@ -1223,7 +1566,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/evolution-ews/libeews-1_2-0/description #. leap/evolution-ews/libeews-1_2-0/description -msgid "This library is a client library for accessing Exchange servers through the Exchange Web Services interface (compatible with Exchange 2007 and later)." +msgid "" +"This library is a client library for accessing Exchange servers through the " +"Exchange Web Services interface (compatible with Exchange 2007 and later)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libepoxy/libepoxy-devel/summary @@ -1236,7 +1581,10 @@ msgid "" "Epoxy is a library for handling OpenGL function pointer management for you.\n" "\n" -"It hides the complexity of dlopen(), dlsym(), glXGetProcAddress(), eglGetProcAddress(), etc. from the app developer, with very little knowledge needed on their part. They get to read GL specs and write code using undecorated function names like glCompileShader().\n" +"It hides the complexity of dlopen(), dlsym(), glXGetProcAddress(), " +"eglGetProcAddress(), etc. from the app developer, with very little knowledge " +"needed on their part. They get to read GL specs and write code using " +"undecorated function names like glCompileShader().\n" "\n" "Development files." msgstr "" @@ -1268,7 +1616,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/esound/libesd0/description #. leap/esound/libesd0/description -msgid "A multiplexing and caching sound daemon. It can use ALSA or OSS for sound output. Many projects, including Enlightenment and GNOME, use esound to play and record their sounds." +msgid "" +"A multiplexing and caching sound daemon. It can use ALSA or OSS for sound " +"output. Many projects, including Enlightenment and GNOME, use esound to play " +"and record their sounds." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libesmtp/summary @@ -1278,7 +1629,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libesmtp/description #. leap/libesmtp/description -msgid "libESMTP is a library to manage posting (or submission of) electronic mail using SMTP to a preconfigured Mail Transport Agent (MTA) such as Exim. It may be used as part of a Mail User Agent (MUA) or another program that must be able to post electronic mail but where mail functionality is not that program's primary purpose." +msgid "" +"libESMTP is a library to manage posting (or submission of) electronic mail " +"using SMTP to a preconfigured Mail Transport Agent (MTA) such as Exim. It may " +"be used as part of a Mail User Agent (MUA) or another program that must be " +"able to post electronic mail but where mail functionality is not that " +"program's primary purpose." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libestr/libestr0/summary @@ -1288,7 +1644,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libestr/libestr0/description #. leap/libestr/libestr0/description -msgid "This package provides the string handling essentials shared library used by the rsyslog daemon." +msgid "" +"This package provides the string handling essentials shared library used by " +"the rsyslog daemon." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libetonyek/libetonyek-0_1-1/summary @@ -1298,7 +1656,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libetonyek/libetonyek-0_1-1/description #. leap/libetonyek/libetonyek-0_1-1/description -msgid "Libetonyek is library providing ability to interpret and import Apple Keynote presentations into various applications." +msgid "" +"Libetonyek is library providing ability to interpret and import Apple Keynote " +"presentations into various applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libetpan/libetpan17/summary @@ -1308,13 +1668,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/libetpan/libetpan17/description #. leap/libetpan/libetpan17/description -msgid "libEtPan is a mail purpose library. It will be used for low-level mail handling : network protocols (IMAP/NNTP/POP3/SMTP over TCP/IP and SSL/TCP/IP, already implemented), local storage (mbox/MH/maildir), message / MIME parse" +msgid "" +"libEtPan is a mail purpose library. It will be used for low-level mail " +"handling : network protocols (IMAP/NNTP/POP3/SMTP over TCP/IP and SSL/TCP/IP, " +"already implemented), local storage (mbox/MH/maildir), message / MIME parse" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libevdev/libevdev-tools/description #. leap/libevdev/libevdev-tools/description msgid "" -"Library for handling evdev kernel devices. It abstracts the ioctls through type-safe interfaces and provides functions to change the appearance of the device.\n" +"Library for handling evdev kernel devices. It abstracts the ioctls through " +"type-safe interfaces and provides functions to change the appearance of the " +"device.\n" "\n" "Aditional utilities for libevdev library" msgstr "" @@ -1322,7 +1687,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/evolution-ews/libewsutils0/summary #. leap/evolution-ews/libewsutils0/summary msgid "Client library for Accessing Exchange Servers -- Utilities library" -msgstr "Клиентская библиотека для доступа к серверам Exchange — Служебная библиотека" +msgstr "" +"Клиентская библиотека для доступа к серверам Exchange — Служебная библиотека" #. tumbleweed/evolution-ews/libewsutils0/description #. leap/evolution-ews/libewsutils0/description @@ -1341,7 +1707,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/exiv2/libexiv2-devel/description #. leap/exiv2/libexiv2-devel/description -msgid "Exiv2 is a C++ library and a command line utility to access image metadata." +msgid "" +"Exiv2 is a C++ library and a command line utility to access image metadata." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/exo/libexo-1-0/summary @@ -1351,15 +1718,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/exo/libexo-1-0/description #. leap/exo/libexo-1-0/description -msgid "Exo is an extension library to Xfce which is targeted at application development." -msgstr "Exo — это библиотека расширений для Xfce, ориентированная на разработку приложений." +msgid "" +"Exo is an extension library to Xfce which is targeted at application " +"development." +msgstr "" +"Exo — это библиотека расширений для Xfce, ориентированная на разработку " +"приложений." #. tumbleweed/expat/libexpat-devel/description #. leap/expat/libexpat-devel/description msgid "" -"Expat is an XML parser library written in C. It is a stream-oriented parser in which an application registers handlers for things the parser might find in the XML document (like start tags).\n" +"Expat is an XML parser library written in C. It is a stream-oriented parser " +"in which an application registers handlers for things the parser might find " +"in the XML document (like start tags).\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in libexpat." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"libexpat." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/e2fsprogs/libext2fs-devel/summary @@ -1371,7 +1745,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libexttextcat/description #. leap/libexttextcat/libexttextcat-2_0-0/description #. leap/libexttextcat/description -msgid "The libexttextcat is a library implementing N-gram-based text categorization" +msgid "" +"The libexttextcat is a library implementing N-gram-based text categorization" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libexttextcat/summary @@ -1399,7 +1774,11 @@ msgid "" "Shared embedded client library for Firebird SQL server.\n" "\n" -"Firebird is a relational database offering many ANSI SQL standard features that runs on Linux, Windows, and a variety of Unix platforms. Firebird offers excellent concurrency, high performance, and powerful language support for stored procedures and triggers. It has been used in production systems, under a variety of names, since 1981." +"Firebird is a relational database offering many ANSI SQL standard features " +"that runs on Linux, Windows, and a variety of Unix platforms. Firebird offers " +"excellent concurrency, high performance, and powerful language support for " +"stored procedures and triggers. It has been used in production systems, under " +"a variety of names, since 1981." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/FastCGI/libfcgi0/summary @@ -1407,7 +1786,9 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/FastCGI/libfcgi0/description -msgid "FastCGI is a language independent, scalable, open extension to CGI that provides high performance without the limitations of server specific APIs." +msgid "" +"FastCGI is a language independent, scalable, open extension to CGI that " +"provides high performance without the limitations of server specific APIs." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/fcitx/libfcitx-4_2_9/summary @@ -1427,7 +1808,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/dtc/libfdt1/description #. leap/dtc/libfdt1/description -msgid "libfdt is a library to process Open Firmware style device trees on various architectures." +msgid "" +"libfdt is a library to process Open Firmware style device trees on various " +"architectures." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libffi-gcc5/libffi-devel-gcc5/summary @@ -1453,7 +1836,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfli/libfli-devel/summary #. leap/libfli/libfli-devel/summary msgid "Development headers for Finger Lakes Instruments Library" -msgstr "Файлы заголовков для разработки с инструментальной библиотекой Finger Lakes" +msgstr "" +"Файлы заголовков для разработки с инструментальной библиотекой Finger Lakes" #. tumbleweed/libfli/libfli-devel/description #. tumbleweed/libfli/libfli1/description @@ -1478,7 +1862,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfm-extra/libfm-extra4/description #. leap/libfm/description #. leap/libfm-extra/libfm-extra4/description -msgid "A glib/gio-based library providing some file management utilities and related-widgets missing in gtk+/glib. This is the core of PCManFM. The library is desktop independent (not LXDE specific) and has clean API. It can be used to develop other applications requiring file management functionality. For example, you can create your own file manager with facilities provided by libfm." +msgid "" +"A glib/gio-based library providing some file management utilities and " +"related-widgets missing in gtk+/glib. This is the core of PCManFM. The " +"library is desktop independent (not LXDE specific) and has clean API. It can " +"be used to develop other applications requiring file management " +"functionality. For example, you can create your own file manager with " +"facilities provided by libfm." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libfm/libfm-gtk4/summary @@ -1509,9 +1899,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfontenc/libfontenc-devel/description #. leap/libfontenc/libfontenc-devel/description msgid "" -"The libfontenc library is used by the Xorg server and other X font tools for handling fonts with different character set encodings.\n" +"The libfontenc library is used by the Xorg server and other X font tools for " +"handling fonts with different character set encodings.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in libfontenc1." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"libfontenc1." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libfreehand/libfreehand-0_1-1/summary @@ -1521,7 +1913,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfreehand/libfreehand-0_1-1/description #. leap/libfreehand/libfreehand-0_1-1/description -msgid "Libfreehand is library providing ability to interpret and import Adobe/Macromedia drawings into various applications. You can find it being used in libreoffice." +msgid "" +"Libfreehand is library providing ability to interpret and import " +"Adobe/Macromedia drawings into various applications. You can find it being " +"used in libreoffice." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ftgl/libftgl2/summary @@ -1532,11 +1927,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/ftgl/libftgl2/description #. leap/ftgl/libftgl2/description msgid "" -"FTGL is a free open source library that enables developers to use arbitrary fonts in their OpenGL (www.opengl.org) applications.\n" +"FTGL is a free open source library that enables developers to use arbitrary " +"fonts in their OpenGL (www.opengl.org) applications.\n" "\n" -"Unlike other OpenGL font libraries, FTGL uses standard font file formats, so there is no need of a preprocessing step to convert the high quality font data into a lesser quality, proprietary format.\n" +"Unlike other OpenGL font libraries, FTGL uses standard font file formats, so " +"there is no need of a preprocessing step to convert the high quality font " +"data into a lesser quality, proprietary format.\n" "\n" -"FTGL uses the Freetype (www.freetype.org) font library to open and 'decode' the fonts. It then takes that output and stores it in a format that is most efficient for OpenGL rendering.\n" +"FTGL uses the Freetype (www.freetype.org) font library to open and 'decode' " +"the fonts. It then takes that output and stores it in a format that is most " +"efficient for OpenGL rendering.\n" "\n" "The supported rendering modes are:\n" "\n" @@ -1558,24 +1958,37 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgarcon/libgarcon-1-0/summary #. leap/libgarcon/libgarcon-1-0/summary msgid "Library Implementing the freedesktop.org Desktop Menu Specification" -msgstr "Библиотека, реализующая спецификацию меню рабочего стола freedesktop.org" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека, реализующая спецификацию меню рабочего стола freedesktop.org" #. tumbleweed/libgarcon/libgarcon-1-0/description #. leap/libgarcon/libgarcon-1-0/description -msgid "Garcon is a library based on GLib and GIO which implements the freedesktop.org Desktop Menu Specification. It is the sucessor to libxfce4menu and covers almost every part of the menu specification except for legacy menus and a few XML attributes. It is capable of loading menus modified with menu editors such as Alacarte and also supports merging." +msgid "" +"Garcon is a library based on GLib and GIO which implements the " +"freedesktop.org Desktop Menu Specification. It is the sucessor to " +"libxfce4menu and covers almost every part of the menu specification except " +"for legacy menus and a few XML attributes. It is capable of loading menus " +"modified with menu editors such as Alacarte and also supports merging." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gavl/libgavl1/summary #. leap/gavl/libgavl1/summary msgid "Library which provides basic support for uncompressed multimedia data" -msgstr "Библиотека, обеспечивающая базовую поддержку несжатых данных мультимедиа" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека, обеспечивающая базовую поддержку несжатых данных мультимедиа" #. tumbleweed/gavl/libgavl1/description #. leap/gavl/libgavl1/description msgid "" -"Gavl is short for Gmerlin Audio Video Library. It is a low level library, upon which multimedia APIs can be built. Gavl handles all the details of audio and video formats like colorspaces, samplerates, multichannel configurations etc. It provides standardized definitions for those formats as well as container structures for carrying audio samples or video images inside an application.\n" +"Gavl is short for Gmerlin Audio Video Library. It is a low level library, " +"upon which multimedia APIs can be built. Gavl handles all the details of " +"audio and video formats like colorspaces, samplerates, multichannel " +"configurations etc. It provides standardized definitions for those formats as " +"well as container structures for carrying audio samples or video images " +"inside an application.\n" "\n" -"In addition, it handles the sometimes ugly task to convert between all these formats and provides some elementary operations (copying, scaling, alpha" +"In addition, it handles the sometimes ugly task to convert between all these " +"formats and provides some elementary operations (copying, scaling, alpha" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/Mesa/libgbm-devel/summary @@ -1586,11 +1999,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/Mesa/libgbm-devel/description #. leap/Mesa/libgbm-devel/description msgid "" -"This package contains the GBM buffer management library. It provides a mechanism for allocating buffers for graphics rendering tied to Mesa.\n" +"This package contains the GBM buffer management library. It provides a " +"mechanism for allocating buffers for graphics rendering tied to Mesa.\n" "\n" "GBM is intended to be used as a native platform for EGL on drm or openwfd.\n" "\n" -"This package provides the development environment for compiling programs against the GBM library." +"This package provides the development environment for compiling programs " +"against the GBM library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc/libgcj-devel/summary @@ -1605,7 +2020,9 @@ msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения Java для gcc" #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/description -msgid "This library is needed if you want to use the GNU Java compiler, gcj. Source code for this package is in gcc." +msgid "" +"This library is needed if you want to use the GNU Java compiler, gcj. Source " +"code for this package is in gcc." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/libgcj-jar-gcc5/summary @@ -1621,13 +2038,17 @@ msgstr "Фальшивая библиотека для совместимости BC-ABI." #. tumbleweed/libgcj-gcc5/libgcj_bc1/description -msgid "A fake library that is used at link time only. It ensures that binaries built with the BC-ABI link against a constant SONAME. This way, BC-ABI binaries continue to work if the SONAME underlying libgcj.so changes." +msgid "" +"A fake library that is used at link time only. It ensures that binaries built " +"with the BC-ABI link against a constant SONAME. This way, BC-ABI binaries " +"continue to work if the SONAME underlying libgcj.so changes." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcr/libgck-devel/summary #. leap/gcr/libgck-devel/summary msgid "GObject library to access for PKCS#11 modules - Development Files" -msgstr "Библиотека на основе GObject для доступа к модулям PKCS#11 — Файлы разработки" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека на основе GObject для доступа к модулям PKCS#11 — Файлы разработки" #. tumbleweed/gconfmm/libgconfmm-2_6-1/summary #. leap/gconfmm/libgconfmm-2_6-1/summary @@ -1636,8 +2057,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/gconfmm/libgconfmm-2_6-1/description #. leap/gconfmm/libgconfmm-2_6-1/description -msgid "This package provides a C++ interface for GConf. It is a subpackage of the gnomemm project. The interface provides a convenient interface for C++ programmers to use GConf with flexible object-oriented framework." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет интерфейс C++ для GConf. Это пакет из проекта gnomemm. Интерфейс представляет из себя близкий для C++ программистов интерфейс работы с GConf с гибкой объектно-ориентированных платформой." +msgid "" +"This package provides a C++ interface for GConf. It is a subpackage of the " +"gnomemm project. The interface provides a convenient interface for C++ " +"programmers to use GConf with flexible object-oriented framework." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет интерфейс C++ для GConf. Это пакет из проекта " +"gnomemm. Интерфейс представляет из себя близкий для C++ программистов " +"интерфейс работы с GConf с гибкой объектно-ориентированных платформой." #. tumbleweed/gcr/libgcr-devel/summary #. leap/gcr/libgcr-devel/summary @@ -1647,7 +2074,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-devel/description #. leap/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-devel/description msgid "" -"Libgcrypt is a general purpose library of cryptographic building blocks. It is originally based on code used by GnuPG. It does not provide any implementation of OpenPGP or other protocols. Thorough understanding of applied cryptography is required to use Libgcrypt.\n" +"Libgcrypt is a general purpose library of cryptographic building blocks. It " +"is originally based on code used by GnuPG. It does not provide any " +"implementation of OpenPGP or other protocols. Thorough understanding of " +"applied cryptography is required to use Libgcrypt.\n" "\n" "This package contains needed files to compile and link against the library." msgstr "" @@ -1669,7 +2099,10 @@ #. leap/libgda/libgda-5_0-sqlite/description #. leap/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-4/description #. leap/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-plugins/description -msgid "GNU Data Access (GDA) is an attempt to provide uniform access to different kinds of data sources (databases, information servers, mail spools, etc). It is a complete architecture that provides everything needed to access data." +msgid "" +"GNU Data Access (GDA) is an attempt to provide uniform access to different " +"kinds of data sources (databases, information servers, mail spools, etc). It " +"is a complete architecture that provides everything needed to access data." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libgda/libgda-5_0-bdb/summary @@ -1690,12 +2123,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-4/summary #. leap/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-4/summary msgid "GNU Data Access (GDA) Library - UI Widgets" -msgstr "Библиотека доступа к данным GNU (GDA) — Виджеты пользовательского интерфейса" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека доступа к данным GNU (GDA) — Виджеты пользовательского интерфейса" #. tumbleweed/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-plugins/summary #. leap/libgda/libgda-ui-5_0-plugins/summary msgid "GNU Data Access (GDA) Library - Plugins for UI Widgets" -msgstr "Библиотека доступа к данным GNU (GDA) — Плагины для виджетов пользовательского интерфейса" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека доступа к данным GNU (GDA) — Плагины для виджетов " +"пользовательского интерфейса" #. tumbleweed/libgdiplus/libgdiplus0/summary #. leap/libgdiplus/libgdiplus0/summary @@ -1704,7 +2140,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgdiplus/libgdiplus0/description #. leap/libgdiplus/libgdiplus0/description -msgid "Mono library that provide a GDI+ comptible API on non-Windows operating systems." +msgid "" +"Mono library that provide a GDI+ comptible API on non-Windows operating " +"systems." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gdl/libgdl-3-5/summary @@ -1714,7 +2152,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gdl/libgdl-3-5/description #. leap/gdl/libgdl-3-5/description -msgid "Gnome Devtool Libraries contains components and libraries that are intended to be shared between GNOME development tools, including gnome-debug, gnome-build, and anjuta2." +msgid "" +"Gnome Devtool Libraries contains components and libraries that are intended " +"to be shared between GNOME development tools, including gnome-debug, " +"gnome-build, and anjuta2." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gdlmm/libgdlmm-3_0-2/summary @@ -1735,15 +2176,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-editing-services/libges-1_0-0/description #. leap/gstreamer-editing-services/libges-1_0-0/description msgid "" -"The GStreamer multimedia framework and the accompanying GNonLin set of plugins for non-linear editing offer all the building blocks for:\n" +"The GStreamer multimedia framework and the accompanying GNonLin set of " +"plugins for non-linear editing offer all the building blocks for:\n" "\n" -" Decoding and encoding to a wide variety of formats, through all the available GStreamer plugins.\n" +" Decoding and encoding to a wide variety of formats, through all the " +"available GStreamer plugins.\n" "\n" -" Easily choosing segments of streams and arranging them through time through the GNonLin set of plugins.\n" +" Easily choosing segments of streams and arranging them through time " +"through the GNonLin set of plugins.\n" "\n" -"But all those building blocks only offer stream-level access, which results in developers who want to write non-linear editors to write a consequent amount of code to get to the level of non-linear editing notions which are closer and more meaningful for the end-user (and therefore the application).\n" +"But all those building blocks only offer stream-level access, which results " +"in developers who want to write non-linear editors to write a consequent " +"amount of code to get to the level of non-linear editing notions which are " +"closer and more meaningful for the end-user (and therefore the application).\n" "\n" -"The GStreamer Editing Services (hereafter GES) aims to fill the gap between GStreamer/GNonLin and the application developer by offering a series of classes to simplify the creation of many kind of editing-related applications." +"The GStreamer Editing Services (hereafter GES) aims to fill the gap between " +"GStreamer/GNonLin and the application developer by offering a series of " +"classes to simplify the creation of many kind of editing-related applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/getdata/libgetdata++6/summary @@ -1780,7 +2229,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgit2-glib/libgit2-glib-1_0-0/description #. leap/libgit2-glib/libgit2-glib-1_0-0/description -msgid "libgit2-glib is a glib wrapper library around the libgit2 git access library." +msgid "" +"libgit2-glib is a glib wrapper library around the libgit2 git access library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gitg/libgitg-1_0-0/summary @@ -1797,8 +2247,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/libglade2/libglade-2_0-0/description #. leap/libglade2/libglade-2_0-0/description -msgid "This library allows you to load Glade interface files in a program at runtime. It does not require that you use Glade, but Glade is the easiest way to create the interface files. For an idea of how to use the library, see the documentation, especially /usr/share/doc/packages/libglade/test-libgladee.c and the glade-xml.h include, which is in the libglade package." -msgstr "Эта библиотека позволяет загружать файлы интерфейса Glade в программы во время выполнения. Она не требует, чтобы вы использовали Glade, но Glade — это самый простой способ для создания интерфейсных файлов. О том, как использовать библиотеку, см. в документации, особенно в /usr/share/doc/packages/libglade/test-libgladee.c и glade-xml.h, которые находятся в пакете libglade." +msgid "" +"This library allows you to load Glade interface files in a program at " +"runtime. It does not require that you use Glade, but Glade is the easiest way " +"to create the interface files. For an idea of how to use the library, see " +"the documentation, especially /usr/share/doc/packages/libglade/test-libgladee." +"c and the glade-xml.h include, which is in the libglade package." +msgstr "" +"Эта библиотека позволяет загружать файлы интерфейса Glade в программы во " +"время выполнения. Она не требует, чтобы вы использовали Glade, но Glade — " +"это самый простой способ для создания интерфейсных файлов. О том, как " +"использовать библиотеку, см. в документации, особенно в " +"/usr/share/doc/packages/libglade/test-libgladee.c и glade-xml.h, которые " +"находятся в пакете libglade." #. tumbleweed/libglademm/summary #. tumbleweed/libglademm/libglademm-2_4-1/summary @@ -1811,7 +2272,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libglademm/libglademm-2_4-1/description #. leap/libglademm/description #. leap/libglademm/libglademm-2_4-1/description -msgid "This package provides a C++ interface for libglade. It is a subpackage of the gnomemm project. The interface provides a convenient interface for C++ programmers to use libglade with flexible object-oriented framework." +msgid "" +"This package provides a C++ interface for libglade. It is a subpackage of the " +"gnomemm project. The interface provides a convenient interface for C++ " +"programmers to use libglade with flexible object-oriented framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gle/libgle3/summary @@ -1821,7 +2285,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gle/libgle3/description #. leap/gle/libgle3/description -msgid "The GLE Tubing and Extrusion Library is a graphics application programming interface (API). The library consists of a number of C language subroutines for drawing tubing and extrusions. The library is distributed in source code form in a package that includes documentation, a VRML proposal, make files, and full source code and header files. It uses the OpenGL (TM) programming API to perform the actual drawing of the tubing and extrusions." +msgid "" +"The GLE Tubing and Extrusion Library is a graphics application programming " +"interface (API). The library consists of a number of C language subroutines " +"for drawing tubing and extrusions. The library is distributed in source code " +"form in a package that includes documentation, a VRML proposal, make files, " +"and full source code and header files. It uses the OpenGL (TM) programming " +"API to perform the actual drawing of the tubing and extrusions." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libgltf/libgltf-0_0-0/summary @@ -1842,13 +2312,25 @@ #. tumbleweed/freeglut/libglut3/description #. leap/freeglut/libglut3/description msgid "" -"Freeglut is a completely open source alternative to the OpenGL Utility Toolkit (GLUT) library. GLUT was originally written by Mark Kilgard to support the sample programs in the second edition OpenGL Redbook. Since then, GLUT has been used in a wide variety of practical applications because it is simple, universally available, and highly portable.\n" +"Freeglut is a completely open source alternative to the OpenGL Utility " +"Toolkit (GLUT) library. GLUT was originally written by Mark Kilgard to " +"support the sample programs in the second edition OpenGL Redbook. Since then, " +"GLUT has been used in a wide variety of practical applications because it is " +"simple, universally available, and highly portable.\n" "\n" -"GLUT (and freeglut) allow the user to create and manage windows containing OpenGL contexts and also read the mouse, keyboard, and joystick functions on a wide range of platforms." +"GLUT (and freeglut) allow the user to create and manage windows containing " +"OpenGL contexts and also read the mouse, keyboard, and joystick functions on " +"a wide range of platforms." msgstr "" -"Freeglut — полностью открытая альтернатива библиотеке GLUT (OpenGL Utility Toolkit). GLUT изначально была написана Марком Килгардом (Mark Kilgard) для обеспечения работы примеров программ во втором издании Красной книги OpenGL. С тех пор GLUT была использована в большом количестве реальных приложений благодаря своей простоте, повсеместной доступности и отличной переносимости.\n" +"Freeglut — полностью открытая альтернатива библиотеке GLUT (OpenGL Utility " +"Toolkit). GLUT изначально была написана Марком Килгардом (Mark Kilgard) для " +"обеспечения работы примеров программ во втором издании Красной книги OpenGL. " +"С тех пор GLUT была использована в большом количестве реальных приложений " +"благодаря своей простоте, повсеместной доступности и отличной переносимости.\n" "\n" -"GLUT (и freeglut) дают возможность создания и управления окнами, содержащими контексты OpenGL, а также взаимодействовать с мышью, клавиатурой и джойстиком на большом числе платформ." +"GLUT (и freeglut) дают возможность создания и управления окнами, содержащими " +"контексты OpenGL, а также взаимодействовать с мышью, клавиатурой и джойстиком " +"на большом числе платформ." #. tumbleweed/glyr/libglyr1/summary #. leap/glyr/libglyr1/summary @@ -1860,7 +2342,10 @@ msgid "" "Glyr shared library.\n" "\n" -"The sort of metadata glyr is searching (and downloading) is usually the data you see in your musicplayer. And indeed, originally it was written to serve as internally library for a musicplayer, but has been extended to work as a standalone program which is able to download:\n" +"The sort of metadata glyr is searching (and downloading) is usually the data " +"you see in your musicplayer. And indeed, originally it was written to serve " +"as internally library for a musicplayer, but has been extended to work as a " +"standalone program which is able to download:\n" "\n" "* cover art;\n" "* lyrics;\n" @@ -1869,7 +2354,8 @@ "* album reviews;\n" "* tracklists of an album;\n" "* a list of albums from a specific artist;\n" -"* tags, either related to artist, album or title relations, for example links to wikipedia;\n" +"* tags, either related to artist, album or title relations, for example " +"links to wikipedia;\n" "* similar artists;\n" "* similar songs" msgstr "" @@ -1893,7 +2379,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgnome/description #. leap/libgnome/description -msgid "This package contains the basic libraries for the GNOME 2.x Desktop platform. GNOME has no specific window manager. You are totally free in your choice. Many GNOME users like Sawfish, Enlightenment, or IceWM as a window manager for GNOME (see those packages)." +msgid "" +"This package contains the basic libraries for the GNOME 2.x Desktop platform. " +"GNOME has no specific window manager. You are totally free in your choice. " +"Many GNOME users like Sawfish, Enlightenment, or IceWM as a window manager " +"for GNOME (see those packages)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnome-desktop/libgnome-desktop-3-devel/summary @@ -1913,8 +2403,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgnomecanvas/libgnomecanvas-2-0/description #. leap/libgnomecanvas/libgnomecanvas-2-0/description -msgid "Libgnomecanvas is a graphical add-on for the GNOME User Interface libraries." -msgstr "Libgnomecanvas — графическое расширение к библиотекам пользовательского интерфейса GNOME" +msgid "" +"Libgnomecanvas is a graphical add-on for the GNOME User Interface libraries." +msgstr "" +"Libgnomecanvas — графическое расширение к библиотекам пользовательского " +"интерфейса GNOME" #. tumbleweed/libgnomeui/summary #. leap/libgnomeui/summary @@ -1923,7 +2416,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgnomeui/description #. leap/libgnomeui/description -msgid "This library contains all the user interface-related functions for GNOME-based software. You need the libgnomeui-devel package if you want to develop GNOME 2.x Desktop software." +msgid "" +"This library contains all the user interface-related functions for " +"GNOME-based software. You need the libgnomeui-devel package if you want to " +"develop GNOME 2.x Desktop software." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-devel/summary @@ -1941,20 +2437,25 @@ #. leap/goffice/libgoffice-0_10-10/summary #. leap/goffice-0_8/libgoffice-0_8-8/summary msgid "GLib/GTK+ Set of Document-Centric Objects and Utilities" -msgstr "В пакете GOffice находится библиотека объектов и утилит, предназначенных для работы с документами Glib/GTK." +msgstr "" +"В пакете GOffice находится библиотека объектов и утилит, предназначенных для " +"работы с документами Glib/GTK." #. tumbleweed/goffice/libgoffice-0_10-10/description #. leap/goffice/libgoffice-0_10-10/description msgid "" "GOffice is a GLib/GTK+ set of document-centric objects and utilities.\n" "\n" -"These are common operations for document-centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully: plug-ins, load and save documents, undo and redo." +"These are common operations for document-centric applications that are " +"conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully: plug-ins, load and save " +"documents, undo and redo." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/goffice-0_8/libgoffice-0_8-8/description #. leap/goffice-0_8/libgoffice-0_8-8/description msgid "" -"These are common operations for document-centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. - Plug-ins\n" +"These are common operations for document-centric applications that are " +"conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. - Plug-ins\n" "\n" "- Load and save documents\n" "\n" @@ -1962,13 +2463,15 @@ "\n" "GOffice is a GLib/GTK+ set of document-centric objects and utilities." msgstr "" -"Общие операции для приложений ориентированных на работу с документами, которые концептуально просты, но сложные для реализации в полном объеме.\n" +"Общие операции для приложений ориентированных на работу с документами, " +"которые концептуально просты, но сложные для реализации в полном объеме.\n" "\n" "- Плагины\n" "- Загрузка и сохранение документов\n" "- Отмена и повтор\n" "\n" -"GOffice — это GLib/GTK+ набор объектов и утилит ориентированных на работу с документами." +"GOffice — это GLib/GTK+ набор объектов и утилит ориентированных на работу с " +"документами." #. tumbleweed/goocanvas1/libgoocanvas3/summary #. leap/goocanvas1/libgoocanvas3/summary @@ -1977,7 +2480,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/goocanvas1/libgoocanvas3/description #. leap/goocanvas1/libgoocanvas3/description -msgid "GooCanvas is similar in many ways to GnomeCanvas and FooCanvas. But it uses cairo for rendering, has an optional model/view split, and uses interfaces for items & models (so you can easily turn any application object into a canvas item or model)." +msgid "" +"GooCanvas is similar in many ways to GnomeCanvas and FooCanvas. But it uses " +"cairo for rendering, has an optional model/view split, and uses interfaces " +"for items & models (so you can easily turn any application object into a " +"canvas item or model)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libgooglepinyin/libgooglepinyin0/summary @@ -2008,7 +2515,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgphoto2/libgphoto2-devel/description #. leap/libgphoto2/libgphoto2-devel/description msgid "" -"gPhoto (GNU Photo) is a set of libraries for previewing, retrieving, and capturing images from a range of supported digital cameras to your local hard drive.\n" +"gPhoto (GNU Photo) is a set of libraries for previewing, retrieving, and " +"capturing images from a range of supported digital cameras to your local hard " +"drive.\n" "\n" "These are its development libraries and headers." msgstr "" @@ -2021,7 +2530,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgpod/libgpod-devel/description #. leap/libgpod/libgpod-devel/description msgid "" -"libgpod is a library meant to abstract access to iPod content. It provides an easy-to-use API to retrieve the list of files and playlists stored on an iPod, modify them, and save them back to the iPod.\n" +"libgpod is a library meant to abstract access to iPod content. It provides an " +"easy-to-use API to retrieve the list of files and playlists stored on an " +"iPod, modify them, and save them back to the iPod.\n" "\n" "This package provides the development files to use libgpod." msgstr "" @@ -2033,13 +2544,21 @@ #. tumbleweed/gpsd/libgps22/description #. leap/gpsd/libgps22/description -msgid "This package provides the shared library for gpsd and other GPS aware applications." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет разделяемую библиотеку для GPSD и других приложений, поддерживающих GPS." +msgid "" +"This package provides the shared library for gpsd and other GPS aware " +"applications." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет разделяемую библиотеку для GPSD и других приложений, " +"поддерживающих GPS." #. tumbleweed/libgsf/libgsf-devel/summary #. leap/libgsf/libgsf-devel/summary -msgid "Extensible I/O abstraction library for dealing with structured file formats -- Develoment Files" -msgstr "Библиотека расширяемого слоя абстракции для структурированных форматов файлов — Файлы разработки" +msgid "" +"Extensible I/O abstraction library for dealing with structured file formats " +"-- Develoment Files" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека расширяемого слоя абстракции для структурированных форматов файлов " +"— Файлы разработки" #. tumbleweed/libgssglue/libgssglue-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/libgssglue/libgssglue1/summary @@ -2052,8 +2571,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgssglue/libgssglue1/description #. leap/libgssglue/libgssglue-devel/description #. leap/libgssglue/libgssglue1/description -msgid "This library exports a gssapi interface, but does not implement any gssapi mechanisms itself. Instead it calls gssapi routines in other libraries, depending on the mechanism." -msgstr "Эта библиотека экспортирует интерфейс gssapi, но сама не реализует никаких механизмов gssapi. Вместо этого она вызывает процедуры gssapi из других библиотек, в зависимости от механизма." +msgid "" +"This library exports a gssapi interface, but does not implement any gssapi " +"mechanisms itself. Instead it calls gssapi routines in other libraries, " +"depending on the mechanism." +msgstr "" +"Эта библиотека экспортирует интерфейс gssapi, но сама не реализует никаких " +"механизмов gssapi. Вместо этого она вызывает процедуры gssapi из других " +"библиотек, в зависимости от механизма." #. tumbleweed/gstreamer-0_10-plugins-gl/libgstgl-0_10-1/summary msgid "GStreamer OpenGL Plug-Ins - Shared Library" @@ -2063,9 +2588,12 @@ msgid "" "Shared Library, is normally installed as a dependency when needed\n" "\n" -"This module contains integration libraries and plug-ins for using OpenGL within GStreamer pipelines. This module contains elements for, among others:\n" +"This module contains integration libraries and plug-ins for using OpenGL " +"within GStreamer pipelines. This module contains elements for, among others:\n" "\n" -" * output: glimagesink * adapters: glupload, gldownload * video processing: gldeinterlace, glcolorscale * GL effects: glfiltersobel, glfilterblur, gleffects, others * sources: gltestsrc" +" * output: glimagesink * adapters: glupload, gldownload * video " +"processing: gldeinterlace, glcolorscale * GL effects: glfiltersobel, " +"glfilterblur, gleffects, others * sources: gltestsrc" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gst-rtsp-server/libgstrtspserver-1_0-0/summary @@ -2073,7 +2601,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gst-rtsp-server/libgstrtspserver-1_0-0/description -msgid "gst-rtsp-server is a library ion top of GStreamer for building an RTSP server" +msgid "" +"gst-rtsp-server is a library ion top of GStreamer for building an RTSP server" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk-vnc/libgtk-vnc-2_0-0/summary @@ -2083,7 +2612,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk-vnc/libgtk-vnc-2_0-0/description #. leap/gtk-vnc/libgtk-vnc-2_0-0/description -msgid "gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK+. It is built using coroutines allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded." +msgid "" +"gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK+. It is built using coroutines " +"allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ghex/libgtkhex-3-0/summary @@ -2098,7 +2629,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtkimageview/libgtkimageview0/description #. leap/gtkimageview/libgtkimageview0/description -msgid "GtkImageView is a widget that provides a zoomable and panable view of a GdkPixbuf. It is intended to be usable in most types of image viewing applications." +msgid "" +"GtkImageView is a widget that provides a zoomable and panable view of a " +"GdkPixbuf. It is intended to be usable in most types of image viewing " +"applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtksourceviewmm/libgtksourceviewmm-3_0-0/summary @@ -2123,7 +2657,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgudev/libgudev-1_0-devel/description #. leap/systemd/libgudev-1_0-devel/description -msgid "This is the devel package for the GObject library libgudev, which provides GObject access to udev device information." +msgid "" +"This is the devel package for the GObject library libgudev, which provides " +"GObject access to udev device information." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gtk-vnc/libgvnc-1_0-0/summary @@ -2134,9 +2670,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/gtk-vnc/libgvnc-1_0-0/description #. leap/gtk-vnc/libgvnc-1_0-0/description msgid "" -"gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK+. It is built using coroutines allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded.\n" +"gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK+. It is built using coroutines " +"allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the GObject-based library to interact with the RFB protocol." +"This package contains the GObject-based library to interact with the RFB " +"protocol." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-cpp0/summary @@ -2158,12 +2696,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-gtk2-0/summary #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-gtk2-0/summary msgid "Multiplatform Helper Library for Other Libraries -- GTK+ UI Backend" -msgstr "Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса GTK+" +msgstr "" +"Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — " +"Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса GTK+" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-gtk2-0/description #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-gtk2-0/description msgid "" -"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication).\n" +"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for " +"Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often " +"needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration " +"files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication).\n" "\n" "This package provides the GTK+ implementation of the generic UI toolkit." msgstr "" @@ -2171,12 +2714,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/summary #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/summary msgid "Multiplatform Helper Library for Other Libraries -- Qt UI Backend" -msgstr "Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса Qt" +msgstr "" +"Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — " +"Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса Qt" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/description #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/description msgid "" -"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication).\n" +"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for " +"Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often " +"needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration " +"files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication).\n" "\n" "This package provides the Qt implementation of the generic UI toolkit." msgstr "" @@ -2190,25 +2738,29 @@ #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwenhywfar60-plugins/description #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwenhywfar60/description #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwenhywfar60-plugins/description -msgid "Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication)." +msgid "" +"Gwenhywfar is a base library used to provide OS abstraction functions for " +"Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, and Windows. It also includes some often " +"needed functions (for example, for handling and parsing of configuration " +"files, reading and writing of XML files, and interprocess communication)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwenhywfar60-plugins/summary #. leap/gwenhywfar/libgwenhywfar60-plugins/summary msgid "Multiplatform Helper Library for Other Libraries - Plugins" -msgstr "Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — Плагины" +msgstr "" +"Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — Плагины" #. tumbleweed/libhangul/libhangul1/summary #. leap/libhangul/libhangul1/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The bzip2 runtime library" msgid "The Hangul input library" -msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения bzip2" +msgstr "Библиотека ввода хангыль" #. tumbleweed/libhangul/libhangul1/description #. leap/libhangul/libhangul1/description msgid "Hangul input library used by scim-hangul and ibus-hangul" -msgstr "Библиотека ввода Hangul, которую используют scim-hangul и ibus-hangul" +msgstr "Библиотека ввода хангыль, которую используют scim-hangul и ibus-hangul" #. tumbleweed/haveged/libhavege1/summary #. leap/haveged/libhavege1/summary @@ -2217,7 +2769,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/haveged/libhavege1/description #. leap/haveged/libhavege1/description -msgid "Shared object for the haveged library This package contains the haveged implementation of the HAVEGE algorithm and supporting features." +msgid "" +"Shared object for the haveged library This package contains the haveged " +"implementation of the HAVEGE algorithm and supporting features." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libibverbs/libibverbs1/summary @@ -2228,20 +2782,26 @@ #. tumbleweed/libibverbs/libibverbs1/description #. leap/libibverbs/libibverbs1/description msgid "" -"libibverbs is a library that allows userspace processes to use InfiniBand \"verbs\" as described in the InfiniBand Architecture Specification.\tThis includes direct hardware access for fast path operations.\n" +"libibverbs is a library that allows userspace processes to use InfiniBand " +"\"verbs\" as described in the InfiniBand Architecture Specification.\tThis " +"includes direct hardware access for fast path operations.\n" "\n" "This package contains the runtime library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libical/libical-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "An implementation of basic iCAL protocols" -msgid "Development files for libical, an implementation of basic iCAL protocols" -msgstr "Реализация основных протоколов iCAL" +msgid "" +"Development files for libical, an implementation of basic iCAL protocols" +msgstr "Файлы разработки для libical, реализации основных протоколов iCAL" #. tumbleweed/libical/libical-devel/description #. leap/libical/libical-devel/description -msgid "Libical is an Open Source implementation of the IETF's iCalendar Calendaring and Scheduling protocols. (RFC 2445, 2446, and 2447). It parses iCal components and provides a C API for manipulating the component properties, parameters, and subcomponents." +msgid "" +"Libical is an Open Source implementation of the IETF's iCalendar Calendaring " +"and Scheduling protocols. (RFC 2445, 2446, and 2447). It parses iCal " +"components and provides a C API for manipulating the component properties, " +"parameters, and subcomponents." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/icu/libicu-devel/summary @@ -2251,7 +2811,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/icu/libicu-devel/description #. leap/icu/libicu-devel/description -msgid "ICU is a C++ and C library that provides robust and full-featured Unicode support. This package contains the development files for ICU." +msgid "" +"ICU is a C++ and C library that provides robust and full-featured Unicode " +"support. This package contains the development files for ICU." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libid3tag/libid3tag0/summary @@ -2261,12 +2823,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/libid3tag/libid3tag0/description #. leap/libid3tag/libid3tag0/description -msgid "libid3tag is a library for reading and writing ID3 tags, both ID3v1 and the various versions of ID3v2." +msgid "" +"libid3tag is a library for reading and writing ID3 tags, both ID3v1 and the " +"various versions of ID3v2." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libidl/libidl-devel/description #. leap/libidl/libidl-devel/description -msgid "LibIDL is a small library for creating parse trees of CORBA v2.2 compliant Interface Definition Language (IDL) files, which is a specification for defining interfaces which can be used between different CORBA implementations." +msgid "" +"LibIDL is a small library for creating parse trees of CORBA v2.2 compliant " +"Interface Definition Language (IDL) files, which is a specification for " +"defining interfaces which can be used between different CORBA implementations." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libiec61883/summary @@ -2277,24 +2844,36 @@ #. tumbleweed/libiec61883/description #. leap/libiec61883/description msgid "" -"This library is an implementation of IEC 61883, part 1 (CIP, plug registers, and CMP), part 2 (DV-SD), part 4 (MPEG2-TS), and part 6 (AMDTP). Outside of IIDC, nearly all FireWire multimedia devices use IEC 61883 protocols.\n" +"This library is an implementation of IEC 61883, part 1 (CIP, plug registers, " +"and CMP), part 2 (DV-SD), part 4 (MPEG2-TS), and part 6 (AMDTP). Outside of " +"IIDC, nearly all FireWire multimedia devices use IEC 61883 protocols.\n" "\n" -"The libiec61883 library provides a higher level API for streaming DV, MPEG-2 and audio over Linux IEEE 1394. This includes both reception and transmission. It uses the new \"rawiso\" API of libraw1394, which transparently provides mmap-ed DMA for efficient data transfer. It also represents the third generation of I/O technology for Linux 1394 for these media types thereby removing the complexities of additional kernel modules, /dev nodes, and procfs. It also consolidates features for plug control registers and connection management that previously existed in experimental form in an unreleased version of libavc1394." +"The libiec61883 library provides a higher level API for streaming DV, MPEG-2 " +"and audio over Linux IEEE 1394. This includes both reception and " +"transmission. It uses the new \"rawiso\" API of libraw1394, which " +"transparently provides mmap-ed DMA for efficient data transfer. It also " +"represents the third generation of I/O technology for Linux 1394 for these " +"media types thereby removing the complexities of additional kernel modules, " +"/dev nodes, and procfs. It also consolidates features for plug control " +"registers and connection management that previously existed in experimental " +"form in an unreleased version of libavc1394." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libimobiledevice/libimobiledevice-devel/summary #. leap/libimobiledevice/libimobiledevice-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development files for libimobiledevice4" msgid "Development files for libimobiledevice" -msgstr "Файлы разработки для libimobiledevice4" +msgstr "Файлы разработки для libimobiledevice" #. tumbleweed/libimobiledevice/libimobiledevice-devel/description #. leap/libimobiledevice/libimobiledevice-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The libdbi-devel package contains the header files and documentation needed to develop applications with libdbi." -msgid "The libimobiledevice-devel package contains libraries and header files for developing applications that use libimobiledevice." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит заголовочные файлы и документацию, необходимые для разработки приложений с libdbi." +msgid "" +"The libimobiledevice-devel package contains libraries and header files for " +"developing applications that use libimobiledevice." +msgstr "" +"Пакет libimobiledevice-devel содержит заголовочные файлы и документацию, " +"необходимые для разработки приложений с libimobiledevice." #. tumbleweed/libindi/summary #. tumbleweed/libindi/libindi1/summary @@ -2319,7 +2898,13 @@ #. leap/libindi/libindiAlignmentDriver1/description #. leap/libindi/libindidriver1/description #. leap/libindi/libindimain1/description -msgid "INDI is an Instrument Neutral Distributed Interface control protocol for astronomical devices, which provides a framework that decouples low level hardware drivers from high level front end clients. Clients that use the device drivers are completely unaware of the device capabilities and communicate with the device drivers and build a completely dynamic GUI based on the services provided by the device." +msgid "" +"INDI is an Instrument Neutral Distributed Interface control protocol for " +"astronomical devices, which provides a framework that decouples low level " +"hardware drivers from high level front end clients. Clients that use the " +"device drivers are completely unaware of the device capabilities and " +"communicate with the device drivers and build a completely dynamic GUI based " +"on the services provided by the device." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libindi/libindi-devel/summary @@ -2334,28 +2919,27 @@ #. tumbleweed/libindicator/libindicator3-7/summary #. leap/libindicator/libindicator3-7/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A Tool to Build Shared Libraries" msgid "Panel indicator applet - Shared Libraries" -msgstr "Инструмент для создания разделяемых библиотек" +msgstr "Апплет-индикатор для панели — Разделяемые библиотеки" #. tumbleweed/libindicator/libindicator3-7/description #. leap/libindicator/libindicator3-7/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "This package provides headers and libraries for building key utilities." -msgid "This package provides the libraries required to build indicators and to go into the indicator applet." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет заголовки и библиотеки для сборки утилит работы с ключами." +msgid "" +"This package provides the libraries required to build indicators and to go " +"into the indicator applet." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет библиотеки для сборки индикаторов и их апплетов." #. tumbleweed/libinput/libinput-devel/summary #. leap/libinput/libinput-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development files for the X Input Extension library" msgid "Development files for the Wayland Input Device Library" -msgstr "Файлы разработки для библиотеки расширения X Input" +msgstr "Файлы разработки для библиотеки устройств ввода Wayland" #. tumbleweed/libinput/libinput-devel/description #. leap/libinput/libinput-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Pango is a library for layout and rendering of text, with an emphasis on internationalization. It can be used anywhere that text layout is needed.\n" #| "\n" @@ -2363,15 +2947,18 @@ #| "\n" #| "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop applications that require these." msgid "" -"libinput is a library that handles input devices for display servers and other applications that need to directly deal with input devices.\n" +"libinput is a library that handles input devices for display servers and " +"other applications that need to directly deal with input devices.\n" "\n" -"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop applications that require libinput." +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop applications that require libinput." msgstr "" -"Pango — это библиотека размещения и рендеринга текста с особым вниманием на интернационализацию. Она может быть использована везде, где нужно разместить текст.\n" +"libinput — это библиотека обработки устройств ввода для серверов дисплеев и " +"других приложений, которым необходимо напрямую работать с устройствами " +"ввода.\n" "\n" -"Pango составляет основу для обработки текстов и шрифтов в GTK+.\n" -"\n" -"Этот пакет содержит все необходимые include-файлы и библиотеки, необходимые для разработки приложений, которым необходим Pango." +"Этот пакет содержит все необходимые include-файлы и библиотеки, необходимые " +"для разработки приложений, которым необходим libinput." #. tumbleweed/iodbc/libiodbc3/summary #. leap/iodbc/libiodbc3/summary @@ -2381,19 +2968,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/iodbc/libiodbc3/description #. leap/iodbc/libiodbc3/description msgid "" -"The iODBC Driver Manager is a free implementation of the SAG CLI and ODBC compliant driver manager which allows developers to write ODBC compliant applications that can connect to various databases using appropriate backend drivers.\n" +"The iODBC Driver Manager is a free implementation of the SAG CLI and ODBC " +"compliant driver manager which allows developers to write ODBC compliant " +"applications that can connect to various databases using appropriate backend " +"drivers.\n" "\n" "This package provides the shared libraries needed by iODBC" msgstr "" -"Менеджер драйверов iODBC является свободной реализацией SAG CLI и ODBC-совместимым менеджером драйверов, что позволяет разработчикам писать ODBC-совместимые приложения, которые могут подключаться к различным базам данных с использованием соответствующих драйверов.\n" +"Менеджер драйверов iODBC является свободной реализацией SAG CLI и " +"ODBC-совместимым менеджером драйверов, что позволяет разработчикам писать " +"ODBC-совместимые приложения, которые могут подключаться к различным базам " +"данных с использованием соответствующих драйверов.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет предоставляет разделяемые библиотеки, необходимые iODBC" #. tumbleweed/lirc/libirrecord0/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "LIRC client library" msgid "LIRC record library" -msgstr "Библиотека LIRC-клиента" +msgstr "Библиотека записи LIRC" #. tumbleweed/lirc/libirrecord0/description msgid "The LIRC record library. To actually use the lirc plugins." @@ -2406,7 +2998,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/xiterm/libiterm1/description #. leap/xiterm/libiterm1/description -msgid "This is a portable library for internationalized terminal emulator. All you need to make terminal emulator is to implements Callback functions, like a drawing string on specific column and row, or set fore/background color and so on." +msgid "" +"This is a portable library for internationalized terminal emulator. All you " +"need to make terminal emulator is to implements Callback functions, like a " +"drawing string on specific column and row, or set fore/background color and " +"so on." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libitm1/summary @@ -2428,7 +3024,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libixion/libixion-0_10-0/description #. leap/libixion/libixion-0_10-0/description -msgid "Ixion is a general purpose formula parser & interpreter that can calculate multiple named targets, or \"cells\"." +msgid "" +"Ixion is a general purpose formula parser & interpreter that can calculate " +"multiple named targets, or \"cells\"." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jack/libjack-devel/summary @@ -2438,7 +3036,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/jack/libjack-devel/description #. leap/jack/libjack-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the files needed to compile programs that communicate with jack clients/servers." +msgid "" +"This package contains the files needed to compile programs that communicate " +"with jack clients/servers." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/jasper/libjasper-devel/summary @@ -2453,22 +3053,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/libjpeg62-turbo/libjpeg62-devel/description #. leap/libjpeg62-turbo/libjpeg62-devel/description -msgid "The libjpeg-devel package includes the header files and libraries necessary for compiling and linking programs which will manipulate JPEG files using the libjpeg library." +msgid "" +"The libjpeg-devel package includes the header files and libraries necessary " +"for compiling and linking programs which will manipulate JPEG files using the " +"libjpeg library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kate4-parts/libkatepartinterfaces4/summary #. leap/kate4-parts/libkatepartinterfaces4/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Library to interact with Linux kernel modules" msgid "Library to interface with kateparts" -msgstr "Библиотека для взаимодействия с модулями ядра Linux" +msgstr "Интерфейсная библиотека kateparts" #. tumbleweed/kate4-parts/libkatepartinterfaces4/description #. leap/kate4-parts/libkatepartinterfaces4/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The libraries shared by kwrite and kate editors." msgid "The library required by Kate parts." -msgstr "Общие библиотеки для редакторов KWrite и kate." +msgstr "Библиотека, необходимая для компонентов Kate." #. tumbleweed/libkcddb4/libkcddb4-devel/summary #. leap/libkcddb4/libkcddb4-devel/summary @@ -2497,19 +3098,24 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4/libkde4-devel/description #. leap/kdelibs4/libkde4-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop KDE applications." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит все необходимые заголовочные файлы и библиотеки для разработки KDE приложений." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop KDE applications." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет содержит все необходимые заголовочные файлы и библиотеки для " +"разработки KDE приложений." #. tumbleweed/libkdecoration2/libkdecoration2-devel/summary #. leap/libkdecoration2/libkdecoration2-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KWin's decoration library - development files" msgid "KDE's window decorations library (development package)" -msgstr "Библиотека оформления KWin — Файлы для разработки" +msgstr "Библиотека оформления окон KDE (пакет для разработки)" #. tumbleweed/libkdecoration2/libkdecoration2-devel/description #. leap/libkdecoration2/libkdecoration2-devel/description -msgid "Development files belonging to kdecoration, plugin based library to create window decorations." +msgid "" +"Development files belonging to kdecoration, plugin based library to create " +"window decorations." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4/libkdecore4-devel/summary @@ -2519,7 +3125,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdelibs4/libkdecore4-devel/description #. leap/kdelibs4/libkdecore4-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop non-graphical KDE applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop non-graphical KDE applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libkdeedu4/libkdeedu4-devel/summary @@ -2529,7 +3137,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkdeedu4/libkdeedu4-devel/description #. leap/libkdeedu4/libkdeedu4-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop KDE education applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop KDE " +"education applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libkdegames/libkdegames-devel/summary @@ -2539,7 +3149,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkdegames/libkdegames-devel/description #. leap/libkdegames/libkdegames-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop KDE games." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop KDE " +"games." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdepimlibs4/libkdepimlibs4-devel/summary @@ -2549,7 +3161,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdepimlibs4/libkdepimlibs4-devel/description #. leap/kdepimlibs4/libkdepimlibs4-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop KDE PIM applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop KDE PIM applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform-devel/summary @@ -2559,7 +3173,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform-devel/description #. leap/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the development files for building integrated developments environments based on the KDevelop framework." +msgid "" +"This package contains the development files for building integrated " +"developments environments based on the KDevelop framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform8/summary @@ -2569,7 +3185,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform8/description #. leap/kdevplatform/libkdevplatform8/description -msgid "This package contains the libraries for integrated development environments based on the KDevelop framework." +msgid "" +"This package contains the libraries for integrated development environments " +"based on the KDevelop framework." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/keybinder3/libkeybinder-3_0-0/summary @@ -2582,7 +3200,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/keybinder3/libkeybinder-3_0-0/description #. leap/keybinder3/libkeybinder-3_0-0/description msgid "" -"Library for registering global keyboard shortcuts. Keybinder works with GTK-based applications using the X Window System.\n" +"Library for registering global keyboard shortcuts. Keybinder works with " +"GTK-based applications using the X Window System.\n" "\n" "The library contains:\n" "- A C library, libkeybinder\n" @@ -2592,7 +3211,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/keybinder/libkeybinder0/description #. leap/keybinder/libkeybinder0/description msgid "" -"Library for registering global keyboard shortcuts. Keybinder works with GTK-based applications using the X Window System.\n" +"Library for registering global keyboard shortcuts. Keybinder works with " +"GTK-based applications using the X Window System.\n" "\n" "The library contains:\n" "- A C library, libkeybinder\n" @@ -2608,7 +3228,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkipi/libkipi-devel/description #. leap/libkipi/libkipi-devel/description -msgid "This package provides a generic KDE Image Plug-in Interface used by some KDE image applications. Plug-ins for this interface are in the kipi-plugins package." +msgid "" +"This package provides a generic KDE Image Plug-in Interface used by some KDE " +"image applications. Plug-ins for this interface are in the kipi-plugins " +"package." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libkmahjongg/libkmahjongg-devel/summary @@ -2618,13 +3241,16 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkmahjongg/libkmahjongg-devel/description #. leap/libkmahjongg/libkmahjongg-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop games that uses Mahjongg tiles." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary files and libraries needed to develop " +"games that uses Mahjongg tiles." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libdrm/libkms1/summary #. leap/libdrm/libkms1/summary msgid "Userspace interface to kernel DRM buffer management" -msgstr "Интерфейс пользовательского пространства для управления буфером DRM в ядре" +msgstr "" +"Интерфейс пользовательского пространства для управления буфером DRM в ядре" #. tumbleweed/libdrm/libkms1/description #. leap/libdrm/libkms1/description @@ -2638,7 +3264,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/kdebase4/libkonq-devel/description #. leap/kdebase4/libkonq-devel/description -msgid "This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to develop KDE file manager applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains all necessary include files and libraries needed to " +"develop KDE file manager applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/texlive/libkpathsea6/summary @@ -2648,8 +3276,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/texlive/libkpathsea6/description #. leap/texlive/libkpathsea6/description -msgid "Kpathsea is a library and utility programs which provide path searching facilities for TeX file types, including the self- locating feature required for movable installations, layered on top of a general search mechanism. It is not distributed separately, but rather is released and maintained as part of the TeX-live sources." -msgstr "Kpathsea — это библиотека и утилиты, предоставляющие возможности поиска путей файлов TeX, включая самообнаружение, необходимое для переносимых инсталляций. Данный комплект выпускается и поддерживается в составе исходных кодов TeX-live." +msgid "" +"Kpathsea is a library and utility programs which provide path searching " +"facilities for TeX file types, including the self- locating feature required " +"for movable installations, layered on top of a general search mechanism. It " +"is not distributed separately, but rather is released and maintained as part " +"of the TeX-live sources." +msgstr "" +"Kpathsea — это библиотека и утилиты, предоставляющие возможности поиска путей " +"файлов TeX, включая самообнаружение, необходимое для переносимых инсталляций. " +"Данный комплект выпускается и поддерживается в составе исходных кодов " +"TeX-live." #. tumbleweed/libksane/libksane-devel/summary #. leap/libksane/libksane-devel/summary @@ -2660,7 +3297,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libksane/libksane0/description #. leap/libksane/libksane-devel/description #. leap/libksane/libksane0/description -msgid "This package contains a library to add scan support to KDE applications." +msgid "" +"This package contains a library to add scan support to KDE applications." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libksane/libksane0/summary @@ -2680,7 +3318,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libkscreen2/libkscreen2-devel/description #. leap/libkscreen2/libkscreen2-devel/description -msgid "Development files belonging to libkscreen, dynamic display management in KDE" +msgid "" +"Development files belonging to libkscreen, dynamic display management in KDE" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libksysguard5/libksysguard5-devel/summary @@ -2690,7 +3329,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libksysguard5/libksysguard5-devel/description #. leap/libksysguard5/libksysguard5-devel/description -msgid "Task management and system monitoring library. This package contains development files." +msgid "" +"Task management and system monitoring library. This package contains " +"development files." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktoblzcheck/libktoblzcheck1/summary @@ -2706,7 +3347,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/ktoblzcheck/libktoblzcheck1-devel/summary #. leap/ktoblzcheck/libktoblzcheck1-devel/summary msgid "Libraries, includes etc to develop with ktoblzcheck library" -msgstr "Библиотеки, файлы заголовков и т.д. для разработки с библиотекой ktoblzcheck" +msgstr "" +"Библиотеки, файлы заголовков и т.д. для разработки с библиотекой ktoblzcheck" #. tumbleweed/ktoblzcheck/libktoblzcheck1-devel/description #. leap/ktoblzcheck/libktoblzcheck1-devel/description @@ -2720,7 +3362,8 @@ #. tumbleweed/libktorrent/libktorrent-devel/description #. leap/libktorrent/libktorrent-devel/description -msgid "This package includes the necessary files for development using libktorrent." +msgid "" +"This package includes the necessary files for development using libktorrent." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/ktp-accounts-kcm/libktpaccountskcminternal9/summary @@ -2739,20 +3382,22 @@ "liblangtag is an interface library to access tags for identifying languages.\n" "\n" "Features:\n" -"* several subtag registry database supports: - language - extlang - script - region - variant - extension - grandfathered - redundant\n" +"* several subtag registry database supports: - language - extlang - " +"script - region - variant - extension - grandfathered - redundant\n" "* handling of the language tags - parser - matching - canonicalizing" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lasem/liblasem-0_4-4/summary #. leap/lasem/liblasem-0_4-4/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "C++ SVG rendering library" msgid "Mathml and SVG rendering library" -msgstr "C++-библиотека рендеринга SVG" +msgstr "Библиотека рендеринга MathML и SVG" #. tumbleweed/lasem/liblasem-0_4-4/description #. leap/lasem/liblasem-0_4-4/description -msgid "Lasem is a library for rendering SVG and Mathml, implementing a DOM like API. It's based on GObject and use Pango and Cairo for the rendering." +msgid "" +"Lasem is a library for rendering SVG and Mathml, implementing a DOM like API. " +"It's based on GObject and use Pango and Cairo for the rendering." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/liblastfm/liblastfm-devel/summary @@ -2763,7 +3408,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblastfm/liblastfm-devel/description #. leap/liblastfm/liblastfm-devel/description msgid "" -"liblastfm is a collection of libraries to help you integrate Last.fm services into your rich desktop software. It is officially supported software developed by Last.fm staff.\n" +"liblastfm is a collection of libraries to help you integrate Last.fm services " +"into your rich desktop software. It is officially supported software " +"developed by Last.fm staff.\n" "\n" "This package contains development files for liblastfm." msgstr "" @@ -2779,8 +3426,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblazy/liblazy1/description #. leap/liblazy/liblazy-devel/description #. leap/liblazy/liblazy1/description -msgid "Liblazy is a simple and easy to use library that provides convenient functions for sending messages over the D-Bus daemon, querying information from HAL or asking PolicyKit for a privilege." -msgstr "Liblazy — это простая и лёгкая в использовании библиотека, предоставляющая удобные функции для отправки сообщений демону D-Bus, получения информации от HAL или запроса привилегий у PolicyKit." +msgid "" +"Liblazy is a simple and easy to use library that provides convenient " +"functions for sending messages over the D-Bus daemon, querying information " +"from HAL or asking PolicyKit for a privilege." +msgstr "" +"Liblazy — это простая и лёгкая в использовании библиотека, предоставляющая " +"удобные функции для отправки сообщений демону D-Bus, получения информации от " +"HAL или запроса привилегий у PolicyKit." #. tumbleweed/liblbxutil/liblbxutil-devel/summary #. leap/liblbxutil/liblbxutil-devel/summary @@ -2790,9 +3443,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblbxutil/liblbxutil-devel/description #. leap/liblbxutil/liblbxutil-devel/description msgid "" -"liblbxutil is a library of routines for LBX (Low Bandwidth X) extension support shared between the lbxproxy program and an LBX-supporting X server.\n" +"liblbxutil is a library of routines for LBX (Low Bandwidth X) extension " +"support shared between the lbxproxy program and an LBX-supporting X server.\n" "\n" -"This package contains the development headers for the library found in liblbxutil1." +"This package contains the development headers for the library found in " +"liblbxutil1." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/liblbxutil/liblbxutil1/summary @@ -2802,13 +3457,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblbxutil/liblbxutil1/description #. leap/liblbxutil/liblbxutil1/description -msgid "liblbxutil is a library of routines for LBX (Low Bandwidth X) extension support shared between the lbxproxy program and an LBX-supporting X server." -msgstr "liblbxutil — библиотека процедур поддержки расширения LBX (Low Bandwidth X), общая для программы lbxproxy и X-сервера, поддерживающего LBX." +msgid "" +"liblbxutil is a library of routines for LBX (Low Bandwidth X) extension " +"support shared between the lbxproxy program and an LBX-supporting X server." +msgstr "" +"liblbxutil — библиотека процедур поддержки расширения LBX (Low Bandwidth X), " +"общая для программы lbxproxy и X-сервера, поддерживающего LBX." #. tumbleweed/lcms/liblcms1/description #. leap/lcms/liblcms1/description msgid "Little cms is a small speed optimized color management engine." -msgstr "Little cms — небольшой, оптимизированный для скорости, движок управления цветом." +msgstr "" +"Little cms — небольшой, оптимизированный для скорости, движок управления " +"цветом." #. tumbleweed/lightdm/liblightdm-gobject-1-0/summary #. leap/lightdm/liblightdm-gobject-1-0/summary @@ -2817,19 +3478,23 @@ #. tumbleweed/lightdm/liblightdm-gobject-1-0/description #. leap/lightdm/liblightdm-gobject-1-0/description -msgid "A GObject-based library for LightDM clients to use to interface with LightDM." +msgid "" +"A GObject-based library for LightDM clients to use to interface with LightDM." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lirc/liblirc0/summary #. tumbleweed/lirc/liblirc_driver0/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "LIRC client library" msgid "LIRC driver library" -msgstr "Библиотека LIRC-клиента" +msgstr "Библиотека драйвера LIRC" #. tumbleweed/lirc/liblirc0/description -msgid "The LIRC library. LIRC is a package that supports receiving and sending IR signals with the most common IR remote controls." +msgid "" +"The LIRC library. LIRC is a package that supports receiving and sending IR " +"signals with the most common IR remote controls." msgstr "" +"Библиотека LIRC. LIRC — это пакет, который поддерживает приём и отправку " +"ИК-сигналов с наиболее распространенных ИК-пультов дистанционного управления." #. tumbleweed/lirc/liblirc_driver0/description msgid "The LIRC driver library. To actually use the lirc plugins." @@ -2845,17 +3510,23 @@ msgid "" "Liblogging is an easy to use logging library.\n" "\n" -"It contains the Libstdlog component is used for standard logging (syslog replacement) purposes via multiple channels." +"It contains the Libstdlog component is used for standard logging (syslog " +"replacement) purposes via multiple channels." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lpsolve/liblpsolve55-0/summary #. leap/lpsolve/liblpsolve55-0/summary msgid "A Mixed Integer Linear Programming (MILP) Solver Library" -msgstr "Библиотека решателя смешанного целочисленного линейного программирования (MILP)" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека решателя смешанного целочисленного линейного программирования " +"(MILP)" #. tumbleweed/lpsolve/liblpsolve55-0/description #. leap/lpsolve/liblpsolve55-0/description -msgid "Mixed Integer Linear Programming (MILP) solver library lpsolve solves pure linear, (mixed) integer/binary, semi-continuous and special ordered sets (SOS) models." +msgid "" +"Mixed Integer Linear Programming (MILP) solver library lpsolve solves pure " +"linear, (mixed) integer/binary, semi-continuous and special ordered sets " +"(SOS) models." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/liblqr/liblqr-devel/summary @@ -2866,17 +3537,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblqr/liblqr-devel/description #. leap/liblqr/liblqr-devel/description msgid "" -"The Liquid Rescale (lqr) library provides a C/C++ API for performing non-uniform resizing of images by the seam-carving technique.\n" +"The Liquid Rescale (lqr) library provides a C/C++ API for performing " +"non-uniform resizing of images by the seam-carving technique.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for liblqr." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/lxpanel/liblxpanel0/summary #. leap/lxpanel/liblxpanel0/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VDE plug library" msgid "LXDE panel libraries" -msgstr "Библиотека подключения VDE" +msgstr "Библиотеки панели LXDE" #. tumbleweed/lxpanel/liblxpanel0/description #. leap/lxpanel/liblxpanel0/description @@ -2890,8 +3561,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/m17n-lib/libm17n0/description #. leap/m17n-lib/libm17n0/description -msgid "A multilingual text processing library for the C language. This package contains shared libraries." -msgstr "Многоязычная библиотека обработки текста для языка C. Этот пакет содержит разделяемые библиотеки." +msgid "" +"A multilingual text processing library for the C language. This package " +"contains shared libraries." +msgstr "" +"Многоязычная библиотека обработки текста для языка C. Этот пакет содержит " +"разделяемые библиотеки." #. tumbleweed/libmal/libmal-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/libmal/libmal1/summary @@ -2904,7 +3579,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmal/libmal1/description #. leap/libmal/libmal-devel/description #. leap/libmal/libmal1/description -msgid "libmal is a convenient library made up of the object files contained in Tom Whittaker's malsync distribution. libmal also contains a few wrapper functions." +msgid "" +"libmal is a convenient library made up of the object files contained in Tom " +"Whittaker's malsync distribution. libmal also contains a few wrapper " +"functions." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/mate-desktop/libmate-desktop-2-17/summary @@ -2914,10 +3592,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/mate-desktop/libmate-desktop-2-17/description #. leap/mate-desktop/libmate-desktop-2-17/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "This package contains the library for Mahjongg tiles." -msgid "This package contains the library with common API for various MATE modules." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку фишек для маджонга." +msgid "" +"This package contains the library with common API for various MATE modules." +msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку общего API для различных модулей MATE." #. tumbleweed/libmcrypt/summary #. leap/libmcrypt/summary @@ -2926,7 +3604,12 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmcrypt/description #. leap/libmcrypt/description -msgid "Libmcrypt is a data encryption library. The library is thread safe and provides encryption and decryption functions. This version of the library supports many encryption algorithms and encryption modes. Supported algorithms include SERPENT, RIJNDAEL, 3DES, GOST, SAFER+, CAST-256, RC2, XTEA, 3WAY, TWOFISH, BLOWFISH, ARC. FOUR, and WAKE." +msgid "" +"Libmcrypt is a data encryption library. The library is thread safe and " +"provides encryption and decryption functions. This version of the library " +"supports many encryption algorithms and encryption modes. Supported " +"algorithms include SERPENT, RIJNDAEL, 3DES, GOST, SAFER+, CAST-256, RC2, " +"XTEA, 3WAY, TWOFISH, BLOWFISH, ARC. FOUR, and WAKE." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/menu-cache/libmenu-cache3/summary @@ -2941,14 +3624,15 @@ #. tumbleweed/mhash/libmhash2/summary #. leap/mhash/libmhash2/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A Library for Working with Strong Hashes (Like MD5)" msgid "A Library for Working with Strong Hashes" -msgstr "Библиотека для работы со стойкими хэшами (как MD5)" +msgstr "Библиотека для работы со стойкими хэшами" #. tumbleweed/mhash/libmhash2/description #. leap/mhash/libmhash2/description -msgid "The mhash library provides an easy way to access strong hashes, such as MD5, SHA1, and other algorithms." +msgid "" +"The mhash library provides an easy way to access strong hashes, such as MD5, " +"SHA1, and other algorithms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmikmod/libmikmod3/summary @@ -2958,7 +3642,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmikmod/libmikmod3/description #. leap/libmikmod/libmikmod3/description -msgid "Libmikmod is a portable sound library, capable of playing samples as well as module files. It was originally written by Jean-Paul Mikkers (MikMak) for DOS. It supports OSS /dev/dsp, ALSA, and Esound and can also write wav files. Supported file formats include mod, stm, s3m, mtm, xm, and it." +msgid "" +"Libmikmod is a portable sound library, capable of playing samples as well as " +"module files. It was originally written by Jean-Paul Mikkers (MikMak) for " +"DOS. It supports OSS /dev/dsp, ALSA, and Esound and can also write wav files. " +"Supported file formats include mod, stm, s3m, mtm, xm, and it." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmlx4-rdmav2/summary @@ -2968,7 +3656,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmlx4-rdmav2/description #. leap/libmlx4-rdmav2/description -msgid "libmlx4 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox ConnectX HCAs for use with the libibverbs library." +msgid "" +"libmlx4 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox ConnectX " +"HCAs for use with the libibverbs library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmlx5-rdmav2/summary @@ -2978,7 +3668,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmlx5-rdmav2/description #. leap/libmlx5-rdmav2/description -msgid "libmlx5 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox ConnectX HCAs for use with the libibverbs library." +msgid "" +"libmlx5 provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox ConnectX " +"HCAs for use with the libibverbs library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmms/libmms-devel/summary @@ -2994,11 +3686,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmng/libmng-devel/description #. leap/libmng/libmng-devel/description msgid "" -"This library can handle MNG and JNG formats which contain animated pictures. These formats should replace the GIF format.\n" +"This library can handle MNG and JNG formats which contain animated pictures. " +"These formats should replace the GIF format.\n" "\n" "This package contains the static library and the header files." msgstr "" -"Эта библиотека поддерживает форматы MNG и JNG, содержащие анимированные изображения. Эти форматы должны заменить формат GIF.\n" +"Эта библиотека поддерживает форматы MNG и JNG, содержащие анимированные " +"изображения. Эти форматы должны заменить формат GIF.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет содержит статическую библиотеку и заголовочные файлы." @@ -3010,11 +3704,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmono-2_0-1/description #. leap/mono-core/libmono-2_0-1/description msgid "" -"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" +"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop " +"an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective " +"is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET " +"applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been " +"submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" "\n" "A Library for embedding Mono in your Application." msgstr "" -"Проект Mono является инициативой по созданию Unix-версии платформы разработки .NET с открытым исходным кодом. Его цель — позволить разработчикам Unix создавать и развёртывать кросс-платформенные приложения .NET. Проект будет реализовывать различные технологии, которые были представлены в ECMA для стандартизации.\n" +"Проект Mono является инициативой по созданию Unix-версии платформы разработки " +".NET с открытым исходным кодом. Его цель — позволить разработчикам Unix " +"создавать и развёртывать кросс-платформенные приложения .NET. Проект будет " +"реализовывать различные технологии, которые были представлены в ECMA для " +"стандартизации.\n" "\n" "Библиотека для встраивания Mono в ваши приложения." @@ -3026,7 +3728,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmono-2_0-devel/description #. leap/mono-core/libmono-2_0-devel/description msgid "" -"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" +"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop " +"an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective " +"is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET " +"applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been " +"submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" "\n" "Development files for libmono." msgstr "" @@ -3039,9 +3745,14 @@ #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmonoboehm-2_0-1/description #. leap/mono-core/libmonoboehm-2_0-1/description msgid "" -"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" +"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop " +"an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective " +"is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET " +"applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been " +"submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" "\n" -"A Library for embedding Mono in your application using the conservative Boehm garbage collector." +"A Library for embedding Mono in your application using the conservative Boehm " +"garbage collector." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmonoboehm-2_0-devel/summary @@ -3052,7 +3763,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmonoboehm-2_0-devel/description #. leap/mono-core/libmonoboehm-2_0-devel/description msgid "" -"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" +"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop " +"an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective " +"is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET " +"applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been " +"submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" "\n" "Development files for libmonoboehm" msgstr "" @@ -3065,19 +3780,32 @@ #. tumbleweed/mono-core/libmonosgen-2_0-1/description #. leap/mono-core/libmonosgen-2_0-1/description msgid "" -"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" +"The Mono Project is an open development initiative that is working to develop " +"an open source, Unix version of the .NET development platform. Its objective " +"is to enable Unix developers to build and deploy cross-platform .NET " +"applications. The project will implement various technologies that have been " +"submitted to the ECMA for standardization.\n" "\n" -"A Library for embedding Mono in your application using the precise SGen garbage collector." +"A Library for embedding Mono in your application using the precise SGen " +"garbage collector." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmpcdec/libmpcdec-devel/description #. leap/libmpcdec/libmpcdec-devel/description msgid "" -"Musepack is an audio compression format with a strong emphasis on high quality. It's not lossless, but it is designed for transparency, so that you won't be able to hear differences between the original wave file and the much smaller MPC file.\n" +"Musepack is an audio compression format with a strong emphasis on high " +"quality. It's not lossless, but it is designed for transparency, so that you " +"won't be able to hear differences between the original wave file and the much " +"smaller MPC file.\n" "\n" -"It is based on the MPEG-1 Layer-2 / MP2 algorithms, but since 1997 it has rapidly developed and vastly improved and is now at an advanced stage in which it contains heavily optimized and patentless code.\n" +"It is based on the MPEG-1 Layer-2 / MP2 algorithms, but since 1997 it has " +"rapidly developed and vastly improved and is now at an advanced stage in " +"which it contains heavily optimized and patentless code.\n" "\n" -"Musepack is not particularly optimized for low bitrates. The encoder was designed to be transparent at the --standard setting, thus little low bitrate tuning has gone into the codec, opposite to that of AAC, Vorbis, WMA and others which focus more on this region." +"Musepack is not particularly optimized for low bitrates. The encoder was " +"designed to be transparent at the --standard setting, thus little low bitrate " +"tuning has gone into the codec, opposite to that of AAC, Vorbis, WMA and " +"others which focus more on this region." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmpd/libmpd1/summary @@ -3087,28 +3815,31 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmpd/libmpd1/description #. leap/libmpd/libmpd1/description -msgid "libmpd is a library that provides high-level, callback-based access to Music Player Daemon." +msgid "" +"libmpd is a library that provides high-level, callback-based access to Music " +"Player Daemon." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libmpx0/summary #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libmpxwrappers0/summary #. leap/gcc5/libmpx0/summary #. leap/gcc5/libmpxwrappers0/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The GNU Fortran Compiler Runtime Library" msgid "The GNU Compiler MPX Runtime Library" -msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения для GNU-компилятора Fortran" +msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения для GNU-компилятора MPX" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libmpx0/description #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libmpxwrappers0/description #. leap/gcc5/libmpx0/description #. leap/gcc5/libmpxwrappers0/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The runtime library needed to run programs compiled with the Fortran compiler of the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)." msgid "" "The runtime library needed to run programs compiled with the\n" "-fcheck-pointer-bounds option of the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)." -msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения, необходимая для запуска программ, скомпилированных компилятором Fortran из коллекции компиляторов GNU (GNU Compiler Collection, GCC)." +msgstr "" +"Библиотека времени выполнения, необходимая для запуска программ, " +"скомпилированных с опцией -fcheck-pointer-bounds коллекции компиляторов GNU " +"(GNU Compiler Collection, GCC)." #. tumbleweed/libmspub/libmspub-0_1-1/summary #. leap/libmspub/libmspub-0_1-1/summary @@ -3117,7 +3848,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmspub/libmspub-0_1-1/description #. leap/libmspub/libmspub-0_1-1/description -msgid "libmspub is a library for parsing the Corel Draw file format structure. It is cross-platform, at the moment it can be build on Microsoft Windows and Linux." +msgid "" +"libmspub is a library for parsing the Corel Draw file format structure. It is " +"cross-platform, at the moment it can be build on Microsoft Windows and Linux." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmthca-rdmav2/summary @@ -3127,7 +3860,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmthca-rdmav2/description #. leap/libmthca-rdmav2/description -msgid "libmthca provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox HCAs (MT23108 InfiniHost and MT25208 InfiniHost III Ex) for use with the libibverbs library" +msgid "" +"libmthca provides a device-specific userspace driver for Mellanox HCAs " +"(MT23108 InfiniHost and MT25208 InfiniHost III Ex) for use with the " +"libibverbs library" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmtp/libmtp-devel/summary @@ -3137,7 +3873,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libmtp/libmtp-devel/description #. leap/libmtp/libmtp-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the development headers for the libmtp library that allows access to USB based media players based on the MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) authored by Microsoft." +msgid "" +"This package contains the development headers for the libmtp library that " +"allows access to USB based media players based on the MTP (Media Transfer " +"Protocol) authored by Microsoft." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libmwaw/libmwaw-0_3-3/summary @@ -3158,7 +3897,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/mxml/libmxml1/description #. leap/mxml/libmxml1/description msgid "" -"Mini-XML is a small XML parsing library that you can use to read XML and XML-like data files in your application without requiring large nonstandard libraries.\n" +"Mini-XML is a small XML parsing library that you can use to read XML and " +"XML-like data files in your application without requiring large nonstandard " +"libraries.\n" "\n" "This package holds the shared library for mxml." msgstr "" @@ -3170,25 +3911,37 @@ #. tumbleweed/mariadb/libmysqlclient-devel/description #. leap/mariadb/libmysqlclient-devel/description -msgid "This package contains the development header files and libraries necessary to develop client applications for MariaDB." +msgid "" +"This package contains the development header files and libraries necessary to " +"develop client applications for MariaDB." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/mysql-connector-cpp/libmysqlcppconn7/summary #. leap/mysql-connector-cpp/libmysqlcppconn7/summary msgid "MySQL Connector/C++: Standardized database driver for C++ development" -msgstr "MySQL Connector/C++: Стандартизированный драйвер базы данных для разработки на C++" +msgstr "" +"MySQL Connector/C++: Стандартизированный драйвер базы данных для разработки " +"на C++" #. tumbleweed/mysql-connector-cpp/libmysqlcppconn7/description #. leap/mysql-connector-cpp/libmysqlcppconn7/description msgid "" -"MySQL Connector/C++ is a MySQL database connector for C++ development. The MySQL driver for C++ can be used to connect to MySQL from C++ applications. The driver mimics the JDBC 4.0 API. It implements a significant subset of JDBC 4.0.\n" +"MySQL Connector/C++ is a MySQL database connector for C++ development. The " +"MySQL driver for C++ can be used to connect to MySQL from C++ applications. " +"The driver mimics the JDBC 4.0 API. It implements a significant subset of " +"JDBC 4.0.\n" "\n" -"The Driver for C++ is designed to work best with MySQL 5.1 or later. Note - its full functionality is not available when connecting to MySQL 5.0. You cannot connect to MySQL 4.1 or earlier." +"The Driver for C++ is designed to work best with MySQL 5.1 or later. Note - " +"its full functionality is not available when connecting to MySQL 5.0. You " +"cannot connect to MySQL 4.1 or earlier." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/mythes/libmythes-1_2-0/description #. leap/mythes/libmythes-1_2-0/description -msgid "MyThes is a simple thesaurus that uses a structured text data file and an index file with binary search to look up words and phrases and return information on part of speech, meanings, and synonyms." +msgid "" +"MyThes is a simple thesaurus that uses a structured text data file and an " +"index file with binary search to look up words and phrases and return " +"information on part of speech, meanings, and synonyms." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libbase/summary @@ -3198,7 +3951,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libbase/description #. leap/libbase/description -msgid "LibBase is a library developed to provide base services like logging, configuration and initialization to other libraries and applications. The library is the root library for all Pentaho-Reporting projects." +msgid "" +"LibBase is a library developed to provide base services like logging, " +"configuration and initialization to other libraries and applications. The " +"library is the root library for all Pentaho-Reporting projects." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libbonobo/libbonobo-lang/summary @@ -3228,7 +3984,9 @@ #. tumbleweed/libeigen2-devel/description #. leap/libeigen2-devel/description -msgid "Eigen is a lightweight C++ template library for vector and matrix math, a.k.a. linear algebra." +msgid "" +"Eigen is a lightweight C++ template library for vector and matrix math, " +"a.k.a. linear algebra." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/xfce4-branding-openSUSE/libexo-1-0-branding-openSUSE/summary @@ -3249,7 +4007,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfm/libfm-lang/description #. leap/libfm/libfm-lang/description msgid "Provides translations to the package libfm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предоставляет переводы для пакета libfm" #. tumbleweed/libfonts/summary #. leap/libfonts/summary @@ -3258,7 +4016,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libfonts/description #. leap/libfonts/description -msgid "LibFonts is a library developed to support advanced layouting in JFreeReport. This library allows to read TrueType-Font files to extract layouting specific informations." +msgid "" +"LibFonts is a library developed to support advanced layouting in JFreeReport. " +"This library allows to read TrueType-Font files to extract layouting specific " +"informations." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libformula/summary @@ -3268,7 +4029,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/libformula/description #. leap/libformula/description -msgid "LibFormula provides Excel-Style-Expressions. The implementation provided here is very generic and can be used in any application that needs to compute formulas." +msgid "" +"LibFormula provides Excel-Style-Expressions. The implementation provided here " +"is very generic and can be used in any application that needs to compute " +"formulas." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/xfce4-branding-openSUSE/libgarcon-branding-openSUSE/summary @@ -3294,7 +4058,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgarcon/libgarcon-lang/summary #. leap/libgarcon/libgarcon-lang/summary msgid "Languages for package libgarcon" -msgstr "Языки для пакета libgarcon" +msgstr "Переводы для пакета libgarcon" #. tumbleweed/libgarcon/libgarcon-lang/description #. leap/libgarcon/libgarcon-lang/description @@ -3314,11 +4078,19 @@ #. tumbleweed/libgmm++-devel/summary #. leap/libgmm++-devel/summary msgid "Generic C++ template library for sparse, dense and skyline matrices" -msgstr "Библиотека обобщённых шаблонов C++ для разрежённых, плотных и skyline-матриц" +msgstr "" +"Библиотека обобщённых шаблонов C++ для разрежённых, плотных и skyline-матриц" #. tumbleweed/libgmm++-devel/description #. leap/libgmm++-devel/description -msgid "gmm++ is a generic C++ template library for sparse, dense and skyline matrices. It is built as a set of generic algorithms (mult, add, copy, sub-matrices, dense and sparse solvers ...) for any interfaced vector type or matrix type. It can be view as a glue library allowing cooperation between several vector and matrix types. However, basic sparse, dense and skyline matrix/vector types are built in Gmm++, hence it can be used as a standalone linear algebra library" +msgid "" +"gmm++ is a generic C++ template library for sparse, dense and skyline " +"matrices. It is built as a set of generic algorithms (mult, add, copy, " +"sub-matrices, dense and sparse solvers ...) for any interfaced vector type or " +"matrix type. It can be view as a glue library allowing cooperation between " +"several vector and matrix types. However, basic sparse, dense and skyline " +"matrix/vector types are built in Gmm++, hence it can be used as a standalone " +"linear algebra library" msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libgnome/libgnome-lang/summary @@ -3368,7 +4140,10 @@ #. tumbleweed/liblayout/description #. leap/liblayout/description -msgid "LibLayout is a layouting framework. It is based on the Cascading StyleSheets standard. The layouting expects to receive its content as a DOM structure (although it does not rely on the W3C-DOM API)." +msgid "" +"LibLayout is a layouting framework. It is based on the Cascading StyleSheets " +"standard. The layouting expects to receive its content as a DOM structure " +"(although it does not rely on the W3C-DOM API)." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/libloader/summary @@ -3378,7 +4153,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/libloader/description #. leap/libloader/description -msgid "LibLoader is a general purpose resource loading framework. It has been designed to allow to load resources from any physical location and to allow the processing of that content data in a generic way, totally transparent to the user of that library." +msgid "" +"LibLoader is a general purpose resource loading framework. It has been " +"designed to allow to load resources from any physical location and to allow " +"the processing of that content data in a generic way, totally transparent to " +"the user of that library." msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/liblsan0/summary @@ -3394,35 +4173,31 @@ msgstr "" #. leap/e2fsprogs/libcom_err-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development files for the X FreeType library" msgid "Development files for the com_err error message display library." -msgstr "Файлы разработки для библиотеки X FreeType" +msgstr "" +"Файлы разработки для библиотеки отображения сообщений об ошибках com_err." #. leap/djvulibre/libdjvulibre-devel/description #. leap/djvulibre/libdjvulibre21/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Libraries of Open Source Implementation of DjVu - djvulibre" msgid "Libraries of Open Source Implementation of DjVu - djvulibre." -msgstr "Библиотеки djvulibre — реализации DjVu с открытым исходным кодом. " +msgstr "Библиотеки реализации DjVu с открытым исходным кодом — djvulibre." #. leap/e2fsprogs/libext2fs-devel/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Development files for libext2fs" msgid "Development files for libext2fs." -msgstr "Файлы разработки для libext2fs" +msgstr "Файлы разработки для libext2fs." #. leap/gmp/libgmpxx4/description -#, fuzzy #| msgid "C++ bindings for the GNU MP Library" msgid "C++ bindings for the GNU MP Library." -msgstr "Привязки C++ для библиотеки GNU MP" +msgstr "Привязки C++ для библиотеки GNU MP." #. leap/libical/libical-devel/summary -#, fuzzy #| msgid "An Implementation of Basic iCAL Protocols" msgid "An implementation of basic iCAL protocols" -msgstr "Реализация Протоколов Basic iCAL" +msgstr "Реализация основных протоколов iCAL" #. leap/digikam/libmediawiki-devel/summary msgid "Development files for libmediawiki" @@ -3430,7 +4205,8 @@ #. leap/digikam/libmediawiki-devel/description msgid "" -"libmediawiki is a KDE C++ interface for MediaWiki based web service as wikipedia.org.\n" +"libmediawiki is a KDE C++ interface for MediaWiki based web service as " +"wikipedia.org.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for libmediawiki." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95059 - trunk/packages/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Dec '15

04 Dec '15

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2015-12-04 09:03:51 +0100 (Fri, 04 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95059 Modified: trunk/packages/uk/po/patterns.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/packages/uk/po/patterns.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/uk/po/patterns.uk.po 2015-12-03 11:54:58 UTC (rev 95058) +++ trunk/packages/uk/po/patterns.uk.po 2015-12-04 08:03:51 UTC (rev 95059) @@ -1,36 +1,47 @@ # This file was automatically generated +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:11\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-15 13:48:11\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-04 10:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-32bit/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-32bit/summary msgid "32-Bit Runtime Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32-бітне середовище виконання" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-32bit/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-32bit/description -msgid "This pattern installs the 32-bit variant of all selected patterns, allowing you to execute 32-bit software." +msgid "" +"This pattern installs the 32-bit variant of all selected patterns, allowing " +"you to execute 32-bit software." msgstr "" +"Це шаблон встановлює 32-бітні варіанти всіх шаблонів, дозволяючи вам " +"запускати 32-бітні програми." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-64bit/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-64bit/summary msgid "64-Bit Runtime Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "64-бітне середовище виконання" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-64bit/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-64bit/description -msgid "This pattern installs the 64-bit variant of all selected patterns, allowing you to execute 64-bit software." +msgid "" +"This pattern installs the 64-bit variant of all selected patterns, allowing " +"you to execute 64-bit software." msgstr "" +"Це шаблон встановлює 64-бітні варіанти всіх шаблонів, дозволяючи вам " +"запускати 64-бітні програми." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-apparmor/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-apparmor_opt/summary @@ -43,8 +54,18 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-apparmor_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-apparmor/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-apparmor_opt/description -msgid "AppArmor is an application security framework that provides mandatory access control for programs. It protects from exploitation of software flaws and compromised systems. It offers an advanced tool set that automates the development of per-program application security without requiring additional knowledge." -msgstr "AppArmor - це платформа безпеки програм, яка забезпечує обов'язковий контроль доступу для програм, захищаючи від експлуатації вад в програмах і скомпрометованих системах. AppArmor надає розширений набір засобів, які в значній мірі сприяють автоматизації в розробці безпеки для програм і не вимагають нових знань." +msgid "" +"AppArmor is an application security framework that provides mandatory access " +"control for programs. It protects from exploitation of software flaws and " +"compromised systems. It offers an advanced tool set that automates the " +"development of per-program application security without requiring additional " +"knowledge." +msgstr "" +"AppArmor - це платформа безпеки програм, яка забезпечує обов'язковий контроль " +"доступу для програм, захищаючи від експлуатації вад в програмах і " +"скомпрометованих системах. AppArmor надає розширений набір засобів, які в " +"значній мірі сприяють автоматизації в розробці безпеки для програм і не " +"вимагають нових знань." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-base/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-minimal_base/summary @@ -61,8 +82,15 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-base/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-minimal_base/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-minimal_base-conflicts/description -msgid "This is the base runtime system. It contains only a minimal multiuser booting system. For running on real hardware, you need to add additional packages and pattern to make this pattern useful on its own." -msgstr "Це базова система виконання. Вона містить тільки мінімальну багатокористувацьку систему завантаження. Для виконання на справжньому обладнанні потрібні додаткові пакунки і шаблони, щоб цей шаблон став придатним." +msgid "" +"This is the base runtime system. It contains only a minimal multiuser " +"booting system. For running on real hardware, you need to add additional " +"packages and pattern to make this pattern useful on its own." +msgstr "" +"Це базова система виконання. Вона містить тільки мінімальну " +"багатокористувацьку систему завантаження. Для виконання на справжньому " +"обладнанні потрібні додаткові пакунки і шаблони, щоб цей шаблон став " +"придатним." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-books/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-books/summary @@ -72,222 +100,268 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-books/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-books/description msgid "Help and Documentation, various books" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Довідка та документація, різні книги" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-console/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-console/summary msgid "Console Tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Консольні засоби" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-console/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-console/description -msgid "Applications useful for those using the console and no graphical desktop environment." +msgid "" +"Applications useful for those using the console and no graphical desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" +"Програми корисні для користувачів консолі без графічних середовищ стільниць." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_C_C++/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_C_C++/summary msgid "C/C++ Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на C/C++" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_C_C++/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_C_C++/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using C/C++ and other derivative of the C programming language." +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using C/C++ and other derivative " +"of the C programming language." msgstr "" +"Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм на C/C++ та інших " +"похідних мови програмування C." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_basis/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_basis/summary msgid "Base Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основа розробки" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_basis/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_basis/description msgid "Minimal set of tools for compiling and linking applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Найменший набір засобів для компілювання і зв'язування програм." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_gnome/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_gnome/summary msgid "GNOME Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_gnome/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_gnome/description msgid "GNOME development packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пакунки розробки для GNOME." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ide/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ide/summary msgid "Integrated Development Environments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтегровані середовища розробки" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ide/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ide/description msgid "Integrated Development Environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтегровані середовища розробки." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_java/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_java/summary msgid "Java Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Java" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_java/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_java/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using the Java programming language." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using the Java programming " +"language." +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм на мові програмування Java." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde/summary msgid "KDE Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка для KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde/description msgid "KDE development packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пакунки розробки для KDE." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde_frameworks/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde_frameworks/summary msgid "KDE Frameworks Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка для KDE Frameworks" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde_frameworks/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kde_frameworks/description msgid "KDE Frameworks development packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пакунки розробки для KDE Frameworks." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kernel/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kernel/summary msgid "Linux Kernel Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка ядра Linux" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kernel/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_kernel/description msgid "Tools for Linux kernel development." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби для розробки ядра Linux." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_mono/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_mono/summary msgid ".NET Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на .NET" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_mono/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_mono/description msgid "Tools and libraries for .NET development using Mono." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки .NET за допомогою Mono." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_perl/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_perl/summary msgid "Perl Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Perl" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_perl/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_perl/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using the Perl programming language." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using the Perl programming " +"language." +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм на мові програмування Perl." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python/summary msgid "Python Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Python" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using the Python programming language." +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using the Python programming " +"language." msgstr "" +"Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм на мові програмування Python." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python3/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_python3/summary msgid "devel_python3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "devel_python3" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt4/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt4/summary msgid "Qt 4 Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Qt 4" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt4/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt4/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using Qt 4, the latest version of the Qt toolkit." +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using Qt 4, the latest version " +"of the Qt toolkit." msgstr "" +"Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм за допомогою Qt 4, останньої версії " +"інструментарію Qt." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt5/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt5/summary msgid "Qt 5 Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Qt 5" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt5/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_qt5/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using Qt 5, the latest version of the Qt toolkit." +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using Qt 5, the latest version " +"of the Qt toolkit." msgstr "" +"Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм за допомогою Qt 5, останньої версії " +"інструментарію Qt." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_rpm_build/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_rpm_build/summary msgid "RPM Build Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Середовище збирання RPM" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_rpm_build/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_rpm_build/description -msgid "Minimal set of tools and libraries for building packages using the RPM package manager." +msgid "" +"Minimal set of tools and libraries for building packages using the RPM " +"package manager." msgstr "" +"Найменший набір засобів та утиліт для складання пакунків за допомогою " +"менеджера пакунків RPM." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ruby/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ruby/summary msgid "Ruby Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Ruby" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ruby/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_ruby/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for software development using the Ruby programming language." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for software development using the Ruby programming " +"language." +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки програм на мові програмування Ruby.." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_tcl/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_tcl/summary msgid "Tcl/Tk Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка на Tcl/Tk" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_tcl/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_tcl/description msgid "Tools and libraries for development using Tcl and Tk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки за допомогою Tcl і Tk." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_web/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_web/summary msgid "Web Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Веб-розробка" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_web/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_web/description msgid "Tools and libraries for Web application development." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки веб-програм." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_yast/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_yast/summary msgid "YaST Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка для YaST" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_yast/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-devel_yast/description -msgid "Tools and libraries for developing YaST modules, the setup and configuration tool for openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Tools and libraries for developing YaST modules, the setup and configuration " +"tool for openSUSE." msgstr "" +"Засоби та бібліотеки для розробки модулів YaST, інструменту установки і " +"налаштування openSUSE." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-dhcp_dns_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-dhcp_dns_server/summary msgid "DHCP and DNS Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер DHCP і DNS" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-dhcp_dns_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-dhcp_dns_server/description -msgid "Software to set up a server for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and the Domain Name System (DNS) services. DHCP provides configuration parameters to client computers to integrate them into a network, whereas DNS delivers information associated with domain names, in particular, the IP address." +msgid "" +"Software to set up a server for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol " +"(DHCP) and the Domain Name System (DNS) services. DHCP provides configuration " +"parameters to client computers to integrate them into a network, whereas DNS " +"delivers information associated with domain names, in particular, the IP " +"address." msgstr "" +"Програми для установки сервера DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol) і DNS (Domain Name System). DHCP надає параметри " +"клієнтським комп'ютерам для об'єднання їх у мережу, тоді як DNS надає " +"інформацію, пов'язану з доменними назвами, зокрема, IP-адресами." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-directory_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-directory_server/summary msgid "Directory Server (LDAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер каталогів (LDAP)" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-directory_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-directory_server/description -msgid "Software to set up a directory server with OpenLDAP. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used to access online directory services." +msgid "" +"Software to set up a directory server with OpenLDAP. The Lightweight " +"Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used to access online directory services." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення для установки сервера каталогів за допомогою OpenLDAP. " +"Протокол LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) використовується для " +"доступу до онлайн-служб каталогів." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enhanced_base/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enhanced_base_opt/summary @@ -300,28 +374,34 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enhanced_base_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enhanced_base/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enhanced_base_opt/description -msgid "This is the enhanced base runtime system with lots of convenience packages." +msgid "" +"This is the enhanced base runtime system with lots of convenience packages." msgstr "Покращена базова система виконання з багатьма додатковими пакунками." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enlightenment/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enlightenment/summary msgid "Enlightment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Середовище Enlightment" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enlightenment/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-enlightenment/description msgid "Enlightment Window Manager and applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Менеджер вікон Enlightment і програми" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-file_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-file_server/summary msgid "File Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файловий сервер" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-file_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-file_server/description -msgid "File services to host files so that they may be accessed or retrieved by other computers on the same network. This includes the FTP, SMB, and NFS protocols." +msgid "" +"File services to host files so that they may be accessed or retrieved by " +"other computers on the same network. This includes the FTP, SMB, and NFS " +"protocols." msgstr "" +"Файлові служби для забезпечення доступу до файлів з інших комп'ютерів в тій " +"мережі, в тому числі по протоколах FTP, SMB і NFS." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-fonts/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-fonts_opt/summary @@ -350,81 +430,89 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gateway_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gateway_server/summary msgid "Internet Gateway" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтернет-шлюз" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gateway_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gateway_server/description -msgid "Software to set up a proxy, firewall, and gateway server, including a virtual private network (VPN) gateway." +msgid "" +"Software to set up a proxy, firewall, and gateway server, including a virtual " +"private network (VPN) gateway." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення для установки проксі, мережного екрана сервера-шлюзу, " +"тому числі шлюзу віртуальної приватної мережі (VPN)." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-generic_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-generic_server/summary msgid "Generic Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний сервер" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-generic_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-generic_server/description msgid "Software that is useful to run on a server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми, корисні для запуску на сервері." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome/summary msgid "GNOME Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome/description -msgid "The GNOME desktop environment is an intuitive and attractive desktop for users." +msgid "" +"The GNOME desktop environment is an intuitive and attractive desktop for " +"users." msgstr "" +"Стільничне середовище GNOME — це інтуїтивна і приваблива стільниця " +"для користувачів." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_admin/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_admin/summary msgid "GNOME Administration Tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби адміністрування GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_admin/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_admin/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_admin/description msgid "Administration Tools e.g. for desktop lockdown" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби адміністрування, наприклад, для блокування стільниці" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis_opt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis_opt/summary msgid "GNOME Base System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова система GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis/description #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_basis_opt/description msgid "Base packages for the GNOME desktop environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні пакунки для середовища GNOME." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_games/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_games/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_games/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_games/description msgid "GNOME Games" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ігри для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_ide/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_ide/summary msgid "GNOME Integrated Development Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтегроване середовище розробки GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_ide/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_ide/description msgid "Development under GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розробка в GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging_opt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging_opt/summary msgid "GNOME Graphics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Графіка для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging/description #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_imaging_opt/description @@ -436,22 +524,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_internet/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_internet/summary msgid "GNOME Internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтернет для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_internet/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_internet/description msgid "GNOME Internet Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтернет-програми для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_laptop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_laptop/summary msgid "GNOME Laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GNOME для ноутбуків" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_laptop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_laptop/description msgid "GNOME Tools designed specifically for use with laptop computers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби GNOME, спеціально створені для використання з ноутбуками." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_multimedia/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_multimedia/description @@ -462,7 +550,7 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_multimedia_opt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_multimedia_opt/description msgid "GNOME Multimedia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультимедія GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_office/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_office/description @@ -473,34 +561,40 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_office_opt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_office_opt/description msgid "GNOME Office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Офіс GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_utilities/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_utilities/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_utilities/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_utilities/description msgid "GNOME Utilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Утиліти GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_yast/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_yast/summary msgid "YaST GNOME User Interfaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтерфейс користувача YaST для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_yast/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-gnome_yast/description msgid "Graphical YaST user interfaces for the GNOME desktop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Графічний інтерфейс користувача YaST для стільниці GNOME." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-haskell_platform/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-haskell_platform/summary msgid "Haskell Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платформа Haskell" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-haskell_platform/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-haskell_platform/description -msgid "The Haskell Platform is the easiest way to get started with programming Haskell. It comes with all you need to get up and running. Think of it as \"Haskell: batteries included.\"" +msgid "" +"The Haskell Platform is the easiest way to get started with programming " +"Haskell. It comes with all you need to get up and running. Think of it as " +"\"Haskell: batteries included.\"" msgstr "" +"Платформа Haskell — це найпростіший спосіб почати програмувати на Haskell. " +"Вона включає в себе все необхідне для успішної роботи. Сприймайте її як " +"«Haskell: батарейки в комплекті.»" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-imaging/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-imaging_opt/summary @@ -519,42 +613,49 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde/summary msgid "KDE Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde/description -msgid "KDE is a powerful free software graphical desktop environment for Linux workstations. It combines ease of use, contemporary functionality, and outstanding graphical design with the technology of the Linux operating system." -msgstr "KDE - це потужне вільне графічне стільничне середовище для робочих станцій Linux. Воно поєднує в собі простоту використання, сучасну функціональність і неперевершений графічний дизайн з технологіями операційної системи Linux." +msgid "" +"KDE is a powerful free software graphical desktop environment for Linux " +"workstations. It combines ease of use, contemporary functionality, and " +"outstanding graphical design with the technology of the Linux operating " +"system." +msgstr "" +"KDE - це потужне вільне графічне стільничне середовище для робочих станцій " +"Linux. Воно поєднує в собі простоту використання, сучасну функціональність і " +"неперевершений графічний дизайн з технологіями операційної системи Linux." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_edutainment/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_edutainment/summary msgid "KDE Education" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Освіта KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_edutainment/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_edutainment/description msgid "KDE Applications - Tools to teach kids with computers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE — засоби для навчання дітей за допомогою комп'ютерів" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_games/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_games/summary msgid "KDE Games" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ігри для KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_games/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_games/description msgid "KDE Applications - Games" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE - Ігри" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_ide/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_ide/summary msgid "KDE Integrated Development Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтегроване середовище розробки KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_ide/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_ide/description msgid "Development environment for the Plasma Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Середовище розробки для стільниці Plasma" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_imaging/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_imaging/summary @@ -564,7 +665,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_imaging/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_imaging/description msgid "KDE Applicatons - Handling of digital photos and graphics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE — обробка цифрових фотографій і малюнків" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_internet/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_internet/summary @@ -584,7 +685,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_multimedia/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_multimedia/description msgid "KDE Applications - Multimedia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE — Мультимедія" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_office/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_office/description @@ -596,22 +697,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_plasma/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_plasma/summary msgid "Plasma 5 Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільниця Plasma 5" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_plasma/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_plasma/description msgid "Base packages for the Plasma5 desktop environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні пакунки для стільничного середовища Plasma 5." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_telepathy/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_telepathy/summary msgid "KDE Telepathy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDE Telepathy" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_telepathy/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_telepathy/description msgid "KDE Applications - Telepathy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE - Telepathy" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities_opt/summary @@ -623,17 +724,17 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities/description msgid "KDE Applications - Utilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE - Утиліти" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_utilities_opt/description msgid "KDE Application - Additional Utilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми KDE - Додаткові утиліти" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_yast/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_yast/summary msgid "YaST KDE User Interfaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувацький інтерфейс YaST для KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_yast/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kde_yast/description @@ -643,163 +744,186 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kvm_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kvm_server/summary msgid "KVM Host Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хост-сервер KVM" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kvm_server/description #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xen_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-kvm_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xen_server/description -msgid "Software to set up a server for configuring, managing, and monitoring virtual machines on a single physical machine." +msgid "" +"Software to set up a server for configuring, managing, and monitoring virtual " +"machines on a single physical machine." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення установки сервера для налаштування, управління та " +"відстеження роботи віртуальних машин на одній фізичній машині." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lamp_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lamp_server/summary msgid "Web and LAMP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер Web і LAMP" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lamp_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lamp_server/description -msgid "Software to set up a Web server that is able to serve static, dynamic, and interactive content (like a Web shop). This includes Apache HTTP Server, the database management system MySQL, and scripting languages such as PHP, Python, Ruby on Rails, or Perl." +msgid "" +"Software to set up a Web server that is able to serve static, dynamic, and " +"interactive content (like a Web shop). This includes Apache HTTP Server, the " +"database management system MySQL, and scripting languages such as PHP, " +"Python, Ruby on Rails, or Perl." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення для установки веб-сервера, який обслуговує " +"статичний, динамічний та інтерактивний вміст (наприклад, інтернет-магазин). " +"До складу входять сервер протоколу http Apache, система управління базами " +"даних в MySQL і мови сценаріїв, типу РНР, Python, Ruby on Rails або " +"Perl." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-laptop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-laptop/summary msgid "Laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ноутбук" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-laptop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-laptop/description msgid "Tools designed specifically for laptop computers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби, спеціально створені для використання з ноутбуками." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft/summary msgid "leechcraft" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_browser/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_browser/summary msgid "leechcraft_browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_browser" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_media/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_media/summary msgid "leechcraft_media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_media" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_messenger/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_messenger/summary msgid "leechcraft_messenger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_messenger" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_netutils/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_netutils/summary msgid "leechcraft_netutils" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_netutils" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_office/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_office/summary msgid "leechcraft_office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_office" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_utilities/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-leechcraft_utilities/summary msgid "leechcraft_utilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leechcraft_utilities" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde/summary msgid "LXDE Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище LXDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde/description -msgid "LXDE is a lightweight X11 desktop environment similiar to XFCE in its nature." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"LXDE is a lightweight X11 desktop environment similiar to XFCE in its nature." +msgstr "LXDE - легке стільничне середовище X11, подібне на XFCE." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_laptop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_laptop/summary msgid "LXDE Laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LXDE для ноутбуків" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_laptop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_laptop/description msgid "LXDE Tools designed specifically for use with laptop computers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби LXDE, спеціально створені для використання з ноутбуками." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_office/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_office/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_office/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxde_office/description msgid "LXDE Office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Офіс для LXDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxqt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxqt/summary msgid "LXQt Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище LXQt" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxqt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-lxqt/description msgid "LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment based on Qt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LXQt - легке стільничне середовище на основі Qt." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mail_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mail_server/summary msgid "Mail and News Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер пошти і новин" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mail_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mail_server/description -msgid "Software to set up electronic mail and message services to handle e-mail, mailing, and news lists, including a virus scanner to scan messages at the server level." +msgid "" +"Software to set up electronic mail and message services to handle e-mail, " +"mailing, and news lists, including a virus scanner to scan messages at the " +"server level." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення для налаштування служб електронної пошти та " +"повідомлень, " +"які забезпечують обробку пошти і списків новин, у тому числі сканер вірусів " +"для сканування повідомлень на рівні сервера." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate/summary msgid "MATE Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate/description -msgid "The MATE desktop environment is a desktop environment using traditional metaphors." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"The MATE desktop environment is a desktop environment using traditional " +"metaphors." +msgstr "MATE — стільничне середовище, що використовує традиційні метафори." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_admin/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_admin/summary msgid "MATE Administration Tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби адміністрування MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_admin/description msgid "Administration Tools e.g. for desktop lockdown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби адміністрування, наприклад, для блокування стільниці." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_basis/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_basis/summary msgid "MATE Base System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова система MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_basis/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_basis/description msgid "Base packages for the MATE desktop environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні пакунки для середовища MATE." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_internet/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_internet/summary msgid "MATE Internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтернет для MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_internet/description msgid "MATE Internet Applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми інтернету для MATE." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_laptop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_laptop/summary msgid "MATE Laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MATE для ноутбуків" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_laptop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_laptop/description msgid "MATE Tools designed specifically for use with laptop computers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби MATE, спеціально створені для використання з ноутбуками." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_office/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_office/description @@ -810,24 +934,24 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_office_opt/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_office_opt/description msgid "MATE Office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Офіс для MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_utilities/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_utilities/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_utilities/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_utilities/description msgid "MATE Utilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Утиліти MATE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-misc_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-misc_server/summary msgid "Miscellaneous Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер для різного" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-misc_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-misc_server/description msgid "Miscellaneous Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер для різного." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-multimedia/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-multimedia_opt/summary @@ -840,18 +964,22 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-multimedia_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-multimedia/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-multimedia_opt/description -msgid "Multimedia players, sound editing tools , video and image manipulation applications." -msgstr "Програвачі мультимедії, засоби редагування аудіо, програми маніпуляції відео і зображень." +msgid "" +"Multimedia players, sound editing tools , video and image manipulation " +"applications." +msgstr "" +"Програвачі мультимедії, засоби редагування аудіо, програми маніпуляції відео " +"і зображень." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-network_admin/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-network_admin/summary msgid "Network Administration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адміністрування мережі" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-network_admin/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-network_admin/description msgid "Tools for administering and debugging networks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби для адміністрування та зневадження мереж." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-non_oss/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-non_oss_opt/summary @@ -884,22 +1012,28 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-print_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-print_server/summary msgid "Print Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер друку" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-print_server/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-print_server/description -msgid "Software used to host print queues so that they may be accessed by other computers on the same network. LPD, CUPS, and SMB print servers and queues are supported." +msgid "" +"Software used to host print queues so that they may be accessed by other " +"computers on the same network. LPD, CUPS, and SMB print servers and queues " +"are supported." msgstr "" +"Програмне забезпечення для забезпечення доступу до черг друку з інших " +"комп'ютерів в тій же мережі. Підтримуються сервери і черги друку LPD, CUPS " +"і SMB." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-remote_desktop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-remote_desktop/summary msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Віддалена стільниця" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-remote_desktop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-remote_desktop/description msgid "Tools to access a remote desktop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби доступу до віддаленої стільниці." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_cd_gnome/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_cd_kde/summary @@ -916,7 +1050,7 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_dvd9/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_promo_dvd/summary msgid "Remaining Software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решта програм" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_cd_gnome/description #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_cd_kde/description @@ -933,7 +1067,7 @@ #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_dvd9/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-rest_promo_dvd/description msgid "Packages that are on CD but not in other patterns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пакунки на КД, що не ввійшли в інші шаблони." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management/summary @@ -942,65 +1076,73 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management/description -msgid "This pattern provides a graphical application and a command line tool for keeping your system up to date." -msgstr "Цей шаблон надає графічну програму і засіб командного рядка для оновлення вашої системи." +msgid "" +"This pattern provides a graphical application and a command line tool for " +"keeping your system up to date." +msgstr "" +"Цей шаблон надає графічну програму і засіб командного рядка для оновлення " +"вашої системи." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_gnome/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_gnome/summary msgid "Package Management - Graphical Tools for GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління пакунками — графічні засоби для GNOME" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_gnome/description #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_kde/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_gnome/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_kde/description msgid "Package Management - Graphical Tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління пакунками — графічні засоби" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_kde/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-sw_management_kde/summary msgid "Package Management - Graphical Tools for KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління пакунками — графічні засоби для KDE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-tabletpc/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-tabletpc/summary msgid "TabletPC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Планшетний ПК" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-tabletpc/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-tabletpc/description msgid "Tools designed specifically for use with TabletPCs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби, спеціально створені для використання з планшетними ПК.." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-technical_writing/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-technical_writing/summary msgid "Technical Writing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Технічні статті" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-technical_writing/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-technical_writing/description msgid "Authoring tools and editors for creating technical documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Засоби створення і редагування технічної документації." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-update_test/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-update_test/summary msgid "Tests for the Update Stack" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тестування оновлень" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-update_test/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-update_test/description -msgid "Packages used for testing that the update stack works. These tiny packages do not have any functionality themselves." +msgid "" +"Packages used for testing that the update stack works. These tiny packages " +"do not have any functionality themselves." msgstr "" +"Пакунки, використовувані для тестування роботи стека оновлень. Ці крихітні " +"пакунки самі по собі ніякої функціональності не мають." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-voip/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-voip/summary msgid "Voice Over IP Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клієнти голосової IP-телефонії" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-voip/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-voip/description msgid "Client applications for Internet telephony." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клієнтські програми для інтернет-телефонії." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_opt/summary @@ -1013,67 +1155,79 @@ #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_opt/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_opt/description -msgid "The X Window System provides the only standard platform-independent networked graphical window system bridging the heterogeneous platforms in today's enterprise: from network servers to desktops, thin clients, laptops, and handhelds, independent of operating system and hardware." -msgstr "Віконна система X надає єдину стандартну мережну систему графічних вікон, яка прокладає містки між різнорідними платформами в сучасних великих підприємствах: від мережних серверів до стільниць, тонких клієнтів, лептопів і кишенькових ПК, незалежно від операційних систем і обладнання." +msgid "" +"The X Window System provides the only standard platform-independent networked " +"graphical window system bridging the heterogeneous platforms in today's " +"enterprise: from network servers to desktops, thin clients, laptops, and " +"handhelds, independent of operating system and hardware." +msgstr "" +"Віконна система X надає єдину стандартну мережну систему графічних вікон, яка " +"прокладає містки між різнорідними платформами в сучасних великих " +"підприємствах: від мережних серверів до стільниць, тонких клієнтів, лептопів " +"і кишенькових ПК, незалежно від операційних систем і обладнання." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_yast/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_yast/summary msgid "YaST User Interfaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувацькі інтерфейси YaST" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_yast/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x11_yast/description msgid "Graphical YaST user interfaces for minimal X desktop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Графічна оболонка користувача YaST для мінімальної X стільниці." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x86/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x86/summary msgid "x86 Runtime Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Середовище виконання x86" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x86/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-x86/description -msgid "This will install the 32-bit variant of all selected patterns. This allows to execute 32-bit software." +msgid "" +"This will install the 32-bit variant of all selected patterns. This allows to " +"execute 32-bit software." msgstr "" +"Цей шаблон встановлює 32-бітні варіанти всіх вибраних шаблонів. Це " +"дозволить вам запускати 32-бітні програми." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xen_server/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xen_server/summary msgid "Xen Virtual Machine Host Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хост-сервер віртуальних машин Xen" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce/summary msgid "XFCE Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стільничне середовище XFCE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce/description msgid "Xfce is a lightweight desktop environment for various *NIX systems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Xfce - легке стільничне середовище для різних систем *NIX." #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_basis/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_basis/summary msgid "XFCE Base System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова система XFCE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_basis/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_basis/description msgid "Base packages for the XFCE Desktop Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основні пакунки для стільничного середовища XFCE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_laptop/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_laptop/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_laptop/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_laptop/description msgid "XFCE Laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XFCE для ноутбуків" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_office/summary #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_office/description #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_office/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-xfce_office/description msgid "XFCE Office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Офіс для XFCE" #. tumbleweed/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-yast2_basis/summary #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-yast2_basis/summary @@ -1096,9 +1250,12 @@ msgstr "Засоби YaST для встановлення вашої системи." #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate/description -msgid "The MATE desktop environment is a desktop environment using traditional metaphors" -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"The MATE desktop environment is a desktop environment using traditional " +"metaphors" +msgstr "MATE — стільничне середовище, що використовує традиційні метафори" #. leap/patterns-openSUSE/patterns-openSUSE-mate_internet/description msgid "MATE Internet Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми інтернету для MATE" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95058 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-12-03 12:54:58 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95058 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po Log: updated Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2015-12-03 09:22:22 UTC (rev 95057) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2015-12-03 11:54:58 UTC (rev 95058) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 20:16+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-03 20:54+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい (Y)" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ (N)" @@ -158,23 +158,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -985,7 +985,9 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1251 #, boost-format msgid "Run '%1%' to see the complete list of locked items." -msgstr "ロック (施錠) に対する完全な一覧を表示するには、 '%s' コマンドを使用してください。" +msgstr "" +"ロック (施錠) に対する完全な一覧を表示するには、 '%s' コマンドを使用してくだ" +"さい。" #: src/Summary.cc:1266 #, boost-format @@ -1673,7 +1675,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "'%s' からのファイル取得中に問題が発生しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "解決へのヒントとして上記のエラーメッセージをお読みください。" @@ -1821,7 +1823,7 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "root ユーザで 'zypper refresh' を実行すると問題を解決できるかもしれません。" -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" @@ -1836,36 +1838,36 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "別名" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG チェック" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "更新" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先順位" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" @@ -1922,16 +1924,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "リポジトリの読み込みでエラー:" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "ファイル %s を書き込み用に開くことができません。" -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "書き込み許可が与えられていないではありませんか？" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "%s へのリポジトリ出力処理が成功しました。" @@ -2170,7 +2172,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' は '%s' に名前を変更しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "リポジトリを修正する際にエラー:" @@ -2193,209 +2195,209 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の優先順位を変更しませんでした (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を有効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を無効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の自動更新を有効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の自動更新を無効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の RPM ファイルキャッシュ設定を有効にしました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の RPM ファイルキャッシュ設定を無効にしました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して GPG チェックを有効にしました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して GPG チェックを無効にしました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の優先順位を %d に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の名前を '%s' に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して変更することは何もありません。" -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "リポジトリ %s を修正せずそのままにします。" -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "サービスの読み込み時にエラー:" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "サービス '%s' は別名／番号／URI のいずれでも見つかりません。" -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "設定したサービスの一覧を取得するには '%s' コマンドを使用してください。" -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "サービスが見つかりません。 '%s' コマンドでサービスを追加することができます。" -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "'%s' という名前のサービスは既に存在します。他の別名を設定してください。" -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' を追加する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "サービス '%s' は正常に追加されました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "サービス '%s' を削除しています:" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "サービス '%s' を削除しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' を更新しています。" -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "サービス '%s' からリポジトリのインデックスファイルを取得する際にエラー:" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "上記のエラーにより、サービス '%s' を飛ばしています。" -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "URI が有効でアクセス可能であることを確認してください。" -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "無効化されたサービス '%s' を飛ばしています。" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" "サービスを追加したり有効化したりするには、それぞれ '%s' コマンドや '%s' コマ" "ンドをご利用ください。" -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "指定したサービスは有効化されていないか設定されていません。" -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "有効化されているサービスが設定されていません。" -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "エラーによりサービスの更新ができませんでした。" -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "エラーにより、いくつかのサービスを更新することができませんでした。" -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "指定したサービスを更新しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "全てのサービスを更新しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "サービス '%s' を有効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "サービス '%s' を無効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' の自動更新を有効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' の自動更新を無効に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' の名前を '%s' に設定しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の有効なリポジトリとして追加されました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の無効なリポジトリとして追加されました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の有効なリポジトリから削除されました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2403,50 +2405,50 @@ "'%s'" msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の無効なリポジトリから削除されました。" -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "サービス '%s' に対して変更することは何もありません。" -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "サービスを修正する際にエラー:" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "サービス %s を修正せずそのままにします。" -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "リポジトリのデータを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' のデータを取り出しています..." -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' はキャッシュされていません。キャッシュしています..." -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "'%s' からのデータ読み込みの際に問題" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を更新できませんでした。古いキャッシュを使用します。" -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "エラーにより '%s' からの解決方法が読み取れませんでした。" -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2456,28 +2458,34 @@ "お使いになることをお勧めします。" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "それを行なう前に '%s' または '%s' を試してみてください。" -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込む際にエラー:" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "%d 個の修正がロックされています" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" msgstr[0] "%d 個の修正が必要です" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2485,95 +2493,95 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "リポジトリ" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "カテゴリ" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "重要度" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "必要" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "不要" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "以下のソフトウエア管理の更新を先にインストールします:" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "更新が見つかりません。" -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "以下のソフトウエア更新も利用できます:" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "パッケージの更新" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "修正" -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "パターンの更新" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "製品の更新" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "バンドル" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "現在のバージョン" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "利用可能なバージョン" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "発信番号" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "番号" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "修正" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " @@ -2582,26 +2590,26 @@ "値の設定された似通ったオプションが指定されているため、値のない %s を無視して" "います。" -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "該当する発信がありません。" -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "発信番号に該当する以下のものが見つかりました:" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "以下の修正の説明に該当するものが見つかりました:" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "Bugzilla 発信番号 %s に対する修正は見つからなかったか、もしくは不要なもので" "す。" -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "CVE 発信番号 %s に対する修正は見つからなかったか、もしくは不要なものです。" @@ -5656,65 +5664,65 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "(どれでも)" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "(複数)" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "インストールしたままにする" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "インストールしない" -#: src/locks.cc:115 +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "適合条件" -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "重要度" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "パッケージロックは設定されていません。" -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "ロックファイルの読み込みの際にエラー:" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "指定したパッケージロックを設定しました。" -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "パッケージロックの設定の際に問題が発生:" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "指定したパッケージロックを解除しました。" -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "ロックは解除されませんでした。" -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "%zu 個のパッケージロックを解除しました。" -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr "パッケージロックの解除時に問題が発生:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95057 - branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-12-03 10:22:22 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95057 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-12-03 09:21:43 UTC (rev 95056) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-12-03 09:22:22 UTC (rev 95057) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 09:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:15+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-03 10:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -154,23 +154,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1098,7 +1098,6 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1251 #, boost-format -#| msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgid "Run '%1%' to see the complete list of locked items." msgstr "Voer '%1%' uit om een lijst te zien met vergrendelde items." @@ -1823,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -1975,7 +1974,7 @@ "Het uitvoeren van 'zypper refresh' als root zou het probleem op kunnen " "lossen." -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" @@ -1990,36 +1989,36 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG-controle" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Herladen" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" @@ -2078,16 +2077,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van opslagruimten:" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "Kan %s niet openen voor schrijven." -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Misschien hebt u geen schrijfrechten?" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "De opslagruimten zijn met succes geëxporteerd naar %s." @@ -2322,7 +2321,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is hernoemd naar '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de opslagruimte:" @@ -2345,195 +2344,195 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "Prioriteit van opslagruimte '%s' is ongewijzigd (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is met succes ingeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is met succes uitgeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "De prioriteit van opslagruimte '%s' is op %d gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van opslagruimte '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Opslagruimte %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van services:" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" "Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van zijn alias, nummer of URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Gebruik '%s' voor een lijst met gedefinieerde services." -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "Geen services gedefinieerd. Gebruik de opdracht '%s' om één of meer services " "toe te voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "Service met de alias '%s' bestaat al. Gebruik een andere alias." -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "Service '%s' is toegevoegd." -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Verwijderen van service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Service '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Vernieuwen van service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Probleem bij het ophalen van het indexbestand van de opslagruimte voor de " "service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Service '%s' overslaan vanwege bovengenoemde fout." -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de URI geldig en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Overslaan van uitgeschakelde service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" "Gebruik de opdracht '%s' of '%s' om services toe te voegen of te activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven services zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde services gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "Kan vanwege fouten de services niet vernieuwen." -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele van de services zijn vanwege fouten niet vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven services zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle services zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is geactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is gedeactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van service '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2545,7 +2544,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2557,7 +2556,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de gedeactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2570,7 +2569,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2584,52 +2583,52 @@ "Opslagruimte '%s' is verwijderd uit de gedeactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de service:" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Service %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Gegevens van opslagruimte laden..." -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Gegevens van opslagruimte '%s' wordt opgehaald..." -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" "Opslagruimte '%s' bevindt zich niet in de cache. Deze wordt nu toegevoegd..." -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Probleem bij laden van gegevens van '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "Opslagruimte '%s' kan niet worden ververst. De oude cache wordt gebruikt." -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "Oplosbare pakketten van '%s' zijn niet geladen vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2639,21 +2638,30 @@ "server moet gebruiken." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Probeer '%s', of zelfs '%s' alvorens dit te doen." -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten..." -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten:" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "%d patch needed" +#| msgid_plural "%d patches needed" +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "%d patch vereist" +msgstr[1] "%d patches geblokkeerd" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2661,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr[1] "%d patches vereist" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2670,96 +2678,96 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categorie" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "Ernst" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "Nodig" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "niet nodig" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" "De volgende updates voor softwarebeheer zullen eerst worden geïnstalleerd:" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "Geen opwaarderingen gevonden." -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "De volgende updates zijn ook beschikbaar:" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "Pakketopwaarderingen" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "Patches" -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" -msgstr "Patroonopwaarderingen" +msgstr "Items voor bijwerken van patronen" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" -msgstr "Productopwaarderingen" +msgstr "Items voor bijwerken van producten" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "Bundel" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "Huidige versie" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "Beschikbare versie" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "Arch" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "Probleem" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "Nee." -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "patch" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " @@ -2768,26 +2776,26 @@ "%s wordt genegeerd zonder argument omdat vergelijkbare opties met een " "argument zijn gespecificeerd." -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "Geen overeenkomstige problemen gevonden." -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "De volgende overeenkomsten in probleemnummers zijn gevonden:" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" "Overeenkomsten in patchbeschrijvingen van de volgende patches zijn gevonden:" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "Een oplossing voor bugzilla-probleem %s is niet gevonden of is niet nodig." -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "Oplossing voor CVE-probleem %s is niet gevonden of is niet nodig." @@ -2821,12 +2829,6 @@ msgstr "Expert opties:" #: src/Zypper.cc:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "moo\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Show an animal.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "This command has no additional options." msgstr "Dit commando heeft geen aanvullende opties." @@ -4638,13 +4640,11 @@ #. translators: command synopsis; do not translate the command 'name (abbreviations)' or '-option' names #: src/Zypper.cc:2666 -#| msgid "shows all options" msgid "locks (ll) [options]" msgstr "locks (ll) [opties]" #. translators: command description #: src/Zypper.cc:2669 -#| msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgid "List current package locks." msgstr "Maak een lijst met de huidige pakketblokkeringen." @@ -5942,70 +5942,67 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "(elk)" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "(meerdere)" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 -#| msgid "not installed" +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "Geïnstalleerd laten" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 -#| msgid "not installed" +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Niet installeren" -#: src/locks.cc:115 -#| msgid "Patches" +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "Overeenkomsten" -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "Belang" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketblokkeringen gedefinieerd." -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van het blokkeringsbestand:" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "De gespecificeerde blokkering is toegevoegd." msgstr[1] "De gespecificeerde blokkering is toegevoegd." -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "Probleem bij toevoegen van pakketblokkering:" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "De gespecificeerde blokkering is verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "Er is geen blokkering verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "%zu-blokkering is met succes verwijderd." msgstr[1] "%zu-blokkeringen zijn met succes verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van de pakketblokkering:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95056 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-12-03 10:21:43 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95056 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-12-03 00:15:11 UTC (rev 95055) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-12-03 09:21:43 UTC (rev 95056) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-16 22:54+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-03 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -160,23 +160,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1116,7 +1116,6 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1251 #, boost-format -#| msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgid "Run '%1%' to see the complete list of locked items." msgstr "Voer '%1%' uit om een lijst te zien met vergrendelde items." @@ -1845,7 +1844,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -1997,7 +1996,7 @@ "Het draaien van 'zypper refresh' als root zou het probleem op kunnen lossen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" @@ -2013,36 +2012,36 @@ msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" # ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:1270 -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG-controle" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Vernieuwen" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" @@ -2100,16 +2099,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van installatiebronnen:" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "Kan %s niet openen voor schrijven." -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Misschien hebt u geen schrijfrechten?" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "De bronnen zijn met succes geëxporteerd naar %s." @@ -2343,7 +2342,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is hernoemd naar '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de installatiebron:" @@ -2366,196 +2365,196 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "Prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is ongewijzigd (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "De prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is op %d gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van installatiebron '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Installatiebron %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van services:" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" "Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van zijn alias, nummer of URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Gebruik '%s' voor een lijst met gedefinieerde services." -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "Geen services gedefinieerd. Gebruik het commando '%s' om één of meer " "services toe te voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "Service met de alias '%s' bestaat al. Gaarne een andere alias gebruiken." -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes toegevoegd." -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Verwijderen van service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Service '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Verversen van service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Probleem bij het ophalen van het indexbestand van de installatiebron voor de " "service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Overslaan van service '%s' vanwege bovengenoemde fout." -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de URI geldig en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Overslaan van uitgeschakelde service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" "Gebruik het commando '%s' of '%s' om services toe te voegen of te activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven services zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde services gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "Kon vanwege fouten de services niet verversen." -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele van de services zijn vanwege fouten niet ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven services zijn ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle services zijn ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van service '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2567,7 +2566,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2579,7 +2578,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de gedeactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2592,7 +2591,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2606,51 +2605,51 @@ "Installatiebron '%s' is verwijderd uit de gedeactiveerde installatiebronnen " "van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de servicve:" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Service %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron laden..." -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron '%s' wordt opgehaald..." -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "Bron '%s' bevindt zich niet in de cache. Deze wordt nu toegevoegd..." -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Probleem bij laden van gegevens van '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "Installatiebron '%s' kon niet ververst worden. De oude cache wordt gebruikt." -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "Oplosbare pakketten van '%s' zijn niet geladen vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2660,21 +2659,30 @@ "of server moet gebruiken." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Probeer '%s', of zelfs '%s' alvorens dit te doen." -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten..." -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten:" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "%d patch needed" +#| msgid_plural "%d patches needed" +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "%d patch vereist" +msgstr[1] "%d patches geblokkeerd" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2683,7 +2691,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2692,98 +2700,98 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Installatiebron" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categorie" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "Ernst" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "nodig" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "niet nodig" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" "De volgende bijwerkingen van softwarebeheer zullen eerst worden " "geïnstalleerd:" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "Geen opwaarderingen gevonden." -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "De volgende opwaarderingen zijn ook beschikbaar:" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "Pakketopwaarderingen" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "Patches" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "Items voor bijwerken van patronen" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "Items voor bijwerken van producten" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "Bundel" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "Huidige versie" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "Beschikbare versie" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "Arch" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "Issue" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "Nee." -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "Patch" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " @@ -2792,27 +2800,27 @@ "%s wordt genegeerd zonder argument omdat gelijksoortige opties met een " "argument zijn gespecificeerd." -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "Geen overeenkomstige issues gevonden." -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "De volgende overeenkomsten in issue-nummers zijn gevonden:" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" "Overeenkomsten in patchbeschrijvingen van de volgende patches zijn gevonden:" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "Een oplossing voor bugzilla-issue-nummer %s is niet gevonden of is niet " "nodig." -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "Oplossing voor CVE issue-nummer %s is niet gevonden of is niet nodig." @@ -2846,12 +2854,6 @@ msgstr "Expert opties:" #: src/Zypper.cc:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "moo\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Show an animal.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "This command has no additional options." msgstr "Dit commando heeft geen aanvullende opties." @@ -4646,13 +4648,11 @@ #. translators: command synopsis; do not translate the command 'name (abbreviations)' or '-option' names #: src/Zypper.cc:2666 -#| msgid "shows all options" msgid "locks (ll) [options]" msgstr "locks (ll) [opties]" #. translators: command description #: src/Zypper.cc:2669 -#| msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgid "List current package locks." msgstr "Maak een lijst met de huidige pakketblokkeringen." @@ -5955,70 +5955,67 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "(welke ook)" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "(meerdere)" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 -#| msgid "not installed" +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "Geïnstalleerd laten" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 -#| msgid "not installed" +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Niet installeren" -#: src/locks.cc:115 -#| msgid "Patches" +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "Overeenkomsten" -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "Belangrijkheid" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketblokkeringen gedefinieerd." -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van het blokkeringsbestand:" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "De gespecificeerde blokkering is met succes toegevoegd." msgstr[1] "De gespecificeerde blokkering is met succes toegevoegd." -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "Probleem bij toevoegen van pakketblokkering:" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "De gespecificeerde blokkering is met succes verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "Er is geen blokkering verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "%zu blokkering is met succes verwijderd." msgstr[1] "%zu blokkeringen zijn met succes verwijderd." -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen de pakketblokkering:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95055 - branches/SLE11-SP4/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-12-03 01:15:11 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95055 Modified: branches/SLE11-SP4/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: f7e9220f65d6cae22cd7c07729d045de37212112 (HEAD, tag: 1.6.327, origin/SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch, SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch) changes 1.6.327 Modified: branches/SLE11-SP4/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE11-SP4/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-03 00:14:58 UTC (rev 95054) +++ branches/SLE11-SP4/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-03 00:15:11 UTC (rev 95055) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-07 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -207,14 +207,14 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:359 src/update.cc:486 src/search.cc:50 src/search.cc:66 +#: src/info.cc:359 src/update.cc:539 src/search.cc:50 src/search.cc:66 #: src/search.cc:351 src/search.cc:568 src/search.cc:627 src/search.cc:743 msgid "S" msgstr "" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:359 src/repos.cc:784 src/repos.cc:872 src/repos.cc:1002 -#: src/repos.cc:2437 src/update.cc:255 src/update.cc:494 src/update.cc:679 +#: src/repos.cc:2437 src/update.cc:305 src/update.cc:547 src/update.cc:732 #: src/Zypper.cc:4744 src/search.cc:56 src/search.cc:68 src/search.cc:352 #: src/search.cc:446 src/search.cc:569 src/search.cc:633 src/search.cc:749 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: patch status (installed, uninstalled, needed) -#: src/repos.cc:784 src/update.cc:255 src/update.cc:576 src/search.cc:451 +#: src/repos.cc:784 src/update.cc:305 src/update.cc:629 src/search.cc:451 msgid "Status" msgstr "" @@ -2021,8 +2021,15 @@ "Use rug or yast2 for that." msgstr "" +#: src/update.cc:78 +#, c-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:82 #, c-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2030,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr[1] "" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2038,125 +2045,125 @@ msgstr[1] "" #. translators: catalog (rug's word for repository) (header) -#: src/update.cc:254 src/update.cc:488 src/search.cc:52 src/search.cc:445 +#: src/update.cc:304 src/update.cc:541 src/search.cc:52 src/search.cc:445 #: src/locks.cc:42 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "" #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:254 src/update.cc:488 src/search.cc:76 src/search.cc:571 +#: src/update.cc:304 src/update.cc:541 src/search.cc:76 src/search.cc:571 #: src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:745 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. translators: package version (header) -#: src/update.cc:255 src/update.cc:679 src/search.cc:58 src/search.cc:72 +#: src/update.cc:305 src/update.cc:732 src/search.cc:58 src/search.cc:72 #: src/search.cc:447 src/search.cc:569 src/search.cc:633 src/search.cc:750 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #. translators: patch category (recommended, security) #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:255 src/update.cc:576 src/update.cc:679 src/search.cc:449 +#: src/update.cc:305 src/update.cc:629 src/update.cc:732 src/search.cc:449 #: src/search.cc:753 msgid "Category" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:289 src/update.cc:670 +#: src/update.cc:339 src/update.cc:723 msgid "needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:289 src/update.cc:670 +#: src/update.cc:339 src/update.cc:723 msgid "not needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:307 +#: src/update.cc:357 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:316 src/update.cc:550 +#: src/update.cc:366 src/update.cc:603 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:322 +#: src/update.cc:372 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:407 +#: src/update.cc:457 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:409 +#: src/update.cc:459 msgid "Patches" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:461 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:463 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:491 src/search.cc:54 src/search.cc:630 +#: src/update.cc:544 src/search.cc:54 src/search.cc:630 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:499 +#: src/update.cc:552 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:500 +#: src/update.cc:553 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:500 src/search.cc:60 src/search.cc:74 src/search.cc:633 +#: src/update.cc:553 src/search.cc:60 src/search.cc:74 src/search.cc:633 #: src/search.cc:756 msgid "Arch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:576 +#: src/update.cc:629 msgid "Issue" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:576 +#: src/update.cc:629 msgid "No." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:576 +#: src/update.cc:629 msgid "Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:605 +#: src/update.cc:658 #, c-format msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." msgstr "" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:679 src/search.cc:354 +#: src/update.cc:732 src/search.cc:354 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:712 +#: src/update.cc:765 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:721 +#: src/update.cc:774 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:732 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:811 +#: src/update.cc:864 #, c-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:815 +#: src/update.cc:868 #, c-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95054 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-12-03 01:14:58 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95054 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 52ac3c9e08df49fa7ca87a995425ff8dfd7b85ec (HEAD, origin/SuSE-SLE-12-Branch, SuSE-SLE-12-Branch) Update zypper-po.tar.bz2 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-03 00:13:39 UTC (rev 95053) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-03 00:14:58 UTC (rev 95054) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -155,23 +155,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "" @@ -1751,36 +1751,36 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "" @@ -1837,16 +1837,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "" @@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "" @@ -2074,280 +2074,287 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2355,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr[1] "" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2364,117 +2371,117 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" @@ -4566,67 +4573,67 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:115 +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95053 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Dec '15

03 Dec '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-12-03 01:13:39 +0100 (Thu, 03 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95053 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 77107a6287a7aeeb3a20709c2c35ef3bd5fc14ac (HEAD, origin/SuSE-SLE-12-Branch, SuSE-SLE-12-Branch) changes Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-12-03 00:13:39 UTC (rev 95053) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-08 01:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-03 01:13+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2538 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:686 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -155,23 +155,23 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:490 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/update.cc:549 src/search.cc:73 src/search.cc:89 #: src/search.cc:274 src/search.cc:486 src/search.cc:626 src/search.cc:698 msgid "S" msgstr "" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 -#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/repos.cc:2599 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:557 src/update.cc:743 #: src/Zypper.cc:5387 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:91 src/search.cc:275 #: src/search.cc:368 src/search.cc:487 src/search.cc:632 src/search.cc:704 -#: src/locks.cc:113 +#: src/locks.cc:115 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. translators: type (general header) #: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 -#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/repos.cc:2608 src/search.cc:93 src/search.cc:278 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:826 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3446 src/solve-commit.cc:826 #: src/solve-commit.cc:858 src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:371 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/search.cc:371 msgid "Status" msgstr "" @@ -1751,36 +1751,36 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5387 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2598 src/Zypper.cc:5387 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2600 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2601 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2603 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2607 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2610 msgid "URI" msgstr "" @@ -1837,16 +1837,16 @@ msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2749 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2751 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2758 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "" @@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2277 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "" @@ -2074,280 +2074,287 @@ msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2204 +#: src/repos.cc:2209 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2207 +#: src/repos.cc:2212 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2215 +#: src/repos.cc:2220 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2218 +#: src/repos.cc:2223 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2226 +#: src/repos.cc:2231 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2229 +#: src/repos.cc:2234 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2237 +#: src/repos.cc:2242 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2240 +#: src/repos.cc:2245 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2247 +#: src/repos.cc:2252 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2254 +#: src/repos.cc:2259 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2265 +#: src/repos.cc:2270 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2278 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2311 +#: src/repos.cc:2316 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2406 +#: src/repos.cc:2411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2410 +#: src/repos.cc:2415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2658 +#: src/repos.cc:2663 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2780 +#: src/repos.cc:2785 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2790 +#: src/repos.cc:2795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2796 +#: src/repos.cc:2801 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2835 +#: src/repos.cc:2840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2838 +#: src/repos.cc:2843 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2859 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 +#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 +#: src/repos.cc:2874 src/repos.cc:2987 src/repos.cc:3047 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2883 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2936 +#: src/repos.cc:2941 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2996 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:3004 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3001 +#: src/repos.cc:3006 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3005 +#: src/repos.cc:3010 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3011 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3016 +#: src/repos.cc:3021 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3018 +#: src/repos.cc:3023 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3167 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3177 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3185 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3186 +#: src/repos.cc:3191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3192 +#: src/repos.cc:3197 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3200 +#: src/repos.cc:3205 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3208 +#: src/repos.cc:3213 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3216 +#: src/repos.cc:3221 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3225 +#: src/repos.cc:3230 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3232 +#: src/repos.cc:3237 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3341 +#: src/repos.cc:3346 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3363 +#: src/repos.cc:3368 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3370 +#: src/repos.cc:3375 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3382 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3392 src/repos.cc:3425 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3406 +#: src/repos.cc:3411 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3417 +#: src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3429 +#: src/repos.cc:3434 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3440 +#: src/repos.cc:3445 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "" +#: src/update.cc:82 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:71 +#: src/update.cc:86 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2355,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr[1] "" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:75 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2364,117 +2371,117 @@ #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:257 src/update.cc:492 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 +#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:551 src/search.cc:75 src/search.cc:99 #: src/search.cc:367 src/search.cc:489 src/search.cc:631 src/search.cc:700 -#: src/locks.cc:117 src/locks.cc:119 +#: src/locks.cc:119 src/locks.cc:121 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. translators: product category (base/addon), the rug term -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:369 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:369 #: src/search.cc:708 msgid "Category" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:370 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:639 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:370 msgid "Severity" msgstr "" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:684 src/search.cc:277 +#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:743 src/search.cc:277 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:292 src/update.cc:675 +#: src/update.cc:348 src/update.cc:734 msgid "not needed" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:311 +#: src/update.cc:367 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:320 src/update.cc:554 +#: src/update.cc:376 src/update.cc:613 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:326 +#: src/update.cc:382 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:411 +#: src/update.cc:467 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:413 +#: src/update.cc:469 msgid "Patches" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:415 +#: src/update.cc:471 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:417 +#: src/update.cc:473 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "" #. translators: Bundle is a term used in rug. See rug for how to translate it. -#: src/update.cc:495 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 +#: src/update.cc:554 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:629 msgid "Bundle" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:503 +#: src/update.cc:562 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:504 +#: src/update.cc:563 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:504 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 +#: src/update.cc:563 src/search.cc:83 src/search.cc:97 src/search.cc:632 #: src/search.cc:711 msgid "Arch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Issue" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "No." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:580 +#: src/update.cc:639 msgid "Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:609 +#: src/update.cc:668 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:717 +#: src/update.cc:776 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:726 +#: src/update.cc:785 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:737 +#: src/update.cc:796 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:816 +#: src/update.cc:875 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" -#: src/update.cc:820 +#: src/update.cc:879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" @@ -4566,67 +4573,67 @@ #. translators: locks table value #. importance -#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:141 src/locks.cc:158 +#: src/locks.cc:24 src/locks.cc:143 src/locks.cc:160 msgid "(any)" msgstr "" #. translators: locks table value -#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:138 +#: src/locks.cc:26 src/locks.cc:140 msgid "(multiple)" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:81 +#: src/locks.cc:83 msgid "Keep installed" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/locks.cc:89 +#: src/locks.cc:91 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:115 +#: src/locks.cc:117 msgid "Matches" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:117 +#: src/locks.cc:119 msgid "Importance" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:183 +#: src/locks.cc:185 msgid "There are no package locks defined." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:190 +#: src/locks.cc:192 msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:250 +#: src/locks.cc:252 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/locks.cc:257 +#: src/locks.cc:259 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:281 +#: src/locks.cc:283 msgid "Specified lock has been successfully removed." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:326 +#: src/locks.cc:328 msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:330 +#: src/locks.cc:332 #, c-format msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." msgid_plural "%zu locks have been succesfully removed." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/locks.cc:337 +#: src/locks.cc:339 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95052 - in branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn: 50-pot ar/po cs/po de/po es/po fr/po hu/po it/po ja/po ko/po nl/po pl/po pt_BR/po ru/po sv/po zh_CN/po zh_TW/po
by swims＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Dec '15

02 Dec '15

Author: swims Date: 2015-12-02 12:33:54 +0100 (Wed, 02 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95052 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po Log: Added translations for Alacarte for Micro Focus managed languages. Bug #947793 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +# translation of alacarte.HEAD.po to Arabic +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Yousef Raffah <yousef(a)raffah.com>, 2006. +# Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org>, 2006, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "الاسم" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "أظهر" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "عنصر" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "اختر أيقونة" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "اختر أمرًا" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "القائمة الرئيسية" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "تغيير التطبيقات التي ستظهر في القائمة الرئيسية أو إزالتها" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "استعادة تكوين النظام" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "استعِد مخطط القائمة المبدئي" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "قائمة _جديدة" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "عنصر _جديد" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "فا_صل جديد" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "انقل لأسفل" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "انقل لأعلى" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "خصائص المشغل" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "اسم:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "أمر:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "تعليق:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "استعراض..." + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "تشغيل في الوحدة الطرفية؟" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "خصائص الدليل" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "ع_ناصر:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "أأتراجع عن التغييرات؟" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "أأسترجع كافة القوائم إلى الإعدادات الأصلية؟" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_قوائم:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "ا_ستعِد الحالة الأصلية" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القائمة الرئيسية" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "مخطط القائمة" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "يحتاج عنصر القائمة الجديد لاسم" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "تحتاج القوائم الجديدة لاسم" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "اختر برنامج" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "بحاجة لاسم." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "بحاجة لأمر." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "لا أيقونة" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القوائم" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القائمة ألاكارت" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "حقوق النسخ © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "أيقونة:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "خصائص عنصر القائمة" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر قائمة متوافق مع fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "فريق عربآيز للترجمة http://www.arabeyes.org :\n" +#~ "جهاد عفيفي\t<djihed(a)gmail.com>\n" +#~ "يوسف رفه\t<yousef(a)raffah.com>" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "أضف، عدّل، احذف مدخلات القائمة" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# translation of cs.po to Czech +# Czech translation of PACKAGE. +# Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# Copyright (C) 2006 Lukas Novotny <lukasnov(a)cvs.gnome.org> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# +# Lukas Novotny <lukasnov(a)cvs.gnome.org>, 2006. +# Jakub Friedl <jfriedl(a)suse.cz>, 2007, 2012. +# Marek Černocký <marek(a)manet.cz>, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: cs\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: cs\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Název" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Zobrazit" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Položka" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Vybírání ikony" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Vybírání příkazu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hlavní nabídka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Přidat nebo odebrat aplikace v hlavní nabídce" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Obnovit systémové nastavení" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Obnovit výchozí uspořádání nabídky" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nová nabídka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "No_vá položka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nový _oddělovač" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Přesunout níž" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Přesunout výš" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Vlastnosti spouštěče" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Název:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Příkaz:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Komentář:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Procházet" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Spustit v terminálu?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Vlastnosti složky" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Změnit aplikace zobrazené v hlavní nabídce" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "P_oložky:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Zrušit změny?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Vrátit původní nastavení všech nabídek?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Nabídky:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Obnovit původní" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +# translation of de.po to Deutsch +# translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006 THE alacarte COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Beni Goll <Beni.Goll(a)web.de>, 2006. +# Hendrik Brandt <heb(a)gnome-de.org>, 2006. +# Hendrik Richter <hendrikr(a)gnome.org>, 2007. +# Tobias Endrigkeit <tobiasendrigkeit(a)googlemail.com>, 2012. +# Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach(a)googlemail.com>, 2012. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: de\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Anzeigen" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Eintrag" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Ein Symbol wählen" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Einen Befehl wählen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hauptmenü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Anwendungen dem Hauptmenü hinzufügen oder löschen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Systemkonfiguration wiederherstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Die Standardstruktur des Menüs wiederherstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Neues Menü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_euer Eintrag" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Neue _Trennlinie" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Nach unten verschieben" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Nach oben verschieben" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Startereigenschaften" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Name:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Befehl:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Kommentar:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Durchsuchen" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Befehl im Terminal ausführen?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Ordnereigenschaften" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Legt fest, welche Anwendungen im Hauptmenü angezeigt werden" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte-Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Original wiederherstellen" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menüs:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Einträge:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Änderungen rückgängig machen?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie alle Menüs in ihren Ursprungszustand zurück versetzen?" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menüstruktur" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen Namen ein." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen Befehl ein." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Menüeinträge hinzufügen, ändern oder entfernen" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Symbol:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Eigenschaften des Menüeintrags" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Ein einfacher, Freedesktop.org-konformer Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beni Goll <Beni.Goll(a)web.de>\n" +#~ "Hendrik Brandt <heb(a)gnome-de.org>" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Durchsuchen..." + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menüeigenschaften" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Befehl in einem Terminal ausführen" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# translation of alacarte.HEAD.po to Español +# translation of alacarte to Spanish +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Copyright (C) 2006 The Free Software Foundation. +# +# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador(a)cvs.gnome.org>, 2006. +# Jorge González <jorge.gonzalez.gonzalez(a)hispalinux.es>, 2007. +# Jorge González <jorgegonz(a)svn.gnome.org>, 200, 2009. +# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles(a)gmail.com>, 2012, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nombre" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostrar" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elemento" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Elegir un icono" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Elegir un comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menú principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Añadir o quitar aplicaciones del menú principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurar la configuración del sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurar la distribución de menú predeterminada" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Menú _nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Ele_mento nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "_Separador nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Bajar" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Subir" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propiedades del lanzador" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nombre:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Comentario:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Examinar" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "¿Ejecutar en una terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propiedades de la carpeta" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Cambie las aplicaciones que se muestran en el menú principal" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Revertir al original" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menús:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elementos:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "¿Revertir los cambios?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "¿Revertir todos los menús a la configuración original?" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# French translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Jonathan Ernst <jonathan(a)ernstfamily.ch>, 2006. +# Robert-André Mauchin <zebob.m(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# Stéphane Raimbault <stephane.raimbault(a)gmail.com>, 2007-2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte 0.9.3\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Afficher" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Élément" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Choisissez une icône" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Choisissez une commande" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu principal" + +# Utilisation de l'infinitif sur les infobulles du Bureau +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Ajouter ou supprimer des applications à partir du menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurer la configuration du système" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurer l'agencement de menu par défaut" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nouveau menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Nouvel élé_ment" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nouveau _séparateur" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Descendre" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Monter" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propriétés du lanceur" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nom :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Commande :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Commentaire :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Parcourir" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Lancer dans un terminal ?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propriétés du répertoire" + +# Utilisation de l'infinitif sur les infobulles du Bureau +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Modifier les applications affichées dans le menu principal" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Éditeur du menu principal" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Un nom est requis." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Une commande est requise." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Ajouter, modifier, enlever des éléments de menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Éditeur de menu Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Parcourir…" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Icône :" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriétés de l'élément du menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriétés du menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Lancer le programme dans un terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Simple éditeur de menu respectant fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "Jonathan Ernst <jonathan(a)ernstfamily.ch>" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Revenir à l'original" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus :" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "É_léments :" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Annuler les modifications ?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Revenir à la configuration d'origine de tous les menus ?" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Agencement du menu" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# Hungarian translation for alacarte +# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Gabor Burján <buga(a)buvoshetes.hu>, 2006. +# Gabor Kelemen <kelemeng(a)gnome.hu>, 2006, 2007. +# Balázs Úr <urbalazs at gmail dot com>, 2012, 2013. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Név" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Látható" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elem" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Válasszon ikont" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Válasszon parancsot" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Főmenü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Alkalmazások hozzáadása vagy eltávolítása a főmenüből" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Rendszerbeállítások visszaállítása" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett menüelrendezés visszaállítása" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Új _menü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Ú_j elem" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Új _elválasztó" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Lefelé" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Felfelé" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Indítóikon tulajdonságai" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Név:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Parancs:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Megjegyzés:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Tallózás" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Indítás terminálban?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Könyvtár tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "A főmenüben megjelenő alkalmazások módosítása" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Az új menüelemeknek nevet kell adni" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Az új menüknek nevet kell adni" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Főmenüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menüelrendezés" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elemek:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Visszavonja a módosításokat?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Visszaállítja a menük eredeti állapotát?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menük:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Visszatérés az eredeti állapothoz" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Egy név megadása szükséges." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Egy parancs megadása szükséges." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Menübejegyzések hozzáadása, módosítása és törlése" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Tallózás..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menüelem tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menü tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Futtatás terminálban" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Egy egyszerű fd.o szerint szabványos menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Burján Gábor <buga(a)buvoshetes.hu>\n" +#~ "Kelemen Gábor <kelemeng(a)gnome.hu>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# Italian translation for alacarte +# Copyright (c) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Alessio Frusciante <algol(a)firenze.linux.it>, 2006. +# Milo Casagrande <milo(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006-2008 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: it\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostra" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elemento" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Scegliere un'icona" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Scegliere un comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menù principale" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Consente di aggiungere o rimuovere applicazioni dal menu principale" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Rispristina configurazione di sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Ripristina la struttura predefinita del menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nuovo menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Nuovo _elemento" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nuovo _separatore" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Sposta in basso" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Sposta in alto" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Proprietà avvio programmi" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nome:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Commento:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Sfoglia" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Avviare nel terminale?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Proprietà directory" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "Voc_i:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Annullare i cambiamenti?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di tutti i menù?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menù:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Ripristina originale" + +# (NdT) ho tralasciato il "main" volontariamente essendo +# la voce che compare nel menù... non capisco quale sia +# un menù non principale. +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte - Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Struttura menù" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "La nuova voce di menù necessita di un nome" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Il nuovo menù necessita di un nome" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "È richiesto un nome." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "È richiesto un comando." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Aggiunge, cambia e rimuove voci di menù" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Icona:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Proprietà della voce di menù" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Semplice editor di menù conforme a freedesktop.org" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Milo Casagrande <milo_casagrande(a)yahoo.it>\n" +#~ "Alessio Frusciante <algol(a)firenze.linux.it>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# Japanese message catalog for Alacarte, a simple menu editor for GNOME. +# Copyright (C) 2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the 'alacarte' package. +# Satoru SATOH <ss(a)gnome.gr.jp>, 2006. +# Takeshi AIHANA <takeshi.aihana(a)gmail.com>, 2006,2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte master\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "表示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "アイテム" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "アイコンを選択します" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "コマンドを選択します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "メイン・メニュー" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "メインメニューでのアプリケーションの追加または削除を行います" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "元のシステム設定に戻します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "デフォルトのメニュー構成に戻します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新しいメニュー(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新しいアイテム(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新しいセパレーター(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下へ" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上へ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Launcherのプロパティ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名前:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "コマンド:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "コメント:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "ブラウズ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "端末で起動しますか?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "ディレクトリプロパティ" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "アイテム(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "変更点を元に戻しますか?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "すべてのメニューを元の設定に戻しますか?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "メニュー(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "元に戻す(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# alacarte Korean translation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Changwoo Ryu <cwryu(a)debian.org>, 2006, 2010. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "보기" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "항목" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "아이콘 선택" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "명령 선택" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "주 메뉴" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "주 메뉴의 프로그램 표시를 바꿉니다." + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "시스템 구성 복원" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "기본 메뉴 배치로 되돌리기" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "새 메뉴(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "새 항목(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "새 구분선(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "아래로 옮기기" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "위로 옮기기" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "실행기 속성" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "명령:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "주석:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "찾아보기" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "터미널에서 실행하겠습니까?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "디렉토리 속성" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "항목(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "바꾼 사항을 되돌리시겠습니까?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "메뉴를 전부 원래의 설정으로 되돌리시겠습니까?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "메뉴(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "원래대로 되돌리기(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +# Dutch translation of Alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2005 Niels Abspoel <niels.abspoel(a)wanadoo.nl> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Niels Abspoel <niels.abspoel(a)wanadoo.nl>, 2005. +# Tino Meinen <a.t.meinen(a)chello.nl>, 2006, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Alacarte VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Tonen" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Item" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Kies een pictogram" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Kies een opdracht" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hoofdmenu" + +# instellen/wijzigen +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Toepassingen toevoegen aan of verwijderen uit het hoofdmenu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie herstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "De standaard menu-indeling herstellen" + +# waarom de _m en niet de _n hier? (tino) +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Nieuw _menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "_Nieuw item" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nieuw _scheidingsteken" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Naar beneden" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Naar boven" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Starteigenschappen" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Naam:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Opdracht:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Toelichting:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Bladeren" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Starten in terminal" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Mapeigenschappen" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "It_ems:" + +# wijzigingen/wijzigen +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Wijzigen ongedaan maken?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Alle oorspronkelijke menu-instellingen terugzetten?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Terugzetten" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Hoofdmenu-editor" + +# vereisen/moeten hebben +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwe menu-items moeten een naam hebben" + +# vereisen/moeten hebben +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwe menus moeten een naam hebben" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Kies een programma" + +# krijg je te zien als je geen naam invult voor een nieuw menu-item +# (zou volgens HIG niet mogen verschijnen, als er niets is ingevuld +# moet de OK-knop uitgegrijst zijn) +# Er is geen naam ingevuld/er is een naam nodig +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen naam ingevuld." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen opdracht ingevuld." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Geen pictogram" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Pictogram:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menu-item eigenschappen" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menu-indeling" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Eenvoudige fd.o conforme menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tino Meinen\n" +#~ "Niels Abspoel\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Kijk voor meer informatie op http://nl.gnome.org/" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Toevoegen, wijzigen, en verwijderen van menu-items" + +#~ msgid "A menu can't be named \"Other\"." +#~ msgstr "Een menu kan niet \"Other\" genoemd worden." + +#~ msgid "Loading..." +#~ msgstr "Laden..." + +#~ msgid "Visible" +#~ msgstr "Zichtbaar" + +#~ msgid "Simple freedesktop.org Compliant Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Eenvoudig programma om menu's te bewerken volgens de freedesktop.org standaard" + +#~ msgid "Entry Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menu-item editor" + +#~ msgid "Icon Selector" +#~ msgstr "Pictogramkiezer" + +#~ msgid "New _Entry" +#~ msgstr "_Nieuw menu-item" + +#~ msgid "_Delete" +#~ msgstr "_Wissen" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- +# Aviary.pl +# Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz +# pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: +# gnomepl(a)aviary.pl +# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- +# Artur Flinta <aflinta(a)at.kernel.pl>, 2006-2007. +# Tomasz Dominikowski <dominikowski(a)gmail.com>, 2008. +# Piotr Drąg <piotrdrag(a)gmail.com>, 2010-2013. +# Aviary.pl <gnomepl(a)aviary.pl>, 2008-2013. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nazwa" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Wyświetlanie" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Element" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Wybór ikony" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Wybór polecenia" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu główne" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Dodawanie lub usuwanie programów z głównego menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Przywróć konfigurację systemową" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Przywraca domyślny układ menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nowe menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_owy element" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nowy _separator" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Przenieś w dół" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Przenieś w górę" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Właściwości aktywatora" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nazwa:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Polecenie:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Komentarz:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Przeglądaj" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Uruchamiać w terminalu?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Właściwości katalogu" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Przywróć pierwotne" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "Men_u:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elementy:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Cofnąć zmiany?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Cofnąć zmiany wszystkich menu do pierwotnych ustawień?" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Zmiana widoczności programów w menu głównym" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Nazwa jest wymagana." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Polecenie jest wymagane." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Dodaje, zmienia, usuwa elementy menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Układ menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte - edytor menu" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Przeglądaj..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikona:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Właściwości elementu menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Właściwości menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Uruchomienie polecenia w terminalu" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Prosty edytor menu zgodny z fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "GNOME PL Team <translators(a)gnomepl.org>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +# Alacarte Menu Editor. +# Copyright (C) 2006 Travis Watkins +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Licio Fonseca <licio(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006. +# Og Maciel <ogmaciel(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006. +# Djavan Fagundes <djavanf(a)gnome.org>, 2012. +# Enrico Nicoletto <liverig(a)gmail.com>, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostrar" + +# Para lembrar: Paroxítonas com "-em/-ens" no fim, como "item/itens", não levam acento. +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Item" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Escolha um ícone" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Escolha um comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Altere quais aplicativos são mostrados no menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurar configuração do sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurar a disposição padrão do menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Novo menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "No_vo item" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Novo _separador" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Mover para baixo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Mover para cima" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propriedades do lançador" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nome:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Comentário:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Navegar" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Lançar no terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propriedades do diretório" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Altere quais aplicativos são mostrados no menu principal" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "It_ens:" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus:" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor do Menu Principal" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Restaurar ao original" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Reverter alterações?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Reverter todos os menus para as configurações originais?" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "É necessário nomear os novos itens do menu" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "É necessário nomear os novos menus" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Escolha um Programa" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Escolha um Ícone" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "É necessario um nome." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "É necessario um comando." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Sem Ícone" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de Menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de Menu Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Navegar..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ícone:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriedades dos Itens de Menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Disposição do Menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriedades do Menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Executar comando em um terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de menu simples aderente ao freedesktop.org" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Licio Fernando <licio(a)ubuntu.com>\n" +#~ "Og Maciel <ogmaciel(a)ubuntu.com>" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar, alterar e remover entradas do menu" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +# Russian translation of alacarte +# Copyright (C) Free Software Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Leonid Kanter <leon(a)asplinux.ru>, 2006, 2007. +# Stas Solovey <whats_up(a)tut.by>, 2012, 2013. +# Yuri Myasoedov <omerta13(a)yandex.ru>, 2012, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte trunk\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2)\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Имя" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Показать" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Элемент" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Выберите значок" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Выберите команду" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Главное меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Добавить или удалить приложения из главного меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Восстановить системные настройки" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Восстановить первоначальный вид меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Создать _меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Создать _элемент" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Создать _разделитель" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Переместить вниз" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Переместить вверх" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Параметры запуска" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Имя:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Команда:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Примечание:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Просмотреть" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Запускать в терминале" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Параметры каталога" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Выбор приложений, отображаемых в главном меню" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Новые элементы меню должны иметь имя" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Новые меню должны иметь имя" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Выберите программу" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Выберите значок" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Требуется имя." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Требуется команда." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Нет значка" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор главного меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Просмотреть..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Значок:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Свойства элемента меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Свойства меню" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Выполнять команду в терминале" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Простой редактор меню, совместимый с fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "Leonid Kanter <leon(a)asplinux.ru>" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Вернуть исходное состояние" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Меню:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Элементы:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Откатить изменения?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Вернуть все меню к первоначальному состоянию?" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +# Swedish messages for alacarte. +# Copyright © 2006, 2007, 2009, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Christian Rose <menthos(a)menthos.com>, 2006. +# Daniel Nylander <po(a)danielnylander.se>, 2006, 2007, 2009. +# Anders Jonsson <anders.jonsson(a)norsjovallen.se>, 2014. +# +# $Id: sv.po,v 1.3 2006/12/28 06:52:28 dnylande Exp $ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: sv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Namn" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Visa" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Objekt" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Välj en ikon" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Välj ett kommando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Huvudmeny" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Lägg till eller ta bort program från huvudmenyn" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Återställ systemkonfiguration" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Återställ standardmenylayouten" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Ny meny" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_ytt objekt" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Ny _avgränsare" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Flytta nedåt" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Flytta uppåt" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Egenskaper för startare" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Namn:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Kommando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Kommentar:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Bläddra" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Starta i en terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Katalogegenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Ändra vilka program som visas på huvudmenyn" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "Obje_kt:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Återställ ändringar?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Återställ alla menyer till ursprungsinställningarna?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menyer:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Återställ till ursprunglig" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Huvudmenyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menylayout" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nya menyposter behöver ett namn" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nya menyer behöver ett namn" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Välj ett program" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Välj en ikon" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Ett namn krävs." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Ett kommando krävs." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Ingen ikon" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menyredigeraren Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Bläddra..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Egenskaper för menypost" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menyegenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Kör kommandot i en terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Enkel, fd.o-kompatibel menyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daniel Nylander\n" +#~ "Christian Rose\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Skicka synpunkter på översättningen till\n" +#~ "tp-sv(a)listor.tp-sv.se" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Lägg till, ändra, ta bort menyposter" + +#~ msgid "_Browse..." +#~ msgstr "_Bläddra..." + +#~ msgid "_Icon:" +#~ msgstr "_Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Items:" +#~ msgstr "Objekt:" + +#~ msgid "Properties" +#~ msgstr "Egenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Move _Down" +#~ msgstr "Flytta _ned" + +#~ msgid "Move _Up" +#~ msgstr "Flytta _upp" + +#~ msgid "New Item" +#~ msgstr "Ny post" + +#~ msgid "New Separator" +#~ msgstr "Ny avgränsare" + +#~ msgid "New Menu" +#~ msgstr "Ny meny" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighet" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility Settings" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighetsinställningar" + +#~ msgid "Accessories" +#~ msgstr "Tillbehör" + +#~ msgid "Desktop accessories" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbordstillbehör" + +#~ msgid "Applications" +#~ msgstr "Program" + +#~ msgid "Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbord" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences and administration settings" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar och administrationsinställningar" + +#~ msgid "Programming" +#~ msgstr "Programmering" + +#~ msgid "Tools for software development" +#~ msgstr "Verktyg för programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Education" +#~ msgstr "Utbildning" + +#~ msgid "Games" +#~ msgstr "Spel" + +#~ msgid "Games and amusements" +#~ msgstr "Spel och underhållning" + +#~ msgid "Graphics" +#~ msgstr "Grafik" + +#~ msgid "Graphics applications" +#~ msgstr "Grafikprogram" + +#~ msgid "Internet" +#~ msgstr "Internet" + +#~ msgid "Programs for Internet access such as web and email" +#~ msgstr "Program för Internetåtkomst som till exempel webben och e-post" + +#~ msgid "Multimedia menu" +#~ msgstr "Multimediameny" + +#~ msgid "Sound & Video" +#~ msgstr "Ljud och video" + +#~ msgid "Office" +#~ msgstr "Kontor" + +#~ msgid "Office Applications" +#~ msgstr "Kontorsprogram" + +#~ msgid "Applications that did not fit in other categories" +#~ msgstr "Program som inte passade in i någon annan kategori" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Annat" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Preferences" +#~ msgstr "Inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility related preferences" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighetsrelaterade inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences and settings" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Administration" +#~ msgstr "Administration" + +#~ msgid "Change systemwide settings (affects all users)" +#~ msgstr "Ändra globala systeminställningar (påverkar alla användare)" + +#~ msgid "System Tools" +#~ msgstr "Systemverktyg" + +#~ msgid "Edit Menus" +#~ msgstr "Redigera menyer" + +#~ msgid "_Applications:" +#~ msgstr "_Program" + +#~ msgid "_Defaults" +#~ msgstr "_Standardalternativ" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find home directory: not set in /etc/passwd and no value for $HOME in environment" +#~ msgstr "Kan inte hitta hemkatalogen: inte angiven i /etc/passwd och inget värde på $HOME i miljön" + +#~ msgid "Menu file" +#~ msgstr "Menyfil" + +#~ msgid "MENU_FILE" +#~ msgstr "MENYFIL" + +#~ msgid "Monitor for menu changes" +#~ msgstr "Övervaka menyändringar" + +#~ msgid "Include <Exclude>d entries" +#~ msgstr "Inkludera exkluderade poster" + +#~ msgid "Include NoDisplay=true entries" +#~ msgstr "Inkludera poster med NoDisplay=true" + +#~ msgid "Invalid desktop file ID" +#~ msgstr "Ogiltigt id på desktopfil" + +#~ msgid "[Invalid Filename]" +#~ msgstr "[Ogiltigt filnamn]" + +#~ msgid " <excluded>" +#~ msgstr " <exkluderad>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "==== Menu changed, reloading ====\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "==== Menyn ändrad, läser om ====\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "Menu tree is empty" +#~ msgstr "Menyträdet är tomt" + +#~ msgid "- test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "- testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "Personal Preferences" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Applications:" +#~ msgstr "Program" + +#~ msgid "Invalid Filename" +#~ msgstr "Ogiltigt filnamn" + +#~ msgid "<excluded>" +#~ msgstr "<exkluderad>" + +#~ msgid "excluded" +#~ msgstr "exkluderad" + +#~ msgid "Excluded" +#~ msgstr "Exkluderad" + +#~ msgid "==== Menu changed, reloading ====" +#~ msgstr "==== Menyn ändrad, läser om ====" + +#~ msgid "Menu changed, reloading" +#~ msgstr "Menyn ändrad, läser om" + +#~ msgid "test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "Test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "Testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "System Settings" +#~ msgstr "Systeminställningar" + +#~ msgid "Desktop Accessories" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbordstillbehör" + +#~ msgid "System" +#~ msgstr "System" + +#~ msgid "Software development" +#~ msgstr "Programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Software Development" +#~ msgstr "Programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Games and Amusements" +#~ msgstr "Spel och underhållning" + +#~ msgid "Graphics Applications" +#~ msgstr "Grafikprogram" + +#~ msgid "Multimedia" +#~ msgstr "Multimedia" + +#~ msgid "Office applications" +#~ msgstr "Kontorsprogram" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# Chinese simplified translation for alacarte. +# Copyright (C) Gnome Project and its contributors. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Funda Wang <fundawang(a)linux.net.cn>, 2006. +# zhouxiaobo <zhouxiaobo.500(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名称" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "显示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "项目" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "选择一个图标" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "选择一条命令" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "主菜单" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "从主菜单中增加或移除应用程序" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "恢复系统配置" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "恢复默认菜单布局" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新建菜单(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新建项目(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新建分隔符(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下移" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上移" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "启动器属性" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名称：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "命令：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "注释：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "浏览" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "是否要在终端内运行？" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "目录属性" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "更改显示于主菜单的应用程序" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "项数(_E)：" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "复原更改吗？" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "将全部菜单复原到原始设置吗？" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "菜单(_M)：" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "复原到原始值(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po 2015-12-02 11:33:54 UTC (rev 95052) @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# Chinese (Taiwan) translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006, 07 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Woodman Tuen <wmtuen(a)gmail.com>, 2006-2007. +# Wei-Lun Chao <chaoweilun(a)gmail.com>, 2010. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte 0.13.2\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名稱" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "顯示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "項目" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "選擇圖示" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "選擇指令" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "主選單" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "從主選單加入或移除應用程式" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "還原系統組態" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "回復預設的選單配置" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新增選單(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新增項目(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新增分隔線(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下移" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上移" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "啟動器內容" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名稱︰" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "指令：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "備註︰" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "瀏覽" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "在終端機中啟動？" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "目錄內容" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "選擇那一個應用程式顯示在主選單上" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "項目(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "還原變更？" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "將所有選單還原為原本的設定？" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "選單(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "還原為原本的設定(_R)" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "選單配置" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "新增選單項目需要有名稱" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "新選單需要有名稱" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "選擇一個程式" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "需要輸入名稱。" + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "需要輸入指令。" + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "沒有圖示" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte 選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "版權所有 © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "圖示：" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "選單項目屬性" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "符合 fd.o 的選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給以下地址，GNOME 翻譯團隊會儘快回覆您：\n" +#~ "community(a)linuxhall.org\n" +#~ "Woodman Tuen <wmtuen(a)gmail.com>, 2006-07" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "加入、更改及移除選單項目"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95051 - in branches/SLE12/lcn: 50-pot ar/po cs/po de/po es/po fr/po hu/po it/po ja/po ko/po nl/po pl/po pt_BR/po ru/po sv/po zh_CN/po zh_TW/po
by swims＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Dec '15

02 Dec '15

Author: swims Date: 2015-12-02 12:31:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95051 Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot branches/SLE12/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po branches/SLE12/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po branches/SLE12/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po branches/SLE12/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po branches/SLE12/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po branches/SLE12/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po branches/SLE12/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po branches/SLE12/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po branches/SLE12/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po branches/SLE12/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po branches/SLE12/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po branches/SLE12/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po branches/SLE12/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po Log: Added complete Alacarte translations for Micro Focus managed languages. Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/alacarte.pot 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/ar/po/alacarte.ar.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +# translation of alacarte.HEAD.po to Arabic +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Yousef Raffah <yousef(a)raffah.com>, 2006. +# Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org>, 2006, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "الاسم" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "أظهر" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "عنصر" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "اختر أيقونة" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "اختر أمرًا" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "القائمة الرئيسية" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "تغيير التطبيقات التي ستظهر في القائمة الرئيسية أو إزالتها" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "استعادة تكوين النظام" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "استعِد مخطط القائمة المبدئي" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "قائمة _جديدة" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "عنصر _جديد" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "فا_صل جديد" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "انقل لأسفل" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "انقل لأعلى" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "خصائص المشغل" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "اسم:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "أمر:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "تعليق:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "استعراض..." + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "تشغيل في الوحدة الطرفية؟" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "خصائص الدليل" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "ع_ناصر:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "أأتراجع عن التغييرات؟" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "أأسترجع كافة القوائم إلى الإعدادات الأصلية؟" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_قوائم:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "ا_ستعِد الحالة الأصلية" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القائمة الرئيسية" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "مخطط القائمة" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "يحتاج عنصر القائمة الجديد لاسم" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "تحتاج القوائم الجديدة لاسم" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "اختر برنامج" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "بحاجة لاسم." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "بحاجة لأمر." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "لا أيقونة" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القوائم" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر القائمة ألاكارت" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "حقوق النسخ © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "أيقونة:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "خصائص عنصر القائمة" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "محرر قائمة متوافق مع fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "فريق عربآيز للترجمة http://www.arabeyes.org :\n" +#~ "جهاد عفيفي\t<djihed(a)gmail.com>\n" +#~ "يوسف رفه\t<yousef(a)raffah.com>" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "أضف، عدّل، احذف مدخلات القائمة" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/cs/po/alacarte.cs.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# translation of cs.po to Czech +# Czech translation of PACKAGE. +# Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# Copyright (C) 2006 Lukas Novotny <lukasnov(a)cvs.gnome.org> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# +# Lukas Novotny <lukasnov(a)cvs.gnome.org>, 2006. +# Jakub Friedl <jfriedl(a)suse.cz>, 2007, 2012. +# Marek Černocký <marek(a)manet.cz>, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: cs\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: cs\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Název" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Zobrazit" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Položka" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Vybírání ikony" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Vybírání příkazu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hlavní nabídka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Přidat nebo odebrat aplikace v hlavní nabídce" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Obnovit systémové nastavení" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Obnovit výchozí uspořádání nabídky" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nová nabídka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "No_vá položka" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nový _oddělovač" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Přesunout níž" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Přesunout výš" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Vlastnosti spouštěče" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Název:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Příkaz:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Komentář:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Procházet" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Spustit v terminálu?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Vlastnosti složky" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Změnit aplikace zobrazené v hlavní nabídce" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "P_oložky:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Zrušit změny?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Vrátit původní nastavení všech nabídek?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Nabídky:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Obnovit původní" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/de/po/alacarte.de.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +# translation of de.po to Deutsch +# translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006 THE alacarte COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Beni Goll <Beni.Goll(a)web.de>, 2006. +# Hendrik Brandt <heb(a)gnome-de.org>, 2006. +# Hendrik Richter <hendrikr(a)gnome.org>, 2007. +# Tobias Endrigkeit <tobiasendrigkeit(a)googlemail.com>, 2012. +# Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach(a)googlemail.com>, 2012. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: de\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Anzeigen" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Eintrag" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Ein Symbol wählen" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Einen Befehl wählen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hauptmenü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Anwendungen dem Hauptmenü hinzufügen oder löschen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Systemkonfiguration wiederherstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Die Standardstruktur des Menüs wiederherstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Neues Menü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_euer Eintrag" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Neue _Trennlinie" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Nach unten verschieben" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Nach oben verschieben" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Startereigenschaften" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Name:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Befehl:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Kommentar:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Durchsuchen" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Befehl im Terminal ausführen?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Ordnereigenschaften" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Legt fest, welche Anwendungen im Hauptmenü angezeigt werden" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte-Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Original wiederherstellen" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menüs:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Einträge:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Änderungen rückgängig machen?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie alle Menüs in ihren Ursprungszustand zurück versetzen?" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menüstruktur" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen Namen ein." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie einen Befehl ein." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Menüeinträge hinzufügen, ändern oder entfernen" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Symbol:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Eigenschaften des Menüeintrags" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Ein einfacher, Freedesktop.org-konformer Menüeditor" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beni Goll <Beni.Goll(a)web.de>\n" +#~ "Hendrik Brandt <heb(a)gnome-de.org>" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Durchsuchen..." + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menüeigenschaften" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Befehl in einem Terminal ausführen" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/es/po/alacarte.es.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# translation of alacarte.HEAD.po to Español +# translation of alacarte to Spanish +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Copyright (C) 2006 The Free Software Foundation. +# +# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador(a)cvs.gnome.org>, 2006. +# Jorge González <jorge.gonzalez.gonzalez(a)hispalinux.es>, 2007. +# Jorge González <jorgegonz(a)svn.gnome.org>, 200, 2009. +# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles(a)gmail.com>, 2012, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte.HEAD\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nombre" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostrar" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elemento" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Elegir un icono" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Elegir un comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menú principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Añadir o quitar aplicaciones del menú principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurar la configuración del sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurar la distribución de menú predeterminada" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Menú _nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Ele_mento nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "_Separador nuevo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Bajar" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Subir" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propiedades del lanzador" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nombre:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Comentario:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Examinar" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "¿Ejecutar en una terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propiedades de la carpeta" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Cambie las aplicaciones que se muestran en el menú principal" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Revertir al original" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menús:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elementos:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "¿Revertir los cambios?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "¿Revertir todos los menús a la configuración original?" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/fr/po/alacarte.fr.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# French translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Jonathan Ernst <jonathan(a)ernstfamily.ch>, 2006. +# Robert-André Mauchin <zebob.m(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# Stéphane Raimbault <stephane.raimbault(a)gmail.com>, 2007-2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte 0.9.3\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nom" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Afficher" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Élément" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Choisissez une icône" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Choisissez une commande" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu principal" + +# Utilisation de l'infinitif sur les infobulles du Bureau +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Ajouter ou supprimer des applications à partir du menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurer la configuration du système" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurer l'agencement de menu par défaut" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nouveau menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Nouvel élé_ment" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nouveau _séparateur" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Descendre" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Monter" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propriétés du lanceur" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nom :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Commande :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Commentaire :" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Parcourir" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Lancer dans un terminal ?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propriétés du répertoire" + +# Utilisation de l'infinitif sur les infobulles du Bureau +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Modifier les applications affichées dans le menu principal" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Éditeur du menu principal" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Un nom est requis." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Une commande est requise." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Ajouter, modifier, enlever des éléments de menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Éditeur de menu Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Parcourir…" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Icône :" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriétés de l'élément du menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriétés du menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Lancer le programme dans un terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Simple éditeur de menu respectant fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "Jonathan Ernst <jonathan(a)ernstfamily.ch>" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Revenir à l'original" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus :" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "É_léments :" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Annuler les modifications ?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Revenir à la configuration d'origine de tous les menus ?" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Agencement du menu" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/hu/po/alacarte.hu.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# Hungarian translation for alacarte +# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Gabor Burján <buga(a)buvoshetes.hu>, 2006. +# Gabor Kelemen <kelemeng(a)gnome.hu>, 2006, 2007. +# Balázs Úr <urbalazs at gmail dot com>, 2012, 2013. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Név" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Látható" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elem" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Válasszon ikont" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Válasszon parancsot" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Főmenü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Alkalmazások hozzáadása vagy eltávolítása a főmenüből" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Rendszerbeállítások visszaállítása" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Az alapértelmezett menüelrendezés visszaállítása" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Új _menü" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Ú_j elem" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Új _elválasztó" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Lefelé" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Felfelé" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Indítóikon tulajdonságai" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Név:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Parancs:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Megjegyzés:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Tallózás" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Indítás terminálban?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Könyvtár tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "A főmenüben megjelenő alkalmazások módosítása" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Az új menüelemeknek nevet kell adni" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Az új menüknek nevet kell adni" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Főmenüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menüelrendezés" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elemek:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Visszavonja a módosításokat?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Visszaállítja a menük eredeti állapotát?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menük:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Visszatérés az eredeti állapothoz" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Egy név megadása szükséges." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Egy parancs megadása szükséges." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Menübejegyzések hozzáadása, módosítása és törlése" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Tallózás..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menüelem tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menü tulajdonságai" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Futtatás terminálban" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Egy egyszerű fd.o szerint szabványos menüszerkesztő" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Burján Gábor <buga(a)buvoshetes.hu>\n" +#~ "Kelemen Gábor <kelemeng(a)gnome.hu>" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/it/po/alacarte.it.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# Italian translation for alacarte +# Copyright (c) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Alessio Frusciante <algol(a)firenze.linux.it>, 2006. +# Milo Casagrande <milo(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006-2008 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: it\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostra" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Elemento" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Scegliere un'icona" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Scegliere un comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menù principale" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Consente di aggiungere o rimuovere applicazioni dal menu principale" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Rispristina configurazione di sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Ripristina la struttura predefinita del menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nuovo menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Nuovo _elemento" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nuovo _separatore" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Sposta in basso" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Sposta in alto" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Proprietà avvio programmi" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nome:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Commento:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Sfoglia" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Avviare nel terminale?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Proprietà directory" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "Voc_i:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Annullare i cambiamenti?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di tutti i menù?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menù:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Ripristina originale" + +# (NdT) ho tralasciato il "main" volontariamente essendo +# la voce che compare nel menù... non capisco quale sia +# un menù non principale. +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte - Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Struttura menù" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "La nuova voce di menù necessita di un nome" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Il nuovo menù necessita di un nome" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor di menù" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "È richiesto un nome." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "È richiesto un comando." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Aggiunge, cambia e rimuove voci di menù" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Icona:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Proprietà della voce di menù" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Semplice editor di menù conforme a freedesktop.org" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Milo Casagrande <milo_casagrande(a)yahoo.it>\n" +#~ "Alessio Frusciante <algol(a)firenze.linux.it>" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/ja/po/alacarte.ja.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# Japanese message catalog for Alacarte, a simple menu editor for GNOME. +# Copyright (C) 2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the 'alacarte' package. +# Satoru SATOH <ss(a)gnome.gr.jp>, 2006. +# Takeshi AIHANA <takeshi.aihana(a)gmail.com>, 2006,2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte master\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "表示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "アイテム" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "アイコンを選択します" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "コマンドを選択します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "メイン・メニュー" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "メインメニューでのアプリケーションの追加または削除を行います" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "元のシステム設定に戻します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "デフォルトのメニュー構成に戻します" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新しいメニュー(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新しいアイテム(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新しいセパレーター(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下へ" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上へ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Launcherのプロパティ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名前:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "コマンド:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "コメント:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "ブラウズ" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "端末で起動しますか?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "ディレクトリプロパティ" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "アイテム(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "変更点を元に戻しますか?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "すべてのメニューを元の設定に戻しますか?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "メニュー(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "元に戻す(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/ko/po/alacarte.ko.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# alacarte Korean translation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Changwoo Ryu <cwryu(a)debian.org>, 2006, 2010. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "보기" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "항목" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "아이콘 선택" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "명령 선택" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "주 메뉴" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "주 메뉴의 프로그램 표시를 바꿉니다." + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "시스템 구성 복원" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "기본 메뉴 배치로 되돌리기" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "새 메뉴(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "새 항목(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "새 구분선(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "아래로 옮기기" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "위로 옮기기" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "실행기 속성" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "이름" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "명령:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "주석:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "찾아보기" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "터미널에서 실행하겠습니까?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "디렉토리 속성" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "항목(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "바꾼 사항을 되돌리시겠습니까?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "메뉴를 전부 원래의 설정으로 되돌리시겠습니까?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "메뉴(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "원래대로 되돌리기(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/alacarte.nl.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +# Dutch translation of Alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2005 Niels Abspoel <niels.abspoel(a)wanadoo.nl> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Niels Abspoel <niels.abspoel(a)wanadoo.nl>, 2005. +# Tino Meinen <a.t.meinen(a)chello.nl>, 2006, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Alacarte VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Tonen" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Item" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Kies een pictogram" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Kies een opdracht" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Hoofdmenu" + +# instellen/wijzigen +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Toepassingen toevoegen aan of verwijderen uit het hoofdmenu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie herstellen" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "De standaard menu-indeling herstellen" + +# waarom de _m en niet de _n hier? (tino) +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Nieuw _menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "_Nieuw item" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nieuw _scheidingsteken" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Naar beneden" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Naar boven" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Starteigenschappen" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Naam:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Opdracht:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Toelichting:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Bladeren" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Starten in terminal" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Mapeigenschappen" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "It_ems:" + +# wijzigingen/wijzigen +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Wijzigen ongedaan maken?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Alle oorspronkelijke menu-instellingen terugzetten?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Terugzetten" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Hoofdmenu-editor" + +# vereisen/moeten hebben +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwe menu-items moeten een naam hebben" + +# vereisen/moeten hebben +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwe menus moeten een naam hebben" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Kies een programma" + +# krijg je te zien als je geen naam invult voor een nieuw menu-item +# (zou volgens HIG niet mogen verschijnen, als er niets is ingevuld +# moet de OK-knop uitgegrijst zijn) +# Er is geen naam ingevuld/er is een naam nodig +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen naam ingevuld." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen opdracht ingevuld." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Geen pictogram" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Pictogram:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menu-item eigenschappen" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menu-indeling" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Eenvoudige fd.o conforme menu-editor" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tino Meinen\n" +#~ "Niels Abspoel\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Kijk voor meer informatie op http://nl.gnome.org/" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Toevoegen, wijzigen, en verwijderen van menu-items" + +#~ msgid "A menu can't be named \"Other\"." +#~ msgstr "Een menu kan niet \"Other\" genoemd worden." + +#~ msgid "Loading..." +#~ msgstr "Laden..." + +#~ msgid "Visible" +#~ msgstr "Zichtbaar" + +#~ msgid "Simple freedesktop.org Compliant Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Eenvoudig programma om menu's te bewerken volgens de freedesktop.org standaard" + +#~ msgid "Entry Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menu-item editor" + +#~ msgid "Icon Selector" +#~ msgstr "Pictogramkiezer" + +#~ msgid "New _Entry" +#~ msgstr "_Nieuw menu-item" + +#~ msgid "_Delete" +#~ msgstr "_Wissen" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/pl/po/alacarte.pl.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- +# Aviary.pl +# Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz +# pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: +# gnomepl(a)aviary.pl +# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- +# Artur Flinta <aflinta(a)at.kernel.pl>, 2006-2007. +# Tomasz Dominikowski <dominikowski(a)gmail.com>, 2008. +# Piotr Drąg <piotrdrag(a)gmail.com>, 2010-2013. +# Aviary.pl <gnomepl(a)aviary.pl>, 2008-2013. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" +"X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nazwa" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Wyświetlanie" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Element" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Wybór ikony" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Wybór polecenia" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu główne" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Dodawanie lub usuwanie programów z głównego menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Przywróć konfigurację systemową" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Przywraca domyślny układ menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Nowe menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_owy element" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Nowy _separator" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Przenieś w dół" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Przenieś w górę" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Właściwości aktywatora" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nazwa:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Polecenie:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Komentarz:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Przeglądaj" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Uruchamiać w terminalu?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Właściwości katalogu" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Przywróć pierwotne" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "Men_u:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Elementy:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Cofnąć zmiany?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Cofnąć zmiany wszystkich menu do pierwotnych ustawień?" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Zmiana widoczności programów w menu głównym" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Nazwa jest wymagana." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Polecenie jest wymagane." + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Dodaje, zmienia, usuwa elementy menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Układ menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte - edytor menu" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Przeglądaj..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikona:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Właściwości elementu menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Właściwości menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Uruchomienie polecenia w terminalu" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Prosty edytor menu zgodny z fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "GNOME PL Team <translators(a)gnomepl.org>" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/pt_BR/po/alacarte.pt_BR.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +# Alacarte Menu Editor. +# Copyright (C) 2006 Travis Watkins +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Alacarte package. +# Licio Fonseca <licio(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006. +# Og Maciel <ogmaciel(a)ubuntu.com>, 2006. +# Djavan Fagundes <djavanf(a)gnome.org>, 2012. +# Enrico Nicoletto <liverig(a)gmail.com>, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Mostrar" + +# Para lembrar: Paroxítonas com "-em/-ens" no fim, como "item/itens", não levam acento. +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Item" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Escolha um ícone" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Escolha um comando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Altere quais aplicativos são mostrados no menu principal" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Restaurar configuração do sistema" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Restaurar a disposição padrão do menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Novo menu" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "No_vo item" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Novo _separador" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Mover para baixo" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Mover para cima" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Propriedades do lançador" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Nome:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Comentário:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Navegar" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Lançar no terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Propriedades do diretório" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Altere quais aplicativos são mostrados no menu principal" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "It_ens:" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menus:" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor do Menu Principal" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Restaurar ao original" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Reverter alterações?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Reverter todos os menus para as configurações originais?" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "É necessário nomear os novos itens do menu" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "É necessário nomear os novos menus" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Escolha um Programa" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Escolha um Ícone" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "É necessario um nome." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "É necessario um comando." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Sem Ícone" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de Menu" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de Menu Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Navegar..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ícone:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriedades dos Itens de Menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Disposição do Menu" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Propriedades do Menu" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Executar comando em um terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Editor de menu simples aderente ao freedesktop.org" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Licio Fernando <licio(a)ubuntu.com>\n" +#~ "Og Maciel <ogmaciel(a)ubuntu.com>" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar, alterar e remover entradas do menu" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/ru/po/alacarte.ru.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +# Russian translation of alacarte +# Copyright (C) Free Software Foundation +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# +# Leonid Kanter <leon(a)asplinux.ru>, 2006, 2007. +# Stas Solovey <whats_up(a)tut.by>, 2012, 2013. +# Yuri Myasoedov <omerta13(a)yandex.ru>, 2012, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte trunk\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2)\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Имя" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Показать" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Элемент" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Выберите значок" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Выберите команду" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Главное меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Добавить или удалить приложения из главного меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Восстановить системные настройки" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Восстановить первоначальный вид меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "Создать _меню" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "Создать _элемент" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Создать _разделитель" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Переместить вниз" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Переместить вверх" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Параметры запуска" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Имя:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Команда:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Примечание:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Просмотреть" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Запускать в терминале" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Параметры каталога" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Выбор приложений, отображаемых в главном меню" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Новые элементы меню должны иметь имя" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Новые меню должны иметь имя" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Выберите программу" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Выберите значок" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Требуется имя." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Требуется команда." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Нет значка" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор главного меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Просмотреть..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Значок:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Свойства элемента меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Редактор меню" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Свойства меню" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Выполнять команду в терминале" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Простой редактор меню, совместимый с fd.o" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "Leonid Kanter <leon(a)asplinux.ru>" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Вернуть исходное состояние" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Меню:" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "_Элементы:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Откатить изменения?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Вернуть все меню к первоначальному состоянию?" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/sv/po/alacarte.sv.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +# Swedish messages for alacarte. +# Copyright © 2006, 2007, 2009, 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Christian Rose <menthos(a)menthos.com>, 2006. +# Daniel Nylander <po(a)danielnylander.se>, 2006, 2007, 2009. +# Anders Jonsson <anders.jonsson(a)norsjovallen.se>, 2014. +# +# $Id: sv.po,v 1.3 2006/12/28 06:52:28 dnylande Exp $ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: sv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Namn" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "Visa" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "Objekt" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "Välj en ikon" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "Välj ett kommando" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "Huvudmeny" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "Lägg till eller ta bort program från huvudmenyn" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "Återställ systemkonfiguration" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "Återställ standardmenylayouten" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "_Ny meny" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "N_ytt objekt" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "Ny _avgränsare" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "Flytta nedåt" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "Flytta uppåt" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "Egenskaper för startare" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "Namn:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "Kommando:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "Kommentar:" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "Bläddra" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "Starta i en terminal?" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "Katalogegenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "Ändra vilka program som visas på huvudmenyn" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "Obje_kt:" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "Återställ ändringar?" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "Återställ alla menyer till ursprungsinställningarna?" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "_Menyer:" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "_Återställ till ursprunglig" + +#~ msgid "Main Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Huvudmenyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "Menylayout" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nya menyposter behöver ett namn" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "Nya menyer behöver ett namn" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "Välj ett program" + +#~ msgid "Choose an Icon" +#~ msgstr "Välj en ikon" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "Ett namn krävs." + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "Ett kommando krävs." + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "Ingen ikon" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Menyredigeraren Alacarte" + +#~ msgid "Browse..." +#~ msgstr "Bläddra..." + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "Egenskaper för menypost" + +#~ msgid "Menu Properties" +#~ msgstr "Menyegenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Run command in a terminal" +#~ msgstr "Kör kommandot i en terminal" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "Enkel, fd.o-kompatibel menyredigerare" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daniel Nylander\n" +#~ "Christian Rose\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Skicka synpunkter på översättningen till\n" +#~ "tp-sv(a)listor.tp-sv.se" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "Lägg till, ändra, ta bort menyposter" + +#~ msgid "_Browse..." +#~ msgstr "_Bläddra..." + +#~ msgid "_Icon:" +#~ msgstr "_Ikon:" + +#~ msgid "Items:" +#~ msgstr "Objekt:" + +#~ msgid "Properties" +#~ msgstr "Egenskaper" + +#~ msgid "Move _Down" +#~ msgstr "Flytta _ned" + +#~ msgid "Move _Up" +#~ msgstr "Flytta _upp" + +#~ msgid "New Item" +#~ msgstr "Ny post" + +#~ msgid "New Separator" +#~ msgstr "Ny avgränsare" + +#~ msgid "New Menu" +#~ msgstr "Ny meny" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighet" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility Settings" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighetsinställningar" + +#~ msgid "Accessories" +#~ msgstr "Tillbehör" + +#~ msgid "Desktop accessories" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbordstillbehör" + +#~ msgid "Applications" +#~ msgstr "Program" + +#~ msgid "Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbord" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences and administration settings" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar och administrationsinställningar" + +#~ msgid "Programming" +#~ msgstr "Programmering" + +#~ msgid "Tools for software development" +#~ msgstr "Verktyg för programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Education" +#~ msgstr "Utbildning" + +#~ msgid "Games" +#~ msgstr "Spel" + +#~ msgid "Games and amusements" +#~ msgstr "Spel och underhållning" + +#~ msgid "Graphics" +#~ msgstr "Grafik" + +#~ msgid "Graphics applications" +#~ msgstr "Grafikprogram" + +#~ msgid "Internet" +#~ msgstr "Internet" + +#~ msgid "Programs for Internet access such as web and email" +#~ msgstr "Program för Internetåtkomst som till exempel webben och e-post" + +#~ msgid "Multimedia menu" +#~ msgstr "Multimediameny" + +#~ msgid "Sound & Video" +#~ msgstr "Ljud och video" + +#~ msgid "Office" +#~ msgstr "Kontor" + +#~ msgid "Office Applications" +#~ msgstr "Kontorsprogram" + +#~ msgid "Applications that did not fit in other categories" +#~ msgstr "Program som inte passade in i någon annan kategori" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Annat" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Preferences" +#~ msgstr "Inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Accessibility related preferences" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglighetsrelaterade inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Personal preferences and settings" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Administration" +#~ msgstr "Administration" + +#~ msgid "Change systemwide settings (affects all users)" +#~ msgstr "Ändra globala systeminställningar (påverkar alla användare)" + +#~ msgid "System Tools" +#~ msgstr "Systemverktyg" + +#~ msgid "Edit Menus" +#~ msgstr "Redigera menyer" + +#~ msgid "_Applications:" +#~ msgstr "_Program" + +#~ msgid "_Defaults" +#~ msgstr "_Standardalternativ" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find home directory: not set in /etc/passwd and no value for $HOME in environment" +#~ msgstr "Kan inte hitta hemkatalogen: inte angiven i /etc/passwd och inget värde på $HOME i miljön" + +#~ msgid "Menu file" +#~ msgstr "Menyfil" + +#~ msgid "MENU_FILE" +#~ msgstr "MENYFIL" + +#~ msgid "Monitor for menu changes" +#~ msgstr "Övervaka menyändringar" + +#~ msgid "Include <Exclude>d entries" +#~ msgstr "Inkludera exkluderade poster" + +#~ msgid "Include NoDisplay=true entries" +#~ msgstr "Inkludera poster med NoDisplay=true" + +#~ msgid "Invalid desktop file ID" +#~ msgstr "Ogiltigt id på desktopfil" + +#~ msgid "[Invalid Filename]" +#~ msgstr "[Ogiltigt filnamn]" + +#~ msgid " <excluded>" +#~ msgstr " <exkluderad>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "==== Menu changed, reloading ====\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "==== Menyn ändrad, läser om ====\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "Menu tree is empty" +#~ msgstr "Menyträdet är tomt" + +#~ msgid "- test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "- testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "Personal Preferences" +#~ msgstr "Personliga inställningar" + +#~ msgid "Applications:" +#~ msgstr "Program" + +#~ msgid "Invalid Filename" +#~ msgstr "Ogiltigt filnamn" + +#~ msgid "<excluded>" +#~ msgstr "<exkluderad>" + +#~ msgid "excluded" +#~ msgstr "exkluderad" + +#~ msgid "Excluded" +#~ msgstr "Exkluderad" + +#~ msgid "==== Menu changed, reloading ====" +#~ msgstr "==== Menyn ändrad, läser om ====" + +#~ msgid "Menu changed, reloading" +#~ msgstr "Menyn ändrad, läser om" + +#~ msgid "test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "Test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification" +#~ msgstr "Testa GNOMEs implementation av specifikationen för skrivbordsmenyer" + +#~ msgid "System Settings" +#~ msgstr "Systeminställningar" + +#~ msgid "Desktop Accessories" +#~ msgstr "Skrivbordstillbehör" + +#~ msgid "System" +#~ msgstr "System" + +#~ msgid "Software development" +#~ msgstr "Programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Software Development" +#~ msgstr "Programutveckling" + +#~ msgid "Games and Amusements" +#~ msgstr "Spel och underhållning" + +#~ msgid "Graphics Applications" +#~ msgstr "Grafikprogram" + +#~ msgid "Multimedia" +#~ msgstr "Multimedia" + +#~ msgid "Office applications" +#~ msgstr "Kontorsprogram" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_CN/po/alacarte.zh_CN.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# Chinese simplified translation for alacarte. +# Copyright (C) Gnome Project and its contributors. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the alacarte package. +# Funda Wang <fundawang(a)linux.net.cn>, 2006. +# zhouxiaobo <zhouxiaobo.500(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名称" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "显示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "项目" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "选择一个图标" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "选择一条命令" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "主菜单" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "从主菜单中增加或移除应用程序" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "恢复系统配置" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "恢复默认菜单布局" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新建菜单(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新建项目(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新建分隔符(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下移" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上移" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "启动器属性" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名称：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "命令：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "注释：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "浏览" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "是否要在终端内运行？" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "目录属性" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "更改显示于主菜单的应用程序" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "项数(_E)：" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "复原更改吗？" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "将全部菜单复原到原始设置吗？" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "菜单(_M)：" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "复原到原始值(_R)" Added: branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/zh_TW/po/alacarte.zh_TW.po 2015-12-02 11:31:42 UTC (rev 95051) @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# Chinese (Taiwan) translation of alacarte. +# Copyright (C) 2006, 07 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Woodman Tuen <wmtuen(a)gmail.com>, 2006-2007. +# Wei-Lun Chao <chaoweilun(a)gmail.com>, 2010. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: alacarte 0.13.2\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-24 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 16:29\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:155 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名稱" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:168 +msgid "Show" +msgstr "顯示" + +#: ../Alacarte/MainWindow.py:176 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "項目" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:87 +msgid "Choose an icon" +msgstr "選擇圖示" + +#: ../Alacarte/ItemEditor.py:207 +msgid "Choose a command" +msgstr "選擇指令" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/alacarte.ui.h:1 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "主選單" + +#: ../data/alacarte.desktop.in.in.h:2 +msgid "Add or remove applications from the main menu" +msgstr "從主選單加入或移除應用程式" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:2 +msgid "Restore System Configuration" +msgstr "還原系統組態" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:3 +msgid "Restore the default menu layout" +msgstr "回復預設的選單配置" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:4 +msgid "_New Menu" +msgstr "新增選單(_N)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:5 +msgid "Ne_w Item" +msgstr "新增項目(_W)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:6 +msgid "New _Separator" +msgstr "新增分隔線(_S)" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:7 +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "下移" + +#: ../data/alacarte.ui.h:8 +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "上移" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Launcher Properties" +msgstr "啟動器內容" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:2 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:2 +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名稱︰" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "指令：" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:4 ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:3 +msgid "Comment:" +msgstr "備註︰" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:5 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "瀏覽" + +#: ../data/launcher-editor.ui.h:6 +msgid "Launch in Terminal?" +msgstr "在終端機中啟動？" + +#: ../data/directory-editor.ui.h:1 +msgid "Directory Properties" +msgstr "目錄內容" + +#~ msgid "Change which applications are shown on the main menu" +#~ msgstr "選擇那一個應用程式顯示在主選單上" + +#~ msgid "It_ems:" +#~ msgstr "項目(_E):" + +#~ msgid "Revert Changes?" +#~ msgstr "還原變更？" + +#~ msgid "Revert all menus to original settings?" +#~ msgstr "將所有選單還原為原本的設定？" + +#~ msgid "_Menus:" +#~ msgstr "選單(_M):" + +#~ msgid "_Revert to Original" +#~ msgstr "還原為原本的設定(_R)" + +#~ msgid "Menu Layout" +#~ msgstr "選單配置" + +#~ msgid "New menu items need a name" +#~ msgstr "新增選單項目需要有名稱" + +#~ msgid "New menus need a name" +#~ msgstr "新選單需要有名稱" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Program" +#~ msgstr "選擇一個程式" + +#~ msgid "A name is required." +#~ msgstr "需要輸入名稱。" + +#~ msgid "A command is required." +#~ msgstr "需要輸入指令。" + +#~ msgid "No Icon" +#~ msgstr "沒有圖示" + +#~ msgid "Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "Alacarte Menu Editor" +#~ msgstr "Alacarte 選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "Copyright © 2006 Travis Watkins" +#~ msgstr "版權所有 © 2006 Travis Watkins" + +#~ msgid "Icon:" +#~ msgstr "圖示：" + +#~ msgid "Menu Item Properties" +#~ msgstr "選單項目屬性" + +#~ msgid "Simple fd.o compliant menu editor" +#~ msgstr "符合 fd.o 的選單編輯器" + +#~ msgid "translator-credits" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如對翻譯有任何意見，請送一封電子郵件給以下地址，GNOME 翻譯團隊會儘快回覆您：\n" +#~ "community(a)linuxhall.org\n" +#~ "Woodman Tuen <wmtuen(a)gmail.com>, 2006-07" + +#~ msgid "Add, change, remove menu entries" +#~ msgstr "加入、更改及移除選單項目"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95050 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/ru/po
by kezz90＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Dec '15

02 Dec '15

Author: kezz90 Date: 2015-12-02 11:38:17 +0100 (Wed, 02 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95050 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po Log: Vendor update:SLE12SP1 Localization update: Russian translation updated as per 857051 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po 2015-12-02 08:08:24 UTC (rev 95049) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po 2015-12-02 10:38:17 UTC (rev 95050) @@ -352,11 +352,11 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 msgid "Abandon all changes?" -msgstr "Отменить все изменения?" +msgstr "Отказаться от всех изменений?" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&Abandon" -msgstr "&Отменить" +msgstr "Отк&азаться" #. Dialog header #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95049 - in trunk: lcn/uk/po yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Dec '15

02 Dec '15

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2015-12-02 09:08:24 +0100 (Wed, 02 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95049 Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/community-repositories.uk.po trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/community-repositories.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/community-repositories.uk.po 2015-12-01 22:31:40 UTC (rev 95048) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/community-repositories.uk.po 2015-12-02 08:08:24 UTC (rev 95049) @@ -13,29 +13,26 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: community-repositories.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 14:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-07 08:20+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-26 16:42+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 10:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:1 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - LXDE" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - LXDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:2 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:2 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:2 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Latest LXDE release" msgstr "Найновіший випуск LXDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:3 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:3 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:3 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "The LXDE repository in the openSUSE Build Service, which provides you with " @@ -45,17 +42,14 @@ "Сховище LXDE в службі складання пакунків openSUSE, яке надає найновіші " "версії стільничного середовища LX і його програм." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:4 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:4 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - LibreOffice" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - LibreOffice" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:5 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:5 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:5 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Latest stable LibreOffice release" msgstr "Найновіша стабільна версія LibreOffice" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:6 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:6 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:6 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Provides you with the latest stable version of LibreOffice, the Office suite " @@ -64,19 +58,16 @@ "Надає найновішу стабільну версію LibreOffice, офісного набору, який " "вживається в openSUSE." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:1 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Mozilla" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Mozilla" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:8 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:8 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:8 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:8 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Most recent builds of Mozilla Software like Firefox" msgstr "Оновлення для програм Mozilla, напр., Firefox" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:9 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:9 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:9 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:9 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" @@ -86,19 +77,16 @@ "Містить найновіші випуски програм Mozilla, таких як Thunderbird (поштовий " "клієнт), Firefox і SeaMonkey (навігатори Тенет)." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:4 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Wine CVS Builds" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Wine CVS" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:11 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:11 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:11 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:11 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Snapshots of Wine CVS" msgstr "Версія в розробці (CVS) Wine" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:12 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:12 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:12 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:12 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" @@ -110,17 +98,14 @@ "програми Windows в openSUSE. Це сховище надає пакунки Wine з найновішими " "модифікаціями з CVS (версія в розробці)." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:13 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:13 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Games" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Ігри" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:14 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:14 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:14 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:14 msgid "A collection of action games" msgstr "Збірка ігор" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:15 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:15 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:15 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:15 msgid "" "Contains several action games including Open Arena (shoot 'em up), Flight " @@ -129,32 +114,26 @@ "Містить декілька ігор: Open Arena (стрілянина), Flight Gear (симуляція " "польотів) і Torcs (3D симуляція гонок)." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:16 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Drivers for webcams" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Драйвери для веб-камер" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:17 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:17 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Recent drivers for webcams" msgstr "Найновіші драйвери для веб-камер" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:18 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Contains recent drivers for hundreds of different webcams." msgstr "Містить найновіші драйвери для сотень різних веб-камер." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:19 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:19 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:19 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Virtualization (VirtualBox)" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Віртуалізація (VirtualBox)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:20 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:20 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:20 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Latest builds of Virtualbox" msgstr "Найновіші версії Virtualbox" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:21 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:21 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:21 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "Provides up-to-date builds of VirtualBox, a general-purpose open-source full " @@ -163,70 +142,58 @@ "Найновіші пакунки VirtualBox, програма (з відкритим кодом) загального вжитку " "для віртуалізації апаратного обладнання x86." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:22 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:22 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:22 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:19 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - PHP" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - PHP" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:23 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:23 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:23 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Latest updates for PHP software" msgstr "Оновлення для PHP" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:24 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:24 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:24 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:21 msgid "" "Provides the latest packages and multiple-version builds of PHP software." msgstr "Надає найновіші пакунки програмного забезпечення для PHP." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:25 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:25 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:25 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:22 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:7 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Database" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Бази даних" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:26 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:26 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:26 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:23 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Latest updates for database software" msgstr "Оновлення для баз даних" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:27 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:27 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:27 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:24 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Latest updates for database software including Firebird and MySQL." msgstr "Оновлення для ПЗ баз даних, таких як Firebird і MySQL." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:28 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:28 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:28 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:25 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:Extra" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - KDE:Extra" # 48955 AttribValues/label -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:29 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:29 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:29 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Community repository for KDE" msgstr "Громадські сховища для KDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:30 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:30 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:30 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:27 msgid "" "Provides additional KDE software maintained by the openSUSE KDE community." msgstr "Надає додаткове ПЗ KDE, яке підтримується спільнотою openSUSE KDE." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:31 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:31 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:31 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:28 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:10 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - GNOME:Apps" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - GNOME:Apps" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:32 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:32 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:32 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:29 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Backports of GNOME applications" msgstr "Портовані програми GNOME" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:33 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:33 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:33 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:30 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" @@ -234,316 +201,93 @@ "(backports)." msgstr "Оновлення для програм GNOME, які прийшли з дистрибутивом (backports)." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:34 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:34 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:34 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:31 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Mono:Community" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Mono:Community" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:35 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:35 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:35 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Community repository for Mono applications" msgstr "Громадське сховище для програм Mono" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:36 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:36 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:36 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Updates and Additions of applications written in Mono." msgstr "Оновлення і додатки для програм написаних на Mono." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:37 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:37 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:37 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:34 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:13 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:perl" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - devel:languages:perl" # 48955 AttribValues/label -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:38 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:38 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:38 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:35 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Community repository for Perl modules" msgstr "Громадські сховища для модулів Perl" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:39 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:39 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:39 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:36 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Updates and Additions for Perl modules" msgstr "Оновлення і додатки для програм написаних на Perl" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:40 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:40 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:40 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:37 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:python" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - devel:languages:python" # 48955 AttribValues/label -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:41 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:41 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:41 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:38 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Community repository for Python modules" msgstr "Громадські сховища для модулів Python" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:42 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:42 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:42 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:39 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Updates and Additions for Python modules" msgstr "Оновлення і додатки для модулів Python" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:43 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:43 -msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" -msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Banshee" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:44 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:44 -msgid "Latest builds of the Banshee Media Player" -msgstr "Останні збірки медіапрогравача Banshee" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:45 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:45 -msgid "Provides up-to-date builds of Banshee" -msgstr "Забезпечує оновлення збірок Banshee" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:46 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:46 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:43 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:40 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - filesystems" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - файлові системи" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:47 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:47 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:44 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Filesystem tools and FUSE-related packages" msgstr "Засоби файлової системи та пакунки, пов'язані із FUSE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:48 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:48 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:45 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Filesystem tools and FUSE-related packages." msgstr "Засоби файлової системи та пакунки, пов'язані із FUSE." -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:49 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:49 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:46 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:43 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Education" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Освіта" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:50 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:50 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:47 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Applications for education users" msgstr "Програми для освіти користувачів" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:51 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:51 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:48 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:45 msgid "" "Contains several packages which might be interesting for educational use" msgstr "" "Містить окремі пакунки, які можуть виявитися корисними для освітніх цілей" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:52 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:52 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:46 -msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Java:packages" -msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Java:пакунки" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:53 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:53 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:47 -msgid "Bleeding-edge Java packages" -msgstr "Найновіші пакунки Java" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:54 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:54 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:48 -msgid "Provides uptodate Java packages (Factory backports)" -msgstr "Надає актуальні пакети Java (зворотне портування з Factory)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:55 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:55 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:49 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:49 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:KDE3" msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - KDE:KDE3" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:56 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:56 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:50 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Maintained KDE 3 packages" msgstr "Підтримувані пакунки KDE 3" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:57 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:57 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:51 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Provides old KDE for newer openSUSE" msgstr "Надає старе KDE для нової openSUSE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Main Repository (OSS)" msgstr "Головне сховище (ВПЗ)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:2 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" -msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.2, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access " -"this repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"Це велике сховище програмного забезпечення з відкритим кодом (ВПЗ) для " -"openSUSE 12.2, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, які підтримуються " -"командою openSUSE. (Через те, що сховище має величезний розмір, його " -"додавання може тривати довго. Рекомендовано мати 512 МБ операційної пам'яті " -"або розділ свопінгу, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під час " -"встановлення системи.)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:4 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:4 -#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:4 -msgid "Main Repository (NON-OSS)" -msgstr "Головне сховище (НЕ-ВПЗ)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:5 -msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.2" -msgstr "Додаткове сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить ПЗ з закритим кодом" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 12.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"Офіційне сховище openSUSE 12.2 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " -"підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Java, Flash та інших." - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:7 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:7 -#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:7 -msgid "Main Repository (Sources)" -msgstr "Головне сховище (джерела)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:8 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 (Source packages)" -msgstr "Головне сховище для openSUSE 12.2 (джерельні пакунки)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgstr "" -"Сховище для всіх джерельних пакунків в openSUSE 12.2. Тільки для знавців." - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:10 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:10 -#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:10 -#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:10 -msgid "Main Repository (DEBUG)" -msgstr "Головне сховище (DEBUG)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:11 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including the debuginfo packages" -msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgstr "" -"Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " -"12.2. Тільки для знавців." - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:13 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:13 -#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:13 -#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:13 -msgid "Main Update Repository" -msgstr "Головне сховище з оновленнями" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:14 -msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.2" -msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень у 12.2" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE " -"12.2." -msgstr "" -"У цьому сховищі знаходяться латки безпеки і оновлення для openSUSE 12.2" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:18 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:18 -#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:18 -msgid "Update Repository (DEBUG)" -msgstr "Сховище оновлень (DEBUG)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:17 -msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.2 debuginfo packages" -msgstr "Сховище оновлень openSUSE 12.2, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:2 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including only Open Source Software" -msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.3, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access " -"this repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"Це велике сховище програмного забезпечення з відкритим кодом (ВПЗ) для " -"openSUSE 12.3, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, які підтримуються " -"командою openSUSE. (Через те, що сховище має величезний розмір, його " -"додавання може тривати довго. Рекомендовано мати 512 МБ операційної пам'яті " -"або розділ свопінгу, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під час " -"встановлення системи.)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:5 -msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.3" -msgstr "Додаткове сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить ПЗ з закритим кодом" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 12.3 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"Офіційне сховище openSUSE 12.3 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " -"підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Java, Flash та інших." - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:8 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 (Source packages)" -msgstr "Головне сховище для openSUSE 12.3 (джерельні пакунки)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." -msgstr "" -"Сховище для всіх джерельних пакунків в openSUSE 12.3. Тільки для знавців." - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:11 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including the debuginfo packages" -msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." -msgstr "" -"Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " -"12.3. Тільки для знавців." - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:14 -msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.3" -msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень в 12.2" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE " -"12.3." -msgstr "" -"2В цьому сховищі знаходяться латки безпеки і оновлення для openSUSE 12.3." - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:16 -#: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:16 -msgid "Update Repository (Non-Oss)" -msgstr "Сховище оновлень (Non-Oss)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:17 -msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 12.3" -msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень невільних програм у 12.3" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:19 -msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.3 debuginfo packages" -msgstr "Сховище оновлень openSUSE 12.3, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" - #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including only Open Source Software" msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 13.1, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" @@ -563,6 +307,11 @@ "або розділ свопінгу, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під час " "встановлення системи.)" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:4 +#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:4 +msgid "Main Repository (NON-OSS)" +msgstr "Головне сховище (НЕ-ВПЗ)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "Додаткове сховище openSUSE 13.1, яке містить ПЗ з закритим кодом" @@ -575,6 +324,11 @@ "Офіційне сховище openSUSE 13.1 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " "підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Java, Flash та інших." +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:7 +#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:7 +msgid "Main Repository (Sources)" +msgstr "Головне сховище (джерела)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 (Source packages)" msgstr "Головне сховище для openSUSE 13.1 (джерельні пакунки)" @@ -585,6 +339,12 @@ msgstr "" "Сховище для всіх джерельних пакунків в openSUSE 13.1. Тільки для знавців." +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:10 +#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:10 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:10 +msgid "Main Repository (DEBUG)" +msgstr "Головне сховище (DEBUG)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including the debuginfo packages" msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 13.1, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" @@ -597,6 +357,12 @@ "Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " "13.1. Тільки для знавців." +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:13 +#: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:13 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:13 +msgid "Main Update Repository" +msgstr "Головне сховище з оновленнями" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Repository for official updates to 13.1" msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень в 13.1" @@ -608,14 +374,36 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому сховищі знаходяться латки безпеки і оновлення для openSUSE 13.1." +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:16 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:16 +msgid "Update Repository (Non-Oss)" +msgstr "Сховище оновлень (Non-Oss)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 13.1" msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень невільних програм у 13.1" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:18 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:18 +msgid "Update Repository (DEBUG)" +msgstr "Сховище оновлень (DEBUG)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 13.1 debuginfo packages" msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 13.1, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:46 +msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Java:packages" +msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Java:пакунки" + +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:47 +msgid "Bleeding-edge Java packages" +msgstr "Найновіші пакунки Java" + +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:48 +msgid "Provides uptodate Java packages (Factory backports)" +msgstr "Надає актуальні пакети Java (зворотне портування з Factory)" + #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.2 including only Open Source Software" msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 13.2, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" @@ -767,17 +555,11 @@ #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1, giving " -"you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to " -"the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or " -"an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access " -"this repository at installation time.)" +"you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE community." msgstr "" "Це велике сховище програмного забезпечення з відкритим кодом (ВПЗ) для " -"openSUSE Leap 42.1, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, що підтримуються " -"командою openSUSE. (Через те, що сховище має величезний розмір, його " -"додавання може тривати довго. Рекомендовано мати 512 МБ операційної пам'яті " -"або розділ підкачки, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під час " -"встановлення системи.)" +"openSUSE Leap 42.1, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, що " +"підтримуються командою openSUSE." #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1" @@ -786,9 +568,10 @@ #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "The official openSUSE Leap 42.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Steam, Flash, and more." +"maintained by the openSUSE community, including Opera, Steam, Flash, and " +"more." msgstr "" -"Офіційне сховище openSUSE Leap 42.1 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " +"Офіційне сховище openSUSE Leap 42.1 для всіх програм із закритим кодом, які " "підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Steam, Flash та інших." #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:8 @@ -812,8 +595,8 @@ "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " "openSUSE Leap 42.1. For experts only." msgstr "" -"Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " -"Leap 42.1. Тільки для знавців." +"Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE Leap " +"42.1. Тільки для знавців." #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Repository for official updates to openSUSE Leap 42.1" @@ -834,7 +617,150 @@ msgid "Update repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 debuginfo packages" msgstr "Сховище оновлень openSUSE Leap 42.1 для пакунків debuginfo" +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:20 +msgid "Untested Updates" +msgstr "Неперевірені оновлення" + +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:21 +msgid "Repository of not yet tested updates" +msgstr "Сховище для неперевірених оновлень" + +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:22 +msgid "" +"Repository contains security and maintenance updates that still need testing " +"by quality assurance. Add this repository only if you want to participate in " +"testing openSUSE updates." +msgstr "" +"Сховище містить оновлення безпеки та обслуговування, які ще потрібно тестувати" +"щодо забезпечення якості. Додайте його лише, якщо ви хочете взяти участь в" +"у тестуванні оновлень OpenSUSE." + +#~ msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" +#~ msgstr "Служба складання пакунків openSUSE - Banshee" + +#~ msgid "Latest builds of the Banshee Media Player" +#~ msgstr "Останні збірки медіапрогравача Banshee" + +#~ msgid "Provides up-to-date builds of Banshee" +#~ msgstr "Забезпечує оновлення збірок Banshee" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.2, giving " +#~ "you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due " +#~ "to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of " +#~ "RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want " +#~ "to access this repository at installation time.)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це велике сховище програмного забезпечення з відкритим кодом (ВПЗ) для " +#~ "openSUSE 12.2, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, які підтримуються " +#~ "командою openSUSE. (Через те, що сховище має величезний розмір, його " +#~ "додавання може тривати довго. Рекомендовано мати 512 МБ операційної " +#~ "пам'яті або розділ свопінгу, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під " +#~ "час встановлення системи.)" + +#~ msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.2" +#~ msgstr "Додаткове сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить ПЗ з закритим кодом" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The official openSUSE 12.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " +#~ "maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Офіційне сховище openSUSE 12.2 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " +#~ "підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Java, Flash та інших." + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 (Source packages)" +#~ msgstr "Головне сховище для openSUSE 12.2 (джерельні пакунки)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сховище для всіх джерельних пакунків в openSUSE 12.2. Тільки для знавців." + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including the debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.2, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " +#~ "openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " +#~ "12.2. Тільки для знавців." + +#~ msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.2" +#~ msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень у 12.2" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE " +#~ "12.2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У цьому сховищі знаходяться латки безпеки і оновлення для openSUSE 12.2" + +#~ msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.2 debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "Сховище оновлень openSUSE 12.2, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including only Open Source Software" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.3, giving " +#~ "you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due " +#~ "to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of " +#~ "RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want " +#~ "to access this repository at installation time.)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це велике сховище програмного забезпечення з відкритим кодом (ВПЗ) для " +#~ "openSUSE 12.3, яке надає вам доступ до тисяч пакунків, які підтримуються " +#~ "командою openSUSE. (Через те, що сховище має величезний розмір, його " +#~ "додавання може тривати довго. Рекомендовано мати 512 МБ операційної " +#~ "пам'яті або розділ свопінгу, якщо ви хочете мати доступ до сховища під " +#~ "час встановлення системи.)" + +#~ msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.3" +#~ msgstr "Додаткове сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить ПЗ з закритим кодом" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The official openSUSE 12.3 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " +#~ "maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Офіційне сховище openSUSE 12.3 для всіх програм з закритим кодом, які " +#~ "підтримуються командою openSUSE: Opera, Java, Flash та інших." + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 (Source packages)" +#~ msgstr "Головне сховище для openSUSE 12.3 (джерельні пакунки)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сховище для всіх джерельних пакунків в openSUSE 12.3. Тільки для знавців." + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including the debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "Головне сховище openSUSE 12.3, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " +#~ "openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це сховище придатне для тих, хто хоче зневаджувати програми на openSUSE " +#~ "12.3. Тільки для знавців." + +#~ msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.3" +#~ msgstr "Сховище для офіційних оновлень в 12.2" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE " +#~ "12.3." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "2В цьому сховищі знаходяться латки безпеки і оновлення для openSUSE 12.3." + +#~ msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.3 debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "Сховище оновлень openSUSE 12.3, яке містить пакунки debuginfo" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Main repository of openSUSE Factory including only Open Source Software" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Головне сховище openSUSE Factory, яке містить лише ПЗ з відкритим кодом" Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2015-12-01 22:31:40 UTC (rev 95048) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2015-12-02 08:08:24 UTC (rev 95049) @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-16 12:34+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-18 10:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-29 01:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 10:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:407 src/update.cc:541 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:237 +#: src/info.cc:407 src/update.cc:623 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:237 #: src/search.cc:449 src/search.cc:585 src/search.cc:647 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:407 src/repos.cc:1006 src/repos.cc:1146 src/repos.cc:2572 -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:546 src/update.cc:681 src/Zypper.cc:5289 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:628 src/update.cc:763 src/Zypper.cc:5289 #: src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:238 src/search.cc:331 src/search.cc:450 #: src/search.cc:587 src/search.cc:652 src/locks.cc:104 msgid "Name" @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ msgid "Problem occurred while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "Під час читання встановлених пакунків виникла проблема:" -#: src/update.cc:93 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " @@ -2690,8 +2690,16 @@ "Ігнорується %s без аргументу, тому що було вказано подібний параметр з " "аргументом." +#: src/update.cc:187 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "заблокована %d латка" +msgstr[1] "заблоковані %d латки" +msgstr[2] "заблоковано %d латок" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:173 +#: src/update.cc:191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" @@ -2700,7 +2708,7 @@ msgstr[2] "потрібні %d латок" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:177 +#: src/update.cc:195 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" @@ -2708,121 +2716,133 @@ msgstr[1] "%d латки безпеки" msgstr[2] "%d латок безпеки" +#: src/update.cc:206 +msgid "unwanted" +msgstr "небажано" + +#: src/update.cc:207 +msgid "needed" +msgstr "потрібні" + +#: src/update.cc:208 +msgid "applied" +msgstr "застосовано" + +#: src/update.cc:209 +msgid "not needed" +msgstr "не потрібні" + +#: src/update.cc:215 +msgid "undetermined" +msgstr "невизначено" + #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:543 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 +#: src/update.cc:392 src/update.cc:625 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 #: src/search.cc:452 src/search.cc:586 src/search.cc:648 src/locks.cc:107 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Сховище" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:332 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:332 msgid "Category" msgstr "Категорія" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:333 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:333 msgid "Severity" msgstr "Серйозність" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 msgid "Interactive" msgstr "Інтерактивний" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/search.cc:334 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/search.cc:334 msgid "Status" msgstr "Стан" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:240 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:240 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Підсумок" -#: src/update.cc:343 src/update.cc:673 -msgid "needed" -msgstr "потрібні" - -#: src/update.cc:343 src/update.cc:673 -msgid "not needed" -msgstr "не потрібні" - -#: src/update.cc:362 +#: src/update.cc:441 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "Спочатку буде встановлено наступні оновлення керування ПЗ:" -#: src/update.cc:371 src/update.cc:599 +#: src/update.cc:450 src/update.cc:681 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "Не знайдено оновлень." -#: src/update.cc:377 +#: src/update.cc:456 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "Також наявні наступні оновлення:" -#: src/update.cc:462 +#: src/update.cc:541 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "Оновлення пакунків" -#: src/update.cc:464 +#: src/update.cc:543 msgid "Patches" msgstr "Латки" -#: src/update.cc:466 +#: src/update.cc:545 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "Оновлення шаблона" -#: src/update.cc:468 +#: src/update.cc:547 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "Оновлення продукту" -#: src/update.cc:551 +#: src/update.cc:633 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "Поточна версія" -#: src/update.cc:552 +#: src/update.cc:634 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "Наявна версія" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:552 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:589 src/search.cc:654 +#: src/update.cc:634 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:589 src/search.cc:654 msgid "Arch" msgstr "Арх." -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "Issue" msgstr "Питання" -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "No." msgstr "No." -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "Patch" msgstr "Латка" -#: src/update.cc:722 +#: src/update.cc:804 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "Збігів не знайдено." -#: src/update.cc:730 +#: src/update.cc:812 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "Знайдено наступні збіги номерів:" -#: src/update.cc:739 +#: src/update.cc:821 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "Було знайдено збіги в описах наступних пакунків:" -#: src/update.cc:807 +#: src/update.cc:889 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "Не було знайдено (або не потрібне) виправлення для питання bugzilla, номер " "%s." -#: src/update.cc:809 +#: src/update.cc:891 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "" "Не було знайдено (або не потрібне) виправлення для питання CVE, номер %s." #. translators: keep '%s issue' together, it's something like 'CVE issue' or 'Bugzilla issue' -#: src/update.cc:812 +#: src/update.cc:894 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for %s issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "Виправлення для %s проблеми номер %s не знайдено або не потрібне." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2015-12-01 22:31:40 UTC (rev 95048) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2015-12-02 08:08:24 UTC (rev 95049) @@ -8,16 +8,17 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 19:32+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 10:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module #: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 @@ -55,8 +56,8 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Конфігурація клієнта розпізнавання" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування клієнта розпізнавання" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -83,36 +84,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Вилучити службу/домен" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Прилаштування - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Назва" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Значення" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Опис" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Більше параметрів" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Фільтр назви:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -124,7 +126,7 @@ "Якщо ви продовжите, ваші налаштування nss_ldap будуть видалені.\n" "Хочете продовжити?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -137,40 +139,42 @@ "Хочете продовжити?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Ви не можете вилучити розділ SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Дійсно видалити розділ '%1'?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Це обов'язковий параметр, який не можна вилучити." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Підтвердити вилучення параметра:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -"Цей параметр - важливий. Вилучення параметра може спричинити збій запуску SSSD.\n" +"Цей параметр - важливий. Вилучення параметра може спричинити збій запуску " +"SSSD.\n" "Будь ласка, зверніть у довідку ппосібника по SSSD перед вилученням.\n" "Справді продовжити вилучення?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Жодний домен не увімкнений" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -181,7 +185,7 @@ "Хочете зберегти такі налаштування?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "Знайдено незадіяні домени" @@ -236,7 +240,8 @@ msgstr "Показує синтаксис файлу налаштувань." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Список служб, розділених комами, які запускаються при запуску SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 @@ -248,45 +253,86 @@ "Підтримувані служби: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Рекомендована кількість спроб повторного під'єднання служб у випадку аварійного відмови постачальника даних або його перезапуску" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Рекомендована кількість спроб повторного під'єднання служб у випадку " +"аварійного відмови постачальника даних або його перезапуску" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD може використовувати більше доменів одночасно, при цьому хоча б один з них повинен бути налаштований, інакше SSSD не запуститься." +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD може використовувати більше доменів одночасно, при цьому хоча б один з " +"них повинен бути налаштований, інакше SSSD не запуститься." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Цей параметр містить список доменів в порядку черговості звернення до них." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр містить список доменів в порядку черговості звернення до них." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Типовий регулярний вираз, який описує, як розбирати рядок, що містить ім'я користувача і домен, на ці компоненти" +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Типовий регулярний вираз, який описує, як розбирати рядок, що містить ім'я " +"користувача і домен, на ці компоненти" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Типовий формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж (ім'я, домен) у повне ім'я." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Типовий формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести " +"кортеж (ім'я, домен) у повне ім'я." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD спостерігає за станом файлу resolv.conf і визначає, коли необхідно оновити його внутрішній визначник імен DNS." +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD спостерігає за станом файлу resolv.conf і визначає, коли необхідно " +"оновити його внутрішній визначник імен DNS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Типово для цього буде використаний inotify. Якщо він недоступний, файл resolv.conf буде опитуватися кожні п'ять секунд." +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Типово для цього буде використаний inotify. Якщо він недоступний, файл " +"resolv.conf буде опитуватися кожні п'ять секунд." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "Каталог у файловій системі, в якому SSSD зберігає файли кешу повторення Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Каталог у файловій системі, в якому SSSD зберігає файли кешу повторення " +"Kerberos." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Цей рядок буде використовуватися як типове доменне ім'я для всіх імен, що не містять компоненти доменного імені." +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Цей рядок буде використовуватися як типове доменне ім'я для всіх імен, що не " +"містять компоненти доменного імені." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Бітова маска, що визначає видимі рівні зневадження. 0x0010 є типовим значенням, а також мінімальним допустимим значенням. 0xFFF0 є режимом максимального виведення повідомлень." +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"Бітова маска, що визначає видимі рівні зневадження. 0x0010 є типовим " +"значенням, а також мінімальним допустимим значенням. 0xFFF0 є режимом " +"максимального виведення повідомлень." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -301,29 +347,57 @@ msgstr "Затримка у секундах між тактовими імпульсами для цієї служби." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Цей параметр вказує максимальну кількість файлових дескрипторів, які можуть одночасно відкритися в ході цього процесу SSSD." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр вказує максимальну кількість файлових дескрипторів, які можуть " +"одночасно відкритися в ході цього процесу SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Цей параметр вказує кількість секунд, протягом яких клієнт процесу SSSD може утримувати файловий дескриптор, не звертаючись до нього." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр вказує кількість секунд, протягом яких клієнт процесу SSSD може " +"утримувати файловий дескриптор, не звертаючись до нього." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Якщо служба не відповідає на перевірки зв'язку (див. параметр \"час затримки\"), їй посилається сигнал SIGTERM, що вказує коректно завершити роботу." +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Якщо служба не відповідає на перевірки зв'язку (див. параметр \"час затримки" +"\"), їй посилається сигнал SIGTERM, що вказує коректно завершити роботу." #. NSS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Скільки секунд потрібно для кешування перерахувань nss_sss (запитів інформації по усім користувачам)?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд потрібно для кешування перерахувань nss_sss (запитів " +"інформації по усім користувачам)?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "Кеш елементів може бути налаштований таким чином, що він автоматично оновлює елементи у фоновому режимі, якщо вони запитуються вище відсоткової величини значення entry_cache_timeout для домену." +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"Кеш елементів може бути налаштований таким чином, що він автоматично оновлює " +"елементи у фоновому режимі, якщо вони запитуються вище відсоткової величини " +"значення entry_cache_timeout для домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Вказує, як довго nss_sss буде обробляти від'ємні попадання в кеш (тобто запити для недійсних значень в базі даних, наприклад, неіснуючих), перш ніж повторно надіслати запит серверній частині." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Вказує, як довго nss_sss буде обробляти від'ємні попадання в кеш (тобто " +"запити для недійсних значень в базі даних, наприклад, неіснуючих), перш ніж " +"повторно надіслати запит серверній частині." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" @@ -334,16 +408,27 @@ msgstr "Виключити певні групи з відбору у базі даних SSS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Щоб залишити певного користувача учасником групи, установіть параметр значення \"хибність\"." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Щоб залишити певного користувача учасником групи, установіть параметр " +"значення \"хибність\"." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача. Можна надати абсолютне значення або шаблон." +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача. Можна надати абсолютне значення " +"або шаблон." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Задає типовий шаблон для особистого каталогу користувача, якщо він не вказаний явно постачальником даних домену." +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Задає типовий шаблон для особистого каталогу користувача, якщо він не " +"вказаний явно постачальником даних домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -358,37 +443,67 @@ msgstr "Замінює будь-який примірник цих оболонок за допомогою shell_fallback" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "Використовує типову оболонку, якщо на комп'ютері не встановлена дозволена оболонка." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"Використовує типову оболонку, якщо на комп'ютері не встановлена дозволена " +"оболонка." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "Використовує типову оболонку, якщо постачальник не повертає іншу оболонку під час пошуку." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"Використовує типову оболонку, якщо постачальник не повертає іншу оболонку " +"під час пошуку." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Вказує час у секундах, протягом якого список піддоменів буде вважатися дійсним." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"Вказує час у секундах, протягом якого список піддоменів буде вважатися " +"дійсним." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого записи кеша у пам'яті будуть чинними." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого записи кеша у пам'яті будуть чинними." #. PAM configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Якщо постачальник розпізнавання вимкнений, то скільки повинні зберігатися ці входи в систему (в днях з моменту останнього успішного входу)?" +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо постачальник розпізнавання вимкнений, то скільки повинні зберігатися ці " +"входи в систему (в днях з моменту останнього успішного входу)?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "Час у хвилинах, який має пройти після виконання параметра offline_failed_login_attempts, перш ніж стане можливою нова спроба входу." +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"Час у хвилинах, який має пройти після виконання параметра " +"offline_failed_login_attempts, перш ніж стане можливою нова спроба входу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Керує видами повідомлень, які відображаються користувачу під час розпізнавання." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Керує видами повідомлень, які відображаються користувачу під час " +"розпізнавання." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Якщо SSSD в мережі, то для будь-якого запиту PAM буде виконана спроба негайного оновлення кешованих облікових даних користувача, щоб забезпечити розпізнавання для останніх даних." +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Якщо SSSD в мережі, то для будь-якого запиту PAM буде виконана спроба " +"негайного оновлення кешованих облікових даних користувача, щоб забезпечити " +"розпізнавання для останніх даних." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 @@ -398,80 +513,139 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Оцінювати атрибути sudoNotBefore і sudoNotAfter, які використовують залежні від часу елементи файла sudoers, чи ні." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Оцінювати атрибути sudoNotBefore і sudoNotAfter, які використовують залежні " +"від часу елементи файла sudoers, чи ні." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого відповідач autofs повинен кешувати негативні попадання, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого відповідач autofs повинен кешувати " +"негативні попадання, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині." #. SSH configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "Хешувати імена та адреси вузлів в керованому файлі known_hosts чи ні." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "Скільки секунд зберігати вузол в керованому файлі known_hosts після відправки запитів на його ключі." +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд зберігати вузол в керованому файлі known_hosts після " +"відправки запитів на його ключі." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "Обмеження ідентифікатора користувача і групи для домену. Якщо домен містить елемент, який виходить за межі цих обмежень, він ігнорується." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Обмеження ідентифікатора користувача і групи для домену. Якщо домен містить " +"елемент, який виходить за межі цих обмежень, він ігнорується." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "Читати усі заголовки із фонової бази даних (збільшує навантаження на сервер)" +msgstr "" +"Читати усі заголовки із фонової бази даних (збільшує навантаження на сервер)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Якщо робота служби не була завершена після \"force_timeout\" секунд, монітор буде примусово вимкнений після відправки сигналу SIGKILL." +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Якщо робота служби не була завершена після \"force_timeout\" секунд, монітор " +"буде примусово вимкнений після відправки сигналу SIGKILL." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи чинними, перш ніж повторно " +"відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи користувача чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи користувача чинними, перш ніж " +"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи груп чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи груп чинними, перш ніж " +"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи мережної групи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи мережної групи чинними, перш " +"ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати службові записи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати службові записи чинними, перш ніж " +"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд sudo повинен вважати правилами чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд sudo повинен вважати правилами чинними, перш ніж повторно " +"відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Скільки секунд служба autofs повинна вважати карти автоматичного монтування чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Скільки секунд служба autofs повинна вважати карти автоматичного монтування " +"чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Кешувати облікові дані для використання поза мережею" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Кількість днів, протягом якого записи зберігаються в кеші після останнього успішного входу, перш ніж вони будуть видалені під час очищення кешу." +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Кількість днів, протягом якого записи зберігаються в кеші після останнього " +"успішного входу, перш ніж вони будуть видалені під час очищення кешу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Постачальник ідентифікації вжитий для домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Використовуйте повне ім'я і домен (у форматі параметра full_name_format) як ім'я користувача для входу, що повідомляється до NSS." +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте повне ім'я і домен (у форматі параметра full_name_format) як " +"ім'я користувача для входу, що повідомляється до NSS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" @@ -482,8 +656,10 @@ msgstr "Постачальник управління доступом вжитий для домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "Постачальник, який буде виконувати операції по зміні пароля для домену." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"Постачальник, який буде виконувати операції по зміні пароля для домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -506,24 +682,44 @@ msgstr "Постачальник, що використовується для отримання облікових даних вузла." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Регулярний вираз для цього домену, що описує, як розбирати рядок, який містить ім'я користувача і домен, на ці компоненти." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Регулярний вираз для цього домену, що описує, як розбирати рядок, який " +"містить ім'я користувача і домен, на ці компоненти." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж (ім'я, домен) для цього домену у повне ім'я." +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж " +"(ім'я, домен) для цього домену у повне ім'я." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Надає можливість вибирати бажану адресу колекції для використання при пошуку назв DNS." +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Надає можливість вибирати бажану адресу колекції для використання при пошуку " +"назв DNS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Визначає кількість часу очікування відповіді від визначника імен DNS, перш ніж припустити, що він недоступний." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Визначає кількість часу очікування відповіді від визначника імен DNS, перш " +"ніж припустити, що він недоступний." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Якщо виявлення служб використовується в серверній частині, то вказується частина домену запиту DNS для виявлення служб." +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Якщо виявлення служб використовується в серверній частині, то вказується " +"частина домену запиту DNS для виявлення служб." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -531,15 +727,25 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "Враховує регістр клавіатури під час введення імені користувача і групи." +msgstr "" +"Враховує регістр клавіатури під час введення імені користувача і групи." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "При виконанні пошуку користувача або групи по імені постачальника проксі виконується другий пошук по ІД, щоб \"канонізувати\" ім'я в разі, якщо запитуване ім'я виявиться псевдонімом." +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"При виконанні пошуку користувача або групи по імені постачальника проксі " +"виконується другий пошук по ІД, щоб \"канонізувати\" ім'я в разі, якщо " +"запитуване ім'я виявиться псевдонімом." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Використовувати цей особистий каталог як типове значення для всіх піддоменів у цьому домені." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Використовувати цей особистий каталог як типове значення для всіх піддоменів " +"у цьому домені." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 @@ -547,34 +753,59 @@ msgstr "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Список груп, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід. Застосовується лише до груп у цьому домені SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Список груп, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід. Застосовується лише до " +"груп у цьому домені SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Список груп, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі. Застосовується тільки до груп в цьому домені SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Список груп, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі. " +"Застосовується тільки до груп в цьому домені SSSD." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "Інструменти додають ім'я користувача у базовий каталог і використовують його як домашній каталог." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Інструменти додають ім'я користувача у базовий каталог і використовують його " +"як домашній каталог." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Вказує, чи створюється типово домашній каталог для нових користувачів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Вказує, чи видаляється типово домашній каталог для віддалених користувачів." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Вказує, чи видаляється типово домашній каталог для віддалених користувачів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Використовується функцією sss_useradd(8) для вказівки типових дозволів на новостворений домашній каталог." +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Використовується функцією sss_useradd(8) для вказівки типових дозволів на " +"новостворений домашній каталог." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "Основний каталог, що містить файли і каталоги для копіювання особистого каталогу користувача при створенні особистого каталогу функцією sss_useradd(8)." +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"Основний каталог, що містить файли і каталоги для копіювання особистого " +"каталогу користувача при створенні особистого каталогу функцією " +"sss_useradd(8)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -591,15 +822,25 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання правил sudo по протоколу LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання правил sudo по " +"протоколу LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде підключатися SSSD в порядку переваги." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде " +"підключатися SSSD в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде підключатися SSSD у порядку переваги, щоб змінити пароль користувача." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде " +"підключатися SSSD у порядку переваги, щоб змінити пароль користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" @@ -611,7 +852,9 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "Прив'язане типове DN, що використовується для виконання операцій по протоколу LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Прив'язане типове DN, що використовується для виконання операцій по " +"протоколу LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." @@ -642,7 +885,8 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який відповідає полю GECOS користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ім'я домашнього каталогу користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 @@ -651,74 +895,148 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта користувача LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта користувача " +"LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить objectSID об'єкта користувача LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського об'єкта." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського " +"об'єкта." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (дата останньої зміни пароля)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " +"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (дата останньої зміни пароля)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (мінімальний термін дії пароля)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " +"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (мінімальний термін дії пароля)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (максимальний термін дії пароля)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " +"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (максимальний термін дії " +"пароля)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період попередження про закінчення терміну дії пароля)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " +"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період попередження про " +"закінчення терміну дії пароля)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період неактивності пароля)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " +"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період неактивності пароля)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow або ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (термін дії облікового запису)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow або " +"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, " +"яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (термін дії облікового запису)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час останньої зміни пароля Kerberos." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я " +"атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час останньої зміни пароля Kerberos." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час завершення терміну дії поточного пароля." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я " +"атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час завершення терміну дії поточного пароля." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає час завершення терміну дії облікового запису." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я " +"атрибута LDAP, зберігає час завершення терміну дії облікового запису." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке зберігає бітове поле контролю облікових записів." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я " +"атрибута LDAP, яке зберігає бітове поле контролю облікових записів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds або еквівалента цей параметр визначає, чи дозволений доступ чи ні." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds або еквівалента цей " +"параметр визначає, чи дозволений доступ чи ні." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, дозволений доступ чи ні." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, " +"дозволений доступ чи ні." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, до якої дати дозволений доступ." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, до " +"якої дати дозволений доступ." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, в які години днів тижня дозволений доступ." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, в які " +"години днів тижня дозволений доступ." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ім'я учасника-користувача Kerberos (UPN)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 @@ -726,20 +1044,38 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить відкриті ключі SSH користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Деякі сервери каталогів, наприклад, Active Directory, можуть доставляти частину області UPN в нижньому регістрі, що може стати причиною збою розпізнавання." +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Деякі сервери каталогів, наприклад, Active Directory, можуть доставляти " +"частину області UPN в нижньому регістрі, що може стати причиною збою " +"розпізнавання." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Встановіть для цього параметра значення true, якщо необхідно використовувати верхній регістр в області." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть для цього параметра значення true, якщо необхідно використовувати " +"верхній регістр в області." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Вказує, скільки секунд потрібно чекати SSSD, перш ніж оновити кеш перерахованих записів." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Вказує, скільки секунд потрібно чекати SSSD, перш ніж оновити кеш " +"перерахованих записів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Визначає, як часто слід перевіряти кеш на наявність неактивних записів (наприклад, груп учасників і користувачів, які ніколи не входили в систему) та видаляти їх, щоб заощадити місце." +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Визначає, як часто слід перевіряти кеш на наявність неактивних записів " +"(наприклад, груп учасників і користувачів, які ніколи не входили в систему) " +"та видаляти їх, щоб заощадити місце." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -750,12 +1086,24 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який перераховує участь користувача в групах." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "При використанні access_provider=ldap і ldap_access_order=authorized_service SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута authorizedService в записі LDAP для визначення привілею доступу." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"При використанні access_provider=ldap і ldap_access_order=authorized_service " +"SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута authorizedService в записі LDAP " +"для визначення привілею доступу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "При використанні access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута вузла в записі користувача для LDAP визначення привілею доступу." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"При використанні access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host SSSD буде " +"використовувати наявність атрибута вузла в записі користувача для LDAP " +"визначення привілею доступу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -775,27 +1123,50 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта групи LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта групи LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить objectSID об'єкта групи LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського об'єкта." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського " +"об'єкта." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Якщо для ldap_schema встановлений формат схеми, що підтримує вкладені групи (наприклад, RFC2307bis), то цей параметр контролює, скільки рівнів вкладеності буде відслідковувати SSSD." +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Якщо для ldap_schema встановлений формат схеми, що підтримує вкладені групи " +"(наприклад, RFC2307bis), то цей параметр контролює, скільки рівнів " +"вкладеності буде відслідковувати SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, яка може прискорити операції пошуку групи розгортання зі складними або глибокими вкладеними групами." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, " +"яка може прискорити операції пошуку групи розгортання зі складними або " +"глибокими вкладеними групами." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, яка може прискорити операції initgroups (особливо при роботі з складними або глибокими вкладеними групами)." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, " +"яка може прискорити операції initgroups (особливо при роботі з складними або " +"глибокими вкладеними групами)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -810,19 +1181,26 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить імена членів мережної групи." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить трійки мережної групи (вузол, користувач, домен)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, який містить трійки мережної групи (вузол, користувач, домен)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта мережної групи LDAP." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта мережної групи " +"LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Клас об'єктів запису служби у LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить імена атрибутів служби та їхні псевдоніми." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 @@ -830,60 +1208,109 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить порт, керований цією службою." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить протоколи, розпізнавані цією службою." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " +"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap, перш ніж " +"вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений " +"автономний режим)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap для перерахувань користувачів та груп, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap для " +"перерахувань користувачів та груп, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а " +"кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якого у разі відсутності активності будуть повернуті poll(2)/select(2) та connect(2)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якого у разі відсутності активності " +"будуть повернуті poll(2)/select(2) та connect(2)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якої у разі відсутності відповіді будуть припинені виклики синхронних API LDAP." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якої у разі відсутності відповіді будуть " +"припинені виклики синхронних API LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої буде підтримуватися з'єднання з LDAP сервером." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої буде підтримуватися з'єднання з " +"LDAP сервером." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Вказує кількість записів, одержуваних LDAP у одному запиту. Деякі сервери LDAP вимагають максимального числа на запит." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Вказує кількість записів, одержуваних LDAP у одному запиту. Деякі сервери " +"LDAP вимагають максимального числа на запит." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Вимкнути управління переходами між сторінками LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Під час зв'язку з сервером LDAP за допомогою SASL вказувати мінімальний рівень безпеки, необхідний для встановлення з'єднання." +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Під час зв'язку з сервером LDAP за допомогою SASL вказувати мінімальний " +"рівень безпеки, необхідний для встановлення з'єднання." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Вказувати кількість членів групи, відсутніх у внутрішньому кеші, для активації пошуку розіменування." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Вказувати кількість членів групи, відсутніх у внутрішньому кеші, для " +"активації пошуку розіменування." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Перевіряти сертифікацію сервера у сесії LDAP TLS" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Вказує файл, який містить сертифікати для всіх служб сертифікації, розпізнавані SSSD." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Вказує файл, який містить сертифікати для всіх служб сертифікації, " +"розпізнавані SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Вказує шлях до каталогу, який містить сертифікати органу сертифікації в окремих файлах." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Вказує шлях до каталогу, який містить сертифікати органу сертифікації в " +"окремих файлах." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." @@ -898,12 +1325,22 @@ msgstr "Вказує прийнятні комплекти шифрів." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Вказує на те, що з'єднання id_provider має також використовувати TLS для захисту каналу." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Вказує на те, що з'єднання id_provider має також використовувати TLS для " +"захисту каналу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Вказує на те, що SSSD слід спробувати відобразити ІД користувачів груп з атрибутів ldap_user_objectsid і ldap_group_objectsid замість того, щоб розраховувати на ldap_user_uid_number і ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Вказує на те, що SSSD слід спробувати відобразити ІД користувачів груп з " +"атрибутів ldap_user_objectsid і ldap_group_objectsid замість того, щоб " +"розраховувати на ldap_user_uid_number і ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -918,24 +1355,34 @@ msgstr "Вказати область SASL для використання." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Якщо встановлено значення true, бібліотека LDAP виконає зворотний пошук, щоб канонізувати назву вузла під час прив'язки SASL." +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Якщо встановлено значення true, бібліотека LDAP виконає зворотний пошук, щоб " +"канонізувати назву вузла під час прив'язки SASL." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." -msgstr "Вказати файл Keytab, який буде використовуватися при використанні SASL/GSSAPI." +msgstr "" +"Вказати файл Keytab, який буде використовуватися при використанні SASL/" +"GSSAPI." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Вказує на те, що id_provider слід започаткувати облікові дані Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "" +"Вказує на те, що id_provider слід започаткувати облікові дані Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Вказує термін дії TGT в секундах при використанні GSSAPI." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Вибрати політику для оцінювання закінчення терміну дії пароля на стороні клієнта." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Вибрати політику для оцінювання закінчення терміну дії пароля на стороні " +"клієнта." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." @@ -943,23 +1390,44 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися у разі вмикання виявлення служб." +msgstr "" +"Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися у разі вмикання виявлення " +"служб." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися для пошуку сервера LDAP, що дозволить змінити пароль при увімкненому виявленні служб." +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися для пошуку сервера LDAP, що " +"дозволить змінити пароль при увімкненому виявленні служб." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Вказує, чи потрібно оновлювати атрибут ldap_user_shadow_last_change після операції зміни пароля, вказуючи час в днях після епохи." +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Вказує, чи потрібно оновлювати атрибут ldap_user_shadow_last_change після " +"операції зміни пароля, вказуючи час в днях після епохи." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Якщо використовуються access_provider = ldap і ldap_access_order = filter (default), цей параметр обов'язковий. Він визначає критерій фільтру пошуку LDAP, яким повинні відповідати користувачі для отримання доступу до цього вузла." +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Якщо використовуються access_provider = ldap і ldap_access_order = filter " +"(default), цей параметр обов'язковий. Він визначає критерій фільтру пошуку " +"LDAP, яким повинні відповідати користувачі для отримання доступу до цього " +"вузла." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr "За допомогою цього параметра можна увімкнути атрибути управління оцінюванням доступу на стороні клієнта." +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою цього параметра можна увімкнути атрибути управління оцінюванням " +"доступу на стороні клієнта." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -970,24 +1438,36 @@ msgstr "Вказує, як виконується розіменування псевдоніма під час пошуку." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Дозволяє зберігати локальних користувачів як учасників групи LDAP серверів, що використовують схему RFC2307." +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Дозволяє зберігати локальних користувачів як учасників групи LDAP серверів, " +"що використовують схему RFC2307." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP адреса або назви вузлів серверів Kerberos (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Вказує список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів Kerberos, розділених комами, до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD, в порядку переваги." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Вказує список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів Kerberos, розділених комами, " +"до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD, в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Область Kerberos (наприклад, EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Якщо служба зміни пароля не запущена у KDC, то альтернативні сервери можуть бути визначені тут." +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Якщо служба зміни пароля не запущена у KDC, то альтернативні сервери можуть " +"бути визначені тут." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -998,36 +1478,64 @@ msgstr "Розташування кешу облікових даних користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr "Затримка в секундах після скасування запиту аутентифікації або запиту зміни пароля." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +"Затримка в секундах після скасування запиту аутентифікації або запиту зміни " +"пароля." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Перевіряти з допомогою krb5_keytab, чи не був підроблений отриманий TGT." +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Перевіряти з допомогою krb5_keytab, чи не був підроблений отриманий TGT." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "Розташування файлу keytab, який буде використовуватися при перевірці облікових даних, отриманих від KDC." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"Розташування файлу keytab, який буде використовуватися при перевірці " +"облікових даних, отриманих від KDC." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Зберігати пароль користувача, якщо постачальник не в мережі, і використовувати його для запиту TGT, коли постачальник знову з'явиться в мережі." +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Зберігати пароль користувача, якщо постачальник не в мережі, і " +"використовувати його для запиту TGT, коли постачальник знову з'явиться в " +"мережі." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Запитати оновлений квиток із загальним терміном дії, який надається як ціле число і супроводжується одиницею часу." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Запитати оновлений квиток із загальним терміном дії, який надається як ціле " +"число і супроводжується одиницею часу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Квиток запиту з терміном дії у вигляді цілого числа, після якого слідує одиниця часу." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Квиток запиту з терміном дії у вигляді цілого числа, після якого слідує " +"одиниця часу." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Час в секундах між двома перевірками необхідності оновлення TGT." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Вмикає гнучке розпізнавання через захищене тунелювання (FAST) для попереднього розпізнавання Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Вмикає гнучке розпізнавання через захищене тунелювання (FAST) для " +"попереднього розпізнавання Kerberos." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1035,7 +1543,8 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Вказує, чи потрібно канонізувати учасника вузла і учасника-користувача." +msgstr "" +"Вказує, чи потрібно канонізувати учасника вузла і учасника-користувача." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 @@ -1047,24 +1556,42 @@ msgstr "IP адреси або назви вузлів серверів AD (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "Список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів AD, розділених комами, до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD в порядку переваги." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів AD, розділених комами, до яких буде " +"під'єднуватися SSSD в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Необов'язковий. Може встановлюватися на комп'ютерах, на яких hostname(5) не відображає повне ім'я, використовуване в домені Active Directory для визначення цього вузла." +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Необов'язковий. Може встановлюватися на комп'ютерах, на яких hostname(5) не " +"відображає повне ім'я, використовуване в домені Active Directory для " +"визначення цього вузла." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Вказує нижню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Вказує нижню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для " +"призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Вказує верхню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Вказує верхню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для " +"призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1079,8 +1606,12 @@ msgstr "Вказує ім'я типового домену." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Змінює поведінку алгоритму призначення ІД і робить його більше схожим на поведінка алгоритму \"idmap_autorid\" Winbind." +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Змінює поведінку алгоритму призначення ІД і робить його більше схожим на " +"поведінка алгоритму \"idmap_autorid\" Winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 @@ -1092,33 +1623,52 @@ msgstr "IP адреси або назви вузлів серверів IPA (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Може бути встановлений на комп'ютерах, де імена вузлів(5) не відображають повне доменне ім'я." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Може бути встановлений на комп'ютерах, де імена вузлів(5) не відображають " +"повне доменне ім'я." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." -msgstr "Буде використовуватися розташування автомонтувальника цього клієнта IPA." +msgstr "" +"Буде використовуватися розташування автомонтувальника цього клієнта IPA." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Цей параметр повідомляє SSSD, що для DNS-сервера, вбудованого в FreeIPA версії 2, необхідно вказати IP-адресу клієнта." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Цей параметр повідомляє SSSD, що для DNS-сервера, вбудованого в FreeIPA " +"версії 2, необхідно вказати IP-адресу клієнта." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "Значення TTL, яке застосовується до DNS-запису клієнта при її відновленні." +msgstr "" +"Значення TTL, яке застосовується до DNS-запису клієнта при її відновленні." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Вибрати інтерфейс, IP-адреса якого повинна використовуватися для динамічного оновлення DNS." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Вибрати інтерфейс, IP-адреса якого повинна використовуватися для динамічного " +"оновлення DNS." #. autofs may only start after sssd is started #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "Не вдалося увімкнути службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал для діагностики." +msgstr "" +"Не вдалося увімкнути службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал " +"для діагностики." #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "Не вдалося запустити службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал (journalctl -n -u %s)для діагностики." +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"Не вдалося запустити службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал " +"(journalctl -n -u %s)для діагностики." #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1142,6 +1692,9 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Система налаштована на використання тільки /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Конфігурація клієнта розпізнавання" + #~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." #~ msgstr "Для цього параметра немає довідки." @@ -1208,17 +1761,54 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Вилучити" -#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -#~ msgstr "Налаштування клієнта розпізнавання (sssd)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " +#~ "authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " +#~ "authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " +#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In " +#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " +#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " +#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:" +#~ " proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD " +#~ "internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See " +#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: " +#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad</" +#~ "b>: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are:" +#~ " ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for " +#~ "Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise " +#~ "Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider." +#~ " proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target." +#~ " none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth " +#~ "provider is the id_provider. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSSD забезпечує набір фонових служб для управління доступом до віддалених " +#~ "каталогів та механізмів розпізнавання. Ви маєте налаштувати хоча б " +#~ "один домен розпізнавання. Перше, що ви маєте задати для домена " +#~ "автентифікації, — це ідентифікація та постачальник автентифікації, " +#~ "використаний для домена. На наступному кроці ви маєте задати деякий " +#~ "обов'язковий параметр для вибраних постачальників. Ви можете вибрати " +#~ "пізніше усі параметри, доступні для вибраної ідентифікації та " +#~ "постачальника автентифікації.SSSD забезпечує наступний id_provider:" +#~ " proxy: Підтримка старого постачальника NSS. local: " +#~ "внутрішній постачальник SSSD для локальних користувачів. ldap: " +#~ "постачальник LDAP. Подивіться sssd-ldap(5) за подробицями про " +#~ "налаштування LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA та постачальник управління " +#~ "сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad: постачальник Active Directory." +#~ " Підтримані постачальники автентифікації: ldap для рідної " +#~ "автентифікації LDAP. krb5 для автентифікації Kerberos." +#~ " ipa FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat " +#~ "Enterprise. ad постачальник Active Directory. proxy " +#~ "для перекладення автентифікації на деяку іншу ціль PAM. жодна " +#~ "вимикає явну автентифікацію. Типовий постачальник автентифікації є " +#~ "id_provider. " -#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " -#~ msgstr "SSSD забезпечує набір фонових служб для управління доступом до віддалених каталогів та механізмів розпізнавання. Ви маєте налаштувати хоча б один домен розпізнавання. Перше, що ви маєте задати для домена автентифікації, — це ідентифікація та постачальник автентифікації, використаний для домена. На наступному кроці ви маєте задати деякий обов'язковий параметр для вибраних постачальників. Ви можете вибрати пізніше усі параметри, доступні для вибраної ідентифікації та постачальника автентифікації.SSSD забезпечує наступний id_provide r: proxy: Підтримка старого постачальника NSS. local: внутрішній постачальник SSSD для локальних користувачів. ldap: постачальник LDAP. Подивіться sssd-ldap(5) за подробицями про налаштування LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad: постачальник Active Directory. Підтримані постачальники автентифікації: ldap для рідної автентифікації LDAP. krb5 для автентифікації Kerberos. ipa FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad постачальник Active Directory. proxy для перекладення автентифікації на деяку ін� �у ціль PAM. жодна вимикає явну автентифікацію. Типовий постачальник автентифікації є id_provider. " - #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Визначає, чи може домен бути пронумерований." -#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -#~ msgstr "Визначає, чи кешуються облікові дані користувача на локальному LDB-кеші." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Визначає, чи кешуються облікові дані користувача на локальному LDB-кеші." #~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." #~ msgstr "Постачальник розпізнавання вжитий для домену." @@ -1227,22 +1817,33 @@ #~ msgstr "Використовувати доменну частина імені вузла комп'ютера." #~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -#~ msgstr "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі." #~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -#~ msgstr "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання операцій користувача по протоколу LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання операцій користувача " +#~ "по протоколу LDAP." #~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Вказує тип схеми, що використовується на цільовому сервері LDAP." -#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -#~ msgstr "Вказує, які перевірки сертифікатів сервера будуть виконані під час сеансу TLS, якщо такі наявні." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, " +#~ "if any." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вказує, які перевірки сертифікатів сервера будуть виконані під час сеансу " +#~ "TLS, якщо такі наявні." #~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." #~ msgstr "Назва області Kerberos." -#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -#~ msgstr "Розділений комами список IP-адрес або назв вузлів IPA-серверів, до яких SSSD повинен під'єднуватися в порядку переваги." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers " +#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Розділений комами список IP-адрес або назв вузлів IPA-серверів, до яких " +#~ "SSSD повинен під'єднуватися в порядку переваги." #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Запобігання небажаній кореспонденції"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95048 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-12-01 23:31:40 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95048 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po Log: updated Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2015-12-01 18:14:48 UTC (rev 95047) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2015-12-01 22:31:40 UTC (rev 95048) @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:10+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 07:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" msgstr "認証クライアントの設定" #. Overview of all config sections @@ -84,36 +84,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "サービス／ドメインの削除" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "カスタマイズ - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "さらなるパラメータ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "名前フィルタ:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ "このまま続行すると、 nss_ldap の設定は削除されます。\n" "続行してよろしいですか？" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -138,51 +139,55 @@ "続行してよろしいですか？" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "SSSD のセクションは削除しないことをお勧めします。" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "セクション '%s' を削除してよろしいですか？" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "このパラメータは必須パラメータであるため、削除しないことをお勧めします。" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "パラメータ削除の確認: " -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -"パラメータ設定は重要です。パラメータを削除すると、 SSSD の起動が失敗する場合があります。\n" +"パラメータ設定は重要です。パラメータを削除すると、 SSSD の起動が失敗する場合" +"があります。\n" "続行する前に、 SSSD のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "続行してよろしいですか？" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "どのドメインも有効化されていません" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"[sssd] の \"domains\" パラメータには、有効化されているドメインがありません。\n" -"そのため SSSD は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになります。\n" +"[sssd] の \"domains\" パラメータには、有効化されているドメインがありませ" +"ん。\n" +"そのため SSSD は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま" +"す。\n" "この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "有効化されていないドメインが見つかりました" @@ -249,45 +254,82 @@ "対応するサービス: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行する回数" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す" +"る回数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を" +"設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." msgstr "このパラメータには、ドメインの問い合わせ順序の一覧が含まれます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、既定の正規表現" +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、" +"既定の正規表現" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "名前とドメインを完全修飾名に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新します。" +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新し" +"ます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合はresolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合は" +"resolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内のディレクトリ" +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内" +"のディレクトリ" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されます。" +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されま" +"す。" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最" +"小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -302,29 +344,53 @@ msgstr "このサービスに対するハートビート間隔 (秒単位)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタの最大値を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタ" +"の最大値を指定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できるファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できる" +"ファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最" +"初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" #. NSS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" msgstr "どれだけの期間、 nss_sss の列挙 (全ユーザに対する情報) を記憶しておきますか？" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要" +"求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求" +"失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" @@ -336,15 +402,25 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを false (いいえ) にしてください。" +msgstr "" +"フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを " +"false (いいえ) にしてください。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述することができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述すること" +"ができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザのホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザの" +"ホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -367,29 +443,46 @@ msgstr "プロバイダへの問い合わせ時に何も返却しなかった場合に提供する、既定のシェル" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効であると判断する秒数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." msgstr "メモリ内に記憶したレコードが有効であると判断する秒数を指定します。" #. PAM configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可" +"するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができるまでの時間 (分)" +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができ" +"るまでの時間 (分)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示するメッセージ種類の制御" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識" +"別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" #. The kerberos domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 @@ -399,80 +492,138 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効にするかどうか" +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効に" +"するかどうか" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記憶しておく秒数を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記" +"憶しておく秒数を指定します。" #. SSH configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "ホスト名とアドレスを、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルに記録するかどうか" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだけの期間保持するか (秒)" +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだ" +"けの期間保持するか (秒)" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "ドメインに対する UID/GID の制限。これらの範囲外にある項目は無視されます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上昇します)" +msgstr "" +"バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上" +"昇します)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタは SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタ" +"は SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒" +"数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断" +"する秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判" +"断する秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると" +"判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判" +"断する秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒" +"数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であると判断する秒数。" +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であ" +"ると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "オフライン使用のための認証情報記憶" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を残しておくか" +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を" +"残しておくか" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログイン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログ" +"イン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" @@ -507,24 +658,38 @@ msgstr "ホスト識別情報の取得に使用するプロバイダ" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "このドメインに対するユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列の処理方法 (正規表現)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書式)" +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書" +"式)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." msgstr "DNS 参照時に特定のアドレスファミリを優先して使用する機能" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "DNS 解決器が、問い合わせ先に届かないと判断するまでの応答待機秒数の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせを行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせ" +"を行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -535,12 +700,19 @@ msgstr "ユーザとグループの名前について、大文字と小文字を区別する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった" +"場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値として使用する" +msgstr "" +"ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値と" +"して使用する" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 @@ -548,17 +720,27 @@ msgstr "ログインを許可するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" +"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "ログインを明示的に拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"ログインを明示的に拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD " +"ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." msgstr "ツールがログイン名を base_directory に追加してホームディレクトリとする" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 @@ -570,12 +752,21 @@ msgstr "ユーザを削除した場合、ホームディレクトリも削除すべきかどうかの設定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッションの指定" +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッション" +"の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべきファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべき" +"ファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -595,12 +786,18 @@ msgstr "LDAP で sudo ルールを問い合わせる際の既定のベース DN" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト " +"(カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" @@ -659,67 +856,135 @@ msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効期限) を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場" +"合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効" +"期限) を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での" +"最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワードの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワー" +"ドの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの" +"期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウ" +"ントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメータにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメー" +"タにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可するかどうかを設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"かどうかを設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する日を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"日を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する週内の時間を設定します。" +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"週内の時間を設定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "ユーザに対する Kerberos のユーザプリンシパル名 (UPN) を含む LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 @@ -727,20 +992,32 @@ msgstr "ユーザに対する SSH の公開鍵を含む LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で" +"送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "領域名を大文字で使用したい場合は、このオプションを true に設定してください。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." msgstr "SSSD に対する列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新待機秒数の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) のキャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) の" +"キャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -751,12 +1028,23 @@ msgstr "ユーザの所属先グループの一覧に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場" +"合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもっ" +"て、アクセス許可の判断とします。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザ" +"の LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -783,20 +1071,40 @@ msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスするかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) " +"を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスす" +"るかを指定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するようにします。" +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、" +"複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するよ" +"うにします。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなどで効果的です) 。" +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 " +"initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグ" +"ループなどで効果的です) 。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -823,7 +1131,9 @@ msgstr "LDAP 内でのサービス項目のオブジェクトクラス" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "サービス属性とその別名に対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 @@ -835,55 +1145,91 @@ msgstr "このサービスが理解可能なプロトコルに対応する LDAP 属性" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィ" +"ルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" +"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" +"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "connect(2) に続く poll(2)/select(2) に対して設定する、無応答時の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." msgstr "同期 LDAP API が応答を待つ際の制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "LDAP サーバへの接続を維持する制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求" +"ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAP ページングプロトコルを無効化する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセキュリティレベルの指定" +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセ" +"キュリティレベルの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグループのメンバー数の指定" +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグルー" +"プのメンバー数の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "LDAP TLS セッション時にサーバの証明書を検証する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "SSSD が理解すべき全証明機関の証明書一覧を含むファイルの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "証明機関の証明書について、個別のファイルを含むディレクトリの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 @@ -899,12 +1245,22 @@ msgstr "受け入れ可能な暗号化スイートの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうかの指定" +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうか" +"の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの ID を参照するようにする指定" +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 " +"ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの " +"ID を参照するようにする指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -919,8 +1275,12 @@ msgstr "使用する SASL 領域の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規化するために逆参照を行なう設定" +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規" +"化するために逆参照を行なう設定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -947,20 +1307,38 @@ msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合の使用するサービス名の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを" +"検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日数を更新するかどうかの指定" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日" +"数を更新するかどうかの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 (既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインする際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 " +"(既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインす" +"る際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できるようになります。" +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できる" +"ようになります。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -971,24 +1349,36 @@ msgstr "検索時、どのようにして別名の参照解釈を実施するかの指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これをローカルユーザとして許可する" +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これを" +"ローカルユーザとして許可する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一" +"覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos の領域名 (例: EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定" +"することができます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -999,27 +1389,41 @@ msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求を中止するまでの制限時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." msgstr "取得した TGT が盗聴されていないことを krb5_keytab で検証する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." msgstr "KDC から取得した資格情報を検証する際に使用する keytab の場所" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに" +"戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 @@ -1027,8 +1431,12 @@ msgstr "TGT を更新すべきかどうかを判断する時間 (秒)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効化する" +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効" +"化する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1048,24 +1456,41 @@ msgstr "AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序でアクセスします。" +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指" +"定した順序でアクセスします。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用され" +"る完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " +"POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " +"POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1080,8 +1505,12 @@ msgstr "既定のドメイン名の指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID マッピングを動作させる指定" +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID " +"マッピングを動作させる指定" #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 @@ -1093,7 +1522,9 @@ msgstr "IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." msgstr "hostname(5) が完全修飾ドメイン名を反映しないマシンの場合に指定" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 @@ -1101,8 +1532,12 @@ msgstr "この IPA クライアントが使用する automounter の場所" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレスで自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレス" +"で自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." @@ -1115,11 +1550,17 @@ #. autofs may only start after sssd is started #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "サービス %s の有効化に失敗しました。システムジャーナルを利用して原因を調査してください。" +msgstr "" +"サービス %s の有効化に失敗しました。システムジャーナルを利用して原因を調査し" +"てください。" #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "サービス %s の起動に失敗しました。システムジャーナル (journalctl -n -u %s) を利用して原因を調査してください。" +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"サービス %s の起動に失敗しました。システムジャーナル (journalctl -n -u %s) を" +"利用して原因を調査してください。" #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1142,3 +1583,4 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "システムは /etc/passwd のみを使用するように設定されています。\n" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95047 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 19:14:48 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95047 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/update-desktop-files-yast.zh_TW.po Log: update-desktop-files-yast zh_TW updated Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/update-desktop-files-yast.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/update-desktop-files-yast.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:55 UTC (rev 95046) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/update-desktop-files-yast.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 18:14:48 UTC (rev 95047) @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-yast\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 14:51+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 17:44+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: Max Lin <mlin(a)suse.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 02:11+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sysconfig.desktop @@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/docker-config.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(docker-config.desktop)" msgid "Docker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Docker" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/docker-config.desktop msgctxt "Name(docker-config.desktop)" msgid "Docker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Docker" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/update.desktop msgctxt "Name(update.desktop)" @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/journal.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(journal.desktop)" msgid "Read systemd journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "讀取 systemd 日誌" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop msgctxt "Name(reipl.desktop)" @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/snapper.desktop msgctxt "Name(snapper.desktop)" msgid "Snapper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Snapper" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/software.desktop msgctxt "Name(software.desktop)" @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/journal.desktop msgctxt "Name(journal.desktop)" msgid "Systemd Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Systemd 日誌" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/tftp-server.desktop msgctxt "Name(tftp-server.desktop)" @@ -834,9 +834,10 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/snapper.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(snapper.desktop)" msgid "snapper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理檔案系統快照" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/support.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(support.desktop)" msgid "support" msgstr "支援" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95046 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:55 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95046 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po Log: zypper zh_TW updated Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:50 UTC (rev 95045) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:55 UTC (rev 95046) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-29 01:13+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-09 02:54+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 01:44+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ #, boost-format msgid "... and %1% more item." msgid_plural "... and %1% more items." -msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[0] "... 以及 %1% 個項目。" #: src/Summary.cc:516 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -2296,12 +2296,10 @@ msgstr "忽略沒有參數的 %s，因為已指定了帶有參數的類似選項。" #: src/update.cc:187 -#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format -#| msgid "%d patch needed" -#| msgid_plural "%d patches needed" +#, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch locked" msgid_plural "%d patches locked" -msgstr[0] "需要 %d 個修補程式" +msgstr[0] "%d 個修補程式被鎖定" #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches #: src/update.cc:191 @@ -2334,10 +2332,8 @@ msgstr "不需要" #: src/update.cc:215 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "undefined" msgid "undetermined" -msgstr "未定義" +msgstr "未確定" #. translators: package's repository (header) #: src/update.cc:392 src/update.cc:625 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 @@ -3212,25 +3208,7 @@ #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" #: src/Zypper.cc:1708 -#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format -#| msgid "" -#| "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" -#| "addrepo (ar) [options] <file.repo>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n" -#| "\n" -#| " Command options:\n" -#| "-r, --repo <file.repo> Just another means to specify a .repo file to read.\n" -#| "-t, --type <type> Type of repository (%s).\n" -#| "-d, --disable Add the repository as disabled.\n" -#| "-c, --check Probe URI.\n" -#| "-C, --no-check Don't probe URI, probe later during refresh.\n" -#| "-n, --name <name> Specify descriptive name for the repository.\n" -#| "-k, --keep-packages Enable RPM files caching.\n" -#| "-K, --no-keep-packages Disable RPM files caching.\n" -#| "-g, --gpgcheck Enable GPG check for this repository.\n" -#| "-G, --no-gpgcheck Disable GPG check for this repository.\n" -#| "-f, --refresh Enable autorefresh of the repository.\n" +#, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" "addrepo (ar) [options] <file.repo>\n" @@ -3263,6 +3241,7 @@ "-c, --check 偵測位址。\n" "-C, --no-check 不要偵測位址，稍候重新整理時再偵測。\n" "-n, --name <名稱> 指定此套件庫的描述名稱。\n" +"-p, --priority <整數> 指定此套件庫的優先權。\n" "-k, --keep-packages 啟用 RPM 檔案快取。\n" "-K, --no-keep-packages 停用 RPM 檔案快取。\n" "-g, --gpgcheck 針對此套件庫啟用 GPG 檢查。\n" @@ -3722,40 +3701,6 @@ msgstr "是否允許改變已安裝的解決方案廠商。" #: src/Zypper.cc:2243 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Search for packages matching any of the given search strings.\n" -#| "\n" -#| " Command options:\n" -#| " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" -#| " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" -#| " --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n" -#| " --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n" -#| " --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n" -#| " --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n" -#| " --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search strings.\n" -#| " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n" -#| " --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n" -#| "-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n" -#| " searching in package name is default.\n" -#| "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n" -#| "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" -#| "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" -#| "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" -#| "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" -#| "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" -#| "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" -#| " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" -#| " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" -#| "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" -#| " on a separate line.\n" -#| "-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n" -#| " search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n" -#| "\n" -#| "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" -#| "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" msgid "" "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3797,7 +3742,7 @@ " 指令選項：\n" " --match-substrings 搜尋字串符合結果可以是詞語的一部分 (預設值)\n" " --match-words 搜尋字串符合結果只能是完整的詞語\n" -" --match-exact 搜尋完全相符的套件名稱\n" +"-x, --match-exact 搜尋完全相符的套件名稱\n" " --provides 搜尋提供搜尋字串的套件。\n" " --recommends 搜尋推薦搜尋字串的套件。\n" " --requires 搜尋需要搜尋字串的套件。\n" @@ -4199,8 +4144,7 @@ #. translators: --print <format> #: src/Zypper.cc:2771 -#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format -#| msgid "For each associated system service print <format> on the standard output, followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the system service name." +#, c-format, boost-format msgid "For each associated system service print <format> on the standard output, followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the system service name." msgstr "對每個相關系統服務列印 <format> 至標準輸出，並緊接著輸出一個換行字元。任何在 <format> 中的 '%s' 指令會被代換成系統服務名稱。"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95045 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:50 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95045 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypp.zh_TW.po Log: zypp zh_TW updated Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypp.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypp.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:45 UTC (rev 95044) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypp.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:50 UTC (rev 95045) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-16 12:34+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-30 23:21+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 01:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" @@ -102,11 +102,10 @@ #. translators: an annotation to a gpg keys expiry date #: zypp/PublicKey.cc:133 -#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format #| msgid "(expires within 24h)" msgid "(expires in %d day)" msgid_plural "(expires in %d days)" -msgstr[0] "(在 24 小時內過期)" +msgstr[0] "(在 %d 天內過期)" #. translators: an annotation to a gpg keys expiry date #: zypp/PublicKey.cc:129 @@ -4433,7 +4432,6 @@ #. we will throw this later if no URL checks out fine #: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1012 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Valid metadata not found at specified URL(s)" msgid "Valid metadata not found at specified URL" msgid_plural "Valid metadata not found at specified URLs"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95044 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:45 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95044 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/community-repositories.zh_TW.po Log: community-repositories zh_TW merged Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/community-repositories.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/community-repositories.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:40 UTC (rev 95043) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/community-repositories.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:45 UTC (rev 95044) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: community-repositories\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 14:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-26 16:42+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-09 02:38+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -23,589 +23,347 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:1 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - LXDE" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - LXDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:2 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:2 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:2 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Latest LXDE release" msgstr "最新釋出的 LXDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:3 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:3 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:3 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The LXDE repository in the openSUSE Build Service, which provides you with " -"the unsupported but latest version of the LX desktop environment and software." +msgid "The LXDE repository in the openSUSE Build Service, which provides you with the unsupported but latest version of the LX desktop environment and software." msgstr "在 openSUSE Build Service 上的 LXDE 套件庫，提供您沒有支援服務但最新版本的 LXDE 桌面環境與軟體。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:4 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:4 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - LibreOffice" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - LibreOffice" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:5 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:5 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:5 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Latest stable LibreOffice release" msgstr "最新釋出的穩定版 LibreOffice" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:6 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:6 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:6 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"Provides you with the latest stable version of LibreOffice, the Office suite " -"that openSUSE uses." +msgid "Provides you with the latest stable version of LibreOffice, the Office suite that openSUSE uses." msgstr "提供您最新穩定版的 LibreOffice，openSUSE 使用的辦公室套裝軟體" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:1 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Mozilla" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Mozilla" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:8 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:8 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:8 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:8 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Most recent builds of Mozilla Software like Firefox" msgstr "最新版的 Mozilla 軟體，像是 Firefox" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:9 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:9 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:9 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:9 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"Containing the latest releases of all Mozilla software, such as the popular " -"Thunderbird (mail client), Firefox and SeaMonkey (web browsers)." -msgstr "" -"包含了所有最新版的 Mozilla 軟體，像是最受歡迎的 Thunderbird (郵件客戶端)，Firefox 和 SeaMonkey (網頁瀏覽器)。" +msgid "Containing the latest releases of all Mozilla software, such as the popular Thunderbird (mail client), Firefox and SeaMonkey (web browsers)." +msgstr "包含了所有最新版的 Mozilla 軟體，像是最受歡迎的 Thunderbird (郵件客戶端)，Firefox 和 SeaMonkey (網頁瀏覽器)。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:4 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Wine CVS Builds" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Wine CVS 版本" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:11 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:11 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:11 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:11 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Snapshots of Wine CVS" msgstr "Wine CVS 的最新版" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:12 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:12 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:12 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:12 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"Wine is an Open Source implementation of the Windows API, so it allows you to " -"run some Windows applications in openSUSE. This repository provides the " -"latest CVS (development) snapshot packages of Wine." -msgstr "" -"Wine 是一個 Windows API 的開原作品，所以它允許您在 openSUSE 上執行某些 Windows 應用程式。這個套件庫提供了最新的 " -"wine CVS (開發) 即時套件。" +msgid "Wine is an Open Source implementation of the Windows API, so it allows you to run some Windows applications in openSUSE. This repository provides the latest CVS (development) snapshot packages of Wine." +msgstr "Wine 是一個 Windows API 的開原作品，所以它允許您在 openSUSE 上執行某些 Windows 應用程式。這個套件庫提供了最新的 wine CVS (開發) 即時套件。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:13 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:13 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Games" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 遊戲" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:14 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:14 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:14 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:14 msgid "A collection of action games" msgstr "一個動作遊戲的集合" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:15 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:15 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:15 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"Contains several action games including Open Arena (shoot 'em up), Flight " -"Gear (flight simulator) and Torcs (3D racing simulator)." +msgid "Contains several action games including Open Arena (shoot 'em up), Flight Gear (flight simulator) and Torcs (3D racing simulator)." msgstr "包含了數種動作遊戲包括 Open Arena (射擊)，Flight Gear (飛行模擬器) 和 Torcs (3D 競賽模擬器)。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:16 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Drivers for webcams" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 網路攝影機驅動程式" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:17 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:17 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Recent drivers for webcams" msgstr "網路攝影機的最新驅動程式" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:18 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Contains recent drivers for hundreds of different webcams." msgstr "包含了數百種網路攝影機的最新驅動程式。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:19 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:19 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:19 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Virtualization (VirtualBox)" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 虛擬化 (VirtualBox)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:20 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:20 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:20 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Latest builds of Virtualbox" msgstr "最新版的 Virtualbox" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:21 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:21 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:21 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:18 -msgid "" -"Provides up-to-date builds of VirtualBox, a general-purpose open-source full " -"virtualizer for x86 hardware." +msgid "Provides up-to-date builds of VirtualBox, a general-purpose open-source full virtualizer for x86 hardware." msgstr "提供了最新版本的 VirtualBox，一個一般用途的開放原始碼 x86 硬體完整虛擬機器。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:22 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:22 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:22 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:19 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - PHP" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - PHP" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:23 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:23 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:23 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Latest updates for PHP software" msgstr "PHP 軟體的最新更新版" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:24 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:24 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:24 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:21 -msgid "" -"Provides the latest packages and multiple-version builds of PHP software." +msgid "Provides the latest packages and multiple-version builds of PHP software." msgstr "提供了 PHP 軟體最新的套件以及各種不同版本" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:25 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:25 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:25 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:22 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:7 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Database" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 資料庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:26 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:26 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:26 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:23 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Latest updates for database software" msgstr "資料庫軟體的最新更新版" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:27 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:27 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:27 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:24 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Latest updates for database software including Firebird and MySQL." msgstr "包含 Firebird 和 MySQL 資料庫軟體的最新更新版。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:28 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:28 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:28 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:25 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:Extra" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:額外" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:29 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:29 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:29 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Community repository for KDE" msgstr "KDE 的社群版套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:30 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:30 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:30 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:27 -msgid "" -"Provides additional KDE software maintained by the openSUSE KDE community." +msgid "Provides additional KDE software maintained by the openSUSE KDE community." msgstr "提供了由 openSUSE KDE 社群維護的額外 KDE 軟體。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:31 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:31 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:31 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:28 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:10 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - GNOME:Apps" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - GNOME:應用程式" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:32 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:32 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:32 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:29 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Backports of GNOME applications" msgstr "GNOME 應用程式的回溯支援" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:33 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:33 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:33 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:30 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"Updates to the GNOME software that is shipped with the distribution " -"(backports)." +msgid "Updates to the GNOME software that is shipped with the distribution (backports)." msgstr "更新到發行版本搭載的 GNOME 軟體(回溯支援)。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:34 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:34 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:34 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:31 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Mono:Community" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Mono:社群版" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:35 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:35 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:35 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Community repository for Mono applications" msgstr "Mono 應用程式套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:36 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:36 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:36 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Updates and Additions of applications written in Mono." msgstr "更新與其他用 Mono 撰寫的應用程式。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:37 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:37 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:37 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:34 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:13 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:perl" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:perl" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:38 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:38 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:38 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:35 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Community repository for Perl modules" msgstr "Perl 模組的社群套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:39 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:39 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:39 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:36 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Updates and Additions for Perl modules" msgstr "更新與其他 Perl 模組" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:40 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:40 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:40 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:37 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:16 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:python" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - devel:languages:python" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:41 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:41 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:41 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:38 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Community repository for Python modules" msgstr "Python 模組的社群版套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:42 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:42 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:42 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:39 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Additional.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Updates and Additions for Python modules" msgstr "更新與其他 Perl 模組" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:43 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:43 -msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" -msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:44 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:44 -msgid "Latest builds of the Banshee Media Player" -msgstr "最新版的 Banshee 媒體播放器" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:45 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:45 -msgid "Provides up-to-date builds of Banshee" -msgstr "提供了最新版的 Banshee" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:46 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:46 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:43 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:40 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - filesystems" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 檔案系統" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:47 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:47 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:44 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Filesystem tools and FUSE-related packages" msgstr "檔案系統工具以及 FUSE 相關套件" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:48 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:48 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:45 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Filesystem tools and FUSE-related packages." msgstr "檔案系統工具以及 FUSE 相關套件" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:49 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:49 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:46 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:43 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Education" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - 教育" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:50 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:50 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:47 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Applications for education users" msgstr "專為教育準備的應用程式" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:51 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:51 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:48 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:45 -msgid "" -"Contains several packages which might be interesting for educational use" +msgid "Contains several packages which might be interesting for educational use" msgstr "包含了很多教育人員會有興趣的套件" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:52 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:52 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:46 -msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Java:packages" -msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Java:套件" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:53 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:53 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:47 -msgid "Bleeding-edge Java packages" -msgstr "最新的 Java 套件" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:54 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:54 -#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:48 -msgid "Provides uptodate Java packages (Factory backports)" -msgstr "提供了最新版的 Java 套件 (Factory backports)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:55 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:55 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:49 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:49 msgid "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:KDE3" msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - KDE:KDE 3" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:56 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:56 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:50 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Maintained KDE 3 packages" msgstr "維護的 KDE 3 套件" -#: _openSUSE_122_Additional.xml.in.h:57 _openSUSE_123_Additional.xml.in.h:57 #: _openSUSE_131_Additional.xml.in.h:51 _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Provides old KDE for newer openSUSE" msgstr "為較新的 openSUSE 提供舊的 KDE" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:1 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:1 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Main Repository (OSS)" msgstr "主要套件庫 (OSS)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:2 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:2 +msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including only Open Source Software" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.2, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 12.2 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 " -"SWAP 分割區。)" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:3 +msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 13.1, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 SWAP 分割區。)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:4 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:4 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:4 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Main Repository (NON-OSS)" msgstr "主要套件庫 (非 OSS)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:5 -msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.2" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:5 +msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 13.1" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 12.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 12.2 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:6 +msgid "The official openSUSE 13.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 13.1 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:7 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:7 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Main Repository (Sources)" msgstr "主要套件庫 (原始碼)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:8 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 (Source packages)" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:8 +msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 (Source packages)" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:9 +msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 13.1. For experts only." +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:10 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:10 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Main Repository (DEBUG)" msgstr "主要套件庫 (偵錯)" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:11 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including the debuginfo packages" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:11 +msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including the debuginfo packages" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 12.2 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:12 +msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 13.1. For experts only." +msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 13.1 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:13 #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:13 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:13 #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:13 #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Main Update Repository" msgstr "主要更新套件庫" -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:14 -msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.2" -msgstr "12.2 的官方更新套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 12.2." -msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 12.2 的安全性與維護性更新" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:18 -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:18 -#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:18 -msgid "Update Repository (DEBUG)" -msgstr "更新套件庫 (偵錯)" - -#: _openSUSE_122_Default.xml.in.h:17 -msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.2 debuginfo packages" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的偵錯更新套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:2 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including only Open Source Software" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.3, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 12.3 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 " -"SWAP 分割區。)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:5 -msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.3" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 12.3 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 12.3 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:8 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 (Source packages)" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:11 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including the debuginfo packages" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." -msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 12.3 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:14 -msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.3" -msgstr "12.3 的官方更新套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 12.3." -msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 12.3 的安全性與維護性更新" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:16 -#: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:16 -msgid "Update Repository (Non-Oss)" -msgstr "更新套件庫 (非開放原始碼)" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:17 -msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 12.3" -msgstr "12.3 的官方非開放原始碼更新套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_123_Default.xml.in.h:19 -msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.3 debuginfo packages" -msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的偵錯更新套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:2 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including only Open Source Software" -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 13.1, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 13.1 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 " -"SWAP 分割區。)" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:5 -msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 13.1" -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 13.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 13.1 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:8 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 (Source packages)" -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 13.1. For experts only." -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:11 -msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.1 including the debuginfo packages" -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" - -#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 13.1. For experts only." -msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 13.1 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" - #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Repository for official updates to 13.1" msgstr "13.1 的官方更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 13.1." +msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 13.1." msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 13.1 的安全性與維護性更新" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:16 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:16 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:16 +msgid "Update Repository (Non-Oss)" +msgstr "更新套件庫 (非開放原始碼)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 13.1" msgstr "13.1 的官方非開放原始碼更新套件庫" +#: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:18 _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:18 +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:18 +msgid "Update Repository (DEBUG)" +msgstr "更新套件庫 (偵錯)" + #: _openSUSE_131_Default.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 13.1 debuginfo packages" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:46 +msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Java:packages" +msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Java:套件" + +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:47 +msgid "Bleeding-edge Java packages" +msgstr "最新的 Java 套件" + +#: _openSUSE_132_Additional.xml.in.h:48 +msgid "Provides uptodate Java packages (Factory backports)" +msgstr "提供了最新版的 Java 套件 (Factory backports)" + #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.2 including only Open Source Software" msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原始碼的軟體" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 13.2, giving you " -"access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the " -"size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 13.2 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 " -"SWAP 分割區。)" +msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 13.2, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 SWAP 分割區。)" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 13.2" msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 的非開放原始碼軟體附加套件庫" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:6 -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE 13.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 13.2 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" +msgid "The official openSUSE 13.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 13.2 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 13.2 (Source packages)" msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:9 -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 13.2. For experts only." +msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 13.2. For experts only." msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:11 @@ -613,9 +371,7 @@ msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:12 -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE 13.2. For experts only." +msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 13.2. For experts only." msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 13.2 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:14 @@ -623,8 +379,7 @@ msgstr "13.2 的官方更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 13.2." +msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 13.2." msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 13.2 的安全性與維護性更新。" #: _openSUSE_132_Default.xml.in.h:17 @@ -636,58 +391,35 @@ msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 的偵錯更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:2 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" -msgid "" -"Main repository of openSUSE Tumbleweed including only Open Source Software" +msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Tumbleweed including only Open Source Software" msgstr "openSUSE Tumbleweed 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:3 -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE, giving you access " -"to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of " -"the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled " -"SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 " -"SWAP 分割區。)" +msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +msgstr "openSUSE 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 SWAP 分割區。)" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:5 -#| msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.2" msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE Tumbleweed" msgstr "openSUSE Tumbleweed 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:6 -#| msgid "The official openSUSE Factory repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Flash, and more." -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE Tumbleweed repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE Tumbleweed 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" +msgid "The official openSUSE Tumbleweed repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Flash, and more." +msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE Tumbleweed 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:8 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 (Source packages)" msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Tumbleweed (Source packages)" msgstr "openSUSE Tumbleweed 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:9 -#| msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE Tumbleweed. For experts " -"only." +msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE Tumbleweed. For experts only." msgstr "openSUSE Tumbleweed 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:11 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including the debuginfo packages" msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Tumbleweed including the debuginfo packages" msgstr "openSUSE Tumbleweed 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:12 -#| msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE Tumbleweed. For experts only." +msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE Tumbleweed. For experts only." msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE Tumbleweed 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:14 @@ -695,89 +427,150 @@ msgstr "Tumbleweed 官方更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Factory_Default.xml.in.h:15 -msgid "" -"This repository provides urgent updates until they get integrated into the " -"main repositories." +msgid "This repository provides urgent updates until they get integrated into the main repositories." msgstr "這個套件庫提供急迫性高的更新，直到被整合進主要套件庫為止。" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:2 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.1 including only Open Source Software" -msgid "" -"Main repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 including only Open Source Software" +msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 including only Open Source Software" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:3 -#| msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.1, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" -msgid "" -"The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1, giving " -"you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to " -"the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an " -"enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this " -"repository at installation time.)" -msgstr "" -"openSUSE Leap 42.1 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE " -"團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議系統至少需有 512 MB " -"的記憶體或可用的置換分割區。)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE community." +msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議系統至少需有 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的置換分割區。)" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:5 -#| msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.1" msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE Leap 42.1" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:6 -#| msgid "The official openSUSE 12.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." -msgid "" -"The official openSUSE Leap 42.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software " -"maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Steam, Flash, and more." -msgstr "" -"由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE Leap 42.1 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Steam, Flash " -"以及其他更多軟體。" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The official openSUSE Leap 42.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Steam, Flash, and more." +msgid "The official openSUSE Leap 42.1 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE community, including Opera, Steam, Flash, and more." +msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE Leap 42.1 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Steam, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:8 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.1 (Source packages)" msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 (Source packages)" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:9 -#| msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.1. For experts only." -msgid "" -"The repository of all source packages in openSUSE Leap 42.1. For experts only." +msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE Leap 42.1. For experts only." msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:11 -#| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.1 including the debuginfo packages" msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 including the debuginfo packages" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:12 -#| msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 12.1. For experts only." -msgid "" -"This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on " -"openSUSE Leap 42.1. For experts only." +msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE Leap 42.1. For experts only." msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE Leap 42.1 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:14 -#| msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.1" msgid "Repository for official updates to openSUSE Leap 42.1" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的官方更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:15 -#| msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 12.1." -msgid "" -"In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE Leap " -"42.1." +msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE Leap 42.1." msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE Leap 42.1 的安全性與維護性更新" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:17 -#| msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 12.3" msgid "Repository for official non free updates to openSUSE Leap 42.1" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的官方非開放原始碼更新套件庫" #: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:19 -#| msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.1 debuginfo packages" msgid "Update repository of openSUSE Leap 42.1 debuginfo packages" msgstr "openSUSE Leap 42.1 的偵錯更新套件庫" +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:20 +msgid "Untested Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository for official non free updates to 12.3" +msgid "Repository of not yet tested updates" +msgstr "12.3 的官方非開放原始碼更新套件庫" + +#: _openSUSE_Leap_42.1_Default.xml.in.h:22 +msgid "Repository contains security and maintenance updates that still need testing by quality assurance. Add this repository only if you want to participate in testing openSUSE updates." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE BuildService - Banshee" + +#~ msgid "Latest builds of the Banshee Media Player" +#~ msgstr "最新版的 Banshee 媒體播放器" + +#~ msgid "Provides up-to-date builds of Banshee" +#~ msgstr "提供了最新版的 Banshee" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" + +#~ msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.2, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 SWAP 分割區。)" + +#~ msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.2" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" + +#~ msgid "The official openSUSE 12.2 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +#~ msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 12.2 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 (Source packages)" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" + +#~ msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including the debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" + +#~ msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 12.2. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 12.2 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" + +#~ msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.2" +#~ msgstr "12.2 的官方更新套件庫" + +#~ msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 12.2." +#~ msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 12.2 的安全性與維護性更新" + +#~ msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.2 debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.2 的偵錯更新套件庫" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including only Open Source Software" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原碼的軟體" + +#~ msgid "The big Open Source Software (OSS) repository for openSUSE 12.3, giving you access to thousands of packages maintained by the openSUSE team. (Due to the size of the repository, adding it may take some time. 512 MB of RAM or an enabled SWAP partition are highly recommended in case you want to access this repository at installation time.)" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 巨大的開放原始碼軟體 (OSS) 套件庫，提供了數千個由 openSUSE 團隊維護的套件讓您取用。(由於這個套件庫非常大，要加入它會花上一些時間。如果您要在安裝時存取此套件庫，強烈建議至少 512 MB 的記憶體或可用的 SWAP 分割區。)" + +#~ msgid "Non-Open Source Software Addon repository for openSUSE 12.3" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的非開放原碼軟體附加套件庫" + +#~ msgid "The official openSUSE 12.3 repository for all Non-Open Source Software maintained by the openSUSE team, including Opera, Java, Flash, and more." +#~ msgstr "由 openSUSE 團隊維護之非開放原始碼軟體的官方 openSUSE 12.3 套件庫，包含了 Opera, Java, Flash 以及其他更多軟體。" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 (Source packages)" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫(原始碼套件)" + +#~ msgid "The repository of all source packages in openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 所有原始碼套件的套件庫。僅提供專家使用。" + +#~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.3 including the debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的主要套件庫，包含偵錯套件" + +#~ msgid "This repository is useful for those that want to debug applications on openSUSE 12.3. For experts only." +#~ msgstr "這個套件庫對想要在 openSUSE 12.3 偵錯應用程式非常有用。僅提供專家使用。" + +#~ msgid "Repository for official updates to 12.3" +#~ msgstr "12.3 的官方更新套件庫" + +#~ msgid "In this repository you find security and maintenance updates to openSUSE 12.3." +#~ msgstr "在這個套件庫您可以找到 openSUSE 12.3 的安全性與維護性更新" + +#~ msgid "Update repository of openSUSE 12.3 debuginfo packages" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 的偵錯更新套件庫" + #~| msgid "Main repository of openSUSE 12.2 including only Open Source Software" #~ msgid "Main repository of openSUSE Factory including only Open Source Software" #~ msgstr "openSUSE Factory 的主要套件庫，僅包含開放原始碼的軟體"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95043 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:40 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95043 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-search-page.zh_TW.po Log: opensuse-search-page zh_TW merged Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-search-page.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-search-page.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:35 UTC (rev 95042) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-search-page.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:40 UTC (rev 95043) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-landing-page\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-04 07:24:22 +0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-04 07:45:58 +0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-04 19:29+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Max Lin <mlin(a)suse.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -73,5 +73,3 @@ #: index.html:114 msgid "Change language" msgstr "變更語系" - -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95042 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:35 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95042 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-landing-page.zh_TW.po Log: opensuse-landing-page zh_TW merged Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-landing-page.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-landing-page.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:29 UTC (rev 95041) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/opensuse-landing-page.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:35 UTC (rev 95042) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-04 07:11:37 +0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-26 16:45:21 +0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 03:11+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -49,9 +49,7 @@ msgstr "研討會" #: index.html:85 -msgid "" -"Get the newest Linux packages with our rolling release. Fast! Integrated! " -"Stabilized! Tested!" +msgid "Get the newest Linux packages with our rolling release. Fast! Integrated! Stabilized! Tested!" msgstr "藉由我們的滾動式發行取得最新的 Linux 套件。快速且整合良好，穩定並經過完整測試。" #: index.html:86 index.html:108 @@ -63,27 +61,15 @@ msgstr "安裝 Tumbleweed" #: index.html:91 -msgid "" -"Any user who wishes to have the newest packages that include, but are not " -"limited to, the Linux kernel, SAMBA, git, desktops, office applications and " -"many other packages, will want Tumbleweed. Tumbleweed appeals to Power Users, " -"Software Developers and openSUSE Contributors. If you require the latest " -"software stacks and Integrated Development Environment or need a stable " -"platform closest to bleeding edge Linux, Tumbleweed is the best choice for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"任何希望擁有最新套件 (包含但不限於 Linux 核心、SAMBA、git、桌面環境、辦公室套件等等) 的使用者，Tumbleweed " -"就是他們想要的。Tumbleweed 是面向玩家、軟體開發者和 openSUSE 貢獻者的發行版本。若您需要最新的軟體堆疊和 IDE " -"環境，或是想要擁有最尖端的 Linux 技術，但相對穩定的平台，Tumbleweed 是您的最佳選擇。" +msgid "Any user who wishes to have the newest packages that include, but are not limited to, the Linux kernel, SAMBA, git, desktops, office applications and many other packages, will want Tumbleweed. Tumbleweed appeals to Power Users, Software Developers and openSUSE Contributors. If you require the latest software stacks and Integrated Development Environment or need a stable platform closest to bleeding edge Linux, Tumbleweed is the best choice for you." +msgstr "任何希望擁有最新套件 (包含但不限於 Linux 核心、SAMBA、git、桌面環境、辦公室套件等等) 的使用者，Tumbleweed 就是他們想要的。Tumbleweed 是面向玩家、軟體開發者和 openSUSE 貢獻者的發行版本。若您需要最新的軟體堆疊和 IDE 環境，或是想要擁有最尖端的 Linux 技術，但相對穩定的平台，Tumbleweed 是您的最佳選擇。" #: index.html:93 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "了解更多" #: index.html:107 -msgid "" -"Get the most complete Linux distribution with openSUSE’s latest " -"regular-release version!" +msgid "Get the most complete Linux distribution with openSUSE’s latest regular-release version!" msgstr "經由 openSUSE 最新的定期釋出，取得最完整的 Linux 發行版。" #: index.html:110 index.html:115 @@ -91,15 +77,8 @@ msgstr "安裝 Leap" #: index.html:113 -msgid "" -"New and experienced Linux users get the most usable Linux distribution and " -"stabilized operating system with openSUSE’s regular release. Receive updates " -"and harden your OS with openSUSE’s latest major distribution. Pick your " -"desktop, configure your system and enjoy the platform of choice for Linux " -"developers, administrators and software vendors." -msgstr "" -"不管是新手或是老鳥，都可藉由 openSUSE 的定期釋出，取得最好用、且穩定的作業系統。經由 openSUSE " -"最新的主要發行版本，接收更新並強化您的作業系統。選一個您喜愛的桌面、設定您的系統，享受這個 Linux 開發者、系統管理者及軟體開發商心目中的理想平台。" +msgid "New and experienced Linux users get the most usable Linux distribution and stabilized operating system with openSUSE’s regular release. Receive updates and harden your OS with openSUSE’s latest major distribution. Pick your desktop, configure your system and enjoy the platform of choice for Linux developers, administrators and software vendors." +msgstr "不管是新手或是老鳥，都可藉由 openSUSE 的定期釋出，取得最好用、且穩定的作業系統。經由 openSUSE 最新的主要發行版本，接收更新並強化您的作業系統。選一個您喜愛的桌面、設定您的系統，享受這個 Linux 開發者、系統管理者及軟體開發商心目中的理想平台。" #: index.html:125 msgid "openSUSE TOOLS" @@ -114,32 +93,20 @@ msgstr "造訪連結" #: index.html:144 -msgid "" -"Our build tool, building all of our packages as well as ones for SUSE Linux " -"Enterprise, Arch, Debian, Fedora, Scientific Linux, RHEL, CentOS, Ubuntu, and " -"more." -msgstr "" -"我們的軟體建構工具。我們用它建構所有的套件，以及供 SUSE Linux Enterprise、Arch、Debian、Fedora、Scientific " -"Linux、RHEL、CentOS、Ubuntu，和其他發行版本使用的套件。" +msgid "Our build tool, building all of our packages as well as ones for SUSE Linux Enterprise, Arch, Debian, Fedora, Scientific Linux, RHEL, CentOS, Ubuntu, and more." +msgstr "我們的軟體建構工具。我們用它建構所有的套件，以及供 SUSE Linux Enterprise、Arch、Debian、Fedora、Scientific Linux、RHEL、CentOS、Ubuntu，和其他發行版本使用的套件。" #: index.html:162 -msgid "" -"Automated testing for *any* operating system, that can read the screen and " -"control the test host the same way a user does." +msgid "Automated testing for *any* operating system, that can read the screen and control the test host the same way a user does." msgstr "用來測試 *任何* 作業系統的自動化測試工具，能夠擷圖並且模擬一般使用者來操作待測機器。" #: index.html:180 -msgid "" -"The best/only comprehensive Linux system configuration & installation tool." +msgid "The best/only comprehensive Linux system configuration & installation tool." msgstr "最好且唯一的 Linux 綜合系統設定及安裝工具。" #: index.html:198 -msgid "" -"Create Linux images for deployment on real hardware, virtualisation, and now " -"even container systems like Docker. Kiwi is the engine that powers SUSE " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"用來產生供真實硬體、虛擬機器，甚至是容器系統 (如 Docker) 使用的 Linux 映象檔。Kiwi 是驅動 SUSE Studio 的引擎。" +msgid "Create Linux images for deployment on real hardware, virtualisation, and now even container systems like Docker. Kiwi is the engine that powers SUSE Studio." +msgstr "用來產生供真實硬體、虛擬機器，甚至是容器系統 (如 Docker) 使用的 Linux 映象檔。Kiwi 是驅動 SUSE Studio 的引擎。" #: index.html:225 msgid "CONTRIBUTE TO OPENSUSE" @@ -163,24 +130,8 @@ msgstr "貢獻程式碼" #: index.html:236 -msgid "" -"openSUSE believes the best results come from people collaborating and having " -"fun. Being different from other open-source communities is what makes " -"openSUSE desirable. We are not the conventional community and our community’s " -"efforts determines the path of the project. The efforts of the community have " -"created several great tools for Linux and an awesome distribution. With " -"openSUSE, you have a voice and can easily contribute to the project. Whether " -"you are an experienced Linux developer or an end user get involved in the " -"openSUSE project. Join a forum, maintain and keep our wiki up-to-date, find " -"and report bugs, review the documentation, send your wish list for new " -"packages and features, create and submit patches, or become an advocate for " -"openSUSE by attending events and becoming an ambassador." -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 相信，最好的成果來自於人們相互合作並樂在其中。和其他開源社群與眾不同，使得 openSUSE " -"令人嚮往。我們不是傳統的社群，社群的努力決定了專案的走向。這些成果創造了好幾個非常棒的 Linux 工具和令人驚嘆的發行版本。在 " -"openSUSE，您可以發揮影響力，並且可以很簡單地對專案做出貢獻。不論您是有經驗的 Linux 開發者，或是一般使用者，請參與 openSUSE " -"專案。加入論壇、維護並持續更新我們的維基頁面、尋找並回報問題、檢視文件、發送您想要的新套件和新功能的願望清單、產生並提交修補程式，或是參與各個活動替 " -"openSUSE 發聲並成為 openSUSE 大使。" +msgid "openSUSE believes the best results come from people collaborating and having fun. Being different from other open-source communities is what makes openSUSE desirable. We are not the conventional community and our community’s efforts determines the path of the project. The efforts of the community have created several great tools for Linux and an awesome distribution. With openSUSE, you have a voice and can easily contribute to the project. Whether you are an experienced Linux developer or an end user get involved in the openSUSE project. Join a forum, maintain and keep our wiki up-to-date, find and report bugs, review the documentation, send your wish list for new packages and features, create and submit patches, or become an advocate for openSUSE by attending events and becoming an ambassador." +msgstr "openSUSE 相信，最好的成果來自於人們相互合作並樂在其中。和其他開源社群與眾不同，使得 openSUSE 令人嚮往。我們不是傳統的社群，社群的努力決定了專案的走向。這些成果創造了好幾個非常棒的 Linux 工具和令人驚嘆的發行版本。在 openSUSE，您可以發揮影響力，並且可以很簡單地對專案做出貢獻。不論您是有經驗的 Linux 開發者，或是一般使用者，請參與 openSUSE 專案。加入論壇、維護並持續更新我們的維基頁面、尋找並回報問題、檢視文件、發送您想要的新套件和新功能的願望清單、產生並提交修補程式，或是參與各個活動替 openSUSE 發聲並成為 openSUSE 大使。" #: index.html:237 msgid "Find out more about how to participate." @@ -195,23 +146,8 @@ msgstr "貢獻硬體" #: index.html:248 -msgid "" -"Donations to support the openSUSE project are always welcomed. In fact, Open " -"Build Service, which is used by several other open-source projects, was made " -"available to the project’s community through a generous donation of servers " -"by AMD. It is this type of donations that allows people and projects to " -"thrive, develop, innovate and progress. The project is not asking for money, " -"but donations of hardware to use the open-source community’s expertise to " -"empower Linux development, provide openSUSE tools to the free, open source " -"ecosystem and give back to developers, sysadmins and packagers. Hardware " -"helps the openSUSE community! Hardware helps the open-source community! And " -"Hardware helps Linux development. To learn how you can donate hardware to the " -"openSUSE project, email" -msgstr "" -"我們向來歡迎透過捐贈來支持 openSUSE 專案。事實上，許多開源專案使用的 Open Build Service，正是來自於 AMD " -"慷慨捐贈伺服器，才得以服務專案社群。也是這類的捐贈使得專案得以茁壯、發展、創新並向前邁進。專案並不要求資金挹注，但希望捐贈硬體，以結合開源社群的技術來加速 " -"Linux 的開發，提供 openSUSE 工具給自由及開放原始碼生態圈，並回饋給開發者、系統管理者與套件維護者。硬體可以幫助 openSUSE " -"社群、可以幫助開源社群，更可以幫助 Linux 開發。想了解您可以如何捐贈硬體給 openSUSE 專案，請寄信到" +msgid "Donations to support the openSUSE project are always welcomed. In fact, Open Build Service, which is used by several other open-source projects, was made available to the project’s community through a generous donation of servers by AMD. It is this type of donations that allows people and projects to thrive, develop, innovate and progress. The project is not asking for money, but donations of hardware to use the open-source community’s expertise to empower Linux development, provide openSUSE tools to the free, open source ecosystem and give back to developers, sysadmins and packagers. Hardware helps the openSUSE community! Hardware helps the open-source community! And Hardware helps Linux development. To learn how you can donate hardware to the openSUSE project, email" +msgstr "我們向來歡迎透過捐贈來支持 openSUSE 專案。事實上，許多開源專案使用的 Open Build Service，正是來自於 AMD 慷慨捐贈伺服器，才得以服務專案社群。也是這類的捐贈使得專案得以茁壯、發展、創新並向前邁進。專案並不要求資金挹注，但希望捐贈硬體，以結合開源社群的技術來加速 Linux 的開發，提供 openSUSE 工具給自由及開放原始碼生態圈，並回饋給開發者、系統管理者與套件維護者。硬體可以幫助 openSUSE 社群、可以幫助開源社群，更可以幫助 Linux 開發。想了解您可以如何捐贈硬體給 openSUSE 專案，請寄信到" #: index.html:258 msgid "Meet up with openSUSE at conferences."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95041 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-12-01 18:54:29 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95041 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po Log: zypper zh_TW merged Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 09:26:33 UTC (rev 95040) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-12-01 17:54:29 UTC (rev 95041) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-16 12:34+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-29 01:13+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-09 02:54+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -162,14 +162,14 @@ #. adapting OutXML::searchResult ! #. #. translators: S for installed Status -#: src/info.cc:407 src/update.cc:541 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:237 +#: src/info.cc:407 src/update.cc:623 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:237 #: src/search.cc:449 src/search.cc:585 src/search.cc:647 msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:407 src/repos.cc:1006 src/repos.cc:1146 src/repos.cc:2572 -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:546 src/update.cc:681 src/Zypper.cc:5289 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:628 src/update.cc:763 src/Zypper.cc:5289 #: src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:238 src/search.cc:331 src/search.cc:450 #: src/search.cc:587 src/search.cc:652 src/locks.cc:104 msgid "Name" @@ -2290,137 +2290,159 @@ msgid "Problem occurred while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "讀取已安裝套件時發生錯誤：" -#: src/update.cc:93 +#: src/update.cc:90 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." msgstr "忽略沒有參數的 %s，因為已指定了帶有參數的類似選項。" +#: src/update.cc:187 +#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "%d patch needed" +#| msgid_plural "%d patches needed" +msgid "%d patch locked" +msgid_plural "%d patches locked" +msgstr[0] "需要 %d 個修補程式" + #. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:173 +#: src/update.cc:191 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d patch needed" msgid_plural "%d patches needed" msgstr[0] "需要 %d 個修補程式" #. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:177 +#: src/update.cc:195 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%d security patch" msgid_plural "%d security patches" msgstr[0] "%d 個安全性更新" +#: src/update.cc:206 +msgid "unwanted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/update.cc:207 +msgid "needed" +msgstr "需要" + +#: src/update.cc:208 +msgid "applied" +msgstr "" + +#: src/update.cc:209 +msgid "not needed" +msgstr "不需要" + +#: src/update.cc:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "undefined" +msgid "undetermined" +msgstr "未定義" + #. translators: package's repository (header) -#: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:543 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 +#: src/update.cc:392 src/update.cc:625 src/search.cc:79 src/search.cc:330 #: src/search.cc:452 src/search.cc:586 src/search.cc:648 src/locks.cc:107 msgid "Repository" msgstr "套件庫" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:332 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:332 msgid "Category" msgstr "分類" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:333 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:333 msgid "Severity" msgstr "保安" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/update.cc:681 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/update.cc:763 msgid "Interactive" msgstr "互動式" -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:612 src/search.cc:334 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:694 src/search.cc:334 msgid "Status" msgstr "狀態" #. translators: package summary (header) -#: src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:681 src/search.cc:240 +#: src/update.cc:393 src/update.cc:763 src/search.cc:240 msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" -#: src/update.cc:343 src/update.cc:673 -msgid "needed" -msgstr "需要" - -#: src/update.cc:343 src/update.cc:673 -msgid "not needed" -msgstr "不需要" - -#: src/update.cc:362 +#: src/update.cc:441 msgid "The following software management updates will be installed first:" msgstr "下列軟體更新將會先被安裝：" -#: src/update.cc:371 src/update.cc:599 +#: src/update.cc:450 src/update.cc:681 msgid "No updates found." msgstr "沒有發現更新。" -#: src/update.cc:377 +#: src/update.cc:456 msgid "The following updates are also available:" msgstr "有下列更新可用：" -#: src/update.cc:462 +#: src/update.cc:541 msgid "Package updates" msgstr "套件更新" -#: src/update.cc:464 +#: src/update.cc:543 msgid "Patches" msgstr "修補程式" -#: src/update.cc:466 +#: src/update.cc:545 msgid "Pattern updates" msgstr "樣式更新" -#: src/update.cc:468 +#: src/update.cc:547 msgid "Product updates" msgstr "產品更新" -#: src/update.cc:551 +#: src/update.cc:633 msgid "Current Version" msgstr "目前版本" -#: src/update.cc:552 +#: src/update.cc:634 msgid "Available Version" msgstr "可用版本" #. translators: package architecture (header) -#: src/update.cc:552 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:589 src/search.cc:654 +#: src/update.cc:634 src/search.cc:77 src/search.cc:589 src/search.cc:654 msgid "Arch" msgstr "結構" -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "Issue" msgstr "問題" -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "No." msgstr "編號" -#: src/update.cc:612 +#: src/update.cc:694 msgid "Patch" msgstr "修補程式" -#: src/update.cc:722 +#: src/update.cc:804 msgid "No matching issues found." msgstr "找不到符合項目" -#: src/update.cc:730 +#: src/update.cc:812 msgid "The following matches in issue numbers have been found:" msgstr "已找到下列符合問題編號的項目：" -#: src/update.cc:739 +#: src/update.cc:821 msgid "Matches in patch descriptions of the following patches have been found:" msgstr "已找到下列符合描述的修補程式：" -#: src/update.cc:807 +#: src/update.cc:889 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for bugzilla issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "Bugzilla 問題編號 %s 的修正未發現或不需要。" -#: src/update.cc:809 +#: src/update.cc:891 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for CVE issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "CVS 問題編號 %s 的修正未發現或不需要。" #. translators: keep '%s issue' together, it's something like 'CVE issue' or 'Bugzilla issue' -#: src/update.cc:812 +#: src/update.cc:894 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Fix for %s issue number %s was not found or is not needed." msgstr "%s 問題編號 %s 的修正未發現或不需要。"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95040 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: dmedina Date: 2015-12-01 10:26:33 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95040 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2015-12-01 08:57:53 UTC (rev 95039) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/auth-client.ca.po 2015-12-01 09:26:33 UTC (rev 95040) @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-15 16:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-01 10:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-01 10:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: none\n" "Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.6\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module #: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Configuració d'autenticació del client" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "Configuració del client d'autenticació" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -82,36 +82,37 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Suprimeix el servei/domini" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Personalització - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripció" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Més paràmetres" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtre de nom:" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ "Si voleu continuar, la configuració de nss_ldap serà eliminada.\n" "Voleu continuar?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -136,40 +137,42 @@ "Voleu continuar?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "No podeu suprimir la secció SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Realment voleu suprimir la secció %s?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Aquest és un paràmetre obligatori i no es pot suprimir." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Confirmeu la supressió del paràmetre:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -"El paràmetre és important. La supressió del paràmetre pot causar una fallada en l'inici de l'SSSD.\n" +"El paràmetre és important. La supressió del paràmetre pot causar una fallada " +"en l'inici de l'SSSD.\n" "Si us plau, consulteu el manual de l'SSSD abans de continuar.\n" "Encara voleu continuar?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Cap domini habilitat" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -180,7 +183,7 @@ "Voleu procedir?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "Dominis inactius trobats" @@ -235,7 +238,8 @@ msgstr "Indica quina és la sintaxi de fitxer config" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "Llista separada per comes de serveis que s'inicien quan s'inicia sssd." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 @@ -247,45 +251,87 @@ "Serveis suportats: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "El nombre de cops que els serveis haurien d'intentar reconnectar en cas que falli el proveïdor de dades o reiniciar abans de deixar-ho estar" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"El nombre de cops que els serveis haurien d'intentar reconnectar en cas que " +"falli el proveïdor de dades o reiniciar abans de deixar-ho estar" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD pot fer servir més dominis alhora, però almenys se n'ha de configurar un o SSSD no s'iniciarà." +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD pot fer servir més dominis alhora, però almenys se n'ha de configurar " +"un o SSSD no s'iniciarà." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Aquest paràmetre conté la llista de dominis en l'ordre en què seran necessaris." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Aquest paràmetre conté la llista de dominis en l'ordre en què seran " +"necessaris." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Expressió regular per defecte que descriu com analitzar l'string que conté el nom d'usuari i el domini dins d'aquests components." +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Expressió regular per defecte que descriu com analitzar l'string que conté " +"el nom d'usuari i el domini dins d'aquests components." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un " +"tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD monitoritza l'estat de resolv.conf per identificar quan necessita actualitzar el seu resolver DNS intern." +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD monitoritza l'estat de resolv.conf per identificar quan necessita " +"actualitzar el seu resolver DNS intern." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Per defecte, intentarem usar inotify per a això, i es tornarà a consultar resolv.conf cada cinc segons si inotify no es pot usar." +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Per defecte, intentarem usar inotify per a això, i es tornarà a consultar " +"resolv.conf cada cinc segons si inotify no es pot usar." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "El directori al sistema de fitxers on SSSD hauria de desar els fitxers de memòria cau de Kerberos replay." +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"El directori al sistema de fitxers on SSSD hauria de desar els fitxers de " +"memòria cau de Kerberos replay." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Aquesta string s'utilitzarà com a nom de domini per defecte per a tots els noms sense un component de nom de domini." +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta string s'utilitzarà com a nom de domini per defecte per a tots els " +"noms sense un component de nom de domini." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Màscara de bits que indica quins nivells de depuració seran visibles. 0x0010 és el valor per defecte així com el valor mès baix permès, 0xFFF0 és el mode més textual." +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"Màscara de bits que indica quins nivells de depuració seran visibles. 0x0010 " +"és el valor per defecte així com el valor mès baix permès, 0xFFF0 és el mode " +"més textual." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -300,29 +346,58 @@ msgstr "Temps en segons entre batecs per a aquest servei." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Aquesta opció especifica el nombre màxim de fitxers descriptors que pot obrir alhora aquest procés SSSD." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció especifica el nombre màxim de fitxers descriptors que pot " +"obrir alhora aquest procés SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Aquesta opció especifica el nombre de segons que un client d'un procés SSSD pot esperar en un fitxer descriptor sense comunicar-se." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció especifica el nombre de segons que un client d'un procés SSSD " +"pot esperar en un fitxer descriptor sense comunicar-se." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Si un servei no està responent a comprovacions ping (vegeu l'opció “timeout”, temps d'espera), primer és enviat el senyal SIGTERM que l'instrueix a sortir correctament." +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Si un servei no està responent a comprovacions ping (vegeu l'opció " +"“timeout”, temps d'espera), primer és enviat el senyal SIGTERM que " +"l'instrueix a sortir correctament." #. NSS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Quants segons hauria de guardar nss_sss les enumeracions (peticions d'informació sobre tots els usuaris)?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Quants segons hauria de guardar nss_sss les enumeracions (peticions " +"d'informació sobre tots els usuaris)?" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "L'entrada cache es pot establir a actualitzar automàticament les entrades internament si són demanades més enllà d'un percentatge del valor del domini entry_cache_timeout." +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"L'entrada cache es pot establir a actualitzar automàticament les entrades " +"internament si són demanades més enllà d'un percentatge del valor del domini " +"entry_cache_timeout." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Especifica quants segons nss_sss hauria de guardar coincidències negatives de cache (és a dir, cerques d'entrades no vàlides de base de dades, com ara no existents) abans de preguntar-ho al rerefons una altra vegada." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants segons nss_sss hauria de guardar coincidències negatives " +"de cache (és a dir, cerques d'entrades no vàlides de base de dades, com ara " +"no existents) abans de preguntar-ho al rerefons una altra vegada." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" @@ -333,16 +408,27 @@ msgstr "Exclou certs grups de ser cridats pel rerefons SSS" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Si voleu que l'usuari filtrat encara sigui membre de grup establiu aquesta opció a fals." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu que l'usuari filtrat encara sigui membre de grup establiu aquesta " +"opció a fals." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Passa per alt el directori home de l'usuari. Podeu proveir un valor absolut o bé una plantilla." +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Passa per alt el directori home de l'usuari. Podeu proveir un valor absolut " +"o bé una plantilla." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Estableix una plantilla per defecte per al directori home de l'usuari si no n'hi ha cap d'especificat explícitament pel proveïdor de dades del domini." +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Estableix una plantilla per defecte per al directori home de l'usuari si no " +"n'hi ha cap d'especificat explícitament pel proveïdor de dades del domini." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -354,40 +440,74 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" -msgstr "Reemplaça qualsevol instància d'aquestes interfícies amb el shell_fallback" +msgstr "" +"Reemplaça qualsevol instància d'aquestes interfícies amb el shell_fallback" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "La interfície per defecte per usar si no n'hi ha cap de permesa instal·lada a la màquina." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"La interfície per defecte per usar si no n'hi ha cap de permesa instal·lada " +"a la màquina." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "La interfície per defecte per usar si el proveïdor no en retorna cap durant la cerca." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"La interfície per defecte per usar si el proveïdor no en retorna cap durant " +"la cerca." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual la llista de subdominis es considerarà vàlida." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual la llista de subdominis es " +"considerarà vàlida." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual els registres a la in-memory cache seran vàlids." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps en segons durant el qual els registres a la in-memory " +"cache seran vàlids." #. PAM configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Si el proveïdor d'autenticació és fora de línia, durant quant de temps s'haurien de permetre les entrades a la memòria cau (en dies des de l'última entrada satisfactòria)." +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Si el proveïdor d'autenticació és fora de línia, durant quant de temps " +"s'haurien de permetre les entrades a la memòria cau (en dies des de l'última " +"entrada satisfactòria)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "El temps en minuts que ha de passar després que s'hagi arribat a offline_failed_login_attempts abans que un altre intent d'entrada sigui possible." +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"El temps en minuts que ha de passar després que s'hagi arribat a " +"offline_failed_login_attempts abans que un altre intent d'entrada sigui " +"possible." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Controla quins tipus de missatges es mostren a l'usuari durant l'autenticació." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Controla quins tipus de missatges es mostren a l'usuari durant " +"l'autenticació." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Per a qualsevol petició PAM mentre SSSD estigui en línia, SSSD intentarà actualitzar la informació d'identitat guardada de l'usuari per tal d'assegurar que l'autenticació es fa amb l'última informació." +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Per a qualsevol petició PAM mentre SSSD estigui en línia, SSSD intentarà " +"actualitzar la informació d'identitat guardada de l'usuari per tal " +"d'assegurar que l'autenticació es fa amb l'última informació." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 @@ -397,80 +517,142 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Evaluar o no els atributs de sudoNotBefore i sudoNotAfter que implementen entrades de sudoers depenents de l'hora." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Evaluar o no els atributs de sudoNotBefore i sudoNotAfter que implementen " +"entrades de sudoers depenents de l'hora." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Especifica per quants segons el responder autofs hauria de guardar les coincidències negatives abans de preguntar una altra vegada al rerefons." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Especifica per quants segons el responder autofs hauria de guardar les " +"coincidències negatives abans de preguntar una altra vegada al rerefons." #. SSH configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Si descomentar o no noms de host i adreces al fitxer gestionat known_hosts." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Si descomentar o no noms de host i adreces al fitxer gestionat known_hosts." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "Quants segons mantenir un host al fitxer known_hosts gestionats després que les claus del host siguin demanades." +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons mantenir un host al fitxer known_hosts gestionats després que " +"les claus del host siguin demanades." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "Límits UID i GID per al domini. Si un domini conté una entrada que és fora d'aquests límits, s'ignora." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Límits UID i GID per al domini. Si un domini conté una entrada que és fora " +"d'aquests límits, s'ignora." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "Llegeix totes les entitats de la base de dades de rerefons (augmenta la càrrega del servidor)" +msgstr "" +"Llegeix totes les entitats de la base de dades de rerefons (augmenta la " +"càrrega del servidor)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Si el servei no s'acaba després dels segons “force_timeout”, el monitor el tancarà a la força enviant un senyal SIGKILL." +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Si el servei no s'acaba després dels segons “force_timeout”, el monitor el " +"tancarà a la força enviant un senyal SIGKILL." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides abans de " +"preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de l'usuari abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de l'usuari " +"abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de grup abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de grup " +"abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de netgroup abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de netgroup " +"abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de servei abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons nss_sss hauria de considerar les entrades vàlides de servei " +"abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons sudo hauria de considerar les regles vàlides abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons sudo hauria de considerar les regles vàlides abans de " +"preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Quants segons el servei d'autofs hauria de considerar els mapes d'automounter vàlids abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Quants segons el servei d'autofs hauria de considerar els mapes " +"d'automounter vàlids abans de preguntar al rerefons un altre cop." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Desa a la cau les credencials per a l'ús fora de línia" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Les entrades de nombre de dies es deixen a la memòria cau després de l'última entrada satisfactòria abans de ser eliminades en una neteja de cache." +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Les entrades de nombre de dies es deixen a la memòria cau després de " +"l'última entrada satisfactòria abans de ser eliminades en una neteja de " +"cache." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveïdor d'dentificació usat pel domini" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Useu el nom complet i el domini (tal com l'ha formatat el domini full_name_format) com a nom d'entrada de l'usuari reportat a NSS." +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Useu el nom complet i el domini (tal com l'ha formatat el domini " +"full_name_format) com a nom d'entrada de l'usuari reportat a NSS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" @@ -481,8 +663,11 @@ msgstr "El proveïdor de control d'accés usat per al domini." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar les operacions de canvi de contrasenya per al domini." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar les operacions de canvi de contrasenya " +"per al domini." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -490,7 +675,8 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar la càrrega de paràmetres de selinux." +msgstr "" +"El proveïdor que hauria de gestionar la càrrega de paràmetres de selinux." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." @@ -505,24 +691,44 @@ msgstr "El proveïdor usat per obtenir la informació d'identitat del host." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Expressió regular per a aquest domini que descriu com analitzar l'string que conté el nom d'usuari i el domini en aquests components." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Expressió regular per a aquest domini que descriu com analitzar l'string que " +"conté el nom d'usuari i el domini en aquests components." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"El format per defecte de printf(3)-compatible que descriu com traduir un " +"tuple (nom, domini) en un nom plenament qualificat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Proporciona l'habilitat de seleccionar una família d'adreces preferides per usar quan es facin cerques DNS." +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Proporciona l'habilitat de seleccionar una família d'adreces preferides per " +"usar quan es facin cerques DNS." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Defineix el temps (en segons) per esperar una resposta del resolver DNS abans d'assumir que és inabastable." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Defineix el temps (en segons) per esperar una resposta del resolver DNS " +"abans d'assumir que és inabastable." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Si el service discovery s'usa al rerefons, especifica la part del domini de la cerca (query) DNS del servei discovery." +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Si el service discovery s'usa al rerefons, especifica la part del domini de " +"la cerca (query) DNS del servei discovery." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -533,12 +739,21 @@ msgstr "Tracta l'usuari i els noms de grups com a casos sensibles." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Quan es cerca un usuari o grup per nom al proveïdor proxy, una segona cerca per ID es fa per 'canonicalitzar' el nom en cas que el nom demanat sigui un àlies." +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Quan es cerca un usuari o grup per nom al proveïdor proxy, una segona cerca " +"per ID es fa per 'canonicalitzar' el nom en cas que el nom demanat sigui un " +"àlies." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Usa aquest directori home com a valor per defecte per a tot s els subdominis dins d'aquest domini." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Usa aquest directori home com a valor per defecte per a tot s els subdominis " +"dins d'aquest domini." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 @@ -546,34 +761,62 @@ msgstr "Llista separada per comes d'usuaris que tenen permesa l'entrada." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Llista separada per comes de grups que tenen permesa l'entrada. Això s'aplica només a grups dins del domini SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Llista separada per comes de grups que tenen permesa l'entrada. Això " +"s'aplica només a grups dins del domini SSSD." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Llista separada per comes de grups que tenen explícitament denegada l'entrada. Això s'aplica només a grups dins del domini SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Llista separada per comes de grups que tenen explícitament denegada " +"l'entrada. Això s'aplica només a grups dins del domini SSSD." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "L'eina afegeix un nom d'entrada a base_directory i l'usa com a directori home." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"L'eina afegeix un nom d'entrada a base_directory i l'usa com a directori " +"home." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria de crear per defecte per a nous usuaris." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria de crear per defecte per a nous " +"usuaris." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria d'eliminar per defecte per a usuaris eliminats." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Indiqueu si un directori home s'hauria d'eliminar per defecte per a usuaris " +"eliminats." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Usat per sss_useradd(8) per especificar els permisos per defcte en un directori home de nova creació." +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Usat per sss_useradd(8) per especificar els permisos per defcte en un " +"directori home de nova creació." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "El directori esquelet, que contŕ fitxers i directoris per ser copiats al directori home de l'usuari, quan el directori home és creat per sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"El directori esquelet, que contŕ fitxers i directoris per ser copiats al " +"directori home de l'usuari, quan el directori home és creat per " +"sss_useradd(8)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -593,12 +836,21 @@ msgstr "La base DN per defecte a usar per fer regles sudo LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual " +"SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència per canviar la contrasenya d'un usuari." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Especifica la llista separada per comes d'URIs dels servidors LDAP a la qual " +"SSSD s'hauria de connectar en ordre de preferència per canviar la " +"contrasenya d'un usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" @@ -641,7 +893,8 @@ msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que correspon al camp gecos de l'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom del directori home de l'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 @@ -657,88 +910,183 @@ msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'objectSID d'un objecte d'usuari LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació de l'objecte de parentiu." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació de l'objecte " +"de parentiu." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (data de l'últim canvi de contrasenya)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de " +"l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (data de " +"l'últim canvi de contrasenya)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (l'edat de contrasenya mínima)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de " +"l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (l'edat de " +"contrasenya mínima)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (edat de contrasenya màxima)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de " +"l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (edat de " +"contrasenya màxima)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode avisant de contrasenya)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de " +"l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode " +"avisant de contrasenya)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode d'inactivitat de contrasenya)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de " +"l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (periode " +"d'inactivitat de contrasenya)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva shadow(5) counterpart (data de d'expiació del compte)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, " +"aquest paràmetre conté el nom de l'atribut LDAP corresponent a la seva " +"shadow(5) counterpart (data de d'expiació del compte)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de l'últim canvi de contrasenya a kerberos." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " +"atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de l'últim canvi de contrasenya a " +"kerberos." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de caducitat de la contrasenya vigent." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " +"atribut LDAP que guarda la data i l'hora de caducitat de la contrasenya " +"vigent." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un atribut LDAP que guarda l'hora de caducitat del compte." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " +"atribut LDAP que guarda l'hora de caducitat del compte." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un atribut LDAP que guarda el camp de bit del control de compte d'usuari." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, aquest paràmetre conté el nom d'un " +"atribut LDAP que guarda el camp de bit del control de compte d'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalent, aquest paràmetre determina si l'accés és permès o no." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalent, aquest paràmetre " +"determina si l'accés és permès o no." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina si l'accés és permès o no." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina si " +"l'accés és permès o no." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina fins a quina data es permet l'accés." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina fins a " +"quina data es permet l'accés." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina les hores del dia en una setmana en què l'accés es permet." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Quan s'usi ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, aquest paràmetre determina les " +"hores del dia en una setmana en què l'accés es permet." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'usuari de Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"L'atribut LDAP que conté l'usuari de Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté les claus públiques SSH de l'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Alguns servidors de directori, per exemple, Active Directory, podrien oferir el real part de l'UPN en minúscules, la qual cosa podria fer que fallés l'autenticació." +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Alguns servidors de directori, per exemple, Active Directory, podrien oferir " +"el real part de l'UPN en minúscules, la qual cosa podria fer que fallés " +"l'autenticació." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Establiu aquesta opció a veritat (true) si voleu usar un upper-case realm." +msgstr "" +"Establiu aquesta opció a veritat (true) si voleu usar un upper-case realm." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Especifica quants segons SSSD ha d'esperar abans de refrescar la memòria cau dels registres enumerats." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants segons l'SSSD ha d'esperar abans de refrescar la memòria " +"cau dels registres enumerats." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Determina cada quan comprovar la memòria cau per entrades inactives (com ara grups sense membres i usuaris que no han entrat mai) i les elimina per estalviar espai." +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Determina cada quan comprovar la memòria cau per entrades inactives (com ara " +"grups sense membres i usuaris que no han entrat mai) i les elimina per " +"estalviar espai." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -749,12 +1097,24 @@ msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que llista les afiliacions del grup d'usuaris." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap i ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSd s'usarà la presència de l'atribut authorizedService a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per determinar un privilegi d'accés." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Si access_provider=ldap i ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSd s'usarà " +"la presència de l'atribut authorizedService a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per " +"determinar un privilegi d'accés." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap i ldap_access_order=host, SSSD s'usarà la presència d'un atribut host a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per determinar un privilegi d'accés." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Si access_provider=ldap i ldap_access_order=host, SSSD s'usarà la presència " +"d'un atribut host a l'entrada d'usuari LDAP per determinar un privilegi " +"d'accés." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -781,20 +1141,42 @@ msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté l'objectSID d'un objecte del grup LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació del objecte de parentiu." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"L'atribut LDAP que conté el timestamp de la darrera modificació del objecte " +"de parentiu." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Si ldap_schema s'estableix a un format d'esquema que suporta nested groups (p. e. RFC2307bis), llavors aquesta opció controla quants nivells de nesting SSSD seguiran." +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Si ldap_schema s'estableix a un format d'esquema que suporta nested groups " +"(p. e. RFC2307bis), llavors aquesta opció controla quants nivells de nesting " +"SSSD seguiran." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Aquesta opció diu a SSSD d'aprofitar-se d'una característica específica d'Active Directory que podria accelerar les operacions de cerca en desplegaments amb grups complexos o deep nested." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció diu a l'SSSD d'aprofitar-se d'una característica específica " +"d'Active Directory que podria accelerar les operacions de cerca en " +"desplegaments amb grups complexos o deep nested." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Aquesta opció diu a SSSD d'aprofitar-se d'una característica específica d'Active Directory que podria accelerar les operacions initgroups (sobretot amb grups complexos o deep nested)." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció diu a l'SSSD d'aprofitar-se d'una característica específica " +"d'Active Directory que podria accelerar les operacions initgroups (sobretot " +"amb grups complexos o deep nested)." # l #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 @@ -810,11 +1192,14 @@ msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté els noms dels membres del netgroup." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté els triples de netgroup (host, usuari i domini)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"L'atribut LDAP que conté els triples de netgroup (host, usuari i domini)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el UUID/GUID de l'objecte de netgroup LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 @@ -822,68 +1207,121 @@ msgstr "La classe d'objecte d'un servei d'entrada a LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom dels atributs de servei i els seus àlies." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"L'atribut LDAP que conté el nom dels atributs de servei i els seus àlies." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté el port gestionat per aquest servei." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "L'atribut LDAP que conté els protocols entesos per aquest servei." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Una base DN opcional, marge de cerca i filtre LDAP per restringir cerques LDAP per a aquest tipus d'atribut." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Una base DN opcional, marge de cerca i filtre LDAP per restringir cerques " +"LDAP per a aquest tipus d'atribut." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual les cerques ldap es permeten executar abans que es cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra en mode fora de línia)." +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual les cerques ldap es permeten " +"executar abans que es cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra " +"en mode fora de línia)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual les cerques ldap d'enumeracions d'usuaris i grups es permeten executar abans que es cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra en mode fora de línia)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual les cerques ldap " +"d'enumeracions d'usuaris i grups es permeten executar abans que es " +"cancel·lin i els resultats siguin retornats (i s'entra en mode fora de " +"línia)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual el poll(2)/select(2) seguint un connect(2) retorna en cas de no activitat." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual el poll(2)/select(2) " +"seguint un connect(2) retorna en cas de no activitat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual les crides a synchronous LDAP APIs s'avortaran si no es rep resposta." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps (en segons) després del qual les crides a synchronous " +"LDAP APIs s'avortaran si no es rep resposta." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual una connexió a un servidor LDAP es mantindrà." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el temps (en segons) durant el qual una connexió a un servidor " +"LDAP es mantindrà." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Especifica el nombre de registres a rebre des de LDAP en una sola petició. Alguns servidors LDAP forcen un límit màxim per petició." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el nombre de registres a rebre des de LDAP en una sola petició. " +"Alguns servidors LDAP forcen un límit màxim per petició." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deshabilita el control de paginació LDAP." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Quan es comunica amb el servidor LDAP usant SASL, especifica el nivell mínim de seguretat necessari per establir la connexió." +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Quan es comunica amb el servidor LDAP usant SASL, especifica el nivell mínim " +"de seguretat necessari per establir la connexió." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Especifica el nombre de membres de grup que han de faltar a la memòria cau interna per tal d'iniciar una cerca dereferenciada." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el nombre de membres de grup que han de faltar a la memòria cau " +"interna per tal d'iniciar una cerca dereferenciada." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Valida la certificació del servidor a la sessió LDAP TLS" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Especifica el fitxer que contè el certificats de tots del certificats autoritzats que l'sssd reconeixerà." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el fitxer que contè el certificats de tots del certificats " +"autoritzats que l'sssd reconeixerà." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Especifica la ruta d'un directori que conté el certificat d'autoritat certifica en fitxers individuals de separació." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Especifica la ruta d'un directori que conté el certificat d'autoritat " +"certifica en fitxers individuals de separació." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." @@ -898,12 +1336,22 @@ msgstr "Especifica suits cipher acceptables." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Especifica que la connexió de proveïdor id de ha d'usar també tls per protegir el canal." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Especifica que la connexió de proveïdor id de ha d'usar també tls per " +"protegir el canal." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Especifica que l'SSSD hauria d'intentar fer un mapa d'IDs d'usuari o grups dels atributs ldap_user_objectsid i ldap_group_objectsid en comptes de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number i ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Especifica que l'SSSD hauria d'intentar fer un mapa d'IDs d'usuari o grups " +"dels atributs ldap_user_objectsid i ldap_group_objectsid en comptes de " +"confiar en ldap_user_uid_number i ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -918,8 +1366,12 @@ msgstr "Especifica el realm SASL a usar." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Si s'estableix a veritat, la biblioteca LDAP farà una cerca inversa per canonicalitzar el nom del host durant un SASL bind." +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Si s'estableix a veritat, la biblioteca LDAP farà una cerca inversa per " +"canonicalitzar el nom del host durant un SASL bind." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -927,15 +1379,20 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Especifica que el proveïdor id hauria d'init les credencials de Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "" +"Especifica que el proveïdor id hauria d'init les credencials de Kerberos " +"(TGT)." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la vida en segons del TGT si s'usa GSSAPI." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Seleccioneu la política per evaluar la caducitat de la contrasenya de la banda del client." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu la política per evaluar la caducitat de la contrasenya de la " +"banda del client." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." @@ -943,23 +1400,43 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Especifica el nom del servei a usar quan el descobriment de servei està habilitat." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el nom del servei a usar quan el descobriment de servei està " +"habilitat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Especifica el nom del servei a usar per trobar un servidor LDAP que permeti canvis de contrasenyes quan el service discovery està habilitat." +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el nom del servei a usar per trobar un servidor LDAP que permeti " +"canvis de contrasenyes quan el service discovery està habilitat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Especifica si actualitzar l'atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change amb dies des de l'Epoch després d'una operació de canvi de contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Especifica si actualitzar l'atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change amb dies " +"des de l'Epoch després d'una operació de canvi de contrasenya." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Si s'usen access_provider = ldap i ldap_access_order = filter (per defecte), aquesta opció és obligatòria. Especifica un criteri de filtre de cerca LDAP que ha de complir-se perquè l'usuari tingui accés en aquest host." +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Si s'usen access_provider = ldap i ldap_access_order = filter (per defecte), " +"aquesta opció és obligatòria. Especifica un criteri de filtre de cerca LDAP " +"que ha de complir-se perquè l'usuari tingui accés en aquest host." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr "Amb aquesta opció es poden habilitar els atributs de control d'accés d'avaluació del client." +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +"Amb aquesta opció es poden habilitar els atributs de control d'accés " +"d'avaluació del client." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -970,24 +1447,38 @@ msgstr "Especifica com es fa la deferència d'àlies quan es fa una cerca." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Permet retenir usuaris locals com a membres d'un grup LDAP per a servidors que usen l'esquema RFC2307." +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Permet retenir usuaris locals com a membres d'un grup LDAP per a servidors " +"que usen l'esquema RFC2307." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors Kerberos (separats per comes)" +msgstr "" +"Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors Kerberos (separats per comes)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Especifica una llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o hostnames de servidors Kerberos a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar, en ordre de preferència." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Especifica una llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o hostnames de " +"servidors Kerberos a la qual SSSD s'hauria de connectar, en ordre de " +"preferència." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Regne de Kerberos (p. e. EXEMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Si el servei de canvi de contrasenya no s'executa al KDC, es poden definir servidors alternatius aquí." +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Si el servei de canvi de contrasenya no s'executa al KDC, es poden definir " +"servidors alternatius aquí." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -998,36 +1489,65 @@ msgstr "Localització de la memòria cau de les credencials d'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr "Temps d'espera en segons després de l'avortament d'una petitició d'autenticació en línia o petició de canvi de contrasenya." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +"Temps d'espera en segons després de l'avortament d'una petitició " +"d'autenticació en línia o petició de canvi de contrasenya." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Verifiqueu amb l'ajuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtingut no hagi sigut 'spoofed'." +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Verifiqueu amb l'ajuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtingut no hagi sigut " +"'spoofed'." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "La localització del keytab a usar quan es validin les credencials obtingues de KDCs." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"La localització del keytab a usar quan es validin les credencials obtingues " +"de KDCs." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Desa la contrasenya de l'usuari si el proveïdor està fora de línia i l'usa per demanar un TGT quan els proveïdor torni a estar en línia." +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Desa la contrasenya de l'usuari si el proveïdor està fora de línia i l'usa " +"per demanar un TGT quan els proveïdor torni a estar en línia." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Demana un tiquet renovable amb una llargada de vida total, donat com un enter immediatament seguit d'una unitat de temps." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Demana un tiquet renovable amb una llargada de vida total, donat com un " +"enter immediatament seguit d'una unitat de temps." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Demana un tiquet amb un temps de vida, donat com a enter immediatament seguit per una unitat de temps." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Demana un tiquet amb un temps de vida, donat com a enter immediatament " +"seguit per una unitat de temps." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "El temps en segons entre dues comprovacions si s'hauria de renovar el TGT." +msgstr "" +"El temps en segons entre dues comprovacions si s'hauria de renovar el TGT." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Habilita el flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) per a la preautenticació de Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Habilita el flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) per a la " +"preautenticació de Kerberos." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1035,7 +1555,8 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Especifica si el host o l'usuari principal haurien de ser canonicalitzats." +msgstr "" +"Especifica si el host o l'usuari principal haurien de ser canonicalitzats." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 @@ -1047,24 +1568,42 @@ msgstr "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors AD (separats per comes)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels servidors AD als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de preferència." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels servidors " +"AD als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de preferència." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Opcional, pot ser que s'estableixi on el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom qualificat complet usat en el domini de Active Directory per idintificar aquest host." +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Opcional, pot ser que s'estableixi on el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " +"qualificat complet usat en el domini de Active Directory per idintificar " +"aquest host." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Passar per sobre del directori home de l'usuari." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar " +"l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Especifica el lligam superior del rang de POSIX ID per usar per mapejar " +"l'usuari Active Directory i grup SIDs." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1079,8 +1618,12 @@ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom del domini predeterminat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Canvia el comportament de l'algoritme ID-mapping perquè es comporti de manera més semblant a l'algoritme winbind's “idmap_autorid”." +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Canvia el comportament de l'algoritme ID-mapping perquè es comporti de " +"manera més semblant a l'algoritme winbind's “idmap_autorid”." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 @@ -1092,33 +1635,50 @@ msgstr "Adreces IP o noms d'amfitrió dels servidors IPA (separats per comes)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Es pot establir en màquines en què el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom completament qualificat." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Es pot establir en màquines en què el hostname(5) no reflecteix el nom " +"completament qualificat." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "La ubicació del muntador automàtic que farà servir aquest client IPA." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Aquesta opció diu a SSSD d'actualitzar automàticament la construcció de servidor DNS dins FreeIPA v2 amb l'adreça IP del client." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció diu a l'SSSD d'actualitzar automàticament la construcció de " +"servidor DNS dins FreeIPA v2 amb l'adreça IP del client." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "El TTL per aplicar al registre del client DNS quan s'actualitza." #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Escolliu la interfície adreça IP de la qual s'hauria d'usar per a les actualitzacions dinàmiques de DNS." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Escolliu la interfície adreça IP de la qual s'hauria d'usar per a les " +"actualitzacions dinàmiques de DNS." #. autofs may only start after sssd is started #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "Ha fallat habilitar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per a la diagnosi." +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat habilitar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per " +"a la diagnosi." #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "Ha fallat iniciar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per a la diagnosi (journalctl -n -u %s)." +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat iniciar el servei %s. Si us plau, useu el diari del sistema per a " +"la diagnosi (journalctl -n -u %s)." #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1142,6 +1702,9 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "El sistema està configurat per usar només /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Configuració d'autenticació del client" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "Realment voleu suprimir el domini '%1'?" @@ -1241,8 +1804,45 @@ #~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" #~ msgstr "Configuració del client d'autenticació (sssd)" -#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " -#~ msgstr "L'SSSD proporciona un conjunt de dimonis per gestionar l'accés a directoris remots i mecanismes d'autenticació. Heu de confiugar com a mínim un domini d'autenticació. El primer que heu d'establir per a un domini d'autenticació és la identificació i el proveïdor auth per al domini. Al pas següent heu d'establir algun paràmetre obligatori per als proveïdors seleccionats. Podeu seleccionar més tard tots els paràmetres disponibles per a la identificació i el proveïdor auth seleccionats. L'SSSD proporciona els següents id_provider: proxy: suport d'un proveïdor NSS de llegat. local: el proveïdor SSSD intern per als usuaris locals. ldap: proveïdor LDAP. Vegeu sssd-ldap(5) per a més informació sobre configurar LDAP. ipa: el proveïdor FreeIPA i Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad: el proveïdor d'Active Directory. Els proveïdors auth suportats són ldap per a identificació nativ a LDAP. krb5 per a autenticació Kerberos. ipa el proveïdor FreeIPA i Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad el proveïdor d'Active Directory. proxy per retransmetre autenticació a alguna altra destinació PAM. none inhabilita l'autenticació explícitament. El proveïdor auth per defecte és l'id_provider. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " +#~ "authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " +#~ "authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " +#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In " +#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " +#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " +#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:" +#~ " proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD " +#~ "internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See " +#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: " +#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad</" +#~ "b>: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are:" +#~ " ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for " +#~ "Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise " +#~ "Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider." +#~ " proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target." +#~ " none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth " +#~ "provider is the id_provider. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'SSSD proporciona un conjunt de dimonis per gestionar l'accés a " +#~ "directoris remots i mecanismes d'autenticació. Heu de confiugar com a " +#~ "mínim un domini d'autenticació. El primer que heu d'establir per a un " +#~ "domini d'autenticació és la identificació i el proveïdor auth per al " +#~ "domini. Al pas següent heu d'establir algun paràmetre obligatori per " +#~ "als proveïdors seleccionats. Podeu seleccionar més tard tots els " +#~ "paràmetres disponibles per a la identificació i el proveïdor auth " +#~ "seleccionats. L'SSSD proporciona els següents id_provider: proxy</" +#~ "b>: suport d'un proveïdor NSS de llegat. local: el proveïdor " +#~ "SSSD intern per als usuaris locals. ldap: proveïdor LDAP. Vegeu " +#~ "sssd-ldap(5) per a més informació sobre configurar LDAP. ipa: " +#~ "el proveïdor FreeIPA i Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. ad</" +#~ "b>: el proveïdor d'Active Directory. Els proveïdors auth suportats " +#~ "són ldap per a identificació nativa LDAP. krb5 per a " +#~ "autenticació Kerberos. ipa el proveïdor FreeIPA i Red Hat " +#~ "Enterprise Identity Management. ad el proveïdor d'Active " +#~ "Directory. proxy per retransmetre autenticació a alguna altra " +#~ "destinació PAM. none inhabilita l'autenticació explícitament." +#~ " El proveïdor auth per defecte és l'id_provider. " #~ msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." #~ msgstr "Exclou alguns usuaris de ser obtinguts de la base de dades sss NSS." @@ -1253,8 +1853,11 @@ #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Determina si un domini pot ser enumerat." -#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -#~ msgstr "Determina si les credencials d'un usuari són també desades a la memòria cau local de LDB." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Determina si les credencials d'un usuari són també desades a la memòria " +#~ "cau local de LDB." #~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." #~ msgstr "El proveïdor d'autenticació usat per al domini." @@ -1263,7 +1866,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Usa la part del domini del nom de la màquina." #~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -#~ msgstr "Llista separada per comes d'usuaris que tenen explícitament denegada l'entrada." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Llista separada per comes d'usuaris que tenen explícitament denegada " +#~ "l'entrada." #~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." #~ msgstr "La base DN a usar per defecte per fer operacions LDAP." @@ -1271,14 +1876,23 @@ #~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Especifica el Schema Type a usar en un servidor objectiu LDAP." -#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -#~ msgstr "Especifica quines comprovacions fer als certificats de servidor en una sessió TLS, si cal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, " +#~ "if any." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifica quines comprovacions fer als certificats de servidor en una " +#~ "sessió TLS, si cal." #~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." #~ msgstr "El nom del realm de Kerberos." -#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -#~ msgstr "La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels servidors IPA als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de preferència." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers " +#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La llista separada per comes d'adreces IP o de noms de host dels " +#~ "servidors IPA als quals SSSD s'hauria de connectar per ordre de " +#~ "preferència." #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Prevenció de SPAM"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95039 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 01 Dec '15

01 Dec '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-12-01 09:57:53 +0100 (Tue, 01 Dec 2015) New Revision: 95039 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po Log: Merge auth-client.fr.po: Fusionn. (guillaume) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of guillaume Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-11-30 21:10:32 UTC (rev 95038) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-12-01 08:57:53 UTC (rev 95039) @@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 17:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.com>\n" "Language-Team: French <>\n" -"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" @@ -60,9 +60,8 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgstr "Configuration du Client d'Authentification" +msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgstr "" #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 @@ -95,42 +94,43 @@ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "Supprimer un Service/Domaine" -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "Personnalisation - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "Valeur" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "Plus de paramètres" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtre de nom :" #. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ "Si vous continuez, votre configuration nss_ldap sera supprimée.\n" "Souhaitez-vous continuer ?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -155,29 +155,29 @@ "Souhaitez-vous continuer ?" #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer la section SSSD." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "Voulez vous vraiment supprimer la section %s ?" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Ce paramètre est requis, il ne peut pas être supprimé." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Confirmer la suppression du paramètre : " -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" @@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ "Voulez-vous continuer malgré tout ?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 #, fuzzy msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "Aucun domaine actif" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ "Souhaitez-vous continuer malgré tout ?" #. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "Domaine(s) inactifs trouvé(s)" @@ -1366,6 +1366,10 @@ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Le système est configuré pour utiliser /etc/passwd uniquement.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgstr "Configuration du Client d'Authentification" + #~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" #~ msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le domaine '%1' ?"

1 0